GC20 0001 1_370biblio_Jun75 1 370biblio Jun75

GC20-0001-1_370biblio_Jun75 GC20-0001-1_370biblio_Jun75

User Manual: GC20-0001-1_370biblio_Jun75

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 351

DownloadGC20-0001-1_370biblio_Jun75 GC20-0001-1 370biblio Jun75
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
GC20-0001·1
File No. 8370-00

Systems

IBM System/370 Bibliography
For use by all who plan for, install, program, or operate an IBM
System/370, this bibliography describes technical publications in
support of the following:
System/370 machine components
System Control Programming (SCP)
DB/DC - and other system licensed programs
Type I programming support for System/370 only
Other supplementary information (forms, PTF listings, ... )
Features, and types, of'information included, are:
Titles and abstracts, with page counts
Current status of all publications listed
Editions and TNLs applying to each SCP release listed
Description of TNL system
Clustering of manuals by subject; fine-sorting by title
Explanation of me' numbers and subject-code system
Subject-code indexes (both numeric and alphabetic)
Graphic charts for machines, each SCP, and DOS version 4
Convenient list of all publications in order-number sequence,
with subject codes
Specific page lookup of titles by program acronyms
Order numbers; and details on order-numbering system
Publication proftles used for distributing items under SLSS
Explanation of SLSS proftles
This bibliography is regularly updated to provide the latest
information pertaining to the System/370 library. For
System/370 publications on industry subsystems and licensed
application programming, refer to GC20·0370.

Second Edition (June 1975)
This is a major revision of, and supersedes, GC20-0001-0 and Technical Newsletters
GN20-0004 and GN20-0009. The title is changed, reflecting the addition of machine
component, licensed program, and other publication categories (and features) forming
the system bibliography.
DB/DC has been removed from the applications area and consolidated under individual
listings in the systems area; this and all other material extracted from the IBM
System/360 and System/370 Bibliography (GA22-6822-21) has been updated and
new information added, forming in effect a new bibliography applying to the
System/370 only.
Requests for IBM publications should be made to your IBM representative or to the
IBM branch office serving your locality.
A form for readers' comments is provided at the back of this bibliography. If the
form has been removed, comments may be addressed to IBM Corporation, Documentation Services, Dept. 83H, 1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, New York 10604.
Comments and suggestions become the property of IBM.

Preface
For each major IBM data processing system, publications useful in planning for, programming, installing and operating that system are assembled in a
system bibliography.
.

Organization
This system bibliography has three parts.
Part 1 lists publications by subject; it also provides graphic library charts that help to show the
associations among publications. Its organization is
shown in the table of contents, with manuals under
the headings being clustered by subject code and
sorted by title.
Part 2 mainly contains abstracts describing the
items listed in Part 1.
Part 3 is a second list, in order-number sequence,
of all items listed by subject sequence in Part 1.
Note: Order numbers are sequenced by second
character. The first character (G, S, or L) is
the use key. (See "Identification of Availability.")

Subject Identification and Filing
Where a file number (e.g., S370-36) appears on a
publication listed in this bibliography, it identifies
the system in the prefix (S370) and the subject classification in the suffix (36, i.e., control program).
Pref"tx of FOe Number

Publications associated with two or three system
libraries identify them in the prefix (such as
S360/S370 or S360/S370/S3).
When manuals apply to more than three libraries,
the system number isn't used. These few and more
general publications have component numbers, or
GENL, in the prefix: component number(s) if the
manual concerns one or two components; or GENL
if the manual concerns more than two (or no specific) components.
Subject Code

The suffix of the file number identifies the subject
classification or code, such as 22 for APL or 15 for
physical planning manuals and templates. (Part 1
of each bibliography starts with a standard index of
subject codes and their definitions.)
File numbers with subject codes in the range of
00 through 40 are printed on publications, as an aid
in filing manuals in any library which is organized
by system and subject. Codes 00 through 40,
moreover, are used in subscribing to SLSS (System
, Library Subscription Service).
Subject codes above 40 do not appear on publications and are not used for SLSS, but are assigned
to further categorize all other items within system
bibliographies.

Part 1
In Part 1, the subject code listing, one code is assigned to a publication. Items within the cluster for
each code are in sequence. Sequencing for manuals
is alphameric, by the most apparent keywords in
the titles. Sequencing for microfiche is by order or
program number.
In Part 1, the basic eight-position order number
of each publication is given. Because it's usually
necessary to distinguish between publications that
support different releases of an SCP, order-number
suffixes (which identify specific editions of that
SCP publication), and the order numbers of TNLs
to that publication, are included.
When one publication applies to more than one
SCP, it is repeated in each applicable listing.
The library charts in Part 1 provide a graphic aid
for quickly identifying the manuals for specific
configurations and programming systems. Showing
associations among certain publications or different
paths for different requirements, they can reduce
the time required to plan (or check out) a basic,
individual library.

Part 2
Before ordering copies of publications, check the
abstract in Part 2 to be sure that your installation
will require the information. Abstracts are listed in
order-number sequence. (See note.)
Part 2 also gives you, beneath the abstract, the
number of pages and the publication profile used
for distributing key items under SLSS. The profile
is shown in the format of six fields separated by
slashes: Major sys./TP/SC/Prog. support/Machine
components/Prog. No.
The "TP" field is used to restrict the distribution
of remote-communications items, but only when
this would not be redundant or a hindrance to
proper distribution: that is, not when the publication matches a specified licensed program number,
or when the machine components indicated are for
operation only in the telecommunications mode. In
cases where there's no other profile indication that
a manual is purely of remote-communications interest, the TP field is used to so indicate.
"Sc" means subject code. "Prog. support" is
used only for acronyms of Type I programming
systems such as OS, DOS, OMS, TSS, or OS-ASP.
A publication describing the IBM 1219 and 1419
Magnetic Character Readers, operating for example on the System/360 Model 22 or higher or any
model of the System/370, would have the profile
of: 360, 370//04//1219,1419/. (If the manual
had applied to only certain models of the 360/370,
the specific CPU numbers would have been given in
place of system number(s).)

Preface

Many programming manuals show a profile such
as / / / / /5740-XX2 or //30// /5752,meaning
that only the program number - or an SCP program number plus subject code - is needed to
match the publication's profile to that of the SLSS
subscriber's expressed interests.

Part 3
Part 3, the current editions by order number, shows
all recent supplements (Technical Newsletters, or
TNLS) as well as the current editions. This part of
the bibliography enables you to easily find any order number and check for its current edition(s) and
any TNLs issued since the latest edition.
Part 3 also gives you the assigned subject code of
each publication.

Order Number
The publication order number identifies various
facts about a publication, including:
Identification of Availability
The first character of the order number is the use
key, which governs the availability of the document. Use key G means that the item is available
to customers, through the IBM representative, without charge for quantities that meet normal requirements. Use key S means that the item is for sale
through IBM branch offices. Use key L means that
the item is available only to licensees for the IBM
Program Product or other licensed program.

supports an earlier release of an SCPo E.g.,
GTOO-0112-0 or ST26-1234-0.

Extra Symbols (Flags)
Maximum case: **GC19-0001-5#*
or: **GC28-6421-3#+
A double asterisk preceding the order number
indicates either a change in the publication (such as
a new edition) or a new item.
When more than one edition of a publication is
current, the order-number suffix is followed by a
number sign (#).
A single asterisk following the order number indicates an item for IBM World Trade use only.
A plus sign following the order number indicates
that the item is for U.S.A. use only.

Updating
To eliminate unnecessary delays in keeping publications current, changes and additions to them are
distributed most quickly in the form of Technical
Newsletters.
When the pages released in a TNL are inserted in
the manual to which it applies, the base publication
is brought up to date. The next reprint of the base
publication incorporates the TNLs, and is assigned
the next higher suffix number, but need not be ordered as it is the same as any prior edition indicated as also current.

TNL Masthead
Identification of Logic Manuals
Publications that explain program logic include
"Logic" in the title and have a "Y" as the second
character of the order number: e.g., SY28-1234-S.
Such manua]s are intended for use by persons involved in program support or alteration of the program design; they are not required for normal use
or operation of the program, and are available under SLSS by order-number subscription only (as are
microfiche and other supplementary information).
Bill of Forms
An order number in the form of GBOF-1234 is a Bill
Of Forms - a single order number for a package
of several separately-order-numbered documents.
Identification of Microfiche
An alphabetic character in the third position of an
order number identifies a document on microfiche:
e.g., S2CO-0301-4 or LYBO-S432-1. The only exception
is a bill of forms, in which the third character is
also alphabetic (not zero).
Identification of Back-Release Support
A "T" or "Q" in the second position denotes a
temporary order number for a back edition that

ii IBM System/370 Bibliography

The masthead of the TNL cover page includes the
order number of the base publication to which the
TNL applies. All previously-issued TNLs are listed
in the masthead so that you may verify receipt of
all changes. Each TNL is separately orderable.

Bibliography Revisions and TNLs
Between revisions, TNLs are issued to update the
bibliography. Each TNL includes pages to be added or replaced wherever necessary to reflect the
addition, change, or deletion of publications. At
regular intervals, the bibliography is revised to incorporate and merge all new information with that
in the previous bibliography edition.

References
Specialized bibliographies and other supplemental
items are listed in Part 1 under appropriate subject
codes. Check the following items:
Bibliography of Data Processing Techniques
(GF20-8172), subject code 00.
IBM Data Processing Glossary (GC20-1699) and
IBM Marketing Publications KWIC Indexes, subject code 85 in the table of contents heading,
"Other Supplementary Information."

Contents
Part 1. Subject Code Listings ............................................... iv
Subject Code Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. iv
Machines ............................................................... 1
Machine Charts. . ....................................................... 9

OS/VSl
Manuals .......................................... , .................. 15
Charts .............................................................. 27
Microfiche. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
OS/VS2
Manuals ............................................................. 49
Charts ............................................................... 60
Microfiche ............................................................ 73
DOS/VS
Manuals .............................................................. 83
Charts ............................................................... 89
Microfiche. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
VM/370 Manuals, Microfiche, Chart ........................................ 99
DOS Version 4 Chart ................................................... .102
Type I Programming Support for System/370 Only ............................ 103
ASP and DSP .......................................................... 105
Programming - General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
DB/DC
CICS I CICS/VS ..................................................... 105
DL/I, VANDL-l ...................................................... 107
DMS II ............................................................ 108
GIS/2, GIS/VS
108
IMS/2,IMS/VS ..................................................... 110
VIDEO/370......................................................... 112
Other DB/DC ....................................................... 113
Other Licensed Programs (subject codes 20 - 40) ............................. 113
ITF (Interactive Terminal Facility) ........................................ 124
Other Supplementary Information
Data Processing- Introductory Manuals and Texts ......................... 125
Education - Course Catalogs ........................................... 126
Installation Forms and Supplies ......................................... 126
EWS (Early Warning System) ........................................... 126
PTF (Program Temporary Fix) Listings ................................... 127
Type I Program Listings (microfiche) ...................................... 127
0

•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••

Part 2. Abstracts.·...................................................... 129
Part 3. Current Editions by Order Number .................................... 297

An Index for Some
Common Program
Acronyms

Page
ASP
BDAM
CICS
CMS
CRJE
DITTO
DL/I
DMS
DSP
DSS
GIS
GPS, GSP
HASP II 4
IMS

105
16,50
105
99
25
121
107
108
105
23, 57
108
17. 50
56
110

Page
IQF
ISAM
ITF
JCL
JES
LIOCS
MSSC
MTCS
NCP
OLTEP
QTAM
RES
RSCS
RTAM

112
17.51
124
22, 56, 123
56
84, 103
17, 51
113
19, 53, 85
23, 57, 87
84, 104
25
99
18

Page
21,55
SMF
24,58
SMP
125
STAT/BASIC
24,57
SYS1.LOGREC
TCAM
18, 51
120
TCS
25, 58, 81
TOLTEP
58, 113
TSO
VANDL-1
108
112
VIDEO/370
51
VIO
15,49
VSAM
VS BASIC
114
18, 52, 84
VTAM

Contents

iii

Part 1. Subject Code Listings
SUBJECT CODE DEFINITIONS - NUMERICAL INDEX
00 General System Information (basic System Summary,
Bibliographies, all Configurators)
01 Machine System (CPU, Models, Channels, Console)
02 Card Readers and/or Punches, Control Units
03 Printers, Control Units
04 OCR, MCR (Optical/Magnetic Character Readers),
Control Units
05 Magnetic Tape Units, Control Units
06 Display Equipment
07 DASD (Direct Access Storage Devices), Control Units
08 Other Devices, Control Units
09 Communications Systems or Equipment
10 Auxiliary Equipment (devices normally off-line)
13 Special Features Information
14 Custom Features and Supporting Programs
15 Physical Planning Information
20 Programming Systems - General Information
21 Assembler
22 APL
23 BASIC
24 COBOL
25 FORTRAN
26 ALGOL
28 RPG, RPG II
29 PL/I
30 Access Methods, Data Management, Storage/
Communications Control Programs
31 Support Programs (e.g., Link Edit, Loader)
32 Utilities
33 Sort/Merge
34 System Planning, Generation, Installation, SMF;
Storage or Performance Estimates, Release Guides
35 Emulation, Simulation (catalogued by host system)
36 Control Program (e.g., Supervisor, JCL, IPL, Job
Management, Data Areas, Checkpoint/Restart)
37 RAS (Reliability, Availability, Serviceability): Testing,
Service Aids, Problem Determination
38 Remote Job Entry (RJE, CRJE, RAX, CRBE, ... )
39 Time Sharing, Interactive Facilities (e.g., as with TSO)
40 System Operation (e.g., messages & codes)
50 DB/DC
60 Industries - General (industry bibliographies, etc . )
- Airlines (see Transportation)
62 Consultants
63 Distribution (e.g., apparel, food, agribusiness, hotels)
64 Education, Libraries
65 Engineering
67 Finance, Securities, Real Estate
69 Government, Federal
70 Government, State and Local
71 Insurance
72 Manufacturing
73 Media
74 Health
75 Process (e.g., forest products, petroleum, paint, textiles)
76 Public Utilities
- Securities (see Finance)
78 Transportation
79 Cross-Industry (see also 81-83 for selections)
- Information Management (see code 50)
81 Cross-Industry - Management, Planning, Project Control
82 Cross-Industry - Mathematics and Science
83 Cross-Industry - Simulation
85 Data Processing - Introductory Manuals and Texts
87 Education - Course Catalogs
89 Installation Forms and Supplies
95 EWS (Early Warning System)
97 PTF (Program Temporary Fix) Listings
99 SCP and Type I Program Listings
iv

IBM System/370 Bibliography

ALPHABETICAL CODE INDEX

ALPHABETICAL CODE INDEX

Access Methods
Airlines
78
ALGOL
26
APL
22
Assembler
21

Link Edit
31
Loader 31

BASIC
23
Bibliographies

30

00, 60

Card Equipment 02
Channels
01
Checkpoint/Restart
36
COBOL 24
40
Codes, system
Communications 09,30
Configurators 00
Consoles 01
Construction
72
Consultants
62
Control Program
36, 30
Course Catalogs
87
CPU
01
Cross-Industry
79-83
Custom Features
14
DASD
07
Data Areas
36
Data Management
30
DB/DC
50 (see Contents)
Display
06, 30
Distribution Industries
63
64, 87
Education
Emulation
35
Engineering
65
EWS
95
Finance Industry
Forms
89
FORTRAN
25

67

General Information 00, 20, 60
Government
69,70
Graphics
06, 30
Health
74
Hotels, Motels
Information
Information
Insurance
I/O Control
IPL
36

63

Management 30, 50
Retrieval
79
71
Programs
30

JCL
36
Job Management
Legal
62
Libraries
64

36

Magnetic Tape
05, 30
Management Information
Manufacturing 72
Mathematics
82, 22
MCR
04,30
Media 73
Medical 74
Messages, system
40
OCR
04,30
Operation, system

81

40

Performance Estimates
34
15
Physical Planning
Planping
34, 30, 00, 81
PL/I
29
Printers 03
Problem Determination
37
75
Process Industries
Project Control
81
PRPQ
20-83
PSHRPQ
14
PTF 97
Public Utilities 76
RAS
37
Real Estate
67
34
Release Guides
Remote Job Entry
38
RPG
28
RPQ
14
Science
82
SCP Listings 99
Securities
67
37
Service Aids
Simulation
35,83
SMF
34
Sort/Merge
33
Special Features
13
Statistics
79, 82, 65
Storage
OJ, 30, 34
Supervisor
36
Support Programs
31
System Generation
34
System Installation
34
System Management Facility 34
System Messages & Codes
40
System Operation 40
System Planning
34
Teleprocessing 09, 30
Testing
37
Text Processing
73, 79
Time Sharing
39
Transportation 78
Type I Listings 99
Utilities

32, 76

**GA22-7001
**GA33-1511
**GA 33-1507
**GA 33- 30 14
**GA22-6957
**GA 22-7013
**GA22-6956
**GA22-7014
**GA22-6944
**~A 22-7002
**GA24-3090
**GA 24- 3 045
**GA21-900 1
**Gll27-3021
**GA33-1513
**GAll-150B
**GA22-6822
**GF 20- 8172

**GA22-7000
**G X 20- J 850
**G X 26-1.5 87
**GX 26 - 1 588
**GX20-1787
**GA27-2772
**GA27-2771
**GA27-2770
**GA33-1510
**GA33-1S14
**G A'31-15l6
**GA 33-1506
**GA33-1509
**GA33-1512
**GAl3-3005
**GAD-30 10
**GC 20-173 8
**GC38-0005
**GA24-3'S57
**GA24-3573
**GC 20-1'734
**GC 38- 0·0 15
**GA22-6942
**GA 22- 6962
**GA22-6966
**GC 20-172 9
**GA22-7011
**GA22-7012
* * GC20 - 1 754
**GC38-0025
**GA22-6935
**GA 22- 6969
* * GC 20 - 1 730
**GX22-6984
**GA22~T010

**GC20-1755
**GC3S-0030
**GA 22- 6943
**GA 22- 6954
**GA22-6877
**GA 24-3552
**GA24-3550

IBM SYSTEM/370 SYSTEK SUMMARY
IB~ SYSTEM/370 MODEL 115 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM/370 MJDEL 125 :ONFIGURATOR
IBM SYST8K/310 MODEL 135 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 CONFIGURATOR
SYSTEH/310 MODEL 158 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM/370 HJDEL 165 CONFIGURATOR
SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168 CONFIGURATOR
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MODEL 195 CONFIGURATOR
SYSTEK/370 INPUT/OUTPUT CONFIGURATOR
IBM TELEPROCESSING SYSTEMS SUMMARY
IBM 1030 CONPIGURATOR
IBM 1060 CONFIGURATOR
IBM 2790 CONFIGURATOR
IBM 3115 PRJCESSING UNIT INTEGRATED COMMUNICATIONS ADAPrER
CONFIGURATOR
IBM 3125 PROCESSING UNIT INTEGRATED COMMUNICATIONS ADAPTER:
CONFIGURATOR MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 BIBLIOGRAPHY
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF DATA PROCESSING TECHNIQUES

IBM SYSTEM/370 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
SYSTEM/370 REFERENCE SUMMARY CARD
DECIMAL/HEXADECIMAL INTEGER CONVERSION CHART
DECIMAL/HEXADECIMAL FRACTION CONVERSION CHART
DEBUGGI NG AI D
DIRECT EVALUATION JF FLOATIN3 POINT NUMBERS IN HEXADECIMAL
A UPS INSTALLATION PLANNING GOlDE
A GUIDE TJ 50 HERTZ UPS SELECTION
A :';UIDE TO 60 HERTZ UPS SELECTION
IBM SYSTEH/370 MJDEL 115 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY SYSTEM/370 MODEL 115 PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM/310 MJOEL 115 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/370MODEL 125 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 125 PRoteDURES
IBM SYSTEM/370 HJDEL 125 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTI~S
A GOlDE TO THE IBM SYSTEM/310 MODEL 135
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM/310 KODEL 145 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SISTEM/370 MODEL 145 CQANNEL :HARACTERISTICS
A GUIDE T3 THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL '45
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 OPERATING PROCEDURF.S
IBM SYSTEM/370 MJDEL 155 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTE~/370 MJDEL 155 OPERATING PROCEDURES
A GUIDE TO THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS
A GUIDE TO THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158
IBM SYSTEM/370 ~ODEL 158 OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
IBM S YSTE M/310 MODEL 165 OPER I\TING PRO CEDUR ES
A GUIDE T3 THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 OPERATORS REPERENCE CARD
SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS "ANUAL
A GUIDE TO THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168
SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168 OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MODEL 195 FUNCTIQNAL
CHARACTER ISTICS
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MODEL 195 OPERATING PRJCEDURES
IBM SYSTE~/360 CJMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES IBM 1052 PRINrER-KEYBOARD MODEL 7 WITH
IBM 2 1 50 CON SO LE
IBM 3210 CONSOLF PRINTER-KEYBOARDS COMPONENT DESCRIPTIJN
IBM 3215 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARD COMPONENT DESCRTP~TON

**GA21-9025
**GA21-9026
**GA21-9027
**GA 21-9033
**GA 26-5893
**GA21-9144
**GA21-9124
**GA21-9167

*~GA24-3073

**GA24-3120
**GA 24-3312
**GA 33-1515
**GA 24- 3 543
**GA26-1633
**GC 20-1775
**GC 20-1750

**GA 24-1499
**GA24-3542
**GA24-35QO
**GA19-0036
**GA19-0034

IBM 1442-N1 AND N2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES - SRL MANUAL
IBM 2501 MODELS B1 AND B2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM 2520-B1, B2, AND B3, COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES - SRL MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES, IBM 2540 CARD READ PUNCH - SRL MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATING PROCEDURES: IBM 2560 MOLTI-FUNCTION CARD MACHINE
IBM 2596 CARD READ PUNCH PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL
AND OPERATOR'S GaIDE - SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY
rBM 3504 CARD READER/IBM 3505 CARD READER AND IB~ 3525
CARD PUNCH SUBSYSTEM
IBM .SYSTEH/370: 5425 MULTI-FUNCTION CARD UNIT PROGRAMMER'S
REFERENCE MANUAL AND OPERATOR'S GUIDE

IBM 1403 PRINTER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 1443 PRINTER MODELS 1 rHROUGH 4 AND N1, AND 1445 PRINTER
MODELS 1 AND N1: COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IB~ 2821 CONTROL UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 3203 PRINTER COMPONENT DES:RIPTION AND OPERATOR'S GlIDE
IBM 3211 PRINTER 3216 INTERCHANGEABLE TRAIN CARTRIDGE AND
3811 PRINTER CO~TROL UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATOR'S GUIDE
PORMS DESIGN REFERENCE GUIDE POR THE IBM 3800 PRINrING
SUBSYSTEM.
CONCEPTS JF THE IBM 3800 PRINTIN~ SUBSYSTE~
IBM 3881 OPTICAL MARK READER - FORMS KIT

IBM 1219 READER SORTER IBM 1419 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER
IBK 1255 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER MODELS 1, 2, AND 3
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 1259 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER COMPON~NT DESCRipTIJ~
PAPER AND PRINT QUALITY REQUIREMENTS POR IBM 1270 AND 1275
OPTICAL READER SORTERS
IBM 1275 OPTICAL READER SORTER POR SYSTEM/360 AND

SYSTEM/31C

'" *GA 21- 9064
**GA 21-91 39
** GA21-9 J 50

**GX 20 -1 74 1

**GX20-1759
**GA 19-0049
**GA21-9081
**GX 21-9.106
**GC 20 -1686

-1·73 3
**GC 20-173 9

**GC~O

**GA21-9143
**GC20-1751
**GA21-9147
**GA21-9148
**GA21-9154
**GC20-1760
**GA 24-3612
**GA 24- 36 1 9
**GX20-1972

ISM SYSTEM/360 CJMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING
PROCEDURES IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER
IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER MODEL 5: GENERAL INFORMATIJN
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATING PROCEDURES: IBM .1287 OPTICAL READER, MODEL 5
IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER DOCUMENT TRACING GUIDE
IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER DESIGN FORMATS
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATING PROCEDURES: IBM 1288 OPTICAL PAGE READER, MODEL
IBM SYSTEM/360 COt1PONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 1288
OPTICAL PAGE READER HODEL 1
IBM 1288 DOCUMENT GAUGE FOR MACHIN E S El'UP
OCR INPUT PREPARATION GUIDE FOR THE IBM 1287/1288 oprICAL
CHARACTER READERS
IBM 1287/1288 OCR ERROR RECOVERY GUIDE
HANDPRINTING CONSIDERATIONS FOR THE IBM 1287/1288
OPTICAL CHARACTER READERS
IBM 3881 OPTICAL MARK READER MODELS 1 AND 2 REFERENCE ~ANU1L
AND OPERATOR'S GUIDE
IBM 3881 OPTICAL MARK READER SYSTEMS DESIGN GUIDE
IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER MODEL I REFERENCE ~ANUAL
IBM 3886 OPTICAL :HARACTER READER INPUT DOCUMENT DESIGN
GUIDE AND SPECIFICATIONS
IBK 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER KODEL 2 COMPONENT
REFERENCE MANUAL
IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER FORKS KIT
IBK 3890 DOCUMENT PROCESSOR MACHINE AND PROGRAMMING
DESCRIPTION
3890 DOCUMENT PROCESSOR OPERATOR'S GUIDE
IBM 3890 DOCUMENT PROCESSOR REFERENCE SUMMARY

2

,Q2 Magnetic Tape Units, Control
**GA 32-0006
**GA22-6866
**GX 22- 6 831
**GX35-5001
**GA 32-,0001
**GA21-2126
**GA32-0015
**GA 32-00 22
**GAl2-0020
**GA 32-0021

~

TAPE SPECIFICATIONS FOR IBM ONE-HALF INCH TAPE DRIVES lr:
556 AND 800 BPI AND 3200 FCI
SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS: 2400-SERIES MAGNETIC
TAPE UNITS, 2803/2804 TAPE CONTROLS, AND 2816 SWITCHING UNIT
MODEL ~
2401 - 2404 AND 2415 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS
IBM SYSTEK/360/370 REFERENCE DATA 2401-2404, 2415, 2420.
AND 3420 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS
'
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2420 MODEL 5 MAGNETIC TIPE UNIT
IBM SJSTEK/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2495 TAPE
CARTRIDGE READER
IBM 3410/3411 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT SUMMARY
MANUAL
IBM 3410/3411 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSY~TEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
fUNUAL '
3803/3420 MAGNETIC' TAPE SUB SYSTE MS
IBM 3803-2/3420 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEMS
SUBSYS~EK DESCRIPTION

~ ~12Ela~ ~g~iE!~ni

Note: Other display equipment, used primarily in a comaunications environ.ent.
is listed under subject code 09.
**GA21-210 1

**GA21- 2102
**GA 21-2,121
**GA21-2100
**GA21-2731
IUGA27-2730

**GA 26-3'633
**GA26-5756
**GA 26-1620
**GA 22- 6 895
**GX20-1705
**GA 26-3599
**GX20-1710
**GA26-1606
*.GA26-1589
**GA26-5988
**GA26 -1615
**GA 26-163 0
**GX20-1920
* *G A 26 -1619
**GA 26-1625
·*GA26-1592
**GA26-1617
**GA 32- 0028

**GA21-9182
**GA26-4187
**GA 24-3388
**GA 33- 4500

IBM SYSTEM/360 CO~PONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2250
DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 1
IBM SYS';!'EM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM
2250 DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 2 IBM 2840 DISPLAY CONTROL MODEL 1
IBM SYSTE M/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPr ION IBM 2250 DISPLI Y lHf'tT
MODEL 3 IBM 2840 DISPLAY CO~TROL MOPEL 2
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION:
'
IBM 2260 DISPLAY STATION
.
IBM 2848 DISPLAY CONTROL
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRI~TION
IB~ 2265 DISPLAY STATION IBM 2845 DISPLAY CONTROL
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2285 DISPLAY COPIER

DATA CELL HANDLING GUIDE
IBM DISK PACK AND CARTRIDGE HANDLING PROCEDURES
REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IBM INTEGRATED STORAGE CONTROL
IBM' SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPtIONS - 2820 STORAGE
CONTROL AND 2301 DRUM STORAGE
~311 MOriEL 1 DISK STORAGE DRIVE CAPACITY AND TRANSMISSIJN
TIME: REFERENCE SUMMARY
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2314 DIRECT ACCESS
STORAGE 'FACILITY AND 2844 AUXILIARY STORAGE CONTROL
IBM 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILITY CAPACITY AND
TRANSMISSION TIME REFERENCE CARD
IBM 2319 Dr SK. STORAGE - A-S ERIES, COMPONENT DESCRIPTIl8
COMPONENT SUMMARY-2835 STORAGE ,CONTROL
2305 FIXED HEAD STORAGE
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTlONS--2841 AND
ASSOCIATED'DASD
INTRODUCTION IBM 3330 A-SERIES DISK STORAGE - SYSTEM LIBRARY
IBM 3330 SERIES DISK STORAGE MODEL 1 TO MODEL 11 (ELEVEN)
tUSTOMER CONVERSION GUIDE
IBM 3330 SERIES DISK STORAGE (3333 MODELS 1 AND 11. 3330
MODELS 1, 2 AND 11): REFERENCE SUMMARY
IBM 3340 COMPONENT SUMMARY
IBM 3348 DATA MODULE HANDLING PROCEDURES
REFERENCE MANUAL FOR ~BM 3830 STORAGE CONTROL AND IBM 3330
DISK STORAGE
REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IBM 3830 STORAGE CONTROL KODEL 2
INTRODUCTION TO THE IBM 3850 MASS STORAGE SYSTEM (MSS)

THE IBM DISKETTE FOR STANDARD DATA INTERCHANGE
DISKETTE HANDLING PROCEDURES
IBM 2671 PAPER TAPE READER,
rBM 2822 PAPER TAPE READER CONTROL - COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2826 PAPER TAPE
CONTROL UNIT 1017 PAPER TAPE READER 1018 PAPER TAPE PUNCH

3

**GA21-9197
**GC21-5072
**GA21-9152
**GA21-9131
** GA21- 9 18 3
**GA21-9 1'94
* *G A2 i - 9 196
**GX21-9204
* *G X21- 9 1 72

'" * GA2 , -9 1 3 6
**GA 21- 9184
"'*GA21-9170
**GX21-9171

IBM 3540 DISKETTE INPUT/OUTPUT UNIT OPERATOR'S GUIDE A~D
PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL
DOS/VS SYSTEM INF3RMATION FOR IBM 3540 DISKETTE INPUT/OUrpUT
UNIT
IBM 3740 DATA ENTRY SYSTEM - SYSTE~ SUMMARY AND INSTALLATION
PHYSICAL PLANNING
3741 DATA STATION OPERATOR'S GUIDE
IBM 3741 DATA STATION REFERENCE MANUAL
IBM 3741 MODELS 3 AND 4 PROGRAM~ABLE WORK STATION
PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL
IBM 3741 MODELS 3 AND 4 PROGRAMMABLE WORK STATI3N
GENERAL INFORMATION
IBM 3741 PROGRAMMABLE WORK STATION MODELS )-4
REFER EN CE CARD
IBM 3141/3742 RE¥ERENCE CARD
3742 DU(L DATA STATION OPERATOR'S GUIDE
IBM 3742 DUAL DATA STATION REFERENCE MANUAL
IBM 3747 DATA CONVERTER REFERENCE MANUAL & OPERATOR'S GUIDE
IBM 3747 DATA CONVERTER REFERENCE CARD

~~ £2mm~ai£21!2n§ ~Y§1~!2

2I ~gYiE!~D1
Note: Some of the equipment below may be used for either remote or local communications.
**GA27-3099
**GA27-3004
**GA27-3093
**GA21-9028
**GA 24-1029
**GA24-3018
**GA21-9041
**GA24-3020
**GA 24- 3125
**GA24-3471
**GA24-3474
**GA 24-3034
>t<*GA24-3266
**GA 22- 6864
**GA22-6846
**GA27-2703
**GA27-2704
**GA 24- 3426
**GA21-3029
**GA27-3039
**GA 24-340 3
**GA24-3415
**GA27-~001

**GA 27-30 11
**GA 27-3.013
"''''GA27-l03a
**GA 27-3 005
**GA27-30 15
"'*GA 27 -3016
**GA 27-3035
**GA 27-2739
**GA 27-2742
**GA27-2749
**GA27-2750
**G"X 20-187 a
**GA27-3086
~*GA27-3091

**GC 30-3004
**GC 30- 3 020
**GC 30- 3021
**GA 27- 3051
"'*GA27-30a7
**GA 27~3092
**GR29-0296
**GA 27- 3043
**GA27-3061

SYSTEM NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - SYSTEM SUMMARY
GENERAL INFORMATION - BINARY SYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS
SYNCHRONOUS DATA LINK CONTROL GENERAL INFORMATION
IBM 357/1030/2790 BADGE SPECIFICATIONS
IBM 1001 DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
IB~ 1030 DATA COLLECTION SYSTEM
IBM 1035 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES
IBM 1050 REFERENCE DIGEST
IBM 1050 OPERATOR'S GUIDE
IB~ 1050 SYSTEM SUMMARY
IBM 1050 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTE~ PRINCIPLES OF OPERAfION
IBM 1060 DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSfEM
IBM 1092 AND 1093 PROGRAMMED KEYBOARDS
IBM 2701 DATA ADAPTER UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM' 2702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL
IBM 2703 TRANSMISSION CONTROL COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2711 LINE
ADAPTER UNIT
IBM 2712 REMOTE MULTIPLEXOR
2721 PORTABLE AUDIO TERMINAL
IBM 2721 PORT ABLE AU 010 TERMIN AL OPER ATOR' S HANDBOOK
IBM 2140 COMMUNICATION TERMINALS MODEL 1 AND 2
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 2741 COMMUNICATION TERMINAL
IBM 2740/2741 COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL - OPERATOR'S GUIDE
IBM 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM COMPONENTS: IBM 2770 DATA COMM~NICATION SYSTEM
OPERATOR'S GUIDE: IBM 2770 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
IBM 2780 DATA TRANSMISSION TERMINAL - COMPONENT DESCRIPrION
IBM 2790 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTIJN
IBM 2790 SYSTEM SUMMARY
IBM 2790 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSrEM OPERATOR'S GUIDE
AN INTRODUCTION TJ THE IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSfEM
OPERATOR'S GUIDE FOR IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEMS
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 3270 PROBLEM DETERMINATION GUIDE
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM REFERENCE SUMMARY
GUIDE TO USING THE IBM 3704 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER
CONT ROL PANEL
IBM 3704 OPERATOR REFERENCE SUMMARY
IBM 3104 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS PRINCIPLES OF
OPERATION
TELEPROCESSING PREINSTALLATION GUIDE F.lR IB~ 3704 AND 3705
CO~~UNICATIONS CONTROLLERS
TELEPROCESSING INSTALLATION RECORD FOR IBM 3704 AND 3705
COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS
INTRODUCTION TO THE 3704 & 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS
GUIDE TO USING THE IBM 3705 CONTROL PANEL
IBM 3705 OPERATOR REFERENCE SUMMAR!
IBM 3705 EMULATION - REFERENCE CARD
IBM 3735 PROGRAMMABLE BUFFERED TERMINAL CONCEPT
AN o APPL ICAT ION
IBM 3135 PROGRA"MABLE BUFFERED TER"INAL OPERATlR'S GUIDE

4

.*GA27 -2,712

IBM 3767 ~OM~UNICATION TERMINAL OPERATOR'S GOlDE
IBM 3767 MODELS 1 & 2 COMMUNICATION TERMINAL COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION
3767 COMMUNIC'TION TERMINAL CUSTOMER SITE PREPARATION
GUIDE
UPERATOR'S INTRODUCTION TO THE 3767 COMMUNICATION TERMINAL
IBM 3767 COMMUNICATION TERMINAL SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
IBM 3770 DATA COKMGNICATION SYSTEM-- SYSTEM CdMPONENTS
3770 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CUSTOMER SITE PREPARATION
GUIDE
OPERATING PRJCEDURE,S GUIDE: IBM 3774 AND 3775 COMMUNICATION
TERMINALS
REFERENCE CARD~ IBM 3774 AND 3775 COMMUNICATION TERMINALS
COftPONENT INFORMATION FOR THE IBM 3780 DATA COMMUNICATIJN
TERM INAL
IBM J 812 MODE" USER'S GU IDE
IBM 3872 MODEM PROBLEM DETERMINATION CARD
IBM 3874 MODEM USER'S GUIDE
IBM 3875 MODE" USER'S GUIDE
IBM 4872 MODEM MODEL 1
IBM 4872 MODEM MODELS 2 AND 3
IBM 52'75 DIRECT NUMER ICA L CONTROL STATION I NTRODUCr ION AND
COMPONENT DESCnIPTION
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 7770 AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT MODEL 3

**GA 22-6951
**GA27-2725
**GA 21-9078

IBK 50 MAGNETIC DATA INSCRIBER OPERATOR'S GUIDE
IBM 50 MAGNETIC DATA INSCRIBER COMPONENT DESCRtPTIJN
IBM 5486 CARD SORTER OPERATOR'S GUIDE

**GA 2,2- 6983
**GA 33-300 7

SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL FEATURE: CHANNEL-TO-CHANNEL ADAPTER
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135-TERMINAL ADAPTER TYPE I MJDEL II
(FOR ICA)! SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION SYSTEM LIBRARY MANUAL
IBM S YSTE 1'1/370 MODEL 135 TERM IN At ADAPT ER TYP E III POR ICA:
SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135-SYNCHRONOUS DATA ADAPTER TYPE II
(FOR ICA): SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 - TELEGRAPH ADAPTER TYPE II
(FOR ICA): SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION MANUAL
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 II DYNAMIC ADDRESS TRANSLATION
FACILITY
IBM SYSTEM/370 SPECtAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION:
709/7090/7094/7094 II
COMPATI BI LITY PEATURE FOR IBM SYSrEM/370 MODEL 165
IBM SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION~ 7070/7074
COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR IBM SYSTEM/370 MODELS 165, 16511. & 168
IBM SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION
7080 COMPATIBII,ITY FEATURE FOR IBM SYSTElV370 MODELS 165, 16511, & 168
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 II DYNAMIC ADDRESS TRANSLATION
FACILITY
BATCH NUMBERING FEATURE FOR IBM 1241 AND 1419 MAGNETIC INK
CHARACTER RECOGNITION READERS
A GUIDE TO USING THE TEST REQUEST FEATURE ON IBM 3270
INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEMS
IBM 3340 DISK/STORAGE": FIXED HEAD FEATURE USERS GUIDE
OPTICAL MARK READ/CARD PRINT APPLICATION SOLUTIONS IBH
3504 and 3505 CARO READERS IBM 3525 CARD PONCH

.*GA 18-2000
**GA 27-3 096
**GA27-3104
**GA27-3106
**GC30-3026
**GA 27-3 097
,**GA~7~310

3

**GA 27-]0 94
"''''GA27-J095
"'*GA 27-3 063
**GA 27- 3058
**GA27-3062
**GA 33-.0002
**GA 33-0001
**GA36-000 1
**GA 36-Q004
**GA 34-0,016

**GA 33-3008
**GA 33-,3009
**GA 33- 3011
**GA 22-..7017
**GA 22- 695~,
**GA22-6,958
**GA22-6963
**GA22-7016
**GA 24-3342
**GA 27';"2774
**GA 26-1632
**GC20-1767

**GA34-150 7
**GA09-1600

**GX 09- 1 00 0

**GX 09-1 001
**GA 27-3066

**GA24-3590

IBM SYSTEM/7-360/370 CHANNEL ATTACHMENT: GENERAL INPORMATION
MANUAL, RPQ 008112
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM CUSTOM FEATURE
DESCRIPTION: 12~-3270 ATTACHMENT (RPQ 8T0093)
IBM 129-3270 OPERATOR'S REFERENCE SUMMARY
IBM 129-3270 ~PQ 810105) OPERATOR'S REFERENCE SUMMARY
SUPPLEMENTARY OPERATOR'S AND PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE INFORMATION
CARD IBM 3735 WITH IBM 129 CARD DATA RECORDFR (RPQtEB1935)
IBM 1972 MODEL 3 PRODUCTION TERMINAL 1972 MODEL 4
INSTRUCTION CONSOLE OPERATOR'S GUIDE

5

**GL21-9071
**GA26-1599
**GX26-161B
**GA27-2737
**GL22-6937
**GL22-7025
**GL24-3570
**GCBB-~796

**GCBB-6797
**GCBB-619B
**GCBB-6799
**GC2B-6pB7
**GL22-6979
**GY28-6688
.* *G L 24- 3 6 1 8
**GA27-2758
**GA 27-277 5
**GH19-7024
**GA27-2752
**GA27-2753
**GA 27- 2)7 3
**sy 30-3006
**sy 30-3014
**GA 27- 306 9
**GA 27-30 73
**GA21-9224
**GA 33-3016
**GA21-92,21
**GA 36-0002
** GA36-000 3
**G134-1511
**GA 34-1531
**GA 33-3015
**GA27-2740
**GL 22-7015

IBft 2501 CARD READER, MODELS A AND B RPQ FEATURES
IBM 2730 MODEL 1 TRANSACTION VALIDATION TERMINAL, IBM 2968
MODEL 9 AND ~ODEL 12 RECEIVER-TERMINAL CONTROL UNIT
IBM 2730 TRANSACTION VALIDATION TERMINAL - REFERENCE CARD
IBM 2909-3 ASYNCHRONOUS DATA CHANNELRPQ F13299
CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPT ION
SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEft/370 CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION:
2914 SWITCHING UNIT MODEL 1 -.RPQ 880882
2914 STORAGE CONTROL INTERFACE SWITCH MODEL 2 (RPQ 8P0290)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION AND PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2946 TERMINAL CONTROL SUBSYSTEM
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING GUIDE
IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER (RPQ t88826~)
SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD (CSAM) MAIN MODULE-DOS
MICROFICHE LISTING, PRO~. NO. 5799-WAF
IBH 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER (RPQ 1888264)
SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD (CS A!.'!) ERR MODULE-DOS
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NU"BER 5799-WAF
IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER (RPQ '888264)
SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD (CSA!.'!) MAIN MODULE-OS
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-WAG
IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER (RPQ '888264)
SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD (CSAM) ERR MODULE-OS
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-WAG
USER'S·GUIDE FOR THE IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER
SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD PROGRAM SUPPORTING RPQ 888264
PRO~RAM NUMBERS 5799-WAF, 5799-WAG
IBM 2947 MODEL 4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER (RPQ 888264.
FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS - REFERENCE MANUAL
INTERNAL LOGIC MANUAL FOR THE IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION
CONTROLLER SEQUENTIAL ACCESS "EfHOD - PROGRA'" SUPPJRT
RPQ 888264 - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5799-WAF 5799-VAG
2956 MODEL 8 CARD READER RPQ 810582 CUSTOM UNIT
DESCRIPTION AND PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSrEM CUSTOM FEATURE
DESCRIPTION, DUAL CASE CHARACTER SET RPQ 8X0366
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM CUSTOM FEATURE
DESCRIPTION SIGNATURE DIS PLAY (RPQS 7U0010, B(0438)
IBM 3277 DISPLAY STATION CUSTOM FEATURE DESC. 1980-C24
PRINTER ATTACHMENT gPQ U5B950
IBM 3284/3286 PRINTER CUSTOM FEArURE DESCRIPTION MARGIN STOP
VARIABLE BPO tEB3995
IBM 32B4/3286 PRINTER CUSTOM FEATURR DESCRIPTION VERTICAL
FORMS INDEX CONTROL (RPQ EB4324)
IBM 3284/3286 PRINTER CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION: FORMS
TRACTOR (RPQ VD 4031)
IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR
PROGRAM SUPPORT FOR HARDWARE RPQ M26099 SABRE LINE ClNTROL
IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND LOGIC
MANU~L FOR RPO 858663, PLOTTER ADAPTER - PSHRPQ P85008 PROG. NO. 5199-WFA
SUPPLEMENTARY OPERATOR'S AND PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE INFORMATION
IBM 3735 WITH I BM KEYPAD UNIT AN D FIL E 5 EARCH (RPQ t 8531 02)
IBH 3735 WITH AUTO FDP EXECUTION RPQ IMB7057 OPERATOR'S CARD
IBM 3740 DATA ENTRY SYSTEM ASCII RPQ REFERENCE MANUAL
SUPPORTING RPQS 540064, S40075, and 540081
IBM 3740 DATA ENTRY SYSTEM SPECIAL SELF-CHECK NUMBER DEVICE
CUSTOM UNIT DESCRIPTION RPQS USA WE040S, Z07465; WT 110260
IBM 3742 DUAL DATA STATION FUNCTION CONTROL FEATURE
REFERENCE MANUAL SUPPORTING RPQ 843866
IBM 4481 FILM READER/~ECORDER
4481 FILM READER/RECORDER PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
SYSTEM/370 IBM 509S-N05 SENSOR BASED CONTROL UNIT GENERAL
INFORMATION MANUAL
IBM 5275 MACHINE TOOL CONTROL UNIT (MCU) ACCESSORY RPQ
D08286: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IBM 5985 COLOR DISPLAY CONTROL UNIT
MODEL 802 AND IBM 5941 DISPLAY CONSOLE, MODEL H02 (SEE
ABSTRACT FOR RPQ S)
IBM 7412 MODEL 11 CONSOLE, CUSTOM SYSTEMS RPQ AA2846,
CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION
IBM 7441-1/1980-9 CUSTOM TERMINAL FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
OPERATING PROCEDURES AND PHYSICAL PLANNING

6

**GC22-7004~

**GC19-0004
**GX22-6985
**GX22-6857
**GA24-3435
** GA27 -300 6
**GX 27- 2900
**GX22- 685 9
**GX22-6858
**GX22-6925
**GX22-6860
**G X22- 6855
**GX22-6834
**GX22-7i)21
**GX22-7008
**GX22-7005
**GX 22-7006
**GX22-7023
**GX22-7007
**GX22-7022
**GX22- 6 981
**GA24-30 21
**GX21-9030
**GA24-3022
**GX24-3381
**GA 21-9.01 0
**GA 24- 3 561
**GA 24-3566
**GX22-7037
**GX22- 7 938
**GX 22-703 9
**GX22-70~41

**GA 26-160 0
**GA27-J019
**GX27-2909
**GA 27-3017
**GX22-7042
**GX22-7043
**G X22-7 044
**GA 27- 2727
**GA 24-3562
**GL22-6936

TAM SYSTEM/370 INSTALLATION MANUAL -- PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM SYSTEM/370 INSTALLATION MANUAL -- PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTE~/360 AND SYSTE~/370
CHANNELS:
2860, 2870, AND 2880
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
PLANNING AND INSTALLATION OF A DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
USING IBM LINE ADAPTERS
IBM REMOTE MULTIPLEXERS AND COMMUNICATIONS TERMINALS
INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: COMMUNICATIONS TERMINALS
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEf1/360 AND SYSTEPl/370
CONSOLES AND TERMINALS
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
DATA STORAGE DEVICES
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
FIELD ENGINEERING FURNITURE AND TEST EQUIPMENT
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
MAGNETIC AND OPTICAL CHARACTER READERS
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTE8/370
MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS AND CONTROLS
PUNCHED CARD AND TAPE 1/0 AND PRINTERS, FOR SYSTEM/360 AND
SYSTEM/370: IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 125
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135
IBM PH YSIeAL PLANNING TEMPL ATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/310 MODEL 155
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNiNG TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168 AND
MODEL 168 MULTIPROCESSING
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 195
IBM 1030 DATA COLLECTION SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE, 1030 DATA COLLECTION SYSTEM
IBM 1050 DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL,
PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE,
1050 DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
IBM 1060 DATA COfHlU NICATIONS SYST EM INST ALLAT ION PIA NUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 1925 MODEL 18 INTERFACE SWITCH UNIT RPQ 811301
INSTALLATION MANOAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 1972 MODEL 3 PRODUCTION TERM IN AL
IBM 1912 MODEL 4 INSTRUCTION CONSOLE INSTALLATION MANOAL
PHYSICAL PLANNING COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
2401 MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT MODELS 1 TO 6 AND 8, FOR SYSTEM/370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
2415 MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT AND CONTROL MODELS 1 TO 6, FJR
SYSTEM/370: IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
2420 MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT MODELS 5 AND 7, FOR SYSTEM/310:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
2495 TAPE CARTRIDGE READER MODEL 1, FOR SYSTEM/370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
2130 MODEL 1, 2968 MODEL 9, AND 2968 MODEL 12: INSTALLATION
MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2770 DATA COfHIUNICATION SYSrEM
INSTALLATION MANUAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING
PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE IBM 2770 DATA COM.tUNICA.TIO.N
SYSTEM
IBM 2790 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL
PHYSICAL PLANNING
2803 TAPE CONTROL MODELS 1 TO 3, FOR SYSTEM/370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
2804 TAPE CONTROL MODELS 1 TO 3, FOR SYSTEM/310:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
2816 SWITCHING UNIT MODEL 1, FOR SYSTEM/370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS UNIT 2909 MODEL 3 ASYNCHRONOUS DATA CHANNEL RPQ F13299 RPQ 882045
INSTALLATION BU LLETIN-PHYSICAL PLANN ING
IBM 2911 MODEL 14 INTERFACE SWITCH UNIT RPQ 811503
INSTALLATION MANU AL--PHYS ICAL PLANNING
IBM 2914 SWITCHING UNIT MODEL 1, RPQ 880882, CUSTOM FEATURE:
INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING

7

**GL 24-3571
**GL22-6982
** GA27 -3044
**GA 26 -1621
**GX 22-7018
**GX22-7047
**GX 22-7 029
**GX22-7035
**GX 22-7045
**GX22-7032
**GX22-7051
**GX21-9155
**GX 27-2917
**GX22-7046
**GX22-7053
**GX22-7052
**GX 22-7 031
**GA 27-2741

**G L 21- 92 2 5

IBM 2946 TERMIbi AL CONTROL S UBSYST EM INSTALLATION fUNU AL
PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2947 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER MODEL 4 (RPQ 888264)
INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2976 MOBILE TERMINAL SYSTEM CUSTOM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OPERATOR'S GUIDE - PHYSICAL PLANNING
INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2984 MODEL 1 CASH
ISSUING TERMINAL RPQ 834660
3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM: PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: 3330 DISK STORAGE MODELS
1,2~ AND 11; 3333 DISK STORAGE & CONTROL MODELS 1 AND 11
3340 DISK STORAGE MODELS A2, B1, AND B2, FOR SYSTEM/370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
3410 MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT MODELS 1 TO 3 AND 3411 MAGNETIC TAPE
UNIT AND CONTROL MODELS 1 TO 3 FOR SYSTEH/310: IBM PHYSICAL
PLANNING TEMPLATE
3540 DISKETTE INPUT/OUTPUT UNIT MOOELS B1 AND B2 FOR
SYSTEM/370: IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
3704 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER FOR SYSTEM/310:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER FOR SYSTEM/310:
PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
IBM 3140 DATA ENTRY SYSTEM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
3110 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
3830 STORAGE CONTROL MODELS 1" 2 AND 3 FOR SYSTEH/370
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TBMPLArE 3851 MASS STORAGE FACILITY
FOR S/370
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE FOR 3881 OPTICAL MARK READER
MODELS 1 TO 3 & 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER MODELS 1&2
IBM PH YSICAL PLANNING TEf'lPLATE 3890 DOCUMENT
PROCESSOR
I NSTALLATION BULLETIN PHYSICAL PLANNING FOR IBK 7412
CONSOLE MODEL 1 CUSTOM SYSTEMS RPQ AA2846
IBM 7460-4 STUB CARD READER RPQ EE7595 INSTALLATION
MANUAL-- PHYSICAL PLANNING

8

Machine Library Charts (Six Charts)

The following six library charts are arranged by the
numbers of the system models and (next page) the
attachable devices. The order number given below

under "I/O Configurator" identifies the publication
that shows the models of System/370 to which a
storage or communications device can be attached.

System
Summary

System
Reference

System
Physical
Planning
Reference

GA22-7001

GA22-7000

GC22-7004

GA22-7002

Model
Operating
Procedures

Model
Physical
Planning
Template

SYSTEM PUBLICATIONS

System/370

MODEL PUBLICATIONS

I/O
Configurator

Other
Features

System/370

Model
Reference

Model
Configurator

Model 115

GA33-1510

GA33·1511

Model 125

GA33-1506

GA33-1507

GA33-1509

GX22-7021

Model 135

GA33-3005
GA33-3010

GA33-3014

GC38-0005

GX22-7008

Model 145

GA24-3557
GA24-3573

GC38-0015

GX22-7005

Model 155

GA22-6942
GA22-6962

GA22-6957

GA22-6966

GX22-7006

Model 158

GA22-7011
GA22-7012

GA22-7013

GC38-0025

GX22-7023

Model 165

GA22-6935

GA22-6956

GA22-6969

GX22-7007

GA22-6955
GA22-6958
GA22-6963

Model 168

GA22-7010

GA22-7014

GC38-0030

GX22-7022

GA22-6955
GA22-6958
GA22-6963

Model 195

GA22-6943

GA22-6944

GA22-6954

GX22-6981

9

GX22-7028

GA33-3007
GA33-3008
GA33-3009
GA33-3011

·GA22-7017

Storage and Communications Equipment
Publication Order Number
Device or
Control Unit

Reference
Manual

1259 Magnetic Character Reader
Models 1, 2

GA24-3500

Device or
Control Unit

Reference
Manual

System/3 Computing System

GC20-8080

T57314*
K57449*

System17 Computing System

GA34-0002

T57503*
K57507*

System/32 Computing System
50 Magnetic Data Inscriber
Modell

Publication Order Number

Physical
Planning
Template

1259 Magnetic Character Reader
Models 31-34

GC21-7582
(GC21-7591)

Physical
Planning
Template

GX22-6860t
T57 411 *
K57405*
T57 411 *
K57405*

1270 Optical Reader Sorter
Models 1-4

GA 19-0035*

T57492*
K57493*

1275 Optical Reader Sorter
Models 2, 4

GA19-0034*

T57411*
K57405*

1287 Optical Reader
Models 1-5

GA21-9064

GX22-6860t
T57238*
K57155*

1288 Optical Page Reader
Modell

GA21-9081

GX22-6860t
T57249*
K57 166*

GA24-3073
(GA24-3312)

GX22-6834t
T57215*
K57352*
T57216*
K57 161 *

GA27-2725

1001 Data Transmission Terminal
Model 3

GA24-1029
(GA21-9138)

1013 Card Transmission Terminal
Model 1

(GC2Q-1668)

GX27-2900t

1017 Paper Tape Reader
Models 1, 2

GA33-4500

GX22-6834t
T57413*
K57407*

1018 Paper Tape Punch
Modell

GA33-4500

GX22-6834t
T57413*
K57407*

1030 Data Collection System
(1031, 1032, 1033, 1034, 1035)

GA24-3018

GX21-9030t
T57 317*
K57416*

1419 Magnetic Character Reader
Modell

GA24-1499

GX22-6860t
T57248*
K57165*

1050 Data Communication System
(1051,1052,1053,1054,1055,
1056, 1057/1058)

GA24-3020

GX24-3381t
T57 318*
K57417*

1419 Magnetic Character Reader
Models 31, 32

GA 19-0023*

T57248*
K57 165*

GA24-3471
(GA22-6877)

GX22-6859t
T57318*
K57417*

1442 Card Punch
Models N1, N2

1053 Printer
Models 1,4

GA24-3471
GA24-3474

GX22-6859t
T57318*
K57417*

1060 Data Communication System
(1061,1062)

GA24-3034

T57 321 *
K57418*

1070 Process Communication
System (1071, 1072)

GA26-5989

GX26-5962t

1092 Programmed Keyboard
Models 1, 2

GA24-3266

GX24-3238t

1093 Programmed Keyboard
Models 1,2

GA24-3266

GX24-3238t

1130 Computing System
(1131, 1132, 1133, 1134, 1055)

GA26-1575

GX26-5997t
T57313*
K57420*

1255 Magnetic Character Reader
Models 1-3

GA24-3542

GX22-6860t

1255 Magnetic Character Reader
Models 21-23

GA 19-0047*

1052 Printer Keyboard
Model 7

*

t

1403 Printer
Models 2, 3,7, or N1

GA21-9025
(GA21-9042)

GX22-6834t
T57219*
K57167*

1443 Printer
Model N1

GA24-3120

GX22-6834t
T57250*
K57170*

2150 Console
Model 1

GA22-6877

GX22-6859t
T57252*
K57172*

2250 Display Unit
Models 1, 3

GA27-2701
GA27-2702
GA27-2721

GX22-6859t
T57253*
K57173*

2260 Display Station
Models 1,2

GA27-2700

GX22-6859t
T57092*
K57097*

2265 Display Station
Modell

GA27-2731

GX22-6859t
T57308*
K57363*

2285 Display Copier
Modell

GA27-2730

GX22-6859t
T57253*
K57173*

2301 Dru m Storage
Modell

GA22-6895

GX22-6858t
T57255*
K57175*

following the order number shows the item is for World Trade use only.
following the order number shows the item is for U.S.A. use only.

Publications shown in parenthesis are related references but not primary references.
Storage and Communications Equipment (Chart 1 of 5)

10

Publication Order Number
Device or
Control Unit

Reference
Manual

2302 Disk Storage
Models 3, 4

GA26-5988

2303 Drum Storage
Model 1

Physical
Planning
Template

Publication Order Number
Physical
Planning
Template

Device or
Control Unit

Reference
Manual

GX22-6858t
T57242*
K57 159*

2415 Magnetic Tape Unit and
Control, Models 1-6

GA22-6866

GX22-7038t
T57410*
K57409*

GA26-5988

GX22-6858t
T57346*
K57349*

2420 Magnetic Tape Unit
Model 5

GA32-0007

GX22-7039t
T57099*
K57093*

2305 Fixed Head Storage
Models 1,2

GA26-1589

GX22-6858t
T57502*
K57506*

2420 Magnetic Tape Unit
Model 7

GA22-6866

GX22-7039t
T57425*
K57447*

2311 Disk Storage Drive
Model 1

GA26-5988

GX22-6858t
T57256*
K57 176*

2495 Tape Cartridge Reader
Model 1

GA27-2726

GX22-7041t
T57309*
K57 421 *

2312 Disk Storage
Model A1

GA26-3599

GX22-6858t
T57400*
K57 401 *

2501 Card Reader
Models B 1, B2

GA21-9026

GX22-6834t
T57090*
K57095*

2313 Disk Storage
Model A1

GA26-3599

GX22-6858t
T57400*
K57 401 *

2520 Card Read Punch
Model B1

GA21-9027

GX22-6834t
T57 091 *
K57096*

2314 Direct Access Storage
Facility, Model 1

GA26-3599

GX22-6858t
T5743O*
K57434*

2520 Card Punch
Models B2, B3

GA21-9027

GX22-6834t
T57213*
K57207*

2314 Storage Control
Models A 1, B1

GA26-3599

GX22-6858t
T57400*
K57 401 *
T57510*
T57 511 *

2540 Card Read Punch
Model 1

GA24-3312
(GA21-9033)

GX22-6834t
T57244*
K57160*

2560 Multi-Function Card
Machine, Models A 1, A2

GA26-5893

GX22-6834t
T57214*
K57208*

2596 Card Read Punch
Model 1

GA21-9144

GX22-6834t
T57522*
K57523*

2671 Paper Tape Reader
Model 1

GA24-3388

GX22-6834t
T57272*
K57 192*

2701 Data Adapter Unit
Model 1

GA22-6846
(GA22-6864)

GX22-6857t
T57263*
K57 183*

2702 Transmission Control
Model 1

GA22-6846

GX22-6857t
T57264*
K57184*

2703 Transmission Control
Model 1

GA27-2703

GX22-6857t
T57437*
K57436*

2711 Line Adapter Unit
Model 1

GA27-2704

GX22-6857t
T57444*
K57443*

2715 Transmission Control Unit
Models 1, 2

GA27-2704

GX22-6857t
T57329*
K57397*

2318 Disk Storage
Model A1

GA26-3599

GX22-7008t

2319 Disk Storage
Models A1-A3, B1, B2

GA26-1606

GX22-7008t
GX22-6858t
GX22-7005t
T57 301 *
K57395*
T57510*
K57 511 *

2321 Data Cell Drive
Model 1

GA26-5988
(GA26-3633)

GX22-6858t
T57257*
K57177*

2401 Magnetic Tape Unit
Models 1e 6, 8

GA22-6866

GX22-7037t
T57259*
K57 179*

2402 Magnetic Tape Unit
Models 1-6

GA22-6866

GX22-6855t
T57260*
K57 180*

2403 Magnetic Tape Unit and
Control, Models 1-6

GA22-6866

GX22-6855t
T57 261 *
K57 181 *

2404 Magnetic Tape Unit and
Controls, Models 1-3

GA22-6866

GX22-6855t
T57 261 *
K57181*

following the order number shows the item is for World Trade use only.
following the order number shows the item is for U.S.A. use only.
Publications shown in parenthesis are related references but not primary references.

t

Storage and Communications Equipment (Chart 2 of 5)

11

Publication Order Number

Publication Order Number
Device or
Control Unit

Physical
Planning
Template

Reference
Manual

Device or
Control Unit

Reference
Manual

Physical
Planning
Template

2740 Communication Terminal
Models 1,2

GA24-3403
(GA27-3001 )

GX21-9155t
T57440*
K57442*

2845 Display Control
Modell

GA27-2731

GX27-2900t,
T57308*
K57363*

2741 Communication Terminal
Modell

GA24-3415

GX21-9155t
T57440*
K57442*

2848 Display Control
Models 1, 2, 3, 21, 22

GA27-2700

GX22-6859t
T57092*
K57097*

2772 Multi-Purpose Control Unit
Modell

GX27-2909t
T57316*
K57414*

3203 Printer
Models 1,2

GA22-7001

GA27-3013
(GA27-3014)

GX22-7021t
GX22-7028t
T57486*
K57487*

2780 Data Transmission TerminAl
Models 1-4

GA27-3005

GX27-2900t
T57310*
K57422*

3210 Console Printer-Keyboard
Models 1, 2

GA24-3552

GX22-6859t

GA27-3015

3211 Printer
Modell

GA24-3543

2790 Data Communication System
(2791,2792,2793,2795,2796,
2797,2798)

GX22-6834t
T57336*
K57370*

GA22-6866

GX22-6858t
T57266*
K57186*

3213 Console Printer
Model 1

GA22-7001

2803 Tape Control
Models 1-3

GX22-6859t
T57458*
K57459*
G~22-6859t

GA22-6866

GX22-7043t
T57266*
K57186*

3215 Console Printer-Keyboard
Modell

GA24-3550

2804 Tape Control
Models 1-3

3270 Information 0 is play System
(3271, 3272, 3275, 3277, 3284,
3286,3288)

GA27-2749
(GA27 -27 39)

GX22-7018t
T57517*
K57519*

3330 Disk Storage
Models 1, 2, 11

GA26-1592
(GA26-1615)

GX22-7D47t
T57337*
K57 371 *

3333 Disk Storage and Control
Models 1,11

GA26-1592
(GA26-1615)

GX22-7D47t
T57454*
K57455*

GA26-1619

GX22-7029t
T57524*
K57525*

3410 Magnetic Tape Unit
Models 1-3

GA32·0022
(GA32-0015)

GX22-6860t
T57452*
K57453*

3411 Magnetic Tape Unit and
Control, Models 1-3

GA32-0022
(GA32-0015)

GX22-7035t
T57452*
K57453*

3420 Magnetic Tape Unit
Models 3-8

GA32-0021
(GA32-0020)
(GA32-0023)

GX22-703Ot
T57 501 *
K57505*

3504 Card Reader
Models A 1, A2

GA21-9124

GX22-6834t
T57514*
K57515*

3505 Card Reader
Models 81, 82

GA21-9124

GX22-6834t
T57514*
K57515*

3525 Card Punch
Models P1-P3

GA21-9124

GX22-6834t
T57514*
K57515*

2816 Switching Unit
Modell

2820 Storage Control
Modell

GA22-6866

GA22-6895

2821 Control Unit
Models 1-6

GA24-3312

2822 Paper Tape Reader Control
Modell

GA24-3388

2826 Paper Tape Control
Modell

2835 Storage Control
Models 1, 2

2840 Display Control
Model 2

2841 Storage Control
Modell

2844 Auxiliary Storage Control
Modell

GA33-4500

GA26-1589

GA27-2721

GA26-5988

GA26-3599

GX22··7044t
T57268*
K57188*
GX22·6858t
T57269*
K57 189*
GX22-6834t
T57270*
K57190*
GX22·6834t
T57272*
K57 192*
GX22-6834t
T57413*
K57407*
GX22-6858t
T57502*
K57506*
GX22-6859t
T57273*
K57 193*
GX22-6858t
T57274*
K57 194*
GX22-6858t
T57445*
K57446*

3340 Direct Access Storage
Facility, Models A2, 81, 82

* following the order number shows the item is for World Trade use only.
t following the order number shows the item is for U.S.A. use only.
Publications shown in parenthesis are related references but not primary references.
Storage and Communications Equipment (Chart 3 of 5)

12

Publication Order Number
Physical
Planning
Template

Device or
Con trol Unit

Reference
Manual

3540 Diskette Input/Output Unit
Models B 1, B2

GC21-5072

GX22-7045t
T57482*
K57483*

3600 Finance Communication
System (3601,3604,3610,
3612,3614,3618)

GA27-2764
(GC27-0001)

GX27-2955t
GX10-0037*
T57526*
K57527*

3650 Retail Store System
(3651,3653,3275, 3284, 3657,
3659)

GA27-3075
(GA27-3074)

3660 Supermarket System
(3651,3663,3666,3669)

GA27-3076
(GA27-3074)

3670 Brokerage Communication
System (3671,3672,3673,3674)

GA27-3050
(GA27-3049)

3704 Communications Controller
Models A 1-A4

GA27-3051

GX22-7032t
K57470*
T57 471 *

3705 Communications Controller
Models Al, A2, B1-B4, C1-C4

GA27-3051
(GA27-3087)

GX22-7051 t
T57520*
K57 521 *

3735 Programmable Buffered
Terminal, Model 1

GA27·3043

GX27-2913t

3740 Data Entry System
(3741,3742,3713)

GA2l-9152

GX21-9155t
T57472*
K57473*

3747 Data Converter
Model 1

GA21·9183

GX21·9155t

3767 Communication Terminal
Models 1,2

GA27·3096
(GA 18·2000)

K57536*
K57537*

3770 Communication System
(3771,3773,3774,3775,3776)

GA27-3097
(GA27·3094)

GX27-2917t
T57532*
K57533*

3780 Data Communications
Terminal, Modell

GA27-3063

3781 Card Punch
Model 1
3790 Communication System
(3791, 3792,3793)
3803 Tape Control
Models 1,2

3811 Printer Control Unit
Model 1

*
t

Publication Order Number
Device or
Control Unit

Reference
Manual

Physical
Planning
Template

GA26-1592
(GA26-1617)

GX22-7046t
T57337*
K57 371 *
T57538*
K57539*

3850 Mass Storage System
(3851,3830,3333,3330)

GA32-0028

GX27-2914t
T57494*
K57495*

GX22-7053t
T57530*
K57 531 *

3872 Modem
Model 1

GA27-3058

~~27-2915t

3874 Modem

GA33-0002

3875 Modem
Model 1

GA27-3058

3881 Optical Mark Reader
Models 1,2,3

GA21-9143

GX22-7052t
T57460*
K57 461 *

3886 Optical Character Reader
Model 1

GA21-9147

GX22-6860t
T57480*
K57 481 *

3890 Docu ment Processor
Models A 1·A6

GA24·3612

GX22-7031t
T57496*
K57497*

3944 Dial Terminal
Model 10

GA 19-0010*

3945 Telegraph Line Terminaton
Models 11, 12

GA 19-0013*

3974 Modulator
Models 1,2

GA19-0016*

3975 Demodulator
Models 1,2

GA19-0016*

3976 Modem
Models 1, 2

GA19-0020*
(GA19-0021*)

GX27·2900t
T57466*
K57467*

3976 Modem
Model 3

GA 19-0041 *
(GA 19-0042*)

GA27-3063

T57466*
K57467*

3977 Modem
Models 1,2

GA19·0014*
(GA 19-0032*)

GA27-2767

T57534*
K57535*

4872 Modem
Modell

GA36-0001t

4872 Modem
Models 2,3

GA36-0004t

5203 Printer
Models 1-3

GA33-1504

GX22-7028t
T57488*
K57489*

5213 Printer
Model 1

(GA22-7001)
(GA33-1507)

GX22-6859t
T57468*
K57469*

GA32·0021
(G A 32-0020)

GA24-3543

T57540*
K57 541 *

GX22·7030t
T57 501 *
K57505*
GX22-6834t
T57336*
K57370*

3830 Storage Control
Models 1,2

following the order number shows the item is for World Trade use only.
following the order number shows the item is for U.S.A. use only.

Publications shown in parenthesis are related references but not primary references.

Storage and Communications Equipment (Chart 4 of 5)

13

Publication Order Number
Device or
Control Unit

Reference
Manual

5275 Direct Numerical Control
Station, Modell

GA34-0016
(GA34-1531)

5425 Multi-function Card Unit
Models A 1, A2

GA21-9167

5486 Card Sorter

GA21-9078

7770 Audio Response Unit
Model 3

GA27-2712

Physical
Planning
Template

GX22-7021t
GX22-7028t
T57468*
K57469*
T57490*
K57 491 *

GX22-6857t
T57278*
K57198*

* following the order number shows the item is for World Trade use only.
t following the order number shows the item is for U.S.A. use only.
Publications shown in parenthesis are related references but not primary references.

Storage and Communications Equipment (Chart 5 of 5)

14

~OS/VS1

(OS/VIRTUAL STORAGE 1)

(20-40)

•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ** ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• * •••••••
• The presence of an N, E, or C shows that the related item applies to the release(s) specified.
•
*
N: New for this release.
*
*
E: Existing book, initially issued for other than this release: also applies
*
to this release.
•
*
*
C: Issued for a component release that can be added to this release.
*

**
•*

INDEP

= Release-Independent.

** - Change or addition.

# -

Reprint including TNLs (no change).

**
•*

GT, GQ, ST, SQ order numbers (appearing in parentheses) are temporary order numbers for back* level release publications. Be sure to use the temporary numbers when ordering.
•
**.**.* •••• ** ••••••••••••••••••••••• * ••••••••
** •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••

*••

VS1 RELEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S

1& b.Q. l.& hl

hl

TITLE

~

20 General Information
GC20-1752-0

N

Gc28-0602-0

N

OS/VS1 Features (Supplement to System/370
Guide Series)
E

N

Gc24-5104-0
•• GN24-5503
GY28-0603-0

OS/VS Master Index

E

N

E

E
N

OS/VS1 Master Index
E
OS/VS Master Index of Logic

E
N

GY24-5164-0

OS/VS1 Master Index

E

0

f lDgic

21 Assembler
GC33-4010-1
(GT33-4010-1>
GN33-8166
GN33-8168
GC 33-4010-4#

N

E

GC33-4021-1
(GT33-4021-1 )
GC33-4021-2
·*GN33-8186

N

SY33-8041-0
(ST63-8041-0)
SN33-8152
SN33-8158
SY33-8041-1

N

E

E

N

E
N

E

N

OS/VS, DOS/VS, and VM/370 Assembler Language

E

E
N

N
E

N

N
OS/VS and VM/370 Assembler Programmer's Guide

E

N

E
N

E
E

OS/VS and VM/370 Assembler Logic

E
N

E

E

~RPG

GC24-3337-6

N

E

OS RPG Language SpeCifications

E

30 Access Methods, Data Management, Storage/Communications Control programs
Gc35-0009-0
(GT35-0009-0)

C

OS/VS Access Method Services

E

GC26-3836-1

N

E

E

E

N

E

**oc26-3840-0
C

SY35-0008-0
**(ST75-0008-0)
SN35-0012
**SY35-0008-1
GC26-3799-0
(GT26-3799-0)

E

OS/vS Access Method Services
N

OS/VS1 Access Method Services
DS/VS Access Method Services Logic

N

OS/VSl Access Method Services Logic
OS/VS VSAM Planning Guide

C

15

VS1 RELEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S

1.0

b.Q

GC26-3799-2
GC26-3835-1#

C

b.& .b.Q hl
E

E

E

as/vs VSAM System Information

C

GC 2 6-3 81 9- 0
(GT26-3819-0)
GC26-3819-1
**(GQ26-3819-1)
**GC26-3819-2

C

GC26-3818-0
(GT26-3818-0)

C

OS/VS VSAM Options for Advanced Applica tions
N

E

N
OS/VS VSAM Programmer's Guide
N

GC26-3 83 8-0
**(GT26-3838-0)
**GC26-3838=1

OS/VS VSAM Logic

C
N

SY26-3841-0

** (ST66-3841-0)

as/VS1 VSAM Logic

E
N

**SY26-3841-1
N

E

E

N

E

as/Vs BDAM Logic

SY26-3836-0
**SN26-0788

N

SY35-0003-1
(SQ75-0003-1
SY35-0003-2
**(STOO-0181-0)
SN35-0011
**SY35-0003-3

N

SY26-3787-0
(ST66-3787-0)
SN26-8023
SY26-3787-1
(SQ66-3787-1 )

N

OS/VS1 BDAM Logic

E
N

OS/VS catalog Management Logie
N

E

E

E

N

E

OS/VSl Catalog Management Logic

N

as/vs DADSM Logic

N
N

E
N

SY26-3837-0
**(ST66-3837-0)
**SY26-3837-1
GC28-0631-2
(GT28-0631-2)

OS/VS VSAM Programmer's Guide

E

N

SY26-3817-0
(ST66-3817-0)

SY26-3789-1
(ST66-3789-1)
SN26-8029

TITLE

!.:Jl

OS/VS1 DADSM Logic

E
N

N

E

OS/VS Data Management for System Programmers

E
N

GC26-3837-0
(GT26-3837-0)
GC26-3837-1
**GN26-0783

OS/VS1 Data Management for System Programmers
N

GC26-3793-2
(GTOO-0132-0l
GC 26-3793-3
** (GTOO-0178-0)
**GC 26-3793-4

N

GC26-3783-2
(GT26-3783-2)
GN26-0763
GC26-3783-3
** (GTOO-0177-0)
**GC26-3783-4

N

E

E
N
OS/VS Data Management Macro Instructions

E

N

E

N
E

E

N

E

OS/VS Data Management Services Guide
N

E

N

GC 24-51 09-0
GN24-5494

INDEP

OS/VS Diskette COpy Pro gr amming Support
Reference Manual

SY24-5168-0

INDEP

as/Vs Diskette Copy Programming Support PLM

SY27-7240-0
SN27-1389

N

E

N

E

E
E

E
E

E
E

as/vs Graphics Access Method Logic

E
E

16

VSl RELEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S

GC27-6971-0
GN27-1391
GN27-1437

N
N

GC27-6972-0
GN27-1392

OS/VS Graphic Programfidng Services (GPS) for
IBM 2250 Display Unit

E

E

E

E
E

E
E
E

E

E
N

E
E

E
E

N
N

E
E

E
E

E
E

E
E

E
E

OS/VS Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for
IBM 2260 Display Station (Local Attachment)

GC27-6973-0
GN27-1393

N
N

E

E
E

E
E

E
E

E

E

E

OS/VS Graphic Subroutine package (GSP) for
FORTRAN IV, COBOL, and PL/I

SY27-7242-0
SN27-1390

N
N

E
E

E
E

E

E

E
E

E
E

OS/VS Graphic Subroutine Package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV,
COBOL, and PL/ I Lo gic

GC27-6974-0
GN27-1394
GN27-1438

N
N
N

E
E

E

E
E

OS/VS Problem Determination Aids and Messages and
Codes for GPS and GSP

E

E

E
E
E

E

E
E

SY27-7241-0

N

E

E

E

E

E

SY24-5156-0
(ST64-5156-0)
SY24-5156-1
(SQ64-5156-1 )
SN24-5464
SY24-5156-2
(STOO-0152-0)
SY24-5156-3
**SN24-5500

N

SY26-3786-2
(ST66-3786-2)

N

E
E

OS/VS Graphics Problem - Oriented Routines Logic
OS/VS I/O Supervisor Logic

N

E

N

E
N
N

E
N

E

OS/VS ISAM Logic

E

SY26-3838-0

N

E

**GC35-0011-0

E

OS/VSl ISAM Logic
OS/VS MSS Planning Guide

N

·*GC35-0012-0

N

OS/VS Mass Storage System (MSS) Services for Space Mgmt

**GC35-0013-0

N

OS/VS Mass Storage System control Table Create

**SY35-0012-0

N

OS/vS1 Mass Storage System Communicator (MSSC) Logic

**SY35-0014-0

N

OS/VS Mass Storage System Control Trace Report Logic

**SY35-0015-0

N

OS/VS Mass Storage System Service Logic

**SY35-0016-0

N

OS/VS Mass Storage System Control Table Create Logic

SY26-3785-1
(SQ66-3785-1)
SY26-3785-2
(STOO-0138-0)

OS/VS Open/Close/EOV Logic

N
N

E

SY26-3839-0
(ST66-3B39-0)
SY26-3839-1
** (SQ66-3 839-1)
**SY26-3839-2
SY26-3788-2
(ST66-3788-2)

OS/VSl Open/Close/EOV Logic

N
N
N
N

E

OS/VS SAM logic

E

SY26-3840-0

N

*. (ST66-3840-0)
**SY26-3B40-1
GC26,-3795-1
(GT26-3795-l)
GC26-3795-2
GC27-6980-0
(GT27-6980)
GC27-6980-2#
**(GQ27-6980-2)
GC27-6890-3
SY27-7246-0
(ST67-7246)

OS/vS1 SAM Logi c

E
N

N

E

OS/VS Tape Labels

E
N

OS/VS BTAM
N
N

E

E

E

E

E
N

N

E

E

E

OS/VS BTAM Logic
17

VSl RELEASE
ORDER NO./TlIlL'S
SN27-1398
SN27-1401
SY21-7246-1

N

E

E

N

E
N

GC38-1010-0
(GT38-1010-0)
GN24-5462
GC38"';'1010-1
(GQ38-1010-1 )
GC38-1010-2
**GN24-5498

N

E

N

E

SY28-6849-0
(ST68-6849-0)
SN28-S468
SY28-6849-1
**(SQ66-6849-1)
SN24-5495
**SY28-6849-2

N

E

N

E

GC30-2022-2

E

E

OS/VS Message Library: VSl RES RTAM and
Account Messages
N

E

N

N

OS/VSl RES RTAM and Workstation Support Logic
N

E

N

E

N

C

E

E

Os TCAM Concepts and Facilities,

E

Prog. No. 360S-CQ-548
GC30-2025-0
(GT30-2025-0)
GC30-2025-2
GN30-2581
GC30-2034-1
(GQ30-2034-1)
GC30-2034-2
GN30-5554

E

E

E
N

E
N

OS TCAM User's Guide
E
N

Level 5

E
N

OS/VS TCAM programmer's Guide,
Prog. No. 5744-AWl

C
C
C

GC30-2044-0
GN30-5558

E
E
C
C

OS/VS TCAM Level 5 Programmer's Guide
-- Level 6

E
E

**GC30-2042-0

N

OS/VS TCAM LEVEL 8 Concepts and Facilities

**GC30-2045-0

N

OS/VS

E

OS/vSl TCAM Level B programmer's Guide

GC30-2054-0
GC38-0305-0

N

C

E

C
N

GC30-2047-0
GC30-2035-0

E

OS/VS TeAM (Level 5)

Operator's Library:

OS/vSl TCAM (Level 8)

OS/VSl TCAM Level 2 component Release Guide

C
C

GC30-2038-0
GN30-3020
SY30;::-2039-1
(ST70-2039-1)
SY30-2039-3

Operator's Library:

E
N

GC30-2036-1#

Level 8 User's Guide

Operator's Library: OS/VS TCAM

E

GC30-2037-0
GN30-3019

TC~

OS/VS TCAM Level 4 Component Release Guide

E
C
C

OS/VS TCAM Level 5 Component Release Guide

E
E

OS/VS TCAM Level 4 Logic

C
C

E

SY30-2049-0
SN30-3018

C

SY30-2059-0

N

**SY30-2069-0
GC30-3009-1

N

OS/VS TCAM Level 5 Logic

E
N

OS/VS

T~AM

Leve 1 6 Logi c

OS/VSl TCAM Level B Logic
NCP/TCAM ~etwork User's Guide

N

**GC 26-3842-0

INDEP

Planning for Enhanced VTAM Under OS/VS

**GC27-6987-3

INDEP

Introduction to VTAM

**GC27-6998-1
GC 27-6994-0
**GN27-1469
**GN27-1481

N

N

N

VTAM Concepts and Facilities

N

E
N
N

VTAM Macro Language Guide

IB

VSl RELEASE
ORDER NO. /TNL ' S
**GC27-6995-2

N

N

VTAM Macro Language Reference

GC27-6996-0
**GN27-1476

N

E

OS/VS1 VTAM System Programmer's Guide

**GC27-6997-2
*·GN27-1484

N

N
N

Operator's Library:

**SY27-7256-1

N

E

Introduction to VTAM Logic

SY27-7257-0
**SN27-1468

N

E

OS/VS1 VTAM lDgic

N

VTAM Network Operating Procedures

N

**SY27-7266-0

OS/VS1 VTAM Logic

N

SY27-7263-0
SN27-1453
**SN27-1475

N

VTAM Data Area

N
N

**GC30-3022-2

S/370 Subsystem Support Services User's Guide

N

*.

**SY30-3017-1
(STOO-3017-l>
**SY30-3017-2)

S/370 Subsystem Support Services Logic

N
N

GC21-5004-3

N

E

E

GY21-0013-1
(GQ61-0013-1)
GN21-S169
GN21-7659
GY21-0013-2

N

E

E

N
N

E
E

E

E

E

OS. Data Management Services and Macro Instructions
for IBM 1285/1287/1288

E

os Data Management Macro Logic for IBM
1285/1287/1288

E

N

E

E

GY21-0012-2

N

E

E

E

E

E

OS BSAM Logic for IBM 1419/1275

GC21-5006-4

N

E

E

E

E

E

OS Data Management Services and Macro Instructions for 1419/1275

GC27-6999-0

INDEP

GC21-5097-0
**(GT21-5097-0)
**GC21-5097-1
**GN28-2591
GC24-5106-0
**(GT24-5l06-0)
**SY24-5166-0

Introduction to Programming the IBM 3270
N

E

E

OS and OS/VS Programming Support for the IBM
3505 Card Reader and IBM 3525 card Punch

E
N
N

INDEP

Planning Guide for OS/VS1 Support of IBM 3540
N

OS/VS1 3540 Diskette Input/OUtput Unit Logic

**GC24-5110.,;.0

N

OS/VS1 3540 Programmer's Reference

*·GC27-0009-1

N

3600 programming Installation Guide

*.SY30-3024-0

N

3650, SUQsys. Prog. Prep. SUpp.i Transformation Def.
Language Translator Logic
3704/3705 Communications Controllers Assembler
Language

GC 30-3003-1

INDEP

GC30-3002-5#

INDEP

3704/3705 Emulation, Generation i Utilities Guide
and Reference

GC30-3005-4#

INDEP

3704/3705 Emulation Program storage and Performance Reference

SY30-3008-0

INDEP

3704/3705 Network Control
Data Areas

GC30-3008-1

INDEP

3704/3705 NCP/VS Generation i Utilities (v.3):
Guide & Reference for OS/VS i DOS/VS VTAM Users

SY30-3007-0

INDEP

3704/3705 Network Control Program/VS Logic

SY30-3013-0

INDEP

3704/3705 Network control Program/VTAM Logic

19

~

Emulation Programs:

VSl RELEASE
ORDER NO ./TNL· S

!.d b..Q. b2. .hQ 1.:.1

~

IT!'J&

SN30-2584
**SN30-2583
GY30-3012-1
GN30-3021
**GN30-2581

INDEP

3104/3105 Program Reference Handbook

GC30-3001-4

INDEP

IBM 3135 Programmer's Guide (OS, OOS, and VS
Systems)

GY30-3000-0
GY30-3500
GY30-3501
GY30-3504

N
N
N

GC21-5011-1

INDEP

GC24-5101-0

N

E
E
E

N

E
E
E
E

E

E

E
E

}:;

E

3135 Form Description Macro Instructions/Utility
PLM (OS, DOS and VS System)

E
Eo

3140 BTAWTCAM Programming Guide
N

N

SY24-5162-0

N

E

E

as/Vs IBM 3886 Optical Character Reader Model 1
Reference

N

E

E

OS/VS IBM 3886 Model 1 Logic

N
N

as/Vs IBM 3890 Document Processor Logic

SY24-5163-0
**SN24-5502
31 Support Programs
GC26-3813-1
(GT26-3813-0)
Gc26-3813-2
GN26-0114
GN26-0119

N

SY26-3815-0
SN26-8020
SN26-8033
SN26-0110

N
N

SY26-3814-0
SN26-8022
SN26-8032
SN26-0111

N
N

E

as/vs Linkage Editor and Loader

E

N
N
N
E

E

E
N

E

E

E

N

E

E
E
E

E
E

E

E
Eo

E
E
E

OS/VS Linkage Editor Logic

E

.Ii

E
E

N

E

E

E

E
E
E
E

E

E
E

N

GC38-1001-2
(GT38-1001-2 )
GC38-1001-3
** (GTOO-0116-0)
**GC38-1001-4
**GC21-0005-1

E

E

as/vs Loader Logic

E
E
E

OS/VS Message Library: Linkage Editor and Loader
Messages

E
N

E
N
N

3600 Finance Communication System Host services Prog. Ref.

32 Utilities
GC35-0005-1
(GT35-0005-1 )
GC35-0005-3
** (GTOO-0184-0)
**GC35-0005-4

N

SY35-0005-0
(ST15-0005-0)
SN35-0008
SY35-0005-2#
**SN26-0184

N

GC38-1005-1
(GQ38-1005-l)
GC 38-1005-2
(GTOO-0130-0)
GC 38-1005-3
**(GTOO-0114-0)
* *GC 38-1005- 4

N

34

S~stem

E

E

as/vs utilities
N

E
N

E

E

N

E

as/vs Utilities Logic
N

E

E

N
E
N

OS/VS Message Library: Utilities Messages
E
N

E
N

Planning! Generation! Installation! SMF

GC24-5082-1

N

E

E

E

E

OOS to OS/MFT, OS/MVT, OS/vSl Management
Planning Guide

E

20

VSl RELEASE
aRDER Na./TNL'S

!.:.Q

GC24-5095-0
(GT24-5095-0)
GC24-5095-1
(GQ24-5095-l)
GC24-5095-2

N

GC24-5090-0
(GT24-5090-0)
GN24-5454
GC24-5090-1
(GQ24-5090-1)
GC24-5090-2
(GTOO-0147-0)
GN24-5477
GC24-5090-3
**(GTOO-0156-0)
**GC24-5090-4

N

GC24-5092-0

N

b.Q

M

.hQ

1..:.1

TITLE

hQ

Das and DOS/VS to as/VS1 Implementation Guide
N

E
N

E

as/VSl Planning and Use Guide

N
N

E
N
N
N
N
as/VSl Release 1 Guide
as/VSl Release 2 Guide

N
N

GC24-5097-0
GN24-5460

as/VS1 Release 2.6 Guide

N

GC24-5102-0

as/VSl Release 3 Guide

N

GC24-5098-0

as/VSl Release 3.1 Guide

N

**GC24-5112-1

as/VSl Release 4.0 Guide

N

**GC24-5113-0
GC24-5094-0
(GT24-5094-0)
GC24-5094-1
(GQ24-5094-1)
GN24-5463
GN24-5469
GN24-5475
GC24-5094-2
(GTOO-0154-0)
GC24-5094-3
** (GTOO-0158-0)
**GC24-5094-4

N

GC26-3790-1
**(GT26-3790-1)

N

GC26-3791-0
(GT26-3791-0)
GC26-3791-1
(GQ26-3791-1)
GN26-0762
GN26-0764
GC26-3791-2
(GTOO-0131-0)
GC26-3791-3
(GTOO-0153-0)
GC26-3791-4
** (GTOO-0182-0)
**GC26-3791-5
**GN24-5508

N

GC35-0004-2
(GTOO-0118-0)
GC35-0004-4
(GTOO-0134-0)
GC35-0004-5
**(GTOO-0170-0)
**GN28-2568
**GC35-0004-6

N

as/Vsl Storage Estimates
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
E

as/Vs System Generation Introduction

E

as/VSl System Generation Reference
N
N
N
N
N
N

N
N
as/vs System Management Facilities (SMF)

E
N
N

E

N

E

N

21

VS1 RELEASE

35 Emulatipn, Simulation
**GC33-2017-0

INDEP

Emulating DOS on IBM System/370 Under OS/VS

**SY33-7015-0

INDEP

DOS to OS/VS Emulator Logic

**GC33-2018-0

INDEP

1401/1440/1460 OS/VS Emulator:

Reference

**SY33-7016-0

INDEP

1401/1440/1460 OS/VS Emulator:
Prog. No. 5744-AHl

Logic,

**GC33-2019-0

INDEP

1410/7010 OS/VS Emulator:

Reference

**Sy33-7017-0

INDEP

1410/7010 OS/VS Emulator:
Prog. No. 5744-AG1

Logic

GC27-6948-2
**GN27-1460

INDEP

7074 OS Emulator on System/370 Reference
(MFT/MVT/VS1/vS2)

GY27-7238-0
GN27-1409

INDEP

7074 OS Emulator on Models 155/158 Logic

GY27-7228-1

INDEP

7074

GC27-6952-2

INDEP

7080 OS Emulator on Models 165/168 Reference

GY27-7229-1

INDEP

7080 OS Emulator on Models 165/168 Logic

GC27-6983-0

INDEP

7094

os

Emulator on Models 165/168 Reference

GY27-7259-0

INDEP

7094

os

Emulator on Models 165/168 Logic

os

Emulator on Models 165/168 Logic

36 Control Program
GC26-3784-2
(GT26-3784-2 )
GC26-3784-4
** (GQ26-3784-4)
**GC26-3784-5

OS/VS Checkpoint/Restart

N
N
N

SY24-5159-0
(ST64-5159-0)
SN26-8027
SY24-5159-1
(SQ64-5159-1 )
SY24-5159-2
** (STOO-0185-0)
**SY24-5159-3

N

SY28-0605-0
(ST68-0605-0)
SY28-0605-1
(SQ68-0605-1)
SY28-0605-2
** (STOO-0162-0)
SN24-5482
**SY28-0605-3

N

SY24-5160-0
(ST64-5160-0)
SY24-5160-1
(SQ64-5160-1)
SY24-5160-2
**(STOO-0164-0
SN24-5481
**SY24-5160-3

N

GC28-0618-2
 : . ' .. : . . '

S/3700pera~Qr's . . . .

R~ference

Gut,:'"

·.~iQr(jr¥LVSl .' .

·~Y~ttl.M~, "

~.§y$t~fll9od~

>~S~·1~1;'·(40)~;. ··'·:

:G~~~~()93.'c4.t)} '.'

,;

4ib~rY: ··.R(;}\.i~inQ·" .

~~~';~;

Control Program
Assembler

3

OSIVS1 JCL
Services

GC24-5100 (36)

OSIVS 1 Programmer's Reference
Digest

OSIVS1 System
Data Areas

GC24-5091 (36)

SY28-0605 (36)

OSIVS 1 Supervisor
Services and
Macro Instructions
GC24-5103 (36)

OSIVS Checkpoint/
Restart

GC26-3784 (36)

A Programmer's
I ntroduction to
IBM System/360
Assembler Language
SC20-1646 (85)
OSIVS1 IPL and
NIP Logic

!

OS/vS, DOS/vS,
and VM/370
Assembler Language

SY24-5160 (36)

GC33-4010 (21)
OSIVS1 JCL
Reference

GC24-5099 (36)

OSIVS 1 Supervisor
Logic

SY24-5155 (36)

OSIVS 1 Checkpoint/Restart
Logic

!

Linkage EditorLoade

OS/VS and VM/370
Assembler Programmer's Guide

SY24-5159 (36)
Utilities

GC33-4021 (21)

l

OSIVS Linkage
Editor and
Loader
OSIVS Utilities

OS/VS and VM/370
Assembler Logic

GC26-3813 (31)
OSIVS1 Job
Management
Logic
SY24-5161 (36)

GC35-0005 (32)

OS/VS

Message

library: linkage
Editor and Loader
Messages
GC38-1007 (31)

OSIVS Message
Library.. Utilities
Messages
GC38-1005 (32)

OSIVS Utilities
Logic

SY35-0005 (32)

OSIVS Linkage
Editor Logic

OSIVS Loader
Logic

SY26-3815 (31)

SY26-3814 (31)

SY33-8041 (21)

Access Methods,
Data Management,
I/O Control Program

CP

OSIVS Data
Management
Services Guide
GC26-3783 (30)

~

~
OSIVS1 Data
Management for
System Programmers
GC26-3837 (30)

-w

o

I

OSIVS Tape
Labels

Planning for
Enhanced VSAM
under OSIVS

OSIVS 1 Catalog
Management
Logic

OSIVS 1 DADSM
Logic

GC26-3795 (30)

GC26-3842 (30)

SY35-0003 (30)

SY26-3837 (30)

OSIVS18DAM
Logic

OS/VS Data
Management
Macro I nstructions
GC26-3793 (30)

SY26-3836 (30)

OSIVS 1 Access
Method Services

SY24-5156 (30)

GC26-3840 (30)
I

,

OSIVS 1 Access
Method Services
Logic

58

SY35-0008 (30)

Graphics

SY26-3839 (30)

OSIVS1 ISAM
Logic

OSIVS1 SAM
Logic

SY26-3838 (30)

SY26-3840 (30)

-

OSIVS1 I/O
Supervisor Logic

OCR/MICR

I

OSIVS 1 0 pen!
Close/EOV
Logic

OSIVS Virtual
Storage Access
Method (VSAM
Programmer's Guide
GC26-3838 (30)

Teleprocessing
OSNS Virtual Storage
Access Method (VSAM)
Options for Advanced

Applications
GC26-3819 (30)

OSIVS1 Virtual
Storage Access
Method (VSAM)
Logic
SY26-3841 (30)

\9

Mass
Storage
System

,

OCRiMICR

Y

,

t

l

IBM 3890 Document
Processor Machine
and Programming
Description

OSIVS 3886 Optical
Character Reader,
Model 1 Reference

OS Data Management
Services and Macro
I nstructions for IBM
1285/1287/1288

OS Data Management
Services and Macro
Instructions for IBM
1419/1275

GA24-3612 (04)

GC24-5101 (30)

GC21-5004 (30)

GC21-5006 (30)

l

l

OS/VS Logic for IBM
3890 Document
Processor

OS/VS 3886 Optical
Character Reader,
Model 1 Logic

OS Data Management
Macro Logic for IBM
1285/1287/1288

OS BSAM Logic for
1419/1275

SY24-5163 (30)

SY24-5162 (30).

GY21-0013 (30)

GY21-0012 (3D)

l

l

Graphics

• •f:
J:"'.".'

OSIVS Graphic
Programming Services
(GPS) for IBM 2250
Display Unit

OS/VS Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for
IBM 2260 Display Station
(Local Attachment)

OSIVS Graphic Subroutine Package (GSP)
for FORTRAN IV,
COBOL, and PL/I

OS/VS Graphics
Access Method Logic

OS/VS Graphics
Problem - Oriented
Routines Logic

I ntroduction to
Programming the IBM
3270

GC27-6971 (30)

GC27 -6972 (30)

GC27-6973 (30)

SY27-7240 (30)

SY27-7241 (30)

GC27 -6999 (30)

OS/VS Graphic Subroutine Package (GSP) for

FORTRAN IV, COBOL,
and PL/I Logic
SY27-7242 (3D)

Teleprocessing

t

t

~t

OSIVS BTAM

I ntroduction to
VTAM

IBM 3740
BTAM/TCAM
Programmer's Guide

OSIVS TCAM
Concepts and
Facilities

GC27-6980 (30)

GC27-6987 (30)

GC21-5071 (30)

GC30-2042 (30)

+

+

,

I

t

t

IBM System/370
Subsystem Support
Services User's Guide

Systems Network
Architecture General
Information

GC30-3022 (30)

GA27-3102

,

OSIVS BTAM
Logic

VT AM Concepts
and Planning

OSIVS TCAM
User's Guide

Operator's Library:
OSIVSl TCAM

IBM System/370
Subsystem Support
Services Logic

SY27-7246 (30)

GC27-6998 (30)

GC30-2045 (30)

GC30-2047 (30)

SY30-3017 (30)

t

J

t

I

VTAM Macro
Language Guide

VTAM Macro
Language Reference

Operator's Library:
VT AM Network
Operating Procedures

OSIVSl TCAM
Programmer's
Guide

GC27-6994 (30)

GC27-6995 (30)

GC27-6997 (30)

GC30-2054 (30)

l
W
N

t

~

OSIVSl VTAM
System Programmer's
Guide

OSIVSl TCAM
Logic

GC27-6996 (30)

SY30-2069 (30)

l
Introduction to
VTAM Logic

SY27-7256 (30)

i
OSIVSl VTAM
Logic
SY27-7257 (30)

~
OSIVSl VTAM
Data Areas

SY27-7266 (30)

I

OS/VS Message
Library:
.....
Stibsystem Support
Services Messages
GC38-1011 (40)

o

!!!

<

tI'l

OS!VS Dynamic

1

J.
r---------,
.,
OS!VS1 Debug--'

Support System

OS!VS1 OL TEP

OSNS1 SYS1.

-GC28-G640 (37)

T-OLTEP for VTAM.
DOSNSand

LOGREC Error
Recording

gingGuide
GC24-5093 (37)

OS/VS

-OSIVS 1 Recovery
Management
Support Logic

SY27 -7239 (37)

GC28- 0666 {37}

GC28-0668 (37)

GC28-0063 f37-)

OSNS10LTEP
Logic

OSIVS1 SYS 1.
LOGREe Error
Rec1)rding Logic

TOLlE? forVTAM
Logic, DOS/vS
and OSNS

SY28-0662 (37)

SY28-0669 {37}

SY28-0064 (37)

1
OSNS Dynamic
~

Support-System
Command Langu~
Reference Summary
GX28-0690 (37)

OS/vS1 Dynamic
SUPP01t System
Logic

Remote
Entry

1

OS/VS 1 Service

::~8-0665 1371 I

SY28-0672 (37)

RES

GC30-2012 (38)

GX23-0001

Operator's Library:
OS/VSl CRJE

OSIVSl RES
Workstation
User's Guide

Modification
--l'rogram (SMP)

~

OS/MFT,OS/MVT.
and OS/VS1:
CRJE Concepts and
Facilities

CRJE

-, {)s/vs System
OSIVS1 SarNice
Aids Reference
Summary

7

GC38-0335 (38)
GC28-687~

GC28-0673 (37)

(37)

.oS SMP Reference
Summary
, GX28-0684 (37)

I

OSIVS Message
Library: VSl RES
RT AM and Account
Messages

OSr'MFT,OS/MVT,
and OS/VS1: CRJE
Terminal User's
Guide
GC30-2014 (38)

GC38-1010 {30)

GC28-6878 (38)

--oS/VS System
Modification Program (SMP) Logic

GC38-100a (37)

t----------I

OSIVSl RES
System Programmer's Gui
SJD2-2015-02
(STOO-500S-02)
SJD2-2015-03
(STOO- 5107-00)
SJD2-2015-04
(STOO-5206-00) **
SSCO-69Q2
SJD2-2015-05:u
SSCO-6049*"

N

SJD2-2016-00
(S'1D2-2016-00)
SJD2-2016-01
(SQD2-2016-0l>
SJD2-2016-02
(S'!00-5009-02)
SJD2-2016-03
(S'100-5108-00)
SJD2-2016-04
(S'!00-S207-00) . .
SJI:2-2016-0S**
SSCO-6051**

N

SJD2-2017-00
(STD2-2017-00)
SJD2-2017-01
(SQD2- 2011-01
SJD2-2017-02
(STOO-S010-02)
SJD2-2017-03
(STOO- 5109-00)
SJD2-2017-04
(STOO- 5208-00)"
SJD2-20l.7-05 ••
SSCO-'052**

N

SJD2-2018-00
(STD2-2018-00)
SJD2-2018-01
(SQD2-2018-01)
SJD2-2018-02
(STOO-501l-02)
SJD2-20l8-03
(s1'OO-S110-00)
SJD2-2018-04
(STOO-5209-00) **
SSCO-7002
SJD2-2018-0S**
SSCO-6053**

N

SJD2-2019-00
(S'rD2-2019-00)
SJD2-2019-01
(SQD2-2019-0l>
SJD2-2019-02
(STOO-5012-02)
SJD2-2019-03
(STOO-5111-00)
SJD2-2019-04
(STOO-S210-00)*"
SJD2-2019-05 u

N

~:;:Q--~:;:§

l.:.Q

1IT!~

P~C~l'!~~ NU!olEER

JECS

57Lt1-SC1-t!O

I/P S,!'REAM CTL

~7lJl"5Cl·S1

O/P S'!REAM CTI

57lJl-Sci"'E2

SYSTEM RES'!AR'!

S141-SC1 .... B3

ALLOCATION

5141-SCI-B4

SWlmS MANAGER

5741-SC1-BS

2.:.1 !.:.Q

N
N
N

N
N

N

N
N

N

N
N

N
N

N
N
N
N

N
N

N
N

N
1:-1

N
N

N
N

N

N
N
N
N

N
N

N
N
N

36

CRDER NUMBER

h.Q
SJD2-2020-00
(STD2-2020-00)
SJD2-2020-01
(SQD2-2020-01)
SJD2-2020-02
(S'100-5013-02)
SJD2-2020-03
(STOO-5112-00)
SJD2-2020-04
(STOO-5211-00) **
SJD2-2020-05**

N

SJD2-2021-00
(STD2-2021-00)
SJD2-2021-01
(SQD2-2021-01)
SJD2-2021-02
(S'100-5014-02)
SJD2-2021-03
(S'100-5113-00)
SJD2-2021-04
(S'100-5212-00)**
SSCO-7062
SJD2-2021-05**

N

SJD2-2022-00
(S'1D2-2022-00)
SJD2-2022-01
(SQD2-2022-01)
SJD2-2022-02
(STOO-5015-02)
SJD2-2022-03
(STOO-5114-00)
SJD2-2022-04
(STOO-5213-00)**
SJD2-2022-05**
SSCO-6054**

N

SJD2-2023-00
(STD2-2023-00)
SJD2-2023-01
(SQD2-2023-01)
SJD2-2023-02
(STOO-5016-02)
SJD2-2023-03
(STOO-5115-00)
SJD2-2023-04
(STOO-5214-00)**
SJD2-2023-05

N

SJD2-2024-00
(S'1D2-2024-00)
SJD2-2024-01
(SQD2-2024-01)
SJD2-2024-02
(STOO-5017-02)
SJD2-2024-03
(STOO-5116-00)
SJD2-2 024- 04
(STOO-5215-00)**
SJD2-2024-05**

N

SJD2-2025-00
(STD2-2025-00)
SJD2-2025-01
(SQD2-2025-01)
SJD2-2025-02
(STOO-5018-0n
SJD2-2025-03
(STOO-5117-00)
SJD2-2025-04
SSCO-6047**

N

SJD2-2026-00
(STD2-2026-00)
SJD2-2026-01
(S'100-5019-01)
SJD2-2026-02
(S'100-5118-00)

N

RELEASE
2.0 2.6

.hQ

1.:.1

TITLE

l?RCGRAM NUMEER

INITIATCR

5741-SC1-B6

TERIHKATICN

5741-SC1-B7

CO~~lHms

5741-SC1-E8

INTERPRETER

5741-SC1-B9

RESTART RDR/DSDR
PROCESSING

5741-SC1-BD

SYSTEM LeG

5741-SC1-EE

~TP

5741-SC1-EF

i:..Q

N
N
N
N

N

N
N
N
N

N
N

N
N
N
N

N
N

N

N
N

N

**

N

N
N
N
N

N

N
N
N
N

E

E
N

N
N

37

CROER NUMBER

h!l

RELE1I5E
2.0 '2:6

hl

6J02-2026-03
(5'100-5216-00)*.
6J02-2026-04u
5JD2-2027-00
(6T02-2027-00)
5JD2-2027-01
(SQ02-2027-01)
5JD2-2027-02
(STOO-5020-02 )
6.1D2-2027-03
(STOO-5217-00)
6J02-2027-04**

~b.!

IITL~

FRCGRlIM NUMEER

MSI

5741-SC1-BG

IMCJOEQI::

5741-5Cl-17

DIDCC5

5741-SC1-C4

G1I~

5741-SC1-GC

GSP

5741-5C1-07

RMS

S741-SC1-CE

i&

N
N

N
N
~

.*

N

E
N

5J02-2028-00
(STD2- 2028-00)
5J02-2028-01
(sQD2- 2028-01)
6J02-2028-02
(STOO-5021-02)
5J02-2028-03

N

6.102-2030-00
(6'1D2-2030-00)
5J02 -2 03 0- 01
(5QD 2- 2030-01)
5J02 -2 03 0- 02
(6'100- 5022-02)
5J02-2030-03
(6'1'00-5119-00)
SJ02-2030-04
55CO-6004**
SSCO-6041··

N

5JD2-2031-00
(5'102-2031-00)
5J02-2031-01
(5QD2-2031-01)
SJ02-2031-02
(5'100-5023-02)
SJD2-2031-03
(STOO-S1iO-00)
SJD2-2031-04

N

8J02-2032-00

N

N
N

N

E

N

N
N
N

E
N
N

N

N
N
N

(ST02~2032-00)

N

5J02-2032-01
(6Q02"'2032-01)
6JD2-2032-02
(6TOO-5024-02)
SI102-2032-03
(S'1-00- 5121-(0)
5J02-2032-04

N
N
N

5J02-2033-00
(ST02- 2033-00)
5J02-2033-01
(5QD2- 2033-01)
5J02-2033-02
(5TO 0-5025-02)
5JI::2-2033-03
(5TOO-5122-00)
55CO-6741
5J02-2033-04
5SCO-6003··

N

SJ02-2034-00
(6'1D2-2034-00)
6.102-2034-01
(5Q02-2034-01)
6JD2-2034-02
(5'100- 5026-02)
5302-2034-03
(5'100-5123-00)
5J02-2034-04
56CO-6086*.

N

5J02-2038-00
(STD2- 2038-00)

N

N
N

N
N
N

E
N
SYSTE~

1ISSEMBIER

S741-5C1-03

N
N

N
N

E
N

ORB/EREP/RDE

38

5741-5C1-CO

ORDER NUMBER

RELEASE

h.Q
SJD2-2038-01)
(SQD2-2038-01)
SJD2-2038-02
(STOO-5027-02)
SJD2-2038-03
(STOO-5124-00)
SJD2-2038-04
SSCO-6722
SSCO-6002**
SSCO-6036**

b.Q

~

.hQ

.h! .!:.Q.

TI:!.hl

PRCGRAM_~U~BER

GTF

57Lt1-SC1-11

HMASPZAP

5141-SCl-12

HMI:PRI:MP

S741-SCl-13

HMOSADMP

5741-SCl-15

HMAPTFLE

S741-SCl-16

CI.TEP

5741-SC1-06

EXTE1\I:ER SVC ROUTER

5741-SC1-CF

N

1\
N
N
N

E
E
N
N

SJD2-2041-00
(S'1'D2-2041-00)
SJD2-2041-01
(SQD2-2041-01)
SJD2-2041-02
(S'!00-5028-02)
SJD2-2041-03
(S'!00-5125-00)
SJD2-2041-04
SSCO-6007**
SSCO-6042**

N

SJD2-2042-00
(STD2-2042-00)
SJD2-2042-01
(SQD2-2042-01)
SJD2-2042-02
(STOO-5029-02)
SJD2-2042-03
(STOO-5126-00)
SJD2-2042-04
(STOO-5218-00)**
SJD2-2042-05**
SSCO-6038**

N

SJD2-2043-00
(S'!D2-2043-00)
SJD2-2043-01
(SQD2-2043-01)
SJD2-2043-02
(S'!00-5030-02)
SJD2-2043-03
(S'!00-5127-00)
SJD2-2043-04
SSCO-6008**

N

SJD2-2044-00
(S'!D2-2044-00)
SJD2-2044-01
(SQ02-2044-01)
SJ02-2044-02
(S'!00-5031-02)
SJD2-2044-03

N

SJ02-2045-00
(S'!D2-2045-00)
SJD2-2045-01
(SQ02-2045-01)
SJD2-2045-02
(S'!00-5032-02)
SJD2-2045-03
SSCO-6005**

N

SJD2-2046-00
(S'!D2-2046-00)
SJ02-2046-01
(SQD2-2046-01)
SJ02-2046-02
(S'!00-5033-02)
SJD2-2046-03
(S'!00-5128-00)
SJD2-2046-04
SSCO-6761
SSCO-6037**

N

SJ02-2047-00
(S'!02-2047-00)
SJD2-2047-01

N

N
N
N
N

E
N
N

N

N
N
N
N
N

N
N
N
N

E
N

N
N
N

E

N
N
N

E

E
N

N
N
N
N

E

N

E
N

N

39

ORDER NUMBER
~

RELEASE
~

b.Q


SY26-3185- 2
(STOO-0138-0)

OS/VS Open/Close/EOV Logic

N
E

E

SY26-3821-0
**(ST66-3821-0)
**SY26-3821-1
SY26-3188-2
(ST66-3188-2)

N
N

OS/VS SAM Logic

E

SY26-3832-0
** (ST66-3832-0)
**SY26-3832-1

as/VS2 SAM Logic

N
N

GC26-3195-1
(GT26-3195-1 )
GC26-3195-2

OS/VS Tape Labels

N
N

GC21-6980-0
(GT21-6980-0)
GN21-1391
GC21-6980-2#
** (GQ27-6980-2)
**GC21-6980-3

N

SY21-1246-0
(S T61-12 46 -0 )
SN21-1398
SN21-1401
SY27-1246-1

N

E

N
C

E

GC30-2022-2

as/VS2 Open/Close/EOV Logic

N

OS/VS BTAM

N
E

C

E
N

OS/VS BTAM Logic

E
N

N

E

as TCAM concepts and Facilities

E

51

VS2 RELEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S

~

1.6&1.7

N

**GC30-2042-0
Gc30-2025-0
(GT30-2025-0)
GC30-2025-2
GN30-2581

~

OS TeAM User's Guide

N

E

Level 5

E
N

OS/VS TCAM Programmer's Guide

N
C

GC30-2044-0
GN30-5558

E
C

C
C

C

Operator's Library: OS/VS TCAM, (Level 5)
-- Level 6

E
C

N

E

Operator's Library:

N

**GC30-2046-0

SY30-2039-1
(ST70-2039-l)
SY30-2039-2)
SN30-5555

Guide

Operator's Library: OS/VS TCAM

N

CS/VS2 TCAM Level 8

OS/VS TeAM Level 4 Component Release Guide

C

OS/VS TeAM Level 5 Component Release Guide

N
N

GC30-2038-0
GN30-3020

Prcgrarrme~'s

OS/VS2 TeAM Level 8 Programmer's Guide

N

GC30-2037-0
GN30-3017
GN30-3019

GC30-2036-1#

OS/VS TCAM Level 5

E
E

**GC30-2041-0
GC38-0305-0

OS/VS TeAM Level 8 User's Guide

N

**GC3 0-2 04 5-0
GC30-2034-1
(GQ30-2034-l)
GC30-2034-2
GN30-5554

OS/VS TeAM Level 8 Concepts and Facilities

E

OS/VS TeAM Level 4 Logic

N
C

SY30-2049-0

OS/VS TCAM Level 5 Logic

C

SY30-2059-0

CS/vS TeAM Level 6 Logic

N

**SY30-2040-0

OS/VS2 TCAM Level 8 Logic

N

GC30-3009-1

NCP/TCAM Network User's Guide

N

**GC26-3842-0

INDEP

Planning fcr Enhanced

**GC27-6987-3

INDEP

Introducticn to VTAM

VTA~

under OS/vS

**SY27-7267-0

N

CS/vS2 VTAM Data Areas

**GC2 8-06 88-0

N

OS/VS2 system Programroing Library:

VTAM

**GC27-6998-1

N

N

V~AM Conce~ts

GC27-6994-0
**GN27-1469
**GN27-1481

N

E
N
N

V~AM

**GC27-6995-2

N

Operator's Library:

V~AM

Macro Language Reference

**GC27-6997-0
·*GN27-1484

N
N

Operator's Library:
Procedures

V~A~

Network Operating

**SY27-7256-1

N

Introducticn to VTAM Logic

**SY28-0621-0

N

OS/VS2 VTAM Logic

**GC30-3022-2

N

S/370 Subsystem Support Services User's Guide

**SY30-3017-1
** (ST70-3017-l)

N

and Facilities

Macro Language Guide

S/370 Subsystem Support Services Logic

52

VS2 RELEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S

~

1.6&1.7

~Q

N

**SY30-3017-2
GC21-5004-3

E

E

GY21-0013-1
(GQ61-0013-1)
GN21-5169
GN21-7659
GY21-0013 -2

E

E

E
E

E
E

E

as Cata Management Services and Macro
Instructions for 1285/1287/1288

E

as Data Management Macro Logic for IBM 1285/1287/1288

E

E

GY21-0012-2

E

E

E

E

as BSAM Logic for IBM 1419/1275

GC21-5006-4

E

E

E

E

CS Data Management Services and Macro Instructions
for IBM 1419/1275

GC21-5097-0

N

E

E

as and OS/VS Programming Support for the IEM 3505
Card Reader and 3525 Card Punch

** (GT21-5097-0)
N
N

**GC21-5097-1
**GN28-2591
**GC24-5107-0
**(GT24-5107-0)
**GN24-5478

Planning Guide for OS/VS2

INDEP

Sup~ort

of IBM 3540

**SY24-5167-0

N

OS/VS2 logic for 3540 Diskette Input/Output Unit

**GC24-5111-0

N

CS/VS2 IEM 3540 Programmer's Reference

**GC 27- 0009-1

N

3600 Programming Installation Guide

**SY30-3024-0

N

3650 subsystem Program Preparation Support;
Transformation Definition Language Translator Logic

GC30-3003-1

INDEP

GC30-3002-5#

INDEP

GC30-3005-4#

INDEP

3704/3705 Emulation Program Storage & Performance
Reference

SY30-3008-0
SN30-3016

INDEP

3704/3705 Network Control & Emulation Programs:
Data Areas

GC30-3008-0

INDEP

3704/3705 NCP/VS Generation & Utilities (v.3);
Guide and Reference for OS/VS & DOS/VS VTAM Users

SY30-3007-0

INDEP

3704/3705 Network Control Program/VS Logic

**SY30-3013-0
**SN30-2584
**SN30-2583

INDEP

3704/3705 Network Control Program/VTAM Logic

GY30-3012-1
GN30-3027
**GN30-2587

INDEP

3704/3705 Program Reference Handtook

GC30-3001-4

INDEP

GY30-3000-0
GY30-3500
GY30-3501
GY30-3504

E

E

E
N
N

E
E
E

IEM 3735 Programmer's Guide (aS, DOS, and VS
Systems)
3735 Form Description Macro Instructions/Utility PLM
(CS, COS, and VS Systems)

3704/3705 Communications controllers Assembler
Language
3704/3705 Errulation, Generation and Utilities Guide
and Reference

GC21-5071-1

E
E
E
E

E
E

N

3740 ETAM/TCAM Programmer's Guide
OS/VS IEM 3886 Optical Character Reader Modell
Reference
as/vs IBM 3886 Model 1 Logic

GC24 -51 01-0

N

E

SY24-5162-0

N

E

SY24-5163-0
**SN24-5502

E
E

OS/VS IBM 3890 Document Processor Logic

N
N

53

VS2 RELEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S

~

1.6&1.7

~

~

31 Support Programs
GC26-3813-1
(GT26-3813-l>
GC26-3813-2
GN26-077q
GN26-0779

OS/VS Linkage Editor and Loader

N
N
N
N

SY26-3815-0
SN26-8020
SN26-8033
SN26-0770

N
N
E

E

:E~

E

E

E

E
N

SY26-381q-0
SN26-8022
SN26-8032
SN26-0771

N
N
E

E
E
E

E

GC3 8-1 007-2
(GT38-1007-2)
GC38-1007-3
**(GTOO-0176-0)
**GC38-1007-q
**GC27-0005-1

N

E
:1':
N

E
E
E

E
E
E
E

OS/VS Linkage Editor Iogic

E
E
E
E

OS/VS Loader Logic

OS/VS Message Library:
Messages

E

Linkage Editor & Ioader

E
N
N

3600 Finance Communication Systere Host Service
Program Reference

32 Utili ties
GC35-0005-1
(GT35-0005-l>
**GC35-0005-3
** (GTOO-018q-0)
**GC35-0005-q

N

SY35-0005-0
(ST75-0005-0)
SN35-0008
**SY35-0005-2#
**SN26- 078'1

N

E

N

N

GC38-1005-1
(GQ38-1005-1)
GC 3 8-1005- 2

SY26-3820-2
**(STOO-0183-0)
**SY26-3820-3

N

OS/VS2 Auxiliary Storage Management Logic PLM

E

CS/VS Checkpoint/Restart

E
N

OS/vS2 Checkpoint/Restart Logic

E
N
N

N

55

VS2 RELEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S

!.:..Q.

1. 6&1. 7

GC27-6992-0

N

HASP I I Version 4 System Programmer's Guide

GC27-6993-0

N

HASP I I Version 4 Operator's Guide

GY27-7255-0

N

HASP I I Version 4 Logic

SY28-0623-0
**SN28-2580

b.Q

N

1.:.Q

1T!!!~

OS/VS2 System Initialization Logic

E

N

SY27-7243-1#

N

E

OS/VS2 IPL and NIP Logic

GC28-0618-2
(GT28-0618-2)

N

E

OS/VS JCL Reference

GC28-0617-1
(GQ2 8-0617 -1)
GC28-0617-2
(GTOO-0141-0)

N
E

OS/VS JCL Services
E

GC28-0692-0

N

GN28-2576
**GC28-0692-1

N

** (GT28-0692-0)
GX28-0619-1
(GTOO-0140-0)

N
N

**SY28-0622-1
**SN25-0116

OS/VS JCL Syntax Reference Surr.mary

E

N

GC28-0682-0

E

OS/VS2 JES 2 (Job Entry Subsystem) Logic

E
N

OS/VS2 Job Management, supervisor, and 'ISO

N

** (GT2 8-0682-0)

N

**GC28-0627-0
SY28-0620-0

OS/VS2 JCL

N

OS/VS2 Job Management
OS/VS2 Job Management Logic

E

GC28-0686-0

N

E

E

OS/VS Power Warning Feature Support - ICR Guide

SY2 8-0687-0

N

E

E

E

OS/VS Power Warning Feature Support Logic - ICR
GUIDE
OS/VS programmer's Reference Digest

N

OS/VS Supervisor Services and Macro Instructions

GC24-5091-2
(GT24-5091- 2)

N

GC27-6979-2
(GT27-6979-2)
GC28-0683-0
**GN28-2589

N

OS/VS2 Supervisor Services and Macro Instructions

E

N
-----..:;,

**GC28-0628-0
SY27-7244-1#

OS/VS2 Supervisor

N

N

CS/VS2 Supervisor Logic

E

SY28-0624-0
**SN28-2583

N

SY28-0625-0
**SN28-2584

N

E
N

OS/VS2 Scheduler and Supervisor Logic Vol. 2 of 3

SY28-0626-0
**SN28-2585

N

E
N

OS/VS2 Scheduler and Supervisor Logic Vol.

SY28-0606-0
(ST6 8-0606 -0)

OS/VS2 Scheduler and Supervisor Logic Vol. 1 of 3

E

N

N

E

OS/VS2 System Data Areas
NO'IE: OS/VS2 System Data Areas for Release 2
available in microfiche only {SYB8-0606-l> •

N

E

CS/VS2 tebugging Guide

37 RAS
GC28-0632-0
(GT2 8-0632 -0)
GN28-2560
GC28-0632-1
** (GQ28-0632-1)
**GN2 8-258 2

3 of 3

N
N
N
56

VS2 RELEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S

~

1.6&1.7

~

**GC28-0632-2

N

Gc28-0640-0
(GT28-0640-0)
GN28-2563
GC28-0640-1
**GN28-2573

C

~28-0690-0

C

C

C

GC28-0636
(GQ2 8-0636 -1)

N

E

E
E
E

E
N

N

E
N

N

E

OS/VS OLTEP

E
N

OS/VS2 System Programming Library: CLTEP
CS/VS CLTEP Logic

E

SY28-0676-0
**SN28-0108

N

OS/VS2 CLTEP Logic

E
N

OS/VS Recovery Managerrent Support Logic

N
N
N
N

**SY27-7250-1

N
N

E

N

E

GC28-0674-0
**GN25-0105

N

N

OS/VS2 Recovery Management Support Logic

E

OS/VS Service Aids

OS/vS2 Service Aids

E
N

OS/VS Service Aids Reference Summary

E
N

**GX23-0002-0

OS/VS2 Service Aids Ref. Surrmary

N

SY28-0643-0
(ST68-0643-0)
SY28-0643-1
** (SQ6 8-0643-1)
**SY28-0643- 2

N

GC28-0638-0
(GT28-0638-0)
GC28-0638-1
(GQ28-0638-1)

N

OS/VS2 Service Aids Logic

E
N
N

E

OS/VS SYS.1 LOGREe Error Recording
E

GC28-0677-0
** (GT28-0677-0)
**GC28-0677-1
SY28-0639-0

SN27-1407

OS/VS LSS Corrmand Language Reference Summary

E

SY2 8 - 06 79 -0

SY28-0637-1
(SQ68-0637-1)

E
N

E

(GTOO-0137-0)
GX28-0690-1
SY28-0641-0
(ST68-0641-0)

OS/VS Lynarric Support System

E

OS/vS2 System Programming Library: SYS.1 LOGREC
Error Reccrding

N
N

OS/VS SYS.1 LCGREC Error Recording Logic

N

E

E

57

VS2 RELEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S

~

1.6&1.7

~~

(SQ68-0639-1)
SY28-0678-0

OS/VS2 SYS.1 LOGREC Error Recording Logic

N

** (ST68-0678-0)
**SY28-0678-1

N

**GC28-0673-1

E

OS/VS System Modification Program (SMP)

GX28-0684-0

N

E

E

E

OS and OS/VS SMP Reference Summary

**GY28-0685-1

N

E

E

E

OS/VS SMP Log ic

N

E
N

E

DOS/VS and OS/VS TOLTEP

GC28-0663-0
**GN28-2561
**GN28-2588
**SY28-0664-0

E
N

N

E

DOS/VS and CS/VS TOLTEP Logic

N

E

OS/VS2 Remcte Terminals

38 Remote Job Entry
GC38-0225-0
39 Time Sharing
GC28-0644-0

N

E

CS/VS2 TSO Guide

GC28-0646-0
(GT28-06 46-0)
GN28-2537
GC28-0646-1
** (GQ2 8-0646-1)
GN28-2572
**GC28-0646-2

N

E

OS/VS2 TSO Command Language Reference

C

E

GX28-0647-0
(GTOO-0136-0)
GX28-06Ll7-1
** 
GC38-0120-2
(G'I38-0120-2)
GC38-0120-3

N

E

N

GC38-0210-0
(GT3 8-0210 -0)
GC38-0210-1
** (GQ3 8-0210-1)
GN28-2575
**GC38-0210-2

N

operator's Library:

CS/vS2 Display Consoles

operator's Library:

CS/vS2 Reference (JES2)

operator's Library:
Reference Summary

CS/VS2 (JES2) Command Language

E

E
E
N

E

E
N
N

N

GX38-0227-0

N

GC3 8-1 004-1
(GQ38-1004-1)
GC38-1004-2
(GTOO-0133-0)
**GC38-1004-4
. . (GTOO-0161-0)
**GC38-1004-5
**GC38-1011-0

N

GC38-1008-0
(GT3 8-1008 -0)
GN28-2558
GC3 8-1 008-1
** (GQ38-1008-1)
GN28-2577
**GC38-1008-2

N

GC38-1002-1
(GT3 8-1002-1)
GC38-1002-2
** (GQ38-1002-2)
GN28-2574
* *GC3 8-1 002-3

OS/VS Conscle Configurations

E
N

Gc38-0260-0
(GT3 8-0260 -0)
GN27-1431
GC38-0260-1

Operator's Library:

E

E

OS/VS Message Library:

Routing and Descriptcr codes

OS/VS Message Library:
Services Messages
OS/VS Message Library:

Subsystem Support

E
N

N

E

VS2 System Codes

N
N

N
N

OS/VS Message Library: VS2 System Messages

N
N
N
N

59

(

NEW USER

).-------~~-~--.

__________ ---,

-------,

VS Terminology

I
I
I
I
I

I

IBM Data Processing
Glossary

I

I

GC20-1699

Data Processing
Concepts

Virtual Storage
Conce ts

I
Introduction to
Data Processing

1

Operating System
Concepts

IBM System/360
Operating System
Introduction
GC28-6534

I
0'1

o

I
I

Introduction to Virtual
Storage in System/370
GR20-4260

L_

I

I

____ J

•

THEN SEE·
Data Management
Concepts

Teleprocessing
Concepts

I ntroduction to
Data Management

Introduction to Data
Communications Systems

SC20-8096

L___ _

OS USER

I
I
I

GC20-1684

I
I
I

I
I
I
I

I
I

".

SR2~461

PLANNING AND IMPLEMENTING A VS2 SYSTEM
OPERATING A VS2
SYSTEM
PROGRAMMING IN A VS2
SYSTEM
PROBLEM DETERMINATION
AIDS IN VS2

-----~

USING THE IBM 3600
FINANCE COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM WITH YOUR VS2
SYSTEM
MAINTAINING OR MODIFYING
AVS2SYSTEM

----,
I

0

tJ'.l

"<
tJ'.l
tv

~

ning
Information

CP

~
~

~

w

9
~

tv

0
....,
~

~

0'1
.....

I
I
I
I

OS/VS2 Planning
Guide for Release 2
GC28-0667

Evaluating a New
VS2 Release

Estimating VS2
Storage Requirements

Generating a
VS2 System

OS/VS2 Release 3
Guide
GC28-0700

OS/VS2 System
Programming Library:
Storage Estimates
GC28-0604

OS/VS2 System
Programming Library:
System Generation
Reference
GC26-3792

•

I
I
I

L

I
I
I
I

L

•

I
I
I
I

Introduction to
OS/VS2 Release 2
GC28-0661

Modifying/l mplementing
VS2 Facilities

t

I
I
I
I
I

I

Initializing and Tuning
a VS2 System

t
OS/VS2 System
Programming Library:
Initialization and
Tuning Guide
GC2.8-0681

--

~

- - ------,

I

,

Overall VS2 Operating
Information

I

If you have VTAM

+

Operator's Library:
VTAM Network
Operating Procedures
GC27-6997

Console
Configurations

Operator's
Library: OS/VS2
Reference (JES2)
GC38-0210
I
If you have a
Display Console

Operator's Library:
OS/VS Console
Configurations
GC38-0120

Operator's Library:
OS/VS2 Display
Consoles
GC38-0260

,

,

--.

I
I

Operator's Library:
OS/VS2 (JES2) Command
Language Reference Summary
GX38-0227

I

If you have
TCAM

+

Operator's Library:
OS/VS2TCAM
GC30-2046

If you have Remote
Terminals or Workstations

+

Operator's Library:
OS/VS2 Remote
Terminals
GC38-0225

'-------~-

I
I
JI

----------,

•

Modifying/Implementing VS2 Facilities

I

Catalog Management

System/Subsystem

Data Management

OS/VS2 Using OS Catalog
Management with the
Master Catalog:
CVOL Processor

OS/VS2 System
Programming Library:
Job Management
GC28-0627

OSNS2 System
Programming Library:
Data Management
GC26-3830

GC35-OO10

OS/VS2 System
Programming Library:
Supervisor
OS/VS Tape Labels
GC26-3795

GC28-0628

OS/VS TCAM Concepts
and Facilities
GC30-2042
OSNS VSAM Options
for Advanced
Applications

SMF
OS/VS System Management Facilities (SMF)

GC26-3819

GC35-0004

DSS
Introduction to VTAM
GC27-6987

OS/VS Dynamic
Support System
GC28-0640

VTAM Concepts and
Facilities
GC27-6998

OS/VS
Checkpoint/Restart
GC26-3784

...

OSNS DSS Command
Language Reference
Summary
GX28-0690

Checkpoint/Restart

OS/VS Virtual Storage
Access Method (VSAM)
Planning Guide
GC26-3799

L ____________ _

OS/VS Mass Storage
System (MSS)
Planning Guide
GC35-0011

_..J

•I

---,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Control Program
Services

Job Management
Services

I

Supervisor Services

Data Management Services

Support Programs

OS/VS2 Supervisor
Services.and ~.acc'ir
InstructIons (A,(j
GC28-0683

Z)
Assembler

Language
GC334010

OS/VS -VM/370
Assembler
Programmer's Guide
GC33-4021

Linkage Editor
and Loader

OS/VS Linkage
Editor and L~dy
GC26-3813{,,*,~

Utilities

~ OS/VS

Utilities
GC35-0005(IU

OS/VS2 Access
Method Services
GC26-3841

t

I
I
I,

I
I

OCR/MICR APPLICATIONS
GRAPHICS APPLICATIONS
TSO APPLICATIONS
TP APPLICATIONS

L ___________ _

I
I
I
I

~

------l
Data Management

Services

Management and Services

I

VSAM

Mass Storage System

OS/VS Virtual Storage
Access Method (VSAM)
Programmer's Guide
GC26-3838

OS/VS Mass Storage
System (MSS) Services
for Space
Management
GC35-0012

~
OS/VS Data
Management Services
Guide
GC26-3783

t
OS/VS Data
Management Macro
Instructions
GC26-3793

.~.

OS/VS Mass Storage
Control Table Create
GC35-OO13

Miscellaneous Devices

+

OS/VS2 IBM 3540
Programmer's
Reference
GC24-5111

OS Programming
Support for IBM
3505 Card Reader and
IBM 3525 Card Punch
GC21-5097

IBM 3705
Communication
Controller Network
Control Generation
and Utilities Guide
and Reference Manual
GC30-3000

I ntroduction to the
IBM 3270 Information
Display System
GA27-2739

I

L --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Introduction to
Programming the
3270, GC27-6999

----~

--,

0

CIl

I

<:

CIl
N

:::0

I
I
I

~

(ll

~
(ll

w

9
$l)

:l
0\

0
....,
.....

~

I
I
I
I

1419/1275

1285/1287/1288

OS Data Management
Services and Macro
f nstructions for IBM
1419/1275
GC21-5006

OS Data Management
Services and Macro
Instructions for IBM
1285/1287/1288
GC21-5004

L

I
I
I
I
I
I

3890

~

IBM 3890 Document
Processor, Machine
and Programming
Description
GA24-3612

OS/VS IBM 3886
Optical Character
Reader Model 1
Reference
GC24-5101

----,

-------------,

2250

OS/VS Graphics
Programming Services
(GPS) for IBM 2250
Display Unit
GC27-6971

2260

!

OS/VS Graphic
Programming Services
(GPS) for IBM 2260
Display Station
(Local Attachment)
GC27-6972

r

OS/VS Graphic
Subroutine Package
(GSP) for FORTRAN
IV, COBOL, and PUI
GC27-6973

I
II
II
II
II

I

I
J

I

L __ - - - - - - - - - JI I:
I
I

I
Using the TSO
Command Language

!

OS/VS2 System
Programming Library:
TSO GC28-0629
I

~

OS/VS2 TSO Command
Language Reference
GC28-0646

~

OS/VS2 TSO Command
Language Reference
Summary
GX28-0647

L __ _

UsingTSO
Terminals

OS/VS2 TSO Terminal
User's Guide
GC28-0645

OS/MVT and OS/VS2
TSO Terminals
GC28-6762

Writing a
TMP or CP

OS/VS2 TSO Guide
To Writing a Terminal
Monitor Program or a
Command Processor
GC28-0648

I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I

I

J

-- -- ---- -- - - - - - ,

Subsystem Support

TCAM

BTAM

!

I
OS/VSTCAM
User's Guide
GC30-2045

I

SSSUser's Gu ide,
GC 30-3022

I

IBM 3735 Programmer's
Guide (OS, DOS, and
VS Systems)
GC3O-3001

IBM 3704/3705 Communications
Controllers NCP/VS Generation
and Utilities Guide and Reference
Manual, (TCAM Users),
GC3O-3007

!

OS/VS2 System .
Programming Library:
VTAM
GC28-0688

DOSI VSand OS/VS·

OS/VS2TCAM
Programmer's Guide
GC3O-2041

OS/VS BTAM
GC27-6980

VTAM

Se rvt·ces

I

VTAM Macro
Language Reference
GC27-6995

I

I

VTAM Macro
Language Guide
GC27-6994

IBM 3704/3705 Communications
Controllers NCP/VS Generation
and Utilities Guide and Reference
Manual (VTAM Users)

GC30-3008

L ______________________ ~

Messages and Codes

,

I

I

I

System Messages

System Codes

_t

OS/VS Message Library:
VS2 System Messages
GC38-1002

OS/VS Message Library:
VS2 System Codes
GC38-1008

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Subsystem
Support Services

Service Aids
and OlTEP
Messages

Utilities
Messages

Linkage Editor
and loader
Messages

Graphics

Routing and
Descriptor
Codes

OS/VS Message Library:
Utilities Messages
GC38-1005

OS/VS Message library:
Linkage Editor and
loader Messages
GC38-1007

Messages

t
OS/VS Message Library:
Subsystem Support
Services Messages
GC38-1011

OS/VS Problem
Determination A ids and
Messages and Codes for
GPS and GSP
GC27-6974

,~

OS/VS Message library:
Service Aids and OlTEP
Messages
GC38-1006

I

Mass Storage
System Messages

OS/VS Message Library:
Mass Sto rage System
Messages
GC38-1 000

,

OS/VS Message Library:
Routing and Descriptor
Codes
GC38-1004

T

RAS Tools

I

I

I

Using Service Aids

Using TOlTEP

Debugging Techniques
and Reading Dumps

OSNS2 System
Programming Library:
Service Aids
GC28-0674

DOS/VS and OS/VS
TOlTEP for VT AM
GC28-0663

OS/VS2 System
Programming Library:
Debugging Handbook
GC28-0632

L=_.__
OS/VS Service Aids
Reference Summary

+

I

I

USing OlTEP

Using
SYS1.l0GREC

~

OS/VS2 System
Programming LIbrary:
OlTEP
GC28-0675

OS/VS2 System
Programming Library:
SYS1.l0GREC Error
Recording
GC28-0677

I

UsingSMP

OS/VS System
Modification
Program (SMP)
GC28-0673

OS SMP Reference
Summary
GX28-0684

------------.------~

IBM 3600

Planning for

fd

Installing

Operating

Management Planning
Guide
GA27-2765

The Programming
Installation Guide for
the 3600 Finance
Communication
System
GC27-0009

Host Service Programs

l

Introducing the
IBM 3600 Finance
Communication System
GA27-2764

System Summary
GC27-OOO1

Programming

Programmer's Guide
and Component
Descriptions
GC27-0004
Operating Guide for
the IBM 3600 Finance
Communication
System
GA27-2776

+

Programmer's
Reference 0 igest
GX27-0007

1

Host Service
Programs Reference
GC27-OOO5

I nstructions and Macro
Reference
GC27-0003

3614 Programmer's
Guide,
GC27-OO10

Installation Manual Physical Planning
GA27-2766

IBM 3600 Finance
Communication System
Configurator
GA27-2762

L __ _

-~

------,

Syste m Data Areas

r

OS/VS2 Data Areas
SYB8-060()

I

Subsystem

I

Access Methods

II
I
I

I

I

System Initialization

1

1

OS/VS2 J ES2 Logic
SY28-0622

OS/VS2 System
Initialization Logic
SY28-0623

I/O Supervisor

Open/Close/EOV

OS/VS2 I/O
Supervisor Logic
SY26-3823

OS/VS2 Open/
Close/EOV Logic
SY26-3827

Scheduler /Su pervisor

SY26-3832

t

~~
OS/VS2 BDAM
Logic
SY26-3831

Miscellaneous
Devices

1

OS/VS2 Logic for
the IBM 3540
Diskette
Input/Output Unit
SY24-5167

I-----I
I
I
I
L ___ _
OS/VS2 VSAM
Logic
SY26-3825

OS/VS2 VSAM
Cross Reference,
SYB6-3842

+

OS/VS2 Checkpoint/
Restart Logic
SY26-3820

,

DADSM

Catalog Management

OS/VS2 DADSM
Logic
SY26-3828

OS/VS2 Catalog
Management Logic
SY26-3826

Mass Storage System
OS/VS2 ISAM Logic
SY26-3833

t
OS/VS2 Mass Storage System
Communicator Logic
SY35-0013

OS/VS Mass Storage System
(MSS) Services Logic
SY35-0015

OS/VS Mass Storage Control Table
Create Logic
SY35-001fj

OS/VS Mass Storage Control Trace
Reports Logic
SY35-OO14

i

Checkpoint/Restart

OS/VS2 Scheduler
and Supervisor Logic
SY28-0624, 25, 26

1
OS/VS2 SAM Logic

I

OS/VS2CVOL
Processor Logic
SY35-OO11

OS/VS2 Catalog
Management
Cross Reference,
SYB6-3843

VIO

Auxiliary Storage
Management

I

• I
I
---1
OS/VS2 Auxiliary
Storage Management
Logic, SY35-0009

OCR/MICR

J
OS/VS2 VIO Logic
SY26-3834

I

OS BSAM Logic
for IBM 141911275
GY21-OO12

OS Data Management
Macro Logic for IBM
1285/1287/1288
GY21-OO13

OS/VS IBM 3886
Optical Character
Reader Model 1
Logic
SY24-5162

OS/VS Logic for the
IBM 3890
Doc. Processor
SY24-5163

I
I

I
I
I
I
I

I

I
I

------~

~--

I
I
I
I

I
I

I

I

BTAM

TCAM

OS/VS
BTAM Logic
SY27-7246

OS/VS2
TCAM Logic
SY30-2040

DOS/VS and OS/VS
SSS Logie,
SY3O-30 17

I

L __

!

+

I

OSIVS2 VTAM
Data Areas
SY27-7250

I

VTAM

IBM 3704/3705

I ntroduction to
VTAM Logic
SY27-7256

IBM 3704/3705
Communications
Controllers NCP/VS
Program Logic
Manual, GC30-3013

~

I

+

IBM 3735
Programmable
Buffered Terminal
Reference
GY30-3000

-- I

I
I

Subsystem Support
Services

I
I

-- -- -- - - -- -- -- -- --- -- -- -- --- --- --- --- --- --

~

OS/VS2 VTAM
Logic
SY28-0621

I
I

I
I
I
I

~

I
TOLTEP

I

I
I

t

I
DSS

RMS

+

DOS/VS and OS/VS
TOLTEP Logic
SY28-0664

1

I

Service Aids

Manage men t
Support Logic
SY27-7250

Support System Logic
SY28-0679

I

I

SMP

,
OS/VS2 Service

L_

1

I

I
I

GAM

1,

I

GPOR

GSP

OS/VS Graphics
Problem Oriented
Routines LogiC
SY27-7241

OS/VS Graphic Sub-

~

I
I
L_

OS/VS2 GraphiCS

Access Method Logic
SY27-7260

routine Package (GSP)
for FORTRAN IV,
COBOL, and PL/1
Logic

~-7~

__

-

I

_ _ _ -.J

I
I
II
I
:.1

I

T

I

I
I

I
L

Terminal Messages

~

OS/VS2 TSO Terminal

OS/VS2 TSO Terminal

Messages Directory
SY28-0654

Command Processors

TMP and Service Routines

i

Monitor Program and
Service Routines Logic
SY28-0650

I
I

SYS1.LOGREC
Error Recording
Logic
SY28-0678

---------l
I

I

+

OS/VS2

OS/VS2 OLTEP Logic
SY28-0676

Aids Logic
SY28-0643

I

I

SYS1.LOGREC
Error Recording

OLTEP

OS IVS System
M odification Program
(S MP) Logic
SY 28-0685

OS/VS2 Re covery

OS/VS2 Dynamic

-------,

t

I

t

OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor

OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor

Logic Volume I - ACCOUNT
SY28-0651

Logic Volume II - EDIT
SY33-8548

OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor

OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor

Logic Volume' II - TEST
SY35-0004

Logic Volume IV

I

I

I

I

_~
____
S_Y_28:-06::5:2_________::::_~::::_~

-------------------l
I

I

I
I
I
I
I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Assembler

Linkage Edit~r and Loader

Utilities

IBM 3600 Finance
Communication System

I

OS/VS - VM/370
Assembler Logic

OS/VS Linkage
Editor Logic
SY26-3815

J
Host Service Programs
Logic. SY27-7261

I

OS/VS Utilities Logic
SY35-0005

OS/VS Loader Logic
SY26-3814

OSIVS2 Access
Method Services Logic
SY 35-00 10

SY3~041

L_

I

I
I

----.--------------~

~OS/VS2 MICROFICHE

ORDER NUMBER

RELEASE

h.Q
5JD2-0001-0

~

~!KLE

£:..Q

PROGRAM NUMBER

bQ

N

REF. LIST

5JD2-4200- 0
SNCl-4200**
5NC1- 4202**

N

5JfJ2 -4~ 01- 0
5NC2- 4201**

N

E
N

SYSTEMS CROSS REFERENCE

51D2-4230-0

N

E

JES 2

5752-SC1-BH

SYSOUT

5742-SC1-B2

EXTERNAL WRITER

5752-SC1-B2

SYSRESTART

5742-SC1-B3

SCHED RESTART

5752-SC1-B3

ALLOCATION

5742-SC1-B4

ALLOC/UNALLOCATE

5752-SC1-B4

Q MANAGER

5742-SC1-B5

SWA MANAGER

5752-SC1-B5

INITIATOR

5742-SC1-B6

E

TOOLS LIST

N
N

5JD2-0790-0
S5CO-5792
5J02-4240-0
5L'ICl-4240**

N

E
N

5JD2-0330- 0
55CO-5332
5J D2-4250- 0
5NCl-4250
5NCl-4251**
SNCl-4252**

N

SJD2-0350-0
55CO-5352
SSCO-53J3
SJ02-4260-0
SNCl-4260
SNCl-4261**
SNCl-4262**

N

SJ D2-03 60- 0
5sCO-5360
s5CO-5362
5JlJ2-4270-0
SNCl-4270

N

5JD2-0370-0
SSCO-5372
SSCO-5373
SJD2-4280-0
SNCl-4280**

N

5JD2-0380-0
SSCO-5382

N

E
N

TERMINATION

5742-SC1-B7

SJD2-0390-0
SSCO-5392
SJD2 -43 00-0
SNCl-4300
SNCl-43 01 **
SNCl-4302**

N

E
N

COMMANDS

5742-SC1-B8

MSTR SCHLDR CMOS

5752-SC1-B8

SJD2-0400-0
SSCO-5402
SSCO-5403
5JD2-4310-0
SNC1- 4310
SL'ICl-4311**

N

READ/INTERPRET

5742-SC1-B9

CONVT/INTERPRETER

5752-SC1-B9

5JD2-0710- 0
SSCO-5712
5JD2-432 0- 0
SNCl-4320**
SNCl-4321**

N

DASD ERP

5742-SC1-CA

SJ D2-0720- 0
5SCO-5722
SJ02-4330-0
SNCl-4330
SNC1- 4331**

N

5J 02-0040-0
SSCO-5041

N

N

E
N

E
N
N
N

E
1:.

N
N
E
N
N
N
N

E
1:.

N
N
E
N
N
N
N

E

E

E
N
N
N

5752-SC1-B6

E

N

N
N

E
E
N
N

E
N
N
N
N

E
E

N
E
N
N

5752-SC1-CA

E

N
N
UNIT RECORD ERP

E
N
N

E

N

E

5742-SC1-CB
5752-SC1-CB

N
.t;

TAPE ERP/VES

N
73

5742-5Cl-CC

Q!3J~ER

RELEASE

NUMBER

b.Q.

1::2. b.Q

SJ02-4340-0
SNCl-4340**

PROGRAM NUMBER

TITLE

N

l.:.Q.
5752-SC1-CC

E
N

SJD2 -042 0-0
SSCO-5422
SJ02-4350-0
SNCl-4350
SNCl-4351**

N

SJ02-0270-0
SSCO-5272
SSCO-5 27 3
SJ02-4360-0
SNCl-4360
SNCl-4361**
SNCl-4362**

N

SJD2-0530-0
SJD2-4370-0
SNCl-4370**

N

E
N
N
N

E
E
N

E
N
N
N
N

E
E
N
N

N

E

E

OBRISDR/EREP

5742-SC1-CD

OBR! EREP IRDE

5752-SC1-CD

RMS

5742-SC1-CE
5752-SC1-CE

EXTEND SVC ROOTER

5742-SCl-CF
5752-SC1-CF

SVC 109

5752-SC1-CG

VIRT STORAGE MAN

5752-SC1-CH

CONTENTS SUPERVSR

5752-SC1-CJ

N

SJD2-4380-0
SNCl-4380**

N

SJD2-4390-0
SNCl-4390"

N

SJD2-4400-0
SNCl-4400
SNCl-4401**
SNCl-4402**

N
N

SJ02-4410-0
Sl'iCl-441 0**
SNCl-4411**

N

E
N
N

COMMUNICAT TASK

5752-SC1-CK

SJD2-4420-0
SNCl-4420
SNCl-4421**
SNCl-4422**

N
N

E

TASK MAN

5752-SC1-CL

SJ02-4430-0
Sl~Cl-443 0**
SNC1- 4431**

N

RECOVERY TERMIN

5752-SC1-CM

EXT PREC

5742-SC1-CP
5752-SC1-CP

SJ02-0140-:0
SJD2-4440-0

E
N
E
N
E
h

N
N

E

N
N
E

N
N
N

E

FLOAT PT S1M

N

E

SJD2-4450-0
SNCl-4450
SNCl-4451**

N
N

E
E
N

MF/1

5752-SC1-CQ

SJD2-4460-0
SNCl-4460
SNCl-4461**
SNCl-4462**

N
N

E
E
N
N

REAL STORAGE MAN

5752-SC1-CR

SJD2-4470-0
SNCl-4470**

N

E
N

REG CONTROL TASK

5752-SC1-CU

SJD2-4480-0
SNCl-4480
SNCl-4481**
SNCl-4482**

N
N

E

TIMER SUPERVISION

5752-SC1-CV

SJD2-4490-0
SNC1.j4490
SL~Cl-44 91 **
SNCl-4492**

N
N

AUX STORAGE MAN

5752-SCl-CW

SJD2-4500-0

N

SYS RESRC MGR

5752-SC1-CX

E

N
l~

E

E
N
N
E

74

ORDER NUr-JBER

RELEASE

h.Q

~

hQ

SNCl-4500**

y'rLE

PROGRAM NUMBER

1&
N

SJD2-4510-0

N

E

RADIX PART TREE S

5752-SC1-CY

SJD2-4520-0
SNCl-4520**
SNCl-4521**

N

E
N
N

MP RECONFIG

5752-SC1-CZ

E
N

IPL

5742-SCl-Cl

OVERLAY SUPER

5742-SC1-C2

SJD2-0250-0
SNCl-4520**

N

E

SJD2-0640-0
SSCO-5642
SJD2 -4540-0
SNCl-4540**

N

E

SJD2-0700- 0
SSCO-5702
SJD2-4550- 0
SNCl-4550
SNCl-4551**
SNCl-4552 **

N

SJD2-0300-0
SSCO-5302
SSCO-5303
SJ D2-4560-0
SNCl-4560
SNCl-4561**

N

SJ02-0260-0
SSCO-5262
SSCO-5263
SJD2-4570- 0
SNC1-'4570
SNCl-4571**
SNCl-4572**

N

N
N

5752-SC1-C2

E
N

E
N

lOS
N
N

5752-SC1-C3

E
E
N
N
DIDOCS

E
N
N
N
N

5742-SC1-C3

5742-SC1-C4
5752-SC1-C4

E
E

N
E
N
N

SUPERVISOR

5742-SC1-C5

N
N

E
E
N
N

SUPERVIROS CONTROL

5752-SC1-C5

N

E
N

EXCP

5752-SC1-C6

FETCH
N

E
N

5742-SC1-C7
5752-SC1-C7

SJD2-4600-0
SNCl-4600**

N

E
N

NIP

5752-SCl-C8

SJD2 -4 61 0-0
SNCl-4610**

N

E
N

IPL

5752-SC1-C9

SJD2-4620-0
SNCl-4620**
SNCl-4621**

N

E
N
N

BLOCK PROCESSOR

5752-SC1-DA

SJD2 -463 0-0
SNCl-4630
SNCl-4631**

N
N

E

SAM SUB SYS INTER

5752-SCl-DB

PASSWORD PROTECT

5742-SC1-DC
5752-SC1-DC

3505/3525
3505/3525 RDR/PCH

5742-SC1-DD
5752-SC1-DD

VSAM/VSAM CATALOG

5752-SC1-DE

SJD2-4580-0
SNCl-4580**
SJD2-0650-0
SJD2-4590- 0
SNCl-4590**

N

E

N

SJD2-0110-0
SJ02-4640-0
SNCl-4640
SNCl-4641**
SNCl-4642 **

N

SJD2-0590-0
SJD2-4650-0
SNCl-4650**

N

SJD2-4660-0
SNCl-4660
SNCl-4661**
SNCl-4 66 2 **

E

E
N
N

E
E

N
N
E
N

E

N
N
N

E
E

N
N

75

RELEASE

ORDER NUMBER

PROGRAM NUMBER

3890 DOC Process

5152-SC1-DF

hQ

~

SJ 02-4610- 0
SNCl-4670
SNCl-4611**

N
N

E

SJD2 -4680-0
SNCl-4680**

N

E
N

IIBP

5152-SC1-DG

SJD2-4690-0
SNCl-4690**
SNC1- 4691**

N

E
N
N

DATA CONTROLLER 3

5152-SC1-DH

SJ02 -4100-0

N

E

WINDOW INl'ERCEPT

5152-SC1-DJ

SJ02 -411 0-0
3NCl-4710**
SNCl-4 711 **

N

E
N
N

ACCESS METHOD SER

5152-SC1-DK

SJD2-4720-0
SNCl-4720
SNCl-4721**

N
N

E

3886 OCR

5152-SC1-DL

SAM

5142-SC1-DO

~

~

TI!:LE

E

N

E
N

SJD2-0660- 0
SsCO-5662
SJD2-4130-0
SNCl-4730**
SNCl-4731**

N

SJ02-0830-0
SSCO-5832
SJ02-4 74 0-0
SNCl-4740
SNCl-4741**
SNCl-4742*·

N

SJ02-0610- 0
SSCO-5672
SJD2-4750-0
SNCl-4 75 0**

N

SJD:O::-0080- 0
SSCO-5082

N

E
N

CATALOG

5142-SC1-D3

SJD2-0840-0
SSCO-5842
SJD2 -4710-0
SNCl-4170
SNCl-4771·*
SN C1- 4172 * *

N

E
N

O~DSM

5142-SC1-D4

SJ 02 -0600-0
SSCO-5602
SJD2 -4780-0
SNCl-4180**

N

SJO:O:-0680- 0
SSCO-5682
SJD2-4190-0
SNCl-4790**
SNC1- 4191**

N

SJ02 -0690-0
SSCO-5692
SSCO-5693
SJD2 -4800- 0
SNCl-4800*·
SNCl-4801*·

N

SJD2-0810- 0
SSCO-5812
SJ02-4810- 0
SNCl-4810*·
SNCl-4811**

N

E

N
N

5152-SC1-DO

E

N
N
E

OPEN/CLOSE

5142-SC1-Dl

OPEN/CLOSE/EOII

5152-SC1-D1

PAM

5142-SC1-D2

N
N
N

E
E

N
N
E

N
5152-SC1-D2

N
N

N
N

5152-SC1-D4

E
E
N
N
OCR

E

5142-SC1-D5

N
N

5152-SC1-D5

E

N
MICR

E

5142-SC1-D6

N
N

5152-SC1-D6

E
N
N
DAM

E

5142-SC1-D1

N
N
N

5152-SC1-D7

E
N
N
ISAM

E
N
N

5142-SC1-D8
5152-SC1-D8

E

N
N

76

ORDER NUMBER

RELEASE

hQ.

h§.

SJD2-0290-0
SSCO-5292
SJD2 -4820- 0
SNC1-4820
SNC1-4821**
SNC1-4822**

N

E
N

SJD2 -0750-0
SSCO-5752
SJiJ2-4830-0
SNC1- 4830**

N

SJ OL-0760- 0
SSCO-5722
SJD2-4840- 0
SNCl-4 84 0**
SNC1-4841**

N

SJ02 -0800-0
SSCO-5802
SJD2 -4 850-0

N

SJD2-0240-0
SSCO-5242
SJD2 -4 860-0
SNCl-4860
5NC1-4861**
SNC1- 4862**

N

SJD2-0130-0
S5CO-5132
SJD2 -4 870
SNCl-4870
SNC1-4871**
SNC1-4 872 **

N

SJD2-0120- 0
SSCO-5122
SJD2-4880- 0
SNC1-4880**
SNCl-4881**

N

SJ02-0740-0
SSCO-5742
SJD2 -4 890-0
SNC1-4890**
SNC1-4891**

N

SJD2 -041 0-0
SSCO-5412
SscO-5413
SJD2-4900- 0
SNC1-4900
SNC1-4901**
SNC1-4 902 **

N

SJD2-0850-0
SJ02-4910-0
SNC1-49:t.0**
SNC1-4911**

N

SJD2-0320-0
SSCO-5321
SSCO-5323

N

5JD2-0730-0
SSCO-5732
SJD2-4920- 0
SNC1-4 920**
SNC1-4921**

N

SJD2-0100- 0

N

SJD2 -0200-0

N

TITLE

PROGRAM NUMBER

GA.M

5742-SC1-GO

b& .h.Q.

N
N

5752-SC1-GO

E
E;

N
N
IBCDMPRS

E
N
N

5742-SCl-IO
5752-SC1-IO

E

N
IBCDASDI

E

57 42-SC1- 11

N
N

57 52-SC1- 11

E

N
N
ICAPRTBL

E
N
N

5752-SC1-I2

E

E
N

TSO EDIT
N
N

TSO TEST
N
N

5742-SC1-TO
5752-SC1-TO

E
E
N
N

E
N

5742-SC1-I2

5742-SC1-T1
5752-SC1-T1

E

N
N
TSO UTILITIES

E
N
N

N

57 52-SC1-T 2

E
N
N

E
N
E

5742-SC1-T2

TSO MANAG

5742-SC1-T3

TSO TIOC

5752-SC1-T3

TSO SCHEDULER

5742-SC1-T4

N
N
E
N
N
N
N

5752-SC1-T4

E
l:;

N
N
LINK LOADGO PROMP

5742-SC1-T5
5752-SC1-T5

E
N
N

TSO SUPERVISOR

5742-SC1-T7

i.

TSO SUB TCAM

5742-SC1-T8

TSO TeAM SUBRTN

5752-SC1-T8

E

TSO TRACE

5742-SC1-T9

E

IEBPTPCH

5742-SC1-UA

E
N

.E;

N
N

N
N

E
N
N

77

RELEASE

ORDER NUMBER

b..Q

PROGRAM NUMBER

hQ hQ

N

SSCO-5202
S.1D2-493 0- 0

N

SJD2-0160- 0
SSCO-5162
S.102-4940-0
SNCl-4940
SNCl-4941**
SNCl-4942**

N

S.1D2 -002 0-0
SJ02-4950-0
SNCl-4950**

N

S.102-0030-0
SJ02-4960- 0

N

SJD2-0780-0
S.1l..I2-4970-0
SNCl-4970**
8NCl-4971**

N

8J 02-0580- 0
S.1D2-4980-0

N

8')D2-0220-0
SSCO-5322
S.1D2-4990-0

N

SJD2-0230-0
SSCO-5232
8J02-5000-0

N

8Ju2-0210-0
S8CO-5212
8JD2 -5010-0
SNCl-5010**

N

SJD2-50~0-

~

TI!LE

5752-SC1-UA

E

IEHMOVE

E
N
N
N

5752-SC1-UC

E;

E
N
N

E
N

E
N

N

E

N

E
N
N

N

E

E
E

E
E
N
N

IEHINITT

5742-SC1-UO
5752-SC1-UD

IEHSTATR

5742 -SC1-UE
5752-SC1-UF

IEHATLAS

5742-SC1-UF
5752-SC1-UF

IEBTCRIN

5742-SC1-UG
5752-SC1-UG

IEBISAM

5742-SCl-UH
5752-SC1-UH

E;

E
N

IEBDG
N

5742-SC1-UC

5752-SC1-UJ

E
IEBCOMPR

E

5742-SC1-UJ

5742-SC1-UK

N
N

5752-SC1-UK

E;

N

0

N

S102-0770-0
SSCO-5772
SJD2-5030- 0
SNCl-5030
SNC1- 5031**
SNCl-5032**

N

S.1D~-0060-0

N

E
N
N
N

SSCO-5062
S.102-5040-0
8NCl-5040**

E

IEHUCAT

5752-SC1-UO

IEHDASDR

5742-SC1-UO
5752-SC1-UO

E
E
N
N
IEHLIST

E
N
N

5742-SC1-U2
5752-SC1-U2

E;

N

SJD2 -0070-0
SSCO-5072
S.1D2 -5050-0
SNCl-5050**
SNCl-5051**

N

S.1D2-0170-0
SSCO-5172
S.102-5060
SNCl-5060
SNCl-5061**

N

SJD2- 0180- 0
SSCO-5182
SJD2-5070- 0

N

SJu2-0190-0
SSCO-5192

N

IEHPROGM

E
N
N

5742-SC1-U3
5752-SC1-U3

E

N
N
IEBCOPY

E
N
N
N

5752-SC1-U6
E
N

IEBGENER

E
N
N
E

5742-SC1-U6

5742-SC1-U7
5752-SC1-U7

l.

IEBUPDTE

N

78

5742-SC1-U8

OROER NUMBER

RELEASE

b..Q.

h.§.

SJ02-5080-0
SNCl-5080
SNCl-5081**
SJ02-0050-0
SJD2-5090-0
SNCl-5090
SNC1- 5091 **

hQ

hQ

N
N

E

PROGRAM NUMBER

5752-SC1-U8

I;

N
N

E
N
N

SJD2-5110-0
SNCl-5110
SNCl-5111**
SJiJ~-0090-

TITLE

N
N

0
SSCO-5092
SJD2-5120-0
SNCl-5120
SNCl-5121**

N

SJD2-0540-0
SSCO-5542
SJ02-5130-0
SNCl-5130**

N

SJD2-0010-0
SJD2-514 0- 0
SNCl-5140**

N

SJD2 -0890-0
SSCO-5892
SJD2-5150-0
SNCl-5150**

N

SJD:i-0860-0
SSCO-5862
SSCO-5863
SJD2-5160-0
SNCl-5160**
SNCl-5161**

N

SJD2 -0870-0
SSCO-5872
SJD2-5170-0
SNCl-5170**

N

SJD2-0550- 0
SSCO-5552
SSCO-5553
SJD2-5180-0
SNCl-5180
SNCl-5181**

N

SJD2-0280-0
SSCO-5282
SJD2-5190-0

N

SJD2 -0820- 0
SSCO-5822
SJD2 -52 00- 0
SNCl-5200**
SNCl-5201**

N

SJD2-0310-0
SSCO-5312

N

5742-SC1-U9
5752-SC1-U9

POWER WARN FEATURE

5752-SC1-OE

SMF SCHEDULER

5742-SC1-00

E
N
E
E
N

E
N
N
N

IEBEDIT
E

5752-SC1-00

E

E
N
MAPPING MACROS

E
N
N

E
N

N

l!.

E

5742-SC1-01
5752-SC1-01

SMF

5742-SC1-02
5752-SC1-02

ASSEMBLER XF

5742-SC1-03

N
E
N
N

5752-SC1-03

E
N
LINKAGE EDITOR

E
N
N
N

5752-SC1-04

E
N
N
LOADER

E
N
N

OLTEP
N
N

5742-SC1-05
5752-SC1-05

N
N

E
N
N

5742-SC1-04

5742-SC1-06
5752-SC1-06

E
E

N
GSP

E
N
N

caK PT/RESTART
N

E
N

5752-SC1-07

N

E
N

5742-SC1-07

5742-SC1-09
5752-SC1-09

E
N
N

DSS

79

5742-SC1-10

TIr LE

RELEASE

ORDER NUMBER

.h.Q

~

hQ

hQ

N
N

E

N

SSCO-5313
SJ02-5210-0
SNCl-5210
SNCl-5211**

5752-SC1-10

E
N

SJ02-0430-0
SSCO-5432
SSCO-5433
SJ02-5220-0
SNCl-5220
SNCl-5221**
SNCl-5222 **

N

SJD2-0440-0
SSCO-5442
SSCO-5443
SJ02-5230-0
SNCl-5230**

N

SJ02-0450-0
SSCO-5452
SSCO-5453
SJ02-5240-0
SNCl-5240
SNCl-5241**

N

SJD2-0880-0
SSCO-5882-0
SJ02-5250-0
SNCl-5250**

N

SJ02-0460-0
SSCO- 5460
SJ02-5260-0
SNCl-5260
SNCl-5261**

N

SJiJ2 -04 70-0
SSCO-5472
SJD2 -52 70-0

N

SJD2-0480-0
SSCO-5480
SSCO-5482
SJ02-5280-0

N

GTF

E
N
N
N
N

5742-SC1-ll
5752-SC1-ll

E
E

N
N
AMASPZAP

E
N
N
N

AMOPROMP
N
N

5742-SCl-12
5752-SCl-12

E
N

E
N
N

5742-SCl-13
5752-SCl-13

E
E

N
AMBLIST

E
N
N

5742-SCl-14
5752-SCl-14

E

N
M1DSAOMP

E
N
N
N

5752-SCl-15

A.Io1APTFLE

AMOPROMP/EOIT

E
N
N

SNCl-52 81 **
SJD2 -0560-0
SSCo- 5562
SSCO-5563
SJ02-5290
SNCl-5290
SNCl-5291**
SNCl-5292**

N

SJ02 -0570-0
SSCO-5572
SSCO-5573
S.102-53 00-0
SNCl-5300
SNCl-5301**
SNCl-5302**

N

SJD2 -04 90-0

N

BrAM

5742-SCl-20
5752-SCl-20

E

E
N
N
TCAM

E
N
N
N

E

N

E
N
N

E
N

5742-SCl-18
5752-SCl-18

N
E
N

E
N
N
N
N

5742-SCl-16
5752-SC1-16

N

N
N

5742-SCl-15

N
N

E
N

SNCl-5~80

S.1D2-5320-0
SNCl-5320**

PROGRAM NUMBER

E
N

5742-SCl-21
5752-SCl-21

3735 UTILITY

5742-SCl-22

VTAM

5752-SCl-23

80

ORDER NUMBER

RELEASE

!..:..Q. !.:.§.

h.Q.

SNCl-5321**

TITLE

PROGRAM NUMBER

SMP

5752-SCl-30

DATA AREAS

5752

l.:.Q
N

SJ02-5330-0
SNCl-5330
SNCl-5331**
SNCl-5332**

N
N

SYB8-0606-1
(STB8-0606-1) **
SYB8-0606-2 **

N

B

E
N
N

N

SJB6-6000**

N

ENHANCED VSAM ICR

5752

SJ02-5360-0**

N

ERIC 2

5752-SC1-DN

S,]02-5370-0**
SNCl-5370**

N
N

SUBSYS COMMUNICAT

5752-SC1-DP

SJD2-5380-0**
SNCl-5380**

N
N

VVIC

5752-SC1-DR

SJD2-5390-0**
SNCl-5390**

N
N

S[JBSYS DATA ANAL

5752-SC1-DS

SJ D2- 54 00- 0**

N

SS/l TRACE REPORT

5752-SC1-DT

SJD2 -541 0-0**
SNCl-5410**

N
N

SS/l UTILITIES

5752-SC1-DU

SJD2 -542 0-0**
SNC1- 5420**

N
N

TOLTEP

5752-SCl-OC

SJD2 -5430-0**
SNCl-5430**

N
N

3600 HOST SUPPORT

57 52-SCl-2 4

SJD2 -544 0-0**
SNCl-5440**

N
N

DS MTC

5752-SC1-DQ

SJD2-5450-0**
SNCl-5450**

N
N

HOST SUPPORT SSS

5752-SC1-SS

SJD2-5460-0**
SNCl-5460**

N
N

DSM ERP

5752-SC1-CI

81

~DOS/VS

(20-40)

*********************************************************************.*************.**********.******
* The presence of an N, E, or C shows that the related item applies to the release(s) specified.
*
*
N: New for this release.
*
*
E: Existing book, initially issued for other than this release;
*
•
also applies to this release.
•
•
C: Issued for a component release that can be added to this release.
•

••

INDEP - Release-Independent.

.* - Change or addition.

# -

Reprint including TNLs ( no change).

•*

•* GT, GQ, ST, SQ order numbers (appearing in parentheses) are temporary order numbers for back* level release publications. Be sure to use the temporary number when ordering.

**
*

*

*

**.**** ••• ***.*****************.********************** ••••• *.******* •• *.*** •• ************************
DOS/VS RELEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S
08 DISKETTE PUBLICATION
GC21-5072-2

N

E

E

E

DOS/VS System Information for IBM 3540 Diskette
Input/Output Unit

20 GENERAL INFORMATION
GC33-5370-1
(GT33-5370-1 )
GC33-5370-2
** (GQ33-53 70-2)
GN33-8769
GN33-8777
**GC33-5370-3

Introduction to DOS/VS

N
N

E

N

E
N
N

GC20-1756-0

INDEP

DOS/VS Features

SY33- 8571-0
(ST73-8571-0)
SY33-8571-1
(SQ7 3- 8571-1)
SY33-8571-2
**SN33-8797

N

DOS/VS Handbook
N

**SY33-8572-0

N
N

E
E

N

E

DOS/VS Handbook For POWER/VS and VTAM

21 ASSEMBLER
GC33-4010-1
(GT33-4010-1)
GN33-8166
GC33-4010-4#

OS/VS, DOS/vS and VM/370 Assembler Language

N
N
N

GC33-4024-0
(GT33-4024-0)
GC33-4024-2#

N

SY33-8567-0
SN33-8165
SN33-8169
SN33-8178

N
N

E

E
Guide to the DOS/vS Assembler

N

E

E

E

E
E
E

E
E
E
E

E

N

N

DOS/VS Assembler PLM

30 ACCESS METHODS, DATA MANAGEMENT, STORAGE/COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL PROGRAMS
N

**GC33-5405-0
GC33-5372-1
(GT3 3- 53 72 -1 )
GC33-5372-2
** (GTOO-0169-0)
GN33-9160
GN33-9170
GN33-9175
**GC33-5372-3

N

GC33-5375-0
(GT33-5375-0)
GC33-5375-1
*·GN33-8781

N

DOS/VS VSAM Planning Guide
DOS/VS Data Management Guide

N

E
N
N
N

N
DOS/VS DASD Labels
N

E

E
N

83

DOS/VS RELEASE
ORDER NO. /TNL ' S

28

29

30

31

!ITLE

GC33-5314-0
**GN33-8114

N

E

E

E
N

DOS/VS Tape Labels

SY33-8559-0
(ST13- 8559-0)
SY33-8559-1
SN33-8116
**SN33-8198

N

SY33-8560-0
(ST13- 8560-0)
SY33-8560-1
(SQ13-8560-1)
SY33-8560-2
**SN33-8188

N

SY33-8561-0
(ST13-8561-0)
SN33-8156
SY33-8561-1
**SN33-8189

N

SY33-8562-0
(ST13-8562-0)
SY33-8562-1
** (SQ13-8562-1)
SN26-0112
SN33-9163
**SY33-8562-2

N

GC33-5313-1
(GT3 3- 5313 -1 )
GC33-5313-2
**(GQ33-5313-2)
GN33-9155
GN33-9159
GN33-9111
**GC33-5313-3
**GN33-9118

N

DOS/VS LIOCS Vol. 1, General Information & Imperative
Macros Logic
N

E
N

E
E
N
DOS/VS LIOCS Vol. 2, SAM Logic

N
N

E
N
DOS/VS LIOCS Vol. 3, DAM and ISAM Logic

N
N
N

E
N

DOS/VS LIOCS Vol. 4, VSAM Logic
N

E

N

E
N
N
DOS/VS Supervisor and I/O Macros

N

E

N

E
N
N

N
N

GC21-6989-2#

N

E

E

E

DOS/VS BTAM

SY21-1251-0
**GN21-1462

N

E

E
N

E
E

DOS/VS BTAM Logic

GC21-6986-0

N

E

E

E

DOS/VS QTAM Message COntrol Program

GC21-6985-0

N

E

E

E

DOS/VS QTAM Message Processin g Programming Services

SY21-1249-0

N

E

E

E

DOS/VS QTAM Logic

**GC21-6998-1
**SY21-1265-0

N

N
N

Introduction to VTAM (Virtual Telecommunications Access
Method)
VTAM Concepts and Facilities
DOS/VS VTAM Data Areas

SY21-1263-0
SN27-1453
**SN21-1415

N
N
N

E

VTAM Data Areas

GC21-6994-0
**GN27-1469
**GN21-1481

N

E

**GC21-6995-2

N

N

VTAM Macro Language Reference

GC21-6991-1
**GN21-1484

N

E
N

VTAM Network Operating Procedures

**GC21-6951-1

N

E

DOS/VS VTAM System Programmer's Guide

SY21-1262-0
**SN21-1410

N
N

E
E

DOS/VS VTAM Logic

**SY21-1256-1

N

N

Introduction to VTAM Logic

**GC21-6981-3

INDEP

E
E

VTAM Macro Language Guide

N
N

84

DOS/VS RELEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S

28

GC33-5382-0
(GT33-5382-0)
GN33-0010
GC33-5382-2#
** (GQ33-5382-2)
GN26-0778
**GC33-5382-3

N

SY33-8564-1
** (ST7 3-8564-1)
**SY33-8564-2

N

DOS/VS utilities Access Method Services

N
N

E

N

E
N

E

DOS/VS Utilities Access Method Services Logic

E
N

INDEP

Introduction to Programming the 3270

GC30-3002-5
GN30-3023

INDEP

3704/3705 Emulation, Generation , Utilities Guide
and Reference

GC30-3003-1

INDEP

3704/3705 Communications Controllers Assembler
Language

**GC30-3008-1

INDEP

3704/3705 NCP/vS Generation & Utilities (v.3) Guide
& Reference for OS/VS & DOS/VS VTAM Users

GC30-3006-2

INDEP

3704/3705 NCP Storage and Performance Estimates
for OS/TCAM, OS/VS TCAM, and OS/VS, DOS/VS
VTAM Users

**SY30-3013-0
**SN30-2583
**SN30-2584

INDEP

3704/3705 Network Control Program/vTAM Logic

GY30- 30 12-1
GN30-3027
**GN30-2587

INDEP

3704/3705 Program Reference Handbook

GC30-3001-4

INDEP

3735 Programmer's Guide (OS, DOS and VS Systems)

GY30-3000-0
GY30-3500
GY30-3501
GY30-3504

INDEP

3735 Form Description Macro Instructions/Utility PLM
(OS, DOS and VS Systems)

GC27-6999-0

GC21-5071-1

N

E

3740 BTAM/TCAM Programmer's Guide

31 SUPPORT PROGRAMS
SY33-8556-0
(ST73-8556-0)
SY33-8556-1
(SQ73- 8556 -1)
SY33-8556-2
**SN33-8785

N

SY33-8557-0
(ST73-8557-0)
SY33-8557-1
(SQ73-8557-l>
SY33-8557-2
**SN33-8786

N

DOS/VS Linkage Editor Logic
N
N

E
N

DOS/VS Librarian Logic
N

N

E
N

32 UTILITIES
GC33-5381-0
( GT 33- 5381- 0)
GC33-5381-1
**GN33-8783

N

SY33-8558-0
SN33-8765
SN33-8775

N

DOS/VS System Utilities
N

E

E
N

E
N

E
E
N

E
E
E

DOS/VS System Utilities Logic

34 SYSTEM PLANNING, GENERATION, INSTALLATION, SMF
GC33-5377-0
(GT33-5377-0)

N

DOS/vS System Generation

85

DOS/VS REI.EASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S

28

GN33-8763
GN33-8764
GC33-5377-1
(GQ33-5377-1)
GN33-8766
GC33-5377-2
** (GTOO-0187-0)
**GC33-5377-3

N
N

GC33-5371-1
(GT33-5371-l>
GC33-5371-2
(GQ33-5371-2)
GC33-5371-3
**(GTOO-0171-0)
**GC33-5371-4

N

29

30

31

TITLE

N
N
N
N

DOS/VS System Management Guide
N
N
N

35 EMUIATION OR SIMULATION
GC33-5388-0
(GT33- 538 8-0)
GC33-5388-2
GN33-7068
GN33-7071
**GN33-7063

N

SY33-7010-1
SN33-7053
SN33-7064
SN33-7069

E

GC33-5384-0
GN33-7049
GN33-7065
GN33-7066
**GN33-7062

Model 20 DOS/VS Emulator on System/370: Reference
N

E
N
N

E
N

SY33-8573-0
SN33-7070

E
N
N

E

E
E
E
N

E
E
E
N
E
E

E
E

E

N
N

E
E
E
N

N

E

E

N

E

SY33-7008-0
SN33-7042
SN33-7054

E

GC33-5385-0
GN33-7050
GN33-7067

N

SY33-7009-0
SN33-7020
SN33-7023
SN33-7031
SN33-7055

E
E

E

E

E

N

E
N

Model 20 Emulator on System/370 using DOS and DOS/VS
Logic, Prog. No. 370N-IC-002, 5745-SC-E20

1401/1440/1460 DOS/VS Emulator on System/370: Reference

E
E
E
N

1401/1440/1460 DOS/VS Emulator on System/370: Logic
1401/1440/1460 DOS Emulator on System/370: Logic
Prog. Nos. 370N-EU-490, 5745-SC-EML

E

N
N
E
N

E
E
N

E
E

1410/7010 DOS Emulator on System/370: Logic

E

SY33-8574-0

1410/7010 DOS/vS Emulator on System/370: Reference

E

1410/7010 DOS/VS Emulator on System/370: Logic

N

36 CONTROL PROGRAM
SY33-8555-0
(ST73-8555-0)
SY33-8555-1
** (SQ73-8555-1)
SN33-8774
SN33-8792
**SY33-8555-2

N

SY33-8553-0
(ST73-8553-0)
SY33-8553-1
SN33-8772
SN33-8791
"SN33-8795

N

GC33-5403-0
(GT33-5403-0)
GC33-5403-1

DOS/VS IPL 6 Job Control Logic
N

E
N
N
N

DOS/VS Logical Transients Logic
N

E

E

N
N

E
E
N

DOS/VS Planning Guide to POWER/VS

N
N

DOS/VS POWER/VS Installation and Operations

86

DOS/VS RELEASE
ORDER NO./TNL'S

28

29

30

31

TITLE

** (GQ33-5403-1)
**SY33-8570-0
** (ST73-8570-0)
**SY33-8570-1
SY33-8565-0
(ST73-8565-0)
SY33-8565-1
SN33-9164

DOS/VS POWER/VS Logic

N
N
N

GX33-9004-0
**(GTOO-0168-0)
**GX33-9004-1

DOS/VS POWER Program Logic
N

E
N

N

E

DOS/VS POWER and POWER/RJE Reference Summary
N

SY33-8551-0
(ST73- 8551-0)
SY33-8551-1
** (SQ73-8551-1>
SN33-8769
SN33-8770
SN33-8790
**SY33-8551-2

N

GC33-5376-0
(GT33-5376-0)
GN33-8762
GC33-5376-1
** (GQ33-5376-1>
GN33-8767
GN33-8779
**GC33-5376-2

N

DOS/vS Supervisor Logic
N

E

N

E
N
N
N
DOS/VS System Control Statements

N
N

E

N

E
N
N

37. RAS
SY33-8552-0
(ST73- 8552 -0)
SY33-8552-1
SN33-8771
SN33-8784
**SN33-8794

N

GC33-5383-0·
GN28-2566
**GN25-0115
**GN25-0117

N

SY33-8568-0
SN28-2567
**SN25-0115

N

SC33-5380-0
(GT33-5380-0)
GC33-5380-1
**(GQ33-5380-1)
GN33-8780
**GN33-8793
**GC33-5380-2

N

SY33-8554-0
(ST73- 8554 -0)
SY33-8554-1
SN33-8773
**SN33-8796

N

DOS/vS Error Recovery and Recording Transients Logic
N

E
N
N

E
E
E
N

E
N

E
E
N

E
E
E
N

DOS/VS OLTEP

E

E
E

E
E
N

DDS/VS OLTEP Logic

N

DOS/VS Serviceability Aids Debugging Procedures
N

E
N
N
N
DOS/VS System Serviceability Aids Logic

N

E
N

E
E
N

**GC28-0663-0
**GN28-2561
**GN28-2588

C
N
N

E
E
E

DOS/VS and OS/VS TOLTEP for \1TAM

**SY28-0664-0

N

E

DOS/VS and

OS/VS TOLTEP

38 REMOTE JOB ENTRY
SY33-8566-0
(ST73-8566-0)

N

DOS/VS POWER RJE Program Logic

87

DOS/VS RELEASE
ORDER NO. /TNL • S

28

SY33-8566-1
SN33-9165

29

30

31

N

E
N

E
E

!ITLE

40 SYSTEM OPERATION
GC33-5379-1
(GT33-5379-1
GC33-5379-2
** (GQ33-5379-2)
GN33-9156
GN33-9162
GN33-9173
**GC33-5379-3
**GN33-9176

N

GC33-5378-0
(GT33-5378-0)
GC33-5378-1
** (GQ33-5378-l>
GN33-9157
GN33-9158
GN33-9161
GN33-9172
**GC33-5378-2

N

D::>S/VS Messages
N

E

N

E
N
N
N
N
DOS/VS Operating Procedures

N

E

N
N

E
E
N
N
N

88

8

Je

-<

0

0

Start

CIl

(I)

S'G

---<

DOS/VS LIBRARY CHART DIRECTORY

CIl

Part 2 of 5

C

~

~
tv
\0

(=)

~

~
"<

General & Planning
Information

=:r'

(")

~

~

=--

~
f""t-

0.....,

C"'-I

VI

'-'

Par t 3 of 5

Operation &
Messages

Assembler

i

~

Utilities

RAS

1
Support Programs

Part 5 of 5

It

Emulation

~.
~

g
~
...,

~
"'-

Part 4 of 5

Control Program

5i

Data Management

Teleprocessing

This chart (one of five) shows the general organization of the
folloWing four charts. It also shows the relationship among
topics.
The next four are detail charts suggesting an information
path or reading sequence through the DOS/VS library .
Shading on the detail charts is used in two ways:
1. Shading around boxes groups publications according
to topic, such as for DOS/VS data management.
2. Shaded boxes identify books that are not an immediate
part of the DOS/VS support documentation, but which
provide further introductory, procedural, and reference
information.

GENERAL AND PLANNING INFORMATION

DOS/VS

Introduction

Features

to DOS/VS

GC20-1756

GC33-5370

DOS/VS System
Management
Guide

GC33-5371

DOS/vS System
Generation

GC33-5377

DOS/VS POWER/VS

DOS/VS

Planning Guidp.

Handbook

GC33-5403

SY33-8571

PROGRAMMING

PROGRAMMING

1.0
N

PROGRAMMING

~DOS/VS

MICROFICHE

RhLEASE
ORDER NO.

28

29

;!Q.

SYC7-1120-0
SJDl-1840-1

E
E

E
E

E
E

SYC7-1932-0
(STC7-1932-0)
SNC7-1925
SYC7-1932-1
SNC7-1966
SNC7-2011**

N

SYC7-1933-0
(STC7-1933-0)
SYC7-1933-1
(STOO-5275-0)**
SNC7-1985
SYC7-1933-2**

N
N

SYC7-1934-0
(STC7-1934-0)
SNC7-1926
SYC7-1934-1
SNC7-1963
SNC7-1987**
SNC7-2012.·

N

SYC7-1935-0
SNC7-1927
SNC7-1946
SNC7-1964
SNC7-1992*·

N
N

SYC7-1936-0
SNC7-1947
SNC7-1967
SNC7-1998··

N

SYC7-1937-0
(STC7-1937-0)
SNC7-1928
SYC7-1937-1
SNC7-1968
SNC7-1999**

N

SYC1-1938-0
(STC7-1938-0)
SYC7-1938-1
(SQC1-1938-l)
SYC7-1938-2
(STOO-5276-0)·*
SYC7-1939-3·*

N

SYC1-1939-0
(STC7-1939-0)
SYC1-1939-0

SYC7-1949-2
(STOO-5279-0)**
SYC7-1949-3**

N

SYC7-1950-0
(STC7-1950-0)
SNC7-1939
SYC7-1950-1
(SQC7-1950-0)
SYC7-1950-2
(STOO-5280-0)**
SYC7-1950-3**

N

SYC7-1951-0
SNC7-1940
SNC7-1953
SNC7-1974
SNC7-2006**

N
N

E
N

E
E
N

N
N
N

E
E
N
N

E
E
N

E
E
E
N

E
E

E
E

N

N
N

E
N

E
E
N

E

E

E

E

N

E
N

E
E
E
E

N

N
N
N
N

N
N
N

N
N
N
N
E
E
N

E

E

E
E
N

E
E
E

N
95

RELEASE
ORDER NO.

28

29

30

31

llTI&

COMPONENT NO.

SYC7-1952-0
SNC7-1954
SNC7-1975
SNC7-1996**

N

E
N

E
E
N

E

DOS/VS optical Character Reader IOCS

5745-SC-OCR

E

SYC7-1953-0
SNC7-1955
SNC7-1976
SNC7-1994 **

N

DOS/VS OLTEP

5745-SC-OLT

SYC7-1954-0
(STC7-1954-0)
SNC7-1941
SYC7-1954-1
(SQC7-1954-1 )
SYC7-1954-2
(STOO-5281-0)**
SYC7-1954-3**

N

DOS/VS PDAIDS

5745-SC-PDA

SYC7-1955-0
SNC7-1956
SNC7-1977
SNC7-2007**

N

SYC7-1956-0
(STC7-1956-0)
SNC7-1942
SYC7-1956-1
(SQC7-1956-l)
SNC7-1962
SNC7-1984
SYC7-1956-2

N

SYC7-1957-0
SNC7-1957
SNC7-1965
SNC7-1991**

N

SYC7-1958-0
(STC7-1958-0)
SNC7-1943
SYc7-1958-1
(SQC7-1958-1)
SYc7-1958-2
(STOO-5282-0)**
SYC7-1958-3**

N

SYC7-1959-0
SNC7-1944
SNC7-1958
SNC7-1978
SNC7-2008**

E
N

E
E
N

E
N
E
E
E
N

N
N
N

E
N

E
N

E
E
N

E

DOS/VS PAPER TAPE

E
E

N
DOS/VS Power

5745-SC-PWR

DOS/VS QTAM

5745-SC-OTM

DOS/VS RMSR

5745-SC-RMS

DOS/VS Supervisor

574S-SC-SUP

DOS/VS Magnetic Tape IOCS

5745-SC-TAP

DOS/VS Storage Tape ERP

5745-SC-TPE

DOS/VS System Utility Prog.

S745-SC-UTL

DOS/VS \lSAM

5745-SC-VSM

N
N
N
N
N
E
N

E
E
N

E
E

E
E
N

N

N
N
N
N

N

SYC7-1960-0
SNC7-1959
SNC7-1979
SNC7-2009**

N

SYC7-1961-0
SNC7-1960
SNC7-1980
SNC7-2010**

N

SYC7-1962-0
(STC7-1962-0)
SNC7-1945
SYC7-1962-1
(SQC7-1962-l)
SYC7-1962-2
(STOO-5283-0)**
SYC7-1962-3**

N

SYC7-1963-0
(STC7-1963-0)

N

E
E
N

E
N

E
E
E
N

E
E

E
E
N

E

E

E
N

E
F

N
E
N

E
E
N

E
B
E

N

N
N
N
N

96

RELEASE
ORDER NO.

28

SYC1-1963-1
(SQC1-1963-1)
SYC1-1963;-2
(STOO-5284-0)**
SYC1-1963**
SNC1-2013**

N

SYC1-1964-0
(STC7-1964-0)
SYC1--1964-1
(SQC1-1964-1
SYC7-1964-2
(STOO-5285-0)**
SYC1-1964-3**

N

SYC7-1965-0
(STc7-1965-0)
SYC1-1965-1
{S;lC7-1965-l>
SYC7-1965-2
{STOO-5286-0**
SYC1-1965-3**

N

29

30

llI!&

COMPONENT NO.

DOS/VS DOS Distribution Prog.

5145-SC-DIS

N
N
N

N
N

DOS/VS Microfiche Index

N
N
N
DOS/VS VTAM

N

SYC1-1968-0
(STOO-5281-0)**
SNC1-1989**
SYC1-1968-1**
SNC1-2014**

5745-SC-VTM

N
N
N

SYC7-1911-0
STOO-5290-0**
SNC1-1990**
SYC1-1911-1**

N

SYC1-1969-0**
(STOO-5288-0)**
SYC1-1969-1**

N

SYC7-1910-1**
(STOO-5289-0) **
SYC1-1970-2**

N

SYC1-1912-0**

N

SYC1-1916-0**
(STOO-5291-0**
SYC7-1916-1**

N

S2CO-OO2l-0**
S2CO-5218**
S2CO-5219**
S2CO-5280**

31

DOS/VS 3600 HST SPT

574S-SC-124

TOLrEP

5145-SC-TLT

System Support Services

5145-SC-SSs

DOS/VS VTAM and 3600 System Index

5745-SC-VTM
5745-SC-SSS
5745-Sc-124

POWER/VS ICR

5745-SC-PWR

N
N

N

N
E

N
N
N

E
E

E

E
N
N

E

DOS/VS

E
E
E

Early Warning
5745

97

~VM/370 (VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370) (20-40)

ORDER NO./TNL'S
20 General Information
GC20-1757-0

VW370 Features

GC20-1800-4
**GN20-2657

VM/370:

GC20-1813-1

VW370 Glossary , Master Index

GX20-1926-2

VM/370: Quick Guide for Users Reference summary

GX20-1961-0

Summary of VM/370 CP and CMS Commands

Introduction

21 Assembler
GC20-1802-0
GN20-2601

VW370 Assembler Programmer's Guide

GC33-4010-4#

OS/VS, DOS/vS, and VM/370 Assembler Language

SC33-4021-2
GN33-8186

OS/VS and VM/370 Assembler Programmer's Guide

SY33-8041-1

OS/VS and VW370 Assembler Logic

23 BASIC
GC20-1803-1

VW370: BASIC Language Reference Manual

GX20-1924-1

VM/370: BASIC Language Reference Summary

GY20-()530-1

CALL-OS BASIC, System Manual, Program No. 360A-CX-44X

30 Access Methods, Data Management, Storage/communications Control Program
GC20-1816-0

VM/370:

Remote Spooling Communications Subsystem (RSCS) User's Guide

SY20-0883-0

VM/370:

Remote Spooling

Communications Subsystem (RSCS) Program Logic

34 System Planning, Generation, Installation, SMF
GC20-1801-4
**GN20-2658

VW370 Planning and system Generation Guide

GC20-1811-0
GN20-2625
GN20-2630

VW370:

Release 1 Guide

GC20-1814-0

VM/370:

Release 2 Planning Guide

GC20-1815-0
GN20-2648
GN20-2652
**GN20-2666

VM/370:

Release 2 Guide

GC20-1804-3
**GN20-2659

VW370:

Command Language Guide for General Users

SY20-0880-4
**SN20-26'o7

VW370:

Control Program (CP) Program Logic

SY20-0881-1

VM/370:

Conversational Monitor System (CMS) Program Logic

G~20-260~

36 control Program

S~20-1650

99

ORDER NO./TNL'S

SN20-2653
··SN20-2668
GC20-1805-3
··GN20-2660

VMl370:

EDIT Guide

Ge20-la12-0
GN20-2635
GN20-2637
GN20-2651

VM/370:

EXEC User's Guide

GC20-1807-3
••GN20-2662

VMl370:

System Programmers' Guide

GC20-1809-2
GN20-2645
GNiO-2655
•• GN20-2664

VMl370:

OLTSEP and Error Recording Guide

SY20-0882-1
SN20-2647
SN20-2654
•• SN20-2669

VM/370:

Service Routines Program Logic

11...N2

40 System Operation
GC20-1806-4#
GN20-2656
•• GN20-2661

VMl370 Operator's Guide

GC20-1808-4#
•• GN20-2663
··GN20-2671

VMl370 System Messages

GC20-1810-3
.·GN20-2665

VMl370 Terminal User's Guide

SCP 3
57 34-LM 3
FORTRAN I V (H EXTENDED) COM PILER AN 0 FO RTRAN LIBRARY
(MOD II) FOR OS & VM/370 (CMS): INSTALLATION REFERENCE
MATERIAL, PROG. NOS. 5134-F03, 5134-LM3
IBM OS FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED) COMPILER AND LIBRARY (MOD III
MESSAGES, PROG. NOS. 5734-F03,LM3
IBM SYSTE~/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED)
COMPILER, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F:>3
IBM SYSTEM/360/310 FORTRAN IV H EXTENDED COMPILER LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5734-F03
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV
L1BRARY MOD II PROGRAM LOGIC MANU AL, PROGR AM NUI'IB ER 5734-L!'13
IBM SYSTEM/360/370 FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD II - LISTINGS
PR03. PROD. 5734-LM3
IBM SYST~M/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED
PLUS COMPILER & LIBRARY USER SUPPLEMENT - PROGRAM NUMBER
5799-AAW
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED PLUS)
COMPILER AND LIBRARY PROGRAM LOGIC SUPPLEMENT
(PROGRAMMING REQUEST FOR PRICE QUOTATION)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAW
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN H EXTENDED PLUS
MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAW
FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS(TSO) AND VM/370(CMS)
PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES, PROG. NO. 5134-F05
FORTRAN INTERACTIVE pEBUG FOR OS (TSO) & VM/370 (CMSt:
TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5734-F05
FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) & VM/370 (CMS):
INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL, PROG. NO. 5734-F05
FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TS~ & VM/370 (CMS):
PROG. PROD. 5734-F05 SPECIFICATIONS
IBM FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) AND VM/370 (CMS)
REFERENCE CARD - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F05
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD 1
DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM1
FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD I) FOR OS & VI1/370 (CMS):
INSTALLATION REPERENCE MATERIAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM1
FORTRAN IV MATHEMATICAL AND SERVICE SUBPROGRAMS: SUPPLEMENT
FOR MOD I & MOD II LIBRARIES, PROG. NOS. 5134-LM1, 5734-LM3
FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD I) FOR OS & VM/370 (CMS), PROG.
PROD. 5134-LM1 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
OS 360/370 FORTRAN IV LIBR. MOD I LISTING, P. P. NO. 5134-L1'11
FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD Il FOR OS & VM/310 (CMS):
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM1
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY,
OPTION 1 - PROGRAM PRO DUCT DES IGN OBJECTIVE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-LM3
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION 1 - PROGRAM
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5146-LM3
DOS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION/PROGRAMMERS'S GUIDE
SUPPLE ME NT - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5 746-LM 3
DOS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPT 1, LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 5746-LM3
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA TING SYSTEM (TI ME SHA RI NG OPTION)
.
CODE AND GO FORTRAN PROCESSOR-TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-F01, 5134-LM1
OS (TSO) TERMINAL USER'S SUPPLEMENT FOR FORTRAN IV (G1)
PROCESSOR AND TSO FORTRAN PROMPTER, 5734-F02,- CP3, -LM1
FORTRAN IV (G1) PROCESSOR AND TSO FORTRAN PROMPTER FOR OS
AND VM/370 (CMS): INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL, PRJG~
NOS. 5734-F02, 5734-CP3
IBM VM/310 (CMS) TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE FOR FORTRAN IV
PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-F01, -P02, -F03, -LM1, & -LM3

'-§. R!!Q.L l!fQ II
•• GB21-1566
·*SB21-1567

S/370 RPG II ANALYSIS AND DOCUMENTATION AID - 5798-CDL,
NOTICE
S/370 RPG I I ANALYSIS AND DOCUMENTATION AID - PDP 5798-CDL,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS

117

**LB21-1568
**GB21-1386
**SB21-1387
**LB21-1388
**GC21-5028
**GC21-5021
**SC21-5005

**LY2 1-0 0 1 4
**LY 81-0450
**GC21-5052
**SC21-5056
**SC28-6486

**L YC7 -1 3 1 7

**GC .33- 0041
**GC33-0048
**GC33-0030
* *GC 33- 0 003
**SC33-0007
**SC33-00 31
**SC33-0032
**SC33-0034
**SC33-0047
**SC33-0033
**LY33-6013
**LY 33-6014
**LYC7-2500
**sx 33-600 2
**sx 33-6005
**GC33-0009
**GC33-000 1
**GC33-0022
**SC 33-0 006
**SC33-0025
**SC33-0027
,*SC 33-00 26

S/370,RPG II ANALYSIS AND DOCUMENTATION AID - FDP 5798-CDL,
SYSTEMS GUIDE
DBOMP INTERFACE FOR RPG II - SYSTEM/370 DOS/VS - FDP
5798-BDZ, NOTICE
DBOMP INTERFACE FOR RPG II - SYSTEM/370 DOS/VS (5798-BDZ)
FOP 5798-BDZ DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
DBOMP INTERFACE FOR RPG II - SYSTEM/370 DOS/VS (5798-BDZ)
FOP SYSTEMS GUIDE
IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM RPG II
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RG1
IBM DOS RPG II GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RG1
IBM DOS RPG II LANGUAGE, PROG. NO. 5736-RG1
IBM DOS RPG II LANGUAGE PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 57J6-RG1
S/360 DOS BPG II COMPILER, LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5736-RG1
IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM RPG II AUTO REPORT FEATURE
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RG1
IBM DOS RPG II AUTO REPORT FEATURE - REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RG1
IBM DOS RPG II COMPILER & AUTO REPORT FEATURE INSTALLATION
REFERENCE MATERIAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RG1
IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR II
AUTO REPORT FEATURE - PROGRAM LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER
5136-RG1

OS/ PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER, VERSION 1 RELEASE 2: PROGRAM
PRODUCT 5734-PL2 DESIGN OBJECTIVES
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER, VERSION 1 RELEASE 2
MODIFICATION 1: PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-PL2 DESIGN OBJECfIVES
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIDNS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION
PROG. NOS. 5134-PL2, 5734-LM5
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER
PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2, 5734-LK5
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: INSTALLATION - PROGRAM PRODUCTS
5734-PL2 AND 5734-LM5
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER
EXECUTION LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2
5734-LM5
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER:
MESSAGES MANUAL - PROGRA~ NUMBERS 5734-PL2, 5734-L"5
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: CMS USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM
NUMBERS: 5734-PL2,5734-LM5
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: TSO USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER
5734-PL2, 5134-LM5
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER:
PROGRAM LOGIC VOLUME 1 OF 2,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER
PROGRAM LOGIC, VOLUME 2 OF 2 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER
PROGRAM LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2
OS PL/I CHECKOUT !ND OPTIMIZING COMPILERS:
KEYWORDS
REFERENCE SUMMARY, PROG. NOS. 5134-PL1, -PL2, -PL3
OS PL/I CHECKOUT AND OPTIMIZING COMPILERS: TERMINAL
COMMANDS AND COMPILER OPTIONS REFERENCE SUMMARY-PROG. NOS.
5734-PL1, PL2, PL3
OS PL/I CHECKOUT AND OPTIMIZING COMPILERS: LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5734-PL1-2, LM4-5 (ALL - 5734-PL3)
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL1
SYSTEM/360 OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL1
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER - PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL1, 5134-LM4, 5734-LM5
as PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: EXECUTION LOGIC PROGRAM NOS.
5134-PL1, 5734-LM4 AND 5734-LM5
OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: MESSAGES
PROG. NOS. 5734-PL 1, 5734-LM5
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: INSTALLATION - PROGRAM NUMBERS
5734-PL1, 5734-LM4, AND 5734-LM5 NOTE: THESE PRODUCTS ARE
ALSO DISTRIBUTED AS COMPLETE PACKAGE 5734-PL3

118

**SC 33-0037
**SC33-0029
**LYC7-2506
**LY33-6007
**GC33-0023

**LYC7 - 2 50 4
**LY33-6008
**GC 33-00 24
**LYC7-2505
**LY33-6009
**GC33-0036

**GC

33-00~6

**GC33-0004
**GC33-0010
* * GC 33-0 0 1 6
**GC33-0005
**SC33-000 8
**SC33-0019
**SC33-0020
**SC33-0021
**SX33-6001
**LYC7-2503
**LY33-6010
**GC33-0017
**LYC7-2501
**LY 33-60:t 1
**GC33-00 18
**SC 33-0035

.. *L Y c1- 2 50 2
**LY.33-6012

**GH20-4283
**GB21-1002
**SB21-1003
**LB21-100 4
**GB21-1456
**SB21-1457
**LB21-1458

OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: CMS USERS GUIDE - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-PL1
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: TSO USER'S GUIDE
PROG. NOS. 5734-PL1, -LM4, -LM5 (ALL = 5734-PL3)
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL1
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL1
OS PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-L1'14
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY
MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-LM4
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING; SYSTEM PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY:
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-L/'14
OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM5
OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - MICROFICHE, PROG. NO. 5134-LM5
OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM5
PL/I UNDER CMS - PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES:
PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER, PROG. NO. 5134-PL1
PLII RESIDENT LIBRARY, PROG. NO. 5734-LM4
PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY, PROG. NO. 5134-LM5
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER, RESIDENT LIBRARY & TRANSIENT
LIBRARY: FROG. PRODS. 5136-PL1, LM4, LM5, DESIGN OBJECTIVES
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROG. PROD. 5736-PL1
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN
OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NOMBER 5136-PL1
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROG RAM NUMBER 5736-PL1
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NOS. 5736-PL1, AND 5136-PL3
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM
PRODUCTS 5736-PL1, 5136-LM4 AND 5136-LM5
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER:
EXECUTION LOGIC PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-PL1, 5736-L"4,
5136-LM 5
DOS PL/I OPTI MI ZING COM PILE R: INST ALL AT ION
PROGRAM NOS. 5136-PL1,LM4,LM5
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: MESSAGES MANUAL, PROG. PROD.
5736-PL1, 5736-L115
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 REFERENCE CARD PL/I OPTIMIZING
COMPILER KEYWORDS
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER
ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER S736-PL1
DOS PL/1 OPTIMIZING COMPILER: PROGRAM LOGIC PROGRAM PRODUCT
5736-PL1
DOS PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-LM4 (5736-PL3)
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360
PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY - ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-L114
DOS PL/1 RESIDENT LIBRARY:
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM4
DOS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY: PROG. PROD. 5736-LM5 (S736-PL3.
SPECIFICATIONS
DOS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY MESSAGES, PROG. PROD. 5136-L115
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 FL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY
ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-L115
DOS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - PROG~AM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NOMBER 5736-LM5

DATA BASE DESIGN AID (DBDA) PPDO - PROG. NO. 5748-XX4
DOS/VS DASD DEVICE INDEPENDENCE OPEN (01 OPEN)
AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP # 5798-AWH
DOS/VS DASD DEVICE INDEPENDENCE OPEN (DI OPEN) PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER S79B-AWH
DOS/VS DASD DEVICE INDEPENDENCE OPEN (Dr OPEN) SYSTEMS GUIDE
FOP NUMBER 5798-AWH
EXTENDING SEQUENTIAL DISK FILES FOR DOS/VS - FDP 579B-CBN,
NOTICE
EXTENDING SEQUENTIAL DISK FILES FOR DOS/VS - FDP 5798-CRN
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
EXTENDING SEQUENTIAL DISK FILES FOR DOS/VS - FDP 579B-CBN,
SYSTEMS GUIDE

119

**GB21-0411
**SB21-0412
**LB21-0413
**GH20-1207
* * S H20 -1208

**s H 20 -1 2 0 9
**GH 20-4324
**LY 20- 0842
**LY20-2080
**GB21-1546
**SB21-1547
* *G B 21- 0 6 86
**SB 21- 0687
**L B21- 0688
**SC 28- 66 89
**GR21-0761
**SB21-0762
**LB 21-0763
**GB21-0740
**SB21-0741
**LB21-0742
**GB21-12q 1
**SB21-1292
**GH20 ~4376
**GB21-:1134
**SB21-1135
**LB21-1136
**LJD2-410 6
** LY 30-300 4
**LY30-3005
**LJD2-4107
**LY 30 -3023
**GJD2-U112

* *L Y 30 - 30 10
**LY 30-3 009

GRAPHPAK - INTERACTIVE GRAPHICS PACKAGE FOR APL/360
PROG. NO. 579B-AGK - FOP AVAILABILITY NOTICE
GRAPHPAK - INTERACTIVE GRAPHICS PACKAGE FOR APL/360
FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AGK
GRAPHPAK - INTERACTIVE GRAPHICS PACKAGE POR APL/360
FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM-SYSTEMS GUIDE
PROGRAM NU MBER 5798 -AGK
TELECOMM.UNICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) CONCEPTS AND
FACILITIES MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-F31
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) PROG RAMMER'S GUIDE
AND REFERENCE MANU AL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-F31
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) OPERATIONS GUIDE,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F31
IBM TELECOMMUNICArIONS CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-F31
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) LOGIC MANUAL FEATURE
NUMBER 8112 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F31
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) PROGRAMMING
RPQEF0378, - PRlG. NO. 5799-AKL, LOGIC
1400 COMPATABILITY ACCESS ROUTINE - FOP 579B-CDB, NOTICE
1400 COMPATABILITY ACCESS ROUTINE - FDP 5798-CDB,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
DOS 2311/14/19 - 3330 DASD DEVICE INDEPENDENCE ROUTINES
AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 579B-ALK
DOS 2311/14/19-3330 DASD DEVICE INDEPENDENCE ROUTINES
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS 11.11 NUAL - FDPNU MBER 5798 -ALK
DOS 2311/14/"19-3330 DASD DEVICE INDEPENDENCE ROUTINES
SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5798-ALK
USER'S GUIDE FOR THE IBM 2947 MODEL 4 CHECK COLLECTIJN
CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY FACILITIES, PROGRAMMING - PRPQ PB8003
PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAH
STREAM - A 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM PROGRAMMING AID
FOR SYSTEM/360, 370:
FDP 5798-ANE, NOTICE
STREAM - A3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM P~OGRAMMING AID
FOR SYSTEM/360, 310 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL
FOP NUMBER 5798-ANE
STREAM - A3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM PROGRAMMING AID
FOR SYSTEM/360,370 SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 579B-ANE
DOS 3330 DATA SET CONVERSION AID AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FOP
NUMBER 5798-AMN
DOS 3330 DATA SET CONVERSION AID PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FOP NUMBER 5798-AI1N
DOS 3330 DATA SET CONVERSION AID SYSTEMS GUIDE - FOP NUMBER
5798-AMN
3330 DEVICE SUPPORT EXTENDED-S/370 OS/MFT/MVT
FDP 5798-BCE NOTICE
3330 DEVICE SUPPORT EXTENDED S/370 OS/MFT/MVT
FOP 5798-BCF DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
3333/3330 DISK STORAGE SERIES MODEL 11 SUPPORT FOR DOS/VS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-WH~ PRPQ EF4346
AUTOMATIC LINE SPEED SELECTION FOR IBM 3704/3705
FDP 5798-A1R, NOTICE
AUTOMATIC LINE SPEED SELECTION FOR 3704/3705
FDP 5798-AYB DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
AUTOMATIC LINE SPEED SELECTION FOR IBM 3704/3705
FDP 5798-AYR SYSTEMS GUIDE
3704/5 EMULATOR PRPQ PB5004 SIX BIT TRANSCODE - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5799-AGA
GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR PROGRAMMING RPQ P85007
SPECIAL START-STOP LINE CONTROL FOR IBM 3704 & 3705
EMULATION PROGRAM, PROG. NO. 5799-AGK
GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR PROGRA"MING FPQ P85004,
SIX BIT T~ANSCODE FOR IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM
PROGRAM NO& 5799-AGA
3705/4 EP PRPQ PBS007 SPECIAL START-STOP - PROGRAM NUMBER
5799-AGK
IBM 3704 AND 3705 EMULATION PR03RAM GENERATION AND LOGIC
MANUAL FOR PROGRAMMING RPQ P85010, TELEGRAPH FULL - DUPLEX
LINE CONTROL - PROG. NO. S799-AGN
3705 USASCII TRNASPARENCY (PRPQ P85003) MICROFICHE,
PROG. NO. 5799-AFZ
3704 & 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENEFATION & LOGIC MANUAL FOR
PROGRAMMING RPQ P85003 USASCII TRANSPARENCY BSC LINE CONTROL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AFZ
IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR
PROGRAMMING RPQ P8S005, SPECIAL SYNCHRONOUS LINE CONTROL
PROGRAM NO. 5799-AFY
120

**LY 30-3016
**GB21-1342
**SB21-1343

IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR
PROGRAMMING RPQ P8S0 15, VIRTUAL 50 LINE SUPPORT - PR:JG.1NO. 5799-AKQ
3890 DOS/VS APPLICATION/INSTALLATION SUPPORT (579B-BDC)
FOP AVAILABILITY NOTICE
3890 DOS/VS APPLICATION/INSTALLATION SUPPORT - FOP 579B-BDC,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS

31 SUPPORT PROGRAMS
**SH20-1568

AUDIT SOURCE CODE COMPARE OS/VS -

IUP 5796-PDH, PDOM

1~ !!.t!!!t.!~2.

**GC 28- 6758
**GC 28-6759
**SC28-6760
**LYC7- 2301
**LY 28-6 761
**SH 20-1558
**G3 20- 8107
**GB21-0857
**SB 21- 085 8
* *LB 21- 0 859
**GB21-0875
**SB 21- 0876
**LB 21- 0877
**GB21- 0890
**SB21-0891
**LB21-0892
**SC28-6765
**SC28-6767
**GC28-6768
**LYC7-2300
**LY28-6766
**GB21-1195
**SB21-1196
**LB21-11,97
**SC21-5014
**GC21-5068
**LY21-0022
**SC 21-5013
**GC21-5067

**L Y2 1- 0 02 1
* *G 3 20- 81 0 6
**SH20-1564

IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM DATA SET UTILITIES
SUPPORT FOR ASC II (PPDO) PROG. NO. 5734-UT2
OS/MFT, OS/MVT, AND OS/VS DATA SET UTILITIES SUPPORT FOR
ASCII - PPS - PROG. NO. 5734-UT2
OS/MFT, OS/MVT, AND OS/VS DATA SET UTILITIES SUPPORT FOR
ASCII: USER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5734-UT2
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING· SYSTEM ASCII UTILI TIES ASS EMBLY LIST ING
MICROFICHE- PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-UT2
OS/MFT, OS/MVT, AND OS/VS DATA SET UTILITIES SUPPORT FOR
ASCII: LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5734-UT2
DOS DBDUM P UTILITY PROGRA MFOR VA NDL/I AND DL/I - PROG. NO.
5796-AFY DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
DOS DBDUMP UTILIty PROGRAM PRODUCTIVITY AID FOR DOS DATA
BASE APPLICATION PROGRAM TESTING (VANDL/I OR DL/I)
INSTALLED AT SAGNER INC., FREDERICK, MD.
OS/DITTO AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FOP NUMBER 579B-ARD
OS/DITTO PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FOP NUMBER 5798-ARD
OS/DITTO SYSTEMS GUIDE -FDP NUMBER 5798-ARD
DOS/DITTO FOR SYSTEM/360. 370 AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP
NUMBER 5798-ARN
DOS/DITTO FOR SYSTEM/360, 370 PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONjOPERATIONS
MANUAL - FOP NUMBER 5798-ARN
DOS/DITTO FOR SYSrEM/360, 370 SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER
5798-ARN
DOS FILE GENERATION UTILITY AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PDP NUMBER
5798-ARX
DOS FILE GENERATION UTILITY PDOM - FDP NUMBER 5798-ARX
DOS FILE GENERATION UTILITY SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER
5798-ARX
OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 TSO DATA UTILITIES: COPY, FORMAT, LIST &
MERGE: USER'S GUIDE AN6 REFERENCE r PROG. NO. 5734-UT1
OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 TSO DATA
UTILITIES: COPY r FORMAT, LIST, MERGE SYSTEM INFORMATION
PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-UT1
OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 TSO DATA UTILITIES: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, &
MERGE - PPS - PROG. NO. 5734-UT1
ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE FOR TSO DATA UTILITIES - PROGRAM
PRODUCT 5734-UT1
OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 DATA UTILITIES:
COPY. FORMAT, LIST,
MERGE:
LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5734-UT1
UTILITY DATA REDUCTION SUBROUTINES FOR S/360-370
FDP 5798-AZW, NOTICE
UTILITY DATA REDUCTION SUBROUTINES FOR S/360-370
FOP 5798-AZW DESCRIPTIONS/OPERATIONS
UTILITY DATA REDOCTION SUBROUTINES FOR S/360-370
FDP 5798-AZW, SYSTEMS GUIDE
OS IBM 1288 BASIC UNFORMATTED READ SYSTEM: A DATA CAPTURE
UTILITY PROGRAM, PROG. NO. 5734-UT3
PROGRAM PRODUCT FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION FOR IBM 1288 BASIC
UNFORMATTED READ SYSTEM (MFT/MVT/VS1/VS2) PROG. NO. 5734-UT3
IBM 1288 BASIC UNFORMATTED READ SYSTEM (MFT/MVT/VS1/VS2):
LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5734-UT3
DOS IBM 1288 BASIC ~NFORMATTED READ SYSTEM: A DATA CAPTURE
UTILITY PROGRAM, PROG. NO. ·5736-UT1
PROGRAM PRODUCT FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION FOR IBM DOS 1288
BASIC UNFORMATTED READ SYSTEM - PROGRAM PRODUCT
NUMBER 5736-UT1
IBM SYSTEM/360 IBM 1288 BASIC UNFORMATTED RF.AD SYSTEM
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-UT1
2927 DUAL PRINTER UTILITY PROGRAM - IUP 5796-AFK, RELEASE
NOTICE
3525 GENERAL PURPOSE UTILITIES -IUP 5796-AGE, PDOM

121

il

~Q!:!Ltl~I9~

**GC 3 3-40 31
**GC 33-4032
**GC 33- 40 3 3
**SC 33-4034
**SC 33-4035
**SX 33- 8001
**LY C1-0904
**LY 33-804 2
**GC 33-40 17
**SC33-40 18
**GC 33-4019
**GC33-4020
**SC33-4023
**LYC1-090 1
**LY 33- 8039
**GC 33-4025
**SC33-40 26
**GC33-4021
**SC33-4028
**GC 33-403 0
**LY C1-090 3
**LY 33-8038
**GB21-1361
**SB21-1362

*

*L B 2 1- 1 3 6 3
**GB21-1316
**SB21-1311
**LB21-1378

**GB21-1513
**s B 2 1 -1 51 4
**LB21-1?15
**SH 20 -1618
**G320-8121
**GB21-9893
**GB21-1404

**GA 24-3595
**GA 24-3604
**GH20-1153
**GJD1-460 2
**LY 24-360 6
**GA 24-3 59 4
**GA24-3605
* * GH20 -115 2
**GJD1-4603

OS/VS SORT/MERGE PROGRAM PRODUCT 5740-SM1 DESIGN OBJECTIVES
OS/VS SORT/MERGB: PROG. PROD. 5140-SM1 SPECIFICATIONS
OS/VS S~RT/MERGE GENERAL INFORMATION - PROGRAM PRODUCT
5140-SM1
OS/VS SORT/MERGE INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL - PROG. PROD.
5740-SM1
OS/VS SORT/MERGE PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5140-SM1
OS/VS SORT/MERGE REFERENCE SUMMARY PROG. PR~D. 5140-5"1
OS/VS SORT/MERGE, LISTING - PROG. PROD. 5140-SM1
OS/VS SORT/MERGE LOGIC - PROG. PROD. 5140-SM1
IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS SORT MERGE DESIGN OBJECTIVES
PROG. NO. 5143-SM1
DOS SORT/MERGE PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5743-5M1
DOS SORT/MERGE SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5743-5"1
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING 5YSTE~ SORT/MERGE
GENERAL INFORMATION, PROGRAM NUMBER 5143-SM1
DOS SORT/MERGE INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5743-SM1
DOS"01-0 SORT/MERGE LISTINGS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5143-SM1
DOS SORT/MERGE PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5743-SM1
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5146-SM1
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL
PROG. PROD. 5746-SM1
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT
5146-SM1
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM PRODUCT
5746-S111
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE GENERAL INFORMATION - PROGRAM NUMBER
5146-SM1
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE 1.0 LISTING - PROGRAM PRODUCT 57~6-SM1
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-SM1
DOS/VS SORT FOR 1~00 FILES FOP 5798-BDH, NOTICE
DOS/VS SORT FOR 1400 FILES FOP 5798-BDH,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
DOS/VS SORT FOR 1400 FILES FOP 5198-BDH SYSTEMS GUIDE
CMS SORT FOR VM/370 FOP 5798-BDW, NOTICE
CMS SORT FOR VM/370 FOP 5198-BDW DE SCRI PTION/OPERATIONS
CMS SORT FOR VM/370 FOP 5798-BDW SYSTEMS GUIDE

POWER/VS AND PERFORMANCE ANALYZER FOP 519B-CDG, NOTICE
POWER/VS COST AND PERFORMANCE ANALYZER - FOP 519B-CDG,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
POWER/VS COST AND PERFORMANCE ANALYZER
FOP 579B-COG, SYSTEMS GUIDE
PEOPLES GAS LIGHT AND CO KE CO MPA NY SMF GRAPHICAL ANALYSIS
I UP 5796- IFP, OESCRIPT ION/OPER AT IONS
SMF - GRAPHICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM FOR SYSTEM/310 - IUP
5196-AFP, NOTICE
VM/SGP STATISTICS GENERATING PACKAGE, REPORT BROCHURE, IUP 5796~;PDD
VS/1 UTILI~ATION MONITOR - FOP 5798-CA~, NOTICE

IBM EMULATOR FOR HONEYWELL SERIES 200 ON SYSTEM/370 USING
DOS AND DOS/VS (PRPQ): PLANNING GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5199~ADT
F.MULATOR FOR HONEYWELL SERIES 200 ON SYSTEM/310 USING DOS
AND DOS/VS (PRPQ), PROG. NO. 5199-ADT
HONEYWELL SERIES 200 EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/310 USING DOS AND
DOS/VS ~RPQ) - TRANSITION GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5199-ADT
S/310 USING DOS/VS IBM EMULATOR FOR HW S200, LISTINGS
PROG. NO. 5199-ADT
IBM EMULATOR FOR HONEYWELL SERIES 200 ON SYSTEM/370 USING
DOS & DOS/VS: LOGIC, PROG. NO. 5199-AOT
IBM EMULATOR FOR RCA 301 ON SYSTEM/310 USING DOS AND DOS/VS
PLANNING GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-ADR
IBM EMULATOR MANUAL FOR RCA 301 ON SYSTEM/310
USING DOS & DOS/VS. PROG. NO. 5799-ADR
RCA 301 EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 USING DOS AND DOS/VS (PRPO) TRANSITION GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5199-ADR
5/310 USING DO S/VS IB M EMULATOR F OR RCA 301, LISTINGS
PROG. NO. 5199-ADR

122

**LY 24-36 07

EMULATOR FOR RCA 301 ON SYSTEM/370 USING DOS & DOS/VS:
LOGIC, PROG. NO. 5799-ADR

**GB21-1413

DOS/VS FILE/OPERATIONS CONTROL LANGUAGE - FDP 5798-CAG,
NOTICE
5798-CAG, NOTICE
DOS/VS FILE/OPERATIONS CONTROL LANGUAGE - FDP 5798-CAG,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE EDITOR - IUP 5796-PDC,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE EDITOR: IUP 5796-PDC SYSTEMS GUIDE
JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE EDITOR - IUP 5796-PDC, NOTICE

**SB21-1414
**SH 20-1552
**LY20-2064
* * G3 20 - 15 4 2
~1. !!!~

**GH 20 -163 9
**GH 20-42 81
**SH20 -1361
**LY20-0932
* *G 3 20- 1 53 0

**GH 20 -157 4

**SH 20-1 589
**SH 20-1590
**SH 20-1592
**GH 20-4374
**GB21-1249
**SB21-1250
**LB21-1251

**S H 20 -11 0 3

**S H 20 -110 4
* *LY 20 -0 757
* *G 3 20 -1 2 3 8
**G3 20-1408
**GB21-1122
**SB2!-1123
**LB21-1124
"**GB21-1273
**SB21-1274
**LB21-1275
**SH18-0007
**LY18-1101
**GH 20 -163 8
**GH 20- 4279

DB/DC DRIVER SYSTEM GENERAL/INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. PROD. S740-XXA
THE DATA BASE/DATA COMMUNICATION DRIVER SYSTEM PROG. PROD.
5740-XXA, DESIGN OBJECTIVES
TEST DATA GENERATOR: IUP 5796-PBP DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
TEST DATA GENERATOR SYSTEMS GUIDE PROGRAM NO. 5796-PBP
FEATURE NUMBER 8064
TEST DATA GENERATOR FOR SYSTEM/370 - IUP 5796-PBP - NOTICE

DOS/VS REMOTE JOB ENTRY WORKSTATION PROGRAM (PROGRAMMING
RPQ WF0358) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROG. NO. 5799-WHX
DOS/VS REMOTE JOB ENTRY WORKSTATION PROGRAM - PROGRAMMING
RPQ WF0358 OPER ATION & INST ALLAT ION GUIDE, PROG. NO.
5799-WHX
DOS/VS REMOTE JOB ENTRY WORKSTATION PROGRAM (PROGRAMMING
RPQWF035~ REFERENCE - PROG~ NO. 5799-WHX
DOS/VS REriOTE JOB ENTRY WORKSTATION PROGRAM, LOGIC,
PROG RAMMIN G RPQ WFO 358 PROG. NO. 5,799-WHX
DOS/VS REMOTE JOB ENTRY WORKSTATION PROGRAM (PROGRAriMING RPQ
WF0358) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-WHX, SPECIFICATIONS
DOS/VS POWER WORKSTATION SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2922
FDP 5798~BBY - NOTICE
DOS/VS POWER WORKSTATION SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2922
PDP 5798-BBY - DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
DOS/VS POWER WORKSTATION SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2922
FOP 5798-BBY

5/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING
MUSIC RELEASE II PROGR~ri DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP
NUMBER 5796-AAT
S/370 MCGILL UNIVERSI¥y SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING
MUSIC RELEASE II USER'S GUIDE - lUP NUMBER 5796-AAT
S/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING
MUSIC RELEASE II SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-AAT
S/360 - S/370 ReGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FO.R INTERACTIVE
COMPUTING GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER
5796-AAT
S/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING
(MUSIC) RBLEASE 2: IUP 5796-AAT NOTICE
TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR - FDP 5798-AYF NOTICE
TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR - FDP 5798-AYF DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR - FDP 5798-AYF SYSTEMS GUIDE
TSO/VS2 PROGRAMMING CONTROL FACILITY - FDP 5798-BBJ - NlTICE
TSO/VS2 PROGRAMMING CONTROL FACILITY - FOP 5798-BBJ
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
TSO/VS2 PRQGRAMMING CONTROL FACILITY - FDP 5798-BBJ
SYSTEMS GUIDE
TSO 3270 PRINTER SUPPORT PROGRAMMING RPQ U946866
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ALB
TSO 3270 PRINTER SUPPORT PROGRAMMING RPQ U94866 SYSTEMS
AND LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ALA FEATURE NUPlBER 8'831
TSO - 3270 STRUCTURED PROGRAMMING FACILITY (SP~,
GENERAL INFORMATION - PROGRAM NO. 5740-XT2
TSO-3270 STRUCTURED PROGRAMMING FACILITY - PROG. NO.
5740-XT2, DESIGN OBJECTIVES

123

**GB21-1294
**SB21-1295
**LB21-12<)6

**SH20-1606
**LY20-2094

OS/VS2 RELEASE 1 STORAGE UTILIZATION DISPLAY PROGRAM
FOP 5798-BCL, NOTICE
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1 STORAGE UTILIZATION DISPLAY PROGRAM
FDP 57g8 .... BCL DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
OS/V52 RELEASE 1 STORAGE UTILIZATION DISPLAY PROGRAM
FOP 5798-BCL - SYSTEMS GUIDE
VM/370 SYSTEM FOR ONLINE TAPE AND DISK LIBRARIES - IUP
5796-AGN, DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
VM/370 SYSTEM FOR ONLINE TAPE AND DISK LIBRARIES - IUP 5796-AGN
SYSTEM GUIDE

**LY28-6840

INDEX: FOR THE OS/DOS
5736-RC1 AND 2

**S C2A-t.i 83 5

IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF: BASIC TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-RC2, 5734-RC3
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF: BASIC, REFERENCE CARD, PROG. NOS.
5734-RC3 AND 5736-RC2
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC
LANGUAGR COMPONENT: BASIC ROUTINES
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-RC2, 5734-RC3
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTER~CTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY 8ASIC MODULES - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM ~UMBER
5734-PC3
DOS ITF RELEASE II - BASIC ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - MICROFICHE
PROG. PROD. 5736'-RC2

**sx 28-6814
**LY28-6836
**LYC7-5018
**LYC7-5015

ITF PLM,

PROG.

NOS.

5734-RC1 AND 3,

**I.YC7-S016
**LYC7-5013

IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY
1=IL/I AND BASIC (PROGRAM PRODUCT DES IGN OBJECTIVES)
PROGRAM NUMBE~S 5736-RC1, 5736-RC2
OS INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY:
PL/I AND BASIC - PROG.
NOS. 5734-RC1, 5734-RC3, - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE
TERMINAL FACILITY: PL/I AND BASIC - prs
PROGRA!I\ NUMBERS: 5736-RC1 5736-RC2
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF: PL/I INTRODUCTION
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5736-RC1
IBM SYSTEM/160 OS/OOS AND OS (TSO) ITF: PL/1 AND BASIC
GENERAL INFORMATION, PROG. NOS. 5734-RC1/2/3/4, 5736-RC1/2
IEM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF: PL/I TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5736-RC1
IBM SYSTEM/J60 05/005 ITF: PLI REFERENCE CARD
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5736-RC1
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PL/I PROGRAM LOGIC
LANGUAGE COMPONENT: FL/I ROUTINES
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5736-RC1
IBM 05/360 ITF PL/I LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5734-RC1
113M D8S/360 ITF PL/I, LISTINGS - PROG. PROD. 5736-RC1

** SC 28- 683 6

IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL

**LY28-6832

IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC INTRODUCTION AND
METHOD OF OPERATION
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5734-RC3 g 5736-RC1, 5736-RC2
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC
INITIALIZATION SYSTEM CONTROL, AND SYSTEM SUPPORT
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1,
5734-RC3, 5736-RC1, 5736-RC2
IBM S~STEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC
LANGUAGE COMPONENT CONTROLLER
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5734-RC1,
5736-RC1, 5736-RC2
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC
LANGUAGE COMPONENT: COMMON ROUTINES AND REFERENCE DATA
PROGRII.r>J NUMBERS 5734-FC1, RC3, 5736-RC1, RC2
124

**GC 28-6821

**GC 28- 68 97
**GC 28-6830
**SC 28-6833
**GC28-6825
**SC28-6834
**SX28-6813
**LY28-6835

**LY28-6833

**LY 28-6834

* * L Y 28 -6 83 7

PROGRAM NIl,,\RERS 5734-RC1, 3; 5736-RC1,

2

**LY C7-50 14
**LYc7-5017

. **SC28-6838
**GC28-6895
**SC 28-683 9
**SC 28- 6 840
**SC28-6841
**LY28-6845
**LY28-6842

**LY C7-50 3 3
**LYC7-5034
**LYC7-5035

**GH20-1027
**SH 20-1 069
* * S H 20 - 1 0 70
**GH20-4139
**LY20-0728

**GH 20- 1 1 75
**SH20-1262

**S H 20 -1 2 64
**GH 20-4,.326
**LY20-0840

**GH 20 - 11 2 8
**SH20-1157
**SH20-1158
**GH 20-4308
**LY 20-0804

DOS ITF RELEASE II ~ SHARED ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - ~ICROFICHE
IBM OS/360 ITF SHARED - PROG. PROD. 5734-RC1/RC3

IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTIO~
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY: PL/1 INTRODUCTION
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-RC2
OS (TSO) INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY:
PL/I AND BASrC~
FU NCTION AL DESCRIPTION- PROG NOS. 1)734-RC2; 5734 -RC4
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPER.TING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION)
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY: PL/1 TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-RC2
IBM SYSTE M/360 OPERATING SYST EM (TIME S HARING OPTION)
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY: BASIC TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-RC4
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTIONI
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL PACILITY INSTAiLATION REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC2, 5734-RC4
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTIO~
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY PROGRAM LOGIC INDEX
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5~34-RC2, 5734-RC4
IBM SYSTEM/::l60 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION)
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY PROGRAM LOGIC INITIALIZATION~
SYSTEM CONTROL, AND SYSTEM SUPPORT
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC2~ 5734-RC4
TSO ITF (PL/I) LISTINGS, PROG. NOS. 5734-RC2~ RC4
SYSTEM/360 OPERATINt SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY (BASIC ONLY)
PROGRAM PRODUCT LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-RC4
TSO I TF (SH ARED) LISTINGS , PROG. NOS. 5734-RC2, RC4

STAT/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 MODEL 6, ITF, AND VM/370-CMS:
GENERAL INFORMATION, PROG. NOS. 5703-XA1, 5134-XA3
STAT/BASIC FOR SYST~M/3 MODEL 6, ITF, AND VM/370-CMS:
PROGRAM REFERENCE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5703-XII1, 5734-XA3
STAT/BASIC FOR ITF AND VM/l70-CMS:
OPERATIONS GUIDE,
PROG RAM NUM BER 5734- XA3
STAT/BASIC, PROG. PROD. 5134-XA3 SPECIFICATIONS
STAT/BASIC FOR ~TF AND 'M/370 - eMS:
LOGIC MANUAL,
FEATURE NUMBER 8100 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XA3

BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PRlG.
NOS. 5703-H13 (SYSTEM/3 MODEL 6) AND 5734-IMB (ITF-OS/DOS/
TSO AND VM/370-CMS)
BUSINESS ANALYSIS/DASIC FOR ITF AND VM/310-CMS OPERATIONS
GUIDE, PROG. NO. 1)734-X11B
BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. NOS.
5703-XM4 (S/3 MOD 6), 5134- XMB (ITF-OS/DOS/TSO & VM/370-CMS)
BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 MODEL 6, ITF (OS, DOS,
TSO), AND VM/l70-eMS: SPECIFICATIONS, PROG. NOS. 5103-XM3
AN D 57 3 4- XMB
BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5703-X[i\3
(SYSTEM/3 MODEl, 6) AND 5734-Xl'IB (ITF-OS/DOS/TSO, VM/370-CMS)
MATH/RASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 MODEL 6, ITF~ AND VM/370-CMS GENERAL
INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5703-XM2 (SYSTEM/3) AND
5734-X118 (ITF AND VM/370-CMS)
MATH/BASIC FOR ITF AND Vl'I/370-CMS: OPERATIONS GUIDE,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XMB
MATH/DASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 MODEL 6. ITF AND VM/370-CMS PROGRAM
.REFERENCE MANUAL,· PROG. NOS. 5703-XM2 (S/3) AND 5734-XMA
(ITF-OS/DOS/TSO AND VM/310-CMS)
MATH/BASIC FOR SYST~M/3 MODEL 6, ITF (OS, DOS, TSO)~ AND
VM/370-CMS: SPECIFICATIONS, PROG. NOS. 5703~Xl'I2 AND 5734-XM8
MATH/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 MODEL 6, ITF, AND VM/370-CMS: LOGIC
MANUAL~ PROG. NOS.
5703-IM2 (SYSTEM/3) AND 5734-IM8 (ITF AND
VM/370-CMS) ; FEATURE NOS. 8017, 8153

§Q~~~M~~~BX !~~Q~!!Q~ J~~=221

125

**GR20 -4260
**GA32-0023

eMS FOR PROGRAMMERS -- A PRII1ER:(VI1/370) TERM IN AL-ORIENTE..n. SELF-STUDY TEXT
DATA COMMUNICATIONS PRIMER:
STUDENT TEXT
INTRODUCTION TO DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS STUDENT TEXT
INTRODUCTION TO DATA MANAGEMENT STUDENT TEXT
INTRODUCTION TO IBM DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS:
STUDENT TEXT
DATA PROCESSING GLOSSARY
INTRODUCTION TO IBM DIRECT-ACCESS STORAGE DEVICES AND
ORGANIZATION "ETHODS:
STUDENT TEXT
IBM CUSTOMER INFORMATION FDP/IUP REFERENCE SUMMARY
IBM MARKETING PUBLICATIONS KWIC INDEX
I BM WORLD TR ADE MARKE'r ING PU BLICAT IONS KW IC INDEX
NUMBER SYSTEMS - STUDENT TEXT
OS (& OS/VS) DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT LIBRARIES:
INSTALLATIJN MANAGEMENT'TEXT
A GUIDE TO PLII FOR COMMERCIAL PROGRAMMERS (STUDENT TEXT)
A GUIDE TO PL/I FOR FORTRAN USERS:
STUDENT TEXT
A PL/T PRIMER:
STUDENT TEXT
PREFACE TO PL/I PROGRAMMING IN SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING
GUIDE TO PL/S II
A GUIDE TO TESTING IN A COMPLEX SYSTE" ENVIRONMENT
TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE FOR APPLICATION PROGRAMMERS - A PRIMER
TERMINAL-ORIENTED SELF-STUDY TEXT
TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE FOR ADMINISTRATIVE APPLICATIONS
A PRI MER:
TER.H NAL-ORIENT ED SELF-STU DY TEXT
INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUAL STORAGE IN SYSTEM/370 STUDENT TEXT
IBM 3803/3420 CUSTOMER CONVERSION GUIDE

* *G 3 20 - , 21+ 4
**G520-2467

CUSTOMER EDUCATION COURSE CATALOG
COURSE SELECTION GUIDE - DP EDUCATION FOR

**GX28-6509
**GX'28-6506
**G X 28- 650 7
**GX28-1464
** GX 20 -80 20
**GX28-7327
**GX 20-170 1

IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM
IB~ SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER SHORT CODING FORM
IB~ SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER LONG CODING FORM
COBOL CODING FORM
FLOWCHARTING TEMPLATE
FORTRAN CODING FORM
GENERAL PURPOSE SYSTE~S SIMULATOR CODING FORM
PROG. NOS. 5734-XS1~ XS2, ~736-XS1, XS3, 360A-CS-17X, 191
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING INPUT FORM SYSTEM/360 - 1130
PROPORTIONAL RECORD LAYOUT FORM
IBM SYSTEM/360 RECORD LAYOOT WORKSHEET
RPG CALCTTLATION SPECIFICAT IONS S BEET
RPG CONTROL CARD AND FILE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATIONS FORM
RPG DEBUGGING TEMPLATE
RPG EXTENSIONS AND LINE COUNTER SPECIFICATIONS SHEET
RPG INPUT SPECIFICATIONS FORM
RPG OUTPUT-FORMAT SPECIFICATIONS (FOR~)
IBM 1030 DATA COLLECTION SYSTEM, IBM 1031 PROGRAM CHART
IBM 1050 DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
TRANSMISSION - LIMITED MAXIMUM-MESSAGE-RATE GRAPH
PLANNING CHART, IBM 1050 DATA COMMUNICATIO~ SYSTEM
IBM 1050 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. OPERATOR INSTRUCTION SHEET.
IBM 1062 PROGFAM TAPE LAYOUT SHEET
IBM 1062 TERMINAL RECORD TAPE, DOCOMENT FEED,. PRINTER PLANNING CHART
2250 DISPLAY LAYOUT SHEET
IBM 2260 DISPLAY FORMAT
IMAGE PLANNING CHART - 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT, REGISTRATIO~PUNCHING 'ACME
IMAGE PLANNING CHART - 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT REGISTRATION
PUNCHING OXBERRY
2160 LAYOOT GUIDE (REGISTRATION PUNCHING-ACM~
2760 LAYOUT GUIDE (OXBERRY)
IBM 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE LIMIT AUXILIARY SCREBN OVERLAY GUIDE
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM LAYOUT SnEET
IBM 3740 JOB INSTRUCTIONS FORM
IBM 3740 SYSTEM PRINT CHART
IBM 3747 DATA CONVERTER RUN SHEE~

**SR 20-4438
**GC20 -166 8
**SR20-4461
**GC20-8096
**GC 20-1 684
**GC20-169.24-3021

~~~stg!~ g~~Ni~~LECTION SYSTEM INSTALLArION ~ ~
This publication contains pertinent, detailed information
concerning installation of the IBM 1030 Data Collection
System.
Included are phYSical characteristics and
electrical environmental requirements for each unit of the
system. Typical system configurations "'ith inter-unit and
mainline cabling requirements are presented. Particular
attention is devoted to those aspects of installation
performed by the customer.
The following IBM publications are recommended for use
iliith the Manual:
IBM 1030 CONFIGURATOR, Form A24-3045
PL7>.NNING AND INSTALLATION OF A DATA COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEM, Form A24-3435
Systems Reference Library Manual, 24 pages
//15//1030,1031,1032/
G7>.24-3022
IBM 1050 DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ~LLATIONMANUAL,
P~YSICAL PLANNING
This publication presents detailed information concerning
the physical characteristics of the IBM 1050 Data
Communications System.
Included are environmental and
electrical requirements and installation information for
each unit of the system. Particular attention is devoted
to those aspects of installation performed by the customer.
rypical system configurations for the individual terminals
and for private communication net",orks are presented.
This information is necessary for preparing the customer's
premises for the actual installation of the equipment.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 38 pages
//15//1050,1051,1052,1053,1054,1055,1056,1058/
GA24-3034
IBM 1060 DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
Detailed information about the IBM 1061 Control Unit and
the IBM 1061 Teller Terminal is contained in this
publication.
Features, functions, operator procedures,
data flow, and programming; plus document design, special
features, and communication-company equipment are discussed.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 54 pages
//09//1060,1061,1062/
GA24-3045
IBM 1030 CONFIGURATOR
Shee~ovides list of units that can be configured in a
1030 system. Sheets used for planning customer system
configura tion.
Configura tor Sheets, 8 1/2 x 11, 8 pages
//00//1030,1031,1032/
GA24-3073
IBM 1403 PRINTER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This-reIerence ~ublication for system planners, programmers,
and operators describes the functions ani operations of the
IBM 1403 Printer. Special features available are described;
timing information is presented; and print-quality
requirements are set forth.
The reader should be faniliar,
within his field of responsibility, with the system to which
this printer is attached.
For system and programming
information, refer to publications listed in the
bibliography for the system.
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 56 pages
1131,2020,3,360,370//03//1403/
37>.24-3090
IBM TELEPROCESSING SYSTEMS SUMMARY
This manual contains brief introductory iescriptions of
IBM teleprocessing units and systems. It provides an
overview of these products primarily for executive and
supervisory personnel involved in the decision making and
planning of data processing systems.
Publications providing detailed information on these
devices are listed at the end of each de~ice description.
They are also listed in the systems Reference Library
manualS, IBM Teleprocessing Bibliography, GA24-3089, and
the IBM System/360 Bibliography, GA22-6822.
Information on IBM Line Adapters and common-carrier
supplied communications facilities is contained in Appendix
A.
Appendix B is a summary of IBM System/360 programming
support available for teleprocessing systems.
It is assumed that the reader of this manual has a
basic familiarity with data processing srstems and data
communications concepts.
Systems Reference Library
/TP/OO///
37>.24-3120
IBM 1443 ~ MODELS 1 THROUGH .!!. AND ~h. AND 1445 PRINTER
MODELS 1 AND N1: COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This reference-publication describes the operation of the
IBM 1443 and 1445 Printers with the IBM 1240, 1401, 1440,
1450, 1460, 1800, and the IBM System/360 Data Processing
135

System Models 25 through 85.
The manual discusses timing information for the printer
and the tapecontrollei carriage, as well as their functioaal
and operating characteristics. The speed of the printer
using the various character sets is described.
A130,
included is command, status, and sense information for
these printers used with the IBM System/360 Data Processing
System.
Manual, 36 pages
360,370,1800//03//1443,1445/
GA24-3125
IBM 1050 OPERATOR'S GUIDE
fhls-publication is designed specifically for operating
personnel using the IBM 1050 Data Communication System.
It consits of five individual sections, with each section
prepared as a complete stand-alone unit. The sections of
this manual are:
Section 1. Introduction--Description of all system
c~mponents including standard and special features.
Section 2. System and Component Controls--Detailed
description of all controls and indicators for each
component of the system.
Section 3. Operator procedures--Step-by-step
instructions covering all setup and operating procedures
for the system.
Section 4. Basic Applications--Step-by-step
in structions covering the various input/output operations
p~ssible with the 1050 System for both home-loop and lineloop operations.
Section 5. Tips and Techniques--Methods for improving
operating efficiency for specific situations.
Manual, 144 pages
//09//1050,1051,1052,1053,1054,1055,1056,1058/
GA24-3266
IBM 1092 AND 1093 PROGRAMMED KEYBOARDS
This-reference-publicatlon describes, in detail, the
operation of the IBM 1092 and 1093 Programmed Keyboards
when attached directly to either an IBM 1050 Data
C~mmunications System or a common-carrier data set.
A
detailed description of the data keys, control outtons,
keymats, ani special features is also included.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 24 pages
//09//1092,1093/
GA24-3312
IBM 2821 CONTROL UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This reference-pubIiCation presents a description of
input/output operations controlled through the IBM 2821
Control Unit. The IBM 2540 Card Read-Punch and the IBM
1403 and 1404 Printers controlled by the IBM 2821 Control
Unit are briefly described.
Cornmanis, status, and sense information pertaining to
the attached input/output is presented.
programming timin3
considerations for control unit, card reader, card ~unch,
and printers are also presented.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 76 pages
360,370//03//2821/
GA24- 33 42
B7>.TCH NUMBERING FEATURE FOR IBM 1241 AND 1419 ~~GNErIC INK
CiiARACTER RECOGNiT'IONREADE~ - - - - ---- -This publication describes the functions and features of
the Batch Numbering special feature when used with the IB~
1241 Magnetic Ink Cnaracter Recognition Reader and the IBi1
1419 Magnetic Character Reader.
The operation of the keys, lights, and switches, as
well as the programming information needed to operate the
feature, is covered in detail.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 16 pages
360,370,2020//13//1241,1419/
GA24- 33 88

.!1W.

2671 ~ ~ READER,
IBM ll!.ll. ~ ~ READER ~
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION_
This publication gives sufficient information to understaa3
the IBM 2671 Paper Tape Reader and IBM 2822 Paper Tape
Reader Control an1 the associated special features.
rhe
main purpose of the publication, however, is to assist
programmers and operators to operate the machine when it
is used as an I/O unit to the IBM System/360 Model 25,
30, 40, 44, 50, or 67, or to System/370. The relevance
of the controls and indicators for such a configuration
are given, together with points of specific interest to
the following:
o
programmers: Operational characteristics,
including stop conditions, addressing, recovery
procedures, and System/360 commands.
o
Operators: Tape loading, unloading, rewinding,
and repair procedures.
o
system Analysts: Tape specifications.
The sections for programmers presuppose a knowledge
of System/360 and System/370 operation and of paper tape
readers, but no such knowledge is required in understanding
the sections for operators.

=

ASSOCIATED PUBLICATIONS
Physical Characteristics of the 2671 paper Tape Reader
and 2822 paper Tape Reader Control and of System/360
operation are given in the following publications:
1. IBM SYSTEM/360 INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNIN3,

GA24

GA24

Order No. GC22-6820.
2. IBM SYSTEM/360 INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING,
IBM WORLD TRADE 50-HERTZ REQUIREMENTS,
Order No. GC19-0001.
Manual, 64 pages
360,370//08//2671,2822/
GA24-3403
IBM 2740 COMMUNICATION TERMINALS MODEL 1 AND 2
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

-- -

-

GA211-3500
IBM 1259 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This-reference publication contains information about all
the features and functions of the IBM 1259 Magnetic
Character Reader. On-line and off-line data flow and
operating theory are discussed, with detailed programming
information and operating instructions for each reader
function.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 38 pages
360 r 370//04//1259/

-

ThIs-publication describes the application areas, principles
of operation, line-control signals, and special features
of the IBM 2740 Communication Terminal Models 1 and 2.
The communication facilities and data sets that. can be
used with this Tele-processing terminal are also discussed.
Included is a glossary of communication terms used in this
publication, an1 the timing formulas necessary to calculate
the data-handling capability of the terminal.
systems Reference Library Manual, 60 pages
//09//2740,2741/
GA24-3415
IBM 2741 COMMUNICATION TERMINAL
This:manual is ~ritten for those interested in the concepts
and applications of conversational terminals. A general
knowledge of computer principles and programming concepts
is a prerequisite for complete understanding of the
information presented. The publication describes
application areas, principles of operation, line-control
signals, and special features of the IBM 2741 Communication
Terminal. The communications facilities that can be used
with this teleprocessing terminal are discussed. Also
included are programming considerations, code charts, and
keyboard arrangements.
Systems Reference Library Manual
//09//2741/

GA24-35112

~ ~ h
h AND 1
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This publication contains information describing the
purpose, fUnction, and operation of the reader/sorter
for bank management, IBM sales representatives, systems
engineers, and customer engineers. For machine operators
it contains operating, recovery, and jam removal
procedures.
Component Description, 64 pages
3,360,370//04//1255/

!IDi 1255 MAGNETIC CHARACTER

GA211-35113
IBM 3211 PRINTER 3216 INTERCHANGEABLE TRAIN CARTRIDGE AND
3811-p[IN~TR-or-UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND
QpERAT(5R'T'SGu~

o

o

USINGIBMLINE

ADAPTERS

-

-

System planners who require information about
character sets, subsystem performance,
forms and ribbons.
System programmers who use printer commands, status
and sense information, and error-recovery
procedures.
Operators who perform basic setup, operating, and
error.-recovery procedures.

A basic knowle1ge of System/360/370 is assumed.
is organized into three sections:
o
o

:;A24-31135
PLANNING AND INSTALLATION OF A DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

o

--

ThIs-reference publication contains information, for systems
engineers and installation planning engineers, on the
planning and installation of data communications systems
that use IBM Line Adapters (modems). A brief introduction
to data communication and to the general purposes and
functions of line adapters is presented. Included is
technical information applicable to an in-plant userinstalled data communications system, an1 to the local
facilities of common carriers. Specifications and
requirements are provided for each IBM Line Adapter type,
including those intended for limited-distance use only, and
for those designed to operate over unlimited-distance
common-carrier lines. A Glossary is included as an
appendix.
Prior knowledge of data communications systems is
helpful, but not essential.
For a description of the switched network, automatic
answering, and automatic call origination features of the
IBM 1200 Bit-per-5econd Line Adapter, this manual refers to
SYSTEMS manual, IBM 3872 Modem User's Gui1e, GA27-3058.
General Information, 711 pages
//15//2701,2735/
GA24-3471
IBM 1050 SYSTEM SUMMARY
This-publication provides an introduction to the IBM 1050
Data Communication System and its associated components.
A general description of each of the system components is
provided here, along with a summary of all pertinent
featUres for each. The communication facilities and data
sets available for the 1050 System are also provided as
a general guide. For a detailed description of the system
components and their operation, consult IBM 1050 PRINCIPLES
OF OPERATION, Form A211-3474.
System Reference Library Manual, 20 pages
/1091/1050,1051,1052,1053,1054,1055,1056,1058/

GA24-34711
IBM 1050 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
This-reIerence publication provides a completel[escription
of the operating principles of this IBM rele-processing
system. The functional characteristics of the system and
of each component is discussed in detail. Additional
information, pertaining to the overall system and World
Trade considerations, are provided in the appendix.
Systems Reference Library manual, 90 pages
/109//1050,1051,1052,1053,10511,1055,1056,1058/
136

--

featl~es,

o
:';A24-3426
IBM 2712 REMOTE MULTIPLEXOR
ThIs-re£erence publication describes the IBM 2712 Remote
Multiplexor and its operation. The 2712 is used with IBM
1050, 1060, 27110, and 27111 terminals <1311.49 baud) and
with telegraph terminals (74.2 baud) connected to IBM
System/360 through the IBM 2702 and 2703 rransmission
Control Units. Communication facilities that can be used
with the 2712 are specified.
systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages
360,370//09//2712/

--

The 3211 Printer, 3216 Interchangeable Train Cartridge and
3811 Printer Control Unit consitute a high-speed printer
subsystem for attachment to System/360 and System/370 data
processing systems via the System/360/370 Standard I/O
Interface. This reference publication is intended for:

The manual

Subsystem Components describes the subsystem
features, available character sets, and performance
characteristics.
Programming Information describes valid subsystem
commands and available status and sense bytes, and
provides buffer loading and suggested error
recovery procedures.
Operating Information describes the subsystem keys,
indicators, and controls, and provides procedures
for initial setup, running, and error recovery.

Appendixes contain reference information, such as an EBCDIC
chart, for all users. The following publications are
referenced for additional forms requirements and ribbon
recommendation information:
Form DeSign Reference Guide for Printers, GA24-3488
System/360 an1 System/370 Component Description and
Operating Procedures: IBM 1287 Optical Reader, GA21-9064
System/360 an1 system/370 Component Description and
Operating Procedures: IBM 1288 Optical Page Reader,
Modell, GA21-9081
Paper and Print Quality Requirements for IBM 1270 and
1275 Optical Reader Sorters, GA19-0036
IBM System/360 Component Description: IBM 1270 Optical
Reader Sorter, GA19-0035
IBM System/360 Component Description: IBM 1275 Optical
Reader SOrter, GA19-0034
The following publications are referenced for additional FCB
and UCS buffer loading information:
System/360 Operating System: Data Management for System
Programmers, GC28-6550
DOS System Control and Service, GC24-5036
Manual, 70 pages
360,370//03//3211,3216,3811/
GA24-3550
IBM 3215 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARD COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This-reference publication describes the functions and
operation of the IBM 3215 Console Printer-Keyboard. rhis
information is intended for those planning for and operating
an IBM System/370 Models 135, 1115, and 155. Presented are
the printing method, control keys and lights, functional
timing, forms controls and specifications, and make-ready
pr ocedures •
For system operation (including programming and
operating procedures), refer to the IBM System/360 and
System/370 Bibliography (GA22-6822), for the Functional
Characteristics and Operating Procedures manuals for the
particular system and model.
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 18 pages
3155,3145,3135//01//3215/

GA24

GA24
GA24-3552
IBM 3210 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARDS COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
ThisJmanual is intended as an introduction-to the IBM 3210
(Models 1 and 2) Console Printer-Keyboards. The 3210's are
described according to the way in ~hich they operate with
IBM Systeml370's.
A description of the physical and functional
characteristics of the IBM 3210's is contained in this
manual. The purpose of all control keys and indicator
lights, supplementing the keyboard, is included.
Because the 3210 Model 2 is a standal~ne I/O unit, the
assigned functions of the control keys and indicator lights
described here may vary according to the particular
requirements of another system.
A section describing "Operator's Procedures" contains
the following:
1.
Forms insertion procedure
2.
Platen removal and replacement
For additional information on forms specifications refer
to "Form Design Reference Guide for Printers·, GA24-3488.
For additional information on 3210 operating procedures,
refer to the IBM Systeml370 Model 145 Operating Procedures,
GC38-0015.
Manual, 10 pages
3155,3145,3135//01//3210/
GA24-3557
IBM SYSTEM/370 ~ODEL 145 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
This publication-deScribes the relationship of the Model
145 to other Systeml370 models and to Systeml360. Included
is information concerning the system features and
capabilities, console file, input/output channels,
integrated file adapter, OS/DOS compatibility, IBM 1401,
1440, 1460, 1410, and 7010 emulation features, console
printer-keyboard, additional instructions, and instruction
timings.
The follo~ing IBM manuals offer information to assist the
reader:
SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 OPERATING PROCEDURES, GA24-3554.
SYSTEM/370 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, GA22-7000.
SYSTEM/370 SYSTEM SUMMARY, GA22-7001.
SYSTEM/370 INPUT/OUTPUT CONFIGURATOR, GA22-7002.
SYSTEM/360/370 BIBLIOGRAPHY, GA22-6822.
SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, GA22-6821.
SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS,
IBM 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILIrYAND
IBM 2844 AUXILIARY STORAGE CONTROL, GA26-3599.
SYSTEM/360 DIRECT CONTROL AND EXTERNAL INTERRUPT
FEATURE, ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS' INFORMATION,
GA22-6845.
SYSTEM/360 OS PROGRAM PLANNING GUIDE FOR THE DOS
EMULATOR ON THE SYSTEM/370,GC24-5076.
3210 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARD MODEL 2 COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION, GA24-3552.
3215 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARD MODEL 1 COMPONENT
DESCRIPTION, GA24-3550.
FORMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS--SYSTEM PRINrERS, GA24-3488.
Manual, 84 pages, 8-1/2 x 11
3145//01///
GA24-3561

MODEL !1 INTERFACE ~ illY! ~ 811301
INSTALLATION MANUAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING
This publication provides physical planning information
for the IBM 1925 Model 18 Interface Switch Unit used with
the IBM Systeml360 and the IBM Systeml370..
Included are
physical specifications and cable, electrical, and
environmental requirements.
For a list of related publications and abstracts, see
the IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 BIBLIOGRAPHY, GA22-6822.
Installation Planning Guide, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 8 pages
//15//1925/

!.~!:! !.2.~~

GA24-3562
IBM 2911 MODEL l i INTERFACE §.!!ll:£!! UNIT ~EQ. 811503
INSTALLATION MANUAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING
This publication provides physical planning information
for the IBM 1925 Model 14 Interface Switch Unit used with
the IBM Systeml360 and the IBM Systeml370..
Included are
physical specifications and cable, electrical, and
environmental requirements.
For a list of related publications and abstracts, see
the IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 BIBLIOGRAPHY, GA22-6822.
Installation Planning Guide, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 8 pages
//15//2911/
GA24-3566
IBM 1972 MODEL 3 PRODUCTION TERMINAL
IBM 1972 MODEL f INSTRUCTION~ INSrALLATION MANUAL
PHYSICAL PLANNING COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This manuar-contains physical planning information and
component descriptions for the IBM 1972 Model 3 Production
Terminal and the IBM 1972 Model 4 Instruction Console.
The specific topics covered include:
o
o
o
o
o

Power Requirements
Environmental Considerations
Interface Considerations
Floor Area and Loading Considerations
Servicing and Access Requirements

o
o
o

Safety Considerations
Transportation Requirements
PhySical Characteristics

The manual is intended to assist users in their
station production planning and in preparation of
installation areas prior to delivery of the units.
Physical Planning, Component Description Manual
//15//1972/

~ork

GA24-3573
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS
This publication-deScribes:methOds used to calculate
Systeml370 Model 145 data-handling capabilities that are
dependent upon I/O-channel configurations and operations.
Considerations of methods are also presented for priority
attachment of 1/0 devices for maximum throughput.
Information related to specific 1/0 devices is in
separate Systems Reference Library publications.
rhese
publications are lis'ted by order number and briefly
described in IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 BIBLIOGRAPHY
(GA22-6822) •
This manual is intended for users at the system
programmer level; it assumes a thorough background in I/O
programming techniques.
Manual, 72 pages
3145//01///
GA24-3590
IBM 1972 MODEL 3 PRODUCTiON TERMINAL 1972 MODEL ~
INSTRUCTION CONSOLE OPER TOR'S GUIDE
This manual contains information for operating the IBM 1972
Model 3 Production Terminal and the IBM 1972 Model 4
Instruction Console.
The specific operating information
includes:
o
Functional description of operating controls
o
Information on preparing, programming, punching,
and splicing perforated tapes
o
Instructions for loading perforated tape in
production terminal and for operating the
production terminal.
This information is presented to aid the user in the
operation of the production terminal and the instruction
console and in the preparation of perforated tapes for use
on the production terminal.
Operator's Guide 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 34 pages
360,370//14//1972/
GA24-3594
IBM EMULATOR FOR RCA 301 ON sYSTEMl370 USING DOS AND DOS/v3
ruNNING GUIDE"=' PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ADR-- --This publication describe~I~tor for RCA 301, an
integrated emulator program, for the IBM Systeml370 Models
135 and 145. Also provided are introductory and planning
information for ~nagement and planning personnel.
The emulator is a problem program that operates in
either a batched-job foreground or the background partition
under control of the IBM Disk Operating system (DOS) or the
IBM Disk Operating SystemlVirtual Storage (DOS/VS). The
emulator uses the System/370 standard instruction set, the
RCA 301 Compatibility feature, and the data management
facilities of DOS and DOS/VS to emulate the RCA 301
processor unit, input/output, and console operations.
Publications useful as reference material are:
IBM Systeml360 Principles of Operation, Order No.
GA22-6821.
IBM Systeml370 Principles of Operation, Order No.
GA22-7000.
For information about the Disk Operating System, refer to:
Systeml360 and System/370 Bibliography, Order No.
GA22-6822.
Manual, 28 pages
/////5799-ADR
GA24-3595
IBM EMULATOR FOR HONEYWELL ~ ~ ill':! SYSTEMl370 USING
DOS AND QQ§LY§. (PRPQ): ~~ GUIDE, fEQ~ NO. ~
This publication jescribes the IBM Emulator for Honey~ell
Series 200, an integrated emulator progam, for the IBM
Systeml370 Models 135 and 145. This publication also
provides introductory and planning information for
management and planning personnel.
The emulator is a problem program that operates in
either a batched-job foreground or the background partition
under control of the IBM Disk Operating System (DOS), or the
IBM Disk Operating SystemlVirtual Storage (DOS/VS). The
emulator uses the System/370 standard instruction set, a
Honeywell Series 200 Compatibility feature, and the data
management facilities of DOS or DOS/VS to emulate the
Honeywell Series 200 processor unit, input/output, and
console operations.
Publications useful as reference material are:
IBM System/360 Principles of operation, Order No.
GA22-6821.
IBM Systeml370 Principles of Operation, Order No.
GA22-7000.
For information about the Disk Operating System, refer to:
Systeml360 and Systern/370 Bibliography, Order No.
GA22-6822.
Manual, 28 pages
// // /5799-ADT

137

GA24
GA24-3604
EMULATOR FOR HONEYWELL SERIES

ANI5-ooS/VS

(PRPQ)« PROG. NO.

GA26
GA26-1592
REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IBM 3830 STORAGE

200 ON SYSrEMl310 USING DOS
5799-ADT

DI'S'ifS'TORA~

-- -

This publication describes the IBM Emulator for Honeywell
Series 200, an integrated emulator program, for IBM
Systernl370 Models 135 and 145. It provides planning,
implementation, and operating information for managers,
programmers, and operators.
The emulator is a problem program that operates in
either a batched-job foreground or the background partition
under control of the IBM Disk Operating System (DOS). The
emulator uses the Systernl370 standard instruction set, the
Honeywell Series 200 Compatibility Feature, and the data
management facilities of DOS to emulate the Honeywell Series
200 processor unit, inputloutput, and console operations.
Manual, 50 pages
1111/5799-ADT

GA24-3605
IBM EMULATOR MANUAL FOR RCA 301 ON SYSTEM/370
USIN3-DOS ! DOSIVS, PROG. NO. 5199-ADR
-This manual describes the IBM Emulator for RCA 301, an
integrated emulator program, for the IBM System/370 Models
135 and 145. Also provided are planning, implementation,
and operating information for management and planning
personnel.
The emulator is a problem program that operates in
either a batched-job foreground or the background partition
under control of the IBM System/370 Disk Operating System
(DOS) or the IBM Disk Operating SystemlVirtual Storage
(OOS/VS). In this manual the term ·DOS· is used unless it
is necessary to distinguish between DOS and DOS/VS. The
emulator uses the Systeml310 standard instruction set, the
RCA 301 Compatability Feature, and the data management
facilities of the Disk operating System to emulate the RCA
301 processor unit, inputloutput, and console operations.
Manual, 108 pages

-- -

--

~

AND IBM 3330

~experienced programmers, this manual provides readily

accessible reference material related to channel command
words, sense bytes, tract format, track capacities, and
error recovery. Less experienced programmers will find
sufficient information to create channel programs to best
utilize the standard and special features of the 3830/3330
facility. A complete description of the switches and
indicators, and procedures for loading and unloading disk
packs is provided for systems installation operators.
Programmers should be familiar with the information
contained in IBM Systeml360 Principles of Operation, order
No. GA22-0621, an~ IBM Systeml370 Principles of Operation,
Order No. GA22-7000. Operators should be familiar with the
material presented in the system summary for the parent
system. Order numbers for system summary and other related
publicationS can be found in IBM Systeml360 and System/370
Bibliography, Order No. GA22-6822.
Manual, 100 pages
310/107113830,33301

GA26-1599
IBM ~ ~ ! TRANSACTION VALIDATION TERMINAL, IBM 2968
MODEL 9 AND MODEL 12 RECEIVER-TERMINAL CONTROL UNIT
~BM 2730 Model-r Transaction Validation Terminal, IBM
2968 Model 9 an~ IBM 2968 Model 12 Receiver-Terminal Control
Unit are part. of an on-line credit authorization system.
This manual describes the function of these devices in the
system configuration, and provides typical operating
procedures for the 2730 Modell and its acoustic coupler.
'l'he Appendix contains specifications for magnetic stripe
credit cards.
A basic knowledge of data processing, including
teleprocessing, is required to understand the material
presented in this manual.
Manual, 16 pages

1111/5799-ADR

360,3101114112968,27301

GA24-3612
IBM 3890 DOCUMENT PROCESSOR MACHINE AND PROGRAMMING
i5EScRffir-oN----- Provides a comphrehensive description of the IBM 3890
Document Processor for those persons doing systems analYSis
and planning, programmers, systems engineers, and customer
engineers. The reader is assumed to have an understanding
of bank data processing.
This publication provides in-depth descriptions of
operating principles and procedures, basic and special
features, programming support including detailed explanations of both data management and SCI macros with
examples, sorting techniques with examples, diagnostic aids,
the IBM Diskette drive, and all operating controls.
Manual, 12 pages
31011041138901

GA24-3619
3890 DOCUMENT PROCESSOR OPERATOR'S GUIDE
This ~e manual contains information necessary to
operate the IBM 3890 Document Processor including the
following optional features: Item Numbering/Endorsing and
Microfilming. The specific operating information includes=
a brief description of the standard machine and available
optional features, operating controls (key, lights, and
switches), machine operation (document loading and
unloading, film loading and Unloading), error conditions and
recovery procedures, and operator maintenance.
This publication is intended for machine operators and
those persons required to operate and control the IBM 3890.
No prior operating experience is necessary, bat is helpful.
Operating information for related programming is not
included. For more detailed information, refer to IBM 3890
Document Processor Machine and Programming Description,
GA24-3612.
Manual

GA26-1600
2730 ~ L. 2968 ~ .2..L M!~ 2968 MODEL 12: INSTALLATION
MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
This publication provides physical planning information for
the IBM 2730-1 Transaction Validation Terminal, IBM 2968-9
Receiver-Terminal Control Unit (RPQ 831624), and IBM 2968-12
Receiver-Terminal Control Unit (RPQ 834654). InclUded are
physical specifications and cable, electrical, and
environmental requirements.
Manual, 8-112 x 11 inches, 12 pages
11151/2730,29681

GA26-1606
IBM ~ DISK STORAGE
A-SERIES, COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This manual contains basic information about the IBM 2319
Disk Storage Mo~els A1 and A2. Model A1 is designed for
attachment to IBM Systeml370 via the Integrated File Adapter
(I FA) feature.
The IBM 2319 Models B1 and B2 are described in the
publication IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS--2314
DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILITY AND 2844 AUXILIARY STORAGE
CONTROL, Order No. GA26-3599, with which the reader shoul~
be familiar.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 30 pages

=

3145,3135//071/23191

GA26-1615
INTRODUCTION IBM 3330 A-SERIES DISK STORA3E - SYSTEM LIBRARY
This manual is-Intended for readers having prior knowledge-of direct access storage devices and concepts. Major topics
are: standard and special features, IIO operations, and
o[lerators panel.
Manual, 14 [lages
3701101113330,33331

37011041138901

GA26-1617
REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IBM 3830 STORAGE CONTROL MODEL 2
This manual is intend~fOrreaders having prior knowledge
of direct access storage devices and concepts. Major topics
are: standard and special features, IIO operations, and the
operator panel.
Manual, 12 pages

GA26-1589
COMPONENT SUMMARY-2835 STORAGE CONTROL
2305 FIXED HEAD STORAGE--- - - ~2835 Storage-contrOl and 2305 Fixed Head storage Module
form a large capacity, high speed direct access storage
facility for general purpose data storage and system
residence. It attaches to the central processing unit
through a block multiplexor channel, and operates under
direct program control of the CPU.
For experienced programmers, this man~al provides
readily-accessible reference material related to channel
command words, sense bytes, track format, track capaCities,
and error recovery.
Less experienced programmers will find sufficient
information to create channel programs to best utilize
the standard and special features of the facility.
A complete description of the switches and indicators
is provided for systems installation operators.
Programmers should be familiar with the information
contained in IBM Systeml360 Principles of Operation,
Order Number GA22-6821 and IBM Systeml310 Principles
of Operation Order Number GA22-1000. Operators should
be familiar with the material presented in thE! system
summary for the parent system.
Component Summary, 20 pages

31011071138301

GA26-1619
IBM 3340 COMPONENT SUMMARY
Tfils-manual is intended to familiarize experienced data
processing personnel with the characteristics of the IBM
3340 Disk Storage.
(The reader should have prior knowledge
of direct-access storage devices and concepts.)
It lists functional characteristics and discusses record
format, capacity, and timing characteristics. It also lists
all commands executed by the 3340 and suggested operating
instructions.
Manual, 14 pages
37011071133401

2085,310//07112835,23051

138

GA26
GA26-1620
REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IBM INTEGRATED STORAGE CONTROL
This manual is intendea-primarily for programmers--and
operators. It provides reference material on channel
command words, sense bytes, error recovery procedures,
special features, operator controls, and the usage meter.
Manual, 90 pages
3145,3158,3168//07//3345,3333,3330,3340/
GA26-1621
INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2984 MODEL 1 CASH
!§SUINGTERMINAL ~ 834660 - - - - -- --- - -This manual contains technical information, recommendations,
and suggestions to be used in installing the IBM 3984-1 Cash
Issuing Terminal. Included are physical specifications,
cable, electrical, and environmental requirements. The
customer should arrange for professional assistance in
planning his installation, if necessary, to ensure that
local and national codes are met.
It is assumed that the customer has both a system (CPU)
and a transmission control unit (2701, 2703, or equivalent)
either installed or to be installed.
The following publications provide necessary additional
information:
o
IBM System/360 Installation Man~al Physical
Planning, GC22-6820
o
IBM System/370 Installation Manual Physical
Planning, GA22-7004
Manual, 8 pages
1115//2984/
GA26-1625
IBM 3348 DATA MODULE HANDLING PROCEDURES
ThisJrnanual is a guide for handling the IBM 3348 Data
Module.
It is intended for personnel who operate the 3340
Disk Storage. l';xcept for being familiar ifith the 3340 Disk
storage, operating personnel need no other prerequisites.
The following topics are covered: Introduction, General
Handling Procedure, Storage, Receiving and Shipping,
Labeling, and Operating Ins'tructions.
Manual, 16 pages
370/107//3348,3340/
GA26-1630
IBM 3330 SERIES DISK STORAGE MODEL 1 TO MODEL 11 (ELEVEN)
CUSTOMER C'ONVERsI'ONGUIDE
-- - --- This manual is intended to guide the IBM customer in
planning a field conversion of the 3330 Series Disk Storage
Modell to a 3330 Series Disk Storage Model II. This manual
is organized into two distinct categoriea:
hardware and
programming considerations. The hardifare considerations
cover topics concerning bills of material; power and cabling
requirements; configuration requisites; and conversion
times.
The program considerations define programming support
and lists available programs. Also inclu~ed are procedures
for making programming updates to provide for the 3330 Model
11 (ELEVEN).
Manual, 20 pages
370//07//3330,3333,3830,3340,3345/
GA26-1632
IBM 3340 DISK/STORAGE - FIXED HEAD FEATURE USERS GUIDE

ThisJrnanual describes the IBM 3340 Disk Storage-Fixed Head

Feature. It is intended to provide system and application
information to guide systems analysts an~ experienced
programmers in installing and using the fiKed-head feature.
The material presented in this manual requires that
users be familiar with Data Management concepts as they
apply in OS and DOS Virtual Storage programmming systems and
to have a working knowledge of Job Control Language coding.
Manual, 16 pages
370//13//3340/
GA26-1633
FORMS DESIGN REFERENCE GUIDE FOR THE IBM 3800 PRINTING
SUBSYSTEM.

--- -- -- - - -

This publication contains instructions for preparation of
forms overlays for the IBM 3800 Printing Subsystem.
Included are paper considerations, printer capability,
preprinted forms, paper storage requirements, and photo
negative specifications. Print charts an~ overlay master
illustrations are included together ~ith tables showing the
print character capacities of all common use and ISO paper
sizes.
A companion publication with additional information
useful for the forms designer i s : Introducing the IBM
printing Subsystem and its programming, Order No. GC26-3829.
Manual, 50 pages
370//03//3800/

GA27
described in IBM System/360 Principles of Operation, order
Number GA22-6821.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 76 pages
360,370//07//2314,2844/
GA26-3633
DATA CELL HANDLING GUIDE
This manual provides suggested operating and handling
procedures for the IBM 3021 Data Cell used with the IBM
2321 Data Cell Drive.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 20 pages
360,370//07//2321,3021/
GA26-4187
DISKETTE HANDLING PROCEDURES
This publication is a guIde for handling, loading, and
unloading the IBM Diskette, a flexible magnetic disk
cartridge used in the IBM 33FD Disk Storage Unit.
Also
included are storage and shipping r~commendations.
It is primarily intended for inexperienced operators of
the IBM 33FD Disk Storage Unit.
Manual, 10 pages
370//08//3348/
GA26-5756
IBM DISK PACK AND CARTRIDGE HANDLING PROCEDURES
ThIsmanual isa-gUide for handling IBM Disk Packs and
cartridges. Included are procedures for shipping and
receiving, installation and removal, labeling of disks
and cartridges and general operating procedures.
The information contained in this manual applies to IBM
1316, 2316, and 3336 Disk Packs, and 2315 Disk cartridges.
Manual, 16 pages
//07//2315,2316,1316,3336/
GA26-5893
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATING PROCEDURES: IBM 2560 MULTI-FUNCTION CARD MACHINE
This publication describes~ operating principles~ea­
tures of the IBM 2560 Multi-Function Card Machine (MFCM).
Descriptions of the programmed operations, indicators, ana
operator's console are included.
Since this device is
natively attached, you should have a thorough understanding
of the using system before using this manual. The oook is
intended for system engineers, programmers, and operators.
The 2560 is compared with conventional card equipment in
file-updating operations.
In addition to descriptions ana
flowcharts of these operations, tables are provide1 for a
ready comparison of the operational steps, card volumes, and
running times of the two systems.
Restart procedures for a particular type of program
(RPG, IOCS, etc.) are covered in the operating procedures
manual associated with the particular program and using system.
Manual
2020,2025,3115,5415,3125//02//2560/
GA26-5988
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS--2841 AND
ASSOCIATED DASD
This pUblicatIOn contains reference information for the
operation and programming of storage devices which attach
to the IBM 2841 Storage Control.
These storage devices
include the IBM 2311 Disk Storage Drive, Model 1; the IBM
2302 Disk Storage, Models 3 and 4; and IBM 2321 Data cell
Drive; and the IBM 2303 Drum storage.
Manual, 64 pages
360,370,1800//07//2841,2302,2303,2311,2321/
GA27-2700
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION:
IBM 2260 DISPLAY STATION
IBM 2848 DISPLAY CONTROL
ThIs-maDuar-deSCribes the functional and operating
characteristics of the IBM 2260 Display Station and the IBM
2848 Display Control Unit.
The reader needs a general understanding of computers
and their applicaions; however, knowledge of teleprocessing
principles and programs is required by those who install
communications terminals.
systems Reference Library, 84 pages
360,370//06//2260,2848/
GA27-2701
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2250
DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 1
This publication contains detailed information on
programming, operation, and special features of the IBM
2250 Display Unit Model 1.
The material is presented with
the assumption that the reader has read the IBM SYSTEM/360
Principles of Operation Manual, Order Number GA22-6821.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 44 pages
360,370//06//2250/

GA26-3599
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2314 DIRECT AcCESS
STORAGE FACILITY AND 2844 AUXILIARY STORAGECONTROL - - This publication describes the IBM 2314 DIrectAcCess
Storage Facility and the IBM 2844 Auxiliary Storage Control,
GA27-2702
and presents functional and operating characteristics for
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM
these devices. capacities, timing consi~erations, commands,
2250 DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 2 IBM 2840 DISPLAY CONTROL MODEL 1
operating procedures, and sense and stat;}s information are
This document presents detailed informatIOn about IBM 2250
described. The user of this publication should be
Display unit Model 2/IBM 2840 Display Control Modell
thoroughly familiar with the I/O programming considerations
139

GA27

GA27

programming, operation, and special features. The material
is presented with the assumption that the reader has read
the IBM System/360 Principles of Operation Manual, Order
Number GA22-6821.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages
360,370//06//2250,2840/
:;~27-2703

IBM 2703 TRANSMISSION CONTROL COMPONENT DESCRH'TION
This-pUblication provides a detailed description of the
capabilities, features, and communication facilities
required for the IBM 2703 Transmission Control Unit. The
capabilities of the unit are grouped by:
start-stop
capabilities: and binary-synchronous capabilities. All
items of a general nature are discussed in the section,
"Detailed Description of operations".
The operator's controls and a detailed description of
the communication facilities to which the 2703 can be
attached are contained in the Appendix.
System Reference Library Manual, 78 pagea
360,370//09//2703/

GA27-2730
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2285 DISPLAY COPIER
This publication presents afunctional description of, and
operator procedures for, the IBM 2285 Display Copier.
Each 2285 attaches directly to an IBM 2250 Display Unit
MOdel 1, 3, or 4 that is equipped with an attachment
feature. The 2285 provides an 8-1/2-by-ll-inch paper copy
output of the associated 2250 display upon initiation by
the 2250 operator. The 2285 obtains analog signals and
power from the 2250 to which it is attached and requires
no programming. The following publications may be of
interest to the reader:
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 2250 DISPLAY
unit Model 1, Order Number GA27-2701
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 2250 DISPLAY
UNIT MODEL 3, IBM 2840 DISPLAY CONTROL MODEL 2,
Order Number GA27-2721
IBM 1130 SYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION:
IBM 2250 DISPLAY
Unit Model 4, Order Number GA27-2723.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 8 pages
1131,360,370//06//2285/
GA27-2731
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IBM 2265 DISPLAY STATION IBM 2845 DISPLAY CONTROL
TilIsIDaiiual describes the functional and operating
characteristics of the IBM 2265 Display Station and the
IBM 2845 Display Control.
The two units combine to form
a display system that provides visual access to data stored
in an IBM System/360.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 64 pages
360,370//06//2265,2845/

:;~27-2704

IBM SYSTEMl360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2711 I,INE
~DAPTER UNIT
This manuar-describes the operation of the IBM 2711 Line
Adapter Unit.
Included is a general description of the
2711, the line adapters that can be contained in a 2711,
the communication facilities that can be used with the
2711, and the operator tests that can be ~erformed to
isolate equipment malfunctions.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages
360,370//09//2711/
GA27-2712
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 7770 AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT MODEL 3
This-publication describes ~functional~operational characteristics of the IBM 7770 Audio Reaponse Unit (Models
3). Topics discussed include vocabalar1 selection,
communications requirements, system attachment
considerations, and programming considerations.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 48 pages
360,370//09//7770/
GA27-2721
IBM SYSTEMl360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2250 DISPLAY UNIT
MODEL 3 IBM 284·0 DISPLAY CONTROL MODEL2 - - - - - - - This dociiiiient presents detailed information about IBM 2250
Dis~lay Unit Moael 3/IBM 2840 Display Control Model 2
programming, operation, and special features. The material
is presented with the assumption that the reader has read
the IBM System/360 Principles of operation Manual, Order
Number GA22-6821.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 70 pages
360,370//06//2250,2840/
:;~27-2725

IBM 50 MAGNETIC DATA INSCRIBER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Thislmanual describes the functional and operating
characteristics of the IBM 50 Magnetic Data Inscriber.
The IBM 50 Magnetic Data Inscriber is a key-operated device
that records data on cartridge-contained magnet:ic tape.
Each IBM 50 generated tape can be used as a data storage
medium or as a vehicle for entering data into em IBM
System/360, via the IBM 2495 Tape Cartridge Reader. In
addition to its data recording capabilitr, the IBM 50 can
also be used to verify data stored on ta~es generated on
the same or other IBM 50's.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 28 pages
1110110050/
GA27-2726
IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2495 TAPE
CARTRIDGE-READER
This-manual describes the functional and operating
characteristics of the IBM 2495 Tape Cartridge Reader
(TCR). The IBM 2495 TCR is used to transfer data stored
on cartridge-contained 16mm magnetic tape to an IBM
System/360. The TCR accepts cartridge ta~es containing
data generated on either the IBM 50 Magnetic Data Inscriber
or the IBM Magnetic ape Selectric Typewriter System.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages
360,370,//05//2495/

GA27-2737
IBM 2909-3 ASYNCHRONOUS DATA ~ ~ F13299
CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This manual describes the functional and operational
characteristics of the 2909-3 Asynchronous Data Channel.
Main Topics described include: instruction and command
execution, programmin~ operation, and subchannel attachment.
This publication is a reference manual for the
programmer or systems engineer.
Knowledge of IBM System/360
operations, particularly storage addressing, data formats,
and machine instruction formats as explained in IBM
SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION SRL, Form GA22-6821,
is a prerequisite to using this publication. Also needed
are experience with programming concepts and techniques
or completion of basic courses of instruction in these
areas.
System Reference Library Manual, 38 pages
360,370//14//2909/
GA27-2739
AN INTRODUCTION TO THE IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM
Tilis publicationlProvides-customer executives, installation
managers and planners, and IBM marketing representatives
with planning information about the IBM 3270 Information
Display System, which includes local and remote display
stations and printers.
The publication:
o
Describes the 3270 hardware (units, features,
functional capabilities) and its programming
support.
o
Outlines applications for alphameric displays and
guidelines for conversion.
o
Gives data on human factors, installation planning,
reliability, and performance.
This publication is primarily a planning aid and will be
supplemented with reference documentation.
The current major revision incorporates descriptions of
the following special features: Dial, IBM 600/1200 bps Line
Adapter, IBM 600/1200 bps Line Adapter with auto answer,
Switched Network Back capability, and 4800/7200 bps
Transmission Speed.
Manual, 76 pages
//09//3270,3271,3272,3275,3277,3284,3286,3288/
GA27-2740
IBM 7412 MODEL 1. CONSOLE, CUSTOM SYSTEMS ~ AA2846,
CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION
This reference manual describes the functional
characteristics and features of the IBM 7412-1 Console with
the IBM 3215-1 Console Printer-Keyboard. This publication
is intended for System Analysts, Programmers, and operators.
Assumed is a background knowledge of the IBM System/360 and
System/370, and of the I/O Interface.
Manual, 26 pages
360,370//14//7412,3215/

GA27-2727
IBM SYSTEMl360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS UNIT 2909 MODEL 3 ASYNCHRONOUS DATA CHANNEL ~ F13299 RRQ.-882045 INST~LL~TION BULLETIN-PHYSICAL PLANNING
This bulletin contains all the necessary phySical planning
data required for the installation of the unit described.
If the unit is to be installed in conjunction with a
computer system, the specifications of the most critical
unit must be met. This bulletin utilizes the same format
and standardized symbols contained in the IBM SYSTEM/360
Installation Manual - Physical Planning, Order Number
:;C22-6820
Systems Reference Library Manual, 6 pages
//15//2909/

GA27-2741
INSTALLATION BULLETIN PHYSICAL PLANNING FOR IBM 7412
CONSOLE MODEL 1. CUSTOM SYSTEMS BR2 AA2846 -This publication provides physical planning information for
the IBM 7412-1 Console with the IBM 3215-1 Consoel
Keyboard. Included are physical specifications and cable,
electrical, and environmental requirements.
Manual, 2 pages
//15//7412,3215/

140

GA27

GA27
GA27-2742
OPBRATOR'S GUIDE FOR IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEMS
Operator controIs;-fndicatora, and keys for all 3270 display
station and printer models discussed in ~etail, along with
typical operating and error-recovery procedures. Use of the
operator identification card reader is al30 discussed. The
manual's organization and layout are intended to aid the
reader in learning to operate the display station and
printer, and also to improve the retrievability of
information for an operator using the gui~e as a reference
source. Readers of this manual need no previous knowledge
of computers, display stations, or data processing.
Manual, 116 pages
//09//3270,3271,3272,3275,3277,3284,3286,3288/

GA27-2771
A GUIDE TO 50 HERTZ UPS SELECTION
The-POWer-warning-Feature provides for an automatic
interruption and permits implementation of orderly shutdown
and recovery procedures following power-line disturbances on
System/370 Models 158 and 168 supported by an
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS). This manual provides
information to guide the customer in the selection of a 50Hertz UPS. It (1) discusses input and output power
characteristics, operating environmental conditions, and
other performance requirements and it (2) describes the UP3
required.
Manual, 15 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GA27-2749
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This-manual includes a description of the following special
features: Dial, Line Adapter, Line Adapter with Auto Ariswer,
Switched Network Backup, and 4800/7200 bps Transmission
speed. In addition, a discussion of command execution
timing considerations has been added, an~ additional
descriptions are provided for the following topics:
attribute characters, locked keyboard recovery using the
RESET key, Numeric Lock special feature operation and
Operator Identification Card Reader character code formats.
The new information is useful to programmers, analyst and in
a more general way to management personnel.
Manual, 110 pages
//09//3270,3271,3272,3275,3277,3284,3286,3288/

GA27-2772
A UPS INSTALLATION PLANNING GUIDE
Th~document is intended to assist the IBM System/370 user
in determining UPS requirements for his EDP operations and
to guide him in planning and implementing the installation
of a UPS that will satisfy the requirements.
This document
is basically a check list that is amplified by descriptive
narrative to identify the significant UPS installation
planning factors.
It is chronologically arranged to cover
the period ranging from the earliest planning stage to the
final testing and acceptance of the UPS installation at his
EDP location.
Manual, 20 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GA27-2773
IBM 3284/3286 PRINTER CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION: FORMS
TRACTOR ~ ~ 4031) - - - - - - This reference manual provides information about IBM 3284
and 3286 Printers which have the Forms Tractor (RPQ WD 4031)
attached. It is intended for use by customers, operators,
and service personnel.
Information contained herein
supplements the printer information found in the 3270 System
Component Description, order No. GA27-2749 and the 3270
System Operator's Guide, Order No. GA27-2742. This manual
also supports forms tractor printers which have the Vertical
Forms Index Control (RPQ EB 4324) installed.
System Library Manual, 12 pages
360,370,3//14//3284,3286/

GA27-2750
IBM 3270 PROBLEM DETERMINATION GUIDE
This guide is intended for operatOrS using the IBM 3270
Information Display system.
On the basis of yes-or-no
ans~ers to logical questions, the operator is enabled to
determine whether outside assistance is required to
resolve an apparent problem.
In these cases, the problem
area is identified.
In other cases, when apparent problems
are the result of procedural errors, this is quickly
recognized, and the operator is advised to restart the
operation.
Manual, approximately 36 pages
//09//3270,3271,3272,3275,3277,3284,3286,3288/
GA27-2752
IBM 3284/3286 PRINTER CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION MARGIN STOP
~M!~~~ ~ #EB3995
--- -------This document contains information relating to the Margin
Stop Variable feature (RPQ EB3995). When implemented in the
3284'3286 Printers (all models), this feature allows for
printer platens of varying lengths to be interchanged by the
operator.
The data presented herein is directed solely to a
printer operator.
It is intended to serve as an
instructional guide in the basic rudiments of those platen
removal and installation procedures that may be performed by
an operator once the custom feature has been installed in
the 3284/3286 Printers.
Manual, 6 pages
360,370,5410,5415,7//14//3284,3286/
GA27-2753
IBM 3284/3286 PRINTER CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION VERTICAL
f~~~-IND~ CONTROL ~ EB4324)

----

This document contains information relating to the Vertical
Forms Index Control feature (RPQ EB4342).
The data
contained herein is directed to a customer, his programmer
and computer operator, and is intended to assist them in the
application of this feature when used in 3284/3286 Printers.
Manual, 12 pages
360,370,5410,5415//14//3284,3286/
GA27-2758
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM CUSTOM FEATURE
DESCRIPTION, ~ CASECrlARACTERSET !!R2 8K0366
This manual contains a description of the Dual Case
Character Set (RPQ 8K0366) intended for customers, planners,
marketing representatives, and programmers.
Manual, 22 pages
//14//3270,3271,3272,3275,3277,3284,3286,3288/
GA27-2770
A GUIDE TO 60 HERTZ UPS SELECTION
The-pQWer-Warning FeatUre provides for an automatic
interruption and permits implementation of orderly shutdown
and recovery procedures following power-line disturbances on
Syste~370 Models 158 and 168 supported by an
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS). Thi3 manual provides
information to guide the customer in the selection of a 60Hertz UPS. It (1) discusses input and output power
characteristics, operating environmental conditions, and
other performance requirements and it (2) describes the UPS
required.
Manual, 16 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GA27-2774
~ GUIDE

1:9. !!.§!!'!§ THE

~ REQUEST FEATURE ~ IBM 3270
DISPLAY SYSTEMS
This guide is intended for operators using the IBM 3270
Information Display System.
It provides simplified
instructions for using the Test Request Feature, commonly
known as RFTs (Request for Test procedures). Although the
information has appeared in several other publications. its
presentation in this self-contained booklet makes i t readily
accessible and more likely to be used when desirable.
System Library, 32 pages
//13'/3270,3271,3272,3275,3277,3284.3286,3288/
!!;!FORMATIO~

GA27-2775
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM CUSTOM FEATURE
DESCRIPTION ~~ DISPLAY (RPQS 7U0010, 8K0438)
This document describes the Signature Display Feature, an
option for the IBM 3277 Display Station Models 1 and 2.
(The 3277 is a unit of the IBM 3270 Information Display
System. )
In addition to presenting a general description of the
feature, the document briefly discusses Signature Display's
basic functions, data-handling characteristics, and
alphameric display capabilities.
System Library Manual, 12 pages
//14//3270,3271,3272,3275,3277,3284,3286,3288.0129/
GA27-3001
IBM 2740/2741 COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL - OPERATOR'S GUIDE
ThIs publication describes the setup and operating
procedures for the IBM 2740 and IBM 2741 Communications
Terminals when operating in local and communicate mode.
The line-control signals and transmission controls are
fully described for each terminal. Removal and replacement
procedures for the typewriter are also fully described
along with recommended typing procedures to ensure the
most efficient operation of the terminals.
Systems Reference Library Manual. 62 pages
//09//2740,2741/
GA27-3004
GENERAL INFORMATION - BINARY SYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS
This publication describes the Binary synchronous----Communications (BSC) procedures in general terms.
rhe
major topics covered are: BSC concepts (including
transmission codes and data-link operation), message
f3rmats, additional data-link capabilities, and planning
considerations.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 36 pages
/'09/'/

GA27-3005
IBM 2780 DATA TRANSMISSION TERMINAL - COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This Component Description manuar-describes the principles
of operation of the IBM 2780 Data TransmiSSion Terminal.
141

GA27
The data-link control characters, code structures, timeouts,
and throughput rates associated with the Binary Synchronous
method of transmission are described.
The communications facilities, data sets, and special
features available for this Tele-processing terminal are
also discussed.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 78 pages
//09//2780/
GA27-3006
IBM REMOTE MULTIPLEXERS AND COMMUNICATIONS TERMINALS
INST~~LATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING This publication contains physical planning information
for IBM Remote Multiplexers and Communications Terminals.
Included are physical specifications, electrical and
environmental requirements, cabling requirements, and
available communications facili'ties.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 64 pages
/TP/15///
GA27-3011
IBM 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
ThIs-component Descriptron-Manual describes the-Principles
of operation of the IBM 2760 Optical Image Unit when
attached to an IBM 2740 Communications rerminal, Modell.
Line-control signals, message formats, s~ecial features,
communication facilities, and data sets that can be used
with this Tele-~rocessing terminal are also discussed.
A major section concerning the pre~aration of artwork and
the photographic procedures involved in creating a filmstrip
for use in this unit will be found towarj the end of the
manual.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages
360,370//09//2760/
GA27-3013
SYSTEM COMPONENTS: IBM 2770 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
This System Components manualdescribes the principles
of operation of the component units of the IBM 2770 Data
Communication system. The data link control characters,
code structures, and timeouts associated with the Binary
Synchronous method of transmission used by the 2770 are
described. Also described are the operating characteristics
of the various input/output devices and the specifications
of the input/output media. Special features and specify
features for all system units are included.
This manual comprises descriptions of individual units
within the 2770 Data Communication System.
systems Reference Library Manual
//09//2770,2772/
"A27-3015
IBM 2790 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The rBM-2~Data communication System is-a-two-way, inplant communication and production reporting system. This
publication describes the units of the 2790 system, along
with its capabilities, features, and applications.
This publication presumes a telecommunications background
and rBM system/360 experience. The purpose of this
publication is to assist programmers and systems analysts in
designing and operating the 2790 system.
This publication describes the 2790 system using the
2715 Transmission Control Unit as the system controller.
IBM 2793 Area Station
IBM 2795 Data Entry Unit
rBM 2796 Data Entry Unit
rBM 2797 Data Entry Unit
IBM 2798 Guidance Display Unit
IBM 1035 Badge Reader
IBM 1053 Printer
Systems Reference Library Manual, 78 pages
//09//2790,2791,2793/
GA27-3016
IBM 2790 SYSTEM SUMMARY
The ~2790 Data-communication System is a two-way, in~lant data communication and production reporting system.
This 2790 System Summary is written for those who want an
introduction to the IBM 2790 system, its associated
components, and its applications. A general description of
each of the system components is given, ~ith a summary of
all pertinent features of each.
System Reference Library Manual, 36 pages
//09//2790,2791,2793/

GA27
Representatives, and Customer Engineers.
System Reference Library Manual, 66 pages
//15//2790,2791,2793/
GA27-3019
IBM 2770 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

INSTALLAT~MANUAL--PHYSICAr-PLANNING

This publication presents detailed information concerning
the physical characteristics of the IBM 2770 Data
Commuunication System.
DimenSions, weights, service
clearances, phyical information for each unit, and
environmental and electrical requirements are included.
Particular attention is devoted to information necessary for
the customer t.O prepare his premises for actual installation
of equipment. Planning assistance is available from IBM
sales and installation planning representatives.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 42 pages
//15//2770,2772/
G1\27-3021
IBM 2790 CONFIGUR1\TOR
The ~2790 Configura tor is written for IBM Salesmen, IBM
Systems Engineers, and customer system evaluation
management. This manual illustrates configurations for IBM
2790 Data Communications Systems attached to System/7,
System/360, System/370, or to an IBM 1800 Data Acquisition
and Control System. Diagrams show the relationship of all
units in the system.
Domestic and World Trade systems are
shown in table and chart form to provide standard, special,
and specify feature information.
System Reference Library Manual, 22 pages
//00//2790,2791,2793/
GA27-3029
2721 PORTABLE AUDIO TERMINAL
ThIS manual is designed to acquaint the reader with the
basic concepts anj use of the IBM 2721 Portable Audio
Terminal. The publication should be used as a general
guideline for useful application of the terminal.
Functional and operational characteristics are discussed
in detail, and no previous reading is required for an
understanding of how the terminal operates as a remote
input/output device. The operation of the 2721 terminal
in a systems environment depends largely on how the user's
program is written; therefore, the operating procedures
outlined in this manual are of a general nature. The
ultimate operation of the terminal depends upon the
programmer's ingenuity and the applications involved.
systems Reference Library Manual, 28 pages
360,370//09//2721/
GA27-3035
IBM 2790 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM OPERATOR'S GUIDE
The ~2~Data CommunicatiOn System is a two-way; inplant communication and production reporting system. Thiti
publication is designed as a guide for operating the unitti
of the 2790 system. Operational information about the
following units and features is included:
IBM 2715 Transmission Control Unit
IBM 2791 Area Stations
IBM 2792 Remote Communications Controllers
IBM 2793 Area Station
IBM 2795 Data Entry Unit
Systems Reference Library Manual, 80 pages
//09//2790,2791,2793,2795,2796,2715/
GA27-3038
OPERATOR'S GUIDE: IBM 2770 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
'!his Operat~uide is designed specifically for personnel
operating or implementing the IBM 2770 Data Communication
System. Step-by-step operating procedures and flowcharttype error recovery procedures are included for the control
unit and for each of the input/output devices.
The procedures for initia'ting, answering and terminating
a switchej-network communications link with another terminal
or processor are discussed.
Error message formatting and
transmission procedures are also described in detail.
Operator's Guide, 150 pages
//09//2770,2772/
GA27-30 39
IBM 2721 PORTABLE AUDIO TERMINAL OPERATOR'S HANDBOOK
This liiaiiual provides instructions-for installing and
operating the IBM 2721 Portable Audio Terminal. A section
on problem determination is provided to assist the operator
in deciding if the terminal requires maintenance.
For more detailed information on the functions and
operation of the terminal, refer to the Systems Reference
Library Manual, Component Description:
IBM 2721 Portable
Audio Terminal, G1\27-3029.
Manual, 15 pages
360,370//09//2721/

GA27-3017
IBM 2790 DATA COMMUNICATION ~ INSTALLATION ~
PHYSICAL PLANNING
This-manual provides technical information necessary for
planning the phySical installation of the IBM 2790 Data
Communications System.
Included are physical specifications
and electrical requirements for each unit of the system.
Typical system configurations with interunit cabling
requirements are presented.
The intended customer audience inclujes facilities
GA27-3043
planners such as architects and consultants, contractors,
IBM 3735 PROGRAMMABLE BUFFERED TERMINAL CONCEPT
AND APPLICATION
---- ---operating management of the system, building
superintendents, and communications technical
The purpose of this manual is two-fold: first, i t introduces
representatives.
the IBM 3735 Programmable Buffered Terminal; and, second
The intended IBM audience includes Sales
it provides planning information for those who may be
Representatives, systems Engineers, Installation Planning
involved in installing a 3735.
Because of this dual
142

GA27
purpose, not all sections of the manual may be of interest
to each reader. Those interested in an ~verview and in
the highlights of the 3735 will find the Introduction of
most value; those who need more detailed information on
the terminal's operation and functional capabilities will
find the sections on Operating Characteristics and
Implementation Considerations of most interest; systems
and application programmers will find information on
Programming Considerations for the 3735 in Appendix B.
;enerally, the prerequisites for thi3 manual are an
understanding of the concept and application of the IBM
Systeml360 and the IBM System/370 in a teleprocessing
environment. The section on Programming Considerations
requires more extensive knowledge of the applicable
operating system (OS or DOS).
Although not intended as a terminal operator's guide
~r as a programmer's guide, the maIl1lal presents general
information concerning these subjects.
System Reference Library, 50 pages
360,370//09//3735/
GA27-3044
IBM 2976 MOBILE TERMINAL SYSTEM CUSTOM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OPER7>t.TOR' S GUIDE - PHYSICAL PLANNING
--This manual is the primary source of information on the IBM
2976 Mobile Terminal System. The Mobilererminal System
provides high-speed, two-way data communications between a
central IBM Systeml360 or System/370 and mobile terminals.
It is comprised of an IBM 2976 Model 3 Transmission Control
Unit, an IBM 2976 Model 5 Signal Converter, and a number of
IBM 2976 Model 4 Mobile Terminals.
The manual contains both introductory and in-depth
information about the system components, a discussion of
programming requirements for the system, the operator
information needed to use the components of the system,
diagnostic procedures for rapid problem determination, and
the physical planning and installation information required
for planning and installing the Mobile rerminal System.
Organization of the manual into separate parts allOWS
the expected users to go directly to the information they
require. These users include: management, programming.
system analyst, and central site operating personnel; mobile
terminal operators; and site planning and i,nstallation
personnel.
Users who require the detailed information provided in
this publication should have a basic understanding of
telecommunications and radio operations and should have IBM
System/360 or Systeml370 programming and operating
experience.
Manual, 50 pages
/TP/15//2976/
GA27-3051
INTRODUCTION ~ THE 3704 ! 3705 CONMUNIC7>t.rIONS CONTROLLERS
The IBM 3705 Communications Controller i3 a compatible
transmission control unit designed to assume many
teleprocessing control functions formerly assigned to a
teleprocessing access method. The 3705 is controlled by a
program resident in the controller.
This publication contains introductory information on
the hardware components of the controller and on the
programs provided to support it. Any U3er or potential user
of a 3705, including management, programmers, operators, and
maintenance personnel, should be familiar with the contents
of this manual. The only prerequisite f~r this manual is an
understanding of basic teleprocessing operations.
System Library Manual, 56 pages
/109113704,3705/
GA27-3058
IBM 3872 MODEM USER'S GUIDE
The ~3872 Modem can~sfer data at rates of 2400 or
1200 bits per second.
It operates on dedicated (leased or
privately owned), voice-grade communications facilities.
In
the USA and Canada, the 3872 also operates on the public
switched network.
In this publication, the 3872 is described as an item of
equipment in the medium-speed modem field.
The manual is in
four main parts: Part 1 describes (in general terms) the
IBM 3872 Modem, planning considerations, and equipment and
facility considerations; Part 2 presents 3872 operating
procedures and offline problem determination procedures;
Part 3 describes (in detail) the IBM 3872 Modem: interface
specifications, installation specifications, channel
specifications, and special features. Considerations in
using the 3872 in World Trade countries are included in
appr~priate places in the manual and are summarized in Part
4, which also contains the glossary.
This publication is intended for system planners,
systems engineers, installation planners, operators, and
supervisory personnel. A knowledge of teleprocessing
systems is a prerequisite for Part 3 onlf. Operator
information (Part 3) is separated from general and specific
descriptive information, for easier accessibility.
System Library User's Guide, 70 pages
//09//38721
GA27-3061
f~~ 111~ PROGRAMMABLE BUFFERED TERMINAL OPERATOR'S GUIDE
The IBM 3735 Programmable Buffered Terminal consists of two
cable-connected units: a keyboard/printer and a control
unit. In its typical application, the 3735 is used to
prepare source documents (preprinted form3 on which the
143

GA27
terminal operator adds variable information). Program3,
stored within the 3735 control unit, guide the operator
during preparation of the fonns, and cause selected input
data to be stored for later batch transmission to a centrdl
data processing system.
This operator's guide introduces the 3735 and describes
its operating procedures.
Both normal operating procedures
and error recovery techniques are described.
The manual assumes that the user has been previously
trained in the operation of an office typewriter such as the
IBM Selectric.
Manual, 100 pages
5415,360,370,5410//09//3735/
GA27-3062
IBM 3872 MODEM PROBLEM DETERMINATION CARD
ThIs:fOIdout cara-document normally accompanies a 387L Mode~
to help the customer determine who to call when a
communications channel using the 3872 becomes trouolesome.
8-1/2 x 11 inches, 8 cards
//09//3872/
GA27-3063
COMPONENT INFORMATION EQR THE l~ 3780 DATA COMMUNICArION
TERMINAL
This manual introduces the IBM 3780 Communication Terminal,
designed to transmit and receive data accurately, quickly,
and economically in a teleprocessing environment. The
terminal's applications, capabilities, and design highlights
are discussed, as well as use of the binary synchronous
communication, a description of the associated data-link
control characters, code structures, and timeouts. The
manual also discusses communication facilities, IBl"l moderns,
and special features available for this teleprocessing
terminal.
In-depth information for those who implement customer
applications is also included.
Readers concerned ~ith the
3780's capabilities and design highlights will find the
Introduction, card Reader, and Printer sections uStful,
while those needing more detailed information on the
terminal's operation and its binary synchronous method of
communication should read the Operating Characteristics and
Programming Considerations sections.
prerequisites for this manual include an understanding
of the IBM Systeml360 and the IBM System/370 in a
teleprocessing environment, together with knowledge of the
binary synchronous method of data-link control as outlined
in the IBM Systems Reference Library publication, General
Inforation--Binary Synchronous communications, GA27-3004.
Manual, 70 pages
360,370//09//3780,3781/
GA27-3066
SUPPLEMENTARY OPERATOR'S AND PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE INFORMATIJN
C7>t.RD IBM 3735 m..TI! ~ 129 CARD QATA RECORDER (RPQ#EB1935)_
This card contains information on setup and operation,
switches, the card deck, column indicator, errors, and
recovery.
This guide supplements information contained in the
following manuals:
operator's Guide for IBM 3735 Programmable Buffered
Terminal (GA27-3061)
IBM 3735 Programmer's Guide (os and DOS Systems)
(GC30- 3001)
IBM 129 Card Data Recorder/Machine Description
(GA22-6980)
Guide Card, 2 pages
5415,360,370,5410//14//3735/
G7>t.27-3069
SUPPLEMENTARY OPERATOR'S AND PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE INFORMATIJN
IBM l1..ll WITH ~ ~ UNIT AND FILE SEARCH JB.f.Q !.!llliQ.~t
This guide supplements information in the follOWing manuals:
Operator's Guide for IBM 3735 Programmable Buffered
Terminal (GA27-3061)
IBM 3735 Programmer's Guide (OS and DOS Systems)
(GC30-300l)
The operation of the Keypad standalone unit is the same
as the Keypad on tne 3735 Selectric keyboard, except that
the standalone Keypad provides a 48 character Duffer.
Form
360,370,5410,5415//14//3735/
GA27-3073
l!!~ 3735 WITH AUTO FDP ~Q!! ~ #MB7057 OPERA1'OR'S ~gQ
This guide supplements information contained in the
Operator's Guide for IBM 3735 Programmable Buffered Terminal
(GA27-3061) •
It is intended for personnel who have been previously
trained on an office typewriter such as the IBM SelecLric.
card, 2 pages
360,370,5410,5415//14//3735/

GA27-3086
GUIDE TO USING THE IBM 3704 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLL~R
CONTROLP~ -Th1s publication is a 3704 control panel guide for the
systems programmers, the systems engineers, the customer
engineers, and the programming service representative with a
knowledge of the internal operation of the 3704 and a neej
~ use the control panel for normal operation, testing, or

GA27

GA27
diagnostics. It primarily describes the functions and uses
of the 3704 control panel.
For the operator, an IBM 3704 Operator Reference Summary
is provided ~ith this manual to be used as an easy reference
for preparing the 3704 for operation and for handling basic
error conditions.
This manual is divided into five sections and five
appendixes.
Section 1 describes the general capabilities of the 3704
control panel and how to use the panel.
Section 2 describes the basic and advanced program
independent control panel procedures for the 3704.
Section 3 describes the 3704 control panel procedures
used with the Emulation Program.
Section 4 describes the 3704 control panel procedures
used with the Network control program.
Section 5 is an alphabetical list of the 3704 panel
controls that summarizes their functions and provides a
cross-reference to the applicable proced~res.
The appendixed provide supplementary information needed
to execute and interpret certain of the control panel
procedures.
A special feature of the manual is a foldout diagram of
the 3704 control panel (Appendix D). The diagram is divided
into areas, each of which has a number.fhroughout the
book, references to a specific panel control are keyed to
the section of the diagram where that control is located.
For ease of reference, the diagram can be folded out to be
seen with any other page of the manual.
The information in this manual was previously in the IBM
3704 and 3705 Communications Controllers Operator's Guide
(JA27-3055). The 3705 information, previously a part of the
Operator's Guide, is now in the Guide to Using the IBM 3705
Communications Controller Control Panel.
Manual, 138 pages
//09//3704/
G!\.27-3087
GUIDE TO USING THE IBM 3705 CONTROL PANEL
This-publication-rs-a-3~control panel guide for the
systems programmer, the systems engineer, the customer
engineer, and the programming service represent:ative with a
knowledge of the internal operation of the 3705 and a need
to use the control panel for normal operation, testing, or
diagnostics. It primarily describes the functions and uses
of the 3705 control panel.
For the operator, an IBM 3705 Operator Reference Summary
is provided with this manual to be used as an easy reference
for preparing the 3705 for operation and for handling basic
error conditions.
!\. special feature of the manual is a foldout diagram of
the 3705 control panel. The diagram is divided into areas,
each of ~hich has a number. Throughout the book, references
to, a specific panel control are keyed to the section of the
diagram where that control is located. For ease of
reference, the diagram can be folded out to be seen with any
other page of the manual.
The information in this manual was previously in the IBM
3704 and 3705 Communications Controllers Operat:or's Guide
GA27-3055. The 3705 information previously a part of the
Operator's Guide is now in the Guide to u3ing the IBM 3705
Control Panel.
Manual, 76 pages
//09//3705/
GA27-3091
IBM 3704 OPERATOR REFERENCE SUMMARY
IBM 3704 Operator Reference Summary This reference card
accompanies the Guide to Using the IBM 3704 Control Panel
(or may be ordered separately) and provijes the operator
with an easy reference for basic 3704 operating procedures.
It lists the procedures to be foll~ed in preparing the
3704 for operating (up to IPL) and the basic error recovery
procedures.
Reference Summary, 6 panels
See GA27-3086
GA27-3092
IBM 3705 OPERATOR REFERENCE SUMMARY
This-reference-card accompanies the Guide to Using the IBM
3705 Control Panel (or may be ordered separately) and
provides the operator with an easy reference for basic 3705
operating procedures.
It lists the procedures to be followe~ in preparing the
3705 for operation (up to IPL) and the ba3ic error recovery
procedures.
Reference Summary, 6 panels
See 3A27-3087
GA27-3093
SYNCHRONOUS DATA LINK CONTROL GENERAL INFORMATION
'fhis manual describes the procedures that comprise
Synchronous Data Link Control (SDLC). It includes a brief
background and a basic description to familiarize the reader
wi th the terminology and concepts of SDLC. This is followed
by a catalog of the components of SDIC and some
representative examples of their uses.
Readers who have no prior knowledge of data
communications line control should refer to: IBM
Introduction to Teleprocessing, GC20-8095-02 before
attempting to understand the material presented in this
publication.
The IBM Data processing Glossary, GC21-1699, is a useful

144

reference for the definitions of terms used in this manual.
A reader who is familiar with other systems of line control
should not assume that familiar terms have the same
definitions in SDLC procedures.
This manual does not provide instructions for the
implementation of SDLe, nor does it describe any specific
information about an IBM SDLC implementation, refer to the
appropriate IBM publication for that machine or system.
Manual, 60 pages
370//09///
GA27-3094
~::~~

PROCEDURES GUIDE:

IBM

ill! AND 3775 COMMUNICArION

This Operating Procedures Guide is designed specifically for
personnel writing detailed operator procedures for IBM 3774
or IBM 3775 Communication Terminal job applications, and for
operators of the terminals. Included are:
o
Operating procedures for the basic configuration
(the console printer, the keyboard, the operator's
console, and the controller).
o
Operating procedures for the input and output devices.
o
Job definition and job start procedures for the
terminal.
o
Error recovery and problem identification procedures for the terminal.
This guide describes the purpose and use of the terminal's controls as they apply to all jobs. You can use this
manual in preparing a detailed operator procedure for a
specific job in your application.
Manual, 200 pages
370//09//3774.3775/
GA27- 3095
REFERENCE CARD: IBM 3774 AND 3775 COMMUNICATION TERMINALS
Th1S Reference-ca~summarrzes-rnformation that is already
included in the Operating Procedures Guide: IBM 3774 and
3775 communication Terminals (GA27-3094), and gives a quick
reference to the information needed for the routine
operation of the IBM 3774 or IBM 3775 CommUnication
Terminals.
Reference Surunary, 4 pages
370//09//3774.3775/
GA27-3096
IBM 3767 MODELS 1 , 2 COMMUNICATION TERMINAL COMPONENT
DEScR'IPTION-- - - This manual describes the IBM 3767 Communication Terminal, a
mUltipurpose terminal that communicates with an IBM System/
370. The information it contains is directed to customer
executives, systems analysts, and systems engineers alreajy
aware of the operating procedures for the applications in
which they plan to use the terminal.
The first chapter gives an overview of the 3767. It
describes the applications and features of the 3767 and the
communication facilities required.
The chapter on operating controls follows the chapters
on operating characteristics and special features so that
the reader can better appreciate the functions of these controls.
Information on installation and physical planning is
given in IBM Remote Multiplexers and Communications Terminals Installa'tion Manual -- Physical Planning, GA27-3006.
Manual, 80 pages
370//09//3767/
GA27-3097
IBM 3770 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM-- SYSTEM COMPONENTS
ThisPiib'licationpreaeiitS"Tntroductory and reference
information about the IBM 3770 Data Communication System.
It describes the capabilities and functions provided by this
system for those concerned with planning for a
teleprocessing network or for integrating the terminals into
an existing network. It is also a reference source for
system and application programmers, and for personnel
planning job setups for the 3770. Application personnel
planning job setups for the 3770 will also require a copy of
the publication IBM 3770 Operating Procedures Guide, GA273094.
It is assumed that the reader of this manual understands
the concept and application of the IBM Systeml370 in a
teleprocessing environment, and is familiar with data link
control procedures-- Synchronous Data Link Control (SDLC) or
Binary Synchronous Communications (BSC), whichever is used.
Manual, 100 pages
370//09//3770,3771,3773,3774,3775,3776/
GA27-3099
SYSTEM NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - SYSTEM SUMMARY
This manual provides summary-information about IBM 5 ystem
Network Architecture elements, a selection of equipment and
programs comprising compatible components as a basis for a
data communications network. It briefly describes the
concepts of the System Network Architecture and the
interrelationships of its components. Short descriptions of
equipment components are also included.
Manual, 28 pages
370//09///

GA27

GA33

GA27-3103
3770 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ~ ~ITE PREPARATION
:;UIDE
This reference manual will be given to the customer by the
IBM Marketing Representative at the time the customer orders
a 3770 Data Communication System. The manual provides the
customer with the information necessary to prepare his site
for the installation of the 3770 which he will perform.
Handbook, 50 pages
3701/091/3770,3771,3773,3774,37751
GA27-3104
3767 COMMUNICATION TERMINAL CUSTOMER SITE PREPARATION
------3UIDE
This manual will be given to the customer by the IBM
Marketing Representative at the time the customer orders a
3767 communication Terminal. The manual provides the
customer ~ith the information necessary to prepare his site
for the installation of the 3767 ~hich he ~ill perform.
Reference Summary, 15 pages
3701109113761/
311.27-3106
Q£~~TOR'§ INTRODUCTION TO THE 3767 COMMUNICATION TERMINAL
This brochure is intended to serve as the preferred means of
first exposure to the equipment (i.e., before delivery) by
presenting to the prospective user or operator some of the
characteristics and features of the 3767 CommUnication Terminal. Locations and functions of keys and controls are
presented in a facts-folder format.
Reference Summary, 18 pages
3701109/137671

GA32-0006
TAPE SPECIFICATIONS FOR IBM ONE-HALF INCH TAPE DRIVES AT:
556 AND 800 BPI AND 3200FcI------- - - - - - - - - ThislmanuaI provides~ specifications and requirements
for magnetic tape to be used on IBM Tape Drives. The
specifications are presented in two parts:
General
information and Tape Properties Essential for IBM Tape
Drive Use. The latter section covers minimum properties
required for tape use on all IBM Tape Drives.
Manual, 11 pages
2020,1802,360,3701/051/2401,2402,2403,2404,2415,2420,
3410,3411,34201
GA32-0007
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2420 MODEL 5 MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT
ThIS-bulletin describes-the characterIstics, functionS;-and features of the IBM 2420 Model 5 Magnetic Tape Unit.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages
360,37011051124201
GA32-0015
IBM 3410/3411 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT SUMMARY

MANUAL"--- - - - - - -

- - - - - -----

ThIS-manual will give potential customers a general
introduction to the 3410/3411 Magnetic rape Subsystem.
The manual describes the IBM 3410 Models 1,2, and 3
Magnetic Tape Units and the IBM 3411 Magnetic Tape
Unit and control.
Manual, 8 pages
360,370,5410,54151/051/3410,34111
GA32-0020
3803/3420 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEMS
This manual describes the IBM 3803 Model 1 Tape Control
and the IBM 342G Models 3, 5, and 7 Magnetic Tape Units.
The 3803 Model 1 tape control provides communication between
the tape units and the system input/outp~t interface.
The 3420 Models 3, 5, and 7 tape units read and write onehalf inch magnetic tape at 75, 125, and 200 inches per
second respectively. All three basic tape units read and
write nine-track, 1,600 bytes per inch (bpi), phase-encoded
format.
Nine-track, 800 bpi NRZI recording mode is
available as a feature on all models. Seven-track, 556/800
bpi NRZI recording mode is an optional feature on all
models.
Readers should be familiar ~ith the contents of IBM
SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, Form GA22-6821 (sections
on inputloutput operations). Systern/370 users should also
refer to IBM SYSTEMl370 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, Form GA227000.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 32 pages
360,3701105113803,34201

NRZI recording mode and seven-track 800/556/200 bpi NRZI
recording mode are available as features on the 3420 ModeLs
3, 5, and 7 and on the 3803 Model 2.
A reader should be familiar with IBM Systeml360
Principles of Operation, GA22-6821 (section on 1/0
operations) and IBM System/370 PrinCiples of Operation,
GA22-7000 (section on 1/0 Operations).
Manual, 60 pages
360,3701105113803,34201
GA32-00 22
IBM 3410/3411 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPrION

MANuAL

- - - - ---

-------

Th1S manual describes the IBM 3410/3411 Magnetic Tape
Subsystem, Models 1, 2, and 3.
In most instances,
operational descriptions are limited to the channel and
comrnllBnd level. Operations common to all 1/0 devices are
described in IBM Systeml360 principles of Operation, Form
GA22-6821, ani IBM System/370 Principles of Operation, Form
GA22-7000.
Subjects covered include keys and lights, tape handling
procedures, status and sense information, and error recovery
procedures.
Systems Programmers who are writing programs for
magnetic tape
systems engineers who are planning installation using
magnetic tape
sales personnel
Manual, 44 pages
360,370,5410,54151/051/3410,34111
GA32-0023
IBM 3803/3420 CUSTOMER ~ION GUIDE
This document guides the IBM marketing representative and
the IBM customer in planning a field conversion of 3803-1
and 3420-3, 5, 7 tape subsystems to 3803-2 and 3420-4, 6,
(6250 bpi) tape subsystems.
Notify the IBM Field Engineering representative early in
the planning stages of the conversion. An early conference
with him should be helpful to both of you.
Manual, 16 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GA32-0028
INTRODUCTION TO THE IBM 3850 MASS STORAGE SYSTEM (MSS)
This publicationis designed toconvey iliformation about the
IBM 3850 Mass Storage System.
It is intended for data
processing executives, operations managers, systems
programmers and other professional data processing
personnel.
It assumes familiarity with data processing
concepts and terminology.
Manual, 84 pages
3155,3165,3145,3158,31681/071/3850,38511
GA33-0001
IBM 3875 MODEM USER'S GUIDE
rn-this publication the 3875 Modem is described, and
interface details, installation planning, and operating and
operator maintenance procedures are given.
Differences
between operation in the USA and other countries are
described in the appropriate parts of the publication, and a
summary is given in an appendix.
The content is intended for:
o
Systems Engineers
o
Installation Planning Engineers
o
Operators
The information for systems engineers presupposes a
knowledge of teleprocessing, but the information for
installation planning engineers and operators requires no
such understanding.
Systems Library Manual, 56 pages
11091138751
GA33-0002
IBM 3874 MODEM USER'S GUIDE
This publication-rs-written for operators, system engineers,
and installation planning engineers who are using or intenj
To use the IBM 3874 modem in a teleprocessing system.
The manual is divided into four parts:
o
Part 1. General Information
o
Part 2. Operator's Information
o
Part 3 Technical Description
o
Part 4. Appendixes.
No previous teleprocessing experience is required
to understand the information given in Parts 1
and 2.
Manual, 84 pages
11091138741

GA32-0021
IBM 3803-2/3420 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEMS
SUBSYSTEM DESCRI~-GA33-1506
This manual describes the IBM 3803 Model 2 Tape Control and
IBM SYSTEM/370MODEL 125 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
the IBM 3420 Models 3 through 8 Magnetic rape Units. The
ThIs manual contains-rnformation on the operations that can
3803 Model 2 Tape Control provides communication between the
be performed on the System/370 Model 125, including channeL
tape units and the system inputloutput interface.
and I/O operations.
·rhe 3420 Models 3/4, 5/6, and 7/8 rea:i and write oneThe Model 125 is a general purpose data processing
half inch magnetic tape at 75, 125, and 200 inches per
system, controlled from a central processing unit, with
second respectively. The 3420 ModelS 4, 6, and 8 read and
a direct attachment for disk drives as a standard
write 9-track 6,250 bytes per inch (bpi) group coded
feature.
It can be equipped with a multiplexer channel
recording (GCR) format.
and with integrated attachments and adapters for magnetic
rhe basic 3Q20 Models 3, 5, and 7 rea:i and ~rite nine
tape units, car~ I/O :ievices, a printer, and teleprocessiag
track, 1,600 bpi, phase-encoded format.
Nine track, 800 bpi
devices.
145

GA33

GA33
The manual describes the basic architecture and
features of the central processing unit, and the channel
characteristics.
The intended readership consists mainly of systems
analysts eValuating the capabilities of the Model 125
in terms of its manual and program operations, and of
system programmers writing channel progr~ns or operating
systems for the Model 125. The manual is only of limited
use to application programmers because it contains little
information related to programming languages.
The first main section of the publications, "System
Control," describes the architectural features such as the
program status word control registers, and fiKed areas
in main storage, and gives details of mode selection and
other manual operations. The second main section describes
the channel characteristics, and specifies the commands,
status and sense information of the nati~ely-attached I/O
devices. A separate chapter describes the teleprocessing
attachment. Instruction timings are listed in an appendix.
Prerequisite Publications:
IBM System/370 System summary, GA22-7001
IBM System/360 PrinCiples of Operation, GA22-6821
IBM System/370 PrinCiples of Operation, GA22-7000
~anual, 370 pages
3125//01///
3~33-1507

IBM S~STEM/370 ~ODEL 125 CONFIGURATOR
rhis-configurator is a-table showing the models, features,
and attachments for the System/360 Model 125 central
processing unit. It is intended to be used by IBM Marketing
representatives, IBM System engineers, or customer systems
evaluation mana~ement.
Associated publications are:
[BM System/370 Input/Output Configurator - GA22-7002
rB~ 3125 Processing Jnit Integrated :ommunications
Adapter: ~onfi~urator - GA33-1508
Systems Library Manual, 8 pages
3125/100///

:a33-1508
IBM 3125 PRO:ES5IN3 uNIT INTEGRATED
::oNli'f:;[jR~rOR-MAN[jAL

COM~JSICATrO~S

ADAPTE~:

---- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

IBM-Syatem/370/L2S-Integrated Communications Adapter
~onfi~urator consists of a nunber of text pages and overlays
to be used when selecting a System/370 ~odel 125
tele9rocessing confi~uration. The systen/370 Model 125
[nte~rated ~ommunications Adapter is a teleprocessing
attachment that can serve up to six binary synchronous lines
and up to sixteen start/stop (asynchrono13) lines. The
publication is intended to be used by IB~ marketing
representatives, or experienced customer personnel, when
detailed information is required aboat line speeds,
interface types, line control types load factors and the
line adapters and their interrelationshi?
Feature and
specified codes are also given for orderin~ purposes.
Textbook, 54 pa~es, 40 acetate overlays
3125/TP/00///
3A33-1509
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 125 PROCEDURES
This manual is intended for operating:personnel using the
System/370 Model 125.
The manual is divided into four section: The
Introduction, The Operation Console, operation Actions and
the Appendix. The section on the operator console describes
the hardware and the facilities available for the manual
control of the system. The section on the operator actions
describes how the facilities are used, ho~ to handle
unexpected situations, and how to recover from a fault. The
appendix provides reference information for the handling of
I/O devices that can be directly attached (no control unit
or channel is needed) to the Model 125. Restart procedures
for the 2560 multifunction Card Machine, attached directly
to the Model 125, are also given.
Manual, 120 pages
3125//01///
GA33-1510
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 115 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
This-publication describes the characteristics of the IBM
System/370 Model 115, including the central processing
unit, multiplexer channel, direct disk attachment. and
the integrated attachments and adapters for other
input/output devices.
Its main purpose is to give systems analysts an
understanding of the structure, features, and operations
of the system. The manual also provides system
programmers ~ith information which is essential when
writing and maintaining channel programs and operating
systems for the System/370 Model 115.
In the six chapters of the manual. the characteristics
of the Model 115 are described in terms of:
1.
The basic system structure
2.
Main storage addreSSing
3.
The operations which can be performed and the
means of manual and program conl:rol.
4.
Compatibility features
5.
The commands, status and sense information for
input/output devices attached other than through
the multiplexer channel.
6.
The characteristics of the integrated
communications adapter.
146

Appendixes A, B, and C provide (respectively) code tables
f3r the integrated communications adapter, instruction
timings, an1 an example procedure for conversion from
2311 Model 1s to a 3340 disk subsystem. Appendix D
gives some information on magnetic tape unit compatibility
A~pendix E gives definitions of the abbreviations and
special terms used in this manual.
The reader is assumed to be conversant with the IBM
System/370 installation sets. data formats, channel
operations, and basic programming concepts such as status
switching and interruption.
Prere~uisite

Rea1ing

IBM System/370 System Summary, GA22-7001
IBM System/370 Principles of Operation, GA22-7000
Manual, Systems Library, 286 pages
3115//01///
GA33-1511
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 115 CONFIGURATOR
This configurator is intended-for-sales personnel, systems
engineers and customer systems evaluation management.
This configura tor provides a concise graphic description of
the Model 115 with standard and optical features, as .,ell as
all possible configurations of I/O devices which can be
directly attached to the Model 115.
Manual
3115//00///
GA33-1512
IBM S~STEM/370 MODEL 125 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS
T~rs manual descrrbes~w the effects of imposing loads on
the channels of the IBM System/370 Model 125 can be checked.
The book is intended for phySical planning engineers an1
systems analysts ~30 ilisn to check that a proposed
configuration of input/output devices ~ill work
satisfactorily in the System/370 Model 125.
The manual is divided into four sections. Section on~
describes the channels in terms of type, theoretical iata
rates, and the effects of loa1ing. Section tiiO describes
h~w to test for d~ta overrun, and how to assign priorities
t) devices on the ~yt~ multiplexer channel. Section three
describes how the interference of the activities of the
channels ~ith the I~U can be assessed. Section f3ur
describes the concept of channel utilization.
Before using this manual the reader should understand
i3put/output operations for t~e M01el 125 as described in:
IBM System/370 Model 125 Functional Characteristics,
GA33-1506
IBM System/370 Principles of Operation, GA22-6B21
IBM System/370 ~rinciples of Operation, 3A22-7000
Manual, 36 pages
3125//01///
GA33-1513
IBM 3115 PROCESSING UNIT INTEGRATED COMMUNICATIONS ADAPTER

CONFIGffiiATOR

-- ------

Consists of a number of text pages and overlays to be use1
when selecting a System/370 Model 115 teleprocessing
configuration. The Systeml370 Model 115 Integrated
Communications Adapter is a teleprocessing attachment that
can serve up to five binary synchronous lines and up to
eight start/stop (asynchronous) lines. The publication is
intended to be used by IBM marketing representatives, or
experienced customer personnel, When detailed information is
required about line speeds, interface types, line control
types load factors and the line adapters and their
interrelationship. Feature and specified codes are also
given for ordering purposes.
Manual
3115//00///
GA33-1514
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY SYSTEM/370 MODEL 115 PROCEDURES
This manual provides operating and reference information for
operators of the IBM System/370 Model 115. The reader is
assumed to have a working knowledge of Introduction to IB~
Data ProceSSing Systems, GC20-1684, and some previous
operating experience on either a similar system or on
related data processing equipment.
This manual describes how to operate the system hardware
of the IBM 3115 Processing Unit.
The manual is divided into:
1. Preliminary information, including action to be taken in
an emergency.
2. "Introduction", which briefly describes the system.
3. "Facilities," which describes the operator console.
keyboard and video display screen.
4. "Actions," which describes the preparation of the
system for operation, and the handling of unexpected
situations whicn may occur during preparation and
operation.
5. "Appendix," which provides:
a.
Reference information on the:
o
Direct disk attachment
o
Magnetic tape adapter
o
Integrated communications adapter
o
Integrated console printer attachment
o
Integrated printer attachment
o
Integrated card I/O attachment.
b.
Restart Procedures for the IBM 2560 Multi-Function
Card Machine (MFCM) and the IBM 5425 Multi-

GA33
FUnction Card Unit (MFCU).
c.
A description of the choices on the "Line Modes
for ICA" displays.
d.
Conversion tables.
6. A glossary, bibliography, and index.
systems library manual, 130 pages
31151101111
3A33-1515
~~M ~£Ql PRINTER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATOR'S GUIDE
This publication provides reference information for th-e~­
users of the IBM 3203 Printer.
It is written mainly for the
benefit of system planners, programmers and operators, but
is also of interest to system supervisors and engineers.
rh~publication provides a general intoduction to the
3203, its components, method of operation, and requirements~
describes the channel commands, status responses and error
recovery procedures~ and explains the various operating
procedures. A section on printer throughput is included for
system analysts who wish to calculate the performance of the
machine. A separate chapter covers the requirements and
p~ocedures for producing printed output that can be
processed by optical character readers.
The publication contains three appendixes:
Appendix A: Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange
Code
Appendix B: 3203 Sense Byte Summary
Appendix C: Abbreviations
The reader should be familiar with the aystem to which the
printer is attached. For system and programming information
refer to publications listed in the bibliography for the
system.
Prerequisite Publications:
For programmers: IBM System/370 Principles of Operation,
Order No. GA22-7000.
Manual, 74 pages
3115,31251/031/32031
GA33-1516
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 115 CaANNEL CHARAcrERISTICS
This manual describeshow the effects of 1mposing loads on
the channels of the IBM system/370 Model 115 can be checked.
The book is intended for physical planning engineers and
systems analysts who wish to check that a proposed
configuration of inputloutput (I/O) devices will work
satisfactorily in the Systeml370 Model 115.
The first section of the book describes the types of
channels to which 1/0 devices can be connected, the
theoretical data rates of the channels, and the possible
effects of imposing heavy IIO loads on those channels. The
effects considered are: data overrun, loss of device
performance, channel interference with the machine
instruction processor (MIP), program overrun, and excessive
channel utilization.
The second section gives the procedures for testing data
overrun on the byte-multiplexer channel. This section also
includes a description of how to assign priorities to
devices on the byte-multiplexer channel.
The third section deals with interference with the MIP
that is caused by activities on the channels, and describes
how the interference can be assessed. The same section also
shows how to check for the possibility of program overrun.
The fourth section describes the concept of channel
utilization.
Before using this manual, the reader should have a
thorough understanding of inputloutput operations for the
Model 115 as described in: IBM Systeml370 Model 115
Functional Characteristics, GA33-1510. IBM System/370
principles of Operation, GA22-7000.
~hen calculating for data overrun on the byte
multiplexer channel, a special worksheet is required:
IBM
systeml370 Model 115 Byte-Multiplexer Channel: Load Sum
~orksheet GX33-6007, available in pads of 50.
System library manual, 44 pages
3115//011/1

GA33
Principles of Operation (GA22-7000).
The Terminal Adapter Type I Model II subfeature covered
by this manual allOWS the Model 135 to communicate with
remote startlstop terminals such as the IBM 1050 Data
Communications Terminals, and IBM Systeml7.
The first section of the manual outlines the
relationship of the ICA to the CPU main storage and to the
external communication link.
Subsequent sections give
details of transmission codes, methods of error detection,
special characters, status and sense information, and
communication procedures.
Appendixes give information about
the particular requirements of the remote devices.
Manual, 56 pages
31351113111
GA33-3008
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 TERMINAL ADAPTER TYPE III FOR ICA:
SPECIAL FEATUREi5EScRIPTI-ON--- - - - - - - - -This manual provides information for writing channel
programs for the Terminal Adapter Type III sub feature in the
integrated communications adapter (ICA) base feature of the
IBM System/370 Model 135.
The manual is intended for applications programmers who
use assembler language and who are familiar with
inputloutput programming as described in IBM System/360
Principles of Operation (GA22-6821) and IBM Systeml370
Principles of Operation (GA22-7000).
The Terminal Adapter Type III subfeature allows the
Model 135 to communicate with remotely sited IBM 2260 or
2265 Display Stations, via IBM 2848 or 2845 Display
Controls, respectively.
The first section of the manual outlines the
relationship of the ICA to the CPU main storage and to the
external communication link.
Subsequent sections give
details of transmission codes, methods of error detection,
special characters, commands, status and sense information,
and communication procedures.
System Library Manual, 36 pages
31351113111
GA33-3009
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135-SYNCHRONOUS DATA ADAPTER TYPE II
'(FOR ICA): SPECIALFEATURE DESCRIPTIO-N- - - - - -ThIS manual provi~es:rererence information for programmers
writing channel programs for the Synchronous Data Adapter
Type II subfeature in the Integrated Communication Adapter
(ICA) feature of the IBM Systeml370 Model 135.
The Synchronous Data Adapter Type II subfeature allows
the Model 135 to communicate with other processing systems
and terminals that operate under binary synchronous
c3mmunications procedures.
The manual is intended for applications programmers wno
use assembler language and who are familiar with
inputloutput programming as described in IBM System/3bO
Principles of Operation (GA22-6821) and IBM Systeml370
Principles of Operation (GA22-7000). The reader should also
be familiar with the basic principles of binary synchronous
communications, such as is given in General Information Binary Synchronous Communications (GA27-3004).
The first section of the manual outlines the
relationship of the ICA to the CPU main storage and to the
external communication link; the second section summarizes
the principles of binary synChronous communications.
Subsequent sections give details of the transmission codes
used in the Synchronous Data Adapter Type II, the error
detection methods used, control characters, commands, status
and sense information, and operations of the adapter.
Manual, 64 pages
31351/13///

GA33-30 10
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS
ThIs manual provides information needed for checking that a
proposed configuration of 1/0 devices on the channels of IBM
Systeml370 will work satisfactorily. The book is intendej
f3r use in systems assurance work at the planning stage.
Procedures with examples are given for testing the
GA33-3005
effects of imposing heavy loads on the Model 135 channels.
IBM SYSTEMl370 ~ 135 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
The effects covered are: data overrun, loss of device
This publication describes the capabilities, inputloutput
performance, channel interference with the CPU, program
channels, integrated adapters (printer, file, and
overrun, and excessive channel utilization.
communications), features (including the 231413340
Additional but related topics covered in the book are:
Compatibility feature), and operations of the IBM Systeml370
(1) priority sequence of devices on the byte-multiplexer
Model 135. This information includes the relationship of
channel (with examples that include the 1419 Magnetic
the IBM Systeml370 Model 135 to the IBM Systeml360. This
Character Reader with expanded capability)~ (2) the effects
publication is intended for users and potential users such
of clock-multiplexing on channel busy time and percentage
as system analysts and programmers) of the System/370 Model
channel utilization~ and (3) channel programming
135. The reader is assumed to have a working knowledge of
conventions, upon which the validity of test procedures in
IBM Systeml370 Principles of Operation (311.22-7000) and IBM
the book is based.
System/370 System Summary (GA22-7001).
Prerequisite Publications
Manual, 99 pages
The reader must be familiar with System/370 inputloutput
31351/01///
operations as presented in:
IBM Systeml360 Principles of Operation GA22-6821
IBM System/370 Principles of Operation GA22-7000
3A33-3007
IBM Systeml370 Model 135 Functional Characteristics
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135-TERMINAL ADAPTER TYPE I MODEL II
GA33-3005
I~Qg-!£~! SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTIONISYSTEM LIBRARY MANuAL
IBM Systeml360 and System/370 Interface Channel Unit
This manual provides information for writing channel
Original Equipment Manufacturers Information GA22-6974.
programs for the Terminal Adapter Type I Model II subfeature
For testing data overrun on the byte-multiplexer channel,
in the Integrated Communications Adapter (ICA) base feature
the following special worksheet in required:
IBM Systeml370
of the IBM System/370 Model 135.
Model 135 Byte-Multiplexer Channel: Load Sum Worksheet GX33The manual is intended for applications programmers who
6004.
use the assembler language and who are familiar with
Manual, 120 pa~es
inputloutput programming as described in IBM Systeml360
31351101111
Principles of Operation (GA22-6821) and IBM Systeml370
147

GA33

GA36

31\.33-3011
IBM SYSTEM/310 MODEL 135 - TELEGRAPH ADAPrER TYPE II
(FOR -ICiS:--sPECrnFEATURE DESCRIPTIONMitwiL-- This manual is primarily for comm~nicatIOn-programmers who
wish to write their own channel programs for the Telegraph
I\.dapter Type II feature. The ma~al will also be of
interest to programmers who intend to use programs that are
available from IBM. The Telegraph Adapter Type II feature
(available in USA only) is one of the optional subfeatures
in the integrated communications adapter (ICA) feature of
the IBM 3135 Processing Unit. The subfeat~re allows the IBM
Systeml310 Model 135 to communicate with remote
teletypewriter-exchange-service (TWX) terminals, Models 33
35.
The first section of the manual o~tlines the relationship of the ICA to the main storage of the 3135 Processing
Unit and to the external communication link1 the section
also gives inputloutput programming information. The
remaining sections of the manual apply solely to the
Telegraph Adapter Type II feature and give the programmer
details of: Transmission codes, Methods of error detection,
Control characters, commands, status and sense information,
communication procedures and line monitoring.
I\.n appendix give the TWX code struct~re for the remote
devices.
Manual, 30 pages
313511131/1'

G1\.33-3014
IBM SYSTEM/310 MODEL 135 CONFIGURATOR
This publication lists-the standard, optional, and selective
features of the IBM Systeml310 Model 135, and describes how
these features attach to the Systeml310 Model 135. Details
of feature numbers, prereq~isite feature3, programming
support, and control storage requirements are also given.
This configurator is intended for IBM marketing
personnel, and for customer systems planners 1 that is, it is
intended for readers who are involved iIIith planning Model
135 sy3tem configurators and who need to know how the
features and combinations of features can be attached to the
Model 135. To make the best use of this configurator, the
reader should be familiar with the information in IBM
Systeml310 Model 135 Functional Characteristics.
This configurator lists the Model 135 features under the
follOwing general headings:
o
standard, optional, and selective features
o
instruction sets
o
channels
o
integrated adapters
Manual, 44 pages
31351/001/1

G1\.33-3015

~~~~~~~~~ =~~MF~~4iB~I~:~Y~O~~~P~~~E~O:~O~s~~IT
~§I~~£~-~~ ~!.--

----

--- -

For other countries: RPQ XI0260 (3141/3142).
Systems Library manual, 28 pages
11141/3741,31421

GA33-4500
IBM SYSTEMl360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2826 PAPER TAPE
CONTROL UNIT 1017 PAPER TAPE READER 1018 PAPER~E-pijNcH
This publication :1escribestheabOVenamed papertap-e-input/output components for the reading and punching of
paper or Mylar. tape. Attachment is to the multiplexer
channel of the IBM Systeml360 Models 25,30, 40, and 50.
The channel commands necessary to control the operation
of the above units, and the status and sense bytes provide1
by the control unit, are fully described.
Controls, tape specifications, tape-splicing procedures,
tape-loading procedures, and special features are also
described.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 42 pages
360,370/108//2826,1011,10181

GA34-0016
IBM 5275 DIRECT NUMERICAL CONTROL STATION INTRODUCTION AND
COMPONENTI5'ESc'RIPTION

--- ---

Provides a description of the 5215 and its function in a
numerical control environment. It is intended for customer
executives, installation managers, application programmers,
and those involved with the physical installation and
maintenance of the terndnal.
This publication provides: a comparison of conventional
numerical control systems to the i~proved system using the
5275i a brief functional description of the terminal and its
major components1 human factor considerations; a detailed
description of the functional capabilities1 highlights of
the programming support 1 and information concerning
installation planning, reliability, availability, and
performance considerations.
Only a general knowledge of data processing, numerical
control systems, and the steps involved in making a part
(part programming) is required to use this manual.
Manual, 100 pages
3101/091/52751

G1\.34-1507
IBM SYSTEM/1-360/310 ~ ~~ ~~ INFORMATION
MI\.NUAL, BE.2 QQ!!.!.!£
This manual describes the RPQ 008112 (Systeml1 360/310
channel attachment, and RPQD08113 two channel switch). It
contains a general explanation of Systeml1 360/310
attachment to 360/310 channel data transfer sequences. For
correct operation, the machine language instructions, status
and sense bytes are explained in detail.
Manual, 36 pages
111115799-wCB

--

U.S.A. Canada: RPQs Y94116 and 1H0014. Other countries:
RPQs 1H0020 and 7H0023. Provide3 reference information
for operating and programming the color display subsysten,
which attaches to IBM Systeml310. The 3~bsystem displays
text and graphic data on color television monitors that are
provided by the user.
rhe manual has two sections. The fir3t section
describes the operation of the keys, pushbuttons and
lights of the 5941-H02 Display Console, and gives corrective
actions to betaken in unexpected situations. It is
intended for OPerators who have a working knowledge of
Introduction to IBM DTA Processing Systens, GL20-1684.
The second section, which is for programmers,
describes how to generate a character set, manipulate the
information on the screen, control some of the lights on
the display console for operator guidance and simulate
messages from the display console to check its operation.
The commands and the status and sense information
are described for both local (channel-attached) and remote
(BSC) control units.
For a local control unit, the programmers is assumed to be
familiar with channel programming for System/310.
For a remote control unit, the programmer is assumed to be
familiar with General Information Binary Synchronous
Communications, GA21-3004.
rransmission codes for a remote control ~nit are
described briefly.
I\.ppendix A contains physical planning information,
Dimensions, service ares, and user supplied cables are
specified for the display console and control unit.
Appendix B lists the RPQ numbers that must. be quoted in
an order for the color display subsystem and i.ts optional
feat~res1 and shows possible configurations of the subsystem
components.
SYSTEM LIBRARY MANUAL, 50 PAGES, 3115

GA34-1511
SYSTEM/310 IBM 5098-N05 SENSOR BASED CONTROL UNIT GENERAL
I['qFORMATION"""'MAN~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - This manual describes the configuration of the .SBCU with
System/310 and Systeml1. It describes the functional
operation of the SBCU along with an explanation of the 310
channel comma.nds issued to it. This publication also
describes the order and responses sent between the SBCA and
SBCU.
Manual
7,3701/14//50981

GA34-1531

!ill1 5215 MACHINE !llil!!

~ .\llill: (MCU) ACCESSORY :@.Q
008286: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
This publication is intended~ instructional and will
introduce the reader to the Machine Tool Control Accessory
Unit (008286) and how it relates to the IBM 5215 and the
Machine Tool Control Unit. This publication was written for
service personnel and individuals concerned with machine
tool control. It is assumed that the reader of this
publication is familiar with the IBM 5215 and how it
interfaces with the Machine Tool Control Unit. This
publication covers the following topics:
o
General iescription of accessory and associated
hardware
o
Functions of accessory 008286
o
Signal considerations
o
Interface specifications
o
MCU Identification
o
Maintenance requirements
o
Installation-physical planning information
Manual, 40 pages

37011141152751

1114115941,59851

31'.33-3016
IBM 3740 DATA ENTRY SYSTEM SPECIAL SELF-CHECK NUMBER DEVICE
£:USTOM UNIT Q~CRIPTION ~ USA WE0408, Z01465j ~ XI0260
This publication describes the Self-Check Numl~r Device
Special I\.rithmetic feature which is available on the IBM
3741 Data Station, Models 1 and 2, and the IBM 3142 Dual
Data Station. The feature implements many special
algorithms by utilizing the modulus 11 program field
definition characters, but the standard nodulus 10 algorithm
is unaffected.
For U. S. A.: RPQS WE0408 (3142) and Z01465 (3141).
148

G1\.36-0001
IBM 4812 MODEM MODEL 1
ThIslPUb1ication introduces the IBM 4812 Modem Modell
and describes its role in a point-to-point network. Details
concerning installation planning, operation, and special
features are also included.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 22 pages
1/131148721

GA36
GA36-0002
IBM 4481 FILM READER/RECORDER
This-~ublication provides basic information about the IBM
4481 Film Reader/Recorder, with the objective of helping
reader to achieve a general understanding of the machine's
~peration, its interface with the S/360 or S/370 through
the IBM 1827 Data Control Unit, and its functional
characteristics. Programming considerations, timing
information, operator controls, and installation planning
are discussed in detail.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 36 pages
360,370//14//4481/
GA36-0003
4481 FILM READER/RECORDER PROGRAMMER'S §qIDE
This publication provides information that ~ill enable
the user to write programs for the IBM 4481 Film
Reader/Recorder.
programming considerations are discussed
prior to acquainting the user with' the 30ftware support
de3igned for his use. The user-oriented support programs
comprise a set of macro-instructions which control data
Flow between the Systeml360 and Systeml370 CPU's and
the Film Reader/Recorder, and a selection of FORTRAN
callable subroutines and image handling programs which
perform transmission of data to and from the Film
Reader/Recorder.
Systems Reference Library programmer's Glide, 38 pages
360,370//14//4481/
GA36-0004
IBM 4872 MODEM MODELS 2 AND 3
This-publication introduces the IBM 4872 Modem Models 2
and 3 and describes their role in a multipoint network.
Details concerning installation planning, operation, and
special features are also included.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 18 pages
1109/14872/

SBOF
SBOF-6382
prF PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-455
CONSECUTIVE DISK IOCS FOR 370 DOS
prF Listings-rQr Program-Numberlisted in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SBOF-6383
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-456
CONSECUTIVE TAPE IOCS FOR 370 DOS
prF Listings-rQr Program-Numberlisted in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SBOF-6384
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-457
ISF"MSF0'R370 OOS
PTF'Listings-for-Program Number listed in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SBOF-6385
prF PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-458
CONSECUTIVE PT IOCS FOR 370 DOS
PTF Listings:ror-program~mber listed in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SBOF-6386
PTF PROGRAM ~ 370N-IO-476 L £Q~ILER 1/0 MODULE;; FOR
370 DOS
PTF Listings for Program Number listed in title above.
PTF Listing Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-2250
PTF FOR OS/VS2
PTF Listings for program number 5742.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-6387
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-477
12597f4I2/I419 MICR IOCS FOR 370 DOS
PTF Listings for-Program Number-lIsted in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-6375
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-AS 465 ASSEMBLER
BASIC-MODijLE~370 DOS
--PTF-Listings-for-Program-Number listed in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-6388
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-478
OPTICAL CHARACTER READER FOR 370 DOS
PTF Listings for Program Number-listed in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-6376
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CL-453
SYS.-CONT~-AN-o-BASIC IOCS FOR 370 DOS
PTFListingSf'or programNumberlisted in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-6389

SBOF-6377

SBOF-6390
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-UT-491
SYSTEMUTILrTY PROGRAM FOR 370 DOS
PTF Listings for progam"Number' listed in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~!E ~~Q~~~ NUMBER 370N-CQ-469
BTAM FOR 370 DOS
PTF-Listings for Program Number listed in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~f ~ NUMBER 370N-CQ-493
3735 TERMINAL SUPPORT FOR 370 DOS
PTF'Listings for Program-Numberlisted in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

PTF Listings for Program Number listed in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-6391
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-UT-492
EREP FOR 370--OOS~Listings fOr Program Number listed in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-6379
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-DN-481
ON-LINE-TEST~ PROG. FOR 370 DOS
PTF Listings for Program 'Niiiiiberlisted in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-6392
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-SV-495
2311/2314/333O:SUPERVISOR FOR 370 DOS
prF Listings for Program Niiiiiberlisted in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-6380
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-EU-490
EMULATOR FOR31OD0S
PTF Listings for Program Number listed in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-6393
M20 EMULATOR (VERSION 4) PTF'S - PROG. NO. 370N-IC-002
This BOF contains PTF listings for program iiii:iiiber listed in
ti tle above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-6381
PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-454
DIRECT ACCESs-METHOD FOR 370 DOS
PTF-Lrs~for Program Number-listed in title above.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-6400
PTF LISTINGS FOR OS/VSl
ThIs PTF is a-rix generated by the group having maintenance
control of the program component mentioned in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-6378
~!E ~~Q~~~ NUMBER
~!~.EQ~ 370 DOS

370N-CQ-470

149

SB21

SBOF
SBOF-6401
DOS PTF - PROGRAM NUMBER 5744-AS1
PTF listing for program number listed in title above.
Micr;)fiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SBOF-6402

1& 158/1074 EMUL PTF

~ NUMBER ill4-AJ1
PTF listing for program number listed in the title above.
PTF listing microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOi!'-6403
!.~?L !.68/7080 EMULATOR :. PTF PROGRAM NUM~~ 574 14-AL1
This PTF is a fix generated by the group having maintenance
control of the program component mentioned in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SBOF-6404
~ EMULATOR :. PTF PROGRAM NUMB~ ~
This PTF is a fix generated by the group having maintenance
control of the program component mentioned in the title.
Micr;)fiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

!:.§.h

SBOF-6405
!:.§.h 168/10711 EMULATOg
PTF LISTINGS FOR PROGRAM NO. 5744-AK1
This Bill of Forms contaiilSthe items li3ted in the Current
Price List, Bill of Forms section, under this BOF Number.
Micr;)fiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

This workspace contains functions which, on an APL/360
terminal (2741 or 1050): plots of curves, draws histograms,
deriving the plotted values from the raw data. It contains
options to: plot several curves together. Abscissae need to
be the same for the various curves. Employ linear or
logarithmic scale on each axis. Use the special plotting
type element (PIN 1167114) for finer resolution. Adjust the
scale to compensate for the different unit lengths in the
two directions at the terminal (100 chars/inch and 6
lines/inch) •
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
instrucitons for the Field oeveloped Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
;)thers who require information concerning it.
Notice, 4 pages
//1115798-AGL

SB21-0415
GRAPHS AND HISTOGRAMS IN APL PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
M~NUAL =-Fop NUMBER 5798-AGL - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - This 30-page document describes the capabilities of the FDP
and the programs of the Graph and Histograms in APL for the
Systern/360/370. This workspace contains fUnctions which, on
an APL/360 terminal (2741 or 1050): plots of curves, draws
histograms, deriving the plotted values from the raw data.
It contains options to: plot several curves together.
Abscissae need to be the same for the various curves.
Employ linear or logarithmic scale on each axis. Jse the
special plotting type element (P/N 1167114) for finer
resolution. Adjust the scale 'to compensate for the
different unit lengths in the ,two directions at the terminal
(100 charslinch and 6 lines/inch).
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install anj
succeSSfully use the program.
Manual, 30 pages
//1/15798-AGL

SBOF-6407
EMULATOR PTF PROGRAM 5744-AH1
riiis-i3illof Forms conta1ns the items listed in the Current
Price List, Bill of Forms section, under this BOF Number.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SBOF-6440
PTF'S FOR DOS/VS ASSEMBLER COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-ASM
PITListings for iIlcomponents of theooS7VsSystem
Control Program.
Micr;)fiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SBOF-8210
OS/VS2 SCHEDULER AND SUPERVISOR LOGIC
rhis-Bill-of-FOrms-enables you to order all volumes of the
os/VS2 Scheduler and Supervisor Logic (s~bject code 36) with
one ;)rder number.
Price List, Bill of Forms section, under this BOF Number.
Bill of Forms (3 Manuals)
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-0411
- INTERACTIVE GRAPHICS PACKAGE FOR API~360
PR03. NO. -5798-AGK - FDPAVAILAB:r:LITYNoriCE--r~avaIlability notice-is a marketing-oiiented
document that describes the purpose and capabilities
of the program, advantages of deaign, and problems
solved by the program referenced in the title.
Notice, 4 pages
////15798-AGK
3R~PHP~K

5B21-0412
GRAPHPAK - INTERACTIVE GRAPHICS PACKAGE FOR API,/360
FIELD-DEVELOPED PROGRAM~TiON7OPER~rroNs MANUAL
PR53RAM-NUMB~5798-AGK
---This-manual describes the capabilities of the system and the
programs. Discussion of deSign assumpti;)ns and potential
modification areas are included. Record and file layouts
are described, and primary processing procedures specified.
This manual is both a system description and an installation
and ;)perations reference document.
Manual, 56 pages
////15798-AGK
LB21-0413
GRAPHPAK - INTERACTIVE GRAPHICS PACKAGE FOR APl,/360
--- - - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM:sYSTEMS GUIDE
PRO;RAM NUMBER 5798-AGK
W
T~nuser's Manual
is for the systems Analyst, Programmer
and Operator during the Systems Test and Daily Operations of
the pr;)grams. It also contains programmer notes to assist
in making minor alterations.
:.1anual, 54 pagea
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-0414
GRAPHS AND HISTOGRAMS IN APL AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP
~UMBER 5798-AGJ.
- - ---- - Thia 4 page document describes the purpose and highlights of
the 3raphs and Histograms in APL for the System/360/370.
150

LB21-0416
GRApHS AND HISTOGRAMS ;ru APL §!.2!§!§ §QIDE :. fill: ~UMBER
5798-AGL
This 27 page document describes the steps necessary to
modify the Graphs and Histograms in APL for the
System/360/370. This workspace contains functions which, on
an APL/360 terminal (2741 or 1050): plots of curves, draws
histograms, ieriving the plotted values from the raw data.
It contains options to: plot several curves together.
Abscissae need to be the same for the various curves.
Employ linear or logarithmic scale on each axis. Use the
special plotting type element (P/N 1167114) for finer
resolution. Adjust the scale to compensate for the
different unit lengths in the two directions at the terminal
(100 charslinch and 6 lines/inch).
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable ~im to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Guide, 27 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-0683
MINIMUM TELE-(~MMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR S/370 AVAILABILITY
NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5798 ALN- - - -----Thrs-6 page-document iescribes the purpose and highlights of
Minimum Tele-Communication System for S/370. Written in
Assembler, it is a System/370 offering providing smaller DOS
and DOS/VS users with a Single-thread, transaction-driven
teleprocessing capability. The programming system supports
the IBM 3270 and 2740 terminals via DOS BTAM and supports
inquiry, file updates, order entry and data collection
applications via DOS ISAM. BOMP and DBOMP files may also oe
accessed via MTCS/370. Transaction programs may be ~ritten
in Assembler, COBOL or PL/I.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
instructions for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Notice, 6 pages
/////5798-ALN
SB21-0684
MINIMUM TELE-COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR S/370 PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUA"L--::-PDPNUMBER - 5 798- ALN
This 148 page document describes~he capabilities of the FOP
and the programs of the Minimum Tele-Communication System
for S/370. Written in Assembler, it is a Systernl370
;)ffering provi:Ung smaller DOS and DOS/VS users with a
single-thread, transaction-driven teleprocessing capabilitr.
The programming system supports the IBM 3270 and 2740
terminals via DOS BTAM and supports inquiry, file updates,
order entry and data collection applications via DOS ISAM.
BOMP and DBOMP files may also be accessed via MTCS/370.
Transaction programs may be written in Assembler, COBOL or
PL/I.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 148 pages
1/ / / /5798-ALN

LB21

LB21

produce DOS Assembler programs which can be compiled and
executed to perform the actual conversion of each data set.
The 3330 Data Set Conversion Aid provides support for users
converting from 2311, 14, 19 to the 3330 DASF.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient'information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 23 pages
11//15798-AMN

LB21-0685
MINIMU~ TELE-COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR S/3IQ ~ gUIDE
FDP-NUMBER 5798-ALN
ThIs~ag~nt describes the ste~s necessary to
modify the Minimum Tele-Communication System for S/370.
written in Assembler, it is a Systeml370 offering providing
smaller DOS and DOS/VS users with a single-thread,
transaction-driven teleprocessing capability. The
programming system supports the IBM 3270 and 2740 terminals
via DOS BTAM and supports inquiry, file ~~dates, order entry
and data collection applications via DOS ISAM. BOMP and
DBOMP files may also be accessed via MTCS/370. Transaction
programs may be written in Assembler, COBOL or PL/I.
This systems guide provides the systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
3uide, 12 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GB21-0686
DOS 2311/14/19 - 3330 DASD DEVICE INDEPENDENCE ROUTINES
ii"VAILi\'BrLITYNOrlCE=" FOPNUMBER 5798-ALK-This 2 page document-descr~he purpo3e and highlights of
the DOS 2311/14/19-3330 OASD Device Inde~endence Routines
pro~ramfor the Systeml360/370 (DOS).
written in Assembler
Language, this program provides the DOS user device
independence between 2311/14/19 and 3330 disk files. These
routines dynamically modify (at OPEN time) any program
written in any language that uses Index Sequential,
sequential, Direct Access, or PIOCS in a standard manner.
This Availability Notice contains com~lete ordering
instructions for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management ani data processing
~ersonnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it. '
Notice, 2 pages
111115798-ALK
SB21-0687
DOS 2311/14/19-3330 DASD DEVICE INDEPENDENCE ROUTINES
PR03RAM DESCRIPTION/OPERA~M~FDPNUMBER 5798-ALK
ThiS:24 page document describes~apabrrities of the FDP
and the programs of the DOS 2311/14/19-3330 DASD Device
Independence Routines system. Written in Assembler Language
for the System 360/370 (DOS), this system provides the DOS
user device independence between 2311/14/19 and 3330 disk
files.
These routines dynamically modify (at OPEN time) any
program written in any language that uses Index sequential,
Sequential, Direct Access, or PIOCS in a 5tandard manner.
This Progra~ Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 24 pages
111115798-ALK
LB21-0688
DOS 2311/14/19-3330 DASD DEVICE INDEPENDENCE ROUTINES
SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5798-ALK
This-98 page-document describes the steps necessary to
modify the DOS 2311/14/19-3330 DASD Device Independence
Routines FDP written in Assembler Language for the system
3601370 (DOS).
This program provides the DOS user device
independence between 2311/14/19 and 3330 disk files. These
routines dynamically modify (at OPEN time) any program
written in any language that uses Index Sequential,
se~uential, Direct Access, or PIOCS in a standard manner.
This systems guide provides ths Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Guide, 98 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-0740
DOS llli ~ llliI CONVERS!~ AID AVAILABUITY NOTICE =- ~
NUMBER 5798-AMN
This 2 page document describes the purpose and highlights of
DOS 3330 Data Set Conversion Aid FDP. This FDP, written in
ALC, provides the S/360/370 DOS user with a facility to copy
data sets from one DASD to a 3330. Based upon parameters
submitted by the user, the program will ~roduce DOS
Assembler programs which can be compiled and executed to
~erform the actual conversion of each data set.
The 3330
Data Set Conversion Aid provides support for users
converting from 2311, 14, 19 to the 3330 DASF.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
instructions for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
~ersonnel ~ho are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Manual, 2 pages
/1///5798-AMN

LB21-0742
DOS 3330 DATA SET CONVERSION AID SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBhR

5798=AMN - - -

- - - - - - - - - - ---- - --- ------

This 13 page document describes the steps necessary to
modify the DOS 3330 Data Set Conversion Aid FDP.
This FOP,
written in ALC, provides the 5/360/370 DOS user with a
facility to copy data sets from one DASD to a 3330.
Based
upon parameters submitted by the user, the program will
!?roduce DOS Assembler programs which can be compiled and
executed to perform the actual conversion of each data set.
The 3330 Data Set Conversion Aid !?rovides support for users
converting from 2311, 14, 19 to the 3330 DASF.
This systems ~uide provides the Systems Analyst ~ith the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modification, diagnose progr~m
errors and !?erform program maintenance.
Guide, 13 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-0761
STREAM - A 3270 INFOR~ATION DISPLAY SYSTEM PROGRAMMING AID
FOifSYSTEM/36O; 370: FOP 579!!=-~h NOTICE - - - - - This 4 page document describes the pur!?ose and highlights of
STREAM - A3270 Information Display System Programming Aid
for the System/360, 370.
Written in BAL, this program,
which is comprised of a macro and a su!?port module, is
deSigned to facilitate the use of the wide variety of
advance facilities available on the 3270 IDS. This DSP will
assist the programmer in the detailed structuring and
analysis of data and control characters. The FDP consisto
of two basic parts. The first is a support module that is
assembled once and catalogued by the user.
The second is
the !?rogrammer interface.
When the user wishes to activate
the STREAM system, he will issue a series of STREAM macros
(BAL) of high-level language STREAM calls.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
i~struction for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data !?rocessing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Flyer, 4 pages
/11//579~-ANE

SB21-0762
STREAM - A3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM PR03RAMMING AID
EQE SYSTEM/lih TIQ. PRbGR~ ~~CRIPTIO~Q~~~!!!~9Bi[ MANij~
FDP NUMBER 5798-ANE
ThIs 49 page document describes the capabilities of the FDP
and the programs of the STREAM - A3270 Information Display
System Programming Aid. Written in OS/OOS, for the
System/360, 370, this system, which is comprised of a macro
and a support module, is designed to facilitate the use of
the wide variety of advance facilities available on the 3270
IDS. This FDP will assist the programmer in the detailed
structuring and analysis of data and control characters.
The FOP consists of two baSic parts. The first is a support
module that is assembled once and catalogued by the user.
The second is the programmer interface.
when the user
wishes to activate is the STREAM system, he will issue a
series of STREAM macros (BAL) or high-level language STRE&~
calls.
This Program Description/o!?erations Manual !?rovides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 49 pages
/11//5798-ANE

SB21-0741
DOS 3330 DATA SET CONVERSION AID PROGRAM
DESCRIPTI0N/5PERATIONS MANUAL-=-FDP'N'iiMBER 5798-AMN
This 23 page document describes the capabilities and the
programs of the DOS 3330 Data Set Conversion Aid. This FDP,
written in ALC, provides the S/360/370 DOS user with a
facility to copy data sets from one DASD to a 3330. Based
upon parameters submitted by the user, the program will
151

LB21-0763
STREAM - A3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM PR03RAMMING AID
FOR SYSTEM73"6li,370 ~ GUI!2§:: K!2E NuMBER 579!!.-ANJ:.This 19 page document describes the steps necessary to
modify the STREAM - A3270 Information Display System
Programming Aid written in BAL for the System/360, 370.
This program, which is comprised of macro and a su!?port
module, is designed to facilitate the use of the wide
variety of advance facilities availabe on the 3270 IDS.
This FDP will assist the programmer in the detailed
structuring and analysis of data and control characters.
The FDP consists of two basic !?arts. The first is a support
module that is assembled once and catalogued by the user.
The second is the programmer interface.
when the user
wishes to activate the STREAM system, he will issue a series
of STREAM macros (BAL) or high-level language STREAM calls.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Guide, 19 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GB21

SB21

GB21-0836
BURR~UGHS

2500 SERIES COBOL !Q IBM ANS £QBOL CONVERSION

~

KvKILKBILI~OrICE - FOP NUMBER 5798-APH
This 6 page document-describes the p~rpo3e and highlights of

the FOP. This FOP written in ALe is a series of programs,
subroutines, anj procedures designed to address many of the
problems encountered when converting from Burrough 2500
series COBOL to IBM ANS COBOL. The translation system was
designed to operate under either DOS or ~S, and produce
COBOL code to ba compiled under OS, DOS, or S/3. A data
conversion utility program is provided to convert Burroughs
tape files to standard IBM files. It is designed to convert
7 track BCL or BCD, 9 track EBCDIC or ASCII or, via a user
exit, a user-specified code. The data conversion utility
offers the user great flexibility of data handling and
formatting during the conversion process. The FOP will
operate under OS on a 5/360/370 with a 44K byte or larger
region, and under DOS on a S/360/370 with a minimum of 48K
bytes of storage.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
instructions for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Notice, 6 pages
////I'5798-APH
SB21-0837
BURR~UGHS 2500 SERIES COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID
PR03RKM:DESCRIPrroN7QPERATIONS MANU~-~~NUMBER 5798-APH
This 46 page document descrioes the capabffities of the FOP
and the programs of the Burroughs 2500 series COBOL to IBM
ANS ~OBOL Conversion Aid. This FOP ~ritten in ALC is a
series of programs, subroutines, and procedures designed to
address many of the problems encountered when converting
from Burrough 2500 Series COBOL to IBM ANS COBOL. The
translation system was designed to operate under either DOS
or OS, and produce COBOL code to be compiled under OS, DOS,
or S'3. A data conversion utility program is provided to
convert Burroughs tape files to standard IBM files. It is
designed to convert 7 track BCL or BCD, 9 track EBCDIC or
ASCII or, via a user exit, a user-specified code. The data
conversion utility offers the user great flexibility of data
handling and formatting during the conversion process. rhe
FDP will operate under OS on a S/360/370 ~ith a 44K byte or
larger region, and under DOS on a 5/360/370 with a minimum
of 48K bytes of storage.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to ~nderstand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 46 pages
/ / / /I' 5798-APH

LB21-0838
BURROUGHS 2500 SERIES COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION !!Q
SYSTEMS GUIDE--;FDPlNUMBER 5798-APH--- ----This-146 page docume~crI5eSlthe steps necessary to
modify the Burroughs 2500 Series COBOL to IBM ANS COBOL
Conversion Aid written in ALC for the S/360/370. This FDP
written in ALC is a series of programs, subroutines, and
procedures designed to address many of the problems
encountered when converting from Burrough 2500 Series COBOL
to IBM ANS COBOL. rhe translation systen was designed to
operate under either DOS or OS, and produce COBOL code to be
compiled under OS, DOS, or S/3. A data conversion utility
program is provided to convert Burroughs tape files to
standard IBM files. It is designed to convert 7 track BCL
or BCD, 9 track EBCDIC or ASCII or, ~ia a user exit, a userspecified code. The data conversion utility offers the user
great flexibility of data handling and formatting during the
conversion process. The FOP will operate under OS on a
5/360/370 with a 44K byte or larger region, and under DOS on
a S/360/370 with a minimum of 48K bytes of storage.
rhis systems guide provides the Systems Analyst OIith the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modification, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
3uide, 146 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

others who require information concerning it.
Flyer, 4 pages
/////5798-APG
SB21-0840

i l l ANS

~ CONVERSION gQ lQB !i£B ~ ~!:! r2B
SYSTEMl360/370 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FOP
NUMBER 5798-APG--- - - - -This 63 page document describes the capabilities of the FOP
and the programs of the IBM ANS COBOL Conversion Aid for ~CR
Century COBOL for System/360/310. This Field Developed
Program is a series of programs, subroutines, and procedures
designed to address many of the problems encountered when
converting from NCR Century Series COBOL to IBM ANS COBOL.
The translation system was designed to operate under either
DOS or OS, and produce COBOL code to be compiled under OS,
~S, or Systeml3.
A data conversion utility program is provided to copy
tape files, translate data and expand files when packed
numeric data had been specified. It will handle variable,
or fixed records and will produce variable, fixed or spanned
records.
The FOP will operate under OS on a Systeml360/310 in a
50K region, and under DOS on a System/360/310 with a
partition of 44K bytes of storage.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 63 pages
/1// /5198-APG

LB21-0841
~ ~ CONVERSION MQ l2B !i£B ~ £Qlli& r2B
SYSTEMl360/310 SYSTEMS GUIDE - FOP NUMBER 5198-APG
This 210 page document describes~he steps-necessary to
modify the IBM ANS COBOL Conversion Aid for NCR Century
COBOL for System/360/310. This Field Developed Program is a
series of programs, subroutines, and procedures designed to
address many of the problems encountered when converting
from NCR Century Series COBOL to IBM ANS COBOL. The
translation system was designed to operate under either DJS
or OS, and produce COBOL code to be compiled under OS, DOS,
or Systeml3.
A data conversion utility program is provided to copy
tape files, translate data and expand files when packed
numeric data had been specified. It will handle variable,
or fixed records and will produce variable, fixed or spanned
records.
The FOP will operate under OS on a Systeml360/370 in a
50K region, and under DOS on a System/360/310 with a
partition of 44K bytes of storage.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Guide, 270 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

IID1

GB21-0857
OS/DITTO AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FOP NUMBER 5198-ARD
Tiiis 4 page document jescribes the purpose and highlights of
OS/DITTO. Written in Assembler, this program is a
generalized utility program that provides most of the normal
card, tape, and disk utility functions, thus eliminating the
necessity of using several different OS utility programs.
The functions provided are the equivalent of the functions
p~ovided by the DOS/DITTO FOP (5198-ARN).
DOS/DITTO, written in ALC, is a general purpose utility
program containing thirty-seven utility functions for Unit
Record, Tape and Disk Input/Output units. Functional
utilities are: Tape and Disk Record Scan, Disk and Tape
Record Alteration, Disk 10 Volume Number Charge, Deblocking
and Tape Records when printing, and User Tape Error
Correction. DOS/DITTO is an enhanced version of the rype
III program DITTD-360D.00.l.018. It requires a S/360, 310
with a minimum partition size of 16K and supports 3330
devices. This FOP was approved and announced in October
1972.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
instructions for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Notice, 4 pages
// // /5198-ARD

GB21-0839
NCR ~ENTURY COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL: CONVERSION AID FOR
SYSTE~/360/370, FDP5798-APG NOTICE - - - - - --- --This 4 page document describes the purpose and highlights of
IBM ANS COBOL Conversion Aid for NCR Century COBOL for
System/360/370. This Field Developed program is a series of
programs, subroutines, and procedures designed to address
many of the prOblems encountered when converting from NCR
SB21-0858
~entury Series COBOL to IBM ANS COBOL.
rhe translation
~~~:~~ ~ DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS ~ ~ FDP NUMB~B
system was designed to operate under either DOS or OS, and
produce COBOL code to be compiled under OS, DOS, or
This 33 page document describes the capabilities of the FDP
Systeml3.
and the programs of the OS/DITTO. Written in Assembler,
A data conversion utility program is provided to copy
this program is a generalized utility program that provides
tape files, translate data and expand files OIhen packed
most of the normal card, tape, and disk utility functions,
numeric data had been specified. It will handle variable,
thus eliminating the necessity of using several different 03
or fixed records and will produce variable, fixed or spanned
utility programs. The functions provided are the equivalent
records.
of the functions provided by the DOS/DITTO FOP (5198-ARN).
The FOP will operate under OS on a Sfstem/360/370 in a
DOS/DITTO, written in ALC, is a general purpose utility
50K region, and under DOS on a Systeml360/370 with a
program containing thirty-seven utility functions for Unit
partition of 44K bytes of storage.
Record, Tape and Disk Input/Output units. Functional
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
utilities are: Tape and Disk Record Scan, Disk and Tape
instructions for the Field Developed Program and all its
Record Alteration, Disk 10 Volume Number Charge, Deblocking
related documentation, for management and data processing
and Tape Records when printing, and User Tape Error
personnel who are prospective users of the pr'ogram and
Correction. DOS/DITTO is an enhanced version of the rype
152

LB21

SB21
III program DITrO-360D.00.l.018.
It req~ires a S/360, 370
~ith a minimum partition size of 16K and supports 3330
devices. This FDP ~as approved and announced in October
1972.
:rhis Program Description/Operations ~anual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 33 pages
////I'5798"':ARD
LB21-0859
OS/DITTO SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5798-ARD
This 13 page docu~describes the steps necessary to
modify the OS/DITTO. written in Assembler, this program is
a generalized utility program that provijes most of the
normal card, tape, and disk utility functions, thus
eliminating the necessity of using several different os
utility programs. rhe functions provided are the equivalent
of the functions provided by the DOS/DITro FDP (5798-ARN).
DOS/DITTO, ~ritten in ALe, is a general purpose utility
program containing thirty-seven utility functions for Unit
Record, Tape anj Disk Input/Output units.
Functional
utilities are: Tape and Disk Record Scan, Disk and Tape
Record Alteration, Disk ID Volume Number Charge, Deblocking
and rape Records ~hen printing, and User rape Error
Correction. DOS/DIT'ro is an enhanced version of the Type
III program DITTO-360D.00.l.018.
It requires a S/360, 370
~ith a minimum partition size of 16K and supports 3330
devices. This FDP was approved and anno~nced in October
1972.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Manual, 13 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-0875
DOS/DITTO rQ£ SYSTEM/360, 370 AVAlLABILIrx. NOTICE :. FDP
NUMBER 5798-ARN
Thls-2: Page document describes the purpose and highlights of
DOS/DITTO for the Systeml360, 370. Written in ALC, this
program is a general purpose utility program containing
thirty-seven (37) utility functions for Jnit Record, Tape
and Disk Input/Output units.
Functional utilities are: Tape
and Disk Record Scan, Disk and Tape Record Alteration, Disk
10 Volume Number Charge, Deblocking and rape Records when
printing, and User Tape Error Correction.
DOS/DITTO is an
enhanced version of the rype III program DITTO360D.00.1.018. DOS/DITTO requires a Systeml360, 370 with a
minimum partition size of 16K.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
instructions for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Notice, 2 pages
/////5798-ARN
SB21-0876
~OS/D~TTO FOR SYSTEM/360, 370 PROGRAM DES~RIPTION/OPERATIONS
MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5798-ARN
This 28-page document describes the capabilities of the FDP
and the programs of DOS/DITTO. Written in ALC for the
System/360, 370, this program is a general utility program
containing thirty-seven (37) utility functions for Unit
Record, Tape and Disk Input/Output units.
Functional
utilities are: rape and Disk Record Scan, Disk and Tape
Record Alteration, Disk ID Volume Number Charge, Deblocking
and rape Records when printing, and User rape Error
Correction. DOS/DITTO is an enhanced version of the Type
III program DITTO-360D.00.1.018.
DOS/Dlrro requires a
Systeml360, 370 with a minimum partition size of 16K.
rhis Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user ~ith sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 28 pages
////I'5798-ARN

LB21-0877
~~~~g~~Q. FOR SYSTEMI360, 370 SYSTEMS GUI~ :. FDP ~

This 13 page document describes the capabilities of the FDP
and the programs of the DOS/DITTO. Written in ALC for the
System/360, 370, this system is a general purpose utility
program containing thirty-seven (37) utility functions for
unit Record, Tape and Disk Input/Output units. Functional
utilities are: rape and Disk Record Scan, Disk and Tape
Record Alteration, Disk ID Volume Number Charge, Deblocking
and Tape Records when printing, and User rape Error
Correction. DOS/DITTO-360D.00.1.018. DOS/DITTO requires a
System/360, 370 with a minimum partition size of 16K.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
3uide, 13 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

153

GB21-0890
DOS FILE GENERATION UTILITY AVAILABILITY NOTICE :. ~ NUMBER
5798=iRX
The availability notice is a marketing oriented
document that describes the purpose and capabilities
of the program, advantages of design, and problems
solved by the program referenced in the title.
Notice, 4 pages
/////5798-ARX
SB21-0891
DOS FILE GENERATION ~ EW~ :. FDP ~R 579~
This manual describes the capabilities of the system and the
programs. Discussion of design assumptions and potential
modification areas are included. Record and file layouts
are described and primary processing procedures specified.
This manual is both a system description and an installation
and operations reference document.
Manual, 46 pages
/////5798-ARX
LB21-0892
m8~

GENERATION UTILITY SYSTEM§

ill!ru ::.

FDP

~

This 14 page document describes the steps necessary to
modify the DOS File Generation Utility Systems Guide.
Testing, a basic function of program development, can
make up 20-50% of total project costs.
Proper test data and
procedures are key to successful systems integration,
conversion, and installation.
This FDP, written in ALC,
reduces the time required to design, code and de-bug test
programs since the user need only specify the content of
each logical record, format of records to be written, nature
of output files (block, size, etc.), and any optional
functions.
The Generator builds the test files.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information to the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
SrCDE(25.0)
Guide, 13 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-0914
IBM ANS COBOL FROM GE-415 COBOL CONVERSION AID
r!2E. 5798=AsY"; NOTICr-- - This 2 page document describes the purpose and highlights of
the IBM ANS COBOL from GE-415 COBOL Conversion Ai1 FDP.
This FDP, written in ALC, is a series of programs and
procedures designed to assist in the conversion of GE-415
COBOL programs to IBM ANS COBOL as well as translation of
GE-415 tape files to EBCDIC. The system operates under D:>S,
but has capability of producing ouptut for either DOS or Os
environments. The conversion programs will operate under
DOS on any System 360/370, Model 22 or larger with a
partition size of 14K.
The use of the tape file conversion
program will require two tape drives, one of which may be 7track drive.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 2 pages
// // /5798-ASY
SB21-0915
IBM ANS COBOL FROM GE-415 COBOL CONVERSION AID
FoP 5798=ASY - - - - - - - - - - - - - DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
This 29 page document aescribes the capabilities of the FUP
and the programs of the IBM ANS COBOL from GE-415 COBOL
Conversion Aid. This FDP, written in ALC, is a series of
programs and procedures designed to assist in the conversion
of GE-415 COBOL programs to IBM ANS COBOL as well as
translation of GE-415 tape files to EBCDIC.
The system
operates under DOS, but has capability of producing ouptut
for either DOS or OS environments.
The conversion programs
will operate unjer DOS on any System 360/370, ~odel 22 or
larger with a partition size of 14K. The use of the tape
file conversion program will require two tape drives, one of
which may be 7-track drive.
This Program DescriptiOn/operations Manual pro~ides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install ani
successfully use the program.
Manual, 29 pages
/////5798-ASY
LB21-0916
IBM ANS COBOL FROM GE-415 COBOL CONVERSION AID
FDP 5798-ASY SYSTEMS GUIDE-ThIs 17 page 10cument describes the steps necessary to
modify the IBM ANS COBOL from GE-415 COBOL Conversion Aid
FDP. This FDP, written in ALC, is a series of programs anj
procedures designed to assist in the conversion of GE-415
COBOL programs to IBM ANS COBOL as well as translation of
GE-415 tape files to EBCDIC.
The system operates under D:>S,
but has capability of producing ouptut for either DOS or :>S
environments. The conversion programs will operate under
DOS on any System 360/370, Model 22 or larger with a
partition size of 14K.
The use of the tape file conversion
program will require two tape drives, one of which may be 7-

LB21
track drive.
rhis systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modification3, diagnose progran
errors and perform program maintenance.
Manual, 17 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-0999
DOS SOURC~ STATEMENT LIBRARY MAINTENANCE FOR ANS COBOL ~
SYSTEM/370 AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FOP NUMBER 5798-AWD
This 2 page document describes thepurp03eand highlights of
DOS Source Statement Library Maintenance for ANS COBOL on
System/370. This program is written in Assembler. DOS ANS
COBOL users have been reluctant in the past to use the
extended source program library facility.
In order to
update the library, the programmer must prepare a new set of
control cards for the DOS MAINT program.
He must also
convert the COBOL statement numbers (the first six
positions) to MAINT statement numbers (tne last four
positions).
This program allows updating the library with
tne same control cards used in compiling the program.
The
time required to make new control cards and correct errors
can be eliminated.
The convenience of maintaining complete COBOL program
libraries on disk may be realized.
Programs may be compiled
directly from the source statement library with changes
submitted on cards.
When a program has been fully tested,
the change cards may be used to update the library,
providing a final version for later use.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
instructions for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Flyer, 2 pages
111115798-MID
SB21-1000
DOS SOURCE STATEMENr LIBRARY MAINTENANCE FOR ANS COBOL ON
SYSTEMl370 PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONIOPERATIONS MANUAL - FOP
NUMBER 5798~
------ - --This 26 page document describes the capabilities of the FOP
and the programs of the DOS Source Statenent Library
Maintenance for ANS COBOL on Systeml370.
This program is
written in Assembler.
DOS ANS COBOL users have been
reluctant in the past to use the extende1 source program
library facility.
In order to update the library, the
pro~rammer must prepare a new set of control cards for the
DOS MAINT program.
He must a150 con~ert the COBOL statenent
numbers (the first six positions) to MAINr sta·tement numbers
(the last four positions).
This program allows updating the
library ~ith the sa~e control cards used in compiling the
pro~ram.
The time required to make new control cards and
correct errors can be eliminated.
The convenience of maintaining complete COBOL program
libraries on disk may be realized.
programs may be compiled
directly from ·the source statement library lIith changes
submitted on cards.
When a program has been fully tested,
the change cards may be used to update the library,
providing a final version for later use.
rhis Program Description/Operations ~anual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 26 pages
111115798-AWD
LB21-1001

~~~T~~~~~ ~~:i~:~N~ui~~R~R~D~~g~~~!N~~9~~~~~ COBOL ~
This 11 page-document describes the steps-necessary to
modify the DOS Source Statement Library Maintenance for ANS
COBOL on Systeml370. This program is written in Assembler.
DOS ANS COBOL users have been reluctant in the past to use
the extended source program library facility.
In order to
update.the library, the programmer must prepare a new set of
control cards for the DOS MAINT program.
He must also
convert the COBOL statement numbers (the first six
positions) to MAINT statement numbers (the last four
positions).
This program allows updating the library with
the same control cards used in compiling the program. The
time required to make new control cards and correct errors
can be eliminated.
The convenience of maintaining complete COBOL program
libraries on disk may be realized.
Programs may be compiled
directly from the source statement library with changes
submitted on cards.
When a program has been fully tested,
the change cards may be used to update the library,
providing a final version for later use.
rhis systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the deSign, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modification3, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
:;uide, 11 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-1002
DOS/VS DASD DEVICE INDEPENDENCE OPEN (01 OPEN)
AVAILABILITYNOrICE - FOP # 5798-AWH -This 2 page document-descrIbes the purp03e and highlights of
DOS/VS DASD Device Independence Open (01 OPEN) for S/370,
written in ALC.
This FDP provides DOS-VS users a measure of DASD Device
154

LB21
Independence. User programs are modified at execution time
to match the direct access device to which they are assignel
(2311, 2314, 2319, 3330 or 3340), thereby eliminiating the
need to change a pro~ram to match the device actually online. This program is a minor enhancement of DOS
2311/14/19-3330 DASD Device Independence Routines (5798ALK).
The Availability Notice contains complete ordering
instructions for the Field Developed program"and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Notice, 2 pages
1111/5798-AWH
5B21-1003
DOS/VS DASD DEVICE INDEPENDENCE OPEN (01 OPEN) PROGRAM
DESCiUPTION/OPERATIONS ~ ::. FOP NgMBER 5798-AW!!
This 31 page document describes the capabilities of the FOP
and the programs of the DOS/VS DASD Device Independence open
(01 OPEN), written in ALC for the System/370.
This FDP
provides DOS-VS users a measure of DASD Device Independence.
User programs are modified at execution time to match the
direct access device to which they are assigned (2311, 23l~.
2319, 3330, or 3340), thereby eliminating the neel to change
a program to match the device actually on-line.
rhis
program is a minor enhancement of DOS 2311/14/19-3330 DASD
Device Independence Routines (5798-ALK).
This Program Description/operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install anj
successfully use the program.
Manual, 31 pages
111115798-AWH
LB21-1004
DOS/VS DASD DEVICE INDEPENDENCE OPEN (01 OPEN) SYSTEMS GUIDE
FDP NUM~5798-AWH

-

- - --- - - - - - - - -

This 111 page document describes the steps necessary to
modify the DOS/VS DASD Device Independence Open (01 OPEN)
This FDP provides
FOP written in ALe for the Systeml370.
DOS-VS users a measure of DASD Device Independence.
User
programs are modified at execution time to match the direct
access device to which they are aSsigned (2311, 2314, 2319,
3330, or 3340), thereby eliminating the need to change a
program to match the device actually on-line.
This program
is a minor enhancement of DOS 2311/14/19-3330 DASD Device
Independence Routines (5798-ALK).
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable ~im to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Guide, 111 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-1008
DOS/VS ASSEMBLER TESTING AID .- FOP NUMBER 5798-AWJ NOrICE
TiiIS4 page document lescribes the purpose and highlights of
DOS/VS Assembler Testing Aid.
rhis program is written in
Assembler.
This program can merge coding into the user's assembler
source deck.
When an UPSI card is placed in JCL at
execution time, the labels in the name fields of executed
instructions print on SYSLST.
When testing is complete, the
program may be used to remove the added code.
(Without UPSI
card, code is transparent to user.)
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
instructions for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
N:>tice, 4 pages
111115798-AWJ
SB21-1009
DOS/VS ASSEMBLER TESTING AID - FDP NUMBER 5798-AWJ
DESCiUPTIONIOPERATIONS - - - - ----This 46 page document describes the capabilities of the FOP
and the programs of the DOS/VS ~ssembler Testing Aid. This
program is written in Assembler.
This program can merge coding into the user's assembler
source deck. When an UPSI card is placed in JCL at
execution time, the labels in the name fields of executed
instructions print on SYSLST.
When testing is complete, the
program may be used to remove the added code.
(Without UPSI
card, code is transparent to user.)
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 46 pages
111115798-AWJ
LB21-1010
DOS/VS ASSEMBLER TESTING AID - FOP NUMBER 5798-AWJ SYSTEMS

GuIDE - - - - - - - - - - - -

--- ---- ---

Tiirs-document describes the steps necessary to modify the
DOS/VS Assembler Testing Aid.
This program is written in
Assembler.
This program can merge coding into the user's assembler
source deck.
When an UPSI card is placed in JCL at
execution time, the labels in the name fields of executed
instructions print on SYSLST.
When testing is complete, the
program may be used to remove the added code.
(Without UPSI

LB21

SB21

card, code is transparent to user.)
This systems guide provides the Syst~ns Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Manual, 25 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
3821-1035
CICS/3270 SIMUL~TOR (5798-AXC), CICS ~~M!£ MAP (5798-AXR),
AND CICS PERrORMANCE ANALYZER (5798-AZN): 3 FOP'S N~TICE
Th:[s~age document descrIbes the purpos~-and high ights
of the CICS Dynamic Map.
This FOP is written in Assembler.
Operating as a task in a variety of modes ~ithin a
CICS/STANDARD partition, this program can selectively
display a myriad of system tuning statistics. These
include parameters describing the partition composition,
fragmentation and its effects, st~rage utilization for
task and system, dynamic task activity, and the effects
of program residence on storage and system performance.
Other features optionally available are time-initiation,
logging, core dumping, and an output writer facility.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require informa'tion concerning it.
Availability Notice, 5 pages
/////5798-AXC,5798-AXR,5798-AZN
SB21-1036
CICS/3270 SIMUL~TOR - FOP 5798-AXC
DESCRIPTIONIOPERATIONS--This 97 page document describes the capabilities of the
FDP and the pro~rams of the CICs/3270 Sinulator. This
FOP is written in Assembler.
Provides a simulated terminal facility for 3270
terminals in CICS. The input stream can be mapped using
CICS basic mapping support and the output can be printed
exactly as i t would appear on the 3270 screen. A
documentation transaction is included which when used
with the output print program will document any 3270 ·map·
showing the screen layout and all fields ~hich can
potentially receive data.
This ·Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 97 pages
/////5798-AXC
SB21-1075
CICS DYNAMIC MAP - FOP 5798-AXR
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
This 45 page document describes the capabilities of the FOP
and the programs of the CICS Dynamic MAP.
This FOP is
written in Assembler.
operating as a task in a variety of nodes within a
CICS/STANDARD partition, this program can selectively
display a myriad of system tuning statistics. These
incl~de parameters describing the partiti~n composition,
fragmentation and its effects, storage utilization for
task and system, dynamic task activity, and the effects
of program residence on storage and system performance.
Other features optionally avaialable are time-initiation,
logging, core dumping, and an output writer facility.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manaul, 45 pages
/////5798-AXR

/////5798-AYN
GB21-1104
COBIMS - FOP 5798-AYK - AVAILABILITY NOTICE
Thrs-B page-document describes the purpose and highlights
of COBIMS. This FDP is written in COBOL.
PLIMS/COBOL, macro language extension of COBOL, is a
programming aid designed to reduce programming and testin~
time in producin~ IMS batch and/or TP application programs.
PLIMS/COBOL statements are expanded by a precompile step
into a complete COBOL Source Program ready for compilation.
Those PLIMS/COBOL Statements which involve data base
activity are expanded into COBOL source code which is
customized to the user's data structure as defined by
the IMS PSB and by segment Definitions.
COBOL Statements
can be intermixed with PLIMS/COBOL statements, thus
combining the ease and Simplicity of PLIMS with the
power of COBOL.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 8 pages
/////5798-AYK
SB21-1105
COBIMS - FOP 5798-AYK - DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
This 75-page document describes the capabiITtIes of the
FOP and the pro~rams of COBIMS.
This rDP is written
in COBOL.
PLIMS/COBOL, macro language extension of COBOL, is a
programming aid designed to reduce programming and testing
time in producin~ IMS batch and/or TP application programs.
PLIMS/COBOL statements are expanded by a precompile step
into a complete COBOL Source Program ready for compilation.
Those PLIMS/COBOL Statements which involve data base
activity are expanded into COBOL source code which is
customized to the user's data structure as defined by
the IMS PSB and by Segment Definitions. COBOL Statements
can be intermixed with PLIMS/COBOL statements, thus
combining the ease and Simplicity of PLIMS with the
power of COBOL.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use t~e pro~ram.
Manual, 75 pages
/////5798-AYK
LB21-1106
COBIMS ::. FOP ll2.§.::.AYK ::. SYSTEMS GUID!i;
This 45 page document describes the steps necessary to
modify the COBIMS FOP written in COBOL.
PLIMS/COBOL, macro language extension of COBOL, is a
programming aid designed to reduce programming and testin~
time in producing IMS batch and/or TP application programs.
PLIMS/COBOL statements are expanded by a precompile step
into a complete COBOL Source Program ready for compilation.
Those PLIMS/COBOL Statements which involve data base
activity are expanded into COBOL source code which is
customized to the user's data structure as defined by
the IMS PSB and by Segment Definitions. COBOL Statements
can be intermixed with PLIMS/COBOL statements, thus
combining the ease and simplicity of PLIMS with the
power of COBOL.
This systems guide provides the systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Systems Guide, 45 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GB21-1092

~M2 LOW-LEVEL CODING ! CONTINUITY CHECKIN§ SUBPROGRAM:
rDP 5798-AYN NOTICE
This 2 page document describes the purpose and highlights
of the Low Level Coding and Continuity Checking FOP,
written in COBOL.
With the present emphasis on COPICS and ~aterials
ReqUirements Planning, users who desire ~r require the
flexible design capabilities of the Information Management
System (IMS) have been faced with a problem: ho~ to
accomplish Low Coding and Continuity Checking of Bills of
Materials, and still maintain the data base design
flexibility of IMS?
The IMS Low Level coding and Continuity Checking
Subprogram provides an answer to this question:
o
Provides for the addition of Bills of Material to an
IMS Data Base.
o
Creates and maintains low level codes.
o
Provides standard error-checking of previous packages
(BOMP-CFMS) •
o
Includes a transaction and error listing of product
structure additions.
o
~ay be used as the basis for an expanded Bills of
Material maintenance program.
o
Single level explosion program as part of the sample
program.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
~thers who require information concerning it.
Flyer, 2 pages

GB21-1122
TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR - FOP 5798-AYF NOTICE
This 4 page document jescribes-the-Purpose-and highlights of
the TSO Command Processor FOP, written in Assembler.
Provides the print command for a TSO terminal user to list a
data set on a 3284 or 3286 printer.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
instructions for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Notice, 4 pages
/////5798-AYF
SB21-1123
TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR - FOP 5798-AYF DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
ThIs 53 page document describes the capabilities o:fthe-FDP
and the programs of the TSO command Processor FOP, written
in Assembler. Provides the print command for a TSO terminal
user to list a data set on a 3284 or 3286 printer.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 53 pages
// ///5798-AYF

155

LB21

LB21
LB21-1124
TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR - FOP 5798-AYF SYSTEMS GUIDE
Thi::; 51 page document describes the step3nece.'3Sary to
modify the TSO command Processor FOP, written in Assembler.
Provides the print command for a TSO terminal user to list a
data set on a 3284 or 3286 printer.
This systems guide provides the Syste~s Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Guide, 51 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
3B21-1134
AUTO~ATIC

LINE SPEED SELECTION FOR IBM 3704/3705

F~~~NOTICE

-- -- -----

This 4 page document describes the purp03e and highlights of
Automatic Line Speed Selection for IBM 3704/3705. Written
in ~ssembler OS this Automatic Line Speed selection on
370413705 FOP allows the 3704/3705 equip~ed with a
Communication Scanner Type 1 or 2 running in Emulation Mode
C3601i-TX-033)to detect line speed and device type of
various dial up terminals.
A maximum of four different line
speeds (110,134,5,150 and 300 baud) and three different
start-stop line codes (9/7,10/8,11/8) can be accommodated.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
111/I'5798-AYR
SB21-1135
AUTOMATIC LINE SPEED SELECTION FOR 3704/3705
FDP 5798-~YR DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS-------This-rq-page document describes the capabilities of the FOP
and the programs of the Automatic Line 8peed selection on
3704/3705 which allows the 3704/3705 equipped with a
communication Scanner Type 1 or 2 running in Emulation Mode
(3601i-TX-033) to detect line speed and device type of
various dial up terminals.
A maximum of four different line
speeds (110,134,5,150 and 300 baud) and three different
start-stop line codes (9/7,10/8, 11/8) can be accommodated.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 14 pages
1111/5798-~YR

LB21-1136
~UTOM~TIC

LINE SPEED SELECTION FOR IBM 3704/3705

F~I\.YRSYSTEMS GUIDE

-

-

----

Thia 16 page document~ribes the step3 necessary to
modify the Automatic Line Speed selection on 3704/3705 FOP.
written in Assembler OS this FOP allows the 3704/3705
equipped with a Communication Scanner Type 1 or 2 running in
Emulation Mode (3601i-TX-033) to detect line speed and device
type of various dial up terminals.
A maximum of four
different line speeds (110,134.5,150 and 300 baud) and three
different start-stop line codes (9/7,10/8,11/8) can be
accommodated.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analrst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make mofidications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Manual, 16 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SB21-1181
CICS PERFORMANCE ANALYZER - FOP 5798-AZN
j)ESCRIPTION/OPERA~-

- -

----

This 62 page document describe3 the capabilities of the
FOP and the programs of the CICS Performance Analyzer.
The FDP is written in Assembler.
The program gathers statistics about user transactions
run under control of CICS.
The type of information gathered
ia CPU execution time, total transaction time, largest
amount of core used, the total entries to a file control
access method, and so on.
The information is very useful
for performance evaluation and system tuning.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to under3tand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 62 pages
1111/5798-AZN
:;B21-1195
UTILITY DATA REDUCTION SUBROUTINES FOR 8/360-370
FOP 5798=iZW, -NOTICE

-

------

personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
~vailability Notice, 2 pages
111115798-AZW
SB21-1196
UTILITY DATA REDUCTION SUBROUTINES FOR S/360-370
FOP 5798-AZW DESCRIPTIONS/OPER~TIONS-ThIs 12 page document describes the capabilities of the FDP
and the programs of the Utility Data Reduction Subroutines.
These are general purpose utilities designed to reduce the
size of records stored in auxiliary storage devices. One
subroutine condenses the record by deleting from it
unnecessary or null characters, and a second subroutine
reconstructs the original record. The deleted characters
may vary from three or four in a field to thousands of types
per record.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 12 pages
111115798-AZW
LB21-1197
UTILITY DATA REDUCTION SUBROUTINES FOR S/360-370

FfiP'5f9a=AzW,

~ ~

-- - - - -

This 7 page document describes the steps necessary to modify
the Utility Data Reduction Subroutines FDP written in DOS or
OS for S/360-370. These are general purpose utilities
designed to reduce the size of records stored in auxiliary
storage devices. One subroutine condenses the record by
deleting from it unnecessary or null characters, and a
second subroutine reconstructs the original record. The
deleted characters may vary from three or four in a field to
thousands of types per record.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Systems Guide, 7 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-1210
ON-LINE PREPARATION OF VIDEO/370 FORMATS
FoP'5f98=BAc: NOTICE- - - - - - - - This 4 page documentation describes and highlights the
purpose of the On-Line Preparation of VIDEO/370 Formats FD~.
Written in RPG II, this FOP consists of three formats for
VIDEO/370 and a set of Assembler language macros that expand
into VIDEO/370 format definition statements. The FOP
eliminates the use of coding sheets for preparation of
f~rmats by allowing creation of formats from a picture of a
proposed screen layout. The FOP provides a fill-in-theblanks approach so that no keywords have to be coded.
Three basic screen formats are used during the
definition of a new document.
The first describes the
document name and exit routines.
The second is used for
entering information about the fields.
The third type is
used to descJ~ibe how the fields should be extracted. The
input that is keyed on the 3270 is, in most cases, a single
character as opposed to a keyword if a coding sheet is used.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
i~formation for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
111115798-BAC
8B21-1211
ON-LINE PREPARATION OF VIDEO/370 FORMATS
FOP 5798-BAC, OESCRIPTION7OPERATlOOS-This 46 page document describes the capabilities of the FDP
and the programs of On-Line Preparation of VIDEO/370 Formats
FOP. Written in RPG II, this FOP consists of three formats'
for VIDEO/370 and a set of Assembler language macros that
expand into VIDEO/370 format definition statements. rhe FDP
eliminates the use of coding sheets for preparation of
formats by allowing creation of formats from a picture of a
proposed screen layout.
The FOP provides a fill-in-theblanks approach so that no keywords have to be coded.
Three basic screen formats are used during the
definition of a new document.
The first describes the
document name and exit routines. The second is used for
entering information about the fields.
The third type is
used to describe how the fields should be extracted. The
input that is keyed on the 3270 is, in most cases, a single
character as opposed to a keyword if a coding sheet is used.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 46 pages
111115798-BAC

This 2 page document describes the purp03e and highlights of
the Utility Data Reduction Subroutines FOP written in DOS or
OS for S/360-370. These are general purpose utilities
designed to reduce the size of records stored in auxiliary
storage devices.
One subroutine condenses the record by
LB21-1212
deleting from it unnecessary or null characters, and a
ON-LINE PREPAR~TION OF VIDEO/370 FORMATS
FOP 5798-BAC - SYSTEMs GUIDE --- - - second subroutine reconstructs the original record. The
deleted characters may vary from three or four in a field to
This 12 page documenr-describes the steps necessary to
thousands of types per record.
modify the On-Line Preparation of VIDEO/370 Formats FDP.
This ~vailability Notice contains complete ordering
Written in RPG II, this FOP consists of three formats for
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
VIDEO/370 and a set of Assembler language macros that expand
related documentation, for management and data processing
into VIDEO/370 format definition statements. The FOP
156

LB21
eliminates the use of coding sheets for preparation of
formats by allowing creation of formats from a picture of a
proposed screen layout. The FDP provides a fill-in-theblanks approach so that no keywords have to be coded.
Three basic screen formats are used during the
definition of a new document. The first describes the
document name and exit routines. The second is used for
entering information about the fields.
rhe third type is
used to describe how the fields should be eKtracted. The
input that is keyed on the 3270 is, in most cases, a single
character as opposed to a keyword if a coding sheet is used.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Systems 3uide, 12 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-1249
DOS/VS POWER WORKSTATION SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2922
FOP 5798=BBY - NOTICE
--- -This 4 page doc~describes the purpo~e and highlights of
the DOS/VS POWER Workstation Support for the IBM 2922 FDP.

Written in Model 20 Assembler this FDP provides a
workstation pro~ram for the IBM 2922 Progxammable Terminal
communicating with DOS/VS Power RJE. The program in effect
simulates the responses of the IBM 2780 thereby eliminating
the need to modify DOS/VS Power RJE.
The FDP supports the
card reader, printer, card punch and console.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective USers of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Flyer, 4 pages
1/1115798-BBY
S821-1250
DOS/VS POWER WORKSTATION SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2922
FDP-S798=BBY - DESCRIPTIOiii7OPERATIONS- -This-4ij-page document describes the capabilities of the FOP
and the programs of the DOS/VS POWER Workstation Support for
the IBM 2922 FDP. Written in Model 20 A~~embler this FDP
provides a workstation program for the IBM 2922 Programmable
Terminal communicating with DOS/VS Power RJE. The program
in effect simulates the responses of the IBM 2780 thereby
eliminating the need to modify DOS/VS Power RJE. The FDP
supports the card reader, printer, card punch and console.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 40 pages
11111579B-BBY
LB21-1251
DOS/VS POWER WORKSTATION SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2922
FOP 5798=BBY - - - - - - - - - - -This 2B page document describes the steps necessary to
modify the DOS/VS POWER Workstation Support for the IBM 2922
FOP.
Written in Model 20 Assembler thi3 FDP provides a
workstation program for the IBM 2922 Programmable Terminal
communicating with DOS/VS Power RJE. The program in effect
simulates the responses of the IBM 2780 thereby eliminating
the need to modify DOS/VS Power RJE.
The FDP supports the
card reader, printer, card punch and con30le.
This systems guide provides the Systens Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Manual, 28 pages
.
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
:;B21-1255
IMS DICTIONARY SYSTEM - FOP 579B-BBA - NOrICE
Thls a-page-dOcument describes the purpo3e and highlights of
IMS Dictionary System. Written in OS for S/360/370 this FDP
i3 an IMS application program designed to help control the
installation and growth of a data base, either DB/DC or DB
and supported under 1MB 2.3 and IMS/VS 1.0, and will soon be
tested under 2.4.
Input is from DBD or PSB libraries
(permanent or temporary) in addition to direct user input
from cards (batch/BMP) or 3270 terminal (MPP).
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
~vailability Notice, B pages
111/1579B-BBA

GB21
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 147 pages
/1///5798-BBA
LB21-1257
IMS DICTIONARY SYSTEM - FOP 5798-BBA - SYSTEMS GUIDE
This 357 page document-describes the steps necessary to
modify the 1MB Dictionary System FOP. Written in OS for
S/360/370 the FDP is an IMS application program designed to
help control the installation and growth of a data base,
either DB/DC or DB and supported under 1MB 2.3 and IMSIVS
1.0, and will soon be tested under 2.4.
Input is from DBD
or PSB libraries (permanent or temporary) in addition to
direct user input from cards (batch/BMP) or 3270 terminal
(MPP).
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the deSign, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Systems Guide, 357 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-1273
TSO/VS2 PROGRAMMING CONTROL FACILITY - FOP 579B-BBJ - NOTICE
This 5 page document describes-the-Purpose and highlights-of
TSO/VS2 Programming Control Facility, and is written in
VS/Assembler.
The purpose of the TSO/VS Programming Control Facility
is to provide significant enhancements to OS/VS2 TSO in the
following areas:
a)
File Access control and security
b)
TSO command subsetting and program execution
control by user
c)
SMF accounting data optionally recorded for
each command and subcommand
d)
ability to issue any command from subcommand
mode and enter multiple commands on a line
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
~vailability Notice, 5 pages
/1//15798-BBJ
SB21-1274
TSO/VS2 PROGRAMMING CONTROL FACILITY - FOP 579B-BBJ
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIoNs- - - - - ---This 39 page document describes the purpose and highlights
of TSO/VS2 Programming Control Facility, and is written in
VS/Assembler.
The purpose of the TSO/VS Programming Control Facility
is to provide significant enhancements to OS/VS2 TSO in the
following areas:
a)
File Access control and security
b)
TSO command subsetting and program execution
control by user
c)
SMF accounting data optionally recorded for
each command and subcommand
d)
ability to issue any command from subcommand
mode and enter multiple commands on a line
This Program Description/operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install anj
successfully use the program.
Manual, 39 pages
/1/1/5798-BBJ
LB21-1275
TSO/VS2 PROGRAMMING CONTROL FACILITY - FDP 579B-BBJ
SYSTEMS GUIDE
--- --- - ---This 23 page document describes the purpose and highlights
of TSO/VS2 Programming Control Facility, and is written in
VS/Assembler.
The purpose of the TSO/VS Programming Control Facility
is to provide significant enhancements to OS/VS2 rso in the
following areas:
a)
File Access control and security
b)
TSO command subsetting and program eKecution
control by user
c)
SMF accounting data optionally recorded for
each command and subcommand
d)
ability to issue any command from subcommand
mode and enter multiple commands on a line
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable ~im to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Manual, 23 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SB21-1256
IMS DICTIONARY SYSTEM - FDP 5798-BBA DES:RIPTION/OPERATIONS
GB21-1279
This-147-page-document-describes the capabilities of the FDP
GIS/DDT TRANSLATION FROM IMS/D!!Q ::. f~ 579B-BBN, NOTICE
and the programs of IMS Dictionary Systen.
Written in OS
This document, written in Basic Assembler, describes the
for S/360/370 this FDP is an IMS application program
purpose and highlights of GIS/DDT Translation from IMS/DBD.
designed to help control the installation and growth of a
The simple query and report functions provided by GIS
data base, either DB/DC or DB and supported under IMS 2.3
can considerably reduce both programming effort and elapsed
and IMS/VS 1.0, and will soon be tested under 2.4. Input is
time required to answer low-volume requests for I~S data
from DBD or PSB libraries (permanent or temporary) in
base information. This program further automates the
addition to direct user input from cards (batch/BMP) or 3270
procedures required for GIS access, by converting existin~
terminal (MPP).
IMS DBDs to GIS data description tables (DDTs).
This Program Description/Operations ~anual provides the
IMSDDT (an intermediate step in this program) ~ould be
157

GB21

SB21

used initially as a quick nethod of creating error-free DOTs
for existing IMS data bases. The oatput thus generated can
then be immediately input to the GIS monitor to create the
necessary entries required for GIS processing of the data
base. As this nethod uses previously validated descriptions
of the IMS data bases, validity and compatibility errors
that night be introduced through the keying of a separate
description of the data base may be avoided.
rhis Availability Notice contains con~lete ordering
information for the Field Developed Progran and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 2 pages
////1'5198-BBN
SB21-1280
GISI'DDT TRANS~ FROM ~ ::. !Qf. 1198-B~
DESCRIPTIONI'OPERATIONS
This document, written in Basic Assembler, describes the
capabilities of the FOP and the programs of the GIS/DDT
Translation from IMS/DBD.
The simple query and report functions provided by GIS
can considerably reduce both programming effort and elapsed
time required to answer low-volume requests for IMS data
base information. This program further automates the
procedures required for GIS access, by converting existing
IMS DBDs to GIS data description tables (DOTs).
IMSDDT (an intermediate step in this program) would be
used initially as a quick method of creating error-free DOTs
for existing IMS data bases. The output thus generated can
then be immediately input to the GIS monitor "to create the
necessary entries required for GIS processing of the data
base. As this nethod uses previously validated descriptions
of the IMS data bases, validity and compatibility errors
that might be introduced through the keying o:f a separate
description of the data base nay be avoided.
This Progran Description/operations Manual provB.es the
user with sufficient information to unde"rstand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 35 pages
////1'5198-BBN'
LB21-1281

m

~ TRANSLATION FROM ~ :.
5H8-BBN, ~
:;UIOE
ThIs-document, written in Basic Assembler, describes the
steps necessary to modify the GIS/DDT Translation from
IMS/DBD.
The simple query and report functions provided by GIS
can considerably reduce both programming effort and elapsed
tine required to answer low-volume requests for IMS data
base information. This program further a~tomates the
procedures required for GIS access, by converting existing
IMS DBDs to GIS data description tables (DOTs).
IMSDDT (an intermediate step in this ~rogram) would be
used initially as a quick method of creating error-free DOTs
for existing IMS data bases. The output thus generated can
then be immediately input to the GIS monitor to create the
necessary entries required for GIS processing of the data
base. As this nethod uses previously validated descriptions
of the IMS data bases, validity and compatibility errors
that might be introduced through the keying of a separate
description of the data base may be avoided.
This systems guide provides the Systens Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Systems Guide, 23 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GB21-1291
3330 DEVICE SUPPORT EXTENDED-S/310 OS/MFT/MVT
~5798-BCE NOrICE

-----

This 3 page document describes the p~rpo3e and highlights of
the 3330 Device Support Extended-S/310 OS/MFT/MVT FDP
written in S/310 Assembler. Provides OS Release 21 users
with modifications and procedures required to extend current
3330 sup~ort to include the 3333/3330 Model II. The
modifications allow the user to take advantage of the new
200-megabyte capacity. Programs which use standard OS
access methods in a device independent manner can be
extended to function properly while using the full capacity
of the 3333/3330 Model II. Due to the technique used, some
user restrictions are necessary. These are described in the
Availability Notice and in the documentation. Planned
availability is March 15, 1914.
This Availability Notice contains com~lete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related dOCUmentation; for management and data processing
~ersonnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Flyer, 3 pages
///1'I'5198-BCE

independent manner can be extended to function properly
while using the full capacity of the 3333/3330 Model II.
Due to the technique used, some user restrictions are
necessary. These are described in the Availability Notice
and in the documentation. Planned availability is March 15,
1914.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 25 pages
/////5198-BCE
GB21-1294
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1 STORAGE UTILIZATION DISPLAY PROGRAM
F5P579~NOrICE
------ - - - - - This 4 page document describes the purpose and highlights of
OS/VS2 Release 1 Storage Utilization Display Program.
Written in PL/l and Assembler this FOP is designed to
produce real-time, dynamic display of real storage
utilization an~ pa~ln~ rate of an OS/VS2 Release 1 system.
The display may be produced on an IBM 3210 locally attached,
an IBM 2260 locally attached, or any device supported by
BSAM.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Flyer, 4 pages
// ///5198-BCL
SB21-1295
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1 STORAGE UTILIZATION DISPLAY PROGRAM
FOP 5798-BCL DESCRffiION/OPER~TIONS

--- ---

ThIs 24 page document describes the capabilities of the FOP
the programs of the OS/VS2 Release 1 Storage Utilization
Display Program. Written in PL/l and Assembler this FOP is
designed to produce real-time, dynamic display of real
storage utilization and paging rate of an OS/VS2 Release 1
system. The display may be produced on an IBM 3210 locally
attached, an IBM 2260 locally attached, or any device
supported by BSAM.
This Program DescriptiOn/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 24 pages
/////5198-BCL
LB21-1296
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1 STORAGE UTILIZATION DISPLAY PROGRAM
FDP5798-BCL - SYSTEMSGUIDE
--- --ThIs 18 page document describes the steps necessary to
modify the OS/VS2 Release 1 Storage Utilization Display
Program. Written in PL/1 and Assembler this FOP is designed
to produce real-time, dynamiC display of real storage
utilization and paging rate of an OS/VS2 Release 1 system.
The display may be produced on an IBM 3210 locally attached,
an IBM 2260 locally attached, or any device supported by
BSAM.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Manual, 18 pages
SLSS - ORDER N'O. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-1336
~ DC ~ FDP 5198-BDF, NOTICE
This 8 page document describes the purpose and highlights of
the IMS DC Monitor. It is written in Assembler. rhe 1M3 DC
Monitor is a facility for collecting data on the internal
activities of IMS 2.3/2.4 systems. The monitor analyzes and
records these internal activities, including the processing
of teleprocessin~ input-output, data language 1, application
scheduling, application termination, message format
services, and checkpoint restart. The monitor is loaded
with the 1M3 control region and, upon operator command,
traps information to an independent log file. A report
program, also supplied can be processed off-line to produce
a set of reports that summarize and categorize the collected
activities at various levels of detail. This tool could be
valuable in validating performance and investigating
s~ecific application design, data base deSign, and
implementation choices during the testing, implementation,
and operating phases of IMS DB/DC systems.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning users of the
~rogram and others who require information concerning it.
Availability notice, 8 pages
// ///5198-BDF

SB21-1292
SB21-1331
3330 DEVICE SUPPORT EXTENDED s/310 OS/MFT//04VT
~ DC MONITOR - FOP 5198-BDF
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
FOP 5198-BCEI5EsCiffPTIONl'OPERATIoNS----ThIs-gl-pagei[ocum-eDt descri~s the capabilities of the FOP
Provides OS Release 21 users with modifications and
and the programs of tne IMS DC Monitor. It is written in
procedures required to extend current 3330 support to
Assembler.
include the 3333/3330 Model II. The modifications allow the
The IMS DC Monitor is a facility for collecting data on
user to take advantage of the new 200-megabyte capacity.
the internal activities of IMS 2.3/2.4 DB/DC systems. rhe
Programs which use standard Os access methods in a device
monitor analyzes and records these internal activities,
158

SB21
including the application scheduling, application
termination, message format services, ani checkpoint
restart. The monitor is loaded with the IMS control region
and upon operator command, traps information to an
independent log file. A report program, also supp1ie~, can
be processed offline to produce a set of reports that
summarize and categorize the collected activities at various
levels of detail. -This tool could be valuable in valUating
performance and investigating specific application design,
data base design, and implementation choices during the
testing, implementation, and operating phases of 1MB DB/DC
systems. This Program Description/Operations Manual
provides the user with sufficient information to understand,
install and successfully use the program.
Description/operations, 91 pages
////1' 5798-BDF
LB21-1338
IMS DC MONITOR-FOP 5798-BDF SYSTEMS GUIDE
ThIs-S6-Page document descri~ steps necessary to
modify the IMS DC Monitor. It is written in Assembler. The
IMS DC Monitor is a facility for collecting data on the
internal activities of IMS 2.3/2.4 DB/DC systems. The
monitor analyzes and records these internal activities,
inc1~ding the processing of teleprocessing input-output,
data language 1, application scheduling, application
termination, message format services, and checkpoint
restart. The monitor is loaded with the IMS control region
and, upon operator command, traps information to an
independent log file. A report program, also supplied, can
be processed off-line to produce a set of reports that
summarize and categorize the collected activities at vari~us
levels of detail. This tool could be va1~able in validating
performance and investigating specific application design,
data base design, and implementation choices during the
testing, implementation, and operating phases of IMS DB/DC
systems.
This systems guide provides the systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Systems guide, 56 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-1342
3890 DOS/VS APPLICATION/INSTALLATION SUPPORT (5798-BDC)
FOP-AVAILABILITY NOTICE
This 4 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
purpose and highlights of 3890 DOS/VS Ap?lication/
Installation Support.
This FOP utilizes the standard user interfaces available
to the DOS/VS user and provides him with the following
capabilities:
o
Sort control instructions with an editor facility
o
A 3270 Jam Display Routine
o
A storage print facility
These application functions will enable the user to
increase his personnel productivity and facilitate 3890
program testing and analysis.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
//I//5798-BDC
SB21-1343
3890 QQ2LY2 APPLICATION/INSTALLATION SUPPORT ~ ~ 5798-BDC.
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
This 68 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
capabilities of the FOP and the programs of the 3890 DOS/VS
~pplication/lnstallation Support.
This FOP utilizes the standard user interfaces available
to the DOS/VS user and provides him with the following
capabilities:
o
Sort control instructions with an editor facility
o
A 3270 Jam Display Routine
o
~ storage print facility
These application functions will enable the user to
increase his personnel productivity and facilitate 3890
program testing and analysis.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to ~nderstand, install
and successfully use the program.
Manual, 68 pages
/////5798-BDC

SB21
p~ssible.

The supported file formats include CS or spanned tape,
emulator format disk (2319, 3330, 3340) or sequential 370
disk and tape.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
/////5798-BDH
SB21-1362
DOS/VS SORT !:QB !!!Q.Q. n!&§ ~ 5798-BDHl.
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
This 25 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
capabilities of the FOP and the programs of the DOS/VS Sort
for 1400 Files.
This Field Developed Program operates with the DOS/VS
Sort programs (5746-SM1) intended to reduce sort (5743-SMl)
times within most 1400 emulator installations currently
using Sort 5 or 6 under 1400 emulation.
This program provides most of the functions contained in the
1400 Sort programs through an assembler macro which will
generate a program interface to the DOS Sort programs.
The user may continue to use his 1400/1311 sort control
cards and his 1400 files.
The input and output file format is independently
specified to that conversion from one format to another
is also possible.
The supported file formats include CS or spanned tape,
emulator format disk (2319, 330, 3340,) or sequential 370
disk and tape.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install anj
successfully use the program.
Manual, 25 pages
/////5798-BDH
LB21-1363
DOS/VS SORT FOR 1400 n!&§ £:QE 2,798-BDH ~EMS §1llQ~
This 25 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
steps necessary to modify the DOS/VS Sort for 1400 Files.
This Field Developed Program operates with the DOS/VS
Sort programs (5746-SMl) intended to reduce sort (5743-SM1)
times within most 1400 emulator installations currently
using Sort 5 or 6 under 1400 emulation. This program
provides most of the functions contained in the 1400 30rt
programs through an assembler macro which will generate a
p~ogram interface to the DOS Sort programs.
The user may
continue to use his 1400/1311 sort control cards and his
1400 files. The input and output file format is
independently specified so that conversion from one format
to another is also possible. The supported file formats
include CS or spanned tape, emulator format disk (2319,
3330, 3340) or sequential 370 disk and tape. This systems
guide provides the Systems ~na1yst with the necessary
information on the deSign, logic and coding of the system to
enable him to amke modifications, diagnose program errors
aGd perform program maintenance.
Systems guide, 25 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-1373
CICS SOURCE ~ MAINTENANC~ ~-LINE
[Q~ 5798-BDT,
NOTICE
This 4 page document, written in ALC, describes the purpose
and highlights of CICS Source Program Maintenance On-Line.
DeSigned to provide the capability of storing source
programs on disk, retrieving them and modifying them in
c~nversational mode at a terminal and creating job streams
from the terminal to be used to compile and test the
programs. Extends the power of a CICS on-line system to
programmers and systems programmers via a 3270.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Flyer, 4 pages
// ///5798-BDT

=

SB21-1374

GB21-1361
FOR illQ ~ FOP 5798-BDH, ~
This 4 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
purpose and highlights of DOS/VS Sort for 1400 Files.
This Field Developed Program operates with the noS/VS
Sort programs (5746-SM1) intended to reduce sort (5743-SMl)
times within most 1400 emulator installations currently usin
Sort 5 or 6 under 1400 emulation.
This program provides most of the functions contained in the
1400 Sort programs through an assembler macro which will
generate a program interface to the DOS Sort programs.
The user may continue to use his 1400/1311 sOrt control
cards and his 1400 files.
The input and output files format is independently specified
so that conversion from one format to another is also
159

~ ~

g~~~R~/~o~INTENANC~ ~ FOP 5798-BDT

This 112 page document, written in ALe, describes the
capabilities of the FOP and the programs of the CICS Source
Program Maintenance On-Line.
Designed to provide capability of storing source
programs on disk, retrieving them and modifying them in
conversational mode at a terminal and creating job streams
from the terminal to be used to compile and test the
programs. Extends the power of a CIC5 on-line system to
programs and systems programmers via a 3270.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 112 pages
// ///579B-BDT

LB21

GB21
:;B21-1376
CMS SORT FOR VMl370 FOP 5798-BDW, NOTICE
This 4 page document describes the purpose and highlights of
CMS Sort for VMl370.
rhis FOP provides several sort programs and subroutines
ioIhich run under the CMS component of VMl370. 'rhey may be
invoked from a COBOL, PLlI, FORTRAN, or BAL program, or as a
CMS command. compared with the SORT component of CMS, these
pro~rams offer a compatible replacement for the CMS sort
command with improved function and performance.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
///115798-BDW

SB21-1377
~M£ SORT FOR VMl370 FOP 5798-BDW DESCRIPrION/OPERATIONS
This 28 page document describes the capabilities of the FOP
and the program of the CMS Sort for VMl370. It is written
in Assembler.
'rhis FOP provides several sort programs and subroutines
which run under the CMS component of VMl370. They may be
invoked from a COBOL, PLlI, FORTRAN, or BAL program, or as a
CMS command. Compared with the SORT component of CMS, these
programs offer a compatible replacement for the CMS sort
command with improved function and performance.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand. install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 28 pages

/11115798-BDI'I

LB21-1378
eMS SORT FOR VMl370 FOP 5798-BDI'I SYSTEMS GUIDE
This2()page documen~written in Assembler, describes the
steps necessary to modify the CMS Sort for VMl370.
o
Changes to VMl370 publications. 0 Modules added,
deleted, or modified for the
. current release and program level change.
o Ordering and distribution procedures for the
current release and program level change.
A List of VMl370 Restrictions.
Systems Guide, 20 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
3B21-1386
DBOMP INTERFACE FOR RPG II - SYSTEMl370 DOS/VS - FOP
5798-~

NOTICE- -

-

-

describes the steps necessary to modify the DBOMP Interface
for RPG II - Systeml370 DOS/vS.
The DBOMP Interface for RPG II is designed to permit
retrieval and maintenance of DBOM? databases using DOS RP:;
II. The use of the interface programs does not require
expertise in assembler language programming; the FOP
programs handle the sophisticated file manipulations that
are required, allowing the programmer to concentrate his ~PG
II expertise on his application program.
The deSign of the FOP, when combined with the full
capabilities of RPG II, should assist users in reducing the
time and effort involved with implementing new applications.
DL/I (5746-XX1) and DL/I ENTRY (5746-XX7) should be
considered as alternatives to this Field Developed Program.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
systems Guide, 27 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-1401
IMS LOG TAPE ANALYSIS
~ 5798-CAQ, NOTICE
This document, written in Assembler, describes the purpose
and highlights of IMS Log Tape Analysis.
This FOP is designed to read an IMS DB/DC System log
tape and summarize the response times experienced and the
number of transactions submitted by source terminals during
a user specified time period. The program reads a completed
log tape and collects response time data for user specified
transaction codes. A report line is printed to summarize
accumulated percentages of response times, spread from 1 to
23 seconds, for each user specified time increment. A
summary report of the number of the user specified input
transactions submitted by each physical terminal is produced
at the end of the analysis. This FOP can be used to
determine 1M3 system performance and work load in relation
t:> the terminal user environment. Response time can be
analyzed when tuning an IMS DB/DC System or relative to
changes in system configuration, an application program, or
system volumes. This FOP can be used in conjunction with
the IMS DC Monitor FOP (5798-BDF) to analyze response time
and transaction volumes during the time interval being
monitored.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 6 pages

=

////15798-CAQ

--- - -

This 4 page document written in RPG II/Assembler, describes
the purpose and highlights of DBOMP Interface for RPG II Systeml370 DOS/VS.
The DBOMP Interface for RPG II is deSigned to permit
retrieval and maintenance of DBOMP databases using DOS RPG
II. The use of the interface programs does not require
expertise in assembler language programming; the FOP
programs handle the sophisticated file manipulations that
are required, allowing the programmer to concentrate his RPG
II expertise on his application program.
rhe design of the FOP, when combined ioIiththe full
capabilities of RPG II, should assist users in reducing the
time and effort involved with implementing new applications.
DL/I (5746-XX1) and DL/I ENTRY (5746-XX7) should be
considered as alternatives to this Field Developed Program.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
111115798-BDZ

SB21-1387
DBOMP INTERFACE FOR RPG II - SYSTEMl370 DOS/VS (5798-BDZ)
iDP'5798-BDZ DESCRIPrIONI-oPERATIONS
This 130 page document, written in RPG II/Assembler,
describes the capabilities of the FOP and the programs of
the DBOMP Interface for RPG II - Systeml370 DOS/VS.
The DBOMP Interface for RPG II is designed to permit
retrieval and maintenance of DBOMP databases using DOS RPG
II. The use of the interface programs does not require
expertise in assembler language programming; the FOP
programs handle the sophisticated file manipulations that
are required, allowing the programmer to concentrate his RPG
I I expertise on his application program.
The deSign of the FOP, when combined with the full
capabilities of RPG II, should assist users in reducing the
time and effort involved with implementing new applications.
DL/I (5746-XX1) and DL/I ENTRY (5746-XX7) should be
considered as alternatives to this Field Developed Pro~ram.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 130 pages
111115798-BDZ

LB21-1388
QBOMP INTERFA~ FOR RPG !! ~ SYSTEMl370 QOS/VS (5798-BDZ)
~DP SYSTEMS GUIDE
This 27 page document, written in RPG III Assembler,

160

SB21-1402
IMS LOG ~ ANALYSIS ~ [QE 5798-CAQ, DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
This document, written in Assembler, describes the
capabilities of the FOP and the programs of the IMS Log Tape
Analysis.
This FOP is designed to read an IMS DB/DC System log
tape and summarize the response times experienced and the
number of transactions submitted by source terminals during
a user specified time period. The program reads a completed
log tape and collects response time data for user specified
transaction codes. A report line is printed to summarize
accumulated percentages of response times, spread from 1 to
23 seconds, for each user specified time increment. A
summary repor't of the number of the user specified input
transactions submitted by each phYSical terminal is produced
at the end of the analysis. This FOP can be used to
determine IMS system performance and work load in relation
t:> the terminal user environment. Response time can be
analyzed when tuning an IMS DB/DC System or relative to
changes in system configuration, an application program, or
system volumes. This FOP can be used in conjunction with
the IMS DC Monitor FOP (5798-BDF) to analyze response time
and transaction volumes during the time interval being
monitored.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
succeSSfully use the program.
Manual, 29 pages
1/1//5798-CAQ

LB21-1403

~2 LOG Th~ ANALYSIS =. FOP 579B-CAQ, SYSTEMS GUIDE
This document, written in Assembler, describes the steps
necessary to modify the IMS Log Tape Analysis.
This FOP is designed to read an IMS DB/DC System log
tape and summarize the response times experienced and the
number of transactions submitted by source terminals during
a user specified time period. The program reads a completel
log tape and collects response time data for user specified
transaction codes. A report line is printed to summarize
accumulated percentages of response times, spread from 1 to
23 seconds, for each user specified time increment. A
summary report of the number of the user specified input
transactions submitted by each physical terminal is produced
at the end of the analysis. rhis FOP can be used to
determine IMS system performance and work load in relation
t:> the terminal user environment. Response time can be
analyzed wh~n tuning an IMS DB/DC System or relative to
changes in system configuration, an application program, or
system volumes. This FOP can be used in conjunction with
the IMS DC Monitor FOP (5798-BDF) to analyze response time
and transaction volumes during the time interval being

LB21

SB21

monitored.
This systems guide provides the systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design. logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications. diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Manual. 30 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
3821-1404
VSl'l UTILIZATION MONITOR =. FOP 5798-CAK. ~
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Program and all its related documentation. for management and data processing personnel who are
prospective users of the program and others who require
information concerning it.
VSl'l utilization Monitor is a software system monitor
that provides users with the ability to measure. evaluate.
and document application program characteristics while executing in a virtual (VS/1) environment. The VS/1
Utilization Monitor reports provide a br~ad range of
information at both a summary and/or detail level with
minimal degradation. easy access. and fle~ibility in use.
This package consists of two programs:
(1) VS/1 Utilization Monitor Trace Program ~hich captures system and job
related data an:'i records the information to a log tape on a
time:'i basis (normally every two seconds); (2) VS/1 Utilization Monitor Analysis/report Program processes the log tape
and generates the requested reports.
VS/1 Utilization Monitor captures an:'i reports the three
basic dimensions of a computing system: CPU utilization.
I/O activity. and storage usage - both real and virtual.
Inf~rmation on these dimensions and their sub-parts are
available at various user-selected levels. from detailed
lines for each observation to a summary sheet for an entire
run. At the detail level. the dynamics of the virtual
system graphically display the impact of the application
program.
Thirteen different reports have been :'iesigned to provide
insights from many different perspectives to programs operating in the virtual VS/1 system.
Charting an:'i graphing techniques have been used to visually display the dynamics of the virtual system.
Users of the Monitor will vary. but ~~uld normally be
the systems programmers and application programmers. A
single individual would not normally require the use of all
VS/l Utilization Monitor reports for a single assignment.
Manual. 12 pages
////I'5798-CAK
3821-1413
DOSI'VS FILEI'OPERATIONS CONTROL LANGUAGE =. FOP 5798-CAG,
NOTICE
This 4 page document written in Assembler. describes the
purpose and highlights of DOS/VS File/Operations Control
Language.
This FOP eases the operational aspects of external file
management through the use of a control language. A systems
programmer can now structure jobstreams for efficient
operation. while improving backup capabilities. increasing
control. and reducing operator error. Included in this FOP
is the ability to (1) modify VTOC information to expire or
delete files by an event. (2) create and maintain a
directory of data sets with generation relationships and
status information and (3) generate user-defined reports to
guide operators through file backupl'recovery operations.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed program and all its
related documentation. for management and data processing
personnel ~ho are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice. 4 pages
/I'//I'5798-CAG
SB21-1414
QOSI'VS FILE/OPERATIONS ~ LANGUAGE =. FOP 5798-CAG,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
This 88 page document. ~ritten in Assembler describes the
capabilities of the FOP and the programs of the DOS/VS
File/Operations Control Language.
This FDP eases the operational aspects of external file
management through the use of a control language. A systems
programmer can now structure jobstreams for efficient
operation. while improving backup capabilities. increasing
control. and re:'iucing operator error. Included in this FOP
is the ability to (1) modify VTOC information to expire or
delete files by an event. (2) create and maintain a
directory of data sets with generation relationships and
status information. and (3) generate user-defined reports to
guide operators through file backupl'recovery operations.
This Program Descriptionl'Operations ~anual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand. install and
successfully use the program.
Manual. 88 pages
/////5798-CAG
3821-1425

~ 2260-3270 CONVERSION AID =. FOP ill8-CBB, ~
This 4 page document. written in Assembler. descr~bes the
purpose and highlights of IMS/VS 2260-3270 Conversion Aid.
The IBM 3270 Information Display System. with its
advanced features. is an excellent replacement for IBM 2260
and 2265 Display Stations. The IMS/360 Conversion Aid FDP
5198-ASG allowed IMS users to convert smoothly from 2260s to

161

3270s. in an IMS/Version 2.3 and OS environment. This FDP
5798-ASG so that it will operate with IMS Version 2.3 under
both OS/360 and OS/VS. and also with IMS/vS under OS/VS.
Thus. 2260s can now be replaced by 3210s in an or:'ierly
manner during any stage of an installation'S migration from
IMS/Version 2.3 and OS/360 to IMS/VS and OS/VS.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation. for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice. 4 pages
// ///5798-CBB
5B21-1426

2260-3270 CONVERSION ~l~ =. FDP 5798-CB~L
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
This' 17 page document. written in Assembler, describes the
capabilities of the FDP and the programs of the IMS/VS 22603210 Conversion Ai:'i.
The IBM 3270 Information Display System, with its
advanced features. is an excellent replacement for IBM 2260
and 2265 Display Stations. The IMS/360 Conversion Ai:'i FDP
5798-ASG allowed IMS users to convert smoothly from 2260s to
3210s, in an IMS/Version 2.3 and OS environment. This FDP
expands 5798-ASG so that it will operate wih IMS/Version 2.3
under both OS/360 and OS/VS. and also with IMS/VS under
OS/VS.
Thus. 2260's can now be replaced by 3270s in an orderly
manner during any stage of an installations migration from
I~S/Version 2.3 and OS/360 to IMS/VS and OS/VS.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 11 pages
/////5798-CBB
~

LB21-1427
~~i~~S

2260-3270 CONVERSION

~

=. FOP 5798-CBB,

2~

This 11 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
steps necessary to modify the IMS/VS 2260-3210 Conversion
Aid.
The IBM 3270 Information Display System, with its
advanced features, is an excellent replacement for IBM 2260
and 2265 Display stations. The IMS/360 Conversion Aid FDP
5798~ASG allo~ed IMS users to convert smoothly from 2260s to
3270s. is an IMS/Version 2.3 and OS environment. This FDP
expands 5798-ASG so that it will operate with IMS/Version
2.3 under both OS/360 and OS/VS, and also with IMS/VS under
OS/VS. Thus 2260s can now be replaced by 3270s in an
~cderly manner :'iuring any stage of an installation's
migration from IMS/Version 2.3 and OS/360 to IMS/V5 and
OS/VS.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design. logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Manual, 17 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-1441
~~~~~.T.C.S.

3270 SCREEN

~

UTILITY

=. FDP 5798-CBH,

This document, written in Assembler, describes the purpose
and highlights of CICS/M.T.C.S. 3270 Screen Format Utility.
This FOP consists of programs and procedures which
greatly simplify the creation of input and output maps for
the 3270 under MTCS. CICS or cICS/VS. The TP control system
may be running under DOS. DOSI'VS. OS/MFT. OS/MVT. OS/VS1 or
OS/VS2 on a System/370. The main program allows the user to
specify his screen layout directly on an 80-column form an:'i
have the necessary control blocks generated directly from
the screen layout. This makes coding new screens and
changing existing screens extremely simple while reducing
the chance for error. The existing Basic Mapping Support
Facilities of CICS are used to provide the execution time
map retrieval. interpretation services.
Optional features allow the user to explicitly name
fields. to repeat fields (VS), insert EDIT words in a DSEcr
(VS) and to preview an output screen on a 3210 prior to cojing the application program.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation. for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 6 pages
/////5198-CBH
SB21-1442
CICS/M.T.C.S. 3270 SCREEN ~ ~ =. ~ 579B-CBH,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
This document, written in Assembler. describes the
capabilities of the FDP and the programs of the
CICS/M.T.C.S. 3270 Screen Format utility.
This FDP consists of programs and procedures ~hich
greatly simplify the creation of input and output maps for
the 3210 under MTCS. CICS or CICS/VS. The TP control system
may be running under DOS, DOS/VS. OS/MFT, OS/MVT. OS/VS1 or
OS/VS2 on a System/310. The main program allows the user to
specify his screen layout directly on an 80-column form and
have the necessary control blocks generated directly from

SB21
the screen layout. This makes coding neil screens and
changing existing screens extremely sim~le while reducing
the chance for error.
The existing Basic Mapping Support
Facilities of CICS are used to provide the execution time
map retrieval, interpretation services.
optional featUres allow the user to explicitly name
fields, to repeat fields (VS>, insert EDlr words in a DSECT
(VS> and to preview an output screen on a 3270 prior to coding the application program.
'rhis Program Description/Operations :o.tanual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 275 pages
//I/15798-CBH

GB21
through a CALL instruction. The .FDP supports 2314, 3330,
and 3340 DASD devices, and does not require special pref~rmatting of extents.
Blocked or unblocked fixed length
records may be added to sequential files and subsequently
access through the standard DOS/VS sequential access methods
via logical IOCS. Multiple files may be accessed in a
user's program though only one copy of the FOP is includei
in the user's program.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related dOCUmentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Flyer, 2 pages
// // /5798-CBN

LB21-1443
£ICS/M.T.~ 3no §CREE~ FORMAT UTILITY::. FOP ?798-CBH,
SYSTEMS GUIDE
Thisl[,;cument, ilritten in Assembler, describes the steps
necessary to modify the CICS/M.T.C.S. 3270 Screen Format
Utility.
This FOP consists of programs and procedures ilhich
greatly simplify the creation of in~ut and output maps for
the 3270 under MTCS, CICS or CICS/VS. l'he TP control system
may be running under DOS, DOS/VS, OS/MFr, OS/MV'r, OS/VS1 or
OS/VS2 on a System/370. The main pro gran allows the user to
s~ecify his screen layout directly on an BO-column form and
have the necessary control blocks generated directly from
the screen layout.
This makes coding neii screens and
changing existing screens extremely Simple iihile reducing
the chance for error. rhe existing Basic Mapping Support
Facilities of CICS are used to provide the execution time
map retrieval, interpretation services.
Optional features alloil the user to explicitly name
fields, to repeat fields (VS>, insert EDlr iiords in a DSECT
(VS) and to preview an output screen on a 3270 prior to coding the application program.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Manual, 30 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

"B21-1447
CONVERSION AID: IBM DOS/VS ANS COBOL FROM BURROUGHS
!!2.2.Q.Q £Q!!Q!:! ::. FDP579~ NOTICE
-This 4 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
purpose and highlights of Conversion Aid:
IBM DOS/VS ANS
COBOL from Burroughs B5500 COBOL. The m03t important
functions provided by this program are:
1. Conversion of free form Burroughs code to ANS COBOL
format.
2. Character translation (Burroughs to EBCIDIC)
3. Expansion of common Burrough's abbreviations to ANS
COBOL forms.
4. Implementation of the Burrough's ca~ability to 'copy'
previous Data-name levels into adjusted level numbers.
5. Initialization of data in working st~rage.
6. Conversion of Burrough's relational ~~erator's to ANS
COBOL format.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data proceSSing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
////15798-CBP
SB21-1448
CONVERSION AID:

IBM DOS/VS ANS COBOL FROM BURROUGHS B5500
5798 -CaP, DESCRIPTION/OPERffiON-S- - - - This 40 page document, written in As3embler, describes the
capabilities of the FOP and the programs of the Conversion
Aid: IBM DOS/VS ANS COBOL from Burroughs B5500 COBOL.
The most important functions provided by this program are:
1. Conversion of free form Burroughs code to ANS COBOL
format.
2. Character translation (Burroughs to EBCIDIC)
3. hxpansion of common Burrough's abbreviations to ANS
COBOL forms.
4. Implementation of the Burrough's ca~ability to 'copy'
previous Data-name levels into adjusted level numbers.
5. Initialization of data in working st~rage.
6. Conversion of Burrough's relational ~~erator's to ANS
COBOL format.
This program Description/Operations ~anual provides the
user with sufficient information to under3tand, install
and successfully use the program.
Manual, 40 pages
////15798-CBP
COBOL-~-FDP

GB21-1456
EXTENDING SEQUENTIAL DISK ~ FOR DOS/~~ ::. ~ 5798-CBN,
NOTICE
This 2 page Availability Notice, written in Assembler,
describes the purpose and highlights of Extending Sequential
Disk Files for DOS/VS.
This FOP can help improve performance and reduce disk
storage requirements for applications that add records to
the end of a seguential disk file, thus, eliminating the
need to re-copy the files.
The subrouti~es in this FOP will
be included in the user's assembler or COBOL programs
162

SB21-1457
EXTENDING SEQUENTIM! DISK FILE~ ~Qg DOS/VS ::. FOP 5798-CBN
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
This 22 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
capabilities of the FOP and the programs of the Extending
Sequential Disk Files for DOS/VS.
This FOP can help improve performance and reduce iisk
storage requirements for applications that add records to
the end of a sequential disk file, thus, eliminating the
need to re-copy the files.
The subroutines in this FOP will
be included in the user's assembler or COBOL programs
through a CALL instruction.
The FOP supports 2314, 3330,
and 3340 DADS devices, and does not require special pref~rmatting of extents.
Blocked or unblocked fixed length
records may be added to sequential files and subsequently
access through the standard DOS/VS sequential access methods
via logical IOCS. Multiple files may be accessed in a
user's program though only one copy of the FOP is includei
in the user's pro~ram.
This Program DescriptiOn/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 22 pages
// ///5798-CBN
LB21-1458
EKTENDING SEOUENTIAL DISK FILES FOR DOS/VS ::. FOP 5798-CB~L
SYSTEMS GUIDE
This 12 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
steps necessary to modify the Extending Sequential Disk
Files for DOS/VS.
This FOP can help improve performance and reduce disk
storage reqUirements for applications that add records to
the end of a sequential disk file, thus, eliminating the
need to re-copy the files.
The subroutines in this FOP will
be included in th user's assembler or COBOL programs through
a CALL instruction. The FOP supports 2314 , 3330, and 3340
DASD devices, and does not require special pre-formatting of
extents. Blocked or unblocked fixed length records may be
added to sequential files and subsequently access through
the standard DOS/VS sequential access methods via logical
IOCS. Multiple files may be accessed in a user's program
though only one copy of the FOP is included in the user's
program.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Manual, 12 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-1492
CICS/ENTRY SYSTEM STATISTICS ::. £:QE. 579B-CBh ~OTI9f
This 4 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
purpose and highlights of CICS/Entry System Statistics.
This FOP operates as a standard task under CICS 003
Entry 5736XX6. It will operate under either DOS or D03/v~,
with CICS Entry running either virtual or real. The
function of this CICS task is to display on a 3270 Model 2
terminal all the critical statistics, sizes and counters in
a CICS Entry system.
It can be used as a task to validate
the initial generation of a CICS system.
It can be used to
monitor the effect of changes to a generated CICS system.
It eliminates difficult searching through memory dumps or
lenghty calculations to determine the size of the various
components of CICS.
Once a system is successfully
installed, this task can be used to dynamically monitor
system activity and parameters.
For example, it is possible
from a terminal to determine the current settings of things
such ~s max tasks or the storage CUShion. Any significant
parameters that are not at normal value such as max tasks or
the storage cushion. Any significant ~arameters that are
not at normal value such as "dump count" not are displayed
in high intensity mode on the 3270. An existing FOP, 5798AXR CICS Dynamic Map, does not support DOS/CICS Entry. This
proposed FOP would compliment the existing CICS FDP/IUP
programs.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
~ersonnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Flyer, 4 pages
/////5798-CBZ

SB21

SB21

SB21-1493

~i~~~~~~~~N~T~~~ISTICS FDP 5798-CBZ
This 12 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
capabilities of the FOP and the programs of the CICS/Entry
System statistics.
This FOP operates as a standard task under CICS DOS
Entry 5736XX6. It will operate under either DOS or DOS/VS,
~ith CICS Entry running either virtual or real.
The
function of this CICS task is to display on a 3270 ,Model 2
terminal all the critical statistics, sizes, and counters in
a CICS Entry system.
It can be used as a task to validate
the initial generation of a CICS system.
It can be used to
monitor the effect of changes to a generated CICS system.
It eliminates difficult searching through memory dumps or
lenthty calculations to determine the size of the various
components of CICS. Once a system is successfully
installed, this task can be used to dynamically monitor
system activity and parameters. For example, i t is possible
from a terminal to determine the current settings of things
such as max tasks or the storage cushion.
Any significant
parameters that are not at normal value such as "dump'count n
not 0 are displayed in high intensity mo~e on the 3270. An
existing FOP, 5798-AXR CICS Dynamic Map, ~oes not support
DOS/CICS Entry. This proposed FDP would compliment the
existing CICS FDP/IUP programs.
rhis program Description/Operations ~anual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 12 pages
/////5798-CBZ
GB21-1498
CICS/VOLUME TEST ~
FOP 5798-CDJ ... ~
This document, written in Assembler, describes the purpose
and highlights of CICS/Volume Test Facility.
CICS Volume Test Facility provides the user with the
capability to stress his total teleprocessing system in a
production-like environment. The need for volume testing
when undertaking changes in terminals, in network
configuration, in central hardware systems, in control
programs, or in applications is answered by this FDP.
when the Volume Test Facility is installed, the user
will be able to use his own terminals and communications
network and/or simulated facilities without the need for
manning the physical terminals. He ~ill be able to collect
test data during normal production. He ~ill use his own
application and control programs during the test. He will
be able to control the transaction rate, receive feedback on
test progress during the test, and change testing parameters
dynamically. Statistics in printed form are provided at the
concluSion of the test. Each test can be controlled by a
single analyst and can be repeated.
This Availability Notice contains com~lete ordering
information for the Program and all its related documentation, for management and'data processing personnel who are
prospective users of the program and others who require
information concerning it.,
Availability Notice, 4 pages
/////5798-CDJ

=

SB21-1499
CICS/VOLUME TEST FACILITY - FOP 5798-CDJ DESCRIPTION/

OPERiITIoNS - - - - - - - -

--- -

This document, written in Assembler, describes the capabilities of the FOP and the programs of the CICS/Volume Test
Facility.
CICS Volume Test Facility provides the user with the capability to stress his total teleprocessing system in a production-like environment.
The need for volume testing when
undertaking changes in terminals, in net~ork configuration,
in central hardware systems, in control programs, or in
applications is answered by this FOP.
when the Volume Test Facility is installed, the user
will be able to use his own terminals an~ communications
network and/or simulated facilities without the need for
manning the physical terminals.
He ~ill be able to collect
test data during normal production. He will use his
application and control programs during the test. He will
be able to control the transaction rate receive feedback on
test progress during the test, and change testing parameters
~ynamically.
Statistics in printed form are provided at the
conclusion of the test. Each test can be controlled by a
single analyst and can be repeated.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 156 pages
/////5798-CDJ
3B21-1504
£.ICS NETWORK ACTIVITY SIMULATOR
FOP 579!!.-CCH, ~
This document, ~ritten in Assembler, describes the purpose
and highlights of CICS Network Activity Simulator.
This Field Developed Program provides a means of using
se~uential input support of CICS while introducing delays
between messages that would simulate the input messages
through a terminal or line.
Multiple streams could simulate
a multi-line configuration allowing for a controlled rate of
messages being processed.
Thus by bending the system's
resources, the user is able to measure impact on response
time, paging, utilization, etc., by comparative analysis.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Program and all its related documen163

=

tation, for management and data processing personnel ~ho are
prospective users of the program and others who require
information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
// // /5798-CCH
SB21-1505
CICS ~ ~ SIMULATQg :: FOP 5798-CC!!L DESCR!!'.,£!~~~
OPERATIONS
This document, written in Assembler, describes the capabi~­
ities of the FOP and the programs of the CICS Network Activity Simula tor.
This Field Developed Program provides a means of using
sequential input support of CICS while introducing delays
between messages that would simulate the input messages
through a terminal or line.
Multiple streams could simulate
a multi-line configuration allowing for a controlled rate of
messages being processed. Thus by bending the system's
resources, the user is able to measure impact on response
time, paging, utilization, etc., by comparative analysis.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 126 pages
/////5798-CCH
GB21-1507
CICS PLOT-FOP 5798-CCG, NOTIC.!!;
This document, written in Assembler, describes the purpos~
and highlights of CICS PLOT.
This Field Developed Program allows the CICS/VS user to
manage the static storage requirements of CICS/VS and to
o?timize the real storage demands of the CICS system. rhe
product displays both the virtual composition of the CICS/v3
partition and the real storage residency of the virtual
pages.
It will also provide a working set summary which
displays the total storage requirements for the resident
operating system and the CICS/VS partition.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Program and all its related documentation, for management and data processing personnel who
are prospective users of the program and others who
require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
/////5798-CCG
SB21-1508
CICS PLOT
FOP 5798-CCG, Q§2£RIPT!Q!!L0PER~!!Q~§'
This document written in Assembler, describes the
capabilities of the FDP and the programs of the CICS PLOT.
This Field Developed Program allows the CICS/VS user to
manage the static storage requirements of CICS/VS and to
optimize the real storage demands of the CICS system. The
product displays both the virtual composition of th~ CICS/VS
partition and the real storage residency of the virtual
pages. It will also provide a working set summary which
displays the total storage requirements for the resident
operating system and the CICS/VS partition.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install
and successfully use the program.
Manual, 58 pages
// ///5798-CCG

=

GB21-I510
V!l.NDL-1
DL-I ~§ UT!!dr!
!1!R 5798-CDH, NOTICE
This 2 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
purpose and highlights of VANDL-1 DL/I Database Utility.
This Field Developed Program provides VANDL-1 and DL/I
users with a quick, efficient technique for generating data
base back-up tapes and for restoring to disk from tape. Up
to eight VANDL-1 or fifteen DL/I data bases may be copied in
a single execution.
In addition, the programs have been
developed to assist users in converting from VANDL-I to DL/I
since a tape copied from a VANDL-1 data base may be used to
restore to a DL/1 database.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 2 pages
// ///5798-CDH

=

=

SB21-1511
VANDL-l
DLII DATABAS§ !!!!ill!
FDP 5798-CDH,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
This 16 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
capabilities of the FDP and the programs of the V~NDL-l DL/I Database Utility.
This Fiel~ Developed Program provides VANDL-I and DL/~
users with a quick, efficient technique for generating data
base back-up tapes and for restoring to disk from tape. Up
to eight VANDL-1 or fifteen DL/I data bases may be copied in
a single execution. In addition, the programs have been
developed to assist users in converting from VANDL-l to DL/I
since a tape copie~ from a VANDL-1 data base may be used to
restore to a DL/I database.
This Program Description/operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 16 pages

=

=

SB21

SB21

/////5798-CDH
LB21-1512
ITANDL-1 DL/I DATA
~UIDE
~5798-CDH

~

UTILITY, FOP ll.2.§.:.£Q!!

~

This 13 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
steps necessary to modify the VANDL-1 - DL/I Database
Utili ty.
This Field oeveloped Program provides ITAN[IL-1 and DL/I
users with a quick, efficient technique for gE~nerating data
base back-up tapes and for restoring to jisk from tape. Up
to eight VANDL-1 or fifteen DL/I data bases may be copied in
a single execution. In addition, the programs have been
developed to assist users in converting from VANDL-1 to DL/I
since a tape copied from a VANDL-1 database may be used to
restore to a DL/I database.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst ~ith the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
systems Guide, 13 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-1513
~Q~§~!:Y§ ~Q PERFORMANCE ANALYZER FOP 5798-CDG..L. NOTICE
rhis 8 page document, written in COBOL/Assembler, describes
the purpose and highlights of POWER/VS Cost and Performance
Analyzer.
POWER/VS provides accounting records ",hich contain
important information concerning system utilization. The
FDP reads these records and generates summary reports which
should prove to be of significant benefit to data processing
management. Reports include Execution (CPU), 1/0 Device
Acitvity, RJE, and a Cost Analysis report" based on userspecified cost figures. The FOP provides the facility to
accumulate daily information for monthly repOl:ts. A user
modification and/or addition may be developed to use these
summary records for monthly billing.
The POWER/VS Cost and Performance Analyzer will provide
valuable operating information to Data processing and
Operation Managers. System tuning will be possible by using
the Performance Report to change placements of high activity
files and indicate where excessive time and resources are
used. From the Monthly Cost Analysis (",hich may be run at
any desired frequency>, a.more enlightened view of computer
costs may be obtained. Billing is facilitated because the
data needed is available in a tape or disk record and need
only be processed against the users customer data as bills
are printed.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel iIoIho are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 8 pages
/////5798-CDG

SB21-1514
POwER/VS COST AND ~MANC§ ANALYZER - FOP 5798-CDG,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
This 71 page document, written in COBOL/A3sembler, describes
the capabilities of the FOP and the programs of the POWER/ITS
Cost and Performance Analyzer.
POWER/VS,provides accounting records ",hich contain
important information concerning system utilization. The
FDP reads these records and generates s~mmary reports ~hich
should prove to be of significant benefit to data processing
management. Reports include Execution (CPU), 1/0 Device
Activity, RJE, and a Cost Analysis report based on userspecified cost figures. The FOP provides the facility to
accumulate daily information for monthly reports. A user
modification and/or addition may be developed to use these
summary records for monthly billing.
The POWER/VS Cost aand Performance Analyzer will provide
valuable operating information to Data Processing and
Operation Managers. System tuning will be possible by using
the Performance Report to change placements of high activity
file3 and indicate where excessive time and resources are
used. From the Monthly Cost Analysis (ilhicp may be run at
any desired frequency), a more enlightened view of computer
cost3 may be obtained. Billing is facilitated because the
data needed is available in a tape or disk record and need
only be processed against the users customer data as bills
are printed.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 71 pages
/////5798-CDG
LB21-1515
~~~~~/ITS ~OST ~

PERFORMANCE ANALYZER, FDP 579B-CDG SYSTEMS

This-21 page document, written in COBOL/Assembler, describes
the 3teps necessary to modify the POWER/ITS Cost and
Performance Analyzer.
POWER/VS provides accounting records which contain
important information concerning system utilization. The
FDP reads these records and generates summary reports which
should prove to be of Significant benefit to data processing
management. Reports include Execution (CPU), 1/0 Device
Activity, RJE, and a Cost Analysis report based on user164

specified cost figures. The FDP provides the facility to
accumulate daily information for monthly reports. A user
modification and/or addition may be developed to use these
summary records for monthly billing.
The POWER/VS Cost and Performance Analyzer will provide
valuable operatin~ information to Data ProceSSing and
0geration Mana~ers. System tuning will be possible by using
the Performance Report to change placements of high activity
files and indicate where excessive time and resources are
used. From the Monthly Cost Analysis (which may be run at
any desired frequency), a more enlightened view of computer
c~sts may be obtained.
Billing is facilitated because the
data needed is available in a tape or disk record and need
only be processed against the users customer data as bills
are printed.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst ~ith the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable ~im to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Manual, 21 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GB21-1546
1400 COMPATABILITY ~ ROUTI~ :: !Qf llll::£m!L ~
This 4 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
purpose and highlights of 1400 Compatability Access Routine.
Through the use of this Field Developed Program a
Systernl370 COBOL or Assembler Language program can access
disk data files which are in the 1400 Emulator format. The
FOP does not require the use of the 1400 Emulator,
therefore, orderly conversion of 1400 emulated applications
to Systernl370 native mode operations under DOS/VS is
possible. The FOP supports 1311, 1301 and 1405 type files
emulated on a 3330 or 3340 Direct Access Storage Device.
Data files can be in the track or sector format and in
either move or load mode.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
/11115798-CDB

SB21-1547
~ COMPATABILITY ~ ROUTINE :: !Qf 5798-CDB.
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
This 20 page document, written in Assembler, describes the
capabilities of the FDP and the programs of the 1400
c~mpatability Access Routine.
Through the use of this Field Developed Program a
System/370 COBOL or Assembler Language program can access
disk data files which are in the 1400 Emulator format. The
FOP does not require the use of the 1400 Emulator,
therefore, orderly conversion of 1400 emulated applications
to System/370 native mode operations under DOS/VS is
possible. The FOP supports 1311, 1301 and 1405 type files
emulated on a 3330 or 3340 Direct Access Storage Device.
Data files can be in the track or sector format and in
either move or load mode.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install
and successfully use the program.
Manual, 20 pages

/1/115798-CDB

GB21-1566
S/370 RPG I I ANALYSIS AND QQ£Q11ID.ITATION AID :: 579B-CDL,
NOTICE
This 4 page document, written in RPG II, describes the
purpose and highlights of S/370 RPG II Analysis and
Documentation Aid.
This FOP consists of two groups of programs and sorts
which produce six different documentation/trouble shooting
aids. The first group produces field and indicator crossreferences on an individual RPG II program. The second
group uses as its input data all of the customer's RPG II
s~urce decks from which it produces cross-reference analyses
and documentation concerning programs, files and field usage
in the users system.
This Availability Notice contains complete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel who are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
//1115798-CDL

SB21-1567
s/370 RPG IT ANAgSIS AND DOCUMENTATION AID :: FOP ~Qh_
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
fhrs-4S-pageliocument, written in RPG II, describes the
capabilities of tne FOP and the programs of the S/370 RPG II
Analysis and Documentation Aid.
This FOP consists of two groups of programs and sorts
which produce six different documentation/trouble shooting
aids. The first group produces field and indicator crossreferences on an individual RPG II program. The second
group uses as its input data all of the customer's RPG II
s~urce decks from which it produces cross-reference analyses
and documentation concerning programs, files, and field
usage in the users system.
This Program DescriptiOn/Operations Manual provides the

SB21

GCB8

user ~ith sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 45 pages
/////5798-CDL

SB21-1587

~~i~iig:~~E~S~ENTS =- [QR ?798-CEEL

LB21-1568
S/370 RPG !! ~ AND DOCUMENTATION ~!Q =- FDP 5798-CDL,
SYSTEMS GUIDE
This 10 page-document, ~ritten in RPG II, describes the
ste~s necessary to modify the S/370 RPG II Analysis and
Documentation Aid.
This FDP consists of t~o groups of ~rograms and sorts
~hich produce six different documentation/trouble shooting
aids. The first group produces field and indicator crossreferences on an individual RPG II program. The second
grou~ uses as its input data all of the customer's REG
II
source decks from ~hich it produces cross-reference analyses
and documentation concerning programs, files and field usage
in the users system.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst ~ith the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Manual, 10 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
3B21-1581
IMS MONITOR SUMMARY AND SYSTEMS ANALYSIS PROGRAMS - FDP
5798=CDT, NOTICE
--- - - - - - - This document, ~ritten in ALC, describes the purpose and
highlights of IMS Monitor Summary and Systems Analysis
Programs.
The IMS Monitor Symmary and System Analysis program
(IMSASAP) is a set of programs designed to process DFSTRAPC
out~ut data from either IMS DC Monitor (Field Developed Program Number 5798-BDF) or IMS/VS Monitor (IMS/VS 1.0.1). It
uses a subset of data collected by DFSTRAPC to produce
several selectable, additional monitor tfpe reports designed
to fill the need of management, system analysts and programmers.
The IMSASAP System output enables the user to
analyze and adjust the parameters of a IMS On-Line System
for optimum operations and performance.
This Availability Notice contains com~lete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel ~ho are prospective users of the program and
others ~ho require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 6 pages
/////5798-CDT
SB21-1582
IMS MONITOR SUMMARY AND SYSTEMS ANALYSIS PROGRAMS - FDP
~1~g=£Q~~-oESCRIPTIoN70pERATIONS------ - - - - - - - --This document, written in ALe, describes the capabilities of
the FDP and the programs of the IMS Monitor Summary and
Systems Analysis Programs.
The IMS Monitor Summary and System Analysis Program
(1MSASAP) is a set of programs designed to process DFSTRAPC
output data fron either IMS DC Monitor (Field Developed Program Number 579B-BDF) or IMS/VS Monitor (1MS/VS 1.0.1). It
uses a subset of data collected by DFSTRAPC to produce
several selectable, additional monitor ty~e reports designed
to fill the need of management, system analysts and programmers.
The IMSASAP System output enables the user to
analyze and adjust the parameters of a IMS On-Line System
for optimum operations and performance.
This Program Description/O~erations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual, 78 pages
/////5798-CDT
GB21-1586
IMS DICTIONARY SYSTEM ENHANCEMENTS =- FDP ~798-CEE, ~
This document, ~ritten in Assembler, describes the purpose
and highlights of IMS Dictionary System Enhancements.
The follo~ing are enhancements to be included in this
product.
o
Improved messages for structures out
o
Indented COBOL Structures
o
Global status, language, occurrence number
o
On-line audit trail
o
Improved on-line support
o
Assembly language components
o
Syntax flush control
Other enhancements will be announced when available.
o
COBOL-IN
o
Character String-Scan
o
Copy function
o
Delete from command
o
SEG-REPORT to show SEG-DBS intersection data.
This Availability Notice contains com~lete ordering
information for the Field Developed Program and all its
related documentation, for management and data processing
personnel ~ho are prospective users of the program and
others who require information concerning it.
Availability Notice, 4 pages
/////5798-CEE

This document, written in Assembler, describes the capabilities of the FDP and the programs of the IMS Dictionary System Enhancements.
The follo~ing are enhancements to be included in this
product.
o
Improved messages for structures out
o
Indented COBOL Structures
o
Global status, language, occurrence number
o
On-line audit trail
o
Improved on-line supports
o
Assembly language components
o
Syntax flush control
Other enhancements will be announced when available.
o
COBOL-IN
o
Character String-Scan
o
Copy function
o
Delete from command
o
SEG-REPORT to show SEG-DBS intersection data.
This Program Description/operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install
and successfully use the program.
Manual, 59 pages
/////5798-CEE
GB21-9893
VM/SGP STATISTICS GENERATING PACKAGE, REPORT BROCHURE
- IUP 5796-PDD
Thrs-manual provides some sample reports produced using
VM/SGP. These reports will serve to indicate the types of
detail which may be presented in report form by using this
IUP. The use of the VM/SGP "language" is also sho~n for
each report illustrated.
Manual
// // /5796-PDD
GB21-9949
IBM CUSTOMER INFORMATION FDP/IUP REFERENCE SUMMARY
ThIs informative booklet is intended for customer-use and
reflects the most recent inventory of available FDP's and
IUP's. It contains program numbers, prices, and order
numbers of customer-available docuemnts supporting
those programs.
Booklet, 3 5/8 x 8 1/2 inches, 26 pages
360,370//20///
GCB4-5104
OS/vS1 MASTER INDEX
Master index for OS/VS1.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LCB6-3772
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS ASSEMBLER H - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-AS1
The IBM system/360 Operating-system Assembler H 5734-A31 is
an assembler language processor that extends the basic
assembler language and the macro and conditional-assembly
language. It is designed to perform high-speed assemblie3
on IBM System/360, Models 40 and larger, that have at least
256K bytes of main storage.
Microfiche, 84 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GCB8-6796
IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER (RPQ #88B2ffi
SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD (CSAMt MAIN MODULE-DOS
!1!CROFICHE LISTING L PROG. NO. 5799-WAF
Assembly Program Listing for the Main Module of Program
5799-WAF. Data Management and I/O Routines for the
2947-4.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GCB8-6797
IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLEcTION £QNTRO!4:!!;S (RPQ !!;!8B26Q
SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD (CSAMl ERR !1QDULE-OOS
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-WAF
Assembly Program Listing for the Error Recovery
Routine/Procedures Module of Program 5799-WAF.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GCB8-6798
IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION gQ~,!,.!~OLL!;R (RPQ !§.88264)
SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD i£~l MAIN MODULE-OS
MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-WAG
Assembly Program Listing for the Main-MOdUle of Program
5799-WAG. Data Management and I/O Routines for the
2947-4.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GCB 8-67 99

lBE2

!~~ 2947-4 CHECK £OLLECTION CONTROLLER
#888264)
§!;QUENTI~ ACCE~ METHOD (CSAM) ERR MODULE-O~

MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-WAG
ASsembly Program Listing for the Error Recovery
165

GC20

GCB8
Routine/Procedures Module of Program 5799-WAG.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
sc09-0007
VANDL-1 fBRQ DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION ~~ (VANCOUVER
DATA LANGUAGE O~E) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AEY
Tl1is manual provides agenera1 introductiOnto VANDL-1 which
consists of processing modules designed to facilitate the
implementation of small to medium data bases under DOS.
DP Manual, 228 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
::ic19-0004
IBM SYSTEM/370 INSTALLATION MANUAL -- PHYSICAL PLANNING
Contains-inlOrmation necessary for Planning the-physical
installation of the IBM Systeml370 in World Trade countries.
It includes floor planning information, as well as
electrical environmental, and structural requirements.
Detailed cable charts are provided.
Manual, 400 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBS~RIPTION ONLY
GC20-1618
NUMBER SYSTEMS - STUDENT TEXT
This IBM student text on number systems presents a brief
review of the principles of positional notation, as applied
to the binary and hexadecimal systems of notation. The
publication covers the operations of binar~ and hexadecimal
arithmetic, decimal-binary - hexadecimal base conversion,
and the principles of base and base-minus-one
comp1emen ta tion.
Student Text, 32 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
S:::20-1637
~ ~~ ,!:Q PL/I FOR ~ USERS:
2I!!Q!jitu: TEX~~
This manual is an introductory g~ide to PL/I written
especially for those who have a working knowledge of FORTRAN
II or IV. No particular machine implementation of FORTRAN
or PL/I has been assumed. Part 1 gives a broad Imrvey of
PL/I. A sample program illustrating some of the principle
features of the language is explained step by step.
Part 2 gives sufficient detail for the user to be able
to write a straightforward program for himself. It is
not a rigorous .exposition. Examples have been used to
clarify the text. The terminology used is intended to be
that which is familiar to a FORTRAN user
Part 3 describes concepts not familiar to FORTRAN
users, although some of them are familiar to those who
know COBOL or ALGOL. Where references to COBOL or ALGOL
will help readers who know these languages, the reference
is made, but the explanation is also given in full for
those who do not.
This guide does not attempt to cover all the features
of tl1e language. Many facilities have not been mentioned
at all, and some of the statements and features have not
been explained in full detail.
Student Text, 38 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

:;:::20-1649
~~,!:~~QQ~!ION !Q ~ DIRECT-ACCESS ~ ~ ~
OR::iANIZATION METHODS: STUDENT TEXT
This text discusses-the-physicar-characteristics and
capacities of the following Direct Access Storage Devices
available for Systeml360 Models 25, 30, 44, 50, 65, 67,
75, and 85:
2301 Drum Storage
2302 Disk Storage
2303 Drum Storage
2311 Disk Storage Drive
2314 Direct Access Storage Facility
2321 Data Cell Drive
The file organization methods and access methods provided
for these devices by the IBM Systeml360 Operating System,
the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System and the IBM
System/360 Basic Operating System are also discussed. The
uses of direct access storage, basic terminology, and the
establishment of controls for a direct access system are
other topics addressed by this text. Most of the chapters
end with student exercises, answers to which may be found
at tl1e end of the manual.
No attempt at completeness is made. Refer to the
publications listed in the Bibliograph~ for additional
details.
student Text, 120 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

used in the full spectrum of commercial applications.
Student Text, 70 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GC20-1663
OS ( i OS/VS) DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT LIBRARIES:
~NAGEMENTTEXT

INSTALLATION

The purpose-or-this document is to illustrate how job
control statements, cataloged procedures, and OS utilities
can be used to create, use, and maintain a machine-readable
program development support library system on direct access
storage. The examples in tl1e Text are based on OS/Mvr
Release 21.6 and OS/VS2 Release 1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GC20-1668
DATA COMMUNICATIONS PRIMER: 2TUDE~ Im
ThIS manual is intended for the user of data processing
equipment who has a need for data communications services.
It introduces the reader to the world of data communications
and enables him to approach the common carriers for
competent, ietai1ed, up-to-date information on facilities,
specifications and tariffs to satisfy his needs.
Student Text
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GC20-1684
INTRODUCTION TO IBM DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS: STUQENT I§~t
This manual presents-concepts ~prrncipa1s essential
to a basic knowledge of computers. It is designed for
use in training programs that serve as prerequisites for
a detailed study of an IBM system. Covered in general
terms are topics such as Data Representation, Storage
Devices, CPW Functions, I/O Devices, Stored Program
PrinCiples, Programming Systems, Operating Systems,
COnversion, and Procedural Controls. Reference to specific
systems is made to illustrate general principles.
Manual, 112 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GC20-1686
OCR INPUT PREPARATION GUIDE FOR THE IBM 1287/1288 OPTICAL

ffiRACTER

READERS

- - -- -

-

This manuar-rs-a-guide to achieving acceptable input quality
for IBM's 1287 and 1288. The topics stressed include
sample document designs from several application areas,
human factors considerations, document design specifications
and procedures, a discussion of important considerations
for each type of OCR input device, and a description of
some OCR support services available to IBM customers.
DP Techniques Manual, 86 pages
360,370//04//1287,1288/
GC20-1699
D~TA PROCESSING GLOSSARY
This glossary contains over 2,000 definitions of terms
in the data processing field. It contains definitions
from:
1. The American National Standard Vocabulary for Information Processing, published by the American National
Standaris Institute, Inc. (ANSI).
2. The proposed American National Standard Vocabulary.
3. The IBM Data Communications Glossary (GC20-1666).
4. The IBM Glossary of Information Processing.
Manual, 136 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GC20-1729
A GUIDE TO THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155
This gui!e presents hardware, programming systems, and otl1er
pertinent information about the IBM Systeml370 Model 155
that describes its significant new features and advantages.
Features of a Model 155 II are indicated also. The contents
are intended to acquaint the reader with the Model 155 ani
to be of benefit in planning for its installation.
Manual, 192 pages
3155//01///
GC20-1730
A GUIDE TO THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165
This gui~ presents hardware, programming systems, and other
pertinent information about the IBM System/370 Model 165
that describes its Significant new features and advantages.
Features of a Model 165 II are indicated also. The contents
are intended to acquaint the reader with the Model 165 anj
to be of benefit in planning for its installation.
Manual, 160 pages
3165//01///

SC20-1651
A ::iUIDE TOPLII FOR COMMERCIAL PROGRAMMERS (STUDENT TEXT)
PL/I is a-mu1tipurpose, high-level programming language
that enables the programming not only of commer'cia1 and
GC20-1733
scientific applications but also of real-time and systems
IBM 1287/1288 OCR ERROR RECOVERY GUIDE
applications. It also permits a programmer to use the full
Discusses too1s,teCilnfques, and methods of importance
poio1er of his computer in an efficient manner an.d to program
for error recovery when planning, programming, and
applications in a relatively machine-independent fashion.
installing the IBM 1287 and IBM 1288 Optical Character
This publication presents those features of PL/I that
Readers.
apply to commercial data processing. It does not restrict
Data Processing Technique Manual, 28 pages
itself to a particular aspect of commercial dat.a processing
360,370//04//1287,1288/
but attempts to discuss all feat~res of PLII that may be
166

GC20
3:20-1734
A GUIDE TO THE IBM SYSTEM/370 ~ 14~
ThIs-guide presents hardware, programm1ng systems, and other
pertinent information about the IBM System/370 Model 145
that describes its significant new feat~res and advantages.
The contents are intended to acquaint the reader with the
Model 145 and to be of benefit in planning for its
installation.
Associated with this guide are four optional supplements
that describe operating systems for the ~odel 145 that
support a virtual storage evironment. Each supplement has
its own form number and must be ordered individually, if
req~ired.
Optional supplenents are the following:
o
DOS/Virtual Storage Features Supplement
(GC20-1756)
o
OS/virtual torage 1 Features Su~plement
(GC20-1752)
o
OS/Virtual Storage 2 Features Supplement
(GC20-1753 )
o
Virtual Machine Storage 2 Features Supplement
(GC20-1757)
Manual, 264 pages
3145//01///
GC20-1738
1! 3UIDE !Q THE !.!ill SYSTEM/370 ~ 135
'This guide presents hardware, programming systems, and other
pertinent information about the IBM System/370 Model 135
that describes its significant new features and advantages.
The contents are indented to acquaint the reader with the
Model 135 and to be of benefit in planning for its
installation.
Associated with this guide are three optional
supplements that describe operating systems for the Model
135 that supports a virtual storage environment. Each
supplement has its own form number and must be ordered
individually, if required.
Optional supplements are the
following:
o
DOS/Virtual Storage Features S~pplement
(GC20-l756)
o
OS/Virtual Storage 1 Features Supplement
(GC20-1752)
o
Virtual Machine Facility/370 Features supplement
(GC20-1757)
Manual, 316 pages
3135/101///

GC20-1739
HANDPRINTING CONSIDERATIONS FOR THE IBM !~
OPTICAL CHARACTER READERS
This publication was written to help determine why
handprinted characters reject or substitute, and to help
define input problems related to character shape and size.
Included is general information ab~t handprinting
requirements and why characters reject or substitute.
Varying character shapes and sizes are also included for
reference purposes.
Data Processing Techniques Manual, 40 pages
360,370//04//1287,1288/
G:20-1750
IBM 3881 OPTICAL MARK READER - FORMS KIT
TFiIs-iiianual containS41 forll\S-deslgnearor the IBM 3881
Optical Mark Reader.
Along with each document is a brief
description of the application and the ~3e of the form
with the IBM 3881. The forms are illustrated in two
colors to aid with applications spanning several industries.
All forms should be reviewed, as the data entry
characteristics in one application are similiar to those
of other applications in other industries.
Manual, 88 pages
370,5410,5415//03//3881/
GC20-1751
IBM 3881 OPTICAL MARK READER SlSTEMS DESIG~ GUIDE
Thisliiaiiuar-isa guI'detot'iie design Ofada~try
system using OMR. The material includes forms design,
operations, and programming techniques. It is intended
to be used both as an instruction guide and as a
resource during systems installation design.
Manual
370,5410,5415//04//3881/

GC20
documents as the DS/VS1, information presented applies to
Systeml370 Models 135, 145, 158 and 168 unless otherwise
indicated in the text.
The contents of this supplement are
designed to acquaint the OS MFT knowledgeable reader with
the new facilities and advantages of OS/VS1.
Manual, 90 pages
/120///5741

GC20-1753
OS/VIRTUAL STORAGE 2 RELEASE 1 - FEATURES SUP?LEMENT
ThIs supplement discussesos/VirtualStorage2 (OS/VS2)
Release 1 features and organization.
Only concepts and
functions of OS/VS2 Release 1 that are new to and
significantly different from those of as MVT are
presented in detail. Transition from OS MVT to OS/VS2
Release 1 is discussed also.
This supplement is an optional section that is
designed to be inserted in its entirety in anyone of
the following base publications, each of which contains
the conceptual and System/370 hardware information requirej
to understand the OS/VS2 discussion presented:
o
A guide to the IBM Systeml370 Model 145 (Gc20-1734)
o
A guide to the IBM system/370 Model 158 (Gc20-1754)
o
A guide to the IBM Systeml370 Model 168 (GC20-1755)
Readers who process more than one of the above base
publications need add this supplement to only one of
the documents as the ~S/VS2 information presented applies
to System/370 Models 145, 158, and 168 unless other
indicated in the text.
The contents of this supplement are
designed to acquaint the OS MVT knowledgeable reader with
the new facilities and the advantages of OS/VS2 Release 1.
features and organization. Only concepts and functions of
OS/VS2 that are new to and significantly different from
those of OS/MVT are presented in detail. Transition from
MVT to OS/VS2 is discussed alsO.
This supplement is an optional section that is designe1
to be inserted in its entirety in anyone of the following
base publications, each of which contains the conceptual an1
Systeml370 hardware information required to understand the
OS/VS2 discussion presented:
o
A guide to the IBM System/370 Model 145 GC20-1734
o
A guide to the IBM Systeml370 Model 158 GC20-1754
o
A guide to the IBM system/370 Model 168 GC20-1755
Readers who possess more than one of the above base
publications need add this module to only one of the
document as the OS/VS2 information presented applies to
System/370 Model 145, 158, and 168 unless otherwise
inidicated in the text.
The contents of this supplement are designed to acquaint
the as MVT knowledgeable reader with the new facilities and
the advantages of OS/vS2.
Manual, 90 pages
/120///5742

GC20-1754
A GUIDE TO THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158
This gUide presents hardware, programming systems, and other
pertinent information about the IBM System/370 Model 158
that describes its significant new features and advantagea.
Knowledge of the IBM System/370 Model 155 is assumed.
Features common to Models 155 and 158 are indicated but not
discussed in detail. The contents of the guide are intended
to acquaint the reader with the Model 158 and to be of
benefit in planning for its installation.
Associated with this guide are four optional supplements
that describe operating systems for the Model 158 that
support a virtual storage environment. Each supplement has
its own form number and must be ordered individually, if
required. Optional supplements are the following:
o
DOS/Virtual Storage Features Supplement
(GC20-1756)
o
as/Virtual Storage 1 Features Supplement
(GC20-1752)
o
as/Virtual Storage 2 Features upplement
(GC20-1 753)
o
Virtual Machine Facility/370 Features supplement
(GC20-1757)
Manual, 120 pages
3158//01///

GC20-1755
A GUIDE TO THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168
ThIs gUide presents hardware, programming systems, and other
pertinent information about the IBM System/370 Model 168
that describes its significant new features and advantages.
Knowledge of the IBM System/370 Model 165 is assumed.
GC20-1752
Features common to Models 165 and 168 are indicated but not
~ ~ SUPPLEMENT (OPTIONAL ~~ [QB GC20-1734,
discussed in detail. The contents of the guide are intended
3C20-1738, GC20-1754, QB GC20-1755)
to acguaint the reader with the Model 168 and to be of
This supplement discusses as/Virtual Storage 1 (~S/VS1)
benefit in planning for its installation.
features and organization. Only concepts and functions of
Associated with this guide are three optional
DS/VS1 that are new to and Significantly different from
supplements that describe operating systems for the Model
those of as MFT are presented in detail. Transition from as
168
that
support a virtual storage environment.
Each
MFT to OS/VS1 is discussed also.
supplement has its own form number and must be ordered
This supplement is an optional section that is designed
individually, if required. Optional supplements are the
to be inserted in tis entirety in anyone of the following
following:
base publications, each of which contains the conceptual and
o
OS/Virtual Storage 1 Features Supplement,
systeml370 hard~are information required to understand the
GC20-1752
OS/VS1 discussion presented:
o
as/Virtual Storage 2 Features Supplement,
o
A guide to the IBM System/370 Model 135 GC20-1738
GC20-1753
o
A guide to the IBM Systeml370 Model 145 GC20-1734
o
Virtual Machine Facility/370 Features supplement
o
A guide to the IBM Systeml370 Model 158 GC20-1754
(GC20-1757)
o
A guide to the IBM System/370 Model 168 (GC20-1755)
• Availability to be announced
Readers who possess more than one of the above base
Manual, 118 pages
publications need add this module to only one of the
167

Gc20

GC20
31681/011/1

GC20-1756
DOS/VIRTU~L STORAGE FEATURES SUPPLEMENT
This supplement discusses DOS/Virtual Storage (DOS/VS)
features and origanization as of Release 29. Only concepts
and functions of DOSIVS that are new to and significantly
different from those of DOS Version 4 are presented in
detail. Transition from DOS/VS is disc~ssed also.
'This supplement is an optional section that is designed
to be inserted in its entirety in anyone of the following
base publications. each of which contains the conceptual add
Systeml370 hard~are information required to understand the
DOS/VS discussion presented:
o
A Guide to the IBM Systeml370 Model 135 (GC20-1738)
o
~ Guide to the IBM Systeml37 0 Model 1115 (GC2 0-17 34)
o
~ Guide to the IBM System/370 Model 158 (GC20-1754)
Readers who possess more than one of the above base
publications need add this supplement to only one of the
documents as the DOS/VS information presented applies to
other Systeml370 Models 135. 145. and 158 unless otherwise
indicated in the text.
The contents of the supplement are designed to acquaint the
DOS Version 4 knowledgeable reader with the new facilities
and the advanta;es of DOS/VS.
Manual. 118 pages

112011157115

GC20-1757

MACHINE FACILITY/370 FEATURES SUPPLEM~~T
supplement discusses Virtual Machine Facility/370
(VM/370) features and organization. It assumes knowledge of
System/370 hardware and an understanding of virtual storage
concepts and terminology. virtual machine concepts. and
dynamic address translation hardware. as discussed in each
of the base publications for which this supplement can be
ordered. The operating system concepts in general and any
specific operating syste~ that is to be executed under
control of VM/370 except for the Conversational Monitor
System of VM/370. which is discussed in this supplement.
Knowledge of Control Program 67/cambridge Monitor System
(CP-67/CMS) is not assumed.
This supplement is an optional section that is designed
to be inserted in its entirety in anyone of the following
base publications:
o
A Guide to the IBM System/370 Model 135 (GC20-1738)
o
A Guide to the IBM System/370 Model 145 (GC20-1734)
~ Guide to the IBM Systeml370 Model 1.58 (GC2o-1754)
o
o
A Guide to the IBM System/370 Model 168 (GC20-1755)
Readers who possess more than one of the above base
publications need add this supplement to only one of the
documents since the VMl370 information presented applies to
System/370 Models 135. 145. 158. and 168 unless otherwise
indicated in the text.
The contents of this supplement are designed to acquaint
the reader with the facilities and operation of VM/370.
Types of installations that can benefit from t:he use of
VM/370 and performance considerations are indicated also.
Manual. 2114 pages
VIRTU~L

~s

11201115749

37011031138001

GC20-1800
VIRTUAL MACHINE F~CILITY/370: INTRODUCTION
This publication introduces VMl370. and defines the minimum
equipment configuration necessary to execute it. It is
intended for anyone who is interested in VM/370. However.
the reader should have a basic understanding of IBM data
processing.
VMl370 (Virtual Machine Facility/370) is an operating
system that minages the resources of a single Systeml370
computer so that multiple computing systems (virtual
machines) appear to exist. VM/370 consists of a Control
Program (CP). which manages the real computer. a
Conversational Monitor System (CMS). which is a general
purpose conversational time-sharing system that executes
in a virtual machine and a Remote Spooling Communications
Subsystem (RSCS). which spools files to and from
geographically remote locations.
The first section of the publication is an introducti:ln
it describes what VM/370 can do. The second. third. and
fourth sections describe the Control Program. Conversational
Monitor System. and Remote Spooling Communications
Subsystem respectively. The appendixes include information
about Recovery Management Support. system requirements.
supported language processors and emulators, compatibility
of VMl370 with CP-67/CMS. and VM/370-related publications
for CMS users.
This publication is a prerequisite for the VM/370
system library.
Manual, 112 pages
11201115749

GC20-1801
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 PLANNING AND SYSTEM
GENERATiONG~

- ---- -

---

Th~s

pUblIcatIon is intended for those responsible for the
planning and installation of a VMl370 system. It includes
information on virtual machine concepts. operating systems
in a virtual machine. and planning and system generation
considerations for a VM/370 installation. The IBM Virtual
Machine Facility/370 Introduction. Order No. GC20-1800. is
a prerequisite for understanding this publicat~on.
Manual. 2119 pages
11341157119

GC20-1802
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 ASSEMBLER PROGRAMMER'S
GUID-E----- -----This pUblication provides information on the use of
~ssembler language under the Conversational Monitor System
(CMS). CMS. the time sharing component of the IBM Virtual
Machine Facility/370 (VM/370). includes user macros which
provide linkages to CMS fUnctions. CMS also Simulates
certain Operating Sysatem macros.
The publication also contains a section on programming
considerations for programs and operating systems eKecuting
in the virtual machine environment of VM/370.
Manual. 1011 pages
11211115749

:;'::20-1760
IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER FORMS KIT
ThIs-manual includes 30 forms designed for-the 3886 and text
describing the application. Forms are printed in two colors
to illustrate design and use of forms in various industries.
Manual
37011041138861

GC20-1767

~PTICAL MARK RE~D/CARD PRINT APPLICATION SOLUTIONS IBM
350ii-and-E05 CARD READERSIBM 3525 CARD PUNCH
This -manuar-contains brief-aescriptions of application
solutions using the 35011/3525 Card Subsy3tem with Systeml310
Model 125 and the 3505/3525 Card Subsystem with all models
of Systeml370. The application solutions highlights the
Optical Mark Read feature on the card reader. and the Card
Print feature on card punch.
The two-color card form samples accompanying the
majority of application descriptions illustrate the variety
of ways of usin; the card subsystem to solve data processing
problems in many industries. Data printed in black within
the sample cards simulates 3525 card printing.
It is assumed that punched hole data will be contained
in many of the application cards discussed. but the punched
holes have not been represented in these illustrations.
~ll card documents illustrated in this publication are
reduced in physical size from the standard specifications
for an 80-column card.
Manual. 75 pages

3701113113504.3505.35251

GC20-1775
'::ONCEPTS OF THE IBM 3800 PRINTING SUBSYSTEM
This manual iSintended asarrrBt reader for those users of
printers who wish to take a quick look at the non-impact IBM
3800 Printing Subsystem. at its basic concepts. and at how
these concepts lead to new functions that may offer
different options in planning and operations. A check list
is given as an aid in estimating differences in operating
costs.
System Manual
168

GC20-1803
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE

MANUrur---- ------

---- ------- --------

This publication describes the BASIC language facility of
Virtual Machine Facility/370 (VMl370). It includes a
precise description of the language as well as a guide to
creating and runnin; BASIC programs under the conversational
Monitor System (CMS) of VM/370.
Manual. 89 pages
112311157119

GC20-18011
a~:i~~ ~~~~NE mCILITYl370: COMMAND ~ GUIDE FOR
~ Virtual Machine Facility/370 (VM/370) is a system

that manages the resources of a single System/370 computer
S:l that multiple computing systems appear to exist within
it. Each such computing system is said to run in a virtual
machine. VM/370 consists of:
o
A Control Program (CP). which controls the real
computer and allows multiple computing systems to
run under its control.
o
A Conversational Monitor System (CMS). which runs
in a virtual machine under control of the Control
Program and allows the user to operate his virtual
machine from a remote terminal.
CMS is a time-sharing system that provides a
general-purpose conversational facility suitable
for program development and problem solving.
This publication gives you the basic information you need to
use the CP and CMS command languages. The information is
organized in two parts: usage information and reference
information. In Part 1. the rules for using the command
languages are discussed as well as information on virtual
disks and CMS files. Part 2 contains descriptions of each
of the commands available for general users.
Manual. 452 pages
113611157119

sc20

GC20
GC20-1805
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 EDIT GUIDE
This-pUblication-eiplains, for users-of the Conversational
Monitor System (CMS), how to use the CMS editor to create,
peruse, or modify files.
It contains descritpions of:
o
The EDIT command
o
The EDIT subcommands
o
The EDIT macros
Examples are also included.
IBM Virtual Machine
Facility/370: Command Language User's Guide, Order No.
GC20-1804, is a prerequisite for a thorough understanding
and for the effective use of this public~tion. For titles
and abstracts of associated publications, see the IBM
System/360 and System/370 Bibliography Order No. GA22-6822.
Manual, 59 pages
//36///5749
GC20-1806
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 OPERATOR'S GUIDE
This publication is intended for ~3Ponsible for the
operation and administration of a VM/370 System. It
includes operating information on system startup and
shutdown, operator spooling commands, device attachment and
detachment, and emergency recovery procedures. Also
incl~ded are instructions for using speci~l VM/370 system
utilities, such as device formatting and allocation, and
building directories.
Manual, 142 pages
//40///5749

current release.
Manual
//34///5749
GC20-1812
IBM VIRTUAL M~CHINE FACILITY/370: EXEC USER'S GUIDE
This public~tion is intended for thOSe VM/370
who want
to use the Conversational Monitor System (CMS) EXEC
facilities.
It includes information on writing an EXEC
procedure, using the CMS EXEC facilities and EXEC control
statements, and building EXEC procedures.
The reader should
have an understanding of elementary programming techniques
such as branches, loops, and loop control, as well as an
understanding of CMS operating procedures, commands, and the
CMS Editor.
Manual
//36///5749

users

GC20-1813
VIRTUAL MACHINE F~CILITY/370: GLOSSARY AND MASTER INDEX
This publication consolidates the indexes-of publications in
the IBM Systems Library for the IBM Virtual Machine
Facility/370. It also provides a reading plan for these
publications.
The master index lists topics alphabetically, and
refers to publications where these topics are discussed.
The indexes of these publications list the same topics and
refer to specific pages.
Manual
//20// /5749

G:::20-1807
VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370: SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE

This-pUblication is intended for VM/3;o-Bystem programmers.

~ debugging section describes the proced~res, commands, and
utilities useful in debugging and provides guidance in dump
reading.
A Control Program (CP) section describes how CP
works and tells how to modify or better utilize CPo A
Conversational Monitor System (CMS) section describes how
CMS works, and describes in detail some special features of
CMS. The last two sections describe teleprocessing support
for v~/370: one section describes the IB~ 3704 and 3705
Communications Controllers and the other describes the IBM
2780 Spool Remote program. Refer to the latest System/360
and System/370 Bibliography, GA22-6822, for the titles and
abstracts of related publications.
Manual, 400 pages
//36///5749

GC20-1808
VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370: SYSTEM MESS~GES
Thii-pabI1cat10n lIsts all the messages-t~~y be
encountered when using VM/370. Conditions that generate
these messages are explained; the resulting system action is
described, and appropriate responses for operators or
terminal users are suggested.
Messages produced by associated lang~age processors are
contained in the appropriate Systems Reference Library
publica tions.
Manual, 345 pages
//40///5749
:;:::20-1809
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370

GUIDE-----

~ ~~

ERROR

~§

This-publication is intended for the IBM Customer Engineer
(CE). The information in this book 6ill aid the CE in
performing hardware I/O maintenance from a virtual machine.
It includes VM/370 concepts and data on error handling and
recording, and describes how to run the Online Test Sections
(OLTS) under OLTSEP.
Man~al, 170 pages
//31///5749
:;:::20-1810
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 TERMIN~L USER'S GUIDE
This-pUb-rication provides information requrrea-to-access
VM/370 via terminal devices. Topics disc~ssed include:
o
Terminal initialization
o
Contacting VM/370 via common carrier facilities
o
Gaining access to VM/370
Login Procedure
o
o
Typing conventions
o
Command environments
Manual, 91 pages
//40///5749

GC20-1814
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370: RELEASE 2 PLANNING GUIDE
P'ROO~ 5749-020
--- - ---- - This publication describes the new devices and fUnctions
that will be supported in VM/370 Release 2.
It is intended
to enable VM/370 installation managers, system programmers,
and system operators to plan for Release 2.
It may also oe
of interest to general users of VM/370. The information in
this publication is for planning purposes only.
The
publication IBM Virtual Machine Facility/370: Introduction,
Order No. GC20-1800, is a prerequisite for understanding
this publication.
Manual, 64 pages
//34///5749
GC20-1815
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370: RELEASE 2 GUIDE
This publica~scribes what is:ne;-or changed for the
current release of IBM Virtual Machine Facilty/370.
It
provides planning and implementation information for
installation ma~agers, system programmers, and IBM ~ield
personnel. This publication describes:
o
New and changed System features and requirement
o
Changes to VM/370 publications for the c~rrent
release
o
Modules added, deleted, or modified for the
current release
o
Ordering and distribution procedures for the
current relea se
o
VM/370 restrictions
Manual
//34///5749
GC20-1816

!!lli

~ ~ F~CILITY/370:
REMOTE ~~
COMMUNICATIONS SUBSYSTEM (RSCS) USER'S GUIDE - PROG. NO.
5749-010
--- --- -- - - - This publication provides the users of the VMl370 Remote
Spooling Communications Subsystem (RSCS) with the
information necessary to operate the RSCS virtual machine
and supported remote terminals and stations.
Topics covered include:
o
Devices supported by RSCS
o
Line connection procedures
o
Data transmission and reception
o
RSCS operator commands
o
Remote operator commands
o
VM/370 user commands
o
Error recovery procedures
Manual, 116 pages
/TP/ 30///5749

SC20-1845
APL/CMS INSTALL~TION MANUAL, PROGRAMMING E~ MF26~~ ~ fBQ~~
NO. 5799-ALK
This publication describes the procedures for the installaG::!20-1811
tion
and support of APL/CMS.
It discusses the generation of
IBM VIRTUAL filA-CHINE FACILITY/370: ~ !. GUIDE ::. ~
the APL command modules and the shared APL system, and the
NUMBER 57119-010
use of, the optional APL Assist feature.
Also included are
This 'publication contains information abo~t the scope and
descriptions of the APL/CMS library structure and the
content of the current release of the IBM Virtual Machine
utility programs for converting APL/360 works paces into
Facility/370. It provides planning and implementation
APL/CMS workspaces.
information for installation managers, system programmers,
The programming RPQ described in this manual, and all
and IBM field personnel.
This publication describes:
licensed materials available for it, are provided by IBM on
o
New and changed system features and requirements.
a special quotation basiS only, under the terms of the Lio
System maintenance activity, including APAR
cense Agreement for IBM Program Products. Your local IBM
descriptions, a program symptom index, and a list
of program temporary fixes (PTFs) corrected.
branch office can advise you regarding the special quotation
and ordering procedures.
o
Modules added, deleted, or modified for the current
Manual, 32 pages
release.
/////5799-ALK
o
Ordering and distribution procedures for the
169

GC21

SC20
/////5736-UT1

S:20-18116

USER' S MANUAL, PROGRAMMING !!E.2 t1E2608 ::. PROG. NO.
5799-!\.LK
This publication describes APLlCMS. It also describes the
APL/CMS auxiliary processors, which allow the APL program to
perform input and output operations to aisks, magnetic
tapes, line printers, and other devices.
The programming RPQ described in this manual, and all
licensed materials available for it, are ~rovided by IBM on
a special quotation basis only, under the terms of the License Agreement for IBM Program Products. Your local IBM
branch office can advise you regarding the special quotation
and ordering procedures.
Manual, 76 pages
////1 5799-ALK
APL/C~S

G:20-8096
INTRODUCTION TO DATA M!\'N!\.GEMENT STUDENT rEXT
This publicat1On-rs-an introduction to tfie-concepts of
data management and information processing. It is intended
to address both programmer and non-programmer. Topics
~resented are Data Management and Information, Fields and
Records, Data Storage Devices, Data Organization, Functions
of Data Management, and Concepts of a Data Base System.
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11, 60 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
3C21-50011
OS D!\'TA MANAGEMENT SERVICES AND MACRO INsrRUCTIONS FOR IBM
1285/1287/1288

---- -

--

This-publication defines and describes the data management
macro instructions and services for the IBM Opti.cal Readers.
The macro instructions are used in the IBM System/360
Operating System Assembler language. The macro instruction
descriptions and definitions apply to OS/MFT, OS/MVT,
DS/VS1, and OS/VS2.
For OS/MFT and OS/MVT, the corequisite publi.cation is
IBM System/360 Operating system: Assembler Language,
GC28-65111; for OS/VSl and OS/VS2, the corequisit:e
publication is OS/VS and DOS/VS Assembler Language,
GC33-1I010.
Manual, 118 pages
360,370//30111285,1287,12881

SC21-50111
OS IBM 1288 BASIC UNFORMATTED READ SYSTEM: A DATA CAPTURE
UTILITY PROGRAM, PROG. NO. 573i::.UT3--- - - - - - - This publication is a reference manual designed to assist
you in implementing data entry applications using the IBM
1288 Optical Page Reader. The data must be printed or ty~ed
in either USASCSOCR size A or ISO OCR size 1 font in the
unformatted mode.
This manual describes the control and functions of the
1288 Basic Unformatte3 Read System, which include:
o
Input and output
o
Error handling routines
o
Job control language
The program operates under the IBM Operating System with:
o
MFT - multi-programming with a fixed number of
tasks.
o
MVT - multi-programming with a variable number of
tasks.
o
VSl - virtual storage, 1.
o
VS2 - virtual storage, 2.
Manual, 30 pages
/////57311-UT3
GC21-5021
IBM OOS RPG II GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RGl
This publication describes the basic RPG II fUnctions and
provides information on performance and compatibility.
The DOS RPG II compiler and generated program can be used
for Systeml360 Models 25, 30, 40, 50, 65, and 75.
Manual, 32 pages
/11115736-RGl

GC21-5028
IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM RPG II
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEffiffiTIONSPROGRAM NUMBER"5736-RG1
The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specification sheet, 2 pages
360,370//28/008/1

SC21-5005
IBM DOS RPG II LANGUAGE, PROG. NO. 5736-RIll
THIS PUBLICATION IS !\. PLANNING AID ONLY. It is i.ntended
for use prior to the availability of the DOS RPG II
Compiler. The publication will be updated to become
reference documentation when the RPG II language is
available.
This publication contains the fundamentals of the RPG
II language along with the RPG II language specifications
for the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System. The OOS
RP3 II compiler and generated program can be used for
System/360 Models 25, 30, 110, 50, 65, an3 75.
Job setup information for compiling and executing an
RP3 II program is also included in the p~blication.
Manual, 508 pages
////15736-RGl

GC21-5052
IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM RPG II AUTO REPORT FEATURE
GENERAL INFORMATION"MAiWAr.-=-PROGRAM"NUMBER 5736-RG1
This manual introduces the function of the-DOS RPG II Aut~
Report Feature for potential customer management, customer
analysts, ana for IBM personnel involved in marketing this
feature.
Auto Report is a DOS RPG II program product feature.
This feature extends the capabilities of the PRG II language
and aids the RPG II user by reducing the programming effort
required to code and debug his application programs.
This publication provides general descriptions of the
f~ur functions of the Auto Report Feature; discusses the
compatibility and performance of Auto Reporti and has an
example showing an Auto Report job, from the coding needei
t~ produce a report, to the specifications generated by Auto
Report for tha't job, and finally to the report produced as
output. Prerequisite publications are:
o
Concepts and Facilities for DOS and TOS (GC211-5030)
o
Introauction to RPG II (GC21-75111)
General Information Manual, 15 pages
/////5736-RGl

G:21-5006
OS D!\'TA MANAGEMENT SERVICES AND MACRO INSrRUCTIONS FOR IBM
14191I275

---- -- ---

This publication tells how to plan, write, and execute
programs for the IBM 1419 Magnetic Ink Character Reader
and the IBM 1275 Optical Character Reader under the MFT,
MVT, VS1, and VS2 options of the operating system (OS).
It is intended for system analysts, assembler language
pr03rammers, or other personnel who need information on how
to use the 11119 or the 1275 under OS. The IBM 11119 and
the IBM 1275 read, under control of a pr~cessing program,
information transcribed on checks and other doc\~ents.
They also sort these documents under program control.
This publication describes device characteristics
(such as document processing times) that the user must
consider and the routines he must write to use the 11119
and the 1215 un3er os. This description includes data
management macro instructions needed, storage requirements
for IBM-supplied 1419/1275 support routines, JCL
requirements, timing considerations for various OS
options, and sample user-written routines.
Manual, 50 pages
360,370//30//11119,1275/

S:21-5013
DOS IBM 1288 BASIC UNFORMATTED READ SYSTEM: A DATA CAPrURE
UTILITY PROGRAM, PROG. NO. 5736=un - - - - - - - - - This publication is a reference manual aesigned to assist
you in implementing data entry applications using the IBM
1288 Optical Page Reader. The data must be printed or typed
in either USASCSOCR Size A or ISOOCR-A size 1 font in the
unformatted mode.
This manual describes the control an3 functions of 1288
Basic Unformatted Read System, which incl~de:
o
Input and output
o
Error handling routines
o
Job control language
The program operates under the IBM System/360 Disk Operating
System with either BATCH or Multiple Programming Support
(MPS) •
Manual, 36 pages

SC21-5056
IBM OOS RPG II AUTO REPORT FEATURE - REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-~ - - - This manual contains three types of information about the
RPG II Auto Report Feature:
1.
Introductory and tutorial information on Auto
Report for beginning users.
2.
Reference information on Auto Report specifications
for more experienced users.
3.
Information on the internal operation of the Auto
Report Feature for personnel with maintenance
responsibility (replaces the program logic manual).
The Auto Report Feature is a program that operates prior to
the RPG II compiler and that calls the compiler when it, has
finished processing. Auto Report generates complete RPG II
source specifications for simple reports from simplified RPG
II output specifications, standard RPG II specifications,
and a apecial statement that copies previously cataloged
specifications from a source library. Auto Report also
provides for selection and sorting of input records prior to
processing by the RPG II object program.
Readers of this manual must have some knowledge of RPG
II.
Manual, 100 pages
11///5136-RGl

GC21-5061
PROGRAM PRODUCT FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION FOR IBM DOS 1288
BiSIC'UNFORMATTED READ SYSTEM - PROGRAMPRODUCT- - NUMBER 5736-UTl
-- --- - --- --This flyer describes the IBM 1288 Basic Unformatted Read
System for use with the Disk Operating System.
Flyer, 1 page
360, 3101/32/00S/12881

170

GC24

GC21

(OS/MFT, OS/MVT, or OS/VB1).
It is designed to assist
management in preparing a total plan for the transition
project.
This guide includes suggestions for management
consideration that cover creation of a planning committee,
planning for short and long-term objectives, staff
education, organizational and operational considerations,
standards, system planning, and program and file revision
considerations.
For implementation information on the transition from
DOS see Dos to OS Implementation Guide, GC24-6000 or DOS to
OS/VS1 Implementation Guide, GC24-5095.
Manual, 28 pages
310//34/ooS//

GC21-5068
PROGRAM PRODUCT FUNCTION~L DESCRIPTION FOR IBM 1288 BASIC
UNFORMATTED RE~ SYSTEM (MFT/MVT/VS1/VS2f-PROG.~ 5134-UT3
Descrrbes~he-rBM~Basic Unformatted Read System~
use with the Operating System.
Flyer, 1 page
360,310//32/0S,OTSO,0~SP,C~LL/1288/

G::21-5011
IBM 3140 BTAM/TCAM PROGR~MMER'S GUIDE
This-publication describes the access method facilities and
mac~o instructions required to write an application program
that defines, activates, and controls a 3141 Model 2 and
Model 4 Data Station or a 3141 Data Con~erter. It contains
10 verification and error recovery proceiures, line control
sequences, sample programs for BTAM and rcAM, and
teleprocessing reference material.
This publication is intended for programmers who have a
knowledge of teleprocessing, basic assembler, and data
management techniques.
Manual, 12 pages
//30//3141,3141/
:;::21-5012
DOS/VS SYSTEM INFORMATION FOR IBM 3540 DISKETTE INPUT/OUTPUT
UNIT

---

-

-

-- ----

~pplication Programmers it discusses the DOS/VS

GC24-50 86
DOS OLTEP
ThIs reference publication describes the Disk Operating
System (DOS) On-Line Test Executive Program (OLTEP) that
controls online testing of I/O units under the DOS supervisor. It explains the functions of the program and gives
procedures for running the test programs that are obtained
from the IBM Customer Engineer.
For titles and abstracts of associated publications,
see the IBM SYSTEM/360 2and system/310 BIBLIOGRAPHY
(GA22- 6822) •
Manual, 48 pages
310/ /37 /DOS/ /

prog~amming

support provided for the IBM 3540 Diskette
Input/Output Unit with special emphasis on converting cardinput programs to diskette-input.
~ working knowledge of DOS/VS system concepts is a
prerequisite to using this publications.
In addition, a
basic knowledge of the 3540 and the IBM iiskette are
assumed. The following publications sho~ld be used in
conjunction with this manual:
IBM 3540 Diskette Input/Output Unit operator's Guide
and Programmer's Reference, GA21-9197
The IBM Diskette for Standard Data Interchange,
GA21-9182.
Manual, 32 pages
310//08//3540/
GC21-5091

~~~~ ~ty~B~R~~~~i;~ ~g~~~RT

FOR THE IBM 3505 ~
This-reference manuar-describes the OS ani OS/VS support for
the 3505 Card Reader and 3525 Card Punch and the optional
features for both devices.
rhe manual is divided into three sections: 3505 Card
Reader, 3525 Card Punch, and Appendixes.
Descriptions of related publications can be found in the
IBM System/360 and System/310 Bibliograph~, GA22-6822.
Manual, 60 pages
310//30//3505,3525/
:;::21-7514
INTRODUCTION TO RPG II
The-purpose-or-thiS manual is to teach the RPG II
programming lan~uage.
The manual is written not only for
the person who has some previous kno~ledge of computer
programming, but also for the person who knows little or
nothing about data processing.
The first chapter is solely for the beginner.
It
contains basic information about compute~s and data
processing. The remainder of the book explains the RPG II
specifications and the RPG II specifications sheets. Many
job-related examples are used to show how the RPG II
specifications apply to a real situation.
The manual
concludes with a sample job, which summarizes the duties of
an RPG II programmer.
After completing this manual, the reader should be able
to use the various systems reference manuals to write basic
RP3 II programs.
Tutorial, 150 pages
3,32,360,310//28///
G::22-7004
IBM SYSTEM/310 INSTALLATION MANUAL -- PHYSICAL PLANNING
Contains-information necessary for Planning the phys cal
installation of the IBM Systeml310 in the United States.
It includes floor planning information, as well as
electrical, environmental, and structural requirements.
Detailed cable charts are provided.
Manual, 400 pages
310//15///
GC24-3331
Q2 RPG LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS, PROG. ~ 360S-RG-038
This reference publication contains fundamentals of RPG
programming and language specifica'tions for the IBM
System/360 Operating system RPG. Also included is the job
setup information for executing RPG.
Manual, 8-1/2 xlI, 348 pages
360,310//28/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//

GC24-5090
OS/VS1 PLANNING AND USE GUIDE
vsiRELEASE 3.1 --This pUblicatIOn contains planning information about
OS/VS1, to assist installation personnel who are responsible
for the selection and evaluation of an operating system.
The use part of the Guide contains information on
implementing, modifying, or extending capabilities of
VS1 control program.
The information in the Planning part is presented in
two major cate~ories: concepts and Considerations. rhe
Concepts section describes the facilities, features
supported, and principles of operation of VS1. The
Considerations section contains suggestions on how to make
the most effective use of the system.
The test is
supplemented by illustrations showing a representative JOD
input stream, the scheduling sequence of the system, and
examples of possible partition configurations for ~arious
sized systems.
The information in the use part of the Guide is
p~esented in self-contained sections, each dealing ~ith
a separate capability or function of the control program.
The publication is intended for people who are
familiar with the concepts and operation of the IBM
System/360 Operating system.
prerequisite reading
should include the IBM System/310 ~dvanced Operating
System, System Summary, GA22-1001, and its associated
Technical Newsletters.
The Use part of the publication is intended for
system programmers responsible for maintaining and
updating the VS1 system.
Manual, 400 pages
//34///5141
GC24-5091
OS/VS1 PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE DIGEST
This publication contains quick-reference information about
the VS1 operating system.
It is intended for experienced
programmers and field support personnel.
For the most part,
definitions, restrictions, and limitations have been
omitted.
Information about program debugging and control
blocks is not includej in this publication. This
publication is devided into nine sections containing:
General Information
System Information
supervisor Information
Data Management Information
JCL Operator Commands, SMF, RES, CRJE Information
Linkage Editor anj Loader Information
BTAM/TCAM/VTAM Information
utilities and Service Aids Information
Bibliographic Information
Manual, 6-3/4 x 3-3/4 inches, 366 pages
//36///5141
GC24-5092
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 GUIDE
This manual summarizes Operating System, Virtual Storage
Option 1 (OS/VS1) release 1 system Control Programming (ScP)
components. It is in three parts:

GC24-5082
DOS :!:Q OS/MFT, OS/MVT, OR OS/VS1 MANAGEME!IT ~ ~
This publication is a planning guide onli'
It is intended
for use by installations planning to make the transition
from the Disk Operating System (DOS) to the Operating System
171

Part 1 is a
features of
parameters,
publication

functional summary of new and changed
OS/VS1, including new and changed system
system generation information, and
support.

Part 2 contains a module directory, and list of
modules in the system and their status.
part 3 provides: ordering and distribution procedures
for release 1, hardware engineering change le~els,
program material shipped with the system, and optional
material available.

Gc211

Ge211
The publication provides installation managers, system
pro3rammers, an5 IBM field engineering personnel with
information useful for planning and implementing release 1.
Manual
//311///57111
GC211-5093
OS/VSl DEBUGGIN~ GUIDE
NUMBER 57111-010
This publication is written for those in~~l~ed in debugging
application and system programs. It contains material on
how to start debugging, a section on functional information
(system concepts) to help the reader see the system as a
whole and to give some particulary useful concepts, and a
section on output formats and uses in the debugging
situation. A series of appendixes provide additional
reference information for convenience.
Manual, 168 pages
/131//157111

GC211-50911
OS/VSl STORAGE ESTIMATES - SYSTEM LIBRARY
rills-publication is intended for two types of users: System
pro3rammers, anj problem programmers. It contains
instructions, formulas, and charts that can be used to
estimate the real, virtual, and auxiliary storage
requirements for VS1. Real storage is system (hardware)
storage and corresponds to main storage in other IBM
operating systems. Virtual storage is an addressing storage
concept that provides the installation with as many as
16,777,216 bytes of storage accessible to programs.
Auxiliary stora3e is comprised of the inplt/output devices
required to contain virtual storage, system residence
libraries, job queues, spooled data sets, and work space
required by control and processing prograns.
Each type of user can use this publication differently.
o

System programmers can use this publication to
determine the amount of real, virtual and auxiliary
storage that must be allocated during system
generation or Initial Program Load.

o

Problem programmers can use thi~ publication to
determine the sizes of partitions in virtual
storage.
Manual, 168 Pages
//311//157111

G:::211-5095
DOS AND DOS/VS TO OS/VSl IMPLEMENTATION 30IDE
provides-reference information on altering-DOS and DDS/VS
pro3rams and files to be compatible with the OS/VSl system
control program. It describes the similarities and
differences between DOS and OS/VS1, thus helping programmers
to:
o
Modify existing DOS and DOS/VS programs and files
only where needed, and
o
Take advantage of OS/vSl facilities not provided
in DOS and DOS/VS
This manual includes many examples of eqli~alent DOS and
DOS/VS and OS/VSl coding. It also describes the use of the
DOS emulator to effect a gradual transition from DOS to
OS/VS1. The major topics in the manual are:
o
system Generation
o
Resource Allocation
o
Performance Considerations
o
Job Entry subsystem (JES)
o
Linkage Editor
o
System Assembler
o
Job Control Language
o
Data Sets (Files)
o
Data Management Macros
o
Utilities
o
Service Aids
o
Telecommunications
o
Emulation
The intended audience is system and application programmers
in a DOS or DOS/VS installation making the tra.nsi tion to the
OS/VSl system control program. Readers should be familiar
with DOS or DOS/VS its system facilities, and the DOS or
DOS/VS versions of the compilers or assenblers used in the
programs to be changed.
Prerequisite publications:
o
DOS and DOS/VS to OS/MFT, JS/MVT, OS/VSl
Management Planning Guide, 3C211-5082
o
OS/VS1 Planning and Use Guide, GC211-5090
Manual, 300 pages
370/l311/DOS//
3:::24-5097
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 GUIDE - PROG. NO. 5741-020
Tills-manual summarizes Operating-Bystem, ~Irtual Storage
option 1 (OS/VS1) Release 2 System Contr~l Programming (SCP)
components. It is in four parts:
o
Part 1 is a functional summary of new and changed
features of OS/VS1, including ne" and changed
system parameters and commands, system generation
information, new hardware support, and publication
support.
o
Part 2 contains a module directory, ~ith a list of
system modules and their status.
o
Part 3 contains ordering and distribution
procedures and requirements for Release 2, hardware
172

engineering change levels, program material
shipped with the system, and optional programs
available.
o
Part II contains APAR lists, Program sympton IndeK
for corrected problems, and program temporary fix
(PTF) information.
Manual, 220 pages
1131111/57111

GC211- 5098
OS/vSl RELEASE 3 GUIDE PROGRAM. NUMBER 5741-030
ThlsPublication :re5Cribes the ordering and distribution
procedures, special considerations, and maintenance activity
of Release 3 of the OS/vSl SCPo It provides installation
managers, system programmers, and IBM Field Engineering
personnel with information useful in planning for and
implementing this release.
The three chapters of this publication are:
1. A functional summary of features available and devices
supported in this release and special considerations
generating ani running this release.
2. Ordering and distribution procedures for this release
including program material shipped with the system anj
available optional material.
3. A summary of maintenance activity to the operating syste
inclu5ing APAR lists, PTFs resolved, hardware
Manual, 52 pages
1131111 /57111

GC211-5099
OS/vSl JCL REFERENCE PROGRAM NUMBER 57111-030
ThISPublication 5efines the facilities provided with the
job control language and contains the information necessary
to code job control language statements. It is intended for
use by programmers who understand the concepts of job
management and data management. Prerequisite publication:
OS/VSl JCL Services, GC211-5100
Manual, 21111 pages
1136//157111

GC211-5100
OS/vS1 JCL SERVICES
This publication describes the operating system services
that can be requested by coding JCL (job control language)
parameters. It is written for applications programmers with
a basic knowledge of computer operating systems and some
familiarity with JCL. Part 1 contains a brief overview of
the nine JCL statements and an introduction to the
organization of the services in the book. Part 2, which
describes the use of JCL serVices, is divided into five
sections: running your jobl defining and describing data
setsl special data setsl obtaining outputl cataloged and instream proce1ures.
Not every service provided by JCL is described in the
book. Included is a list of JCL services, showing the
publication in which each is described, and the parameter,
subparameter, or statement used to request it. JCL
parameters are discussed only in the context of requesting
services. Complete parameter descriptions and syntax rules
are in the Companion book. OS/VSl JCL Reference, GC211-5099.
Manual, 130 pages
113611/57111

GC211-5101
OS/VS IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER MODEL 1 REFERENCE
This publication is to be used-as-a reference boOk by system
managers, application programmers, and system programmers.
Included are descriptions of the Operating System/Virtual
Storage 1 (OS/VS1) and the Operating System/Virtual Storage
2 (OS/VS2) support for the IBM 3886 under the Basic
Sequential Access Method (BSAM).
Manual, 56 pages
//30//3886/57111,57112
GC211-5102
OS/VSl RELEASE 2.6 GUIDE
This publicationprovides a summary of changes to release 2
of the OS/VSl SCP (Operating System/Virtual Storage Option 1
System Control Program). It provides installation managers,
system programmers, and IBM field engineering personnel with
information useful in planning for and implementing release
2.6. The publication is in four parts:
Part 1 contains a functional summary of new and cbanged
features of OS/VSl for release 2. This includes new
hardware support, new and changed software support,
system generation information, and publications support.
Part 2 contains a functional summary of new and changed
features of OS/VS1 for release 2.6. This includes V5~M,
DSS, programming notes and documentation notes.
Part 3 contains ordering and distribution procedures ani
requirements for release 2.6. This includes program
material shipped with the system and optional material
available.
Part II contains APAR lists, PTFs (Program Temporary
Fixes) resolved, hardware engineering change levels, ani
publications support, all pertaining to release 2.6.
Manual, 68 pages
1131111/57111

SC26

GC24
GC24-5103
QS/VS1 SUPERVISOR SERVICES AND ~ INSr~
This book describes how to use the services of the OS/VS1
supervisor, the macro instructions used to request these
services, and the linkage conventions used by the control
program to provide these services.
It is primarily intended for programmers making use of
assembler language.
Use of the book requires a basic knowledge of the
operating system and of OS/VS assembler language.
Manual, 240 pages
//36///5741

GC26-3734
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION:
TSO ASSEMBLER PROMPTER DESIGNIOBJECTI~OG~34-CP2
This Program Product DeSIgii(5bjectives (PPOO) describes
the design objectives and provides the estimated
availability date of the subject Program Product.
Design Objectives, 2 pages
360, 310//21/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//

GC24-5104
OS/VS1 MASTER INDEX
~ster Index is a consolidation of the indexes of the
system library publications of QS/VS1.
Items are listed alphabetically and refer to the manual
that contains the original index entry. By going to the
referenced manual's index the page number of the item can be
foun:i.
Index, 400 pages
//20///5741
:;::::24-5109
OS/VS DISKETTE COPY PROGRAMMING SUPPORT REFERENCE MANUAL
This publicationprovides programming anI operator--information necessary for the installation and use of the
OS/VS Diskette Copy Programming Support.
Manual, 20 pages
////15744-BJ1,5744-BL1
G::::24-5110
OS/VS1 IBM 3540 PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE
This manual-contains Information concerning the OS/VS1 support of the IBM 3540. Reader procedures, writer proce:iures,
and the Diskette Maintenance utility are documented. It is
primarily written for application programmers and system
programmers, but contains information of interest to operators and installation management.
Manual, 35 pages

GC26-3735
ill! ASSEMBLER !!r.. ~ E8.Q!h. 5734-AS1 ~ OBJECTIVES
Assembler H is a high-performance assembler language
processor for the IBM Systerol360 Operating System. This
document contains the design objectives for Assembler H
support of Systeml370.
DeSign Objectives Sheet, 1 page
360, 370//21/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//
SC26-3740
2§. TSO ASSEMBLER PROMPTER USER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. ~£
The assembler prompter is a program product that makes it
easy to call Assembler F from a terminal. The prompter,
which is a command processor, operates only under the Time
Sharing Option (TSO) of the IBM Systerol360 Operating system.
This book is for the assembler-language programmer who
wants to use TSO to write, assemble, and execute programs
from a terminal using the assembler prompter.
Section 1, which supplements the manual IBM SYSTE~/360
OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
(3C28-6763), explains how to use the ASM command by itself
to assemble source code and obtain object code for existing
source code. It also explains how to use ASM as an operand
of the RUN command and of the RUN subcommand of the EDIT
c~mmand to assemble, load, and execute assembler-language
source code.
Section 2, which supplements the book IBM SYSTEM/360
OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION COMMAND LANGUAGE
REFERENCE (GC28-6732), describes the format of the ASM
c~mmand and lists the operands, with a brief description of
each, in alphabetic order.
System Reference Library, 30 pages
/////5734-CP2

/130//3540/5741

GC24-5111
OS/VS2 IBM 3540 PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE
This-manual-contains information concerning the OS/VS2 support of the IBM 3540. Reader procedures, writer procedures,
rea:ier/writer utilities, and the Diskette Maintenance
Utility are documented. It is primarily written for
application programmers and system programmers, but contains
information of interest to operators and installation
management.
Manual, 35 pages
//30113540/5752

GC24-5112
OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1 GUIDE
This-pu6rication-describes the ordering and distribution
procedures, special considerations, and change activity of
Release 3.1 of the OS/VS1 SCPo It provides installation
managers, system programmers, and IBM Field Engineering
personnel with information useful in planning for, and
implementing this release.
The three chapters of this publication contain:
1. ~ functional summary of features available and devices
supported in this release and special considerations
for generating and running this release.
2. ordering and distribution procedures for this release,
including program material shipped with the system and
optional material available.
3. A summary of change activity to the ~perating system,
including APAR lists, PTFs resolved, hardware
engineering change levels, and publications.
Manual, 36 pages
//34///5741
:;C24-5113
OS/VS1 RELEASE ~ GUIDE
Describes the ordering and distribution procedures, special
considerations, and change activity of Release 4 of the
OS/VS1 SCP (Operating SystemlVirtual Storage Option 1 System
control Program). It provides installation managers, system
programmers, and IBM Field Engineering personnel with
information useful in planning for, and implementing, this
release.
The three chapters of this publication contain:
1.
~ functional summary of features available and
devices supported in this release and special
considerations for generating and running this
release.
2.
ordering and distribution proce:iures for this
release, including program mate~ial shipped with
the system and optional material available.
3.
A summary of change activity to the system,
including APARs, PTFs resolved, engineering
change levels, and publications.
Manual, 46 pages
//34///5741

173

GC26-3743
ill! ASSEMBLER liL ~ ~ iI34-AS1 SPECIFICATIONS
This program Product Specifications (PPS) describes the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specifications Sheet, 2 page
360, 370//21/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//
GC26-3758
~ ASSEMBLER ~ ~ INFORM~TION MANUAL, PROG. ~5734-~~
Assembler H is a new assembler language processor that
extends the basic assembler language and the macro and
c~ntitional-assembly language.
It is designed to perform
high-speed assemblies on IBM Systeml360 Models 40 and
larger that have at least 256K bytes of main storage.
This publication describes the language extensions.
It also provides information on system requirements and
performance estimates. This manual is designed to aid
both planning and programming personnel. The reaier is
assumed to be familiar with the assembler language and
with macro an:i coniitional-assembly language processing.
Manual, 42 pages
// ///5734-AS1
SC26-3759
ill! ASSEMBLER ~ PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, PROG. ~~ 5734-AS1
This book tells how to use Assembler H. It describes
assembler options, cataloged Job Control Language
procedures, assembler listing and output, sample programs,
and programming techniques and considerations.
Assembler H is an assembler-language processor for
the IBM Systeml360 Operating System. It performs highspeed assemblies on an IBM System/360 Model 40 or higher
with at least 256K bytes of main storage.
This book is intended for all Assembler H programmers.
It should be used in conjunction with the OPERATING SYSrEM
ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE Manual, Orier Number GC28-6514; the
ASSEMBLER H LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS, Order Number GC263771; and the ASSEMBLER H MESSAGES, Order Number SC26-3710.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages
/////5734-AS1
SC26-3768
ill! ASSEMBLER ~ ~ ~!Q!'!:L PROG. NO. 5734-AS1
IBM System/360 Operating System ~ssembler H System
Information Program Number 5734-AS1 was deSigned
t~ improve many features of Assembler F, and has expanded
capabilities as a macro assembler for both system and user
defined macro languages.
This publication describes installation considerations
and system-generation procedures for Assembler H, and is
intended primarily for programmers responsible for
installing the assembler.
This manual is divided into three independent chapters:
o
Performance Estimates,
o
Storage Estimates, and
o
System Generation.
Program Product Manual, 44 pages
/////5734-AS1

Gc26

SC26
S:!26-3770
Q§ ASSEMBLER ~ MESSAGES, PROG. ~ 5734-~~
Thia book describes the assembly error iiagnostic messages
and the abnormal assembly termination messages issued by
~ssembler H.
Assembler H is an assembler-language processor
for the IBM System/360 Operating system. It performs highspeed assemblies on an IBM System/360 Moiel 40 cor higher
with at least 256K bytes of main storage.
This book is intended for all Ass embler H Programme.>:s.
It should be used in conjunction with the OPERATING SYS'TEM
ASSBMBLER LANGUAGE MANUAL, Order Number ;C28-65147 the
~SSEMBLBR H LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS, Order Number GC2637717 and the ASSEMBLER H PROGRAMMER'S 30IDE, Order Number
SC26-3759.
For each error message, thia book de3cribes the nunber
and text of the message, the explanation of the error,
the assembler's handling of the error, ani the programmer's
reaponse to correct the error. The introduction to this
book describes the format, content, and placement of the
error messages.
systems Reference Library Manual, 70 pages
/11115734-AS1

3:!26-3771
~ ASSEMBLER ~ LANGUAGE, PROG. NO. 5734-~~
This manual provides language specifications for the IBM
Systeml360 Operating System Assembler H. Primarily intended
as a reference manual for assembler-lang~age programmers,
it is designed to be used in conjunction ~ith IBM SYSTEMl360
OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE, Order Number GC286514.
sections 2 - 5 of this manual describe a3sembler language
extensions.
Sections 6-10 of this manual describe eKtensions to
the macro language.
Program Product Manual, 54 pages
1/1115734-AS1

3:!26-3782
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERArING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION
&:SSBMBLER PROMPrER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PR03RAM NUMBER 5734-CP2
The program Product Specifications (PPS) iescribe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specifications, 8-1/2 x 11, 2 pages
360,370/121/0TSO//
3:!26-3783
OS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT SERVICES GUIDE
This publIcation describes how to write assembler-language
programs that will create and process data sets.
To use this book, you must have a basic knowledge of:
o

OS/VS1 or OS/VS2, respectively described in OS/VS1
Planning and Use Guide, GC24-5090, and OS/VS2
Planning and Use Guide for Release 2, GC28-0667

o

Assembler Language, aa deacribei in OS/VS and
DOS/VS Assembler Language, GC33-4010.

o

Job control language (JCL), as eKplained in
OS/VS1 JCL Svcs, GC24-5100, OS/VS1 JCL Reference,
GC24-5099, and in OS/VS2 JCL, 3:!28-0692.
Manual, 154 pages
//30//15741,5752
GC26-3784
OS/VS CHECKPOINT RESTART
fhIs-piibIication descnbes checkpoint/restart, a facility
for recording information about a job at
programmer-designated checkpoints so that, if necessary,
the job can be restarted at the beginning of a step or
at a checkpOint within a step.
CheckpOint/restart is intended for use by programmers
and system analysts. A general understanding of job control
language and data management is prerequisite knowledge for
understanding the information in this book. See OS/VS1 JCL
services, GC24-5099, OS/VS2 JCL, GC28-0692 and OSIVS Data
Management Services Guide, GC26-3783, for background
information on these subjects.
Manual, 64 pages
//36//15741,5752

o

Examples of a complete, nucleus, and I/O device
generation
o
The types of system generation messages produced
In using this publication, a knowledge of the information
contained in the following publications is required:
OSIVS1 Planning and Use Guide, GC24-5090
IBM Systeml360 System Summary, GA22-7001
OS/VS System Generation Introduction, GC26-3790
Manual, 242 pages
//34///5741
GC26-3792
OS/VS2 SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE
Thrs-publication is intended for system programmers who are
to plan for and install an OS/VS2 system control program and
a JES2 job entry subsystem.
This publication contains the information necessary t~:
o
Plan for an OS/VS2 system control program and a
JES2 job entry subsystem
o
Prepa:re for system generation and JES2 generation
o
Perform a system generation and a JES2 generation
o
Restart system generation if errors occur
o
Test the newly installed OS/VS2 system control
program
o
o
o
o
o

In addition, this publication contains:
Guidelines for performing a system generation using
a starter system
The information needed to generate JES2
multi-leaving remote terminal processor programs
for job entry from remote terminals
Examples of parameter speCifications for a complete
system generation, on I/O device generation, and a
JES2 generation
The types of system generation and JES2 generation
messages produced during processing

In using this publication, a knowledge of the
information contained in the following publications
is re~uired:
Introduction to OSIVS2 Release 2, GC28-0661
OSIVS2 Planning Guide for Release 2, GC28-0667
OSIVS2 Release 2 Guide, GC28-0671
Manual, 250 pages
/134///5752

GC26-3793
OS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT MACRO INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL
Tiirs-publication is intended for application programmers ~ho
write programs in assembler language. It contains a brief
description of ea~h macro instruction and a description of
each operand that can be specified in each macro instruction
for the following data management access methods:
o
Basic direct access method (BDAM)
o
Basic indexed sequential access method (BISAH)
o
Basic partitioned access method (BPAM)
o
Basic sequential access method (BSAM)
o
Queued indexed sequential access method (QISAM)
o
Queue:i sequential access method (QSAM)
This publication does not describe macro instructions for
specialized application programs such as teleprocessing,
graphics, magnetic character readers, optical character
reader-sorters, optical character readers, Time Sharing
option (TSO), or VSAM. .These macro instructions are
discussed in separate publications that are listed in IBM
System/360 an::! Systeml370 Bibliography, GA22-6822.
Before using this publication to code macro
instructions, you should be familiar with the information in
OS/VS and DOS/VS Assembler Language, GC33-4010, OS/VS Data
Management Services Guide, GC26-3783, and OS/VS1 Supervisor
Services and Macro Instructions, GC24-5103, or OS/VS2
Supervisor Services and Macro nstructions, GC28-0683.
Manual, 256 pages
//30// /5741,5152
GC26-3795
OS/VS TAPE LABELS
This publication describes how VS processes magnetic tape
volumes with IBM standard labels. American National
Standard labels, nonstandard labels, or no labels. Included
for the guidance of programmers and operations analysts are
discussions of:
o
Label formats and contents
o
Tape volume layouts
o
Label processing for input, output, multiple data
set, and multiple volume conditions
o
Tape characteristics
o
Nonstandard label processing routines and volume
label editor routines
o
Component considerations
o
USing tape volumes created by other systems
o
External labels
Manual, 140 p21ges
//30// /5741,5752

GC26-3791
OS/VS1 SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE
ThIs-publication provides the information for generating an
OS/VS1 System Control Program adapted to both the machine
configuration and data proceSSing re~uirements of an
installation. It is intended for people ~ho plan and select
components for an OS/VS1 System control Program and install
it.
This publication contains the information necessary to:
o
Plan the OS/VS1 System Control Program
o
Prepare for the generation of an OS/VS1 System
Control Program
GC26-3799
o
Execute system generation
OSIVS VIRTUAL STORAGE ACCESS METHOD (VSAM) PLANNING GUIDE
This publicatiOrlTSTntended to enable prospective
o
Test the system that has been generated
o
Restart system generation
of VSAM (virtual storage access method), an access method
of OS/VS (operating system/virtual storage), to prepare
In addition, this publication contains:
o
Guidelines for performing a system generation using
f~r using VSAM.
a starter system
The intended audience is data-processing managers
174

-users-

GC26
decisions ~ill influence the use of VSAM, system
and application programmers ~ho ~ill make detailed
preparations, and others seeking an introd~ction to
~hose

VS~M.

The reader is expected to be familiar ~ith basic
concepts such as access method, direct-access storage,
and the distinction between data-set organization and
data-set processing. The sections dealing ~ith these
concepts in as/vs Data Management Services Guide, GC26-3783,
are suitable for preparatory reading.
Manual, 80 pages
//30///5741,5742
GC26-3813
as/vs LINKAGE EDITOR AND LOADER
ThIs-publication provides the information necessary to use
the linkage editor or loader program to prepare the output
of a language translator for execution. rhe intended
audience is a customer applications programmer coding in a
higher-level language or a system programmer responsible for
installing and maintaining the system. ~n introductory
kno~ledge of the concepts and facilities of OS/VS is
required to use this reference guide effectively.
The linkage editor combines and edits modules to produce
a single module that can be brought into real storage by
program fetch for execution. It operates as a processing
program rather than as part of the control program. The
linkage editor provides several processing facilities that
are either performed automatically or in~oked in response to
control statements prepared by the programmer.
The loader combines the basic editing and loading
functions of the linkage editor and program fetch in one job
step. It is designed for high-performance loading of
modules that do not require the special processing
facilities of the linkage editor and fetch, such as overlay.
The loader does not produce load modules for program
libraries.
Manual, 195 pages
//31///5741,5752
G:!26-3819
Q2!.!l.2 !l.!RTUAL

~ ACCESS ~ (VS~ML OPTIONS rQB
~ APPLIC~TIONS
COMPONENT NOS. 5741-SC1-DE.
5742-SC1-DE
This publication is intended for system ?rogrammers who
develop utility programs and system control programs using
OS/VS VS~M.
VSAM is an access method for use with direct-access
storage devices. It provides macros for gaining access to
data. Its companion service program, Access Method
Services, provides commands for working ~ith data sets and
catalogs.
This publication explains options of OS/VS VSAM for
advanced applications in system programming. It tells how
to gain access to the contents of a control interval instead
of to individual data records; h~ to process the records of
a. VSAM index; and how to build the parameter lists of the
3ENCB, MODCB, SHOWCB, and TESTCB macros.
Prerequisite publication: Os/VS Virt~a1 Storage Access
Method (VSAM) Programmer's Guide, GC26-3838.
Manual, 30 pages
//30///5741,5752

=

GC26-3830
OS/VS2 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING LIBRARY: DATA M~NAGEMENT
rfiIs-book;provides information on how-to modify and extend
the data management capabilities of the JS/VS2 systen
control program; the intended audience is system
programmers.
Some topics included are:

GC26
data management macros as described in OS/VS Data
Management Services Guide, GC26-3783, and OS/VS
Data Management Macro Instructions, GC26-3793.
o
Protect data sets as described under "IEHPROGM" in
OS/vS Utilities, GC3S-0005.
Manual, 116 pages
//30///5752
GC26-3835
OS/vS VIRTUAL STORAGE ACCESS METHOD (VSAM) SYSTEM
INFORM'ATi"ON= PROGRAM NiiMi3ERsT7iiI=020 AND 5742-016
This publication provides informatiOrlonthe release of
OS/VS Virtual Storage Access Method (VSAM) as an independent
component of OS/VS1, Release 2, and OS/VS2, Release 1.6.
This publication describes the OS/VS VSAM distribution tape,
provides detailed information on the installation of OS/VS
VSAM, and proviies information that temporarily supplements
other OS/VS publications.
This publication is directed to system programmers who
are responsible for installing and maintaining OS/VS VSAM
and to application programmers who are using OS/VS VSAM.
The following publications are required for use with
this publication:
o
OS/VS Virtual Storage Access Method (VSA~)
Programmer's Guide, GC26-3818, which provides a
complete description of the macro instructions used
to code a program to process a VSAM data set.
o
OS/VS Access Method Services, GC35-0009, which
provides a complete description of commands used to
define, delete, load, and alter a VSAM data set.
Manual, 120 pages
//30///5741,5742
GC26-3836
~ ~ ~ gRVICES, COMPONENT NOS. 5741-AND
5752-SC1-DK
This publication is intended for system and application
programmers who want to establish and maintain VSAM data
sets using Access Method Services.
Access Method Services is a multifunction service
program that allows you to define data sets and catalogs, to
list catalogs, to alter or delete catalog entries, to copy
and print data sets, to make a data set or catalog portable
between systems, and to convert OS catalog entries into
entries in an existin1 VSAM catalog in a VS2 system.
This publication introduces programmers to Access Method
Services, guides them in using it, and serves as a
reference. It also provides the background information
about VSAM that is required to make effective use of Access
Method Services. It tells how to optimize VSAM's
performance and how to use VSAM's security and integrity
features through the values specified in Access Method
Services commands.
prerequisite publications:

o

OS/vS Virtual Storage ~ccess Method (VSAM) Programmer's
Guide, GC26-3838
OS/VS Data Management Services Guide, GC26-3783
OS/VSl JCL Reference, GC24-5099
OS/VS2 JCL, GC28-0692
OS/VS2 System Pogramming Library: System Generation
Reference, GC26-3792
o
operator's Library: OS/vS2 Reference (JES2), GC38-0210
Manual, 208 pages
//30///5741,5752

o
o
o
o

GC26-3837
OS/VSl DATA MANAGEMENT FOR SYSTEM PROGRAMMERS
provides-rnformat10n on~w to modify and extend the data
management capabilities of the OS/VS1 system control
program, the intended audience is system programmers. So~e
o
Using catalog management macro instructions
topics included are:
o
Maintaining the volume table of contents
o
Maintaining the system catalog
o
Executing your own channel programs
o
Maintaining the Volume Table of Contents
o
Using XD~P to read from and write to direct-access
o
Executing Your Own Channel Programs
devices
o
Using XD~P to Read from and Write to Direct-Access
o
Pass~ord protecting your data sets
Devices
o
Password Protecting Your Data Sets
The OS/VS2 system control program provides simpler ways (for
The OS/VSl system control program provides simpler ways (for
example, access-method serVices, job control language,
example, job control language, utility programs, access
utility programs, access-method routines) to do each of the
method routines) to do each of the preceding. The
preceding. The information presented in this book
information presented in this book (consisting of macro
(consisting of macro specifications and how to information)
speCifications and ho~-to information) is intended to
is intended to allow a flexible use of the data management
provide greater flexibility of implementation methods.
capabilities of OS/VS2.
Other topics presented are:
o
Using system macro instructions to refer to,
Other topics presented are:
validate, and modify system control blocks
o
Adding a UCS image or FCB image to the system
o
Using system macro instructions to refer to, validate,
image library
and modify system control blocks
This book makes reference to the DEB validity checking
o
~dding to the image library and retrieving FCB images
(OEBCHK) macro instruction and the authorized program.
Readers are expected to understand how to:
Readers are expected to understand how tos
o
Code programs in assembler language as described in
OS/VS and DOS/vS Assembler Language, GC33-4010
o
Code programs in assembler language as described in
0Use the standard linkage conventions as describej
OS/VS and DOS/VS Assembler Language, GC33-4010
in OS/VS1 Supervisor Services and Macro
o
Use the standard linkage conventions as described in
Instructions, GC24-5103.
OS/VS2 Supervisor Services and Macro Instructions,
o
Maintain the catalog and VTOC as described in
GC28-0683.
OS/VSl JCL Services, GC24-4100, OS/VS Utilities,
GC35-0005 and OS/VS Data Management Services Guije,
o
Maintain the Catalog and VTOC as described in OS/VS
~ccess Method Services, GC26-3836, OS/VS Utilities,
GC26-3783.
o
GC35-0005, and OS/VS Data Management Services
Use the access method to do input/output using the
3uide, GC26-3783.
data management macros as described in OS/VS Data
Use the access method to do input/output using the
Management Services Guide, GC26-3783 and OS/VS
o
175

Gc27

GC26

the 3600 Finance Communication System. The programs
described are: the post-list processor, format program,
finance image processor, dump formatting program, and
peogram validation services.
Manual, 18 pages
//31//3600,3601,3604,3610,3611,3612,3614,3618/5741,5145,5752

Data Management Macro Instructions, GC26-3193.
Protect data sets as described under -IEHPROGM" in
o
OS/VS utilities, GC35-0005.
Manual, 124 pages
//30///5141
GC26-3838
OS/VS VIRTUAL STORAGE ACCESS METHOD (VSA~)
~A~GUI~ ----- ----- ----This pllblication is intended for system and application
pro~rammers ~ho use OS/VS VSAM with assembler language.
It
is also intended for higher level langllage programmers who
want to convert indexed-sequential data sets to VSAM's
format and to use ISAM interface.
VSAM is an access method for use with direct-access
storage devices. It provides macros for gaining access to
~ata.
Its companion service program, Access Method
services, proviies commands for working ifith data sets and
catalogs.
This publication introduces programmers to OS/VS VSAM,
guides them in using it, and serves as a reference. It
tells how to code programs to gain access to data stored in
VS~~ format.
Prerequisite publications:
~S/VS Data Management Services Guide, GC26-3183
~S/VS1 JCL Reference, GC24-5099
~S/VS2 JCL, GC28-0692
Manual, 125 pages
//30///5141,5152
GC26-3841
os/VS2 ACCESS METHOD SERVICES (RELEASE 3)
This-publication applies to re~anI is intendei for
system and application programmers who want to establish and
maintain VSAM data sets using Access Method Services.
Access Method Services is a multifunction service program that allows you to define data sets and catalogs, to
list catalogs, to alter or delete catalog entries, to copy
and print data sets, to unload and reloai catalogs for backup, to make a data set or catalog portable between systems,
to convert OS catalog entries into entries in an existing
VSAM catalog in a VS2 system, and to list tape volumes that
were mounted at the time of a checkpoint.
This publication introduces programmees to Access Method
Seevices, guides them in using it, and serves as a reference. It also provides the background informat.ion about
VS~~ that is required to make effective use of Access Method
Services. It tells how to code Access Method Services
commands to establish and maintain data sets. It also
provides general information about how to optimize VSAM's
performance and how to use VSAM's security and integrity
features through the values specified in Access Method
Services comman~s.
Prerequisite publications:
OS/VS Virtual Storage Access Method (VSAM) Programmer's
3uide, GC26-3838
~S/VS Data l1anagement Services Guide, GC26-·3183
~S/VS2 JCL, GC28-0692
~S/VS2 System programming Library:
System Generation
Reference, :;C26-3792
Operator's Library: OS/VS2 Reference (JES2), GC38-0210
Manual, 290 pages
//30///5752
:;:::26-3842
PLANNING FOR ENHANCED VSAM UNDER OS/VS
v5AM-TvirtUal Storage Access Method) is an access method of
OS/VS (Operating System/Virtual storage). This boo~ enables
prospective users to prepare for VSAM ani describes for
current users the enhanced functions and capabilities that
improve VSAM's performance and make it a more versatile
access metho~ for a wider range of applications.
The intended audience is data processing managers whose
decisions will influence the use of VSAM, system and application programmers who will use VSAM in new and existing
programs, an~ others seeking an introduction to VSAM.
The reader is expected to be familiae with basic concepts such as access method, direct access storage, and the
distinctions between data set organization and data set processing. Appropriate sections of OS/VS Data Management
Services Guide, GC26-3783, are suitable for preparatory
rea~ing.

Manual, 100 pages
//30///5741,5742,5752
3C26-3847
~ll ~ (PROGRAMMING ~ ~ ~ MF2608) REFERENCE
~RO:;. NO. 5799-ALK, ~799-AJF
This publication describes the APL lang~age as it is
currently implemented under Programming RPQ WE1191 and
Programming RPQ MF2608. APL is an interactive, generalpurpose programming language that can be ~sed in a wide area
of applications. The purpose of the publication is to
provide a reference for users of APL.
Manual, 148 pages
////15799-ALK, 5799-AJF

GC21-0011
IBM 3190 COMMUNICAITON SYSTEM: HOST SERVICES GUIDE
This!ilaiiual provi:ies i~ononvalidatingancItesting
3790 programs with the 3190 Program Validation Services
(PVS) and on t.ransmi ttin" 3190 programs to a 3191 controller
with the Subsystem Support Service (SSS). This manual is
for application programmers who write and test 3790 programs
at a host system and transmit them to a 3791 controller.
Manual, 104 pages
//30//3190,3191,3192,3193/5741,5145,5152
GC21-6948
1Q1i OS

~ ON SYSTEM/310 REFERENCE,
~ ~ 360C-EU-139, 741 (OS>: 5744-AJ1,

AKl (VS1, VS2)
This publication contains planning information about the
IBM 1014 Emulator Program for the System/310 Model 165.
The emulator program runs as a problem program under the
MFT or MVT version of the System/360 Operating System.
The Model 165 must be equipped with the IBM Compatibility
Feature #1111. The emulator program and the compatibility
feature enable programs written for the IBM 1074 Data
peocessing System to be executed on the Model 165.
The information in this publication is for installation
personnel responsible for evaluating, selecting, and
implementing system configurations.
Manual, 95 pages
3155,3158,3165,3168//35//7010,1072,1074/
GC21-6952
7080 os EMULATOR ON MODELS 165/168: REFERENCE, PROG. NOS.

360C-E'U-737"i'MFT/MvT>,

5744-AL!-WS1/VS2)

---- - -

This publication describes the IBM 1080 Emulator Program,
an Rintegrated emulator program: for IBM System/370 Models
165 and 168. The program executes under the MFT, MVT, VS1,
or VS2 configuration of the operating system.
The publication contains the information needed to plan
f~r and use the emulator program.
The system planner can
find information on planning the hardware configuration
and generating the emulator. ~n applications programmer
can find information on how the emulator program executes
7080 programs and handles 7080 data. The console operator
can find information on emulator commands and messages for
c~mmunicating with the emulator program.
Systems Library, 104 pages
3165,3168//35//1080/
SC27-6955
VIDEO/310 USERS ~
~ ~ 5134-RC5, 5136-RC3
This manual provides the information that an operator
requires to use VIDEO/370 for data entry and verification at
the IBM 3215 Display Station.
VIDEO/310 is an IBM program product that allows data
entry from local or remote display stations to provide data
for application programs. Formats, commands, and checking
features specified by the installation allow dynamic error
correction by the operator.
This publication describes the operator's role in the
VIDEO/310 system and special VIDEO/310 aspects of the
display station: t~e basic commands are features available
to all operators: procedures for data verification; optional
VlDEO/310 commanis tnat provide more extensive editing
capabilities; error recovery procedures, including
explanations of iia"nostic messages sent to the operator:
and a sample VIDEO/370 data entry session. A glossary
defines terms used in the publication as they relate to
VIDEO/310.
Prerequisite Publication: operator's 3uide for the IB~
3210 Information Display System, GC21-2739.
Manual, 96 pages
/////5134-RC5,5736-RC3

=

GC21-6951
DOS/VS VTAM SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
This publication is a reference manual for the system programmer who must install and maintain the IBM Virtual
Telecommunications Access Method (VTAM) under DOS/V3.
This book ioes not explain how to define specific IBM
subsystems or IBM iatabase/data-communication programs that
operate with VTAM, such as the IBM 3600 Finance
C~mmunication System.
To get information on how to define
those sub-systems, refer to manuals for the particular
subsystem.
The book assumes that the reader is familiar ~ith the
overall concepts of VTAM, has planned his network configuration, and has chosen the major VTAM op,tions he wants to use.
A good way to achieve this familiarity and obtain the background needed. to select VTAM options is to read VTAM
Concepts and Planning, GC21-6998. Prerequisite
Publications: Operator's Library GC27-6997, Guide'
Reference Manual, and IBM 3104 and 3105 Communications
Controllers (GC30-3008).
Manual, 96 pages
/TP/30///5145

:;:::27-0005
IBM 3600 £:!NANCE COMMUNICATION ~ HOSI: ~
PRO:;RAMS REFERENCE
This is a reference manual for system peogrammers. It
~escribes the job control language, input, output, commands,
and error messa~es for each of the host service programs for
176

GC27

SC27
S:::27-6960
VIDEO/370 SYSTEM INFORMATION ~ ~ &BQ~ NOS,.
5736-RC3 ~~4-RC5
This manuar-describes the inatallation ani daily operation
of VIDEO/370, a program product for entering data from
display stations. The manual describes ho~ to specify
editing options, define a teleprocessing configuration,
initialize files, design screen formats, extract entered
data for application use, and obtain proiuction reports.
The manual is intended primarily for the system
programmer -- the person who understands his shop's
requirements and will install and tailor VIDEO/370
accordingly. Parts of the manual are also intenied for the
system console operator, who will run the VIDEO/370 programs
and respond to any messages. Supervisory personnel may find
useful the material about VIDEO/370's re~orts program, which
produces statistics on ent.ry operator entry operator
efficiency.
Manual, 216 pages
//1/15734-RC5,5736-RC3

GC27-6967
~ ~ SPECIFICATIONS VIDEO/370 Q2. ~ PROGRAM ~
5734-RC5
The Program Product Specifications (PPS) iescribe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specifications, 4 pages

GC27-6974
~ PROBLEM DETERMINATION AlQ.[ AND ~GES AND ~ EQ.~
GPS AND GSP
This manuaf contains aids for determining and solving
problems that involve display programs that use either the
Graphic Programming services (DPS) for the IBM 2250 Display
Unit and IBM 2260 Display Station or the Graphic Subroutines
Package (GSP) for the IBM 2250 Display Unit. The aids are
directed to the display operator, application programmer,
system operator, system programmer, and system maintenance
personnel.
The manual is divided into an introduction and six
sections of problem determination aids:
o
Display operator aids
o
Application programmer aids
o
Messages
o
Codes
o
Generalized Trace Facility
o
Problem-related data
The reader should be familiar with information in:
OSIVS Grpahic Programming Services (GPS) for IBM
2250 Display Unit, GC27-6971
OS/VS Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for IBM
2260 Display Station (Local Attachment), GC27-6972
OS/VS Graphic Subroutine Package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV,
COBOL, and PLlI, GC27-6973.
Manual, 104 pages

1/30//2250,2260/5741,5742,5752

3701130/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL/3275,32771

GC27-6978
DOS VERSION 4 - B1I.SIC

GC27-6969

PR03R~M

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS VIDEO/370 DOS - PROGnAM

NUMBER 5736-RC3

-

- ---

The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specifications, 4 pages
3701130/DOS/3275,3277/

G:::27-6971

OSIVS GRAPHIC PROGRAMMING SERVICES (GPS) FOR IBM 2250
DiSPLAY-UNIT- MANUAL
-- -Describes-macro instructions and routinea provided under
OS/VS to aid in writing assembler-language programs that use
the IBM 2250 Display Unit, Model 1 or 3.
These programming services are useful in:
o
Displaying data in alphameric or graphic form
o
Controlling input/output
o
Communicating with the 2250 operator

This manual is intended primarily for ap~lication
programmers coding in assembler language. It also provides
installation managers, system engineers, and system
programmers with general information about programming the
2250 display unit.
The reader should be familiar with the information in:
IBM Systeml360 Component Description:
IBM 2250 Display Unit Modell, GA27-2701
IBM Systeml360 Component Description:
IBM 2250 Display Unit Model 3
IBM 2840 Display Control Model 2, GA27-2721
Manual, 146 pages
1130//2250/5741,5742,5752

G:::27-6972
OSIVS GRAPHIC PROGRAMMING SERVICES (GPS) FOR IBM 2260
Q!~~~~!-§TATION ~ ATTACiiMENT) ~ SYSr~ LIBRARY MANUAL

This manual describes macro instructions provided under
OS/VS to aid in writing assembler-language programs that use
the IBM 2260 Display Station (Local Attachment).
These programming services are useful in: controlling
input/output, and Communicating with the 2260 operator.
This manual is intended primarily for application
programmers coding in assembler language. It also provides
installation managers, system engineers, and system
programmers ioIith general information about programming the
2260 display station.
The reader should be familiar with the information in:
IBM Systeml360 Component Description:
IBM 2260 Display Station
IBM 2848 Display Control, G~27-2700.
Manual, 52 pages

H~NuAL

::.

TELECOMMUNIC~TIONS

PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CQ-469

ACCESS METHOD
--- ---

This publication :lescribes the Basic 'l'elecommunications
Access Method (BT~M) used with the Systeml370 Disk Operating
System (DOS) control program. BTAM provides the READ/WRlrE
level macro instructions for the assembler-language
programmer who is implementing programs for
telecommunications applications.
Included are macro instruction formats and descriptions
and specific information on device-dependent considerations.
For titles and abstracts of associated publications see
the IBM Systeml370 Bibliography, GA22-6822.
Manual, 392 pages
370/TP/30/00SII

GC27-6980
OS/VS BTAM
Describes the Basic Telecommunications Access Method (BT~~)
avail~ble with OS/VS.
BTAM provides facilities that enable
an assembler-language programmer to write a teleprocessing
control program that effects communications at the
ReadlWrite level between a systeml370 and a variet1 of
computers and terminals connected to the Systeml370 over
c~mmon-carrier or private-wire communications networks.
BTAM provides similar facilities for the local IBM 3270
Display System. BTAM employs both start-stop and binary
synchronous communications (BSC) techniques, depending on
the type of remote station.
Typical BTAM applications include data acquisition,
message switching, and inquiry processing.
This publication explains some concepts of
teleprocessing and BTAM, describes line control and messa~e
transmission techniques, and describes each of the BTAM
macro instructions and facilities needed to construct a
control program. The READ and WRITE macro instructions
applicable for each type of remote station and line
configuration are given, along with the channel programs
generated for each type.
prerequisite to use of this publication is a knowledge
of System/370 assembler language and data management
facilities.
Manual
/TP/30///5741,5752

GC27-6983
7094 OS EMUL1I.TOR ON MODELS 165/168 REFERENCE PROGRAM NUMBER
'FOit0S/MFT"ANilOS/MVT----=-360c=Eu=740 ~ND PROGRAM NUMBERFOROs/vSl AND OS7vS'2=5i44=AM1-- - - - - - - -This manual describe~M 709/7090/7094/7094 II Emulator
Program for the IBM System/370 Models 165, 165 II, and 168,
and provides information needed to use the program. The
emulator program executes object programs for the IBM 709,
/130//2260/5741,5742
7090, 7094, and 7094 II Data Processing Systems, and runs as
a problem program under the MFT, MVT, VS1, or VS2
c~nfigurations
of the operating system. The Model 165 or
G:::27-6973
Model 165 II must be equipped with the IBM Compatibility
QS/VS ~ SUBROUTINE ~ (GSP) E!2!i FORTR1I.N ~
Feature #7119. The compatibility Feature for the Model 168
COBOL, ~ND PL/I ~ ~ ~
is #7129. The emulator program uses the compatibility
This manual describes how a FORTRAN, COBOL, or PL/I
feature to perform the more complex and frequently occurring
programmer can write graphic programs for use with the IBM
processes of emulation.
2250 Display Unit under control of OS/VS.
It also describes
The manual also describes three programs that are
how the graphic subroutine package may be used in a program
distributed with the emulator: the tape preprocessor
written in ~ssembler Language.
program, the tape postprocessor program, and the emulator
The graphic subroutine package (GSP) consists of
system-output writer. The preprocessor and postprocessor
subroutines and functions for displaying characters or
programs are data manipulation programs that change the
graphic forms on the 2250 screen and for controlling
format of 7094 data. The writer prints 7094 data spooled on
communication between the program and the 2250 operator.
the SYSOUT data set.
The subroutines may be called from a program written in the
system planners and programmers should use this manual
E, G, or H level of FORTRAN IV, in COBOL (F), in PL/I (F),
for planning, generating, using, and modifying the emulator.
or from a program written in ~ssembler Language. They are
Programmers responsible for executing 7094 programs shoulj
not an extension of the FORTR~N IV, COBOL, or PL/I
use the manual for instructions on proceSSing 7094 data and
languages, but may be used in conjunction _ith them.
executing the emulator. system operators should use the
Manual, 188 pages
manual for instructions on how to communicate with the
//30//2250/5741,5742
emulator program. ~ll messages issued by the emulator anj
171

GC27

GC27
the data manipulation programs are incluied in an appendix.
Programmers and planners should be experienced with the
IBM 709, 7090, 7094, or 7094 II Data Processing System and
with the operating system, having a working knowledge of the
MFT, MVT, VSl or VS2 configuration.
Manu:il, 96 pages
3165,31681/351/70941

GC27-6985
~OS/V~ ~ MPPS (MESSAGE PROCESSING PROG~ SERVICES)
COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-QrM
This publication is intended for the problem programmer
assigned to write a message processing program to support a
QT~M-controlled telecommunications system operating under
oOS/l1S (Disk operating System with Virtu:il Storage).
Included is a general discussion of mess:ige processing
programs, followed by a detailed description of the services
QTAM provides in support of a message processing program.
The ~TAM services are provided through macro-language
statements such as GET, PUT, OPEN, and CLOSE. Also included
is a discussion of services QTAM provides to enable the
programmer to examine and modify the telecommunications
system.
3eneral information of interest to the programmer
writing a message processing program (s~ch as
telecommunications applications, concepts and terminology,
and message formats) is contained in the publications DOS/VS
~TAM Message Control Program, GC27-6986.
Manual, 56 pages

GC27-6993
OS/VS HASP VERSION 4 OPERATOR'S ~ ~ EBOGRAM NU~
3'ii5ii=Ti=OOl--- This publication tells the computer operator how to use H~SP
II Version 4 with OS/VS2 Release 1. It presents specific
operating techniques and operator commands for:
o
Starting, stopping. and restarting the HASP System
o
Handling system input and input devices
o
Handling system output and output devices
o
Controlling devices
o
Controllin~ jobs
Manual, 244 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GC27-6994
VTlIM MACRO LANGUAGE GUIDE
Describes h~i~VTAM application program. A I1r~l
application program is a program that contains VTAM macro
instructions to request connection to and communication with
telecommunications devices and subsystem supported by I1TAM.
This book should be used with reference publication, VTAM
Macro Language Reference, GC27-6995.
The contents include:
An overview of VTAM application programs and their relation to other elements in a teleprocessing network.
Suggestions on how to organize a I1TAM application program.
A discussion of the concepts, facilities, and language
for opening and closing the program, and for connecting to
and communicating with logical units and terminals.
ITP/301115745
Requirements and suggestions on using exit-routines,
h:tndling errors ani special conditions in the network and
debugging a V£AM application program. The user is assumed
GC27-6986
to be familiar with System/370 assembler language.
oOS/l1S ~ MCP (MESSAGE CONTROL PROGRAM) - COMPONENT NUMBER
574S:SC-QTM ---- ---- ---- --Prerequisite Publications: None, howeverl VTAM Concepts
and Planning, GC27-6998, may be helpful in understanding the
The first part of this publication contains information of a
concepts of a VTAM network.
general nature and is of interest to anyone, including
Manual, 101 pages
managers, system analysts, and programmers, involved in
ITP/30///5741.5745,5752
planning or implementing a QTAM-controlled
telecommunications system to operate under DOS/VS (Disk
Operating System with l1irtualStorage). rhe topics
GC27-6995
discussed include: devices supported; concepts and
vrllM MACRO LANGUAGE REFERENCE: COMPONENT NOS. 5741-SCl-23
terminology; QTAM facilities; and applications supported.
~§Ih-m2=ScI=23-(VS2), AND 5745-SC-VTM (DOSIVS)
The remaining two parts of this publication, beginning
This book is a reference manual that describes the VTAM
with the chapters on nonaudio and audio message handling
macro instruc·tions in detail.
respectively, describe in detail the problem programming
VTAM is an access method that allows a program
necessary for constructing QTAM message control programs to
operating under a virtual storage operating system to
support telecommunications applications. A thorough
understanding of this publication reguires a basic knowledge
communicate with the terminals of a teleprocessing network.
The language that this book describes consists of the vrAM
of System/370 machine concepts and DOS/VS.
macro instruc·tions with which the program prepares for and
Manual, 264 pages
requests communication with the terminals.
ITP/301115745
This manual is used by installation personnel
(typically systems programmers) who code the programs that
provide an interface between the application programs and
GC27-6987
the teleprocessing network.
INTRODUCTION TO VTAM (VIRTUAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS
METHOD)
- -- ---The reader should be familiar with Introduction to VTAM,
(GC27-6987), Chapter 5 of VTAM Concepts and Planning, (GC27VT~M, the Virtual Telecommunications Access Method, handles
6998), and with those parts of the OS/VS and DOS/VS
the transfer of data between application programs and
Assembler Language (GC33-4010), that explains the rules for
telecommunications devices. It is available under DOS/VS.
OS/I1S1, and OS/VS2.
coding assembler expressions. The reader should also be
familiar with the characteristics of the devices with which
This manual is intended for those who will decide
the program will be communicating, with the line-control
whether or not to use vrAM, and as preliminary information
discipline (start-stop or BSC) that will be used with
for installation managers and system programmers who will
teleprocessing concepts can read Data Communications Primer,
install it. It discusses:
o
Definition of VTAM to the operating system
GC20-1668.
Manual, 200 pages
o
Operation of a VTAM telecommunications network
ITP/3011/5741,5745,5752
a
VTAM macro instructions
o
Operation of TeAM programs under VTAM
o
Reliability, availability, and serviceability
GC27-6996
features available to VTAM.
VTAM OSIVSl SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
rhe reader should be familiar with teleprocessing
This publication is a reference manual for the system
concepts. system programmers should be familiar with the
programmer who must install and maintain the IBM Virtual
operating system with which they will use VTAM.
Telecommunications Access Method (VTAM) under OS/VS1.
Manual, 54 pages
ITP/3011/5741,5745,5752
This book does not explain how to define specific IBM
subsystems or IBM data-base/data-communication programs that
operate with VTAM, such as the IBM 3600 Finance
GC27-6989
Communication System or the IBM Customer Information Control
DOS/VS BT~M - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-Br~
System OS/VS. To get information on how to define those
systems, refer to manuals for the particular system.
This publication describes the Basic Telecommunications
Access Method (BTAM) used with DOS/VS (Disk Operating System
The book assumes that the reader is familiar with the
overall concepts of VTAM, has planned his network configurawith Virtual Storage). BTAM provides the READ/WRITE level
tion, and has chosen the major VTAM options he wants to use.
macro instruction for the assembler-Iangu:ige programmer who
is implementing programs for telecommunications
A good way to achieve this familiarity and obtain the
background needed to select VTAM options is to read vrAM
applications.
Concepts and Planning, Gc27-6998.
Included are macro instruction formats and descriptions
and specific information on device-dependent considerations.
The following publications must be used with this book:
Operator's Library: GC27-6997
Manual, 440 pages
IBM 3704 and 3705 Communications controllers: Network
ITP/30/115745
Control Program/VS Generation and Utilities; Guide and
Reference Manual (for OS/VS and DOS/VS VTAM Users), Gc303008.
3:::27-6992
Manual. 183 pages
OS/VS2 HASP VERSION 4 SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM

iWMBER 370B-TX-OOl - - - -

---- - - - -

/TP/30/1/5741

This publication consists of self-contained chapters, each
of which provides information necessary to generate.
install, and implement capabilities of the HASP program. It
is designed primarily for system programmers responsible for
generating, maintaining, and extending HASP features.
Manual, 180 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

178

GC27-6997
VTAM NETWORK OPERATING PROCEDURES
This book is intended to be used as a reference manual and a
how-to-do-it book for system operators who run a VTAM
network and as a guide for system programmers who must provide operators with information they need to run the
network. This book can also be used as a source book by
persons assigned to writing operating procedures for a
particular VTAM installation.

GC21

GC28

This book introduces the network operator to the VTAM
system and describes the basic format for commands (CHAPTER
1), discusses basic operating procedures (CHAPTER 2), and
explains the use of commands in performing particular
operations (CHAPTER 3 thru 1).
~n operator who uses this book should be familiar with
the basic operation of the host operating system under which
VT~M is to be run, and should have a basic understanding ~f
VTAM.
ae can gain the understanding of VTA~ by reading the IBM
publication VTAM CONCEPTS and PLANNING G~21-6998.
Manual, 15 pages

GC28-0601
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1 GUIDE
Thl.s publication contains information about the scope and
content of Release 1 of OS/VS2. It provides planning and
implementation information for installation managers, system
programmers, and IBM field personnel.
The publication describes special considerations,
m~dule information, and ordering and distribution procedures
for Release 1 of OS/VS2.
Manual, 104 pages
11341/15142

ITP/301115141,5145,5152

GC21-6998
VT~M CONCEPTS i PLANNING
This publication provides a guide to planning for the
installation and use of the Virtual Telecommunications
Access Method (VTAM) in both DOS/VS and OS/VS. VTAM
provides connection and telecommunication services between
application programs and terminals. Terminals include
logical units (telecommunication subsystem logic) on links
using synchronous data-link control (SDLC) communication,
certain devices on links using start-stop and binary
synchronous communication, and local 3270 devices. The VTAM
user can dynamically define, control and nodify his
telecommunication system, distribute function through the
network, and share network resources among his application
programs.
This publication describes VTAM's major concepts and
facilities on both an installation and an application
program level. It also describes VTAMwS reliability,
availability, and serviceability features, hardware and
software requirements, and planning consiierations for
telecommunication security, resource shacing, and using VTAM
other telecommunication access methods.
This publication is directed primarilr to data
processing managers and system programmers that are
installing or considering installing a VTAM
telecommunication system. A more general description of
VT~M is providei in Introduction to VTAM, GC21-6981.
Manual, 224 pages

GC28-0602
OS/VS MASTER INDEX
This publicatron-consolidates the indexes of publications in
the IBM System Library for oS/VS; it applies to both V51 and
VS2.
The master index lists topics alphabetically, and refers
to publications where these topics are discussed. The
indexes of these publications list the same topics and
refers to specific pages.
Systems publication, 408 pages
11201/15141,5142

GC28-0604
OS/VS2 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING LIBRARY: STORAGE ESTIMATES

Describes the real, virtual, and auxiliary storage areas
of VS2 Release 2 and provides formulas for estimating the
system's storage requirements.
This publication should be used by the system
programmers to determine the storage required for
running a VS2 Release 2 system at their installation.
The first section contains an introduction to the
various types of storage that may be estimated. Section
two provides overviews of real, virtual, and auxiliary
storage. The third section contains formulas, in the
f~rm of worksheets, for estimating storage requirements.
The fourth section summarizes optional storage
requirements associated with IBM supplied programs,
system utilities, and service aids. Appendix A provides
esamples of storage estimates, Appendix B lists all the
modeuls that are always or optionally made a part of
SYS1.LPALIB during system generation, and Appendix C
contains a glossary of acronyms used in this publication.

ITP/301115141,5145,5152
::;~21-6999

AN INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING THE IBM 3270
Provides-the information requir~to-program the IBM 3210
Information Display System.
Programming the 3210 includes designing the panel,
builiing and coding the data stream, analyzing data,
designing the line control program, and handling error
recovery.
The intended audience is the systems and application
programmers who install the 3210 and tailor it to the needs
of their installations.
The first section of the book describes screen design.
Fields and attributes are discussed, as well as data
streams, orders, and the use of such 3210 features as
program attention keys and the Selector Pen. The second
section describes screen management by means of decoding and
generating data streams, mapping. building output data
streams, and the automatic copy function. The third section
discusses device management. The master terminal program is
desccibed, as well as reliability and error recovery
procedures such as sense/status analysis.
Manual, 112 pages

Corequisite Publications:
IBM OS/vS2 System Generation Reference, GC26-3192
IBM OS/VS2 Release 2 Initialization and Tuning Guide,
GC28-0681
programmers. It contains instructions, formulas, and
figures that can be used to estimate the storage
cequirements for OS/VS2. Storage requirements are divided
into three categories: real storage, virtual storage, ani
auxiliary storage. Each type of user can use this
publication differently.
o
System planners can use this publication to plan
the storage requirements of a new system, including
the effects of options on the total storage
requirement.
o
System programmers can use this publication to
determine the amount of real, virtual, and
auxiliary storage that has to be allocated during
system generation and to determine the amount of
storage available to the application programmer.
o
Application programmers can estimate the storage
requirements of their jobs.
This publication should be used with OS/VS2 System
Manual, 156 pages

1130113210,3211,3212,3215,3211,3284,3286,32881

GC28-0600

/1341/15152

OS/VS2 PLANNING AND USE GUIDE

This publication-aescribe;-QS/VS2 to users responsible for
selecting, evaluating, and implementing an OS/VS2 system.
'The purpose of this publication is to introduce VS2 concepts
and to provide planning and use information. This
publication assumes a knowledge of OS/MVT.
(MVT is
described in IBM Systeml360 Operating System: MVT Guide,
GC28-6120.) This publication contains the following
chapters:
o
Introduction
o
System Control Porgram
o
Standard Support Porgrams
o
Option3
o
Compatibility
o
Defining the System
o
Job Management and Supervisor Services for System
Programmers
o
Supervisor Macro Instructions for System
programmers
o
System Overview
o
Glossary
Related publications are:
Introduction to Virtual Storage in Systeml310, GR20-4260
IBM Systeml310 System Summary, GA22-7001
IBM Data ProceSSing Glossary, GC20-1699
OS/VS Virtual Storage Access Method (VSAM) Planning
Guide, GC26-3199
OS/VS1 Planning and Use Guide, GC24-5090.
Systems Publication, 248 pages
11341/15142

GC28-0629
OS/VS2 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING LIBRARY: TSO
PrOVides information pertaining to t~TsO facilities that
can be influenced by the system programmer. Describes
installation controlled TSO commands ACCOUNT and OPERATOR
and their associated subcommands.
Part I discusses TSO services. This section refers to
considerations in preparing for TSO processing; managing
data sets needed by TSO; writing exit routines to extend or
modify TSO operations.
Part II describes the ACCOUNT and OPERATOR commands and
associated subcommands. 'The ACCOUNT command and subcommands
create and update entries in the user attribute (UADS) and
bcoadcast data sets. The OPERATOR command and subcommands
regulate and maintain TSO from terminals having transmitinterruption capabilities.
Manual
1/391/15152

GC28-0632
OS/VS2 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING LIBRARY: DEBUGGING HANDBOOK
This publication provides reference information for
use in debugging user of system programs. The user
of this publication should have a working knowledge
of OS/VS2 functions and logic.
The handbook measures approximately four by seven
inches, and is six-hole punched. It has eight sections,
as follows:
o
Section 1 describes an approach to debugging
based on identification and analysis of system
status indicators.
o
Section 2 summarizes major OS/VS2 debugging aids,

179

GC28

GC28
GC28-0648

and includes reprints of VS2 information from the
following reference cards:
OS/VS service Aids Reference summary, GX28-063q
OS/VS DSS Command Language Refe~ence Summary,
GX28-0690
o
Section 3 describes dump and trace output of
dubugging aids summarized in Section 2.
o
Section q shows how to find inf~~mation in a dump
o
Section 5 summarizes major system error indicators
o
section 6 illU9trate~ the logical relationships ~f
major system data areas, describes the formats of
data areas used frequently in debugging. and
provides a directory of data areas documented in
other publications.
o
Section 7 provides general reference information
useful for debugging purposes.
o
Section B lists and categorize~ OS/VS2
publications
The nandbook is intended for use in conjanction ~ith the
Systeml370 Reference Summary, GX20-1850, a reference card
that pro~ides additional information useful in debugging.
Handbook

Q2LY§l1:.§.Q GUIDE IQ

~ ~ !~RMINAL ~ PROGRAM QB
COMMAND PROCESSOR
This publication describes features of TSO that can be
replaced, modified, or added to by each installation'S
particular needs. The manual is a reference for programmers
whose responsibility is to modify the portions of rs,o
that communicate directly with the user at the terminal.
The publication discusses how to modify or replace
Terminal Monitor Pro~ram and the Command Processors vaguely,
and describes the programming features provided within TS~
for user-written Terminal Monitor Programs, Command
Processors, and applications programs.
Service routines
Macro Instructions
SVC's
The Dynamic Allocation Interface Routine (DAIR)
The Test Command Processor
The reader of this publication should have a knowledge of
the structure of TSO.
Manual, 316 pages

11391115752

11371115752

GC28-0661
INTRODUCTION TO OS/VS2 RELEASE 2
This pUblicat1On-contains introductory information about ~S2
Release 2, a system control program (SCP) that features
virtual storage, multiprogramming, multiprocessing, time
snaring, and streamlined job scheduling. It is assumed that
readers have a basic knowledge of programming systems sucn
as OS/MVT or OS/VS2 Release 1.
Manual

G::28-0636
OS/VS OLTEP MANUAL
Tnis publication provides customer engineers, other
~ualified personnel, and operators with the information
required to use the Online Test Executive Program (OLTEP).
OLTEP is a standard component of OS/VS that is deSigned
to run online test programs, under control of the operating
system, for the testing of Input/Output jevices.
~essages issued by OLTEP are described in OS/VS Message
Library: Service Aids and OLTEP Messages, GC38-1006.
Customer engineers should refer to F.E. Diagnostic Order
Procedure, ZZ25-0505, for ordering procejures for online
tests and their documentation.
Manual, 76 pages

113Qll15752

GC28-0663
DOs/VS AND OS/VS TOLTEP FOR VTAM
ThIs pubITcation providestheinformation needed to use the
Teleprocessong Online Test Executive program (TOLTEP).
TOLTEP, which is automatically included in the system with
VTAM, controls the selection, configuration, and use of
online tests (OLTS) for terminals supported by the Virtual
Telecommunications Access Method (VTAM) that use the basic
m~de of data transfer.
Manual, 60 pages

113711/57q1

::;C28-06qO
OS/VS DYN1!.MIC ~ ~ ::. ~ @I! 5007,. 5008
~~ ~ ~ ::. COMPONENT NOS 57q1-SC1-!~ AND 57Q2-SC1-10
1!. combined language reference manual and ~ser's guide for
the Dynamic support System (DSS).
DSS is a monitoring and debugging program that is
intended for use by IBM Program systems Representatives and
user-authorized personnel. DSS helps identify and provide
temporary corrections to software errors in the IBM
Operating System with Virtual Storage (OS/VS).
This book has six sections. Section 1 describes the
functions and capabilities of DSS. Section 2 describes the
DSS command language. Section 3 is a summary of Section 2.
Section Q tells how to use DSS. Section 5 describes the
formatted output (dumps and displays) projuced by DSS.
Section 6 describes the messages issued by DSS.
Before using DSS to debug OS/VS. the reader must know
the internal logic of OS/VS.
Information about OS/VS2 is for planning purposes until
is available in OS/VS2 Release 2.
Manual

ITP/371115741,57Q5,5752

GC28-0665
OS/vSl SERVICE AIDS
This publication-eiplains when, why, and how to use IBM
service aids to diagnose and fix failures in system or
application programs. Each service aid is discussed in a
separate chapter. The service aids are:
o
GTF (Generalized Trace Facility) -- Traces sleectei
system events such as ,SVC and 1/0 interruptions.
o
IMCJOBQD -- Operates as a 'standalone program to
forma't and print the system job quene. system
events such as SVC and 1/0 interruptions.
o
HMBLIST -- Formats and prints object modules, loal
moiules, and CSECT identification records; maps
reenterable load module area.
o
IMCOSJQD -- Operates as a problem program to format
anj print tne system job quene.
o
HMDPRDMP -- Formats and prints dump data sets,
which may include page data sets and GTF trace
data.
o
HMAPTFLE -- Updates an operating system by applying
PTFs or by generating JCL statements needed to
apply PTFs or ICRs in a later step.
o
HMDSADMP -- Operates as a standalone program to
produce high-speed or low-speed dump of real
storage. The nign-speed version can also dump page
data sets.
o
HMASPZAP -- Verifies and/or replaces instructions
and/or data in a load module. Information about
how to write PRDMP/EDIT user exit programs is
provijei in a separate appendix. Messages issues
by the service aids are described in OS/VS Message
Library: Service Aids and OLTEP Messages.
Systems Publication

113711157Ql,5752

::;::28-06Q5
OS/VS2 TSO TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
This publication introduces the user to the basic
information required to use TSO. The TSO commands
used to perform functions such as entering and manipulating
data and executing programs at a terminal are discussed.
rhis publication is a pre-requisite for the TSO Command
Language Reference.
o
Start and end a terminal sessioa
o
Enter and manipulate data
o
Program at the terminal
o
Test a program
o
Write and use command procedure~
No prior kno~ledge of TSO is required to use this
publication and there are no prerequisite publications.
After becoming familiar with the information presented in
this manual, you should use OS/VS2 TSO Command Language
Manual, 96 pages

11371/15741

11391115752

GC28-0666
OS/VS OLTEP SYSTEMS PUBLICATION - COMPONENT NUMBERS
574I=SCI=06 ~42-SC1-06
This publication provides customer engineers, other
qualified personnel, and operators with the information
required to use the Online Test Executive Program (OLTEP).
OLTEP is a standard component of OS/VS that is designed
to run online test programs, under control of the operating
system, for the testing of Input/Output devices.
Messages issued by OLTEP are described in OS/VS Message
Library: Service 1!.ids and OLTEP Messages, GC38-1006.
CUstomer engineers should refer to F.E. Diagnostic Orjer
Procedure, ZZ25-0505, for ordering procedures for online
tests and their documentation.
Manual

G:::28-06Q6
OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE

This-pubIication de~the commands, operands, and
syntax of the TSO command language. It is intended for use
at a terminal as a reference. The prerequisite publication,
TSO Terminal User's Guide, GC28-0645, describes what
commands are used to perform specific functions. The
Command Language Reference also describes the statements
used in command procedures and contains appendices
describing system commands and program p~oduct commands.
rhe audience for this publication should have a basic
knowledge of using a terminal and a familiarity with TSO
commands.
Manual, 280 pages

113711157U

11391115752

GC28-0667
OS/vS2 PLANNING GUIDE FOR RELEASE 2
Provides planning informatIOn-fOr Installations that intend
to install OS/VS2 Release 2.
180

GC28

GC28

OS/VS Release 2 is a virtual storage operating system

with multiprogrdmming, multiprocessing, time sharing (TSO)
and job entry subsystems. It provides new features and
enhances existing OS/MVT and OS/VS2 facilities. This
publication describes the significant difference between VS2
Release 2 and both MVT and VS2 Release 1.
The intended audience is an installation manager or a
system programmer responsible for assessing the effort
required to install an OS/VS Release 2 system.
The introduction highlights major points that should be
considered for installing VS2 Release 2. The first section
describes procedures and macro instructions for system
generation, procedures and parameters for system
initialization, and system libraries and data sets. The
second section describes the system resources manager and
MF/1 (the system activity measurement facility). The third
section describes system integrity and recommendation for
maintaining it in control program extensions or
modifications. The fourth section describes conversion
considerations for the jOb entry subsystem, SMF, JCL,
operator commands, time sharing, data sets, allocation, the
catalog, programs and multiprocessing. ~n appendix shows
the virtual storage layout.
Prerequisite Publications:
The reader must be familiar with the information presented
in IBM Systeml370: Introduction to VS2 Release 2, GC28-0661.
Manual
11341115752

GC28-0668
OS/VS SYS1.LOGREC ERROR RECORDING

This publication is intended for system operators,
programmers, and administrators involved in using the
information on the SYS1.LOGREC data set ~nder the OS/VS1
system control program. This publication describes:
o
Why and how the different types of error records
are built and recorded on SYS1.LOGREC.
o
The service aid programs that can be used to
maintain and retrieve information on SYS1.LOGREC.
Messages issued by the IFCDIPOO and IFCEREPO service aids
are described in OS/VS Message Library: Service Aids and
OLTEP Messages, GC38-1006.
Manual

11371//5141

GC28-0671
OS/VS2 RELEASE 2 GUIDE
This-publication contains information about the scope and
content of the current release of OS/VS2. It provides
planning and implementation for installation managers,
system programmers, and IBM field personnel.
This publication describes:
o
o
o

Special considerations
Module information
Ordering and distribution
current system

proced~res

for the

Manual
11341115752

GC28-0673

OS/VS SYSTEM MODIFICATION PROGRAM (SMP)
This-publication contains information about the System
Modification Program (SMP). This information is intended
for use by IBM personnel and system programmers responsible
for changing and redesigning the installation's operating
system. The reader should be experienced in using and
modifying VS operating systems.
This publication describes how to use the program and
gives its storage requirements. It includes all the control
statements required with coding examples illustrating the
various SMP functions.
The appendix contains the SMP messages, a data set
requirement chart, and a cataloged procedure.
Systems Publication

1137//15741,5152

GC28-0674
OS/VS2 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING LIBRARY SERVICE AIDS

Manual, 252 pages
11311/15152

GC28-0615
OS/VS2 SYSTEM PLANNING LIBRARY: OLTEP
ThisPublication providescii'StOmer engineers, other
~ualified personnel, and operators with the information
required to use the Online Test Executive Program (OLTEP).
OLTEP is a standard component of OS/VS that is designed
~ run online test programs, under control of the operating
system, for the testing of Input/Output devices.
Messages issued by OLTEP are described in OS/VS Message
Library: Service Aids and OLTEP Messages, GC38-1006.
CUstomer engineers should refer to F.E. DiagnostiC Orjer
Procedure, ZZ25-0505, for ordering procedures for online
tests and their documentation.
Manual
11371//5152

GC28-0611
OS/VS2 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING LIBRARY: SYS1.LOGREC ERROR
E§CORDING, COMPONENT NO. 5~CD
This publication is intended for system operators,
programmers, and administrators involved in using the
information on the SYS1.LOGREC data set under the OS/VS2
system control program.
This publication describes:
o
Why and how the different types of records for
hardware and software failures and system conditions
are built and recorded on SYS1.LOGREC
o
The service aid program (IFCDIPOO and IFCEREPO)
that can be used to maintain and retrieve
information on SYS1.LOGREC.
Messages issued by the IFCDIPOO and IFCEREPO service aids
are described in OS/VS Message Library: Service Aids and
OLTEP Messages, GC38-1006.
Manual, 92 pages
11371//5152

GC28- 0681

OS/VS2 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING LIBRARY:
I'NiTIALIZATION AND TUNING GUIDEThis book contains information-on the following general
topics:
o
system parameters in SYSl. PARMLIB
o
JES2 initialization parameters
o
How to use the System Resource Manager (SRM)
o
How to use t~e System Activity Measurement Facility
(MF/l>

o

system performance factors, such as those affecting
VIO, catalog, device allocation, JES2, the use of
SMF as a tuning aid, the pageable link pack area,
and paging data sets

Note:

The information on the SRM, MF/l, and system
performance factors is preliminary and is based on
design analySiS, not on system measurements.
A later edition will include tuning guidelines
based on measurements.
Manual, 352 pages
11341115752

GC28-0683
OSIVS2 SUPERVISOR SERVICES AND MACRO INSTRUCTIONS
This publication d~ the services of the supervisor,
the macro instructions used to request these services, and
the linkage conventions used by the control program to
provide these services. The book is intended for the
applications programmer coding in assembler language.
Systems publications, 228 pages
1136///5152

GC28-0686

OS/VS POWER WARNING FEATURE (PWF) SUPPORT-ICR GUIDE
This publication acquaints aiidinstructs the u~ith the
Power Warning Feature Support. This publication contains
information for the operator and the system programmer.
Manual

This-publiCation explains when, why, and how to use IBM
1136///5141,5742,5152
service aids to diagnose and fix failures in system or
application programs. Each service aids is discussed in a
separate chapter. The service aids are:
GC28-0689
OS/VS2 CONVERSION NOTEBOOK
o
GTF (Generalized Trace Facility) - Traces selected
system events such as SVC and 1/0 interruptions
~/VS2 Conversion Notebook documents experience with
o
ffMBLIST - Formats and prints object modules, load
early versions of MVS (multiple virtual storage -- VS2
modules, and CSEcr identification recordsJ maps
Release 2) at internal IBM installations and at field test
re-enterable load module area
installations. It is intended for installation managers and
o
HMDPRDMP - Formats and prints dump data sets, which
system programmers who are responsible for converting from
OS/MVT or VS2 Release 1 to MVS.
may include page data sets and GTF trace data.
o
HMAPTFLE - Updates an operating system by applying
This book documents the impact of certain features and
PTFs or by generating JCL statements needed to apply
facilities on an installation's conversion process and
PTFs or ICRs in a later step.
supplements existing publications in the MVS library. It is
o
HMDSADMP - Operates as a standalone program to produce
not intended to present a comprehensive description of the
highs peed or lowspeed dump of real storage. The high
conversion process, to describe the features and facilities
speed version can also dump page data sets .•
of MVS, to replace existing publications, or to provide
o
HMASPZAP - Verifies andlor replaces instructions andlor
information on tuning and performance. The reader is
data in a load module.
expected to be familiar with MVS system, as described in the
Information about how to write PRDMP/EDlr user exit programs
Introduction to VS2 Release 2, GC28-0661, and the OSIVS2
is provided in separate appendices.
Planning Guiie for Release 2, GC28-0661. Tuning information
Messages issued by the service aids are described in
is included in the OS/VS2 System Programming Library:
OS/VS Message Library: Service Aids and OLTEP Messages,
Initialization and Tuning Guide, GC28-0681. The reader
GC38-i006.
should also be familiar with the information presented in
181

Gc28

GC28
the OS/VS2 Release 2 Guide, GC28-0611. rhe reader should
also be familiar ~ith the information presented in the
OS/VS2 Release 2 Guide, GC28-0611. Additional publications,
pertinent to a specific conversion step, are referenced in
the chapter of this book that covers that conversion step.
There are three chapters:
o
Chapter 1: Overview
o
Chapter 2: System Generation ani Initialization
o
Chapter 3: Catalog Conversion
Chapter l.contains mapping of OS/MVT and VS2 Release 1
publications into their MVS counterparts and a list of
differences bet~een MVS and VS2 Release 1 or OS/MVT.
Chapter 2 and 3 each covering a distinct conversion step,
and divided into two parts.
o
an introduction that lists the p~blications
relevant to the topic of the chapter and that
contains, if considered necessarr, background
information on the topic.
o
a series of bulletins that contains hints or
considerations for the conversion step
The chapters ~ill be updated by means of additional
bulletins as more information becomes available; also
further chapters, covering additional congersion steps, will
be published on an on-going basis.
The recommendations given in this man~al are meant to
help an installation convert to MVS; since they are based on
experience ~ith early versions of MVS, h~wever, they have
not been submitted to any formal IBM test. As a result,
potential users should evaluate the applicability of the
recommendations to their installation bef~re implementation.
Manual
/134//15152

GC28-0692
OS/VS2 JCL
ThIs-manual contains the information necessary to code job
control language (JCL) and job entry subsrstem 2 (JES2)
control statements. It is intended for use by programmers
who code JCL and JES2 control statements and who understand
the concepts of job management and data management.
The first part of the book is tutorial, explaining the
use of the various parameters. The second part explains
each parameter according to the statements it is coded on.
The last part explains the JES 2 control statements and the
AMP and DCB parameters. These are followed by reference
tables and a glossary.
Manual
//36///5152
GC28-0695
OS/VS2 TSO SUPPORT FOR VSBASIC-RELEASE 1.6
ThIs-publIcation describes the external:features of TSO that
support VSBASIC or an equivalent for OS/VS2 Release 1.6. It
is intended for use by the terminal ~ser and the system
programmer.
Only changes resulting from VSBASIC 3~pport are
documented in this publication.
Manual, 20 pages
//39//15142
::;~28-0100

OS/VS2 RELEASE 3 GUIDE
The-Information-in this manual is for assisting installation
managers, system programmers, and IBM Field Engineering personnel in planning for Release 3 of OS/VS2. It describes
OS/VS2 Release 3 features and enhancements, special system
generation and programming considerations, change activity,
and ordering ani distributing procedures. It also contains
lists and charts depicting the OS/VS2 Release 3 library, and
mappings of OS/MVT and OS/VS2 Release 1.0/1.6 publications
into their OS/VS2 Release 3 counterparts.
Manual
//34///5152
:;~28-6394

~ NOS. 360N-CB-48l .!Y..1 ! ill&.
2.136-CB2, ~ (V3), 5746-CB1, LM4 (OOS/VS!.
(COmmon Busines Oriented Language) is a programming
language, similar to English, that is used for commercial
data processing. It ~as developed by the Conference On
Data Systems Languages (CODASYL). The U. S. A. standard
of the language is USA Standard COBOL, X3.23-1968, as
specified by the United States of America Standards
Institute (USASI).
IBM System/360 Disk Operating System USASI COBOL
incorporates the eight processing modules defined in the
US~ standard.
These modules include: N~cleus, Table
Handling, Sequential Access, Random Access, Sort, Report
Writer, Segmentation, and Library. A significant number
of IBM extensions are implemented as well. The IBM
implementation of USA Standard COBOL also complies with
the first Draft ISO Recommendation on COBOL.
This publication gives the programmer the rules for
writing programs that are to be compiled by the IBM USASI
COBOL compiler under the Disk Operating System. It is
meant to be used as a reference manual in the writing of
IBM USASI COBOL programs.
systems Reference Library Manual, 360 pages
360,310//24/DOS//

Q.Q2 FULL ANS COBOL,
~OBOL

GC28-6396
IBM Q2 FULL ANS COBOL, PROG. !:!Q~ 360S-CB-545 illh 5734CBl (V3), 5134-CB2 (V4 COMP ! hl.!!lL 5734-LM2 (V4 !:!.!!! ONLY1 L
5740-CBl iOS/VS COMP ! LIB), ~740-LMl (OS/VS LIB ONLY)
This publication describes all current versions of IBM OS
Full American National Standard COBOL -- Versions 2, 3, anj
4. It gives the programme~ the rules for writing programs
that are to be compiled by the IBM Full American National
Standard COBOL compilers under the Operating System. It is
meant to be used as a reference manual in the writing of IBM
~merican National Standard COBOL programs.
Manual, 503 pages
360, 310//24/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//
GC28-6402
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM:
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD SUBSET COBOL COMPILER

GENERALIN'FORMATI'ON MANUAL - - - - - - - - - -

This publication provides an introduction to the features
of the IBM Subset American National Standard COBOL Compiler
and Library, Release 2, a program product that operates
under the IBM Disk Operating system. Included are a
summary of the characteristics of the compiler, examples
of some of the features of the language, and planning
information on system requirements and compatability
characteristics.
This publication is ~ritten for installation analysts
and planners. It provides them with a basis for general
planning and for evaluating this product in relation to
their needs. It is not meant to describe the language
fully. A complete description is available in the
publication IBM DOS Sunset American National Standard
COBOL, Order No. GC28-6403.
Manual, 12 pages
// ///5136-CBl
GC28-6403
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM:
AMERICAN NATION~TANDARD SUBSETICOBOL
~~NUAL, PROG. ~~ ~ - - - - - COBOL (Common Business Oriented Language) is a programming
language, similar to English, that is used for commercial
data processing. It ~as developed by the Conference On
Data Systems Languages (CODASYL). The U. S. A. standard
of the language is American National Standard COBOL,X3.231968, (formerly kno~ as USA Standard COBOL), as approved
by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
IBM System/360 Disk Operating System American National
Standard Subset COBOL incorporates six processing modules
of the full American National Standard. These modules
are:
. Nucleus
2NUC 1,2
Sequential Access
2SEQ 1,2
2RAC 0,2
Random Access
Table Handling
2TBL 1,3
lLIB 0,2
Library
Segmentition
lSEG 0,2
A significant number of IBM extensions to these modules
are implemented as well; these extensions are printed on
a shaded background.
This publication gives the programmer the rules for
writing programs that are to be compiled by the IBM American
National Standard Subset COBOL compiler under the Disk
Operating System. It is meant to be used as a reference
manual in the writing of IBM ~merican National Standard
COBOL programs.
Manual, 20 pages
/////5136-CBl
GC28-6401

!!!M Q2 FULL

~ ~ Sl'ANDARD COBOL COMPILER ~Q
LIBRARY, ~ERSION !:. ~ INFORMATION, PRO::;. NO. 5134~CB!.
This publication gives general information about the IBM
System/360 Operating System American National STANDARD
Full COBOL Compiler and Library, Version 3, an
implementation compatible with the highest level of American
National Standard COBOL. The Version 3 Compiler and Library
is a Program Product that operates under control of the
IBM System/360 Operating System. Included here are brief
descriptions of the compiler's features, as well as
information on operating system requirements and machine
onfigura tion.
This publication is intended as an aid in evaluation
and planning; it is not meant for the COBOL programmer.
Publications for the COBOL Programmer will be provided
when the IBM System/360 Operating System American National
Standard Full COBOL Compiler and Library, Version 3, becomes
available.
Manual, 20 pages
360, 310//24/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//

GC28-6421
IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY, VERSION h RELEASE ~ GENERAL"INFci'RMATION MANUAL
~ NOS. 5736-CB2 (COMPILER), 5736-LM2 (LIBRARY)
This publication gives general information about the IBM
System/360 Disk Operating System American National Standard
Full COBOL Compiler Version 3, an implementation compatible
with the highest level of American National Standard COBOL,
and its associatei COBOL object-time Subroutine library.
The Version 3 Compiler and the Subroutine Library are
Program Products that operate under control of the IBM
System/360 Disk Operating System. Included here are brief
182

GC28
descriptions of the compiler's features and a description
of the Subroutine Library, as well as information on
operating system requirements and machine configuration.
This publication is intended as an aii in evaluation
and planning; it is not meant for the COBOL programmer.
Publications for the COBOL programmer will be provided
when the IBM System/360 Disk Operating S{stem American
National Standard Full COBOL Compiler Version 3 and the
Subroutine Library become available.
Manual
111115736-LM2,5736-CB2
G::28-6431
OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRii"RY,-WRSION h PLANNING GUIDE:. PROGRAM
-NOS. 5734-CB2, -LM2
The IBM OS Full American National Standari COBOL Compiler
and Library, Version 4, is a Program Product that accepts
as input source programs written in OS Full American
National Standard COBOL, Version 4.
Each of the new
features of the Version 4 Compiler is described in a
separate chapter of this publication. The features are:
Symbolic Debugging
Optimized Object Code
Teleprocessing
COBOL Library Management Facility
Dynamic Subprogram Linkage
Syntax-Checking Compilation
String Manipulation
System considerations and a description of the COBOL
Object-time Subroutine Library are also included.
The Version 4 Compiler also contains all of the
features of previous versions and is compatible with
the highest level of American National Standard COBOL,
X3.23-1968, as approved by ANSI; American National
Standard COBOL is compatible with, and iientical to,
the proposed international standard of the language,
Draft ISO Recommendation No. 1989 -- Information
Processing -- Programming Language COBOL.
The new
COBOL language elements of the Version 4 Compiler
are IBM extensions to those standards.
This publication is a planning aid for system
planners and analysts, and for COBOL programmers.
It is intended for use prior to the availability
of the Version 4 compiler, and will be supplemented
with reference documenation when the Version 4
Compiler becomes available.
3uide, 92 pages
111115734-CB2,5734-LM2
SC28-6432
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM
FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY L
VERSIQ~ ~L INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734 CB1
ThIs-pUblication contains system related information needed
to make the most effective use of the· Program Product IBM
Full American National Standard COBOL Compiler and Library
Version 3, under the control of the IBM S{steml360 Operating
System.
This publication consists of three sections. The first
two sections, Wprogram Product Installation w and WStorage
Estimates", are directed to the system programmer or planner
who is responsible for operating system generation and
maintenance. The third section, operating Instructions,"
is directed to the console operator. Each section is
designed to be used with an existing IBM System/360 Operatin
System publication.
WProgram Product Installation" describes the system
requirements for the compiler and the procedure needed
to add the compiler to an operating system. This section
supplements IBM System/360 Operating System: System
3eneration, Order No. GC28-6554.
A module summary is also
included.
"storage Estimates" defines the storage required by
the compiler. This section supplements IBM System/360
Operating System: Storage Estimates, Order No. GC28-6551.
"Operating Instructions w describes certain messages
the console operator may be required to answer and presents
information on Multiple Console Support (MCS). This
section supplements IBM Systeml360 Operating system:
Operator's Reference, Order No. GC28-6691.
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11, 38 pages
/11115734-CB1

se28
"Section 2:
Reference Information" describes the COBOL
command that invokes the prompter.
This section is designei
to be inserted in IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME
SHARING OPTION COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE, Order No. GC286732.
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11, 54 pages
11///5734-CP1
SC28-6434
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION) COBOL
PROMPTER INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERI~ - - - ----5734-CP1
------This publication contains system related information needed
to make the most effective use of the COBOL prompter to
invoke the Program Product IBM Full American National
Standard COBOL Compiler, Version 3. The prompter operates
under the control of the Time Sharing Option (TSO) of the
IBM System/360 Operating System.
The information in this manaul is directed to the
system programmer or planner responsible for operating
system generation and maintenance.
Each of the three
sections is designed to be used with an existing IBM
System/360 Operating System publication.
"Program Product Installation" describes the system
requirements for the prompter and the procedure needed
to add the prompter to an operating system.
This section
'supplements IBM System/360 Operating System: System
Generation, Orier No. GC28-6554.
A module summary is
included.
"Storage Estimates" defines the storage required by
the prompter. This section supplements IBM Systeml360
operating System: Storage Estimates, Order No. GC28-655l.
"System Programming Techniques" describes a L030N
procedure that can be used to expedite compilation of a
COBOL program under TSO.
Instructions on how to help
the terminal used respond to prompter messages are also
given. This section supplements IBM System/360 Operating
System: System Programmer's Guide, order No. GC28-6691.
Manual, 38 pages
11/115734-CP1
GC28-6435
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION) COBOL
PROMPTER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION-S---- - - - - - - . PROGRAM NUMBER57~ - - - - - - - The Program Product SpeCifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specification Sheet, 2 pages
360, 370//24/0TSO//
GC28-6436
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL
£QMPILER ~.J2 LIBRARY, VERSION .h PROGRAM PRODUCT - SPECIFICATIONS (PPS) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CB1
This flyer 1escribes 36~OBOL Version 3 specifications
for OS.
Flyer, 4 pages
360, 370//24/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//
SC28-6437
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
2!:ANDARD COBOL ~ AND LIBRARY, VERSION ~ PROG~~.'..~
GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CBl
Thrs-programmer's guide 1escribes the programming and use of
ANS COBOL Version 3 under OS/360.
Manual, 340 pages
//11/5734-CB1
sc28-6438
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET AMERICAN
~IONAL STANDAR-O-COBOL COMPILER~ LIBRARY----IN STALLAT'i'ON'"RffiRENCEMATERIAL - PROGRAMNUMBER 5736- CBl
ThJ.s pubHcationCOii'tains system-related information needed
to install the IBM Subset American National Standard COBOL
Compiler and Library, a program product that operates under
control of the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System.
This manual consists of two sections.
The first
section, "Program Product Installation," is directed to the
system programmer or planner who is responsible for
operating system generation and maintenance. The second
section, "Operator Messages,W is directed to the console
operator. Each section is designed to supplement an
existing IBM Systeml360 Disk Operating System publication.
"Program Product Installation" describes the system
requirements, work file requirements, IOCS module
requirements, and storage requirements for the Subset COBOL
Compiler and Library. The installation procedure needed to
add the compiler and library to an existing operating system
is also described.
This section supplements DOS System
Generation and Maintenance, Order No. GC24-5033.
"Operator Messages· describes the messages to the
console that the operator may be required to ans~er. This
section supplements DOS Messages and Communications, Order
No. GC24-5074.
Program Product Manual, 40 pages
///1/5736-CBl

SC28-6433
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION COBOL
~!!Qr:!~!~!!-TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE AND REFERENCE iNifi'5RMATroN"
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CP1
This publication describes how to use the COBOL Prompter to
invoke the Program Product IBM Full American National
Standard COBOL Compiler and Library, Version 3, under
Operating System/360 TSO.
This publication is directed to the COBOL programmer,
who is ~orking at a time sharing terminal and is familiar
with the Time Sharing Option.
Section 1 contains procedures for using the prompter and
debugging at the terminal as well as a summary of data set
SC28-6439
naming conventions and sample terminal sessions. Messages
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET AMERICAN
to the terminal user are described. This section
NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY-----supplements IBM SYSrEMl360 OPERATING SYSrE~: TIME SHARING
OPTION TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE, Order No. GC28-6763.
R!!OGRAMMER~ GUIDE:. PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB1
183

SC28
This publication describes how to compile an American
National Standard COBOL X3.23-1968 Progran ~sing the IBM
S/360 Disk Operating Systen Subset American National
Standard COBOL compiler. It also describes ho~ to link edit
the resulting object module, and execute the program.
Incl~ded is a description of the output from each of these
three steps: compile, link edit, and eKecute. In addition,
this publication explains features of the compiler and
available options of the operating system.
Program Product Manual, 230 pages
111115736-CB1

SC28-6441
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN
~~nQ~¥':! 2,!ANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBR~ y'ERSION ~
SYSTEM REFERENCE LIBRARY PROGRAMMER's GUIDE
f:R03RAM NUMBERS-5736-CB£L. 5736-LM2
--This publication describes how to compile an American
National Standard COBOL X3.23-1968 program using the
Program Product IBM Systeml360 Disk Operating System
Full American National Standard COBOL Conpiler,
Version 3. It also describes how to lin~ edit the
resulting object module, and execute the program.
Included is a description of the output from each
of these three steps: compile, link edit, and
eKecute. In addition, this publication e~plains
features of the Version 3 Compiler and Library,
and available options of the operating system.
Manual, 272 pages
111115736-CB2,5736-LM2

SC28-6442
IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER
~~ LIBRARY; VERSIQ!! }.INSTALLAifi'ONREFERENCE MATERIAL
PR03. NOS. 1136-CB2, ~
This publication contains system related informiition needed
to make most effective use of the Program Product IBM Full
American National standard COBOL compiler, Version 3, and
its associated COBOL Object-time Subroutine Lib:l:"ary under
the control of the IBM Disk Operating System.
This publication contains two sections. The first
section, "Program Product Installation," is directed to the
system programm~r or planner who is responsible for
operating system generation and maintenance. It describes
the system requirements, work file requirements, IOCS module
requirements, and storage requirements for the Version 3
compiler and library. It also describes the installation
procedure for adding the compiler and library to an existing
operating system. This section supplements DOS System
3eneration, Order No. GC24-5033.
The second section, "Operator Messages," is directed to
the console operator. Each section is designed to
supplement an eKisting IBM Disk Operating System
Publica tion.
Manual, 70 pages
111115736-CB2,5736-LM2

3:':28-6443

f.~ DOS FULL ANS COBOL COMPILER VERSION lL PROG:.. PROD.
5736-CB2 SPECIFICATIONS
These program product specifications refer to IBM Systeml360
Disk Operating System Full American National Standard COBOL
Compiler Version 3 (5736-CB2).
Specifications, 2 pages

360,3701124/DOSII

G:':28-6444
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
sTANDARin:oBoL ;)BJECT TIME SUBR<5i:iTINE LIBRARY--- - - - - PR03RAM-PRODUCT~FICATIONS - PROGR~NUMBER 5736-LM2
Specification sheet for program-named in title. ------Specification Sheet, 1 page
360,3701124/DOSII

:;C28-6450
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET AMERICAN
NATIONAL-SmDARDCOBOL COMPILER AND LIBARY (PROGRAM
PRODUCT-SPECIFICATIONS) PROGRAM NUMBEif5136"-carThe-Program-Proiluct Specifications (PPS>describe the
warranted specifications of the subject program Prod~ct.
Program Product Specifications, 4 pages
360,3701124/DOSII

SC28
program product IBM OS Full American National Standard COBOL
Compiler and Library, Version 3.
The COBOL Interactive Debug program and the COBOL
Prompter can be used under any release of the Operating
System that supports TSO.
Manual, 24 pages
111115734-CP1,5734-CB4

SC28-6456
IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY VERSIO!:! !!.L PROGRAMMERs GUIDE :. PROGRAM PRODUCTS
5734-CB2 AND 5734-LM2
This publication describes how to compile an American
National Standari COBOL X3.23-1968 program using Version
of the IBM Operating System Full American National
Standard COBOL compiler. It also discusses how to link
edit and execute or load the program under control of the
IBM Operating System. There is a description of the o~tput
of each of these steps, i.e., compile, link edit, load,
and execute. In addition, there is an explanation of the
features of the compiler and available options of the
operating system.
Manual, 460 pages
11/115734-CB2,5734-LM2

SC28-6457
IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY, VERSIONhMEs'SAGEB, PROG. NOs:--s734~­
This publication contains messages issued by the Program
Product IBM OS Full American National Standard COBOL
compiler ana Library, Version 4. Additional object-time
messages are also included. For each message, either a
Programmer or an Operator Response suggests appropriate
problem determination action. In addition, there is a brief
discussion of multiple console s~pport (MCS) considerations.
Directeil at either the COBOL programmer or the operator,
this publication presents the messages in alphanumeric oraer
within each of the three main sections, "Compile-Time
Messages." "Queue Analyzer Messages," and "Object'Time
Messages."
A corequisite to this publication, for system messages,
is the publication IBM OS Messages and Codes, Order Number
GC28-6631.
Manual, 186 pages
111115734-CB2,5734-LM2

SC28-6458
IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
LIBRARY r VERSION !!.L INsTALr.:ATIONRE'FERENCEMA~PROG.
NOS. 5734-CB2, LM2
This publication contains system related information needed
to install and make effective use of the Program Product IBM
OS Full American National Standard COBOL Compiler and
Library, Version 4 (Program N~mber 5734-CB2) and its
associated COBOL Object-time Subroutine Library (Program
N~mber 5734-LM2).
Both program products can be installed
under either OS or the Conversational Monitor System (CMS)
of the IBM Virtual Machine Facility/370 (VMl370).
The section "Operating Instructions" is directea to the
c:lnsole operat.or. It describes certain messages the console
operator may be required to answer and presents information
on Multiple Console Support (MCS). This section supplements
IBM Systeml360 Operating System: Operator's Reference, Order
No. GC28-6691. The remaining sections of the manual are
directed to the system programmer or planner ~ho is
responsible for operating system generation and maintenance.
The installation sections of the manual describe the
system requirements for the program products and the
procedure needed to add the program products to an operating
system. The OS installation sections supplement IBM
System/360 Operating System: system Generation, order No.
GC28-6554. A module summary of both the compiler and
library is also incl~ded in the "Module Summary" section.
The "Storage Estimates" section supplements IBM Systeml360
Operating System: Storage Estimates, Order No. GC28-6551.
Manual, 84 pages
111115734-CB2,5734-LM2

GC28-6464
IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND
~!BRARY, VERSION .!!.
PROGRAM PRODUCT spECiFICATIONS
~!!~ NUMBERS 2134-CB2, ~
The Program Product Spec1f1cat10ns (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Proa~ct.
Program Product Specifications, 4 pages
360, 3701124/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALLII

=

=--

3:':28-6454
IBM OS COBOL INTERACTIVE DEBUG AND (TSO) COBOL PROMPTER
GENERAL-INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM PROQ,(JCTS i734-CB4,
5734-CPl
SC28-6465
This publication is directed to data processing system
IBM OS COBOL INTERACTIVE DEBUG TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE AND
REFERENCE='""PROGRAM NUMBER 5734~ - - - - - - - planners and analysts. It is intended as an aid in
evaluation in planning for the use of IB~ OS COBOL
The text has~evrsea-to describe how COBOL Interactive
Interactive Debug and/or the IBM OS (TSO) COBOL prompter.
Debug operates under CMS, the Conversational Monitor System.
These two program products operate uniler the Time
Major additions include:
Sharing Option (TSO) of the IBM Operating System. Detailed
o
CMS TESTCOB command
planning information for TSO can be founa in the publication
o
CMS steps prior to entering TESTCOB mode
IBM System/360 Operating System: Time Sharing Guide, Order
TESTCOB/CMS interface messages
o
No. GC28-6698.
o
Virtual machine size estimates under CMS
Both program products are designed fOI:" use with the
Manual, 166 pages
program products IBM OS F~ll American National Standard
11/115734-CB4
COBOL Compiler, Version 4, and the IBM OS Full American
NatioRal stanilaril COBOL Object-time Subroutine Library,
Version 4. The TSO COBOL Prompter can also be used with the
184

=

GC28

SC28
S:::28-6468
IBM OS COBOL INTERACTIVE DEBUG: I NSTALLArI ON
REFERENCEIMATERIAL - PROGRAM:NUMBER 5734-CB4
ThIs-pUblication consists of four main sections: "Storage
Requirement Estimates," "Installation Procedure," "Systems
Programmer's Guide," and "Problem Determination Aids." Each
contains system-related information necessary to install and
use the IBM OS COBOL Interactive Debug Program Product under
the control of the Time Sharing Option (rSO) of the IBM
Operating System.
The following system publications should be usei in
connection with this manual:
IBM Systeml360 Operating System
Storage Estimates, Order No. GC28-6551
system Generation, Order No. GC28-6554
system Programmer's Guide, Order No. GC28-6550
The first three main sections of this publication can be
inserted in the corresponding system publication listed
above to which it refers, if such an arr~ngement simplifies
the use of documentation.
Manual, 36 pages
/////5734-CB4
SC28-6469

!..!lli VM/37Q. CMS USER'S GUIDE

!:QB COBOL. ~OG. ~ 5734-CB£L
5734-LM2
This publication is intended for the COBOL programmer who is
using or is planning to use the program product IBM OS Full
American National Standard COBOL COmpiler and Library,
Version 4, unaer the control of the Conversational Monitor
System (CMS) in the virtual nachine environment of Virtual
Machine Facility/370 (VM/370).
It provides the COBOL programmers with a fundamental
understanding of how he can properly enter the COBOL
command, which is one of the CMS commands, to invoke the
COBOL compiler under the CMS component of VM/370.
Manual, 68 pages
////15734-CB2,5734-LM2

3C28-6470
IBM OS/VS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY GENERAL INFORMATION
~~Q~~~~)~QDUCTS 5'74O-CB1iSiiio=LMl - - Contains information to aid data systems planners and
analysts in evaluating and planning for the use of the os/vs
COBOL Compiler and Library Program Product.
OS/VS COBOL operates under control of OS/VS1 or OS/VS2
(with or without TSO), and with restrictions under the CMS
component of VMl370; it processes COBOL source programs in
an OS virtual environment. OS/VS COBOL includes all eight
processing modules of American National Standard
COBOL,X3.23-1968 and International Standard ISO/R 1989-1972
Programming Language COBOL; CODASYL-specified ani IBMspecified extensions are also included.
Brief descriptions of Compiler and Library capabilities
are provided - including as major features support for VSAM
entry-sequenced and key-sequenced data sets, the MERGE
statement, the FIPS (Federal Information Processing
standard) Flagger, and the Lister Facilitr (which provides a
specially formatted source listing ~ith embedded cross
references). System requirements and data set and
programming compatibility are described. A complete
description of the language implementation is also included.
This publication is an aid in evaluation and planning;
it is not intenjed to be used as a specification manual.
Proposed specifications are given in Program Product Design
Objectives: IBM OS/VS COBOL Compiler and Library. Order No.
3C28-6471.
Manual, 60 pages
////15740-CB1,5740-LM1
GC28-6472
OS/VS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY. SPECIFICATIONS - ~ .
!'iOS. 5740-CBl (COt1PILEa-! LIBRARY) 5740-L~ (LIBRARX ~
This Program Product Specifications (PPS) describes the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 6 pages
////15740-CB1,5740-LM1

QQ~~Y~

~ ~ COMPILER rum LIBRARY PROGRAMMER'S GUIPE
This publication describes how to compile a COBOL program
using the Program Product IBM DOS/VS COBOL Compiler. It
also describes how to link edit the resulting object module,
and execute the program. Included is a description of the
output from each of these three steps: compile. link edit,
and execute. This pUblication explains features of the
DOS/VS Compiler ani Library, and available options of the
operating system.
This publication is primarily intended for programmers
who are running COBOL programs compiled on the DOS/VS
Compiler, under the control of the IBM Disk Operating System
Virtual Storage.
Manual. 360 pa~es
/////5746-CB1,5746-LM4

!!!!!

SC28-6479
IBM DOS/VS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY INSTALLATION
REF.ERENCEMATEiUAL~RAM""'NUMBERS 5746-CB1 AND 5746-LMIJ.
This publication contains system related informatiOiliieeded
to make most effective use of tbe Program Product IBM DOS/VS
COBOL Compiler ani its associated COBOL Object-time
Subroutine Library under the control of the IBM DOS/VS
System.
This publication contains two sections. The first
section. "Program Product Installation," is directei to the
system programmer or planner who is responsible for
ogerating system generation and maintenance. It describes
the system requirements, work file requirements, IOCS module
requirements, and storage requirements for the DOS/VS
conpiler and. library.. It also describes the installation
proced.ure for adding the compiler and library to an existing
operating system. This section supplements DOS/VS System
Generation, Order No. GC33-5377.
The second section, "Diagnostic Messages," is directei
to the console operator. Each section is designed to
supplement an existing IBM DOS/VS System publication.
Manual, 84 pages
/////5746-CB1,5746-LM4
SC28-6481
IBM OS/VS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY INSTALLATION REFERENCE
~~TERIAL PROG. ~ S740-W; 5740-LMl

COBOL ~ AND ~ ~~ INFORMATION
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5746-CB1 AND 5746-LM4
ThIS-publIcation contains-rDformation of interest to data
system planners and analysts about the IBM DOS/VS COBOL
Compiler and Library Program Product, an implementation that
allows programs written in American National Standard COBOL
to be processea in a DOS virtual environment. DOS/VS COBOL
is compatible with the highest level of American National
Standard COBOL, X3.23-1968. and with international standard
ISO/R 1989-1972 Programming Language COBOL.
Included are brief description of the DOS/VS COBOL
Compiler ana Library. as well as information on the
implementation level. on compatiblility, and on system
requirements.
This publication is intended as an aii to evaluation and
planning; is is not intended to be used as a specification
manual. Proposed specifications for the IBM DOS/VS COBOL
Program Products are given in the publication: Program
Product Design Objectives: IBM DOS/VS COBOL Compiler and
Library, Order No. GC28-6474.
Manual, 44 pages
/////5746-CB1,5746-LM4

-----

Thsi publication contains information pertaining to the
installation, maintenance. and console operation of the IBM
OS/VS COBOL compiler and/or its associated COBOL object time
Subroutine Library unjer OS/VS and under VM/370 (CMS). rhis
information includes: the systems requirements and
procedures needed to add. the compiler and/or librarr to an
operating system; special operator instructions; compiler
and library module summaries and storage requirements; ani
storage requirements for using either the symbolic debugging
features of the compiler or the Program Product IBM OS COBOL
Interactive Debug.
Manual, 874 pages
/////5740-CB1, 5740-LM1
GC28-6485

!!lli OS

~ INTERACTIVE ~L ER0'§':" PROD. 5734-CB4 SPEC' ~
The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Program Product Specifications, 4 pages
360,370//24/0S OTSO,OASP,CALL//

SC28-6486
IBM DOS RPG I I COMPILER !. AUTO REPORT FEATURE INSTALLATIQ~
REFERENCE MATERIAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RG1
This publication contains system-related information needed
to install both the DOS RPG II compiler and its associated
Auto Report Feature, program products that operate under
control of the IBM DOS and DOS/VS operating systems.
Manual, 82 pa~es
/////5736-RG1
GC28-6487
DOS/VS

GC28-6473

!!!t1

SC28-6478

~

COMPILER AND

LIB~X

~L~J~~;iB~Ni~~PILER AND LIBRARY)
This Program productJDesign Objectives (PPDO) describes the
design objectives and provides the estimated availability
date of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 6 pages
/////5746-CB1.5746-LM4
GC28-6515
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 FORTRAN IV LANGUAGE
ThIs publicatioii'describes and illustrates the use of the
Fortran IV language for the IBM Systeml360 Operating System,
the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System.
systems Reference Library Manual. 128 pages
360, 370//25/44PS.DOS,OS,OTSO.OASP,CALL//

GC28-6687
USER'S GUIDE FOR THE IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONrROLLER
~QUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD PROGRAMSuPPORTING ~ 888264
~BOGRAM !'i!!~ 5799-WAF, 5799-WAG
This publication defines and describes the data management
macro instructions and services for the IBM 2947 Model 4
Check Collection Controller. The macro instructions are
185.

GC28

GC28
available in the IBM Operating System and Disk Operating
System.
Manual, 56 pages
////2941/5199-WAG,5199-WAF

360, 310/TP/39/0TS:>//
SC28-6165
~ AND OS/VS2 TSO DATA UTIl':!!TIES,t COPY, FORMAT, LIST ~
MERGE: USER'S GUID!;; AND REFERE~~!;;L PROG. NO. 57311-UTl
The TSO Data Utilities: COPY, LIST, FORMAT, MERGE is a
program product designed to augment the text and data
manipUlation capabilities of the TSO Command Language. This
publication describes the syntax and use of the TSO Data
Utility commanjs: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, and MERGE. rhis
publication is intended for use by terminal users whose
installation incluies this TSO program product. rhis manual
has two sections:
o
"HOW to Use the Commands" describes the operations
that can be performed by using the utility commands
and subcommands at a terminal.
o
"Command Descriptions" describes the syntax of the
four utility commands: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, and
MERGE, and the two subcommands of the EDIT command,
FORMAT and MERGE.
Examples of each command and
subcommand are included.
Prerequisites and corequisites for this publication are:
IBM SYSTEM/360 :>PERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION,
COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE (GC28-6132)
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERAfING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING :>PTION,
TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE (GC28-6163)
Manual, 56 pages
// ///51311-UT1

sc28-6689
USER'S GUIDE FOR THE IBM 2941 MODEL 4 CHECK COLLECTION
~Q~!!lQ!!~~!Ci\SSEMBLY FACILITIES~RAMMfNG ::.. PRPQ P88003
PRO~RAM NUMBER 5199-AAH
The Assembly Facilities for the IBM 2941 Model 4 enable the
user to prepare sort-control-word patterns for use in the
IBM 2941 Model q.
He may use all the 29117-4 machine
functions without having to convert his sort patterns into
machine language. The Assembly Facilitie3 generate actual
2941-4 code, in standard assembler format, for OS/360 or
DOS/360.
Neither the 2941-4 machine operations nor examples of
them will be explained in this publication.
Examples of
Assembly operations are given, but they are not meant to be
an exhaustive list of the uses of all operands.
Effective use of this publication requires a thorough
understanding of IBM 2941 Check Collection Controller,
Functional Characteristics (GL22-6919).
The data management macro instruction3 and services for
the IBM 2941-4 are called the Check Collection Controller
Sequential Access Method (CSAM).
The manual related to this
area, for OS, is User's Guide for the IB~ 29111-11 Check
Collection Controller Sequential Access Method. Program
Supporting RPQ 8882611 (GC28-6687).
Manual, 56 pages
360,310//30/DOS,OS,OTSO,OASP,CALL/2941/

SC28-6761
OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 TSO DATA
UTILITIES:' COPY. FORMAT, LIST, ~ SYSTEM INFORMArION
PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-UT1
This publication-is for use by system programmers ioiho are
installing the TSO Data Utilities: COPY, FORMAT, LIST,
MERGE Program Product into an IBM System/360 Operating
System with the Time Sharing option.
This publication describes procedures to be followed
f~r program installation, including sample problems ioihich
ensure that the TSO Data Utilities Program Product has
been properly installed.
rhis publication also contains
the storage requirements for this program Product.
Prerequisite publications are:

GC28-6158
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM DATA SET UTILITIES
SUPPORT-FOR ASC II (PPDO)~ ~5134-UT2 - - - PRO:;RAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJEcTiVES- - - This Program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describes
the design objectives and provides the estimated
availability date of the subject Program Product.
Design Objectives, 2 pages
360,310/ /32/0S,:>TSO,OASP ,CAI.L//
:;:28-6159
QS/MFT, OS/MV!L AND Q§LY§ DATA SET !ITmu.~ SUPPORT FOR
ASCII - PPS - PROG. NO. 5134-UT2
This PPS-aescribes t~data set utilitie3 support for the
American National Standard Code for Information Interchange
(ASCII).
This support consists basicallr of a load module
and four utility programs designed to support data sets
written in ASCII format.
Program Product Specifications, 2 pages
360,370//32/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//
S:28-6160
QS/MFT, OS/MVT, AND ~ DATA ~ ~~ .~ FOR
ASCII: USER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5134-UT2
This publication describes the data set .1tilities that
support the American National Standard C~de for Information
Interchange (ASCII).
It describes:
The capabilities and limitations of the utility
programs when used to process ASCII data sets.
The control statements needed to process ASCII
data sets.
The possible applications of the utility programs.
System/360 Operating System Data Set Utility Support for
ASCII is a program product that assists programmers
responsible for creating and maintaining operating system
data.
When using this support, ASCII data sets, as well
as EBCDIC data sets, can be created and naintained, although
all System/360 operations are in EBCDIC.
Program Product User's Guide, 196 pages
/////5734-UT2
:;:28-6162
OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 TSO TERMINALS MANUAL
This-Publication describes how to use the terminals
supported by the Time Sharing Option (TS:» under the OS/MVT
and :>S/VS2 configurations of the Operating System (OS).
It
is intended for all rso terminal users.
rhe operation and
characteristics of the following terminals in a TSO
environment are discussed:
o
o
o
o
o
o
~

IBM System/360 Operating system: Storage Estimates,
GC28-6551
IBM System/360 Operating System: System Generation,
GC28-6554
IBM System/360 Operating System: Time Sharing Option
Guide, GC28-6698.
Manual, 24 pages
// ///5134-UT1
GC28-6168
OS/MVT AND ~ !2Q ~ UTILITIES: COpy, FORMAT, LIST,
MERGE - PPS - PROG. NO. 51311-UT1
The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject program Product.
Program Product Specifications, 1 page
360, 370//32/0TSO//

~

GC28-6194
GUIDE TO PL/~ !!
The PLIS II compiler is a proprietary program used by IBM to
develop other programs that are made generally available.
This provides general information on understanding and
interpreting PL/S II listings. The book also provides some
guidelines on how to modify compiler generated assembler
c~de.
Readers will be experienced systems programmers ioiho
need to understand and possible mOdify operating system
m~dules.
They should know the basic assembler language such
as PL/I.
Manual, 56 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SC28-6808
A PL/I PRIMER: STUDENT TEXT
TheiPUrpose of this publication is to provide tutorial
material not only for the person with some knowledge of
computer programming, but also for the novice who knows
little or nothing about data processing.
Student Text:, 11 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

IBM 21111 Communication Terminal
IBM 1052 Printer-Keyboard
Teletype. Model 33
Teletype. Model 35
IBM 2260 Display Station
IBM 2265 Display Station
IBM 3270 Information Display Sr3tem

*Trademark of Teletype Corporation

GC28-6821
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY
PL/I AND BASIC (PROGRAM PRODUCr DESIGN OBJECTIVES)
PROGRAM NUMBERS~l, 5136=-RC2
This Program Product Design Objectives (PPOO) describes
the design objectives and provides the estimated
availability date of the subject Program Product.
DESIGN OBJECTIVES, 4 PAGES
360, 370//29/OOS//

The publication is divided into independent sections: each
describes one type of terminal.
~n appendix describes the LOGOFF, LOGON, PROFILE, and
TERMINAL commands that a user issues to control his terminal
session.
Manual, 60 pages
186

GC28-6825
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS AND OS (TSO) ITF: PL/1 AND BASIC
GENERAL INFORMA~PROG. NOS.:. 513ii='R:C'i/2/3/4,5'i36=Rc1/2
This publication gives general information about the
external characteristics of the PL/I feature of the

GC28
Interactive Terminal Facility (ITF), a Program Product
that operates under the System/360 Operating System or
the System/360 Disk Operating System.rhe book includes
descriptions of terminal commands, PL/I language elements,
and machine requirements.
rhis publication is intended as an aid to evaluation
and planning; it is not meant for the terminal user.
Publications will be provided for the terminal user when
ITF:PL/I becomes available.
Program Product Manual, 26 pages
/////5736-RC1,5734-RC1,5734-RC2,5734-RC3,5734-RC4,5736-RC2
GC28-6830
IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE
TERMINFiL FFiCILlrYlPL/I AND BASIC - P p g - - - P~NUMBERS: 5736='RC15736-RC2-This Program Product Specifications (PPS) describes the
warranted specifications of the subject program ProdUct.
program Product specifications, 4 pages
360,370//29/008//
SC28-6833
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF: PL/I INTRODUCrION
PR03RFiM NUMBERS573ii"=Rcr;-5736-RCl
This publication is an introduction to the IBM System/360
Operating System (OS) and the IBM System/360Disk Operating
System (DOS) Interactive Terminal Facility: PL/I. It is
designed to give a novice programmer the tools he needs
to write elementary programs in ITF: PL/I and to enable
him to understand the more advanced material found in
related publications. Because of this limited scope,
therfore, this publication does not cover all the
capabilities of ITF: PL/I nor does it include all the
detailed information on system and terminal operation.
These details may be found in the IBM SYSrEMl360 OPERATING
SYSTEM AND IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM INTE~CTI~E
TERMINFiL FFiCILITY: PL/I rERMINAL USER'S GUIDE, form SC286834.
Program Product Manual, 62 pages
/////5734-RC1,5736-RC1
SC28-6834
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF: PL/I TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
fROGRAM~NUMBERS5734=Ra:;-5736-Ra:--- - - - - - This publication provides tutorial information and reference
material for users of the PL/I language component of the
Interactive Terminal Facility (ITF), a Program Product
that operates under the System/360 Operating system (OS)
or the System/360 Disk operating System (DOS).
The book tells how to use ITF and how to write programs
in ITF: PL/I; it also includes detailed descriptions of
the ITF: PL/I language elements, the ITF system commands,
as well as error recognition and correction information.
Sample programs and examples of the use of ITF: PL/I appear
throughout the text.
This publication is intended for the ITF: PL/I terminal
user. Users with little or no programming eKperience
should be thoroughly familiar with the concepts presented
in the publication IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF: PL/I
INTRODUCTION, SC28-6833.
Manual, 233 pages
/////5734-RC1,5736-RC1
S::28-6835
IBM SYSTEMl360 OS/DOS ITF: BASIC TERMINAL USER'S GUID~
PR03RFiM NUMBERS5'73'6=R~5734-RC-3--- - - - - - This publication provides tutorial information and reference
material for users of the BASIC language component of the
Interactive Terminal Facility (ITF), a Program Product
that operates under the system/360 Operting System (OS)
or the System/360 Disk Operating System (DOS).
The book tells how to use ITF, and ho .. to write programs
in BFiSIC; it also includes detailed descriptions of the
BFiSIC language elements, the ITF. system commands, as well
as error recognition and correction. Sample programs and
examples of the use of ITF:BFiSIC appear throughout the
text.
rhis publication is intended for the ITF: BFiSIC terminal
user. No previous knowledge of programming or of the BASIC
language is required.
Program Product Terminal Users Guide, 165 pages
/////5734-RC1,5734-RC3,5736-RC1,5736-RC2

SC28
This publication is an introduction to the IBM System/360
Operating System Time Sharing Option Interactive Terminal
Facility: PL/I. It is deSigned to give a novice programmer
the tools he needs to write elementary programs using
ITF: PL/I and to enable him to understand the more advanced
material foun~ in related publications. Because of this
limited scope, therefore, this publication does not cover
all the capabilities of ITF: PL/I nor does it include all
the detailed information on system and terminal operation.
These details may be found in the IBM System/360 operating
System Time Sharing Option Interactive Terminal Facility:
PL/I Terminal User's Guide, order Number SC28-6839.
Manual, 72 pages
/////5734-RC2
SC28-6839
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION)
INTERFiCTlVE TERMINFiL FACI~PL/l TE~USER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-RC2
-- ---- --- - This publication provides tutorial and reference information
for users of the PL/I language components of the Interactive
Terminal Facility (ITF), an IBM Program Product that
operates under the Time Sharing Option (TSO) of the
System/360 Operating System (OS).
This guide tells how to use ITF: PLII in the TSO
environment. It includes detailed descriptions of the
IrF: PL/I language elements, that portion of the TSO
command language that applies to ITFL PL/!, and other
reference information, including all of the IrF: PL/I
error messages. Sample programs and examples appear
throughout the text.
This publication is intended for the TSO ITF: PL/I
terminal user. Users with little or no programming
experience should be thoroughly familiar with the
concepts presente~ in the publication IBM Systeml360
OS (TSO) ITF: PL/I Introduction, Order Number SC28-6838.
Users whose scope of work extends beyond ITF: PL/I
should consult the TSO publications listed in the preface.
Manual, 268 ·pages
/////5734-RC2,5734-RC4
SC28-6840
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION)
INTERFiCTlVE TERMINAL FACI~BASIC TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
PROGRFiM NUMBER573ii=RC4
--- ---- --- --This pubIICation provides tutorial information and reference
material for users of the BFiSIC language component of the
Interactive Terminal Facility (ITF), a Program Product that
operates under the Time Sharing Option (TSO) of the
System/360 Operating System (OS).
The book tells how to use IrF in the TSO environment,
and how to write programs in BFiSIC; it also includes
detailed descriptions of the BASIC language elements, a
subset of the TSO command language, as well as error
recognition and correction. Sample programs and examples of
the use of ITF:BASIC appear throughout the text.
This publication is intended for the TSO ITF:BASIC
terminal user. No previous knowledge of programming or of
the BFiSIC language is required.
Manual, 204 pages
/////5734-RC2,5734-RC4
SC28-6841
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION)
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILrTYINSTALrATIONREFERE~MANU AL
Eg~ NUMBERS 5734-R'C2,"5"134-RC4
---This publication 1escribes the information requirei by the
central computing installation to install and run the
Interactive Terminal Facility (ITF). This includes
installation procedures, storage estimates, ITF control user
functions, and terminal messages.
ITF runs as a command processor under the Time Sharing
Option (TSO) of System/360 Operating System (OS). It
supports conversational problem solving in the ITF:PL/l
and/or ITF:BASIC languages.
This publication is intended for the TSO ITF control
user who installs TSO ITF, and who adds the ITF terminal
users to the TSO system.
Manual, 90 pages
/////5734-RC2,5734-RC4

SC28-6842
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERFiTING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION)
CODE AND GO FORTRAN PROCES'SOR-"rERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
PROGRAMNUMsERSffi4-F01, 5734=r:m- - - - - - SC28-6836
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF INSTALLFiTION REFERENCE MATERIAL
Th~s pUblication provides the infOrmation necessary to use
PROGRAM-NUMsERS5734=RCL 1L 5736-RC1, ~--the Code and Go FORTRAN processor for foreground programs
This publication describes the information required by
developed in an IBM System/360 Time Sharing Option RFiCTlVE TERMiNALFACI~PL/l INTROOUCTlOO~ NUMBER 5734-RC2
--- --- ------publication IBM System/360 and Systeml370 FORTRAN IV
187

GC28

SC28

Co-requiSite publications for this book are the IBM
Systeml360 Operating System TSO Terminal User's Guide,
Order No. GC28-6763, and the IBM System/360 Operating
System Time Sharing Option Command Language Reference,
Order No. GC28-6732.
Manual, 124 pages
/1//15734-F02,5734-CP3,5734-LMl,5734-F03

Language, Orjer No. GC28-6515.
Included are explanations of that portions of that
portion of the TSO command language that is directly
relevant to the needs of the Code and Go foreground user, a
sample terminal session, a section on programming
sconsijerations, and other reference information. Also
provided are a jiscussion of the FORTRAN s~ntax checker and
its associated messages, and a listing (~ith explanations)
of compiler-related and load module exec~tion diagnostic
messages.
pro~ram Product Manual, 186 pages
/////5736-CB2,5736-LM2,5734-LM1,5734-FOl

SC28-6856
FORTRAN IV (Gl> PROCESSOR AND TSO FORTRAN PROMPTER FOR OS
AND VM/370 (CMS) 'i"INSTALLATroNREFERENcEMAT'EiUAL, PROG:-:~Q~ 5734-F02, ~
This publication describes the internal logic of the FORTRAN
IV (Gl) compiler.
The FORTRAN (Gl) compiler, an extended version of
FORTRAN IV (G), is adapted to a time sharing as well as a
batch environment. It is a program product that operates
under the IBM System/360 Operating System. It provides the
ability to store object programs and to produce source anj
object listings, storage maps, and object decks. In
addition, the FORTRAN IV (Gl) compiler produces a terse form
of output comprised of error messages and compiler
statistics, suitable for terminal display.
This program logic manual is intended for use by persons
involved in program maintenance. Program logic information
is not necessary for the use and operation of the FORTRAN
(Gl); therefore, jistribution of this publication is limited
to licensees who have the aforementioned requirement.
Pcogram Product Manual, 48 pages
1////5734-F02,5734-F03,5734-CB3

GC28-6844

~!!t:! §~§'!§~1§Q. :)PERATING ~ ~ i!! ~ t1QQ !.
DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LMl
This program ·Product Design objectives (PPDO) describes
the jesign objectives and provides the estimated
availability date of the subject Program Product.
DeSign Objective Sheet, 1 page
360,370//25/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//

GC28-6847
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN
PRO:;R~M NUMBER 5734-LM3

I~

LIBRARY (MOD II)

- - - - - - - -- - - - - - - -

This Program pr~sign Objectives (PPDO) describes
the design objectives and provides the estimated
availability date of the subject Program Product.
DeSign Objectives, 2 pages
360,370//25/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//

SC28-6858
FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD I) FOR OS & VM/370 (CMS):
iN'STALLATIONRE'FERENCEMATERIAL:-PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM1
This publication describes the information required by the
central computing installation to install and run the
FORTRAN IV Library (Model 1). The information includes
installation procedures, storage estimates, system
information, anj library-produced messages.
The FORTRAN IV Library (Modell) operates with the
FORTRAN E, G, and H compilers, with FORTRAN I~ (Gl), and
with the Code and Go FORTRAN compiler. The library supports
features not contained in the base FORTRAN IV library, such
as list-directed I/O, improved data conversion, and ASC11
support. The library also includes special interfaces for
running in the TSO foreground.
This publication is intended for Operating System/360
personnel responsible for installing the libary, as well as
for the system programmer responsible for maintenance of the
library within the system.
Program Product Manual, 65 pages
/11//5734-LM1

SC28-6852
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED)
QOMPILER,"-PRoGRAMMER'S GUIDE::. PROGRAM lli!gBEFr5734-F03
5734-LM3
This publication describes the steps to compile, link edit,
and execute a FORTRAN IV program using the FORTRAN I~
(~ Extended) compiler, an IBM Program Product that operates
under the control of the operating system. The methods
of invoking each step, input to the step3, and output
from the steps, are detailed. In addition, compiler
options, features of the operating systen used by the
FORTRAN programmer, and practices for cojing more
efficient FORTR~N programs are discussed.
This publication is directed to progl:ammers familiar
with the FORTRAN IV language. Previous knowledge of the
operating system is not required.
Information in this publication pertaining to OS/VS2
is for planning purposes until that product is available.
Manual, 208 pages
111115734-F03,5734-LM3

SC28-6859
CODE AND GO FORTRAN PROCESSOR FOR OS , VM/370 (CMS):
iNSTALLATIoN"""'REFERENCE MATERIAh PROG:- NO. 5734-F~
This publication describes the information required by the
central computing installation to install and run the
FORTRAN I~ Code anj Go compiler. The information includes
installation procedures, storage estimates, system
information, and messages produced by the compiler.
This publication is intended for Operating System/360
personnel responsible for installing the FORTRAN I~ Code and
Co compiler, as well as for the system programmer
responsible for maintaining it within the system.
Manual, 60 pages

S:::28-6853
IBM OS CODE AND GO FORTRAN AND FOR'rRAN I~ (Gi) PROGRAMMER'S
GUIDE:- PROG. NOS~5m::FciI, £L -LM1
- -- ------This publication is directed to programmers using either the
IBM S~stem/360 Code and Go FORTRAN or FORTRAN IV (Gl)
compiler. It explains how to use the IBM S~Htem/360
Operating System to compile, link edit, and execute programs
written in the IBM System/360 FORTRAN IV language.
In addition, it contains information on processing
efficiency, extended error handling, deb~gging
specifications, and Assembler language subrolltine linkage
conventions.
This publication is directed primarili to programmers
familiar with the FORTRAN IV language. Previous knowledge
of the IBM System/360 Operating System i3 n01: required.
Manual, 190 pages
1//115734-F01,5734-F02,5734-LM1

/1/1I5734-FOl

SC28-6861
FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED) COMPILER AND FORTRAN LIBRARY
(t.iOoll) FOROS & VMl370 (CMS): iNs"TALLATIONREFERENCE
m:TERIAL, PROG. N0s:-5'734=FC53';-~734-LM3
The FORTRAN IV (H Extended) compiler and the FORTRAN IV
Library (Mod II) are released as independent components that
require installation under the IBM Systeml360 Operating
System.
This publication describes the procedures for installing
FORTRAN ~ (H Extended) compiler and the FORTRAN I~ Library
(Mod II). It is intended for use by system programmers or
planners who supervise the generation and maintenance of an
installation's operating system.
Manual, 64 pages
/////5734-F03,5734-LM3

GC28-6854
IWRTRAN IV (Gl) PROCESSOR

FOR OS & VM/370 (eMS): ~
PROD~5734-~SPECIFICATIO~ -- - - - - - - - The Program Product Specifications (PPS) jescribe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Program Product Specifications, 2 pages
360,370/125/0S.0TSO,OASP,CALL//

S:::28-6855
OS (TSO)

TERMIN~L

USER'S SUPPLEMENT FOR FORTRAN IV (Gl)

~RO::ESSoR AND TSO FORrRA~ PROMPTER, 5734=:F02r-::. ~ -LMl

This publication describes the use of the FORTRAN IV
(G1) compiler and the TSO FORTRAN Prompter from a
TSO Terminal. It is intended as a supplement to the IBM
System/360 OS TSO Terminal User's Guide. This book
jescribes the Gl compiler and its features, and methods of
invoking the compiler. It contains examples of the use
of the G1 compiler and the Prompter, diagnostic messages
that a user receives at his terminal, ani reference
information. It makes no attempt to covel: general TSO
operation, which is covered in the TSO Terminal User's
Guide.
The FORTRAN IV (Gl) compiler is an eKtended version
of the FORTRAN G compiler, adapted for n~re efficient
use from a time-sharing terminal. The Prompter provides
the interface between the compiler and the user, creating
a conversational environment for the G1 programmer.
This publication is intended for use b~ FORTRAN
programmers of all levels, but its approach is essentially
toward the inexperienced programmer. It is not a
reference document for the system progranmer.

GC28-6862
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED)
COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATI~ -- -PROGRAM NiJMBER573ii'='F03
The program-i?roduct Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specifications, 2 pages
360, 370//25/0s,OTSO,OASP,CALL//
GC28-6863
OS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD II) - PPS - PROG. NO. 5734-LM3
The programProduct Specifications-(pPS)describe~
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Systems Reference Library Manual, 2 pages
360, 370//25/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//
188

SC28

SC28
SC28-6864

FORTR~N

IV M~THEMATICAL AND SERVICE SUBPROGRAMS: SUPPLEMENT
FOR MOD !! MOD II LIBRARIES, PROG. NOS. S7'3'ii=LM1, ~3
This publication is a supplement to IBM Systeml360 Operating
System: FORTRAN IV Library-Mathematical and Service
Subprograms, order No. GC28-6818. Together, these
publications describe the mathematical anj service
subprograms in the FORTRAN IV Mod I and Mod II librarie$.
In general, the base publication documents those subprograms that handle single and double precision quantities;
this supplement documents those subprograms that handle
extended precision quantities.
systems Reference Library Manual, 34 pages
/////5734-LMl,5734-LMJ

SC28-6865
IBM OS FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED) COMPILER ~ND LIBRARY (MOO II)
t1~§§~§~§~ PROG. NOs.- 5734 F03, 5734-LM3 - - - - - - - No abstract available.
Manual, 152 pages
////,5734-F03,5734-LM3
SC28-6868
i~

PLUS

~

!

iY

~ ~ !~
EXTEND~D
~ ~ SUPPLEMENT ::. ~ NUMBER

SYSTEM/360 OPERATING

5799-~~W

This publication contains information describing the use
of the FORTRAN IV (H Extended Plus) compiler, an
enhancement to the FORTRAN IV (H Extended) compiler
program product. It supplements the follo~ing
publica tions:
IBM Systeml360 Operating System:
FORTRAN IV (H Extended) Compiler
Programmer's Guide, Order No. SC28-6852
IBM Systeml360 Operating System:
FORTRAN IV (H Extended) Compiler
and Library (Mod II) Messages,
Order No. SC28-6865
IBM Systeml360 Operating System:
FORTRAN IV Mathematical and Service
Subprograms Supplement for Mod I
and Mod II Libraries, Order No. SC28-6864
The supplementary information for each p~blication
listed above is treated a separate chapter in this
publication. The chapter on the programner's
Guide describes the new options, OPTIMIZE (3) and IL,
available to the programmer USing the (H Extendej
plus) compiler and FORTRAN programming considerations
for these options and for other compiler improvements.
The chapter on the Mod I and Mod II Libraries describes
the changes made to a number of mathematical subprograus
to make their processing more efficient.
Unless otherwise noted, all information in the base
publications apply to this supplement.
Manual, 32 pages
////,5799-AAW
GC28-6872
SYST~ DISK OPERATING ~ ~ ~ LIBRARY,
OPTION 1 - PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECrIlTE
~-NUMBER 5746~ - - - - - - - - The program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describe the
design objectives and provide the estimated availability
date of the subject Program Product.
Design Objective, 2 pages
360,370//25/00S//

G:!28-6878
OS/VSl RES SYST~M PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
ThIs-guide is required by system programmers who plan,
install, and maintain RES (Remote Entry Services) under VS1.
The guide describes the facilities and operational
requirements for both the central computer and the
~orkstations.
The procedure to be folloiled for generating
and installing RES is explained.
Manual, 173 pages
/,3U//5741

GC28-6881
FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS(TSO) AND VM/370(CMS)
PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTlVES;lPRO~NO. 5734-FOS
The prograiiiPrOdiiCti5esign Objectives--TPpOO) describe the
design objectives and provide the estimated availability
date of the subject PrOgram product.
Flyer, 1 page
360, 370//25/0s,OTSO,OASP,CALL//
GC28-6882
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION 1 - PROGRAM
PRODUCT SPECIFlCATroNs-=--PR5GRAM iWMEiER5746-LM3- - - - - The Program Product SpecificationSlPP'S>"de'SCiTbe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specifications, 2 pages
360, 370//25/OOS//
SC28-6883
DOS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION/PROGRAMMERS'S GUIDE

suppI:EMENT- PROGRAMi?R0i5UcT5'iil6=-~- - - This publication is directed to programmers using the
FORTRAN IV Library Option 1, a program product used with the
Disk Operating System. The Option 1 Library provides 005
users with Systeml370 input/output device support and ASCII
support.
(ASCII is an acronym used to refer to the American
National Stanjar~ Code for Information Interchange.) ASCII
support allows users to process and create magnetic tape
data sets recorded in ASCII code and to specify larger block
sizes for EBCDIC tape data sets.
This publication is a supplement to, and should be used
in conjunction with, the publication, Disk operating Syst:!m:
FORTRAN IV Programmer's Guide, Order No. 3C28-6397.
Programmers are assumed to be familiar with its contents.
The supplement contains sections on using and installing the
O?tion 1 library ani on running the sample program. For
information on how to compile, linkage edit, and execute a
DOS FORTRAN IV pro~ram, the appropriate sections of the
programmer's guide should be consulted.
Manual, 20 pages
H / / /5746-LM3

GC28-6884
IBM FORTRAN PROG~M PRODUCTS FOR OS AND THE CMS COMPONENT Q~
VM/3 70: GENERAL I~FORMATI'ON; PROG:-NOS. 5734=F01 ;2,"3,'"5-::1M1 ,3,-CPl
This publication provides general information about the
functions, capabilities, and system requirements of the
following program products:
o
Code and Go FORTRAN Processor
o
FORT~N IV (Gl) Processor
o
FORTRAN IV (H Extended) Processor
o
FORTRAN IV Library (Mod I)
o
FORTRAN IV Library (Mod II)
o
TSO FORTR~N Prompter
o
FORTRAN Interactive Debug
These products, with the exception of the TSO Prompter,
operate under both OS and the CMS component of VM/370.
This publication is intended as an aid to evaluation ani
planning an~ is not meant for the terminal user or
applications programmer.
Manual, 42 pages
/'//'5734-LM1,5734-F03,5734-F02,5734-F01,5734-FOS,5734-CP3,
5734-LM3
SC28-6885
FORTRAN INTE~CTlVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) 6 VM/370 (CI~):
TERMINAL ~ GUIDE, PROG. NO:- 5734-FOS---- - - This manual provijes the information required to use FORrRAN
Interactive Debug to debug Code and Go FORTRAN or FORTRAN Gl
programs from a TSO terminal.
FORTRAN Interactive Debug is a conversational, symbolic
debugging language with ~hich the FORTRAN programmer can
dynamically control the execution of his program. while
using it, he can stop and start execution, examine and
change values of program variables, dynamically control tne
Extended Error Haniling facility, display execution
frequencies for program statements, and trace control
transfers as they occur.
The intended audience is the TSO FORTRAN programmer ~ho
codes in Code and Go FORTR~N or FORTRAN Gl.
The first section of the book describes FORTRAN
Interactive Debug, its invocation, and its use, and gives
instructions for compiling FORTR~N programs so that they can
be processed under interactive debug. The second section is
a reference section containing all the FORTRAN Interactive
Debug subcommands. The third section covers programming
considerations. Messages issued by FORTRAN Interactive
Debug are covered in the fourth section.
Co-requisite Publications:
OS (TSO) Code and Go FORTRAN Processor Terminal User's
Guide, Order No. SC28-6842
OS (TSO) Terminal User's Supplement for FORTR~N IV (Gl)
Processor and TSO FORTRAN Prompter, Order No. SC28-68S5
Manual, 116 pages
/////5734-F05

GC28-6879
OS/VSl RES WORKSTA'TION USER'S GUIDE
This user's Guide is intended for an RES i1orkstation user
~ho creates one or more jobs to be sent, using RES (Remote
Entry Services), to a central computer for processing. In
addition, this book can be used by one ~ho merely operates
the RES workstation, sending jobs created by others.
The book describes input and output gueues and ho~ the
i1orkstation user can control them. The ~orkstation commands
available to the user are described according to their
function. The parameters used for vario~s forms of the
commands are explained.
For each type of RES workstation, there is a separate
chapter that describes its operation. This portion of the
book can be tailored to each installation'S requirements by
SC28-6886
removing chapters that pertain to types of ~orkstations not
FORT~N INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) & VM/370 (CMS):
used by that installation. For a user's guide to be used
~ATION REFERENCE MATERIAL, PROG. NO. 5734-FO~
only at one workstation, only the pertinent chapter need be
This publication jescribes the information required by the
retained.
central computing installation to install and run FORTRAN
Manual, 214 pages
Interactive Debug under OS (TSO). The information includes
/nUN5741
189

SC28

SC28

installation procedures, storage estimates, system
information, messages, and proble~ dete~nination aijs.
FORTRAN Interactive Debug provides a conversational,
symbolic debugging capability for the TSD FORTRAN
pro~rammer.
Using interactive debug, the Code and Go
FORTRAN or FORTRAN Gl programmer can dynamically control the
execution of his program, examine and change values of
program variables, dynamically control the Extended Error
Hanjling Facility, display execution freluencies for program
statements, anj trace control transfers as they occur.
rhis publication is intended for OS personnel
responsible for installing FORTRAN Interactive Debug, as
~ell as for the system programmer responsible for
maintaining it within the system.
Manual, 60 pages
/ /I' / 15734-F05

The language products described here include compilers with
associated libraries, and various related user productivity
aids for:
o
COBL
o
FORTRAN
o
PL/I
o
BASIC
o
APL
o
RPG
o
Assembler
IBM Program Products are made available under a licensing
agreement, consult your IBM representative for information
on obtaining Program Products.
A section on how to use this catalog is included, as
well :l s four iniexes to Program Products and Program Product
Descriptions.
catalog, 36 pages
360,370//20/ //

3C28-6888

INTERACrIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) , ~M/370 (CMS):
- --- --The:Program ~Specifications (PPS) iescribe the
warranted specifications of the subject P~ogram Product.
Specification Sheet, 2 pages
360, 370//25/0TSD//
FORTR~N

P~ROD. 573!1=-FOsSPECIFrCATIO~

SC28-8300
B IS FOR BASIC: AN INTRODUCTION TO VS BASIC UNDER CMS

PROO.No.57ii'8-xXl

S:28-689l
IBM VM/370 (CMS) TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE FDR FORTRAN IV
g:RO:;RAM-~fullllicT3 573ii'='F0I, -F02, -F03 L ~lli !. -LM3This user's guide is intended for FORTRAN programmers who
will be using the IBM System/360 OS FORTR~N IV (G1) or Code
and 30 FORTRAN IV compiler and the FORTR~N IV Library (Mod
1) or the FORTR~N IV (li Extended) compiler and the IBM
FORTRAN IV Library (Mod II) under the control of the
Conversational Monitor system component of the Virtual
Machine Facilit{/370. It is assumed that the reader is
familiar with the FORTRAN IV Language anj the CMS component
of VM/370.
Manual, 210 pages
////15734-F01,5734-LM1,5734-F02,5734-F03,5734-LM3

- -

-

--- - - -

This b~ok is an elementary text describing a subset of the
VS Basic Language as it is used under MCS. It is intendej
for readers who are unfamiliar with BASIC, with programming,
and with computers. Readers with technical backgrounds, anj
readers who are already familiar with BASIC, should read the
VS BASIC Language Reference Manual, Order NO. GC28-8303,
which contains a full description of the language, and the
VS Basic CMS terminal User's Guide, Order No. SC28-8306,
Basic under eMS.
which contains a more detailed description of how to use VS
The technical information contained in this book is
summarized in a detachable reference guide appended to the
b3.ck cover.
Manual, 190 pages
/////5748-XXl
GC28-8302
~~8:~~iEM/370 Y§ ~ ~ ~MATION

3:28-6893
CODE AND GO FORrRAN FOR OS AND VM/370 (C~S)
PR03RAMNUMBER57'3ii-F01 =-FUNcTIO'NALDEScRIPTION
This Program'Product Functional DescriptiOn'<'PPFD) describes
the functional capabilities of the subject Pr'ogram Proliuct,
which has a Programming Service Classification of C.
Flyer
360,370//2S/0S,DTSO,OASP,CALLII
3C28-6894
rQ!ITRAN !.y ~ (MOD II £:QB Q.§. !. ~Q. (C~S), ~
PROD. 5734-LMl FUNCrIONAL DESCRIPTION
This d~contains-a-functional desc~iption of FORTRAN
IV Library (Model 1) which auguments the FOR,!'RAN IV Library
by supporting the following:
1. List-directed I/O statements
2. Direction of PAUSE and STOP statement messages
to a terminal
3. ~ore accurate conversion routines for all data,
providing the same results as conversions by the
FORTRAN IV (Gl) and Code and Go FORrRAN compilers
4.
Under OS, tape data sets written in the American
~ational Standard Code for informati~n Interchange
(also refer~ed to as ASCII)
Flye~, 1 page
360, 370//25/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//
:;:::28-6895
Q§. nSO) INTE;.RAqE~ IERMINAL FAClillX.!. ~L/I ~ BASIC,
rUNCTI'lli!!! DESCRIPTION
~ NOS. 5734-~~ 5734-RC4
This Program ~roduct Functional Description (PPFD) describes
the functional capabilities of the subje=t Program product,
which has a Programming Service Classification of C.
Flyer, 2 pages

=

360,370//39/0TS~//

:;C28-6897
Q§. INTERACTIVE TERMIN~~ FACILITY:
PL/I ~[Q BASIC
~
NOS. ~L 57311-RC3 L
FUNCTIONAL DES~RIP..!.!Q.[
This program Product Functional Descripti~n (PPFD) describes
the functional capabilities of the subject Program Product,
which has a ~rogramming Service Classification of C.
The OS Interactive Terminal Facilit( (ITF) provides
problem solvers with PL/I and lor BASIC p~ogramming
in a time-sharing environment.
Users can build, modify, save, retrieve, eKecute, and debug
~L/I and/or BASIC programs from remote terminals, many of
which may be sharing the computer's CPU time simultaneously.
Flyer, 4 pages
360,370//29/0S,3TSO,OASP,CALL//

=

=

3:28-8200
SYSThM/}70

f'L.~·;';KAM

PRODUCTS: LANGUAGE AND SORT PROCESSORS

~-QQ~~VW2I9:.cM§: i£~fALOG-)- - -

-

--

This catalog is a quick reference to the IBM Program
Prodncts thatc provide language and Sort/Merge Processing
·;';PP"'rt. tOt: ii'>M 5ystem/370 and System/360 running:
o
;J;:,,: \:-:-;1., VS2. MFT, and MVT)
.:\
DOS anj DOS/VS
;l
CBS Subsystems of VM/370

190

=~

NUMBM

fhrs-publication is directed to customer employees
responsibile for planning an installation. It is intended
as an aid in evaluation and planning of the VS BASIC
p~og~am product.
It provides general information about the
characteristics and capabilities of VS BASIC, listing and
discussing the statements, functions, and constants that
make up the language, describing the environments in which
VS BASIC operates, and summarizes related publications
where the user can obtain more specific product information.
Manual, 30 pages
/////S748-XX1
GC28-8303
SYSTEM/370 VS BASIC LANGUAGE
This publication-describes and illustrates the use of the VS
B~SIC Language.
The first part presents language statement
in a functional manner, taking the reader through various
steps in planning a program. The second part is a reference
section and presents VS BASIC language syntax and rules of
usage.
The publication is intended to be used with an
accompanying Terminal User's Guide or Programmer's Guide for
the appropr:Late operating environment.
Manual, 200 pages
/////S748-XXl
SC28-8304
SYSTEM/370 VS BASIC TSO TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE PROGRAM
NUMBER S748::XX-l-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - This ~ublication provilies the tutorial and reference
information necessary to use the VS BASIC language to
develop programs under the Time Sharing Option (TSO) of VS2.
The first part of the book contains detailed explanations of
that portion of the TSO language relevant to the needs of
the typical VS BASIC user. Among the topics discussed are
creating and modifying programs, using stream and record
files in programs, the interactive debug facility, and
special implementation considerations. The second part of
the book contains reference information for the commands
discussed in the first part.
Manual, 148 pages
/////5748-XX1
SC28-8306
SYSTEM/370 VS BASIC CMS TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
PROG. NO. S7iiS-XXl- ---- --- - Thrs-pUblication provides the tutorial and reference
information necessary to use the vs BASIC language to
develop programs under the Conversational Monitor System
(CMS) component of the Virtual Machine Facility/370
(VM/370). It contains detailed explanations of that portion
of the VM/370 command language directly revelent to the
needs of the typical VS BASIC user, a sample terminal
session, a discussion of the interactive debugging commanis,
and other reference information, including a description of
the batch proceSSing facility.
Manual
/////S748-XX1

SC28

GC30

SC28-8308

GC30-2014
OS/MFT, OS/MVT AND

~~~;~M~~~05~8~~~iC QOS/~ ~Q OS/VS PROG~ GOIDE

~ CRJE TERMINAL !!gR'S ~!!!'Q.~
E~~ ~ ~2=ii! (MFT/MVT), 5741-SC1-0A (VS1l
Th1s publicat10n serves primarily as a guide for the
inexperienced CRJE (Conversational Remote Job ~ntry)
terminal user and as a reference for the experienced
CRJE user.
This publication describes the functions of CRJE and
the terminal comm3.nds that enable the user to perform
these functions. The commands and subcommands are described
in detail, and examples illustrate how they may be used.
Terminal messages are documented with explanations an1
corresponding system and user responses.
Manual, 119 pages
360, 310//38/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//

This publication is directed to the VS BASIC user
programming in the batch environment of JS/VS (VSl or VS2)
or DJS/VS, and describes how to compile and eKecute a
program ~ritten in VS BASIC, a program product. It contains
information about processor options used ~ith the program
product, and about job control statement3 needed to run the
product.
It is intended to be used with Systen/310 VS BASIC
Language, Order No. GC28-8303, to provide a complete guide
to running VS BASIC in a batch en~ironment.
No previous experience with either DJS/VS or OS/VS is
required for use of this pUblication.
Manual
////15148-XXl

GC30-2016
OS/MFT, OS/MVT AND OS/VS1: £B!!~ gSTEM PROGRAMfI,ER~§. GUIDE
PROG. NO. 360S-RC-551 ~!,J.L ~~~ (VSll
This publication contains information to aid the system
programmer and the central computer operator in the
installation of, the operation of, and use of Con~ersational
Remote Job Entry (CRJE).
This publication describes CRJE and the facilities it
provides users at remote keyboard terminals attached by
c~mmuni=ations lines to an IBM Systeml360 or IBM 3ystenv370
that uses the MFT, MVT, or VS1 options of the operating
system (OS).
Information about the CRJE task, its operating
environment, system generation conSiderations, and the
central operator command facility is included. Central
messages are described with explanations and suggested
operator responses.
This publication also includes a discussion of CRJE
storage estimates and offers some performance guidelines
~ aid the system programmer in tuning his CRJE system.
Manual, 65 pages
360, 310//38/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//

SC28-8309
SYSTEM/310 VS BASIC INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL

PROGRAM-NUMB:ER-s748-XXl

-------- -------

This-publIcation provides installation personnel with
information on how to install the vs BASIC processor
under OS/VS, DOS/VS, TSO, and CMS. Included with the
step-by-step procedure for each environment are storage
information and system programmer considerations.
This publication is essentially sup[llemental, in that
it assumes the availability or familiarity with other
system publications pertaining to the use of the environment
under which VS BASIC is to operate.
Manual, 132 pages
/11//5148-XXl
SC28-8310

~ FOR M.g~ hli INTRODUCTION IQ ~ ~~ UNDER ru
PR03. NO. 51~8-XX1
This book is an elementary text describing a subset of the
VS BASIC language as it is used under CMS. It is intended
for readers who are unfamiliar with BASIC, ~ith programming,
and ~ith computers. Readers with technical backgrounds, and
readers who are already familiar with BASIC, should read the
vs BASIC Language Reference Manual, Order No. GC28-8303,
~hich contains a full description of the language, and the
VS BASIC CMS Terminal User's Guide, Order No. SC28-8306,
which contains a more detailed descri[ltion of how to use VS
BASIC under CMS.
The technical information contained in this book is
summarized in a detachable reference guide appended to the
back. cover.
Manual
////15148-XXl

!i

G::28-8311
SYSTEM/310 ~ ~21£L ~ PROD. 5148-XX1 SPECIFICATIONS
The VS BASIC processor, which operates in time-sharing and
batch environments, is used for compiling and executing
programs ~ritten in the BASIC Language.
with VS BASIC, the user can execute a program
immediately after compilation or can store it and
execute it at a later time.
VS BASIC is designed to operate in virtual storage
systems. It operates in the time-sharing environments:
CMS (Conversational Monitor System) of VM/310 and
TSO (Time Sharing Option) under VS2, and as a batch
compiler under control of VS1, VS2, DOS/VS, and CMS
This publication replaces the Program Product Design
Objectives, Order No. GX28-8301, at release time.
It is aimed at customer employees and prospective
customers responsible for planning and maintaining
an installation. It provides information upon which
the IBM warranty and License Agreement for rhe product
is based. It describes the program prodact functions
and capabilities, programming system information,
compatibility considerations, reference naterial, and
Programming Service Classification.
Specification Sheet, 2 pages
//11/5148-XXl

GC30-2022
FACILITIES L EgQ~~ NO. 360S-C2-548
This publication provides a basic introduction to the
concepts of and the facilities provided by the Telecommunications Access Method (TeAM) under the MFT, MVT,
VS1, and VS2 options of the operating system (OS). It
also briefly describes the characteristics and operating
concepts of a computer-based telecommunications system.
TCAM is a complete, centralized, real-time
telecommunications access method that controls allocation
and use of remote station resources. TCAM facilities
control the transfer, editing, and processing of data
from remote stations. Variety, flexibility, and
modularity of these TCAM facilities permit selection
of the necessary support or any telecommunications
application.
A basic knowledge of IBM Systeml360 and IBM System/37U
machine concepts and data management techniques is required
for an understanding of this publication.
Manual, 56 pages
/rp/30///5141,5742
~ ~ ~ ~

GC30-2025
~ ~ ~ ~ (OS/MFT, L~IIT!. Q§LY§.lL IVS2)
PROG. NO. 360S-CQ=548; ~ COMPONENTS ~li1i~~£1
The TeAM User's Guide is for systems analysts and
programmers who must design, write, and install a TCAM
program. It is both a guide for diagnosis and a problem
determination handbook. Information provided includes:
o
An overview of TCAM
o
Functional checklists for coding and diagnosing
sections of a TCAM program
o
Coding considerations
o
Checklists of possible errors
o
How and when to dump TCAM and its service aids
o
How to read TCAM dumps
Relationships between 0& and TCAM control blocks
o
o
A summary of TCAM macros and operands
o
A detailed description of each field in a rCAM
formatted dump
Prerequisi tes:
IBM systeml360 Operating System Telemcommunication Access
Method (TCAM) Concepts and Facilities, :;C30-2022 as
TeAM Programmer's Guide and Reference Manual, GC30-202~.
Manual, 238 pages
/rp/30///5741,5742

G::28-8313
VIDEJI370 INCLUDING THE CICS FEATURE GENERAL INFORMArION
PROGRA~n~UMBERS 5134-RC5 AND 5736='RC3--This-piiblication gives anOverview of IBM's VIDEO/310
system. The information herein is intended primarily for
management personnel as an aid in planning and evaluation.
Publications to assist in the actual operation of VIDEO/370
are listed under "Reference Material" on [lage 19.
Manual, 22 pages
////15734-RC5,5736-RC3

GC30-2034
OS/VS TCAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, E~Q~ NO. 5144-AWl
This book is a coding guide of the programmer ~ho must
construct or modify a TeAM message control program (MCP), or
who must write a TCAM-compatible application program. It
explains how to write a TCAM MCP, how to write a TCAMc~mpatable application program, and how to use a variety ~f
auxiliary service facilities. Also included is informati~n
that might be of use in planning and setting up a
Teleprocessing system incorporating TCAM. The reader is
expected to be familiar with the contents of the publicatio~
(OS TCAM Concepts and Facilities,) Order No. GC30-2022.
Guide, 500 pages
/TP/30///5142,5144-AW1

:;::30-2012
OS/MFT, ~ Pill!! ~ CRJE ~ AND FACILITIES
PR03. NO. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5141-SC1~ iYml.
This publication contains information abo~t Conversation
Remote Job Entry (CRJE) under OS/MFT, OS/MVT, and OS/VS1.
It describes the system concepts, facilities, and points
out the responsibilities of those involved in the overall
operation of CRJE.
An appendix of related publications and a glossary of
terminology is included.
Manual, 36 pages
360, 310//38/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL//
191

GC30

GC30

:;c30-2035
OS/VSl TCAM LEVEL 2 COMPONENT RELEASE GUIDE
This publication contains changes and aidItions to OS/VS
publications as a result of component release 2 of OS/VSl
TC~M.
Publications affected are:
OS/VSl System Messages - GC38-1001
~S/VSl Storage Estimates - GC28-6551
OS/VSl System Data Areas - GC28-6628
The material in this book is intended foe the system
programmer who must construct or modify a TCAM message
control program, or an application progeammer who must write
a TCAM compatible application program.
Guide, 32 pages
/TP////5744-AWl
GC30-2036
OS/VS TCAM LEVEL 4 COMPONENT RELEASE GUIDE
This publication contains-changes and-adIitions to OS/VS
publications as a result of component release 4 of TCAM.
Publications affected are:
OS/VS Message Library: VSl System Codes, GC38-1003
OS/VS Message Library: VS2 System Codes, GC38-1008
DS/VS Message Library: VSl System Messages, GC38-1001
DS/VS Message Library: VS2 System Messages, GC38-1002
OS/VSl storage Estimates, GC24-5094
~S/VS2 Storage Estimates, GC28-0604
OS/VSl System Data Areas, SY28-0605
OS/VS2 System Data Areas, SY28-0606
OS/VS2 TSO Guide, GC28-0644
~S/VS2 TSO Command Language Reference, GC28-0646
The material in this book is intended foe the system
programmer wbo must construct or'modify a TCAM message
control program, or an application programmer who must write
a TCAMm compatible application program.
Manual, 70 pages
/TP/30///5742,5744-AWl
GC30-2037
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS TCAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 5744-AW2
£QMPONENT-NUMBERS 57iiI=S'Cl=21AND 5742-SCl-21
For users of TCAM (Telecommunications Access Method), Level
5 and above~ VSl and VS2. This book faniliarizes the
operator with TCAM procedures and commands, and provides a
convenient reference. For more details on Level 5 TCAM and
the operators commands, see the OS/VS TC~M Programmer's
Guide, Order No. GC30-2044.
Manual, 40 pages
/TP/30///5744-AW1,5744-AW2,5742

GC3D-2044
OS/VS TCAM PROGRAMMER'S ~ ~ ~ ~ 5744-AWZ,
57iii'=SC1=21, ~ 5742-SCl-21
For users of TCAM (Telecommunications Access Method), Level
5 and above, VSl and VS2. Incorporates TSO (VS2 only).
This book is a coding guide for the programmers who must
construct or modify a TCAM message control program (MCP) or
weite a TCAM-compatible application program. It also
explains how to use a variety of auxiliary service
facilities. It also has information that might be of use in
planning and setting up a teleprocessing system
incorporating TCAM. The reader should be familiar with OS
TCAM Concepts and Facilities, Order No. GC30-2022.
Manual, 820 pages
/TP/30///5744-AW2,5742
GC30-2045
OS/VS TCAM USER'S GUIDE
~srvs-TC~liSer's Guide is a publication for systems analysts and programmers who must design, write and install a
TCAM program. It is both a guide for diagnosis and a
problem determination handbook.
ManUal, 350 pages
/TP/30///5741,5752
GC30-2047
OPERATORS LIBRARY: OS/VSl TC~M
The OS/VSl TCAM OperatOr'S Library is a module in the OS/VS
Operator's Library for the operator of teleprocessing systems using the VSl Operating System and the Telecommunications Access Method (TCAM). It familiarizes the operator
with TCAM procedures and commands, and provides a convenient
reference. A familiarity with data processing is assumed,
however a knowledge of teleprocessing would be helpful.
The material in this publication was previously contained in the Operator's Library: OS/VS TCAM, GC30-2037 which
was a combination VSl and VS2 publication. Beginning with
VSl release 3.1 this publication contains VSl TCAM
Operator's Library information, while VS2 TCAM operator's
Library information continues in the publication Operator's
Library:OS/VS TCAM, GC30-2037
A summary of the commands has been placed at the beginning of this gui~e for easy reference.
Technical terms used in this publication are defined in
A Data Processing Glossary, GC20-1699. For more details
about OS/VS TeAM and the operator commands, see the OS/VS
TCAM Programmer's Guide, GC30-2054.
Manual, 30 pages
/TP////5744-AW2

:;:::30-2038
Q~[~~ ±£~ LEVEL ~ COMPONENT RELEASE ~~
This publication contains changes and addl.tions to DS/VS
publications as a result of component releases 2, 4, and 5
of VS TCAM. A vertical line to the left of an entry in this
publication indicates a change that coreesponds to Component
Release 5~ all other changes correspond to Component Release
2 or 4. Publications updated by this document are:

OS/VS Message Library: VSl System Codes - GC38-1003
DS/VS Message Library: VS2 System Codes - GC38-1008
~S/VS Message Library: VSl System Messages - GC38-1001
OS/VS Message Library: VS2 System Messages - GC38-1002
OS/VS Message Library: Routing and Descriptor Codes GC38-1004
OS/VS 1 System Generation Reference - GC26-'3791
OS/VS 2 System Generation Reference - GC26-3792
OS/VS 1 Storage Estimates - GC24-5094
OS/VS 2 Storage Estimates - GC28-0604
OS/VS 2 system Data Areas - SY28-0606
~S/VSl Supervisor Logic - SY24-5155
OS/VS2 TSO Command Language Reference - GC28-0646
OS/VS2 TSO 3uide - GC28-0644
Manual, 151 pages
/TP/30///5744-AW2,5742

GC30-2054
OS/VSl TCAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
os/VSI TeAM Programmer's Guide - Program No. 5744-AW2 For
users of TCAM (Telecommunications Access Method). This
book is a coding guide for the programmers who must construct or modify a TCAM message control program (MCP) or
write a TeAM-compatible application program. It also
explains how to use a variety of auxiliary service
facili ties. It contains information that might be of
use in planning and setting up a teleprocessing system
incorporating TCAMIVTAM (Virtual Telecommunications
Access Method) an~ SNA (Systems Network Architecture).
The reader should be familiar with OS TCAM Concepts and
Facilities, Order No. GC30-2042.
Manual, 792 pages
/TP////5744-AW2
GC30-3001

!ill:! ill? PROGRAMMER' S

GC30-2041
OS/VS2 TCAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
For-userS-of TCAM (Telecommunications Access Method). This
book is a coding guide for the programmers ~ho must
construct or mojify a TCAM message control program (MCP) or
weite a TC~M - Gompatib1e application program. It also
explains how to use a variety of aUKi1iaey service
facilities. It contains information that might be of use in
planning and setting up a teleprocessing system
incorporating TCAMlVTAM (Virtual Telecommunications Access
Method) and SNA (Systems Network Architecture). The reader
Should be familiar with OS/VS TCAM Concepts and Facilities,
GC30-2042.
Manual, 800 pages
/TP/30///5752
GC30-2042
OS/VS TCAM CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES
This publication is aIlintroduction to the Telecommunications Access Method (TCAM) for persons requiring either a
general knowledge of TCAM, or a basic understanding before
studying more detailed documentation.
Readers should have a general knowledge of data processing and the IBM operating systems.
Manual, 60 pages
/TP/30///5741,5752
192

~ .iC12..L ~ liliQ Y2 SYSTEMS)
This publication provides system programmers, application
peogrammers, and operators with the information they need
to use IBM 3735 Programmable Buffered Terminal facilities
in a teleprocessing system.
All readers should have a general knowledge of
System/360 and Systeml370 data processing techniques in a
teleprocessing environment. Those responsible for designing
or installing part or all of a system that includes IBM
3735 terminals should have a detailed knowledge of
te1epeocessing systems.
All users of this book should be familiar with the
information contained in IBM 3735 Programmable Buffered
Terminal Concept and Application, GA27-3043, which
describes the operating characteristics and features of
the 3735 terminal.
Programmer's Guide, 200 pages
//30//3735/

GC30-3002
3704 ! ~ COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS L EMULATION PROGRAM
GENERATION ~ UTILITIES, GUIDE ~ REFERENCE ~
PROG. NOS. 360H-TX-033.35,3tl ll35-SC1; 5744-~ 5747-AGl
The purpose of this publication is to provide the
information necessary to generate the IBM 3705 Emulation
Peogram using emulation generation macro instructions. The
book is intended for analysts and programmers responsible
for generation an~ maintenance of Emulation Programs and for
IBM systems engineers and field engineers.
The Emulation Program allows the 3705 Communications
Controller to operate as an IBM 2701, 2702, or 2703
Transmission Control Unit, or any combination of the three.
This publication describes the Emulation Program generation
procedure, the loader utility, and the Dump utility. Error

GC30

GC30

messages for each program are also provi~ed. The
prerequisite publication for this manual is Introduction to
the rBM 3705 Communications Controller, GA27-3051.
Manual, 84 pages
//30//3704,3705/
GC30-3003
3704

~Q 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS ~SSEMBLER ~
publication is a reference manual for the systems
programmer, the systems engineer and the applications
programmer coding in the IBM Communicati~ns Controller
Assembler Language.
The publication is similar to the IBM System/360
Operating system Assembler Language publication, GC28-6514.
The Communications Controller Assembler is similar to the OS
~ssemb1er (level F) and the DOS Assembler (level D).
fhe
similarity is intended to aid the Communications Controller
programmer who already has OS or DOS Assembler knowledge.
~hapter 1 introduces the assembler language and
describes the major differences between the language and the
OS and DOS Assembler language. Chapter 2 presents basic
assembler language concepts. Chapter 3 ~escribes
instruction alignment, machine instructi~n mnemonics,
machine formats and briefly describes the extended
mnemonics.
Chapter 4 discusses the instructions to the assemblers,
including symbol difinition, data definitions, program
sectioning and linkages, symbolic linkages, base register
instructions, listing control and ~rogram control
instructions. Chapter 5 describes the macro language and
the procedures for its use.
~ppendixes A through E contain a summary of assembler
language features and usage. Appendix F ~escribes the job
control language and the storage requirenents necessary to
produce an assembly, and Appendix G contains messages and
codes helpful in debugging a program.
Before using this publication, the reader should be
familiar with basic programming concepts and techniques.
The prerequisite publication is Introduction to the IBM 3705
=ommunications Controller, GA27-3051. Corequisite to this
publication is the IBM 3705 Communications Controller
Principles of Operation, GC30-3004.
The contents of this publication apply to both OS and
I)OS users unless noted differently in the teKt.
Manual, 116 pages
//30//3704,3705/

This

GC30-3004
IBM 3704 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS PRINCIPLES OF

OPERATION-- - -

-----

This publication is the machine reference manual for the IBM
3704 and 3705 Communications Controllers. It provides a
direct comprehensive description of (1) the controllers'
functional components, (2) the arithmetic, logical,
branching, status switching, and input/output operations,
and (3) the priority interrupt scheme.
It is intended to provide any 3704/3705 user with the
knowledge of the controller hardware reqlirements needed to
write or modify a 3704 or 3705 control program. The reader
is assumed to have a basic knowledge of data processing and
teleprocessing systems and to have read the Introduction t~
the IBM 3704 and 3705 Communications Controllers, GA27-30S1,
which describes the system briefly and describes the
features available.
Manual, 168 pages
//09//3704,3705/
GC30-3005

~2~~ ! 12~ COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS, !MULATION ~
STORAGE & PERFORMANCE REFERENCE MANUAL
This-publication has two purposes-crr-to assist you in
determining the storage requirements for the IBM 3705
Emulation Program, and (2) to assist you in determining the
3705 line attachment capability and proper arrangement of
lines On the Communications controller's internal priorities
for best Emulation Program performance. fhe publication is
intended for systems analysts and systems programmers
responsible for defining and generating an Emulation
Program, and for IBM systems engineers an~ salesmen.
Chapter 1 summarizes the contents of the book. Chapter
2 defines storage requirements. Chapter 3 defines formulas
and procedures for establishing line speeds and priorities
for best performance.
~ou should be familiar with the information contained in
the IBM 3705 Communications Conto1ler Ema1ation Program
aeneration and utilities, Guide and Reference Manual, GC303002. ~ related publication is the IBM 3705 communications
Controller principles of Operation, GC30-3004.
Manual, 30 pages
//30//3704,3705/

GC30-3006
3704.& 3705 NCP STORAGE & PERFORMANCE ESflMATES (FOR
DS/TcAM. OS/VS TCAM, ! OS/VS ! QQ2LY2 ~t1 USERS), PROG.
~ 360H-TX-034 (OS). 5744-BAl (OS/VS)
This publication is to be used for planning a network
configuration for the IBM 3705 Communications Controller
Network Control Program and for determining storage
requirements for that program.
The publication was written for systems analysts,
systems programmers, IBM systems engineers, and IBM salesmen
who are planning for network control program storage
requirements and performance.
193

The first section of the manual shows how to determine
total storage by first determining the individual
requirements for base and use coding, line and device
support, tables, control blocks, buffers, and optional
system functions.
The second section describes the system generation
operands and the various combinations of line speeds and
priorities that affect performance. Prerequisite
ub1ication: IBM 3704 and 3705 Communications Controller
Network Control Program Generation and Utilities Guide anj
Reference Manual, GC30-3000.
Manual, 44 pages
//30//3704,3705/
GC30-3008
IBM 3704 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER NETWORK
CONT~PR6GRAM7Vs GENERATION AND UTILITIES GUIDE AND
REFERENCE MANUAL ( FOR OS/VS ANDDOS/VSVTAM USER' 5
PRO;;.
~Q~-BA2,"5747-AJr- --- -- - - - - --P~ovides the information necessary to (1) define and
generate a Network Control Program/vs (Version 3) for a
local or remote IBM 3704 or 3705 Communications Controller;
(2) load the program into the controller; and (3) dump the
COntents of controller storage.
This publication is directed to the systems analyst or
systems programmer responsible for performing the above
actions.
prerequisite to use of this publication is a basic
understanding of teleprocessing and teleprocessing access
methods. A general knowledge of the purposes of the
communications controllers may be obtained from the
introduction to the IBM 3704 and 3705 Communications
Controllers (GA27-30S1).
Manual, 350 pages
/////S744-BA2, S747-AJ2

r-=-

GC30-3009
N~P/TCAM NETWORK USER'S GUIDE - PROG. NO. S73S-SC2
This publication is a guide for tiie"iiserof a communication
network controlled by the IBM Network Control Program (NCP)
and the Telecommunications ~ccess Method (TCAM). It
describes how to generate an efficient NCP/TCAM network, now
NCP/TCAM functions, and how to perform problem isolation
when necessary.
The user's guide is written primarily for the system
programmer who installs a communication network and the IBM
field engineering representative who supports its
programming.
The two major areas of discussion are how a network
functions normally and what to do when it fails. These
a~eas are presented in the following sections.
o
section 1 Introduction to the NCP/TCAM network is
an overview of tne network and its operation.
o
Section 2 How NCP and TCAM communicate describes
the data exchange between NCP in a IBM Communications
Controller and TCAM in a host computer.
o
Section 3 How NCP operates the communications
controller discusses the function of NCP within the
controller to handle data and ensure its integrity,
as well as how to employ the user's own code in block
handling routines.
o
Section 4 How NCP/TCAM controls the communication
network explains the data exchange between the computer
terminal, the lines, line control, terminals, sessions,
connections, and line error recovery.
o
section 5 How to diagnose the NCP/TCAM network
offers troubleshooting aids and suggestions of what
to do when there is a network failure.
o
Finally, there is a collection of reference data for
your convenience -- appendixes containing a sample
program, reference codes and formats, and generation
macros, and a glossary of network terms.
This guide to the network will enhance your understanding of
the options available for optimizing performance in your
specific network. It can be useful in generating an
efficient system and helpful in diagnosing a failure when it
occurs. This publication does not attempt to teach the
modification of network software; however, it does explain
the tools for performing problem determination and suggests
some teChniques useful in isolating software problems.
Manual, 150 pages
//30//3704,3705/

GC30-3020
:~~:~g:~~~; ~~~i:~~~~~TION GUIDE FOR IBM 3704 AND 3705
Teleprocessing Preinstallation Guide for IBM 3704 and 3705
Communications Controllers GC30-3020)
This publication lists the equipment characteristics of
the teleprocessing network and communications controller
that the user must specify when coding an emulation program
or network control program. The publication consists of a
series of tables, one for each type of station supported by
the program and one for each type of line set with which the
controller can be equipped. Each table gives the
appropriate values to code for the station or line set
represented. For sone characteristics several values are
listed, the appropriate choice depending on how the user's
station is equipped (for instance, which transmission code
it employs) or in which of alternate modes he wishes the
station or line to operate. In these cases, accompanying
notes suggest where the user may learn the values
appropriate for his installation.
A companion publication, Teleprocessing Installation

GC33

Ge30
Record for IBM 3704 and 3705 Communicati~ns Controllers
(3C30-3021), is useful for recording the eqGipment
characteristics of a particular teleprocessing installation
as a guide for coding programs for the commllnications
controller.
Manual, 128 pages
1109113704,37051

GC30-3021
TELEPROCESSING INSTALLATION ~ EQR ~~ 3704 ~ 3705
COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS
This pGblication provides the user ~ith a convenient means
for recording the details of his 3704 or 3705 based
teleprocessing configuration existing or planned that he
must know before coding an emulation program or network
control program. As furnished, the publication consists ~f
a series of formatted charts, each of which as appropriately
labled spaces representing the information items pertinent
to a particular type of communication line (such as a
multipoint line) and the stations associated with that line.
A chart is also provided for recording the hardware Gnits
installed in the communications controller, along with
related information such as line interfaoe and subchannel
addresses used.
From the package of charts provided the user selects the
number and types appropriate to his teleprocessing
configuration. Upon filling in the information indicated
and assembling the charts into a binder, he has a convenient
record of his configuration that gives much of the
information needed to code a program appropriate to his
installation. (The charts also contain spaces for related
information not needed in coding the program; for example,
common-carrier circuit numbers.)
A companion publication, Teleprocessing Preinstallation
3uide for IBM 3704 and 3705 Communications Controllers
(GC30-3020), provides guidance in selecting many of the
parameters to be documented in the installation recorf.
Manual, 20 pages
1109113704,37051

GC30-3026
IBM 3767 COMMUNICATION TERMINAL SETUP INSTRUC'rION
DescrIbes the procedures for sett1ng up-t~767 Communication Terminal without the assistance of an IBM Customer
Engineer. The publication is directed t~ terminal operators
or other persons who will be responsible for setting up the
terminal.
~ajor subjects include checking the decibel level, attaching cables, attaching featGres and accessories, and
loading forms into the terminal.
Prerequisite publication: None.
Manual, 24 pages

Topics covered in the manual include:
DeSign philosophy and performance of the
compiler
Optimization facilities provided
Comparison with the PLiI D Compiler
Machine and system requirements of the
compiler
Summary of the PLiI language implemented
Bibliography of related publications
The reader is assumed to be familiar with PL/I and
with the Disk Operating System.
Manual, 48 pages
111115736-LM4,5736-PLl,5736-LMS,5736-PL3
GC33-0005
DOS PL/I

OPTIMIZI~G

COMPILER:

L~NGUAGE

~OGRAM NOS. 5736-PLl, ~ 5736-PL3

REFERENCE MANUAL

ThIs publication is the primary source of information on the
language implemented by the DOS PLiI Optimizing Compiler.
It is a refe:rence manual rather than a tutorial text, and
the reader is assumed to have some previous knowledge of
PL/I.

The manual contains information on how to write a PL/I
source program. For information on how to compile, linkedit, and execute the program, reference should be made to
DOS PL/I Optimizing Compiler: Programmer's Guide (SC330008) •
SRL, 472 pages
111115736-PL1,5736-PL3

SC33-0006
OS.PLlI OPTIMIZING COMPlkER - PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
~OGRAM ~!:mERS 5734-PL1, 5734-LM4, 5734-LMSThis manual is a companion volume to OS PL/I Optimizing and
Checkout Compilers: Language Reference Manual (SC33-0009)
and OS/360 Time Sharing Option: PL/I Optimizing compiler
(SC33-0029). The three manuals form a guide to the writing
and execution of PL/I programs using the optimizing compiler
and the associated resident and transient libraries in the
batch and time-sharing environments of the IBM Operating
System.
The programmer's guide is concerned with the
relationShip between a PL/I program, the optimizing
c~mpiler, and the operating system.
It explains how to
compile, link-edit, and execute a program in a batch
enVironment, and it introduces job control language, the
linkage editor, and the loader, data management, and other
operating system features that may be required by a PL/I
programmer.
SRL Manual, 248 pages
111115734-PL1,5734-LM5,5734-LM4,5734-PL3

37011301137671

GC33-0001
OS PL/I Q~~IZING COMPILER: GENERAL ~~ ~
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL1
ThIs-manuar-Introduces and describes the compiler and the
associated resiient and transient libraries. The
information is provided for use as a planning aid only, and
is intended to assist both existing and prospective users of
PL/I. TopicS covered in the manGal incl~de:
o
Design philosophy and performance of the compiler
o
Optimization facilities provided
o
Comparison with the PLiI (F) Compiler
o
Machine and system requirements of the compiler
o
Summary of the PL/I language implemented
o
Bibliography of related publications
The reader is assumed to be familiar with PL/I and with the
Operating Systen.
program product manual, 44 pages
111115734-PL3,5734-PL1,5734-LM4,5734-LMS

3:::33-0003
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION
PROG:--Nos:-5134="PL2, ~34-L~
This manGal introduces and describes the compiler ani the
associated resiient and transient libraries. The
information is provided for use as a planning aid only, and
is intended to assist both existing and prospective users of
PL/I. Topics covered in the maDGal incl~de:
o
Design philosophy and performance of the compiler
o
Compiler options provided
o
Summary of the PL/ I language implemented
o
Comparison with the PL/I (F) Compiler
o
Machine and system requirements of the compiler
o
Discussion of the complementary use of the PLiI
Checkout and PLiI Optimizing Compilers
o
Bibliography of related publications
The reader is assumed to be familiar ~ith PL/I and with
the Operating System.
Manual, 58 pages

SC33-0007
SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER
PROGRAMMER' 5 ~ =. PROGRAMNUM~-PL2; 5734-LM5
This manual is a companion volume to OS PL/I Optimizing and
Checkout Compilers: Language Reference Manual, Order No.
~33-0009, and the OS Time Sharing Option: PLiI Checkout
compiler, Order No. SC33-0033. The three manuals form a
guide to the writing and execution of PL/I programs using
the checkout; compiler and the transient library in the batch
and time-sharing environments of the IBM Operating System.
The programmer's guide is concerned with the
relationship between a PL/I program, the checkout compiler,
and the operating system. It explains how to use the
checkout compiler to run a PLiI program in a batch
enVironment, and introduces job control language, the
linkage editor, the loader, data management, and other
operating system features that may be required by a PL/I
programmer.
Programmer's Guide, 216 pages
II 1115734-PI.2, 5734-LM5
SC33-0008
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER:
PRODUCTS 5736-PL1, 5736-LM!!

PROGR~MMER'S

GUIDE - PROGRAM

5736-LMS

--- - ----

M!Q

This manual is a companion volume to the DOS PL/I Optimizing
Compiler: Language Reference Manual (Order Number ~C330005). The two manuals form a guide to the writing and
execution of PL/I programs using the optimizing compiler ani
the associated resident and transient libraries under the
IBM Disk Operating System.
The programmer's guide is concerned with the
relationships between a PLiI program, the optimizing
compiler, and the operating system. It explains how to
compile, link-edit, and execute a PL/I program, and it
introduces job control language, the linkage editor, data
management, ani other operating system features that may be
required by a PL/I programmer.
Manual, 200 pages
111115736-PL1,5736-LM5,5736-LM4,5736-PL3

111115734-LMS,5734-PL2

GC33-0004
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROG~-PROO:-5736-PL1

------ ---------- ----- -

This-manual introduces and describes the compiler and the
associated resiient and transient libraries. The
information is provided for use as a planning aid only, and
is intended to assist both existing and prospective users of
PL/I.
194

GC33-0009
Q§, PL/I CHECKOUT AND OPTIMIZING COMPThllli§..:. LANGUAGE REFER~ MANUAL, PROG. NOS. lli!=R!!!::£L LM4-5 (ALL =. 5734-PL3)
This publication is the primary source of information on the
language implemented by the PS PL/I Optimizing and Checkout
C~mpilers.
It is a reference manual rather than a tutorial
text, and the reader is assumed to have some previous
knowledge of PL/I.
The manual contains information on how to write a PL/I
source program. For information on how to compile, link-

Gc33

sc33

edit, and execute the program, reference should be made to
the appropriate programmer's guide.
Manual, 526 pages
111115734-PLl,5734-PL2,5734-PL3,5734-LM4,5734-LM5

GC33-0023
OS PLiI RESIDENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NuMBER5734-LM4 - - - - - - - - - The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 1 sheet
360, 3701129/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALLI/

GC33-0010
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER PROGRAM PROD OCT DESIGN
OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-PL1 - - - - - - The-Program-Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describe the
design objectives and provide the estimated availability
date of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 3 pages
360, 3701129/DOSII

GC33-0024
OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION3
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 1 sheet
360, 3701129/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALLII

GC33-0016
DOS PL/I ~ING COMPILID! PROGRAM PROQOCT SPECIFICATIONS
PR03RAM NUMBER 5736-PLl
The Program Product Specifications (PPS) iescribe the
~arranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
T~o Sheets
360,3701129/00S11

SC33-0025
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: EXECUTION LOGIC PROGRAM NOS.
573ii=PL1, 5734-LM4 AND 5734-LM~- - - - - - - - - This publication describes the object module produced by the
OS PLiI Optimizin~ Compiler, and explains how the compilej
code uses subroutines from the resident and transient
libraries of the optimizing compiler.
The topics covered include program initialization,
storage management, input/output, error handling, and
interlanguage communication. The use of storage dumps for
debugging is also explained.
The manual is intended primarily for programmers
concerned with maintenance of the compiler and its
libraries. It ~ill also be useful for applications
programmers ~ho require an understanding of the processes of
execution (for example, to link PL/I and Assembler-language
routines).
Systems Library, 364 pages
111/15734-PL1,5734-PL3,5734-LM4,5734-LM5

GC33-0017
DOS PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCr SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM-PRODUCT 5736-LM4 (5736=PL3-)----The Program Product Specifications (PPS) iescribe the
~arranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Single Sheet
360,3701129/00S11
GC33-0018
DOS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY: PROG. PROD. 5736-LM5 (5736-PL3)
SPEcIFICATIONS
- ------- - - - - - - - - - The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
~arranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Single Sheet
360, 3701129/DOSII
S::33-0019
Q!2~ Q~~~!!~ SYSTEMl360 PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER:
EXECUTION LOGIC PROGRAM ~ 5736-PL1, 5736-LM4,
5736-LM5
This publication describes the object moille produced by the
DOS PL/I Optimizing Compiler, and explai~s ho~ the compiled
code uses subroutines from the resident and transient
libraries of the optimizing compiler.
The topics covered include program i~itialization,
storage management, input/output, error handling, and
inter language communication. The use of storage dumps for
debugging is also explained.
The manual is intended primarily for programmers
concerned ~ith maintenance of the compiler and its
libraries.
It ~ill also be useful for applications
programmers ~o require an understanding of the processes of
execution (for example, to link PL/I and Assembler-language
routines) •
SRL Manual, 284 pages
111115736-PL1,5736-LM4,5736-LM5

SC33-0020
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: INSTALLATIO~
PR03RAM NOS. 5736-PLl,LM4,LMS
This publication is primarily for reader3 ~ho are
responsible for the installation of the DOS PL/I Optimizing
compiler, DOS PL/I Resident Library, and DOS PL/I Transie~t
Library. The publication describes ho~ to install the
compiler and associated libraries, and provides the storage
requirements of the three products.
The reader responsible for installation should already
be familiar ~ith the IBM operating Systems and their job
control language.
This publication supplements certain system publications
by providing the system-related information ~hich applies
. particularly to the program products named above.
Manual, 40 pages
111115736-PLl,5736-PL3,5736-LM4,5736-LMS
SC33-0021
QQ2 ~~L!

~TIMIZING COMPILER: MESSAGES !1!NUAL, ~ PROD.
~Z~~=~~!L 5736-LM5
This manual lists all the messages that may be issued by the
DOS PLiI Optimizing Compiler during processing of a PL/I
Program. Where appropriate, explanations, examples, and
suggested programmer responses are incl~ded.
Manual, 160 pages
111115736-PL1,5736-PL3

GC33-0022
SYSTEM/360 OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER
PR03RAM PRODUCT:SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM ~ 5734-PLl
~gram Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
~arranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 2 sheets
360, 3701129/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALLII

sc33-0026
OS PLiI OPTIMIZING COMPILER: INSTALLATION - PROGRAM NUMBERS
5734-PL1, 5734-LM4, AND 5734-L~NOTE: THE~IE. PRODUCTS ~§-­
ALSO DISTRIBUTED AS COMPLETE PACKAGE 5734-PL3
This publication IS intended primarily for Programmers
responsible for installing the OS PL/I Optimizing Compiler
a~d the associated resident and transient libraries.
It
gives detailed information on Installation Procedures and
Storage Estimates.
Manual, 130 pages
111115734-PL1,5734-PL3,5734-LM4,5734-LM5
SC33-0027
OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: MESSAGES
PROG. NOS.5m::Pr;r,-573ii=L~
Th~publication lists all the messages that may be issued
by the OS PL/I Optimizing Compiler and the associated
transient library during proceSSing of a PL/I program. Both
the long and short forms of each message are listed where
applicable. The messages are in three groups:
o
Compile-time messages (generated by the compiler
during compilation of a pLiI source program)
o
Execution-time messages (generated by the transient
library during execution of the compiled program)
o
Prompter messages (generated by the compiler ~hen
it is used in a time-sharing environment)
Where appropriate, explanations of the messages and
suggested programmer responses are included.
System Reference Library Manual, 220 pages
111115734-PL1,5734-PL3,5734-LM5
sc33-0029
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: TSO USER'S GUIDE
RBOG. NOS. 5734-PL1, -LM4, -LM5 (ALL :: 5731i=PL3)
This book describes how to use the facilities of TSO to
create a PL/I program, to compile it using the PL/I
Optimizing compiler, and to execute it. The reader is
assumed to be familiar with PL/I but not with 'l'SO. The book
cont~ins the difinitive description of the PL/I command.
It
gives sufficient information for a PL/I programmers to start
using TSO effectively without reference to any other
publications.
Manual, 118 pages
111115734-PL1,5734-PL3,5734-LM4,5734-LM5
GC33-00 30
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION;
PRoGRAM NUMBER 57~ - - - - - - - - The Program-Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
~rranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Program Product Specifications, 4 sides
360, 3701129/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALLII
SC33-0031
OS PLiI CHECKOUT COMPILER: INSTALLATION - PROGRAM PRODUCr5
573ii=PL2 AND 5734-LMS

------ -

--- ----

This publicatron-rs-Intended primarily for programmers
responsible for installing the OS PL/I Checkout Compiler anj
the associated transient library. It is divided into three
parts which give detailed information on Installation
Pcocedures and Storage Estimates.
Manual, 72 pages
111115734-PL2,5734-LM5
195

GC33

SC33
GC33-0041

SC33-0032
SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM PLII CHECKOUr COMPILER
EXECUTION ~ MANUAL :. PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2
5734-LM5
The PLII Checkout Compiler operates in t"o dist.inct stages:
translation and interpretation. During translation, the
original PL/I source program is converted into an
intermediate coae. During interpretation, this code is
interpreted to achieve the effect of object-time execution.
This manual describes those aspects of interpretation
~hich are common to all PL/I programs processed in this way.
The topics covered include program initializationl
input/output; storage management; error handling 1
conversational processing: the use of st~rage dumps for
debugging; and interlanguage communication.
The manual is intended primarily for programmers
responsible for the maintenance of the compiler and its
library. It will also be useful for application programmers
~ho require an understanding of the process of execution.
Manual, 280 pages
111115734-PL2,5734-LM5

~ COMPILER, ~ ! ~ 2: ~.
PRODUCT 5734-PL2 DESIGN OBJECTIVES
The Program ProdUCt Design Objectives (PPDO) describe the
design objectives and provide the estimated availability
date of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 1 page
360, 3701129/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALLII

Q2L PL/I

GC33-0046

lli.!
! TRANSIENT
OBJECTIVES
The Program Product Design Objectives (PPOO) describe the
design objectives and provide the estimated availability
date of the subject Program Product.
DeSign objectives, 2 pages
360, 3701129/DOSII

~
OPTIMIZING COMPILER. ~ ~
~ ~ ~ 5736-PLh ~ ~ DESIGN

SC33-0047
OS PLII CHECKOUT COMPILER: CMS USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM
NiiMBERS: 5734-PL2. 5734-LM5 --- --- - - - This book explains, for the users of the Conversational
Monitor System (CMS), how to invoke the PL/I Checkout
Compiler and use its conversational facilities. The reader
is assumej to have a basic knowledge of PL/I and of CMS.
The book provldes enough information to allow the reader to
enter, compile, debug, and execute a straightforward PL/I
program under CMS, to~ether with a full description and
examples of how to use tbe interactive debugging facilities
of the checkout compiler. It also contains reference data
covering:
o
The special restrictions and conventions that
apply to PL/I when it is compiled by the checkpoint
compiler and executed under CMS.
o
The syntax of the PLIC and PLICR commands,
subcommands, and options.
o
The restrictions and conventions that apply to PL/I
statements used in immediate mode.
Manual, 204 pages

SC33-0033
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: !§Q ~ §!!I~ :. ~ ~
5734=PL2;-5734-LM5
This book describes ho~ to use the facilities of TSO to
create a PL/I program, and to debug and execute it using the
PL/I Checkout compiler. The reader is assumed to be
familiar with PL/I but not with TSO. The book contains the
definitive descriptions of the PLIC command and its
subcommands. It gives sufficient information for a PLII
programmer to start using rso effectively ~ithout reference
to any other publications.
Manual, 252 pages
111115734-PL2,5734-LM5

SC33-0034
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PLII CHECKOUr COMPILER:
MESS~::;ES ~ :. PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-Pr.~ 5734-LM5
This manual is an essential source of reference for users of
the PL/I checkout compiler in either the batch or TSO
environment. It describes the components of the messages
that can be produced by the compiler when processing a PL/I
program. Then it lists each message and provides additional
information in many cases.
The messages are divided into t~o gro~ps -- those that
can be produced by the compiler during preprocessing,
translation, and interpretation (in conjunction with the
PL/I Transient Library), and those that can be produced by
the PL/I Prompter when invoking the compiler in a TSO
environment.
~s users of the PL/I checkout compiler, readers should
have an understanding of the information in the PLII
Optimizing and Checkout Compilers Language Reference Manual
(SC33-0009), ana the PLII Checkout Compiler Programmer'~
3uide, (SC33-0007), and also, for TSO users, the manual TSO:
PL/I Checkout Compiler (SC33-0033).
Manual, 180 pages

111115734-PL2,5734-LMS

GC33-0048
Q~ ~ ~ COMPILER. VERSION! RELEASE ~
MODIFICATION 1: PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-PL2 DESIGN OBJECTIVES
The Program ProdiiCtI)i!s'ign Objectives (PPDO) describe the
design objectives and provide the estimated availability
date of the subject Program Product.
Program Product Design Objective, 2 pages
360, 3701129/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALLII

GC33-2004
1401/1440/1460/00S EMULATOR ON MODELS 1351145/155 REFERENCE
MPt..NUAL -

PROGRAM NUMBER 370N=EU~

-----

This publication describes the 1401/144011460 Emulator
Program, an "integrated emUlator" program executed under
control of DOS. It is a multi-purpose document covering
several topics related to the emulator. Included is
information about Physical Planning, generation and
execution of the emulator, data processing, and what is
emulatea anj what is not. The difference between the
e~ulator and the 1400 series program is also explained as
well as how to communicate with it. Charts, tables and a
glossary are included.
Manual, 125 pages
3701135/00S/1440,1240,1450,1460,14011

111115734-PL2,5734-LM5

S::33-0035
DOS PL/I TRANSIEm:, LIBRARY MESSAGES. PROG=. PROD. 5736-LM5
Lists all the messages that may be issuei by the DOS PL/1
Transient Library during execution of the program compiled
by the DOS PL/1 optimizing complier. Where appropriate,
explanations, examples, and suggested programmer responses
are included.
Manual, 44 pages
111115736-LM5,5736-PL3

Gc33-2005
1410/7010 DOS EMULATOR ON MODELS 1451155 REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER3'7'ON-Eu-ii90--- - - - - - - - - - - - - This publication describes the 1410/1710 Emulator Program,
and "integrated emulator" program executed under control of
OOS. It is a mUlti-purpose document covering several topics
related to the emulator. Included is information about
PhYSical Planning, considerations, data processing,
generation, execution and communications ~ith the emulator.
Manual, 106 pages

GC33-0036
PL/I UNDER CMS - PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES:
~~a. ~TI.~g~Ci-CCiMPILER, PROG. NO. 5734=PL1 - PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY. PROG. NO. 5734-LM4
PLII TR~NSIENT LIBRARY. PROG. NO. 5734-L~~
This flyer spells out the design objecti/es of PL/I to be
available under CMS.
Flyer, 1 page

3701135/00S/1.410,70101

360,3701129/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALLII

SC33-0037
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: CMS USERS
NUM~5734-PLl

G~IDE

GC33-2006
MODEL 20 DOS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 REFERENCE (370N-IC-002)
Thrs-pUblrcat~on provides IriformatIon about the systeml360M~del 20 Emulator Program for the System/370 Models 135 and
125. The emulator program is executed as a problem program
under control of DOS (version 4) on the IBM Compatibility
Feature #7520. Using the emulator program and the
compatibility feature, the System/370 Model 135 or 125 can
execute Model 20 Data Processing System.
It also provides information about Device Independence,
the ability to execute Model 20 unit record operations using
the System/370 tape and disk units.
Manual, 74 pages
3115,3125, 31351135/DOS/20201

- PROGRAM

--- ----- ----- - -------

This manual provides the information required to use the OS
PLl1 Optimizing compiler under CMS. Using the OS PL/1
Optimizing Compiler under CMS allows Pl/1 source programs to
be compiled, debugged, and executed from a terminal ~ith the
maximum efficiency.
The book is intended for all programmers who use the OS
PLl1 Optimizing compiler under CMS.
It contains a brief
tutorial introduction followed by reference data covering:
1.
The syntax and options of PLIOpr, the command that
invokes the OS PL/1 Optimizing ::ompiler.
2.
The compile-time and execution-time options that
can be used with the OS PLl1 Optimizing Compiler.
3.
The restrictions that apply to PL/1 when it is used
under CMS.
Manual, 76 pages
/11115734-PLl,5734-PL3,5734-LM4,5734-LMS

GC33-2010
MODEL 20 EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 USING DOS AND DOSIVS
E!:!ANNING :: PROG:-No. 360N-IC OOij""COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC,..~~Q.
This publication provides planning information about the
System/360 Model 20 Emulator Program for the Systeml370
M~dels 135, 125, and 115.
The emulator program is executea
as a problem program under control of DOS or DOSIVS on a

196

GC33

GC33
System/370 Model 135. 125. or 115 equipped ~ith the IBM
Compatibility Feature Number 7520. Using the emulator
program and the compatibility feature. the System/370 Model
135. 125. or 115 can execute programs written for the
Systeml360 Model 20 Data Processing System.
It also provides planning information about Device
Independence. the ability to exec~te Model 20 unit record
operations using the System/370 tape and disk units; arid the
Data Interchange program that creates D03 disk files from
Disk Programming System files. or the reverse.
The information in this publication is intended for
installation personnel responsible for selecting.
evaluating. and implementing Systeml370 Model 135. 125. or
115 config~rations.
Manual. 22 pages
3115.3125.3135//35/00S/2020/
GC33-2017
DOS !Q. OS/VS ~ ::. REFERENCE, PROG. ~ 5744-A$1
The DOS Emulator Program exec~tes under OS/VS1 and OS/VS2.
It enables DOS or DOS/VS programs to execute in an OS/VS
environment. Tne emulator may be mu1tiprogrammed with other
OS/VS jobs. and it can run the multiprogramming options of
DOS and DOS/VS.
This publication provides information for programmers
and operators to help them code and r~n DOS and DOS/VS jobs
~ith the emulator.
Emulator operation. requirements.
facilities and messages are described. and sample jobstreams
are provided.
It is assumed that readers of this plb1ication are
familiar with OS/VS and DOS or DOS/VS. DOS to OS Emulator Reference. GC26-3777 is now obsolete.
Man~a1

///115744-AS1

GC33-2018
1401/1440/1460 OS/VS ~ Qli SYSTEMl3~ ::. REFERENCE
(5744-AHl>
This man~a1 describes the IBM 1401/1440/1460 Em~lator
Program for the IBM Systeml370 Models 135/145/155/155111158. and provides the information needed to use the
program. The emulator program runs as a problem program
under the OS/VS1 and OS/VS2 control programs and executes
programs written for the IBM 1401. 1440. and 1460 Data
Processing Systems (the Model 135 must be equipped with IBM
Compatibility Feature #4457 or #4458; Model 145 with IBM
Compatibility Feature #3950). In addition. this manual
describes the 1401/1440/1460 programs to be executed on
System/370 Models 135 through 168 ~nder the control of
OS/VS1 and OS/VS2. without the need for the compatibility
feature (the functions of the compatibility feature are
performed by simulator routines).
Also describes in this ma~a1 are three programs that
are distributed with the emulator - the tape preprocessor
program. the tape postprocessor program. the disk formatting
program. These programs handle compatibility between
1401/1440/1460 data formats and Systeml370 data formats for
tape and disk.
The man~a1 contains information for system planners and
programmers on now to plan. generate. use. and modify the
emulator; for programmers on how to process 1401/1440/1460
data and execute the emulator; and for operators on how to
communicate with the emulator. All messages issued by the
emulator and the data manipulation progr~ms are included as
an appendix.
Programmers and planners should be familiar with the IBM
1401/1440/1460 Data Processing Systems and with the
appropriate OS control program
Manual. 156 pages
111115744-AH1

GC33-2019
141017010 OS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370.

~~::. ~

NO. 5744-AG1
This man~a1 describes the IBM 1410/7010 Em~lator program for
the IBM Systeml370 Models 145/155/155-11/158. and provides
the information needed to use the progran.. The emulator
program runs as a problem program under the OS/VS1 and
OS/VS2 control programs and exec~tes programs written for
the IBM 1410 and 7010 Data Processing Systems (the Model 155
with IBM Compatibility Feature #3950).
Also described in this ma~a1 are three programs that
are distributed with the Emulator - the tape preprocessor
program. the tape postprocessor program. and the diSK
formatting program. These programs handle compatibility
between 1410/7010 data formats and Systen/370 data formats
for tape and disk.
The manual contains information for system planners and
programmers on how to plan. generate. use. and modify the
emulator; for programmers on how to process 1410/7010 data
and execute the emulator. and for operators on how to
communicate with the emulator. All messages issued by the
emulator and the data manipulation progr~ms are included as
an appendix.
Programmers and planners sh~ld be familiar with the IBM
1410/7010 Data Processing Systems and with the appropriate
OS control program.
Manual. 152 pages
111115744-AG1

197

GC33-2020
DOS TO OS EMULATOR - REFERENCE PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-738
The DOS:Em~rogram executes under-os7MFr and OS/MVT.
It enables DOS programs to execute in an OS environment.
The emulator may be mu1tiprogrammed with other OS jobs. and
it can run the multiprogramming options of DOS.
This publication provides information for programmers
and operators to help them code and run DOS jobs with the
emulator. Emulator operation. requirements. facilities and
messages are described. and sample jobstreams are provided.
It is assumed that readers of this publication are
familiar with OOS and OS/MFT or OS/MVT. Note: DOS to OS
Emulator-Reference. GC26-3777 is now
obsolete.
Manual
3135.3145.3155.3158//35/DOSII

GC33-2021
1401/1440/1460 OS/MFT AND OS/MVT EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370

(360S-EU-735) RE~~ ----This manual describes the IBM 1401/1440/1460 Emulator
Program for the IBM System/370 Models 135/145/155. and
provides the information needed to use the program. rhe
emulator program runs as a problem program under the OS/MFT
and OS/MVT control programs and executes programs written
for the IBM 1401. 1440. and 1460 Data Processing system (the
Model 135 must be equipped with the IBM Compatibility
Feature #4457; the Model 145 with IBM Compatibility Feature
#4457 or #4458; the Model 155 with IBM Compatibility Feature
#3950).
Also described in this manual are three programs that
are distributed with the emulator - the tape preprocessor
program. the tape postprocessor program. the and the disk
formatting program. These programs handle compatibility
between 1401/1440/1460 data formats and Systeml370 data
formats for tape and disk.
The manual contains information for system planners and
programmers on how to plan. generate, use. and modify the
emulator; for pro~rammers on how to process 1401/1440/1460
data and execute tne emulator; and for operators on how to
communicate with the emulator. All messages issued by the
emulator; and for operators on how to communicate with the
emulator. All messages issued by the emulator and the data
manipulation programs are included as an appendix.
Programmers and planners should be familiar with the IBM
1401/1440/1460 Data ProceSSing Systems and with the
appropriate OS control program.
Manual. 152 pages
3135.3145.31551/35111401.1440.14601

GC33-2022
1410/7010 OS/MFT AND OS/MVT EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 REFERENCE, PROG. NO. 360'C=Eu~ This manual descrr6es tne IBM 1410/7010 Emulator program for
the IBM System/370 Models 145/155/155-111158. and provides
the information needed to use the program. The emulator
program runs as a problem program under OS/MFT and OS/MVT
c~ntro1 programs and executes programs written for the IBM
1410 and 7010 Data Processing Systems (the Model 145 must be
e~uipped with IBM Compatibility Feature #4457 or #4458, the
M~de1 155 with IBM Compatibility Feature #3950).
Also described in this manual are three programs that
are distributed with the emulator - the tape preprocessor
program. the tape postprocessor program. and the disk formatting program. These programs handle compatibility
between 1410/7010 data formats and Systeml370 data formats
for tape and disk.
The manual contains information for system planners and
programmers on how to plan. generate. use. and modify the
emulator. for programmers on how to process 1410/7010 data
and execute the emulator. and for operators on how to communicate with the emulator. All messages issured by the
emulator and the data manipulation programs are included as
an appendix.
programmers ani planners should be familiar with the IBM
1410/7010 Data Processing Systems and with the appropriate
os control program.
Manual. 152 pages
3145. 3155. 31581135/0S.0TSO.OASP.CALL/1410. 70101

GC33-4010
OS/vS - DOS/VS - VM/370 ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE
COMi?ONENT NOS. 57ii'9=ScI-03;575Fs~741-SC1-03, ~Q
5745-SC-ASM
Provides the information necessary for programmers
responsible for designing and writing programs in
either the OS/VS or DOS/vS assembler language. and
f~r programmers running their assembler program
under VM/370.
The assembler language is a symbolic programming
language which allows the use of alphabetic and numeric
characters to represent machine instructions and related
data. Using symbolic language instead of the binary is
and Os required when coding in machine language makes
c~ding easier to write. understand. and change.
The
assembler can process a program written in assembler
language to produce output in machine language suitable
for link editing and subsequent execution.
The book is divided into four parts:
part I.
Coding and Structure
Part II. Function and Coding of Machine Instructions
part III. Functions of Assembler Instructions
Part IV. The Macro Facility
The first part describes the statements. character set,

Gc33

sc33

terms, literals, and expressions that ma~e up the
assembler language, and give the rules ana conventions
for writing code. The second part describes the alignment,
statement formats, mnemonic operations codes, and operand
entries of machine instructions. The third part describes
the assembler instructions used for program sectioning,
addressing, symbol and data definition, :lnd controlling the
assembler. Finally, the fourth part gives an introduction
to the macro facility for beginners, and then describes the
macro definition, the macro instruction, and the conditional
assembly language, a language that can alter the contents
and sequence of the output produced by the assembler.
Manual, 468 pages
//21///5741, 5745, 5749, 5752
GC33-4015
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 SORT/MERGE !!M!~2 ESTIMATES
PLANNING GUIDE
PR03RAM NUMBER 360S-SM-023
This publication-gives estimated execution times of the
sort/merge program (360S-SM-023) on the IBM System/370
Model 155 central Processing Unit. fimes are shown for
sorting applications using various main-storage sizes and
record lengths. The assumptions made in calculating the
timing estimates are described.
Manual, 28 pages
3155//33///
GC33-4017
IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS SORT MERGE DESIGN OBJECTIVES

PRO:; :--No:5743-SMl - - - - - - - - - - - - - The Program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describe the
deSign objectives and provide the estimated availability
date of the subject Program Product.
Program Product Design Objectives, 2 pages
360,370//33/005//

SC33-4018
DOS SORT/MERGE PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5743-SM1
xhIs-manuar-enables a programmer to prepare input to----perform a sort or merge using program product 5743-XM1,
and to link to the program his own assembler-language
routines to perform such tasks as summarizing, altering,
inserting or deleting records. Specifically, it describes:
o
Program Organization
o
Environmental requirements
o
Label processing
o
Control statements
o
Program Modification
o
Linking to user routines
o
Efficiency considerations
o
Storage requirements
o
Program initiation
o
Compatibility/conversion aids
It also lists messages produced by the program, and
describes the appropriate responses.
The user should have a good understanaing of the
Disk Operating System and its job control language.
Manual, 134 pages
/////5743-SM1
:;C33-4019
DOS SORT/MERGE SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5743-SMl
SummarIzeS-the functions and hardware requirements of the
program, lists reference material, and oltlines
compatibility/conversion features.
Specifications, 2 pages
360, 370//33/DOS//

is Introduction to OS, VM/370: Introduction, and OS/VS
DOs/VS - VM/370 Assembler Language.
Manual, 168 pages
//21///5741, 5749, 5752
SC33-4023
DOS SORT/MERGE INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5743-SM1
This manual provides the information necessary to install
and test program number 5743-SM1:
a) Hardware requirements
b) Installation procedures, including a list of the
relocatable modules and an explanation of the use
of the calling books
c) Sample problems: how to use them, and ~hat they do.
The user should have a good understanding of the Disk
O[lerating Sys·tem and of DOS and TOS assembler language.
Manual, 52 pages
// // /5134-SM1
GC33-4024
GUIDE TO THE DOS/VS ASSEMBLER - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-ASM
Th~reference-manual enables a user (defined belo~) to
maintain the macro and copy libraries. It explains in
detail how the de-editor program (ESERV) works and how it
can be used to de-edit and update macros simultaneously.
other sections explain the use of Job Control Language (JeL)
statements associated with DOS/VS, how to interpret DOS/VS
listings, object deck output, and data files. All assembler
and de-editor diagnostic messages are listed and explained.
Typical users of this manual are programmers responsible
f~r JCL and the maintenance of the DOS/VS system data files;
and FEs and CEs or system programmers who want information
on maintaining files and using the ESERV program.
The level of knowledge required for efficient use of
this manual is an understanding of DOS/VS assembler language
as describe~ in OS/VS and DOS/VS Assembler Language, Order
No. GC33-4010.
Manual, 124 ~~ges
//21///5745
GC33-4025
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-SMl.
Describes briefly the functions and capabilities o~­
DOs/VS Sort/Merge Program Product (Program Number 5746-SM1).
It lists the programming systems under which the program
runs its system requirements, its new features, its
programming service classification, the reference material,
and its compatibility with other sort/merge programs.
Information Sheet, 2 pages
/////5746-SM1
SC33-4026
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL
~PROD.

5146-SMl

----- ---

~se by programmers familiar with DOS/VS.

Provides
DOS/VS information necessary to install Sort/Merge and
run sample programs.
Manual, 48 pages
/////5146-SM1
GC33-4027
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PR03RAM PRODUCT

57'ii'6-SM1

- ---- ----

The Program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describe the
design objectives and provide the estimated availability
date of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 1 page
/////5746-SM1

GC33-4020
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SORf/MERGE
~~~~gg!~!Q& PROGRAM ~ 5743-~'
This publicat10n provraes-general 1nformation about the
IBM System/360 Disk Operating System Sort/Merge Program
Product. It describes:
o
Program Organization
o
Control Statement Formats
o
User EKit Facilities
o
Label tiandling Requirements
o
Program Performance Characteristics
Program Product Manual, 20 pages
/////5743-SMl

SC33,..40 28
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM PRODUCT

57'ii'6-SM-1-----

--- - ---- - - -

This manual is for programmers familiar with DOS/VS. It
provides them with descriptions of sort/merge control
statements anj DOS/VS Job Control statements sufficient to
allow them to prepare a Sort/Merge application. It also
describes other options of sort/merge programs.
Manual, 188 pages
// ///5746-SM1
SC33-4029
OSTSO ASSEMBLER PROMPTER INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 57~
This publicatIon contains information about the installation
and operation of the TSO Assembler Prompter. It is intended
for personnel responsible for installing and maintaining the
prompter.
The TSO Assembler Prompter is a program product which
provides TSO users with a convenient method of invoking the
assembler. It operates only in the TSO foreground and
consists of a TSO command processor which constructs the
parameter list for the appropriate assembler (OS/MVT or
OS/VS), invokes the assembler in the system, and passes the
necessary data to it.
The main part of this publication is divided into three
sections I
Storage Requirements
Installation Procedure
System Information

:;C33-4021
OS/VS - VM/370 ASSEMBLER PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
COMPONENT NO. 5749-SC1-03
rhis manuar-complements OS/VS - DOS/VS - VM/370
Assembler Language, Order No. GC33-4010. It is
intended for the programmer writing assembler
language programs to be run under OS/VS and/or
VM/370. The manual contains the following major
sections:
o
Job control statements to run the assembler
o
Including macro definitions in a library
o
Interpreting the assembler listing
o
Programming considerations
o
Assembler language programming lnder CMS
Other topics, covered in appendixes, are assembler
data set requirements, the object module produced
by the assembler, invoking the assembler dynami.cally,
and the assembler error messages. Prereluisite reading
198

SC33

GC33

Prerequisite Publications
Readers are assumed to be familiar with the information
in these publications:
OS/MVT:
Utilities. Order No. GC28-6586
JCL Reference. Order No. 3C28-6704
OS/VS:

360. 370//30/00S/3330/
GC33-5007
SYSTElV370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM VERSION 4 - MANUAL
This manual;-D5s Version 4;-coiltains information--required
by installation managers. systems programmer,;. dP:,lications
programmers. and operators who work with DOS version 4 on
an IBM System/370 Model 135. 145. or 155. The RIGtllua!
contains update information to the existinq DOo liorary.
The manuals that are updated are:

Utilities. Order No. GC35-0005
JCL Reference. Order No. 3C28-0618

Related Publication:
os TSO Assembler Prompter User's Guide. Order No.
SC26-37110
Manual. 24 pages

DOS System Control and service. GC24-503b
DOS Data Management Concetps. Gc:.!4-3065
DOS Suparvisor an:'i I/O MacI.'os. GC24-5037
DOS Operating Gui:'ie. GC24-5022
DOS and TOS Utility Programs, GC:.!4-3465
DOS and TOS Assembler Languaye, ;;C24-3414
System Reference Manual. 155 pages

11///5734-CP2

3C33-4030
Q.Q2~!!2 2Q!ITL~ GENERAL INFORMATION ::. ~~ NUMB);:R
5746-SM1
ThIs-manual gives general information for use in planning
the installation and use of the Program Product DOS/VS
Sort/Merge.
Manual. 32 pages
///1157116-SM1

370/ /20/DOS/ /

GC33-4031
QS/VS SORT/MERGE ~ !!BODUCT 5740-SM1 ~ OBJECTIVES
This document gives the design objective3 for the OS/VS
Sort/Merge program. which is upward compatible with the Os
sort/Merge program 5734-XM1 except that the minimum main
storage requirement is increased to 32K (higher if VSAMdata
sets are to be used) and that the 2301 a~d 2311 device
cannot be used. OS/~S Sort/Merge has ne~ features and
functions. and is designed to operate efficiently in the VS
environment. It incorporates an entirely new. highperformance sorting technique. and is alone in supporting
the 3330/3333 Model II and 3340 direct access devices.
DeSign Objectives. 2 pages
111115740-SM1

GC33-1j·032
OS/VS SORT/MERGE: PROG. PROD. 5740-SM1 SPECIFICATIONS
ProvIdes-a-specification~h~teristics and program
service classification of the Program Product OS/VS
Sort/Merge.
Flyer. 2 pages
/////5740-SMl

GC33-5008
DOS VERSION 4 SYSTEM GENERAl'ION
ThIs reference publicatIOn-describes the planninJ .m,1 tile
procedures necessary to generate ana to maintaiu "'-11
installation-tailored IUM Disk ::lper:atiuy Systeul (Out» t-ildt
pr:-ovides support for 1 BI,j-HUpplied uuS pro~ !·aw'3 yuJ 1e: 1 :n,'.
as well as for your o,",n proqrarus. 'l'hl:. IIk.jeJr LI..':,l,i.<.';
discussed are:
o
Planning the iustallat'.ion-tallo.l'ed DJ;'; !.w,Jecv1l;;UL:
o
Planning the installation-tid loted r~-':' 'n,·.'r:dLiuuJ 1
pack(s)
o
Procedures for '],enerat.ing and .f.·'r fl''<; 1 "rdil!in •.; ttllo;
DOS system
o
Sample problemc; fol. testinq the 11IM-c~,,~'~ol.1Pd UO:J
programs
The information in this publication is of par:ticular
interest to anyone responsible fOL the !Jlarmlilq dnri/or·
implementation of systeRI generation ao:i nldinte:l::nce fOL D):..;.
This includes installati on maniiger;~. :~y::;tem .3!ldl YEts,
programmers. and machine operators.
System Library Manual. 428 Pdge~
37 01134/DOS/ /
Gc33-5009
QQ§, VERSION

GC33-4033
OS/VS SORT/MERGE GENERAL INFORMATION - PROGRAM PRODUCT
5740-SMl

- --- ---

3ives general information for use in planning the
installation and use of the Program Product OS/~S
sort/Merge.
Manual. 44 pages
/////5740-SM1
SC33-4034
OS/VS SORT/MERGE INSTALLATION REFERENCE

57iiO=SMi

M~

::.

~ ~

Describes how to generate the OS/VS Sort/~erge Program
Product and include in it the current operating system.
Includes generation messages and storage requirements.
Manual. 40 pages
111115740-SM1

SC33-4035
DS/VS SORT/MERGE PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM-P~5740-SM1

supplIes-the information needed to use the installed
program. including how to prepare control statements. how to
calculate storage requirements. and how to use the program
exits. Gives examples of control statements and of routines
at program exits.
Manual. 176 pages
////15740-SM1
GC33-5004
SYSTEM/360 DOS PLANNING GUIDE FOR PROGRAMMING THE 3330
DIRECT-KCCESSSTORAGEFAC'iLITy- - - - - - - - - This publication-rs-a planning guide for programmers,
programming managers, and systems analysts who are intending
to use an IBM System/370 configuration with the IBM 3330
Oirect Access Storage Facility under the Disk Operating
System.
The information in this document is divided into the
following three sections:
o
o
o

An introduction that explains the functions of
the IBM 3330 DASF supported by the Disk Operating
System
A section explaining the changes to DOS IOCS to
support the 3330 DASF
A section describing the change3 required to oth~r
programming components

This publication explains only the changes to current DOS
IOCS, which is described in full in IBM System/360 Disk
Operating System. Supervisor and Input/Oltput Macros (GC245037> •
Planning Guide, 8 pages

!

~L ESQ9.~ ~Q~ EQ.!'i=-~J:c'!~~.

This reference publication provides quick access information
for operators and programmers who encounter DOS messages ::tnl
use DOS commands anj job control language.
This publication does not include:
o
Any message issued by IBM Program Productti.
o
Any language messa3e issued during compilation or
assembly.
o
RPG messages.
o
OLTEP messages.
o
Emulator messages.
For detailed DOS operating information. see the companion
publication, DOS Operating Guide. GC24-5022. For a litit of
associated publications. refer to the IBM SystenV360 and
System/370 Bibliography. GA22-6822.
Manual. 360 pages
370/ /40/OOS/ /

GC33-5370
INTRODUCTION TO DOS/VS - MANUAL
This manual is-a-qeneraI summary of the IBM Disk operatin3
System/Virtual Storage (DOS/VS). Its purpose is to provije
new users of DOS with a basic introduction to the system.
For users familiar with DOS. it also gives a sUllUllary of the
features and functions new in DOS/VS.
Some of the topics are, functions and facilities. new
features. and configurations. ~n overview of Dbe uOS/VS
system control programs (SCP's) and orief descriptions of
some of the program products that can be uaed with the
system.
Manual
//20///5745
GC33-5371
DOS/VS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT GUIDE
ThISlmanuar-is a guide tO~IBM Disk operating
SystemIVirtual Storage (DOS/VS). l'he system in its entirety
is discussed on a conceptual and functional level. System
management refers not only to the way DOS/VS is organized.
but also to the way the user can efficiently manage the
system facilities at his dispoSal. This manual. therefore.
does more than describe the functions and interaction of tae
system control and system aervice programs that constitute
OOS/VS. It also describes how the systems planner, systeLilU
pr:-ogrammer. applications programmer, or cpera1:.or Cdn use
DOS/VS to your best advantage.
Manual, 240 pages
/134///5745

199

GC33-5372
OOS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT GUIDE
Providesconceptual and functional infoI.:r.;,;t.iol, aooue th.!
data management facilities offered by flOS/VS. 'fhedC:
facilities concern primary item'" such ciS reeOJ d d'~dign. tI,le
organization, and file processing. a,~ ;"eLL as ,,(~crm:..w::·y
items like file labeling. data "ecun.ty, ':la,:a .inu,,:,/;it.b Ol"j
symbolic device names.

GC33

GC33
The intenaei audience is a systems designer ~ho has to
aecide on a certain type of file organization and a methoa
of file maintenance for a given application, and an
application programmer who needs general background
information about the access methods he ~ill use in his
programs. Prerequisite publication: Introduct,ion to DOS/VS,
GC33-5310.
Manual, 300 pages
//30///5145
3C33-5313
OOS/VS SUPERVISOR AND I/O MACROS SRL MANOAL
This publication is-ior-the programrne~anning to use the
DOS/VS Input/Output Control System macro instructions and
supervisor macro instructions. These macro instructions can
be combined with problem programs to produce generalized or
specific file proceSSing programs. The major subjects
describe the macro types and their usage, label processing~
the IOCS macros for the various access methods (SAM, DAM,
ISAM, and VSAM)~ phySical IOCS, supervisor, multitasking,
program linkage, and other miscellaneous macros.
Manual, 420 pages
//30///5145
GC33-5314
OOS/VS TAPE LABELS MANUAL
The types-of-rabeIs~may be written on magnetic tape by
DOS/VS are defined and described in this reference manual.
The processing performed by the system, and the
specifications that the user must supply to the system, are
discussed. The processing of standard, user-standard, and
nonstandard labels, are unlabelled files, is explained,
primarily in regard to the functions performed for volume,
header, and trailer labels when the user gives
specifications directly to IOCS through OrF entries.
Illustrations of volume layouts depict the various
arrangements of labels and data records that can be handled
by the four programming systems. Flowcharts show the
sequence of events that occur when files with standard,
nonstandard, or no labels are opened and closed.
For a thorough understanding of this manual, the reader
should have a basic knowledge of the Input/Ou1;put Control
System (IOCS). The manual that provide this information
are: OOS/VS Data Management Guide, GC33-5312, and DOS/VS
Supervisor and I/O Macros, GC33-5313.
Manual, 96 pages
//30///5145
GC33-5315
DOS/VS DASD LABELS RELEASE 29
This-manual is intended as a-guide for programmers planning
to use the DOS/VS Input/Output Control System macro
instructions for standard label processing and subroutines
for user standard label processing on DASO or Diskette. A
glossary and flowcharts are included. F:>r label processing
under a high-level programming language or ~ sort/merge
programs, the reader is also referred to the appropriate
language reference manuals and sort/merge manual$.
Manual, 192 pages
//30///5145
GC33-5316
OOS/VS SYSTEM CONTROL STATEMENTS
This reference publication describes the IBM Disk Operating
system/Virtual storage (DOS/VS). DOS/VS is a set of control
and processing programs for IBM System/370.
Detailed information is given on the follC)~ing topics:
System Control Programs
Initial Program Loader (IPL)
Job Control
POWER (Priority Output Writers, Execution
Processors and Input Readers)
System Service Programs
Linkage Editor
Librarian

The storage requirements for the supervisor and the
operational pack(s) are found in their respective sections
of this publication. Prerequisites for a thorough
understanding and for the effective use of this publication
are:
DOS/vS System Management Guide, GC33-5311
OOs/VS System Control Statements, GC33-5316
DOs/VS Supervisor , I/O Macros, GC33-5313
DOS/VS Operating procedures, GC33-5318
DOS/VS Messages, GC33-5319
Manual, 390 pages
//34///5145
GC33-5318
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY DOS/vS OPERATING PROCEDURES
This manual contains the intOrma-r:r.Dn required ~ system
operators to run jobs under DOS/VS. It is intended
primarily for system operators who have acquired a basic
knowledge of data processing and computer equipment. The
introduction of the manual familiarizes the operator with
the major concepts and components of DOS/vS and provides the
basis that is required to understand the subsequent sections
of the manual. The section ·Procedures· tells the operator
how to run jobs under control of DOS/vS~ the procedures are
illustrated by examples. The section RReference
Information· contains details of all operator commands, job
c~ntrol statements, POWER and POWER RJE commands.
A
glossary defines a number of terms frequently used in a
DOS/VS system operator's environment.
Manual, 214 pages
//40///5145
GC33-5319
SYSTEMS DOS/VS MESSAGES
This publication lists and interprets the messages which
DOS/VS issues to the operator and to the programmer. It
enables both to decide on the action they have to take in
reply to the message received.
Each message is preceded by an identifying number so
that it can easily be found in the book. This method of
listing also ensures that messages issued by the same
program are grouped together. Not included are:
o
Any language messages, except assembler messages
tha"t cause job termination.
o
Sys'tem/310 Emulator messages
o
OLTEP messages
o
Subsystem Support Services messages.
These messages can be removed from the application
publications and inserted in this manual, if required.
A tab is provided for these messages.
Manual, 540 pages
//40// /5145
GC33-5380
DOS/VS SERVICEABILITY AIDS AND DEBUGGING PROCEDURES
This manual provi3es a-aetailed guide, including diagrams
and examples, for operators and programmers who are involved
in determining and isolating the cause of system
malfunctions.
It shows them when and how to use the IBM-supplied
serviceability aids, which are programs designed to collect
all relevant information about malfunctions. It contains
procedures in the form of flowcharts and checklists for
program debugging. It also provides a general description
of the DOS/vS supervisor/problem program interface tables,
information blocks, and save areas. It shows how to locate
these items in a dump, and how to analyze the data during
offline debugging. Operators using this manual must be
familiar with:
DO/VS Operating Procedures, GC33-5318, and
DOS/VS Messages, GC33-5319.
Programmers using this manual for debugging must be familiar
with:
IBM System/310 Principles of Operation, GA22-1000, and
DOS/VS System Management Guide, GC33-5311.
Manual, 512 pages
//31///5145

Special Service Program
System Buffer Load
Prerequisite for understanding this publication is a basic
knowledge of System/370 machine concepts.
For titles and abstracts of associated publications, see
the IBM System/360 and System/310 Bibliography, GA22-6822,
and the IBM System/310 Advanced Function Bibliography,
GC20-1163.
Manual, 214 pages
//36///5145
:;:33-5311
DOS/VS SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE MANUAL
Describes~ procedUres necessary to generate and to
maintain an installation-tailored IBM Disk Operating
System/Virtual Storage (DOS/VS) that provides support for
IBM-supplied programs you deSire, as well as for your own
programs. The major topics discussed are:
o
Procedures for generating and f:>r maintaining
DOS/VS
o
Installation Verification ProcedJre for testing the
IBM-supplied DOS/VS programs
o
Generating a version of POWER
200

GC33-5381
DOS/VS SYSTEM UTILITIES - COMPONENT NUMBER 5145-SC-UTL
Th~eference publication describes to programmers the use
of the IBM DOS/VS System Utilities. The programs described
are:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0

ASSign Alternate Track Data Cell
Assign Alternate Track Disk
Clear Data Cell
Clear Disk
Copy and Restore Disk or Data Cell
Fast copy Disk Volume
Initialize Data Cell
Initialize Disk
Initialize Tape
VTOC Display
Print Hardcopy File (PRINTLOG)
Deblock

For titles and abstracts of other related publications, see
the IBM System/360 an3 System/310 Bibliography, G~22-6822,
and the IBM System/310 Advanced FUnction Bibliography,
GC20-1163.
Manual, 218 pages

GC35

Ge33
//32///5745

GC34-0006
SYSTEM/7

:;~33-5382

DOS/VS ACCESS METHOD SERVICES USER'S GUIDE
This publication describes the-use-of~ss Method Services
commands, a group of utility functions vital to VSAM, a new
access method. For complete VSAM information consult the
DOS/VS Data Management Guide.
Readers of this publication are presumed to have a
backgound in programming. Application programmers and
system programmers are the t~o audiencES addressed.
Manual, 137 pages
//30//15745

GC33-5383
DOS/VS OLTEP - COMPONENT. NUMBER 5745-SC-OLT
This-reference publication describes the Disk Operating
System (DOS) Online Test Executive Program (OLTEP) that
controls online testing of I/O units under the DOS/VS
supervisor.
It explains the functions of the program and
gives procedures for running the test programs which are
obtained from the IBM Customer Engineer.
Supplementary information is containe~ in the following
publica tions:
DOS/VS Operating Procedures, GC33-5378
DOSIVS System Generation, GC33-5377
DOSIVS Tape Labels, GC33-5374
DOS/VS DASD Labels, GC33-5375
DOS/VS Messages, GC33-5379
Manual, 56 pages
//37///5745

GC34-0056
DISTRIBUTED INTELLIGENCE ~~ GENERAL INFORMATIQli ~~~~~
5744-BK1
Introductory in nature, this manual serves t~o purposes.
First, it explains a Distributed Intelligence System, in
manufacturing terms, to production-line managers and
industrial executives.
second, i t explains the System, in
software terms, to programmers and system designers.
A Distributed Intelligence System united all the
information-gathering resources of a production-line into
one network, ~ith a system/370 as its central computer.
Manual, 20 pages
/1///5744-BK1

GC33-5384
1401/1440/1460 DOS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEMl370 REFERENCE
MANUAE-=-COMPONE~MBER 5745-SC-~---

This publication-describes the IBM 140111440/1460 Emulator
Program for the IBM Systeml370, Models 115, 125, 135, 145,
155-11, and 158. The emulator program is executed as a
problem program under control of the dis~ operating System
Virtual Storage (DOS/VS) on an IBM Systeml370 equipped with
the appropriate compatibility feature.
USing the program
and the compatibility feature, the System/370 can execute
programs ~ritten for the IBM 1401, 1440 and 1460 Data
Processing Systems.
The information in this publication is intended for
installation personnel, programmers and operators.
Manual, 160 pages
1135111401,1440,1460/5745

GC34-00 57
Q!STRIBUTED .m!~~~ SYSTEM PROGRAM REFERENCE GUIDE
PROG. PROD. 5744-BK1
Describes the Distr~buted Intelligence System. It tells ho~
to include the code for Distributed Intelligence System
functions in System/7 or System/370 programs, for user
application programmers, and IBM System Engineers.
The manual includes both introductory and reference
information on the macros and high-level call statements
that are used to transmit information between the Systeml7
and the System/370.
prereguisite Publications:
Distributed Intelligence System General Information
Manual, GC34-0056
Distributed Intelligence System:
Operations Manual,
GC34-0058.
Distributed Intelligence System:
Operations Manual,
GC34-0058.
Manual, 164 pages
/////5744-BK1

=

G::!33-5385
1410/7010 DOS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 REFERENCE MANUAL

PROGRAM-NUMBER

57~L--

~ ~ ~ ~ 360A-TX-015,025,
~44-AC1, 5747-AC1, AND i1.QI::M:!
This manual provides you, the IBM System/7 user, with the
information necessary to use the MSP/7 Host Program Preparat
Facilities II linkage editor (LINK/7). LINK/7 aids in
preparing System/? modular application programs using an IBM
System/360 or system/370 host system operating under control
of either System/360 Operating System or Disk Operating
System (OOS).
LINK/7 aids in the preparation of System/7 programs by
combining modules, resolving external references, relocating
programs, adding subroutines, preparing overlay modules
and maintaining a load module library.
The reader is assumed to be a user (programmer or system
analyst) who has a working knowledge of the System/7
assembler (ASM/7) and FORMAr/7.
prerequisite reading for this publication is: IBM
System/7 Summary GA34-0002, System/7 Macro Assemblers
GC34-0018.
Prerequisite Publications:
IBM System/7 Modular system Programs (MSP/7) Host Program
Preparation Facilities lIon Systeml360 or Systeml370:
Introduction, GC34-0007
IBM System/7 Macro Assemblers, GC34-0018
Introducing the Enhanced MSP/7: Executive Briefing,
Manual, 84 pages
7//31///

-------- -----

This publication describes the IBM 1410/7010 Emulator
Program for the IBM Systeml370. The emulator program is
executed as a problem program under control of the Dis~
Operating System/Virtual Storage on an IBM System/370
eguipped with the appropriate compatibility feature. Using
the program and the compatibility feature, the System/370
can execute pro~rams ~ritten for the IBM 1410 and 7010 Data
Processing Systems.
The information in this publication is intended for
installation personnel, programmers and operators.
Manual, 128 pages
/135111410,7010/5745
GC33-5388
MODEL 20 DOS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEMl370, REFERENCE-COMPONENT
NO. 57ii5-~ - - - - - This-pUblIcation describes the program that emulates the
Systeml360 Model 20 on the Systeml370 Mo~el 125 or 135 using
DOSIVS.
It provides information for evaluating and
implementing the Systeml370 Modesl 125 and 135, and for
preparing and overseeing programs executed using the model
Manual, 10~ pages
1/35//2020/5745
GC33-5400

~Q§LY§. PROGRAMMING ~ FOR IBM 1ill ~[!h. ROTATIONAL
fOSITION SENSING (RPS) AND BLOCK ~! ~ ~
This publication is a planning guide for programmers,
programming managers, and systems analysts who intend to use
a System/370 configuration ~ith IBM 3340 Direct Access
Storage Devices (DASD) under DOS/VS.
In addition, this publication provides information on
Rotational Position Sensing (RPS) and the Block Multiplex
Channel support.
The main part of this publication consists of planning
information for the 3340 DASD. The RPS information is
integrated in the description of the 3340 and identified by
the letters RPS in the margin. The Block Multiplex Channel
support is described in a separate secti~n at the end of
this manual.
For the 3340, this publication only ?oints out those
places ~here programming support for existing DASD (2311,
2314, 3330, 3333) has been changed to support the 3340.
Basic information needed to plan for programming the 3340 is
contained in "DOS/VS Supervisor and I/O Macros".
Manual, 22 pages
1/30//3340/5745

201

GC34-0058
DISTRIBUTED INTELLIGENCE SYSTEM OPE~IONS MANUAL ~
NO.5744-BK1
Contains the information and instructions necessary to
i~stall and operate the Distributed Intelligence System on
Systeml370 and Systeml7.
This information is required by
people responsible for the following functions in
Distributed Intelligence System installations:
o
Designing and performing an OS/VS1 SYSGEN
o
Installing a Distributed Intelligence System on a
Systeml370 operating under OS/VSl
o
Co~in~ Distributed Intelligence System nucleus far
a System/7
o
Executin~ and controlling a Distributed
Intelligence System from the Systeml370 operator
console
o
USing customer Information Control System (CICS)
with the Distributed Intelligence System
o
Usin~ Information Management system (lMS) ~ith the
Distributed Intelligence System
o
Using Distributed Intelligence System tools in
program debu~ging
The Distributed Intelligence System is a system control
program that operates under OS/VS1, resides in its own
~artition in a Systeml370, and logically connects that
system/370 to one or more System/7s.
Once installed, the
Distributed Intelligence System enables all processors in
the network to function as if they ~ere a single processor.
Prerequisite publications:
Distributed Intelligence System: Program Reference Guide,
GC34-0057. OS/VSl System Generation Reference, GC26-3791.
MSP/7 Installation and Nucleus Generation Guide, GC34-0031.
Manual, 126 pages
/////5744-BK1
GC35-0004
OS/VS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILITIES (SMF)
ThiS-publication provides installation managers, system
~rogrammers, and operators with the information required to

GC35

Gc38

~lan for, install, and use SMF (system Management
Facilities).
SMF is an optional feature of the IBM Systeml370 DS/VS
that can be selected at system generation.
SMF collects system, job-managment, and data-management
information and links to user-written routines that can
monitor the operation of jobs or job ste~s.
This ~ublication introduces basic SMF concepts:
describes SMF record formats, control program exits, and
data-management requirements: tells how to plan, write, and
test user-written exit routines: tells h::>w to incorporate
SMF into the operating system: and describes IPL and data
management procedures.
Manual, 80 pages

//34//15741,5752

Ge35-0005
OS/VS UTILITIES
This publication discusses the capabilities of the OS/VS
utility programs and the control stateme~ts used with each
program. These programs are used by programmers responsible
for organizing and maintaining operating s~stem data.
Manual, 320 pages
//32//15741,5752

GC35-0010

OS/VS2 USING os CATALOG MANAGEMENT WITH rHE MASTER CATALOG:

CVOL-PROCESsoR - - -

- - -- --- ----

This publication is intended for the systems programmer
installing Os/vs2 Release 2. The CVOL Processor is supplied
to lessen your installation considerations ~hen using OS/VS2
Release 2.
This book describes (1) the pur~ose and functions
sup~::>rted by the CVOL Processor, (2) ho~ to use the CVOL
Processor, and (3) restrictions and limitations of the CVOL
~rocessor.

Manual, 16 pages
//30///5752
G:35-0011
OS/VS MASS STORAGE SYSTEM (MSS) PLANNING GUIDE
This-manaal-rs-for data processing-managers, system programmers, and application programmers. It contains general
information concerning the physical characteristics of the
IBM 3850 Mass Storage System and describes in general the
~rogramming support provided by OS/VS2.
The prerequisite Publication is:
Intr::>duction to the IBM 3850 Mass Storage System (MSS),
31\.32-0028.
Manual, 79 pages
/130//3850,3851/5741,5752

3C35-0013
OS/VS MASS STORAGE CONTROL TABLE CREATE
This ~describes~e of the-MaSS Storage Control Table Create Program and its commands. Readers of the book
must have a background in programming. rhose persons
responsible for configuring the Mass Storage System and
System Programmers are the Andiences addressed.
The Prerequisite Publication is:
IBM 3850 Mass Storage System (MSS) Installation Guide
Manual, 104 pages
//30113850,3851/5741,5752

GC38-0005
OPER~TOR'S LIBRARY: SYSTEMl370 MODEL 135 PROCEDURES
This manual provides operating and reference information for
operators of the IBM System/370 Model 135 Data ProceSSing
System. The reader is assumed to have a ~orking knowledge
of "Introduction to IBM Data Processing 5~stems," GC2o-1684,
and some previous data proceSSing equipment. This manual
describes how to operate the following system hardware and
compatibility feature:
IBM 3135 ProceSSing Unit -- the system CPU
IBM 3046 Po~er Unit -- the major source of electrical
power for the CPU
IBM 3210 and 3215 Console Printer-Ke~board
In~ut/output devices that are attached to the CPU
integrated adapters.
2314/4430 Compatibility feature -- IPL procedure,
direct access storage devices data volume conversion,
and feature description.
For operating information on related soft6are and I/O
"devices, see IBM Systeml360 and Systeml370 Bibliography,"
GA22-6822.
Manual, 108 pages

3135/101///

3:38-0015
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 OPERATING PROCEDURES
This-system Library Manual contains information necessary to
operate the following units of the IBM S~steml370 Model 145:
IBM 3145 ProceSSing Unit
IBM 3210 Console Printer-Keyboards
IBM 3215 Console printer-Keyboards
IBM 30~7 Power Unit
The reader is assumed to have basic computer knowledge and
ex~erience, or computer operating experience on a similar
system or other related data processing eq~ipment. The
information in this manual is written for all levels of
operator experience for training as well as system
202

0geration. This manual has five major sections:
o
System Control Panel Indicators, Switches, and
Keys .- Describes the purpose of individual
indicators, swtiches, and keys. It does not
describe the applications of these facilities
within operating procedures. Service-personnel
usage is not inCluded.
o
Console File - Contains location, handling,
flexible disk insertion and removal information,
and the necessary cautions associated with flexible
disks.
o
Console Printer-Keyboards - Contains initial setu~
and operator adjustments, 3210 print element cleaning procedures, associated manllal PR-KB operations,
and a description of indicators and controls.
o
Operating Procedures - Describes in detail
procedures necessary for system operation.
Initialization and error recovery procedures are
included. operating procedures for System Error
Record Editing Program (SEREP) and System rest 370
(ST370) are also in this section.
o
Handling Abnormal Situations - Includes text and
flowcharts used in analyzing the four major types
of abnormal situations encountered:
1. Cannot power system on
2. Cannot start any job
3. Cannot continuously run any job
~.
Cannot power system off
Manual, 96 pages
31~5//01///

GC38-0025
IBM SYSTEMl370 MODEL 158 OPERATING PROCEDURES
ThIs manual introduces-the operator to the Model 158 displa~
c~nsole.
Subjects describes from an operational level
include:
o
Control Panel
o
Console Display
o
Keyboard
o
Console Files
o
Console Printer
This publicati.on should be used in conjunction with
Operator's Library: OS/vS2 Consoles, GC38-0260, anj
Operator's Library: OS/vS2 Reference, GC38-0210. A
knowledge of IBM Systeml360 Operating System: Operating
Procedures, GC28-6692 is considered a prerequisite.
Manual, 52 pages
3158//01///
GC38-0030
SYSTEMl370 MODEL 168 OPERATING PROCEDURES
This publication deScribes the basic procedures performed by
the Model 168 operator at the system console. These
procedures, in conjunction with corresponding procedures
provided in the appropriate operating system reference and
c::>nsole manuals, enables the operator to power the machine
system, load and execute control and problem programs, and
to receive and issue messages to communicate with the
system.
The anticipated reader is the Model 168 operator who
receives the program job, enters it into the production
records, enters the program into the system, and returns the
completed job to the problem programmers. The reader is
assumed to have at least a basic understanding of computers
a~d some preliminary experience in operating a similar
system.
Manual, 70 pages
3168//01///
GC38-0110
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VSl REFERENCE
D::>cuments VSl system operator-and RES (remote entry
services) commands for the system operator and the operat~r
at the central computer of a RES system. Some sections are
of interest to operators at secondary consoles such as those
i~ the tape or disk pool.
Documents only operator-initiated commands. Parameters
to be issuej in response to messages are documented in the
System Messages Manual.
Manual, 150 pages
//~O///5741

GC38-0120
OPERI\.TOR'S LIBRARY: Q§LY2 ~ CONFIGURATIONS
This introductory and procedural operator publication
describes OS/VS support for:
o
the single console configuration
o
the multiple console configuration
This publication is part of the Operator's Library and is
intended for use with:
o
Operator's Library: OS/VSl Reference, GC38-0110
o
Operator's Library: OS/VS2 Reference, GC38-0210
o
Operator's Library: DS/VSl Display Consoles (if
applicable), GC38-0255
o
Operator's Library: OS/VS2 Display Consoles (if
applicable), GC38-0360
OS/VS2 Planning and Use Guide, GC28-0600
Operator instructions for a particular console are contained
i~ the applicable Operating Procedures manual.
Yo~ should
be familiar with OS and System/370 before using this
~ublication.

Manual, 28 pages
//40///5741,5752

GC38
GC38-0210
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS2 REFERENCE
This-pubIication provides the basic system information for a
system console operator to run a Systeml370 machine under
OS/VS2 with JES2. A knowledge of the inf~rmation included
in the IBM Basic Operator Training Course is assumed.
The following topics are discussed in this publication:
a general overview of OS/VS2 with JES2; the commands and
procedures for starting, stopping, and restarting the
system; and discussions on system input, system output,
allocating devices, and recording system information.
The'commands ani procedures for controlling jobs and the
overall system are also discussed in this book.
Manual, 76 pages
//40///5752

GC38
the access method used by RES. Included in the book are the
commands available to the central operator; these RES
c~mmands provide the means for performing such functions as
displaying RES information, changing line status,
controlling job processing, and sending messages to
~rkstation users.
This book is part of the Operator's Library and need be
included in the library only when RES is used. It is
assumed that the library contains the publication Operator'o
Library: OS/VSl Reference, Orier No. GC38-0110.
Manual, 48 pages
//38///5141

GC38-0335
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VSl CRJE
This publication contains information pertinent to the
3:!38-0220
central computer operator for starting, stopping, and
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS2 TSO
running Conversational Remote Job Entry (CRJE) under OS/V31.
This publication provides t~basic system information
It should be usei in conjunction with Operator's Library:
necessary for a console operator to run rso under OS/VS2. A
OS/VSl Reference, Ge38-0110.
knowledge of the information included in the IBM Basic
All the messages received by the operator as a result of
Operator Training Course is assumed.
CRJE commanis are documented in OS/VS Message Library: VSl
System Messages, GC38-l001.
This publication includes the comman:l.s and procedures
necessary to: start TSO, modify TSO parameters, communicate
Manual
//38///5141
with terminal users, cancel a terminal session, control the
background reader, and stop TSO.
Manual, 32 pages
//39///5742
GC38-1001
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VSl SYSTEM MESSAGES
This manual is the basiCiiiaiiilaICif the message library for
GC38-0225
OS/VSl systems. It contains messages for most system
OPERATORS LIBRARY: OS/VS2 REMOTE TERMINALS
control program functions, including scheduler, supervisor,
This-guide is for operator~users of JES2 remote
data management, system generation, and checkpoint/restart.
VSl System Messages, when used with other appropriately
workstations who enter one or more jobs to be sent, using
JES2, to a central computer for processing.
chosen message library publications, enables effective usa
This book describes input/output que~es and how the
of VS1 messages. For messages documented, it contains
pertinent data about:
workstation user can control them. Thiof iiorkstation commands
o
an expanded explanation of the message text,
available to the user are described accoriing to their
function. The parameters used for various forms of the
o
the resulting action of the system,
commands are explained.
o
the response required of the operator and/or
For each type of workstation (1130, S/360, S/360 Model
programmer,
20, 2922, S/3, 3780, 2780, 2710) there is a separate chapter
o
and how to obtain the information necessary for
that describes its operation. This part of the book can be
problem determination.
It is written for operators, programmers, system support
tailored to each installation's requirements by removing
sections that do not apply.
personnel - anyone who responds to system messages.
Manual, 120 pages
Manual, 340 pages
//40///5141
/TP/38///5752
3:!38-0255
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS1 DISPLAY CONSOLES
Tells system operators1iOW ~cathode-ray tube (CRT)
display devices as operator consoles to run a VS1 operating
system. The display devices supported are:
o
2250 Display Unit
o
2260 Display Station
The book summarizes the basic procedures for operating a
system through display consoles and incl~ies detailed
instructions for each device telling:
o
How to start the system
o
How to enter commands
How to delete messages
o
o
How to control the screen
o
How to use the CONTROL command
The book must be used in conjunction with Operator's
Library: OS/VSl Reference, GC28-1001.
Manual, 80 pages
//40//2250,2260/5741
GC38-0260
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS2 DISPLAY CONSOLES
This publication tells system-operarors-hOi to use cathode
ray tube (CRT) display devices as operat~r's consoles to
run the VS2 configuration of the operating system.
After summarizing how to use display devices as
operator's consoles, the manual describe3 in detail the
~perating teChniques for each ~f the devices supported
by VS2. Instructions are given for each device telling
how to: start the system, enter commands, delete messages
and control the screen 'using the CONTROL commani.
This book must be used in conjunction with Operator's
Library: OS/VS2 Reference, GC38-0210, which describes
overall VS2 operating procedures.
Operators Guide, 156 Pages
//40//2250,2260/5152
G:!38-0305
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS TCAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 5141-SCl-21
Operating commands for Telecommunications~s Method
·(Tcrun for the Operating System/Virtual Storage (OS/VS) are
described for system operators. The commands are grouped by
function for easier use. A alphabetical list of keywords
from the operands, with definitions of the commands, is
Manual, 28 pages
/TP/30///5141
GC38-0330
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY OS/VSl RES - PROGRAM NOMBER 5141-SCl-BB
This-boOk-is required by t~ope~f-a-central computer
that is using RES (Remote Entry Services) under VS1. It
explains what functions the central operator can perform
under RES. The book describes how the central operator uses
the automated IPL option and how he starts and stops RTAM,
203

GC38-1002
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS2 SYSTEM MESSAGES
This publication lists,expWns, and suggests appropriate
responses for the messages issued by most OS/VS2 control
program functions including scheduler, supervisor, data
management, and system generation.
Manual, 186 pages
//40///5152
GC38-1003
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VSl SYSTEM CODES
Thrs-publication lists,-eipIains, ana-9uggests appropriata
responses to the system completion codes and wait state
c~des produced by the IBM supplied components of OS/VS1. The
codes are presented in alphameric order.
Manual, 12 pages
//40///5141
GC38-1004
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: ROUTING AND DESCRIPTOR CODES
Tii~publication lists tiie'rOUting and descriptorCodes of
OS/VS messages as they are aSSigned by IBM. Most messages
in the system are issued by the WTO and WTOR macro
statements, which have routing and descriptor code
parameters.
This is a reference publication for a limited and
specific audience, those who wish to alter the code
assignments. It can be helpful, for example, to the user
whose system has multiple console support (MCS> and who is
rerouting messages to certain consoles.
In this manual, message identifiers (IDs) are listed in
alphameric order; message texts are not given. Descriptor
codes appear to the left of the message IDs, and the routing
~des to the ri~ht.
In cases where a message is issued only
by VSl or Vs2 and not both, the system deSignation follows
the ID.
Only this reference material is listed in this manual.
~r additional information like message texts and
explanations, you must refer to other publications in the
OS/VS Message Library.
Manual, 32 pages
//40///5141,5152
GC38-1005
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: UTILITIES MESSAGES
Tfirs-publication lists error-&iid diagnostic messages issuei
by OS/VS Utility programs and describes the actions to be
taken in response to them. It is to be used by programmers
using the OS/VS Utility programs, and by operators
responsible for runnin9 them. OS/VS Utilities, GC35-0005,
is a prerequisite publication.
Manual, 88 pages
//32///5141,5152

SH12

GC38
GC38-1006
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: SERVICE AIDS AND OLTEP MESSAGES
TiiTS"-pubHcation lists, explains, andsuggests appropriate
responses to the messages produced by the OS/VS service aids
and OLTEP programs. The messages are grouped by component
and listed in alphameric order. Associated publications:
OS/VS1 Service Aids, GC28-0665
OS/VS1 OLTEP, GC28-0666
OS/VS1 SYS1.LOGREC Error Recording, 3C28-0668
OS/VS2 Service Aids, GC28-0674
OS/VS2 SYS1.LOGREC Error Recording, 3C28-0677
OS/VS2 OLTEP, GC28-0675
Manual, 66 pages
//37///5741,5752
3:38-1007
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: LINKAGE EDITOR AND LOADER MESSAGES
This publication lists, explains, and suggests appropriate
responses for the messages issued by the OS/VS linkage
editor and loader programs. The messages are grouped by
component and listed in alphameric order.
The associated publication is:
o
OS/VS Linkage Editor and Loader, GC26-3813
Manual, 21 pages
//31///5741,5752
GC38-1008
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS2 SYSTEM CODES
This publication lists, explains, and suggests appropriate
responses to the system completion codes and wait state
codes produced by the IBM-supplied components of OS/VS2.
The codes are presented in alphameric order.
Manual, 60 pages

//00/1/

GH12-5115
DATA LANGUAGE/I-ENTRY DOS/vS (DL/I-ENTRY DOS/vS)
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL. PROG. ~ 5746-XX7
Data Language/I-Entry DOS/VS (DL/I-ENTRY DOS/VS is a data
management control system developed to assist the user in
implementing data base processing applications. It provides
data organization methods that are conducive to the creation
of, access to, and maintenance of large common data bases.
DL/I-Entry DOS/VS permits the evolutionary expansion of data
processing applications from a batch-only environment to a
teleprocessing environment through use of the Customer
Information Control System DOS/VS. This manual gives a
general description of the system, lists its machine
configuration requirements, and provides sample
a~plications.
It is intended for executives, system
administrators, system analysts, system programmers, and
a~plication programmers.
Manual, 54 pages
// ///5746-XX7
SH12-5411

1/40///5752

G:38-1009
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS2 TSO MESSAGES
This-publication lists, explains, and suggests appropriate
responses for the messages issued by the rso control program
and associated routines such as the PL/I and FORTRAN IV
syntax checkers. Messages are grouped by component and
listed in alphameric order.
Manual, 58 pages
//39///5742
3:38-1010
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS1 RES RTAM AND ACCOUNT MESSAGES
This book is intended for-userS~RF(R~En~
Services) under VS1. The book contains nessages produced by
RTAM (Remote Terminal Access Method) and by the account
facility. The messages are presented in message nunber
order. In addition to the text of the message, an
explanation of it is given together with the action the
system takes and the expected response, if any, of the
operator and/or programmer.
This book is part of the Message Library and need be
included in the library only when RES is used.
Manual, 80 pages
/TP/30///5741
GC38-10ll
QS/VS ~ LIBRARY SUBSYSTEM SUPPORT §.ERVICE§ MESSAGES
yS/l RELEASE ttL VS/2 RELEASE 1
This publication lists the system messages produced by IBMsupplied component, Subsystem Support Services,. The causes
of the messages are explained, the accompanying actions by
the operating system are described, and appropriate
responses are suggested. The messages are presented in
alphameric order.
The publication that introduces the concepts and terminology relevent to all of these messages is the IBM System/
370 Subsystem Support Services User's Guide, GC30-3022.
Manual
//40///5741,5752
GE20-0312
PREFACE TO PL/I PROGRAMMING IN SCIENTIFI: COMPUTING
In-a-brief ana-simple manner;-this manual:
-Lists some problems arising in industry, buSiness,
science, and engineering
-survey the mathematical, statistical, and
operations research (OR) by which these
problems are solved
-Tells how a few of such techniqaes and models
are programmed for computers using the PL/I
language
The major portion of the manual concentrates on PL/I. The
essentials are brought out mostly by the many short examples
and the summary exhibits.
DP Application Manual, 66 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GF20-8172
DATA PROCESSING TECHNIQUE~
This bibliography provides a selection of 1M publications
~hich. either wholly or in part, describe data processing
techniques - generally useful methods and applications,
studies in analysis and design, management of a data

processing department, and the like. The listing of a
publication in this bibliography does not, however, preclude
its appearance in one or more bibliographies for specific
systems.
Titles, order numbers, current status, and an abstract
of each item are provided. Titles are listed two ways: by
~pic, with order number indicated and in order-number
sequence ~ith title given.
Manual, 8 pages

~I~~IQ~RAPHX ~

204

~ DOS/VS APPLICATION PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746-XXl
This manual desc~w to write a DL/1 DOS/VS application
program for execution in the batch or online environments.
It is intended for COBOL, PL/1, or Assembler language
a~plication pro~rammers who wish to employ DL/I DOS/VS
functions in their programs, and for data base
administrators who are designing DL/I DOS/VS applications.
DL/I DOS/VS is a data management control system that
assists the user in creating, acceSSing, and maintaining
large common data bases. In conjunction with the Customer
Information Control System (CICS/DOS/VS), DL/I DOS/VS can be
used in an online teleprocessing environment. This manual
contains four main sections: an overall view of how a DL/I
DOs/VS application program is written and executed, a
description of the function codes, the considerations to
a?ply for an online application program, and a description
of the advanced programming functions. A glossary of DL/I
terms is also included.
Readers of tnis manual must be thoroughly familiar ~ith
the use of DOS/VS, and of CICS/DOS/VS if DL/I DOS/VS is to
be used in the online environment.
Manual, 90 pa~es

/1///5746-XX1

SH12-5412

rum

m

~Q, ~ UTILIrIES
GUIDE :EQB
~ PROGRAMMER
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746-XX1
This manual describes each of the DL/I DOS/VS utility
programs and explains how to execute them under DOS/VS.
This manual is ~ritten for data base administrators and
system programmers who are concerned ~ith maintaining and
reorganizing data bases and creating data base control
blocks.
DL/I DOS/VS is a data management control system that
assists the user in creating, accessing, and maintaining
large common data bases. In conjunction with the Customer
Information System (CICS/DOS/VS), DL/I DOS/VS can be used in
an online teleprocessing environment. This manual describes
procedures used for creating control blocks and utilities
f~r data base recovery, for data base reorganization, and
for the resolution of data base logical relationships.
Readers of this manual must be thoroughly familiar with
the use of DOS/VS, and of CICS/DOS VS if DL/I DOS/VS is to
be used in the online environment. Before using the DL/I
DOS/VS utilities and procedures described in this manual.
users should read DL/I DOS/VS System/Application Design
Guide, SH12-5413.
Manual, 262 pages
/////5746-XX1

SH12-5413
DL/I DOS/VS SYSTEM/APPLICATION DESIGN 3UIDE
PROGR~M NO.

5746-XXl

--- --

This manual presents a general description of DL/I DOS/VS
and the considerations to apply when designing a DL/I DOS/v3
system. It is intended for DP managers who want a general
picture of DL/I DOS/VS and for system analysts and data base
administrators who are planning and designing a system.
DL/I DOS/VS is a data management control system that
assists the user in creating, acceSSing, and maintaining
large common data bases. In conjunction with the customer
Information Control System (CICS/DOS/VS), DL/I DOS/VS can be
used in an online teleprocessing environment. This manual
contains descriptions of planning a DL/I DOS/VS system,
designing data base structures, controlling and executing
data base systems, designing application programs, selecting
an access method and employing the DL/I DOS/VS utilities.
Also included is a section on estimating DL/I DOS/VS storage
requirements.
Readers of this manual must be thououghly familiar with

SH12

GH20

the use of OOS/VS, and of CICS/OOS/VS if DL/I DOS/VS is to
be used in the online environment.
Manual, 170 pages
////.1 57q6-XXl
SH12-5Uq
DL/I DOS/VS OPERATOR'S REFERENCE MANUAL' MESSAGES AND
£QQ~ PROG. ~ ~

--- -

---- --

This publication explains how to execute a OL/I DOS/VS
application or utility program as a batch job under DOS/VS.
It also lists all DL/I DOS/VS messages and status codes.
The appendixes identify the messages and status codes issued
by each DL/I DOS/VS module. This manual is intended for use
by persons operating the DL/I DOS/VS system and by
application programmers and data base administrators who may
need information on messages and status codes.
DL/I DOS/VS is a data management control system that
assists the user in creating, accessing, and maintaining
large common data bases. In conjunction with the Customer
Information Control System (CICS/DOS/VS), DLII DOS/VS can be
used in an online teleprocessing environment.
Readers of this manual must be thoro;1ghly familiar with
the operation of DOS/VS, and of CICS/DOS/VS if DL/I DOS/VS
is to be used in the online environment.
Manual, 102 pages
///1.I57Q6-XXl
SH12-5U5
DATA LANGUAGE/I-ENTRY DOS/VS (DLlI-ENTRY DOS/VS)
APPLICATION PROGRAMMING:REFERENCE MANUAL ~ROD.

5746=XX']-

SH18-0007
~ ~ PROGRAMMING ~ ~
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ALB
The-TSO-3270-printer supporr-PrOgram is designed~ide
the user with functions to produce hard copies of his TSO
session on the 3277 display station. The hard copies are
produced on the 328Q printer.
This manual contains information on the functions of TSO
3270 Printer Support Program and the operating procedures
necessary to install and use this program.•
Manual, 7~ pages
///1.1 5799-ALB

!§'Q ;!EQ.

GH19-0082

!i!h

~NERAL

Operator's Guide for IBM 3270 Information Display
Systems, GA27-2742
IBM 3270 Information Display System Conponent
Description, GA27-2749
Manual, 20 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GH20-0689

--- --- ---

This-book exaplins the application programmer how to work
with DL/I-Entry DOS/VS. Using this book, the application
programmer can write and run COBOL, RPG II, PL/I, or
Assembler programs which use DLlI-Entry.
rhe DL/I-Entry data base system makes data handling
easier for application programs, and centralizes the data
required by more than one application program. Both batch
pro~rams running under DOS/VS and online programs running
under the Customer Information Control Sfstem/OOS/vS
(ClCS/VS) can use DL/I-Entry.
This book introduces DL/l-Entry concepts, explains both
the mechanics and the teChniques of writing application
programs which use DLll-Entry, shows how to run them, and
provides examples. rhe use of DLlI-Entrf calls and the
definition of program communication block (PCB) masks are
described in detail. A glossary exaplins DL/I-Entry terms
used in the book. In addition, a reference card summarizing
the main application programming conventions is provided at
the end of the book.
Prerequisite to using this book is a knowledge of how to
program in COBOL, RPG II, PLlI, or Assembler, and some
familiarity with DOS/VS. Online programmers must in
addition be familiar with CICS.lVS programming conventions.
Manual, 158 pages
///1.1 57Q6-XX7

~~~~~~!~gQ INFORMATION ~ DOS/VS,
PROG~
5799-ALX, ~ 8T0139

GH19-7024
IBM 3277 DISPLAY STATION CUSTOM FEATURE DESC. ~
PRINTER ATTACHMENT ~ U58950
--This manual describes the operation of the IBM 1980-C24
Printer when attached to an IBM 3277-001 Display Station.
Operating procedures and physical planning information for
the 1980 Ticket Printer only is included.
The Introduction includes a discussion of the operation
of the 3277 Display Station when this RPQ is attached. It
is intended mainly for company executives, planners,
programmers, and IBM marketing representatives.
The 1980 Printer Operating Procedures provide the
necessary information to allow an operator to use the
printer.
The Physical Planning section provides physical data to
assist installation planners.
When this publication is used, it is assumed that the
reader is familiar with the 3270 system manuals, applicable
to his needs.
An Introduction to the 3270 Information Display System,
GA27-2739

INFORMAtION

This manual surveys the operational concepts and system
capabilities of the Generalized Information System for
DOS/VS. The manual introduces the language of GIS and
describes the data base organization and processing actions
supported by GIS.
rhe Generalized Information System operates on
System/370 Virtual Storage Systems and supports a wide
variety of applications by providing information handling
capabilities against DL/I data base organizations. GIS
provides facilities for defining and retrieving data from
user DL/I data bases using a language which is English-like
structure, and easily taught to non-computer professionals.
Manual, Q4 pages
/////5799-ALX
31119-0084
GENERALIZED INFORMArION ~ QQ§LY§. EXE~ QUERY,
REFERENCE ~ ~ ~ 57~9-ALX, ~ ~~
This manual is designed to give a samp11ng of GIS DOS/VS
PRPQ capabilities and to provide a reference for non-dataprocessing users of GIS DOS/VS PRPQ. It is a basic
introduction to GID DOS/VS PRPQ which may be examined by
those who are interested in a system designed to make
information readily available to decision makers.
Manual, 62 pages
////.1 5799-ALX

~PRIMER,~~

This primer provides an introduction to the APL/360 system
and to the APL prografimdng language. It discusses the
mechanics of USing the system, and shows how to write
representative programs for a variety of applications.
The treatment is elementary, and for a discussion of
advanced system features and available operations, refer
to the APL/360 User'S Manual.
Course Manual
///1/5736-XM1,573Q-XM1
GH20-0765
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360, ~ b. ~
INFORMATION MANUAL: PROG. PROD. 573Q-XX6
The Informat~agement System/360 is an Operating
System/360 processing program designed to facilitate the
implementation of medium to large common data bases in
a multiapplication environment. This environment is create1
to accommodate both online message processing and
conventional batch processing, either separately or
concurrently. The system permits the evolutionary expansion
of data processing applications from a batch-only to a
teleprocessing environment.
This manual includes a general description of the
system and its various facilities and programs, lisings
of typical and minimum configurations, and sample
applications.
Manual, 112 pages
//1/15734-XX6

GH2o- 08 50
APLl360 - OS (5734-XM6) AND APLl360 - DOS (5736-XM6)
GENERAL INFORMATION MANuAL - - - - This publication provides a general introduction to the
use, operation, and installation of APL/360. APL/360 is
a conversational time-shared terminal system utilizing
APL (A Programming Language), a concise notation which
makes use of well known mathematical symbols, plus a number
of symbols that are used for designating other sim~le and
powerful functions. Because APL is colosely realted to
mathematical notation, and its functions operate on sets
of information as well as individual data items, the user
can write effectively in this language with a minimum of
instruction.
APL/360 is designed to operate under either (a) the
IBM system/360 Operating System (OS/360), Multiprogramming
with a Fixed Number of Tasks (MFT with subtasking) or
Multiprogrammin~ with a Variable Number of Tasks (MVr>
or (b) the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System (DOS/360).
The manual is in three parts:
Part I describes APL/360 as viewed by a user at a
typewriter-like terminal. The statements and commands
used to describe the operatins to be performed by the
APLl360 System are summarized.
Part II describes APL/360 as viewed from the central
data processing system location.
The system features
which facilitate the management and operation of an APL/360
System are summarized.
Part III describes the items to be considered in
planning for the installation of an APL/360 System. Minimum
machine requirements and storage requirements are providej.
Manual, 65 pages
1/111573Q-XM6,5736-XM6

205

GH20-0892
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION..r. PROG.""NQ. 5734-XX1- - - This manual surveys the operational concepts and system
capabilities of the Generalized Information system, Version
2. The manual introduces the language of GIS/2 and
describes the file or~anization and processing actions
supported by GIS/2.

GH20

GH20

The Generalized Information System o~erates under
control of the Operating System on System/360 and System/370
and supports a wide variety of applications by providing
information-handling capabilities against many typical
data base organizations. GIS/2 provides facilities for
defining, maintaining, and retrieving data from user files
under direction of the using installation and its personnel.
Program Product Manual, 76 pages
//1115734-XXl

SH20-0915
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2
!!!~ REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5734=XX6
This manual explains now to execute the IMS/360 utilities
programs under Operating System/360.
Described are data
base description generation and program specification block
generation, data base recovery and data base reorganization,
and system log analysis.
Program Product Manual, 224 pages
/////5736-XX6

:ili20-0906
~PL/360-0£ (5734-XM6), APL060-DOS (5736:.XM6),
USER'S MANUAL
This publication provides information necessary to use
the APL/360 system.
It discusses ~rocedu~es and equipment
required for interacting with the system, how to establish
connection between terminal and central computer, how to
sta~t and end work sessions, and how to a~ply system control
features.
Application of the APL language to user problems
is thoroughly discussed, and appendices gi~e both elenentary
and advanced examples of actual terminal sessions.
Program Product Manual, 160 pages
1//115734-XM6,5736-XM6,5799-AJF

sa20-0910

~~~~~~!~~~I~!~~;~M~~;I~~S~~~~60, ~~ ~
PRO:iRAM NUMBER 5·734-XX6
-This manual is a guide-for the application analyst or
system analyst.
Its contents will assist him in the design
of an IMS/360 system as well as in the deSign of the
application systems which will run under IMS/360.
prog~am Product Manual, 300 pages
////15734-XX6
SH20-0911
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360, Y§R§1Q~ ~
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL
p~ NUMBER 5734-XX6
--This manual provides system programming ~ersonnel with
installation considerations and details for generation
(definition) of an IMS/360 system for the user's data
processing environment. The security maintenance program
is included and message editing capabilities discussed.
An IMS/360 sample problem is also provided.
Program Product Manual, 276 pages
////15734-XX6

SH20-0938
APLl360 :: QQ2 ~ATIONS !iliQ !~§I~~ MANUAL,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM6
TtiIS"iiianual is in three parts.
Part I gives instructions for operating the APL/360
time-sharing system.
Suggestions for good practice in
time-sharing and remote-computing operation are included.
Part II gives instructions for operating the APL/360
Utility proggrams.
Part III describes the procedure for incorporating
APL into an existing installation.
It includes instructions
for preparing the HOST system for APL, allocating resources,
and restoring the APL distributed library.
Common problelns
encountered during system installation are noted and
analyzed.
Program Product Manual, 80 pages
// // /5736-XM6
SH20-1007
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEW360 VERSION 2 MASTER INDEX
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6----- - - - - - - - - - This is aconsolidatel alphabetic index to all the documents
in the set of eleven IMS/360 Version 2 manuals. The titles
of the iniividual manuals, along with abbreviated titles and
order numbers, are as follows:
General Information Manual - GIM (GH20-0765)
System/Application DeSign Guide - SADG (SH20-0910)
A~plication

Programming Reference Manual - APRM (SH20-0912)

System programming Reference Manual - SPRM (SH20-0911)
Operator's Reference Manual OPRM (SH20-0913)
Utilities Reference Manual - UTRM (SH20-0915)
Messages and Codes Reference Manual - M , C (SH20-0914)

SH20-0912

System Manual, Volume I - Text - SM (LY20-0629)

!~EQ~~~I!Q~ MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSIO~ ~
APPLICATION PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL
PRO:;R1\M-NUMsER5734-XX6
--This manual provides the details needed for an application
prog~am to be implemented under IMS/360.
fhis manual is
directed to the application programming interface (the
coding teChniques necessary for im~lementation of a designed
application under the IMS/360 control program). The reader
should be familiar with the IBM/360 SYSfEM/APPLICATION
DESIGN GUIDE (SH20-0910) before reading this document.
Program Product Manual, 120 pages
//1115734-XX6

Sli20-0913
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSIQ~ £L
OPERATOR'S REFERENCE MANUAL
PR03RAM NUMBER 5734-X~
rnIOrmition Management System/360 (IMS/360) is a processing
p~og~am (control system) designed to facilitate the
implementation of medium to large common data bases in
a multi-application environment.
This en~ironment is
created to accommodate both on-line message processing
and conventional batch processing, either separately or
concurrently. The system permits the e~olutionary expansion
of data proceSSing applications from a batch-only to a
teleprocessing environment.
·fhis manual provides the operator "ith the information
associated with operating IMS/360 once the syst.em has been
established in a user environment.
Program Product Manual, 152 pages
////15734-XX6
Sli20-0914
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, ~~ £L
MESSA3ES AND ~ REFERENCE MANUAL,
PR03RAM NUMBER 5734-XX6
Information Management System/360 (IMS/360) is a processing
program (control system) designed to facilitate the
implementation of medium to large common data bases in
a llUlti-application environment. This environment is
created to accommodate both on-line message processing
and conventional batch processing, either separately or
concurrently. fhe system permits the e~olutionary expansion
of data processing applications from a batch-only to a
teleprocessing environment.
This manual lists, explains, and suggests ~ppropriate
responses to the completion codes, status codes, and
messages produced by the IBM-supplied cOD~onents of the
IMS/360 system.
Program Product Manual, 104 pages
////15734-XX6
206

System ManUal, Volume II - Flowcharts - SM-II (LY20-0630)
System Manual, Volume III - DP Microfiche - SM III
(LYBO-0631>
System Manual, Volume IV - DC Microfiche - SM-IV (LYBO-0632)
The reader"s attention is called to the fact that many of
the commas in the index are used in the SORT program and do
not necessarily indicate a reversal of word sequence.
Program Product Manual, 60 pages
11///5734-XX6
GH20-10 27
STATIBASIC FOR SYSTEW3 MODEL §.L ~ AND VMl370-ClB:
~ INFORMATION, ~ NOS:.. 5703-XAl, 5734-XAl
STATIBASIC is a comprehensive set of interactive statistical
programs for System/3 Model 6 and ITF (DOS, OS, or TSO). It
consists of 40 BASIC ~rograms, providing the user with
procedUres for data generation, elementary statistics,
regression and correlation analysis, multivariate analysis,
analysis of variance, nonparametric statistics, time series
analysis, and biostatistics.
The interactive features
include instructional messages, flexible control of
calculations, extensive error checking, and data editing.
This manual provides an overview of STAT/BASIC,
describing the program features, usage, maximum problem
sizes, precision, timing, system requirements, and customer
responsibilities. It also includes a sample problem to
illustrate the use of STAT/BASIC.
Manual, 40 pages
/1///5703-XA1,5734-XA.3
GH20-1028
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) DOS-ENfRY
1C!CSToOSE) DOS-STANDARD (ClcS/i50sS) os:sTANDARD V2
(::!ICS/OS) GENERbL INFORMATION ~~ - - - - - -~ ~ 5734-XX7, lli§.::~~L ~
The IBM Customer Information Control System (CICS) is a
Transaction-oriented. multiapplication data base/data
communication interface between a System/360 or System/370
o~erating system and user-written application programs.
A~plicable to most online systems, CICS provides many of tne
facilities necessary for standard terminal applications:
message switching, inquiry. data collection. order entry.
and conversational data entry.
Cles is available in three systems--two for DOS users
and one for OS USERS.
Because the two CICS/DOS systems are
compatible with each other and with the CICS/OS system, it
is possible to start with a small DOS data base/data
communication configuration and move up through 003 into 03.

GH20

SH20

This manual is designed for persons interested in a
general description of CICS and its data base/data
communication capabilities.
Manual, 84 pages
////15734-XX7,5736-XX6,5736-XX7
Sfl20-1030
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSIJN 2 (GIS/2)
~RO:;RAM DESCRIPTION MAN~ VOLUME 1:.. SY'srEM OVERVIEW
AND CONTROL, PROG. PROD:.. 5734-XX1
The IBM Generalized Information System, lTersion 2,
abbreviated GIS/2, consists of an integrated set of programs
to provide general-purpose information handling. User input
statements initiate and direct the system functions of
creating, querying, and maintaining formatted data files
variously structured. GIS routines are completely coded in
the Assembler Language and operate under the overall control
of OS with MFT or MVT.
This manual is presented in three volumes, the first of
which describes the GIS monitor program and the capabilities
associated with it. Data Description (file definition)
facilities and Procedural Language facilities are specified
in Volumes 2 and 3, respectively.
program Product Manual, 40 pages
////15734-XX1
SH20-1032
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SY'STEM, VERSI;m. ~ (GIS/2)
OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-KK1
This manual addresses operations personnelintending to run
the Generalized Information System, Version 2 (GIS/2), ~nder
the Jperating System with Multiprogramming with a Fixed
Number of Tasks or Multiprogramming ~ith a Variable Number
of Tasks. Contents include SY'SGEN procejures, execution
procedures, and diagnostic messages available to the system
user.
program Product Manual, 160 pages
////15734-XX1
Stl20-1033
GENERALIZED INFJRMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
VOLUME-hPROCEDURAL LANGUAGE ::. PROGRAM-DESCiffPTION ~
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
This manual describes the executive-information handling
capabilities of statements written in the procedural
language of the Generalized Information Sistem, version 2
Generic statement formats, examples, and detailed
constraints specify the syntax and use of the var.ious task
statements.
Although the abbreviated title GIS/2 refers formally to
version 2 of an earlier GIS release, the eKpressions GIS and
GIS/2 are synonymous as they may appear herein.
Program Product Manual, 148 pages
///115134-XXl
SH20-1034
CUSTOMER INFORMATION ~ ~ (Clcst OPERATIONS
3UIDE ::. ~ ~ DOS-ENTRY' ~~~ DOS-STANDARD
5736-XX7
The IBM Customer Information Control System (CICS) is a
highly responsive, transaction-oriented, multiapplication
data base/data communication interface between a Systeml360
or Systeml370 operating system and user-written application
programs. In addition to the functions required for inquiry
and conversational data entry, this open-ended, tablecontrolled, event-driven system provides many of the
facilities necessary for standard terminal applications such
as message switching, broadcasting, data collection, and
order distribution.
CICS is available in three systems--t~o for DOS users
and one for OS users.
Because the two CICS/DOS systems are
compatible with each other and with the CICS/OS system, i t
is possible to start with a small data base/data
communication configuration and move up through DOS into' OS.
This manual provides information of interest to persons
responsible for the definition, preparation, and exe~ution
of CICS.
Included is the information necessary to generate
and operate CICS.
Manual, 80 pages
111115736-XX6,5136-XX1
SH20-1040
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) VOLUME 2:
DATA DESCRIPTION LANGUAGE ::. PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL -PRO~RAM-NUMBER 5734-XX1
This volume specifies the format and content of computer
input statements defining data files to be processed. ~ta
description language facilities are discussed in a sequepce
generally corresponding to a system user's need for those
facilities.
Descriptive language statements are illustrated
as input lines in keyword format representative of punchedcard fields.
program Product Manual, 148 pages
///1/5734-XX1
S1I20-1043
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SY'STEM (CICS) SYSTEM
P~R' S REFERENCEMANiJAL PROGRAM----mNSEasDOS-bNTRY 5736-XX6, DOS::sTiNDARD 5736-XK7L OS-STANDARD 172 5734-XX7
The IBM Customer Information Control system (CICS) is a
207

transaction-oriented, multiapplication data base/data
communication interface between a System/360 or Systeml37u
operating system and user-written application programs.
Applicable to most on-line systems, CICS provides many of
the facilities necessary for standard terminal application3:
message switching, inquiry, data collection, order entry,
and conversational data entry.
CICS is available in three systems--two for DOS users
and one for OS users.
Because the two CICS/DOS systems are
c~mpatible with each other and with the CICS/OS system, it
is possible to start with a small data base/data
communication configuration and move up through U03 into J3.
~['his manual provides information essential for persons
who have the responsibility to define, prepare, and
administer CICS in the environment it supports.
Manual, 220 pages
/////5734-XX1,5736-XX6,5136-XX7
SH20-1044
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) TERI~NAL
OPERATOR'S GUIDE::. PRJGRAM NUM!!§R.§ QOS-ENTRX~n~=XX6,
DOS-STANDARD 5136-XX1, ~~RQ ~~ ~!I
The IBM Customer Information Control System (crCS) is a
transaction-oriented, multiapplication data base/data
communication interface between a System/360 or System/370
operating system and user-written application programs.
Applicable to most on-line systems, CICS provides many of
the facilities necessary for standard terminal applications:
message switching, inquiry, data collection, order entry,
and conversational data entry.
CICS is available in three systems--two for DOS users
and one for OS users.
Because the two CICS/DOS systems are
compatible with each other and with the CICS/OS system, it.
is possible to start with a small data base/data
communications configuration and move up through DOS into
OS.
This manual provides information of interest to persons
involved with terminal operation.
These persons include
terminal operators, terminal supervisors, master t~rminal
operators, application programmers, system programmers, anj
system administration.
Manual, 52 pages
/1///5134-XX1,5736-XX6,5736-XX7
SH20-1041
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) APPLICATION Eg~~:
RAMMEiFs REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRM1NUMBERS 5736-XXb--TI!OS-ENT~l 5136~~1 (OOs-STANDKRD1.. 5734-Xxr-(OS-STANDARD 172)
The-IBM Customer Information control system (CICS) is a
transaction-oriented, multiapplication data base/data
c~mmunication interface between a system/360 or System/370
operating system and user-written application programs.
Applicable to most online systems, CICS provides many of the
facilities necessary for standard terminal applications:
message switching, inquiry, data collection, order entry,
and conversational data entry.
CICS is available in three systems--two for DOS users
and one for OS users.
Because the two CICS/OOS systems are
c~mpatible with each other and with the CICS/OS system, it.
c~mmunication configuration and move up through DOS into J3.
This manual provijes information of interest to persons
defining, designing, and preparing application programs to
execute under CICS.
Program product manual, 184 pages
/////5134-XX7,5736-XX6,5736-XX1
SH20-1048

~~:~::~ ~~~~~~~T~~p~~~s S~~~~ (CICS) OPERATI~ §'E~§[>1
PR~NUMBER 5734-XX7

Tfie-IBM CUStOmer Information Control System (ClCS) is a
transaction-oriented, multiapplication data base/data
communication interface between a System/360 or Systeml370
operating system and user written application programs. In
addition to the functions required for inquiry and
conversational data entry, this open-ended, tablecontrolled, event-driven system provides many of the
facilities necessary for standard terminal applications such
as message switching, broadcasting, data collection, and
order distribution.
CICS is available in three systems - two for DOS users
and one for OS users.
Because the two CICS/DOS systems are
compatible with each other and with the CICS/OS system, it.
is possible to start with a small data base/data
c~mmunication configuration and move up through D03 into 05.
This manual provides information of interest to persons
responsible for the definition, preparation, and eKecution
of CICS.
Included is the information necessary to generate
and operate CICS.
Manual, 52 pages
/////5134-XX7
SH20-1069
STAT/BASIC fQR SYSTEMl3 MODEL ~ ~ AND VM/370-CMS:
~ REFERENCE ::. ~ !ill~ 5703-X~!L 5734-XA3
STAT/BASIC is a comprehensive set of interactive statistical
programs for Systeml3 Model 6 and ITF.
It consists of 40
BASIC programs, providing the user with procedures for data
generation, elementary statistics, regression and
c~rrelation analysis, multivariate analYSis, analysis of
variance, non-parametric statistics, time series analysis,
and biostatistics. The interactive features include

GH20

sH20
instructional messages, flexible control of calculations,
extensive error checking, and data editing.
This manual provides the details of the STAT/BASIC
programs. It covers scope and characteristics, processing
descriptions, terminal operation, input/oGtput description,
program description, system requirements, and program
modification aids.
In this manual, ITF refers to DOS-ITF, OS-ITF, and TSOITF.
Manual, 220 pages

The modules of MATH/BASIC can be applied to many problems
that occur in science, engineering, and related fields.
This manual provides an overall view of MATH/BASIC.
It describes the program features, usage, maximum problem
size, preCision, timing, system requirements, and customer
responsibilities. Examples are included to illustrate the
use of the program.
Manual, 21 pages
111115703-XM2,5734-XM8

111115703-X~1,5734-X~3

SH20-1070

STAT/B~IC FOR ITF AND VM/370-CMS:
~~ GUIDE,
PR03R~M NUMB~R 5734-XA3
This manual provides the information neeied to generate,
run, and maintain ST~T/B~SIC.
Program Product Manual, 20 pages

111115734-X~3

GH20-1074
INTERACTIVE QUERY ~ (lQF) FOR ~360 ~ .£
PR03RAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 - GENERAL INFORM~TION MANUAL
The Interactive Query Facility (lQF) is provided as a
feature for users of the IBM Information Management System
(IMS/360) Version 2, Program Product 5734-XX6. IQF offers
the capability for spontaneous online qGery capability, and
retrieval and display of data maintained ~ithin IMS/360
teleprocessing iata bases. IQF runs as a standard IMS/360
application program under IMS/360 VerSion 2 and uses
standard IMS/360 resources for describing data, accessing
data, and communicating with the user's terminal.
This manual provides a general description of I~F and
its various facilities and programs, describes the IQF query
language and the required IQF-IMS/360 machine
configurations, and includes sample applications (examples
of terminal queries that a user might employ).
IQF operates with all System/360 ani System/370
computers supported by IMS/360 version 2. All references to
IMS/360 Version 2 in this manual ass~me ~odification Level 1
or higher, ~ith the full Data Base/Data Communication
System.
ThiS manual has been prepared for both data processing
and non-data processing management and personnel. Knowledge
of the information contained in the MIS/360 Version 2
3eneral Information Manual (GH20-0765) #ill be helpful in
understanding the relationship of IQF to I~S.
Program Product Manual, 54 pages
1111I5734-XX6

SH20-1103
S/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTER~CTIVE COMPUTING
MUSIC RELEASE II PROGRAM DESCRIPTION OPER~~ ~ ~ IUP
NUMBER 5796-A~~ -----~r~f the MUSIC Timesharing S(stem is now
available. It contains system support for S/370 Models 125,
158, 165 and 168, including 3330/3333 Model II, 3704/3705,
enhancements to BASIC and APL workspace support. In
addition, its interface to VMl370 has been improved to
provide more efficient operation when running in a virtual
machine under VM/370 control. Programming services have
been extended until December 31, 1974.
MUSIC offers a high performance and high function
timesharing facility previously unavailable to the low entry
System/370 user.
Manual
111115796-AAT

SH20-1104
S/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTER~CTIVE COMPUTING
MUSIC B~EASE !! USER'S GUIDE::. lOP NUMBER 5796-AAT
release of the MUSIC Timesharing System is now
available. It contains system sGPport for S/370 Models 125,
158, 165 and 168, including 3330/3333 Model II, 3704/3705,
enhancements to BASIC and APL workspace 3~pport. In
addition, its interface to VM/370 has been improved to
provide more efficient operation when running in a virtual
machine under VMl370 control. programming services have
been extended until December 31, 1974.
~USIC offers a high performance and high function
timesharing facility previously Gnavailable to the low entry
System/370 user.
Manual

A-new

111115796-AAT

GH20-1128
MODEL ~ !!EL AND VMl370-CMS GENEg~
MANUAL, ~ NOS. ~ iSYSTEMl3) AND
5734-XM8 (ITF AND VMl370-CMS)
MATa7BASlc-provides easy-to use po#erful mathematics
problem-solving tools to the user of BASIC. The program
operates on the IBM Systeml3 Model 6 or ~nder the
Interactive Terminal Facility (ITF) or unier VM/370-CMS
for Systeml360 or Systeml370. It conSists of 44 BASIC
routines covering the solution of linear ~Gestions, matrix
eigen problems, polynomial equations, nu~erical quadrature,
numerical differentiation, interpolation, approximation,
smoothing, solution of systems of ordinary differential
equations, fast Fourier transform, special functions and
linear programming.
The user can employ any of the programs as stand-alone
or can merge one or more of them into his own programs.
208
~~!~L~~§!£ ~Q~ ~
!.~~ORMATION

GH20-1l52
RCA 301 ~ Q.t! SYSTEMl370 ~ DOS MY ~ (PRPQ) ::.
TRANSITION GUIDE, ~ ~ 5799-ADR
This publication presents areas for consideration ~hile
planning and implementing the transition from the Honeywell
Series 200 to the IBM Systeml370 Models 135 and 145. It is
intended as an aid to management in making a total project
plan.
The transition plan discusses the objectives and
techniques of transition, schedules, file conversion,
program converSion, education, and installation standards.
The guide also discusses the use of DOS resources and
the differences between a Honeywell system and a IBM
IBM System/370.
Because of the differences among data processing
installations, the guidelines in this publication should
be adjusted to fit the reader's particular operating
conditions.
Manual, 40 pages
111115799-ADR

GH20-1l53
HONEYWELL SERIES 200 EMULATOR ON SYSTEMl370 USING DOS AND
~ (PR~ :. TRANsI'TIc5N"GihfiE, PRO:;. NO. 5799-AOT This public~tion presents areas for consideration while
planning and implementing the transition from the RCA 301 to
the IBM Systeml370 Models 135 and 145. It is intended as an
aid to management in making a total project plan.
The transition plan discusses the objectives and
techniques of transition, schedules, file conversion,
program conversion, education, and installation standards.
The guide also discusses the use of DOS resources and the
differences between an RCA system and an IBM Systeml370.
Because of the differences among data processing
installations, the guidelines in this publication should be
adjusted to fit the reader's particular operating
conditions.
Manual, 40 pages
111115799-ADT

SH20-1157
ITF AND ~£M2! OPERATIONS GUIDE,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM8
This manual proviies the information needed to install, run,
and maintain MATH/BASIC on Systeml370. It is assumed that
the user has an installed ITF or VMl370-CMS System.
Manual, 25 pages
M~TH/BASIC ~

111115734-XM8

SH20-1158
M~THlBASIC FOR SYSTEMl3 MODEL 6. ITF AND VM/370-CMS PROGRAM
REFERENCE MANU~L, PROG. NOS. 5703-XM2 (S/3) AND 5734-XM8. (ITF-OS/DOS/TSO AND VM/370-CMS)
MATHlB~IC is a IIbrary of 44 conversational routines
covering the most frequent mathematical problems in
engineering ani science. This manual contains sufficient
information needed to understand and use MATHI~IC.
Manual, 244 pages

111115703-XM2,5734-XM8

GH20-1171
SYSTEM/370 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM PROGRAM (S/370 DSP) GENERAL
!~FORMATION MANUAL, PROG. NO. ~-~ - - -----System/370 Distributei System Program (S/370 DSP) provides
the means for operating an IBM Systeml370 connected to one
or more System/7's as a single system with distribute~
facilities. This manual describes the support that is
available to the user of the S/370 DSP. Included are
descriptions of the subroutines, available to programs
resident in System/370, and the macros, available to
programs resident in System/7.
Manual, 44 pages
360, 370/TP/36/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL/50101
GH20-1173
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMErRIC MJLrI
PROCESSING SYSTF.M: ~ INFOR~TION MANUAL, PROG. NO:----360A-CX-15X
The ASP system is a multiprocessing operating system that
provides a compatible extension to the Operating System
(OS). DeSigned for the user with a large computer job shop
environment, ASP provides increased automation of the
computing operation. The ASP system fUnctions as a
programmed operator of OS. It provides advanced scheduling
facilities for optimizing the total installation production.
Manual, 52 pages
360, 3701136/0ASPII

GH20

GH20
GB20-1175
BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC ~ INFORMATION MANUAL, ~
NOS. 5703-XM3 (SYSTEM/3 ~ II AND 5734::.!lrn (ITF-OS/DOS/
TSO A~O-CMS)
Business Analysis/BASIC is a comprehensi1e set of
interactive routines for use on System/3 Model 6, System/360
or System/370 with ITF (DOS, OS, or TSO) or VM/370-CMS. It
consists of 30 routines written in the BASIC language,
providing the proble~solving professional with procedures
for data generation and maintenance, spread sheet analysis,
investment analysis, break-even or cost-volume profit
analysis, depreciation analysis, and time series analysis.
The program is designed so that a detailed knowledge of
programming is not required. Interactive features include
instructional messages, flexible control of calculation,
extensive error checking and data editing.
'rhis manual provides an overview of Bllsiness
Analysis/BASIC, describing the program features, data file
concepts, usage, maximum problem sizes, precision, timing,
system requirements, and customer responsibilties. It also
includes an "Application Handbook" consisting of a number
of case studies illustrating use of the routines.
Manual, 60 pages
/11115703-XM3,5734-XMB

SH20-1177
~!!~ING ~ FOR THE ~ QUERY ~ ~ Q!
3ENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 - - - - - - - - - - This documenr-descrrEeS the lise and characteristics of the
DL/I (Data Language I) Query Support Feature of the
3eneralized Information System, Version 2 (GIS/2).
This feature provides the means by which a person
can employ the 3IS query language against DLiI data
bases of Information Management System/360, Version 2
 ~ ~
REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XC4
The Display Management system-rr-i~of programs
designed to simplify the implementation of online data
processing systems. The display management. file
management. and message handling capabilities of DMS II make
it possible to implement many new existing applications in
an online environment with little or no ~Ber programming.
The manual is intended for system analysts and
programmers responsible for installing and using the system.
The purpose of the manual is to prOV'ide sufficient
information to enable the user to understand the functions
of the system. the programs constituting the system. and the
effort required for successful installation.
Manual. 224 pages
/////5134-XC4

SB20-1540
~ - ~ 5196-PCZ, DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
BTS/VS Is a terminal simulator which allows IMSIVS application programs to be tested without the use of teleprocessing
hardware or the IMS DC feature. Extensive de-bugging
facilities enable the BTS/vS user to test batch
applications, as well as those intended to run in a
teleprocessing environment. BTS/vS provides information
about each transaction and message as it progresses through
the IMS/VS system.
The BTS IUP (5196-PBD) is a prerequisite for the use of
BTS/VS. The 3210 Formatting Feature, offered as a feature
of BTS. extends 3210 simulation capability to both BTS and
to BTS/vS.
Manual
/////5196-PCZ

SH20-1541
SH20-1460
APL SHARED VARIABLES (APLSV) USER'S ~ (PRPQ ~
PROG. NO. -5199-AJF
This publication describes the "APL Shared Variable system
(APLSV). an interactive programming system tha"t executes
statements and commands written in the APL language. (APL
Shared Variables is available as Programming RPQ WEl191).
This publication also describes the TSIO auxiliary processor
which allows an APL user to perform input and output operations to disks. magnetic tapes. line printers. and other devices. The information in this publication is intended to
supplement APL Language (Programming RPQ's WEl191 and
MF2608) GC26-3841. which is required for full understanding
of the use and facilities of APLSV. This publication is
intended for all APLSV users.
Manual. 60 pages
////15199-AJF
SH20-1461
~~!:! ~ VARIABLES (APLSV) PROGRAMMING ~ ~
OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-AJF
This manual contaIns the information-neeessary to install.
operate and maintain APLSV and TSIO. TSIO is an IBM
supplied auxiliary processor which provides access to
operating System data sets from APLSV terminals. The use of
TSIO is optional.
The programming RPQ described in this manual and all
licensed materials available for it. are provided by IBM on
a special quotation basis only. under the terms of the
License Agreement for IBM program Products. Your local IBM
branch office can advise you regarding the special quotation
and ordering procedures.
Manual. 198 pages
////15199-AJF

GH20-1502
FASTER LANGUAGE FACILITY FOR THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION
CONTROL SYSTEM (CfCS7VST GENERAL INFi5'RMATION MANUAL,
PROG. PROD. 5140-XX1 , 5146-XX3
The FASTER Language Facility is a feature of CICS/DOS/VS and
CICS/OS/VS which makes it possible to run many FASTER
Transaction Processing Descriptions (TPDs) under CICS/VS.
The feature consists of a set of language macros and
processing routines designed as a conversion aid for users
of the five FASTER systems. All language processing macros
present in the FASTER programs are present in the FASTER
Language Facility.
The FASTER Language Facility design utilizes CICS/vS
facilities wherever possible (example: CICS/vS paging and
terminal device independent routines). thus allOWing the
user to take advantage of CICS/vS functions.
This manual is intended for persons interest in a
general description of the FASTER Language Facility and its
capabilities.
Manual. 20 pages
//1/15140-XX1. 5146-XX3
GH20-1514

£!£§LY2 MIGRATION TECHNIQUES §Q~
This publication is designed to assist current users of
FASTER in converting to CICS/OS/VS or CICS/DOS/vS with or
without use of the FASTER Language Facility feature of
CICS/VS. It provides information for programmers. analysts,
and others seeking conversion programming assistance.
Manual, 44 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
~ ~

SH20-1539
IMSMAP/VS ~ IUP 5196-PCY, DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
The Installed User Program IMSMAP/VS is a documentation aid
which produces pictorial representations of data base
structures. These maps, which are produced 011 a line
printer, grahically represent the many characteristics of an
IMS/VS data base. In addition to producing maps, IMSMAP/VS
can print a detailed report describing the characteristics
of each data base description (DBD).
IMSMAP/VS is an extension of the currently available
IUP, IMSMAP (5196-PBC). IMSMAP is a prerequisite for
IM&~AP/VS.
IMSMAP/VS provides both support for IMS/VS data
bases and additional features not available in the original
IMSMAP IUP.
Manual
/////5196-PCY
212

=

TEST ~ UTILITIES
lYE 5196-PDA, DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
This publication describes the IMS/VS support product for
the Test IMS Utilities. The prerequisite for the use of
this product is the Test IMS utilities (program Number 5196PBE) and the associated Program Description/Operations
Manual (SB20-1301).
The Test IMS utilities include programs to create a test
data base, compare an old and a new version of the same data
base, list one or more records from a data base, create an
unloaded version of the data base, and create a restructures
lin integral part of the opera"tion of the utili ties is the
segment description module, which contains a physical
description of each field in every segment of a data base.
This publication describes the operation and use of the
utilities and generation, format, and use of the segment
description module. In addition, installation guidelines
are provided, including test cases for all the utilities.
Appendices provide descriptions of the segment format
facility, SDM block format, contents of TIMS.SAMPLE,
unloaded data base record formats, control card formats and
system flow, and instructions for the installation and use
of the IMS/vS support product.
ManUal, 26 pages
/////5196-PDA

SH20-1542

=

~
DL/I ~ ~ ~ PROGRAMS 5196-PCW,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
The DOSMPA-DL/I data base mapping programs are DBDMAP and
PSBMAP. DBDMAP builds and prints maps of DLII data bases
and descriptive reports of each data base. PSBMAP builds
and prints maps of DLII data bases associated with program
s~ecification blocks.
This manual describes the programs,
their installation into the user's system, requires JCL, map
formats, and includes examples of each program and the error
messages.
Manual
// ///5196-PCW

SH20-1552

=

~ ~ ~ ~
~ 5196-PDC,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
The job Control Language Editor IUP brings to the user of
OS/MFT/MVT/VS1/VS2 an easily used batch text editing
capability for Job Control Language changes.
This manual describes the programs involved with
instruction for their installation and use.
Manual, 24 pages
/////5196-PDC

SH20-1558
DOS DBDUMP UTILITY PROGRAM FOR VANDL/I AND DL/I - PROG. NO.
ffi6=AFYDESCRiPTIONlOPERATIONS--- -- - - - This Program DescriptiOn/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install
and successfully use the program.
Reductions in the amount of personnel time required to test
applications can provide significant benefits to data preceSSing installations.
The DBDUMP utility reduces test time requirements by
providing the facility to examine, alter, and modify data
base records and segments used in both testing and production.
Manual, 18 pages
/////5196-AFY
SH20-1564
3525 ~ ~ UTILITIES
IUP 5196-AGE, DESCRIPTION/
OPERATIONS
The 3525 General Purpose Utili ties IUP takes advantage of
the capabilities of the IBM 3525 card pUnch, which when
equipped with special features, can read and/or print as
well as punch 80-column cards in a single pass. The major
functions include interpret, print any data on any card,
ledger update, reproduce, gangpunch and resequence. Most
industries may have applications which can utilize this IUP.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual
/////5196-AGE

=

GH20

SH20
SH20-1568
AUDIT SOURCE CODE ~ ~ ::. !.QR. 5796-PDH, DESC!aPTION/
OPERATIONS
Audit - Source Code Compare for S/370 OSIVS is an IUP which
analyzes the differences between two versions of a program's
source code. The variations detected by this audit/control
tool are highlighted on a message listing which, in turn,
becomes a vehicle the user can use to verify that only
authorized changes are made to an installation's sensitive
programs. The Audit-Source Code Compare program has be~
used by the IBM Corporation Information Systems Department
audit-control groups as a tool to ass~re that only
,
authorized changes are made to the installation's programs.
This program may be executed under any S/370 VSl or VS2 system. Minim~m system configuration is a S/370 M135, 64K
partition, card reader, printer and 3330.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to ~nderstand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual
111115796-PDH

SH20-1572
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II DOS/VS (OMS II)
OPERATIONS GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5736-XC4-- - This manual contains information to enable the user to
generate and incorporate into his system the IBM Display
Management System II for execution under control of IBM"s
customer Information Control System (CICS) DOS/VS.
Information is included for system maintenance and terminal
operation. All offline and online messages are described.
The intended audience is the programm~ng and operations
staff.
Manual, 103 pages

SH2Q-1592
JOB ENTRY WORKSTATION PROGRAM, LOGIC,
PROGRAMMING ~ WF0358, ~ !ill.:. 5799-WHX
This publication describes the functions of the DOS/VS
Remote Job Entry Workstation program and its relationship to
DOS/VS and to the operating system used at the central
computer. It is intended primarily for use in maintaining
the program.
The manual contains diagrams and supplementary text
describing the functional organization of the prbgram, and
outlines the key functions of each program module. It also
provides a directory to the program code, defines the format
of control bytes, and contains information for diagnostic
purposes.
Manual, 244 pages
~ ~

111115799-WHX

GH20-1597
EXTENDED TELECOMMUNICATIONS MODULES FOR CICS/DOS/VS:
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. PROD. 5746-XXB
This manual provides information on the Entry Telecommunications Access Method, which provides linkage between CICSI
DOS/VS 1.0.1 and a telecommunications network for DOS Release 30. The basic function is to establish and support a
data flow between a CICS/DOS/VS application and a
corresponding user application for the IBM 3600 Finance
Communication system (excluding 3614).
Manual
111115746-XXB

SH20-1606

111115736-XC4

SH20-1573
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II -- DOS/VS (OMS II)
PROORAM REFERE'OCE MANUAL, PROG. PROD. 5ffi=xCiI
OMS II DOS/VS is a set of programs to Simplify the
implementation of online operations using the 3270
information Display System. Application specification is
simplified by means of OMS II forms. Preprogrammed
facilities are provided to perform paging and panel
selection, file operations and message ro~ting. This manual
is intended primarily for panel designers and programmers
setting up applications under OMS II. It contains a general
description of OMS II functions and features, followed by
reference material describing system use.
Manual, 258 pages

VM/370 SYSTEM FOR ONLINE TAPE AND DISK LIBRARIES::. J.!lE
5'79'6-AGN, DEScRIPT'ION7<5PERAFroNS - The VM/370 System for Tape and Disk Libraries is an IUP for
the control of user tape and disk libraries. It ~orks
online under CMS with commands to control the assignment and
accounting for user volumes. The system operator can add,
delete, and modify a record associated with a particular
motmtable volume. It can make a large pool of tapes and
disks accessible to a large number of time sharing users by
providing the storage location and accounting information
available online. The benefits are improved data security,
quicker location of volumes, quicker response to mount
commands, automatic bookkeeping and improved system control.
This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the
user with sufficient information to understand, install and
successfully use the program.
Manual

111115796-AGN

111115736-XC4

SH20-1618
GAS LIGHT AND £Q!Qii COMPANY SMF GRAPHICAL ANALYSIS
IUP 5796-AFP, DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
ThIs manual descrIbes the function, capabilities and system
requirements of the SMF Graphical Analysis Program. Its
purpose is to provide sufficient information to enable the
reader to determine the applicability and value of the
program for his use.
Manual, 28 pages

~

GH20-1574

QQSIV2 REMOTE JOB

Rf2 WF0358)

~ WORKSTATION PROGRAM (PROGRAMMING
~ INFORMATION MANUAL ~ NO. 5799-WHX

This publication, a general description of the noSivs Remote
Job Entry Workstation Program, is intended primarily as an
aid in evaluating the program and may also serve as a guide
in planning the implementation of a DOSIVS workstation.
After listing the program's advantages, the manual presents an overview of the program, then discusses its structure and functions, the operation of the ~orkstation, and
finally the generation and installation of the program.
Manual, 26 pages

111115799-WHX

SH20-1589

~OTE JOB IDITB! WORKSTATION ~ ::. PROGRAMMING
WF0358 OPERATION ! INSTALLATION GUIDE L ~ llih
5799-WHX
This publication describes the operation and installation of
the DOS/VS Remote Job Entry Workstation Program. It is
intended for use by the system programmer responsible for
installing and maintaining the system and by the operator at
the workstation computer.
The manual explains the use of commands to control processing and lists the messages produced by the program. It
also defines the generation parameters and describes how to
install and generate the program.
Manual, 96 pages
11111 5799-WHX

QOSIVS
~

SH20-1590

DOS/VS REMOTE JOB ENTRY WORKSTATION PROGRAM (PROGRAMMING
RPj5WFo'358TREFOONCE ::. PROG. llih 5799-WHXThis publication defines and describes the facilities
provided by the DOS/VS Remote Job Entry Workstation Program
and contains the information necessary to plan for
utilization and installation. It is intended for use by the
system programmer responsible for installing and maintaining
the system. Additional information on the operation and use
of the DOS/VS Remote Job Entry Workstation Program is
directed to computer data center personnel responsible for
operation planning.
The manual describes the program, eKplains the inte~al
structure in terms of functions provided, and discusses the
operating procedures. It also describes the device support,
storage and programming system requirements, and performance
considerations.
Manual, 76 pages
11111 5799-WHX

213

111115796-AFP

GH20-1628
A GUIDE TO TESTING IN A COMPLEX SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT
This documeiit'"deSCribes the methods, techniques and programs
necessary to test in a complex environment. It also gives a
description of the various testing environments and of the
testing methods to be used in each environment.
It is intended both as an introduction to testing for
executives and managers, and as an in-depth treatise for
those responsible for setting up and executing the tests.
Manual, 90 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GH20-1638
TSO ::. 3270 STRUCTURED PROGRAMMING FACILITY (SP}"),
GENERAL INFORMATION - PROGRAM NO. 5740-XT2
The Structured Programming Facility (SPF) is a programming
development tool designed to increase productivity in the
TSO environment. It supports any VS2-TSO user ~ho has a 24line IBM 3270 display terminal equipped with a full EBCDIC
keyboard, including 1.2 program function keys. It increases
programmer productivity through:
o
display presentations which prompt the user and
simplify command/data entry
o
time-saving use of program function keys for
commonly performed operations
o
features that facilitate structured programming in
a TSO environment
This manual provides an overview and functional description
of SPF.
Manual, 24 pages
111115740-XT2

GH20-1639
DB/DC DRIVER ~ GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG.
PROD. 5740-XXA
This manual is intended primarily to define the scope of
applicability of the DB/DC Driver System for customer
executives, system analysts, and programmers. It describes
the facilities of the DB/DC Driver System and includes a
general discussion of the DB/DC Driver System system

G820

GH20
configuration, terminal processing, system structure and
control, and system support and maintenance facilities, as
provided within the DB/DC Driver System Program Product.
The DB/DC Driver System provides tools for testing and
driving data base/data communications application programs.
It is terminal oriented, thereby permitting the online
development of test cases. A special language is provided
to aid in the creation of test cases; a terminal command
language is provided to permit modification of test cases as
well as library management operations. In addition, offline
utilities can be used to build the DB/DC Driver System,
initialize it, and manipulate the driver system data base.
Manual, 30 pages
/////5740-XXA
GH20-4046
APL/360 DOS: SPECIFICATIONS, ~ ~ 5736-XM<§.
The Program Product Specifications (PPS) aescribe the
warranted specifications of the subject Progr~n Product.
Specification sheet, 2 pages
360,370//22/00S//

GH20-4267
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS
VERSION 1 MODIFICATION ~ 1 ~ OBJECTIV~
~o~ 5740-XX2
The Program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describe the
design objectives and provide the estimated availability
date of the subject Program Product.
Program Product Design Objective Sheet, 8 pages
// ///5740-XX2
GH20-4210
IBM SYSTEM/370 DATA LANGUAGE/I ENTRY DOS/VS

, ~ VM/370-CMS: SPECIFICATIONS, PROG. NOS. 5703-XMJ
AND 5734-XMB
The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
SpeCification sheet, 2 pages
/////5703-XM3,5734-XMB
214

GH20
GH20-4344
~i~~~ :~~~~~~3~

SH20
Flyer, 1 page
/////5799-WHZ

!! (DMS II OS/VS) SPECIFICATIONS

T~program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the

warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specification Sheet, 2 pages
/ / / / / 5734-XC4

GH2o-4380
IBM SYSTEM/370 DATA LANGUAGE/I ENTRY DOS/vS (DL/I-ENTRY
DOS>VS), SPECIFICATIONS
PROG. PROD. 5746-XX7
This Program Product Specifications (PPS) describes the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 2 pages
/////5746-XX7

=

GH20-4347
APL SHARED VARIABLES (APLSV) - PROGRAM NO. 5799-AJF
IFRP~ NUMBER WE1191) ~FIcATiONSsiiE~---The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specification Sheet, 8 pages
/////5799-AJF
GH20-4350
DL/I DOS/VS, PROG. PROD. 5746-XXl SPECIFICATIONS, VE:RSION

GH20-9001
CICS/VS CONVERSION ~ ~ PROG. !':!9..§..:.. 5740-XXl,
5746-XX3
This publication provides guidelines for current users of
CICS who plan to convert to the two IBM Virtual Storage (v3)
program products: CICS/OS/VS or CICS/DOS/VS.
It also
contains planning information for current CICS/vS version 1,
M:>dification Level 0 users and covers subsequent version an.j
modification levels.
Topics presented include the functions
available with CICS/VS conversion to VS, and performance ani
storage considerations.
The reader of this publication is referred to the
following IBM publications:

!

MOD l

The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Program Product Specifications Sheet, 2 ~ages
/////5746-XXl
GH20-4354
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM OS/VS PROGRAM PRODUCT
(5740-XXl) SPECIFICAT~~!L~IFYCATYON LEVEL Ql
The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
specification Sheet, 8 pages
/////5740-XXl

o
o
o

Manual
/////5740-XX1,5746-XX3

GH20-4355

SH20-9002
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS/VS)
SYSTEM/ApPLlCATION DESi'GNGulDEPROG. NO.
CICS/OS/VS 5740-XX1;-CrCS/DOS7VS 5746-XX3
The IBM Customer Information control System (CICS/VS) is a
This publication provides guidelines for the system analyst
and system administrator in the design fo online
applications under control of CICS/DOS/VS or CICS/OS/vS.
Directed mainly toward the inexperienced CICS/VS user, i t
presents tutorial information followed by specific design
techniques and application examples relevant to the various
CICS/VS facilities.
The follOwing design topics are
covered:

!'~~QBM~IT!lli MANAGEMENT ~ VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/V$)
SPECIFICATIONS VERSION 1 MODIFICATION LEVEL 0
PROG. NO. 5740-~ ----- The program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Program Product Specification Sheet, 8 ~ages
/////5740-XX2

GH20-4359
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DOS/VS
~~SION !L MODIFICATION LEVEL ~ SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746-XX3
T~Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specification sheet, 8 pages
/////5746-XX3

o
Introduction to System Design
o
Program DeSign
o
Data Communication Design
o
Data Management design
o
Data Base Design
o
Advanced Features
o
Performance considerations
o
Recovery Restart
o
Testing and Integration
o
Production Cutover and Follow-up Evaluation
o
Application Design
base/data communication interface between a System/370
operating system and user-written application programs.
Applicable to most online systems, CICS/vS provides many of
the facilities necessary for standard terminal applications:
message switching, inquiry, data collection, order entry,
and conversational data entry.
CICS/vS is available in two systems one for DOS/VS users
and one for OS/VS users.
Because the CICS/DOS/VS system is
compatible with the CICS/OS/VS system, it is possible to
start with a small DOS/vS data base/data communication
configuration and move up through DOS/VS into OS/VS.
This manual is provided for persons who will design
online applications to execute under control of CICS/VS.
The process of online system d'esign is presented .in
basically the same chronological sequence as would be
experienced in real life. The various factors that should
be considered at each step in the design process are
Manual, 306 pages
/////5740-XX1.5746-XX3

GH20-4366
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II (OMS II DOS/VS)
PROGRAM PRODUCT 573~SPEcffiCATIO-NS--­
T~Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Program Product Spedicication Sheet, 4 pages
/////5736-XC4
GH20-4367
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL §!ORAGE (GIS/vS)
PROG. PROD. 5740-XX7 SPECIFICATIONS
This Program~ Specifications (PPS) describes the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Program Product Specification Sheet, 4 pages
/ / / / / 5740-XX7
GH20-4370
APL/CMS SPECIFICATIONS
PROG. NO. 5799-ALK, ~ ~
This Program Product Specifications (PPS) describes the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 4 pages
/////5799-ALK

=

GH20-4373
FASTER LANGUAGE FACILITY SPECIFICATIONS: FOR CICS/DOS/VS
E:BQ~!.. N~XX3; FOR CICS/OS/VS PROG. NO. ~
This Program Product Specifications (PPS) describes the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Flyer, 2 pages
/////5740-XX1, 5746-XX3

GH20-4374
DOS/VS REMOTE JOB IDITBX WORKSTATION PROGR!lli (PROGRAMMING
WF0358)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-WHX, SPECIFICATIONS
This Program Product Specifications (PPS) describes the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
Specification sheet, 4 pages
/////5799-WHX

=

DOS/VS Data Management Guide (GC33-5374)
OS/VS Virtual storage Access Method (VSAM) System
Information (GC26-3835)
OS/VS Virtual storage Access Method (VSAM) Planning
Guide (GC26-3799)

Bf2

GH20-4376
3333/3330 DISK ~ ~ ~ 11 SUPPORT FOR ~
PR03RAM NUMBER 5799-WHZ PRPQ EF4346
This Program Product Specifications (PPS) describes the
warranted specifications of the subject Program Product.
215

SH20-9003
CUSTOMER INFORMATION ~ SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
CCICS/VS APPLICATION PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL
FROG. NOS. 5740-XX1,5746-XX3
This publication contains the detailed information necessary
for the design and preparation of application programs to
execute under the CICS/DOS/VS and CICS/OS/VS program
products. This manual presents both tutorial and reference
material intended for use by application programmers, system
programmers, system analysts, and system administrators.
The format of the manual is designed to facilitate both the
general and the detailed approach to application
programming under CICS/vS.
For further information
concerning CICS/VS and related subjects discussed in this
manual, the reader is referred to the publications listed in
the Bibliography.
data/base communication interface between a System/370
operating system and user-written application programs.
Applicable to most online systems, CICS/VS provides many of
the facilities necessary for standard terminal applications:
message switching, inquiry, data collection, order entry.
and conversational and batched data entry.
CICS/vS is available in two systems-one for DOS/VS users
and one for OS/VS users.
Because the CICS/DOS/VS system is
compatible with the CICS/OS/VS system, it is possible to

SH20
start with a small DOS/VS data base/data communication
configuration and move up through DOS/VS into OS/VS.
This manual provides information of interest to persons
defining, designing and preparing application p:l:ograms to
execute under CICS/VS
Technical Manual, 500 pages
/////5740-XX1,5746-XX3

SH20
and one for OS/VS users. Because the CICS/DOS/VS system is
compatible with the CICS/OS/vS system, it is possible to
start with a small DOS/vS data base/data communication
configuration and move up through DOS/VS into OS/VS.
This manual contains messages unique to CICS/vS and is
designed for terminal operators, system programmers, and
application programmers.
Manual, 104 pages
/////5740-XX1,5746-XX3

SH20-9004
CONl'ROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL ~
(CICS/VS) SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5740-XXl, ~
- - - .This publication contains detailed infol:mation necessary to
implement both the CICS/OOS/vS and CICS/OS/VS program
products. This manual presents tutorial and reference
information deSigned for system programmers and system
analysts who have the responsibility to define, prepare, and
administer and maintain CICS/VS management and service
programs, and system control and service tables.
The publication should be used in conjanction with the
appropriate CICS/VS Operations Guide (CICS/OS/vS and
CICS/DOS/VS) when generating CICS/VS and when preparing the
system tables describing the environment CICS/VS is to
support.
application data base/data communication interface between a
System/360 or Systeml370 operating system and user-written
application programs. Applicable to most online systems,
CICS provides many of the facilities necessary for standard
terminal applications: message switching, inquiry, data
collection, order entry, and conversational and batched data
entry.
CICS/VS is available in three systems - two for DOS
users and one for OS users. Because the two CICS/DOS
systems are compatible with each other and with the CICS/OS
system, it is possible to start with a small data base/data
communication configuration and move up through DOS into OS.
This manual provides information essential for persons
who have the responsibility to define, pl:epare, and
Manual
/////5740-XX1,5746-XX3
~USTOMER ~TION

SH20-9005
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICs/Vs) TERMINAL opERAT'QR's GUIDE PROGRAM NUM'BERS
(5740-XXU AND (5746-XX3)
-- --- --The IBM customer Information Control System/Virtual Storage
(CICS/VS) is a virtual storage transaction-oriented
multi application data baSe/data communication interface
between a System/370 operating system and user-written
application programs. Applicable to moat online systems,
CICS/VS provides many of the facilities necessary for
standard terminal applications: message switching, inquiry,
data collection, order entry, and conversational and batched
data entry.
CICS/VS is available in two systems-one for DOS/VS users
and one for OS/VS users. Because the CICS/OS/VS system is
compatible with the CICS/OS/VS system, it is possible to
start with a small DOS/VS data base/data communication
configuration and move up through DOS/VS into OS/VS.
This manual describes the use of terminals with CICS/VS
and is deSigned for single terminal operators, application
programmers, system analysts, and system administrators.
Manual
/////5740-XX1,5746-XX3
SH20-9006
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS/VS) ~ ADMINISTRATOR'S ~ EEOG. NO.'S 5740-XX1,
5746-XX3
The IBM Customer Information control System/virtual Storage
(CICS/VS) is a virtual storage transaction-oriented multiapplication data base/data communication interface between a
Systeml370 operating system and user-written application
programs. Applicable to most online systems, CICS/VS
provides many of the facilities necessary for standard
terminal applications: message switching, inquiry, data
collection, order entry, and conversational and batched data
entry.
CICS/VS is available in two systems-one fOI: DOS/VS users
and one for OS/VS users. Because the CICS/DOS/vS system is
compatible with the CICS/OS/VS system, it is possible to
start with a small DOS/VS data base/data communication
configuration and move up through DOS/VS into OS/VS.
This manual describes system administration
considerations for CICS/VS and is designed for system
administrators, system analysts, and system programmers.
Manual, 86 pages
/////5740-XX1,5746-XX3

SH2o-9011
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(OS) CICS/VS) OPERATIONS GUIDE, ~ !!2.:. 57ii'O-XXl"
The IBM CUstomer Information Control System/Virtual Storage
(CICS/VS) is a transaction-oriented multiapplication data
base/data communication interface between a System/370
operating system and user-written application programs.
Applicable to most online systems, CICS/vS provides many of
the facilities necessary for standard terminal applications
such as message switching, broadcasting, data collection,
and order distribution.
CICS/vS is available in two systems-one for DOS/VS,
users and one for OS/VS users. Because the CICS/DOS/vS
system is compatible with the CICS/OS/VS system, it is
possible to start with a small DOS/VS data base/data
communication configuration and move up through DOS/vS into
OS/VS.
This manual provides information of interest to persons
responsible for the definition, preparation, and execution
of CICS/VS. The information necessary to generate and
operate CICS/vS is included.
Manual, 70 pages
// ///5740-XXl
SH20-9012
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
1CiCS7Vs) OPERATIONS GUIDE (DOS) PROG. NO. c'IcS7i50S/VS
5746-XX3
-- -- -- The IBM CUstomer Information Control System/Virtual Storage
(CICs/VS) is a transaction oriented multiapplication data
base/data communication interface between a System/370
operating system and user-written application programs.
Applicable to most online systems, CICS/VS provides many of
the facilities necessary for standard terminal applications
such as message switching, broadcasting, data collection,
and order distribution.
CICS/vS is available in two systems - one for DOS/vS
users and one for OS/VS users. Because the CICS/DOS/VS
system is compatible with the CICS/OS/vS system, it is
possible to start with a small DOS/vS data base/data
communication configuration and move up through DOS/VS into
OS/VS.
This manual provides information of interest to persons
responsible for the definition, preparation, and execution
of CICS/VS. The information necessary to generate and
o~erate CICS/DOS/vS is included.
Manual, 58 pages
/////S746-XX3
SH20-9025
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS)
SYSTEM/APPLICATION ~ GUIDE, PROG. PROD. 5740-XX2
Provides information required by data base administrators,
application planners, and systems programmers in designing
Information Management System/Virtual Storage (IMS/VS) Data
Base and Data Base/Data Communication Systems. Included are
descriptions of data base and data communication concepts
and the facilities available in designing an IMS/VS system.
Also included is a chapter for determining IMS/VS storage
requirements and the access methods used by IMS/VS.
Prerequisite Publication: Information Manual GH20-1260
Manual
/////5740-XX2
SH20-9026
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS)
APPLICATION PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANU~. NO. 5740-XX2
Information Management System/Virtuar-5torage (IMS/VS) is
processing program (control system) designed to facilitate
the implementation of medium to large common data bases in a
multiapplication environment. This environment is created
to accommodate both online message processing and
conventional batch processing, either separately or
concurrently. The system permits the evolutionary expansion
of data processing applications from a batch-only to a
teleprocessing environment.
This manual is a guide for the application analyst or
system analyst. Its contents will assist him in the design
of an IMS/VS system as well as in the design of the
a~plication systems which will run under IMS/VS.
Manual. 218 pages
/////5740-XX2

SH20-9008
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(ciCS7VS) MESSAGES AND CODES MANUAL
PROG. NOS. ~C5iij6=XX3--The IBM Customer Information Control System/Virtual Storage
(CICS/VS) is a virtual storage transaction-oriented
SH20-90 27
multiapplication data base/data communication interface
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS)
between a System/370 operating system and user-written
~ PROGRAMMING REFERENCE .:. PROG, NO. 5740-XX2
application programs. Applicable to most online systems,
This publication provides system programmers with
CICS/VS provides many of the facilities necessary for
installation considerations and details for generation
standard terminal applications: message 3i1itching, inquiry.
(definition) of an IMS/VS system to be run under either
data collection. order entry. and conversational and batched
OS/vS1 or OS/vS2. It describes data base and data
data entry.
communications functions, System/3 and System/7 support
CICS/VS is available in two systems-one for DOS/VS users
security maintenance and IMS/vS service programs.
216

a

SH20

SH20
GH20-9034

The 1.0.1 enhancement adds 2260/2265 support and the IMS
Trap Code Monitor and its associated print program.
Manual
/////5140-XX2

~~~~~~Np~:~i~~~I~iS:~~~~~U~~~~~46~~~~VS)

SH20-9028
!~FOR~ MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL ~ (IMStyS)
OPERATOR'S REFERENCE - PROG. NO. 5140-XX2
Provides the informatIon:required~rol the online
execution of IMS/VS and to establish procedures for the
operator of the IMS/VS master terminal and operators of
remote terminals attached to IMS/VS. The intended audience
is IMS/VS machine operations and systems operation personnel
responsible for an IMS/VS installation's operating
procedures.
This publication provides: an overvie_ of the
relationship between IMS/VS and OS/VS; a general description
of IMS/VS system and terminal functions and how they are
used; a description of each terminal supported ~ IMS/vS; a
description of the function and use of each IMS/VS terminal
command, including examples; suggested procedures for the
online execution of IMS/VS.
Manual
/////5140-XX2

SH20-9029
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/vIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS)
UTILITIES REFERENCE MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5140-XX2
This publication is designed for programmers;lSystem
analysts and computer operators and describes how to execute
the Information Management System/Virtual Storage (lMS/VS)
utility programs under the operating system. Individual
Chapters provide information on (1) Data Base Description
Generation and the control statements used as input to
DBDGEN: (2) Program Specification Block Generation and the
control statements used as input to BSBGEN; (3) Application
Control Block Maintenance Utility in creating and
maintaining a consolidated library of data base and program
descriptions used by the DB/DC System; (4) Data Base
Recovery System utilities in reconstructing a data base; (5)
Data Base Reorganization/Load ProcesSing ~ti1ities in
reorganizing a data base; (6) Message/Format Language
Utility execution and how this utility produces the message
and device formats required by the IMS/VS Message Format
Service (MFS); (1) Message/Format Service utility execution
and how this utility is used to introduce additional control
of the MFS format control blocks and the manner in which the
blocks are accessed by IMS/VS;(8) Statistics and Accounting
with respect to system log analysis and how different
reports can be produced from the IMS/VS system log through
use of the Log Transaction Analysis, Statistical AnalysiS,
and Program Isolation Trace Report utilities; (9) Service
utilities which explains use of the Spool SYSOUT Print
System Log Recovery, and System Log Terminator
uti1ities;(10) Monitor Report Print utility with respect to
how this batch program uses da~a collected bf the IMS/VS
Trapcode module and prints summary/distribution reports of
the data, and (11) Interactive Query Facility (IQF) for
spontaneous online query and for retrieval and display of
data contained in IMS/VS data bases, and how the IQF utility
is used in creating data bases and in generating separate
PSBs for IQF.
Appendix A contains output messages and statistics
provided by the HISAM Reorganization Unload/Reload utilities
and the HD Reorganization Unload/Reload utilities (described
in Chapter 5). Appendix B contains sample procedures,
including JCL, of commonly used data base operations that
can be performed by the utilities described in Chapter 5.
The reader should be familiar with the concepts and
terminology described in IMS/VS General Information (GH201260), System/Application Design Guide (SH30-9025), and
Application Programming Reference Manual (SH20-9026).
Manual, 310 pages
/////5140-XX2
SH20-9030
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IMS/VS) MESSAGES AND CODES
REFERENCE MANUAL -

PROG~5740-XX2

---- -- - -

This publication lists completion codes, status codes, and
messages produced by the IBM supplied components of the
IMS/VS system. In addition to the explanation that
accompanies each code and message, the action (if any)
required of the user is provided unless this inforamtion is
implicit in the explanation. The publication is thus
designed to advise programmers and system analysts of the
status of their programs and to alert them of the action
required to correct a problem.
Manual
/////5140-XX2
GH20-9033
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM, VERSION ~ (GIS/2) EXECUTIVE
QUERY REFERENCE ~ INTRODUCTION), PRO~ ~ 5134-XXl
This manual is designed to give a sampling of GIS/2
capabilities and to provide a reference for non-data
processing users of GIS/2. It is a basic introduction to
3IS/2 which may be examined by those who are interested in a
system designed to make information readily available to
decision makers.
Manual
/////5134-XXl
217

The Information Management-System/Virtual Storage (IMS/VS)
Conversion Planning Guide is intended for current
Information Management Systeffi/310 (IMS/360) users that are
conSidering conversion to IMS/VS. The planning guide
describes the new features available with IMS/VS, and
provides information to aid current IMS/360 users in
converting to IMS/VS.
Manual
/////5140-XX2
GH20-9035
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL"=PROGRA:MNUMBER 5140-XX1
Th1S manual surveys the operat10nal concepts and system
capabilities of the Generalized Information System/Virtual
Storage. The manual introduces the language of GIS/vS and
describes the file organization and processing actions
supported by GIS/VS.
The Generalized Information System operates on
System/310 Virtual Storage systems and supports a wide
variety of applications by providing information handling
capabilities against many typical data base organizations.
GIS/VS provides facilities for defining, maintaining, and
retrieving data from user files under direction of the using
installation and its personnel.
Manual, 16 pages
// // /5140-XX1
SH20-9036
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
~ GUIDE, ~ ~ 5140-XX1
The User's Guide contains information to introduce the
program to both the technically oriented user and the
nontechnical end user and includes instructions for the
guidance of both in the use of the Program Product GIS/VS.
Manual, 84 pages
/////5140-XX1
SH20-9031
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/vIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL 5140-XX1
Designed for system programmers and data base administrators
with responsibility for system and data base planning,
design, installation, and details of system operation.
Security is discussed in detail, data description for all
file types is included, as well as recovery and
reorganization techniques, SAM/lSAM to VSAM conversion, and
diagnostic aids and techniques to assist in quick diagnosis
of problem situations.
Manual
/////5140-XX1
SH20-9038
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/vIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
LANGUAGE REFERENCE ~
~
The LRM is a reference manual for users. Procedural
language utilities, task input parameters, and terminal
command language are described. Language syntax and
conventions are detailed. and examples are included to
illustrate the proper use of the various language functions.
Major functions, such as QUERY, UPDATE/CREATE, MODIFY, DLlI,
and IMS/VS terminal entry are discussed.
Manual
// // /5140-XX1

=

SH20-9039
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/vIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
MESSAGES AND CODES, ~ ~ 5140-XX~ - - - This publication lists completion codes. status codes, and
messages produced by the IBM supplied components of the
GIS/VS system. In addition to the explanation that
accompanies each code and message, the action (if any)
required of the user is provided unless this information is
implicit in the explanation. The publication is thus
designed to advise programmers and system analysts of the
status of their programs and to alert them of the action
required to correct a problem.
The information in this manual corresponds to parts of
the GIS/2 Operations Manual.
Manual. 130 pages
/////5140-XX1
SH20-9040
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/vIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
PLANNIN3 AND OPERATION ~ FOR THE ADVANCED QUERY FEATURE
PROG. PROD. 5140-XX1
This documen~bes the characteristics of the Advanced
Query Feature of GIS/vS. This feature provides the means by
which a person can employ GIS/VB in conjunction with
Information Management System/Virtual Storage (ISM/VS). The
user of this feature must have installed either the Data
Base System of IMS or the combined Data Base/Data
Communication System of IMS. The discussion is at a level
sufficient for planning the installation of the feature.
The two major sections deal with the AQF Data Base Support
and the AQF Terminal Support.
The terminal interface is discussed in detail while the
c~mmand language is only briefly described.

SH20
Manual, 80 pages
////15740-XX7
GH20-9043
3ENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
EXECUTIVE QUERY REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. R!h 574o:xx:r-This manual is designed to give a sampling of GIS/VS capabilities and to provide a reference for non-data processing
users of GIS/VS.
It is a basic introduction to GIS/VS which
may be examined by those who are interested in a system
designed to make information readily available to decision
makers.
Manual, 96 pages
///N5740-XX7
SH20-9046
IBM SYSTEM/370 LOW-LEVEL CODE/CONTINUITY CHECK IN DATA
LANGUAGE/I DOS/VS PROGRAM REFERENCE AND OPERATIONS:MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-XXl
----- --This manual is intended for application programmers who want
to use the services of Low-Level Code/Continuity Check in
Data Language/I DOS/VS (LLC/CC in DL/ I DOS/VS).
It
describes the functions and the operation of the system, and
contains all the information required to generate and
execute LLC/CC in DLII DOS/VS.
Low-Level codes are used primarily in the manufacturing
industry to indicate the lowest level at which at particular
part number is found in all product structure trees. The
product structures must not contain any loops. Therefore, a
continuity check is applied to ensure proper assembly-tosubassembly continuity.
The reader is assumed to have a working knowledge of the
functions and the facilities of Data Language/I Disk
Operating System/Virtual Storage (DLII DOS/VS). He should
be familiar with the contents of the following publications:
o
DLII DOS/VS Application Programming Reference
Manual, SH12-5411
o
DL/I DOS/VS Operator's Reference Manual and
Messages and Codes SH12-5414
o
DLII DOS/VS Utilities and Guide for the System
Programmers, SH12-5412
Manual, 52 pages
////15746-XXl
SH20-9049
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS/VS) ADVANCED COMMUNICATION GUIDE, PROG:-PRODS.
5740-XX1, ~
This manual provides essential information for persons who
have the responsibility to define, prepare, and administer
CICS/VS in support of the IBM Finance 3600 Communication
System.
CICS/VS is a transaction-oriented, multiapplication data
base/data communication interface between a Systeml370 operating system and user-written application programs.
Applicable to most online systems, CICS/VS provides many of
the facilities necessary for standard terminal applications:
message switching, inquiry, data collection, order entry,
and conversational and hatched data entry.•
CICS/VS is available in two systems, one for DOS/vS
users and one for OS/VS users. Because the CICS/DOS/VS
system is compatible with the CICS/OS/VS system, it is
possible to start with a small data base/data communication
configuration and move up through DOS/VS into OS/VS.
Information concerning CICS/OS/vS is for planning purposes
only.
Manual, 225 pages
/////5740-XXl,5746-XX3

GJDl
IBM 3600 Finance CommUnication System, GC27-0009; and VTAM
COncepts and Planning, GC27-6998.
Manual, 164 pages
/////5740-XX2
SH20-9051
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS/VS) INSTALLATIONIGUIDE (DOS) - PROG. P~46-XX3
This manual is for new
of CICS/DOS/VS:--!t is intended
to assist in the installation of initial CICS applications.
The system described is a CICS subset and provides a
framework for developing the installations' first programs.
Once a basic system has been installed, applications may be
expanded to include more advanced functions.
The user must have a S/370 operating under DOS/VS. The
subset utilizes local or remo·te 3270 Information Display
System, and ISAM data files.
The CICS application programs
in this manual are written in COBOL.
Manual, 240 page s
/////5746-XX3

users

GH20-9500

~:~~~T~~~~ ~!~i~i~~~~ SYSTEM PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL
This publication describes the functions available in the
IBM Systeml370 Distributed System Program (DSP).
This book provides System/360, System/370 and Systeml7
application programmers with information that enable them to
prepare for and install the DSP facilities that
most effectively fulfill their application requirements.
Manual, 206 pages
360, 370/TP/36/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL/5010/
GH20-9501
gSTEM/370 DISTRBUTED SYSTEM ~ OPERATIONS GUIDE,
PROG. NO. 360A-TX-032
This publication describes how to install, operate, and
maintain the IBM Systeml370 Distributed System Program
(OSP). This book is intended for system programmers who are
knowledgeable in concepts of generation, operation, and
maintenance of 05/360 and familiar with the concepts of
teleprocessing and the Distributed System Program.
Guide, 103 pages
360, 370/TP/36/0S,OTSO,OASP,CALL/5010/
GJD1-0001
SYSTEM/370 MODELS 158/168 SYSGEN ICR OS RELEASE 21.6
PROGRAM NO.36OS='0s::6'09 - - - - - - - - - - Contains~pe I OS program listings as specified in the
title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GJD1-1100
OS21.0-21.7, VSI/l.0-3.0, VS2/1.0-1.6
SYSTEM MODIFICATION PROGRAM LISTINGS, 360S-DN-611
Contains Type I OS program listings as specified in the
title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GJDl-1480
IBM OPERATING SYSTEM/360 DOS EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR
SYSTEM/370 MODELS 145 AND-rs5~M NUMBER~OC-EU-738
Set of 65 fiche containingSource code for 45 modules and
1 index. Modules are used in DOS emulator program for
Systeml370 models 145 and 155.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SH20-9050
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS)
~ FOR THE IBM 3600 FINANCIAL COMMuNICATION ~::.
PROG. PROD. 5740-XX2
This publication provides planning information needed for
GJDl-1640
design, implementation, and operation of a 3600 system that
OPERATING SYSTEM 370/165 OS-7094 INTEGRATED EMULATOR
will use IMS/VS. The intended audience is the systems
MICROFICHE~~OGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU~
analyst and applications analyst who are responsible for the
This document contains Type I 05 program listings and DOS/OS
IMS/VS 3600 installation.
PTF listings.
Using the facilities of VTAM and the NCP, IMS/vS supMicrofiche
ports the following 3600 terminals:
3604 Keyboard Display,
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
3610 Document Printer, 3612 Passbook and Document Printer,
3614 Consumer Transaction Facility, and 3618 Administrative
Line Printer.
GJDl-1641
The first chapter describes the elements present in an
~:~~0~~?03~_~~X/7074 EMULATOR ~
IMS/VS 3600 system and the IMS/VS facilities that have been
designed or extended to support a 3600 system. Chapter 2
This document contains Type I OS program listings and DOS/OS
describes the procedures necessary for the 3601 application
PTF listings.
program to communication with IMS/VS. Included are
Microfiche
discussions of session initiation, normal message flow,
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
error handling, session termination, and restart. Chapter 3
describes IMS/VS support for the 3614. IMS/vS supports the
3614 through either a direct attachment to the 3704/3705
GJDl-1642
Communications Controller or a loop attachment. to a 3601
7080 EMULATOR FOR SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 UNDER OPERATING
Finance communication Controller.
The fourth chapter
SYSTl1M/360 - MICROFICHE LISTI~PROGRAM NUMBER 360C EU.,..737
No abstract-available. - - - - - - - - - describes the IMS/VS system definition macros and Message
Format Service control statements required fox· an IMS/VS
Microfiche
3600 system. Operational considerations are described in
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
Chapter 5. Appendixes provide examples of required programs
and definitions.
A Glossary is included.
Prerequisite publications are: Information Management
GJDl-1643
System/Virtual Storage (IMS/VS) General Information Manual,
l1MULATOR FOR 7074 ON S/370 MODEL 155 UNDER OS
MICRoFIcHE=' PROGRAM NUMBER36OC-EU-iiiI-- 3H20-1260; IBM 3600 Finance Communication System: System
Summary, GC27-0001; Programming Installation Guide for the
This document contains Type I OS program listings and DOS/OS
218

=

GJD1
PTF listings.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GJ01-1795
~:~D~I~;~~~~~D INTELLIGENCE ~ (DIS) LISTINGS ~ ~

SJDZ
SJDZ-0050
OS/Vs2 IEBEDIT (5742-SCI-U9)
Contain~rogram listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VSZ as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 3 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Contains program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GJ01-2063
DISK OPERATING SYTEM MODEL 155 EMULATOR
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROG~NUMBER 360N-EU-490
TheSe-cards contain assembled program listings for the
DOS/360 Model 155 Emulator.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0060
OS/VS2 IEHLIST (574Z-SC1-UZ)
COntains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VSZ as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 5 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-0070
OS/VS2 IEHPROGM (5742-SC1-U3)
COntains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 6 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GJD1-Z100
~~!!~!Q!! FOR 1401/1440/1460 ON THE ~Q.lQ. ~ 155
UNDER OS MICROFICHE LISTING - PROG. NO. 360C-EU-735
Contains Type I OS program lIstings asspecified in the
title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0080
OS/VSZ CATALOG (574Z-SC1-D3)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/vs2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 12 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GJD1-2150
EMULATOR FOR THE IBM 1410/7010 ON THE SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155
UNDER Q2. ::. PROG. 360C-EU-736, LISTINGS---- - - - No abstract available.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJDZ-0090
OS/vS2 SMF SCHEDULER (5742-SC1-00)
contains-8cp program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 9 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GJD1-4601
MODEL 20 EMULATOR ON S/370 USING DOS (V4) - PROGRAM NUMBER
37'i)'N:"IE='002
- - - - - -- -- - - - - --Microfiche assembly listings of Model 20 Emulator on
System/370 using DOS (V4).
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0100
OS/VS2 TSO TRACE (5742-SC1-T9)
contaIns-8cp program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VSZ as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 12 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-0110
OS/VS2 PASSWORD PROTECT (5742-SC1-DC)
COntains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VSZ as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GJD1-460Z
S/370 ~ DOS/VS IBM EMULATOR FOR HW S200, LISTINGS
PROG. NO. 5799-ADT
MICrOfiche assembly listings of IBM emulator for Honeywell
series 200 on S/370 using DOS/VS.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0120
OS/VS2 TSO UTILITIES (574Z-SC1-T2)
COntains-8cp program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VSZ as
specified in the title.
Microfiche,S cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GJD1-4603
S/370 !!§.!!!§ ~ IBM EMULATOR fQR RCA 12.L. LISTINGS
PROG. NO. 5799-ADR
Microfiche assembly listings of IBM emulator for RCA 301
on S/370 using DOS/VS.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0130
OS/VS2 TSO TEST (5742-SC1-T1)
ContainS:SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VSZ as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0001
MICROFICHE FOR OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6 REFERENCE LISTINGS
Contains SCpprogram listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0140
OS/VS2 EXT/PREC/FLT PT SIM (5742-SC1-CP)
Contains SCP program-ristings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VSZ as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJDZ-0010
OS/VSZ SMF (574Z-SC1-02)
ContainS:SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 2 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJDZ-0160
OS/VSZ IEHMOVE (574Z-SC1-UC)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VSZ as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 45 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJDZ-0020
OS/VS2 IEHINITT (5742-SC1-UD)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 5 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0170
OS/VS2 IEBCOPY (574Z-SC1-U6)
COntains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VSZ as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 14 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0030
OS/vS2 IEHSTATR (5742-SC1-UE)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or Os/VSZ as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, Z cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0180
OS/VS2 IEBGENER (5742-SC1-U7)
COntain~ogram listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VSZ as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 14 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJDZ-0040
OS/VSZ TAPE ERP/VES (574Z-SC1-CC)
contains:scP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 11 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
Z19

SJD2

SJD2
SJD2-0190
OS/Vs2 IEBUPDTE (S742-SC1-U8)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/vS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 8 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0320
OS/VS2 TSO SUPERVISOR (5742-SC1-T7)
Contalns-BCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 46 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-Q200
OS/VS2 IEBPTPCH (5742-SC1-UA)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 6 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0330
OS/VS2 SYSTEM RESTART (5742-SC1-B3)
COntains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 14 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0210
OS/VS2 IEBCOMPR (S742-SC1-UK)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 8 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0350
OS/vS2 ALLOCATION (5742-SC1-B4)
COntains SCP program listings for OS/vSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 108 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0220
OS/VS2 IEBISAM (5742-SC1-UH)
contains sCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 10 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0360
OS/vS2 ~ ~ (5742-SC1-BS)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 48 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0230
OS/VS2 IEBDG (5742-SC1-UJ)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 13 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0370
OS/vS2 INITIATOR (5742-SC1-B6)
COntains SCP program listings for OS/vSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 44 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJ02-0240
OS/VS2 TSO EDIT (5742-SC1-TO)
Contains-BCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 73 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0380
OS/vS2 TERMINATION (5742-SC1-B7)
COntains SCP program listings for OS/vSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 36 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-02S0
OS/vS2 IPL (5742-SC1-Cl)
Contalns-Bcp program l~stings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 2 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0390
OS/vS2 COMMANDS (5742-SC1-B8)
COntains SCP program l~stlngs for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 93 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0260
OS/VS2 SUPERVISOR (5742-SC1-C5)
contains sCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 209 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0400
OS/vS2 READER/INTERPRETER (5742-SC1-B9)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/vS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 83 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0270
OS/VS2 RMS (5742-SC1-CE)
ContainS-scp program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/vS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 45 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0410
OS/VS2 TSO SCHEDULER (5742-SC1-T4)
ContainS-SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 307 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0280
OS/VS2 GSP (5742-SC1-07)
Conta:ins-BCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 71 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0420
OS/vS2 OBR/SDRIEREP (5742-SC1-CD)
COntains SCP program listings for OS/vSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 137 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0290
OS/VS2 GAM (5742-SC1-GO)
conta:ins-BCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 48 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0430
OS/vS2 GTF (5742-SC1-ll)
ContainS-SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 80 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0300
OS/VS2 DlDOCS (5742-SC1-C4)
contains sCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 48 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0440
OS/vS2 AMASPZAP (5742-SCl-12)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/vSl and/or OS/VS2 as
sl?ecified in the title.
Microfiche, 3 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0310
OS/VS2 DSS (5742-SC1-10)
Contains-BCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 3 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0450
OS/vS2 AMDPRDMP (5742-SCl-13)
COntains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 35 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

220

SJD2

SJD2

SJD2-0460
OSIVS2 AMDSADMP (5742-SCl-15)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OSIVS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 9 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0650
OSIVS2 FETCH (5742-SC1-C7)
COntains-BCP program listings for OSIVS1 and/or OSIVS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 3 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0470
OS/VS2 AMAPTFLE (5742-SCl-16)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OSIVS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 6 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0660
OSIVS2 SAM (5742-SC1-DO)
COntainS-SCP program listings for OSIVS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
sl?ecified in the title.
Microfiche, 196 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0480
OS/VS2 AMDPRDMP/EDIT (5742-SCl-18)
Conta:ins SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OSIVS2 as
specified .in the title.
Microfiche, 25 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0670
OSIVS2 PAM (5742-SC1-D2)
COntainS-Scp program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 4 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0490
OSIVS2 3735 MACROS/UTILITY (5742-SCl-22)
Conta1ns-5Cp program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OSIVS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 4 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0680
OS/vS2 MICR (5742-SC1-D6)
COntains sCP program listings for OS/vSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 10 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0530
OS/VS2 EXTENDED SVC ROUTER (5742-SC1-CF)
Con-talns SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OSIVS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 2 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0690
OS/vS2 DAM (5742-SC1-D7)
COntainS-Scp program listings for OSIVSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 46 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0540
OSIVS2 MAPPING MACROS (5742-SC1-01)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OSIVS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 4 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0700
OS/VS2 lOS (5742-SC1-C3)
oontarnS-Scp program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
sl?ecified in the title.
Microfiche, 12 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0550
OS/VS2 OLTEP (5742-SC1-06)
Contains-scP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 84 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0710
OSIVS2 DASD ERP (5742-SC1-CA)
OOntains-scP-program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 2 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0560
OS/VS2 BTAM (5742-SCl-20)
Contains-5Cp program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 115 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0720
OSIVS2 UNIT RECORD ERP (5742-SC1-CB)
Contains-scP program-listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 20 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0570
OSIVS2 TCAM (5742-SCl-21)
Contalns-5CP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0730
OS/vS2 TSO SUBRTN TeAM (5742-SC1-T8)
COntainS-Scp program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 9 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0580
OS/VS2 IEBTCRIN (5742-SC1-UG)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 102 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0740

SJD2-0590
OS/VS2 3505/3525 (5742-SC1-DD)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 13 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0750
OS/vS2 IBCDMPRS (5742-SC1-IO)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 4 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0600
OS/VS2 OCR (5742-SC1-D5)
Contains:sCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0760
OSIVS2 IBCDASDI (5742-SCl-I1)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 3 cards, 90 image
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0640
OS/VS2 OVERLAY SUPERVISOR (5742-SC1-C2)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 3 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0770
OS/vS2 IEHDASDR (5742-SC1-UO)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 32 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

TSO ~ MANAGEMENT (5742-SC1-T3)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/vS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 48 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

221

SJD2

SJD2
SJD2-2000
IPL OS/vSl MICROFICHE

SJD2-0780
OS/VS2 IEHATLAS (5742-SC1-UF)
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 9 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

REL.~

= COMPONENT

~

5741-SC1-Cl

This document contains Type I OS program listings and DOS/OS
PTF listings.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0790
OS/VS2 SYSOUT WRITER (5742-SC1-B2)
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/vS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 23 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2001
IOS/OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING
COMPONENT ~ 5741-SC1~C3
REL. 2.6
This document contains Type I OS program listings and DOS/OS
PTF listings.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

SJD2-0S00
OS/VS2 ICAPRTBL (5742-SC1-I2)
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 2 cards, 90 image
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2002
SUPERVISOR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
5741-SC1-CS---

---- -

This document contains Type I OS program listings and DOS/OS
PTF listings.
Microfiche, 126 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0S10
OS/VS2 ISAM (5742-SC1-DS)
Contains-5Cp program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2003
MAPPING MACROS OS/VSl COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-0l
Assembled listings-=-2 modules.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0S20
OS/VS2 CHECKPOINT/RESTART (5742-SC1-09)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2004
MODULE/MACRO TOTAL SYSTEM INDEX OS/vSl
(5741-SCl COMPci'N'ENT-S)-- - - - - COntai~SCP program listings for OS/vSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0S30
OS/VS2 OPEN/CLOSE/EOV (5742-SC1-Dl)
contaIns sCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 271 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-0S40
OS/VS2 DADSM
contains SCP
specified in
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER

~

SJD2-2009
SCHEDULER SMF OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
5741-SC1-0-0- - - -

---- -

This document contains Type I OS program listings and DOS/OS
PT F listings.
Microfiche, 22 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

(5742-SC1-D4)
program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
the title.

SJD2-2010
UNIT RCD ERP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT

NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

574I-SCI-C'B - - -

---- -

This document contains Type I OS program listings and DOS/OS
PTF listings.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0S50
OS/VS2 LINK LOADGO PROMPTER (5742-SC1-T5)
Contalns-5CP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 7 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2014
JECS OS/vSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
NO. 5'1ii'I=SC1-BO - REL. ~ This document contains Type I OS program listings and DOS/OS
PTF listings.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0S60
OS/VS2 LINKAGE EDITOR (5742-SC1-04)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 24 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2015
liP STREAM CTL OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
5741::sa:=Bl- - - ---- This document contains Type I OS program listings and DOS/OS
PTF listings.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0S70
OS/VS2 LOADER (5742-SC1-05)
Contains SCP program list1ngs for OS/VSl and/or OS/vS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 6 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2016
O/P STREAM CTL OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM
5741::sa:=i32- - - ---- - - - contains SCP program listings for OS/vSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-0SS0
OS/VS2 AMBLIST (5742-SCl-14)
Contains SCP program listings for Os/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 12 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2017
SYSTEM RESTART OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER

SJD2-0S90
OS/VS2 ASSEMBLER XF (5742-SC1-03)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 46 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

574I=Sc~

---

---- -

contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-1190
3330/3333 MODEL #11 SUPPORT LISTINGS
COMPONENT NO. 5742-SC1-S1
Contains-Sep-program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-201S
ALLOCATION Os/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B4---

---- -

contains SCP program listings for OS/vSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 90 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

222

SJD2

SJD2

SJD2-20l9

SJD2-2033
RMS OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 514l-SCl-CE
COntains SCP program listings for OS/vSl and/or OS/VS2 as--specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Q

~~ OS/VSl MICROFICHE ~ ::. COMPONENT NUMpER
514l-SCl-B5
containS-SCp tPrhoegtral..mtleli.stings fo~ OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2034

Q2LY2h ~ ASSEMBLER COMPQNENT NO. 574l-SCl-03
Contains SCP program listings for Os/vsl and/or OS/Vs2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2020
INITIATOR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUM9ER

57iiI=sa::=B-6--

--- -

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2038
~;~~~~~E

SJD2-202l
TERMINATION OS/vSl MICROFICHE LISTING ::. £~ NUMBER
514l-SCl-B1
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-204l
GTF OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SCl-ll
COntains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/Vs2 as-specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2022
~ OS/VSl MICROFICHE ~ ::. COMPONENT NOMBER
514l-SCl-B8
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2042
HMASPZAP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-~
----- Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
s!;lecified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2023
INTERPRETER OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING ::. COMPONENT NOMBER
514l-SC1-B9
contarns-scp program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2043
HMDPRDMP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-~
----- Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or os/VS2 as
s!;lecified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2024
OS/VSl RESTART RDR/DSDR PROCESSING (514l-SC1-BD)
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2044
HMDSADMP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
57iiI="SCI-rs=REL. 2. 6
--- COntains SCP-program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
s!;lecified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2025
SYSTEM LOG OS/vSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER

57'4I"=SCHE---

OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING ::. COMPONEN! NUMBER

COntains SCP program listings for os/Vsl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

---- -

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2045
HMAPTFLE OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
SJD2-2026
WTP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING ::. COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-S,Cl-BF
Contains SCP program listings for Os/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

'574I='SCI-I6='REL. 2. 6

--- -

COntal.ns SCP-program-listings for os/vsl and/or OS/Vs2 as
s!;lecified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-2046

SJD2-2021
MSI OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING ::. COMPONENT
REL.~

~

514l-SC1-BG

~:S~

MICROFICHE LISTING ::. COMPONENT NUMBER

Contains SCP program listings for os/vsl and/or OS/VS2 as
s!;lecified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 1 card
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2041
EXTENDED SVC ROUTER OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT

SJD2-2028

NUMBER

~MCJQgm

OS/VSl MICROFICHE ~ ::. ~~ NOMBER
514l-SCl-l1 - ~L. 2.6
Contains sCP-program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

siiiI=scr=cr - - -

------ -

contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
s!;lecified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-203l
~~

QS/VSl MICROFICHE ~ ::. COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SCl-GO
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-2032
GSP Q2LY2! MICROFICHE ~ ::. COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-07
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche .
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

223

SJD2-2048
IEHLIST MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SCl-U2
Contal.ns SCP program listings for OS/vsr-and!or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-2049
BTAM Q2LY2l MICROFICHE
~~

~

::. COMPONENT NUMBER

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche, 85 cards
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2

SJD2

specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

SJD2-205l
OCR Q.§Cl§! MICROFICHE ~
COMPONENT NUMBEB 574l-SC1-D5
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl andlor OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2068
OS/VSl LINKAGE EDITOR MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
57iiI=sc~

-----

---- -

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2053
IEBTCRIN OS/vSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-UG - REL. 2.6
--- contains SCP-program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/vS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2069
LOADER OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER

57iiI=scr=os--

--- -

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2054
CHECKPOINT RESTART OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
5741-SCl-09--- - - ---- contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl andlor OS/vS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2074
OS/vSl JES COMPATIBILITY INTERFACE (574l-SC1-DB)

57iiI=sCr=DB

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2055
FETCH OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-S~
---- contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2076
HMBLIST OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5'7ii"1-Sc'1~

SJD2-2017
IBCDMPRS OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
51iiI=S'C1-ro-=R'EL. 2. 6
----- contains SCP-programiIistings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in ~he title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2058
OPEN/CLOSE/EOV OS/VSl MICROFICHE ~ ~ ~~ ~
574l-SC1-DL
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl andloI: OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2078
IBCDASDI MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SCl-Il
COntains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2059
PAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-D2
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl a~os/vS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2079
ICAPRTBL MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SCl-I2
COntains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2060
~S~

MICROFICHE LISTING

~

COMPONENT

----- -

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2057
SAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-DO
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl andlor OS/vS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~BER

contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl andlol: OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2080
IEHDASDR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
~-uo----

SJD2-206l
MICR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NU~3ER
5741-scr=D6
--- Con-tains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/vS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

----- -

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-208l
IEHIOSUP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-ur------ Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2062
DAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-D7
contains SCP program listings for Os/VSl andlor-OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2082
IEHATLAS OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
571iI=ScI-~

SJD2-2063
ISAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER

5m-scr=Di

-----

COntains SCP program listings for OS/vSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

----- - ------ - - -

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl andlor OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2084
CRJE OS/vSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER

'57'iiI-ScI::oA

SJD2-2064
JAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-D9
Contains SCP program listings for Os/VSl and/or-OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

--- -

COntains SCP program listings for OS/vSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2- 2085

Q2LY2! COMPONENT NO.

SJD2-2067
DASD ERP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5m-SC1-~

574l-SCl-~ IEBCOPY, LISTINGS
574l-SC1-U6
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.

---- - ----- ---

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
224

SJD2

SJD2
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-2086
OS/VSl COMPONENT ~ 5141-SC1-U1. IEBGENER. LISTINGS
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or Os/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2l00

~~~~./:g~:~ ~_~~~~ICHE LISTIN;
Cbntains SCP program listings for OSIVSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-2101
TAPE EBP/VES OS/VSl MICROFICHE ~
5141-SC1-CC ~ lit
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2081
IEBUPDTE QSIVSl MICROFICHE ~ =. COMPONENT ~
5141-SCl-U8
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OSIVS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2l02

SJD2-2088
IEBPTPCH ~ MICROFICHE ~ =. COMPONENT NUMBER
5141-SC1-UA
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2105
RES (REMOTE ENTRY SYSTEM) RELEASE 2 - PROORAM NUMBER

SJD2-2089
OS/VSl COMPONENT NO. 5141-SC1-UK. IEBCOMPR LISTINGS
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or Os/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-2090
IEBISAM ~ MICROFICHE ~ =. COMPONENT NUMBER
5141-SC1-UH
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or Os/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

5741::sa:=Bii

SJD2-2101
REMOTE ENTRY SERVICE ACCOUNT FACILITY RELEASE 2 - PROGRAM
No:s74r-sa:-~EL~

---- ---- - - - - -

contains SCP program-liStIngs for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

sm=sCl-iiJ

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2108
3505/3525 RDRIPCH (READER/PUNCH) - PROGRAM NUMBER
S7~D-D--- --- --Cbntains SCP program listings for OSIVSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2092
IEHMOVE OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING

5'fii'I'=SCl:uc-

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2096
OS/VSl COMPONENT. NO. 5141-SC1-U3. IEHPROGM LISTINGS
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

- - - - - - - - ---

SJD2-2106
OSIVSl 5141-SCl-18 MDPRPDMP (EDIT-UTILITY PRINT DUMP)
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2091
IEBDG OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING

SJD2-2094
SMP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING
COMPQNENi'NUMBER - 574 r=scr=o2
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

::---m.~

Cbntains SCP-programIistings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2l10
OSIVSl 5141-SC1-CP EX F/P SIMULATOR - REL. 2.6
COntains SCP programlfStings for os7vSl'"and70r OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-2111
NO. 5141-SC1-C8 - REL. 2.6
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-2112
OSIVSl DSS MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER

574I=ScI=Io

---- ---- - --- ---

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2091
OS/VSl COMPONENT NO. 5141-SC1-UD IEHINITTL LISTINGS
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2113
OS/VS2 ~ ~ ~ LISTINGS. COMPONENT NO. 514l-SCl-23
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2098
OS/VSl COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-UE. IEHSTArR LISTINGS
ContalnS-SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OSIVS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2ll4

Q2LY§! IDCAMS MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS.

5141-SC1-DK
Cbntains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2099
CATALOG OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING
5141-SC1~

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2l15
OS/vSl 5141-SC1-DF SENECA-3890 DOC. PROCESSOR
PROGRAM LISTINGS
Cbntains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
225

SJD2

SJD2

SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LJD2-4106

=

PRPQ P85004 i l l i l l TRANSCODE
PROGRAM
NUMBER 5799-AGA
This PRPQ provides for decoding Six Bit Transcode control
characters and performing standard BSC control functions.
Also included is the capability of accumulating a special
CRC for Six Bit Transcode and the capability for Transparent
Mode opera tion.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
~ ~.

SJD2-2116
OS/VSl 574l-SCl-DL SHARKS-3886 OCR
PROG. LISTINGS
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-2117
OS/VSl SYSTEM MODULE STATUS PROGRAM LISTINGS
This miCi:OfIChe contains the system module Stcltus for
OS/VSl Release 2.6.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LJD2-4107
~~~~~~~ PRPQ P85007 SPECIAL START-STOP

SJD2-2118
Q§~§l VSAM,
Contains SCP
specified in
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER

fOMPONENT NO. 574l-SCl-DE LISTING~
program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/vS2 as
the title.

GJD2-4112
;~~.U:~:C~~9~~:~PARENCY (PRPQ P85003) MICROFICHE,

NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Contains-program listings as specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2119
QS/V§1 ~ COMPONENT NO. 574l-SCl-lO LISTINGS
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/vS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-2l2l
Os/VS1 POWER
Contains SCP
specified in
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER
SJD2-2122
OS/VSl ISSP,
contains SCP
specified in
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER
SJD2-2124
OS/VSlTCAM,
Contains SCP
specified in
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER

SJD2-4120
DOS/VS SSP MODULES, LISTINGS
PROG. NO. 5747-AJ2
Contains SCP program listings for DOS/VS as specified in the
title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

WARNING FEATURE, COMPONENT NO. 574l-SClO-E
program listings for OS/VSl-and/or Os/VS2 as
the title.

SJD2-4121

NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

~ MODULES !QB OS/VS
LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 5744-BA2
contains SCP program listings for-oS7VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BK LISTINGS
program listings for OS/VS1 and/or Os/VS2 as
the title.

SJD2-4122
DOS/VS NCP LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 5747-AJ2
contarnSSCP program-listingSfori5OS7Vs as specified in the
title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

COMPONENT NO. 574l-SCl-21 LISTINGS
program listings for OS/VSr-and/or OS/VS2 as
the title.

SJD2-4200
TOOLS LIST OS/VS2
OS(VS2 RELEASE 2.0
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2128
OS/VS1 REL. 03.1 PROG. LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO. 5741-SCl-S1
contains-5Cp-prQgram listings for Os/VS1 and/Or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4201
OSIVS2 RELEASE 02. 0 SYSTEM CROSS REFERENCE SAMPLE
SYSGEN ~ - - - - - - COnta1ns SCP program listings for OSIVS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2129
OS/VSl 5741-SC1-19 IMCOSJQD
ASSEMBLEg PROG. LISTINGS
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

SJD2-4230
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 JES2 5752-SC1-BH
COntains SCP program-rIstings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2134
Os/vs1 REL. Q.hl PROG. LISTINGS, COMPONEN!'. ~ 5741-SC1-0C
OS/VS1 Release 03.1 Microfiche listings of component
5741-SC1-0C for use by all subscribers.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4240
OSIVS2 RELEASE 020 EXTERNAL WRITER 5752-SC1-B2
contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2135
OS/VS1 5741-SC1-BL JOB LIST MGR ASSEMBLER PROG. LISTINGS
program listings of-rcR Job List Manager OS/VS1 Rel. 3.0
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4250
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SeBED RESTART 5752-SC1-B3
C'OiitaTns SCP prograiii1IStings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-2419
SSP MODULES EQR Q.§LY§
~ hl LISTINGS
~ llih.
5744-BA2
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

=PROGRAM NUMBER

This PRPQ provides for support of special start-stop
equipment. Operation is in half-duplex mode at 1200
bits/second. Data is transparent~ there is no checking for
control characters. The Reverse Channel Feature is
supported in conjunction with a hardware RPQ to the 3705.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

SJD2-4260
OSIVS2 RELEASE 020 ALLOC/UNALLOCATllO 5752-SC1-B4
COntains SCP program listings for OSIVS1 and/or OS/vS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GJD2-4002
370 DOS BTAM, MICROFICHE LISTING, PROG. NO. 370N-~469
Contains Type I DOS program listings as speCified n the
title.
Microfiche
226

SJD2

SJD2

SJD2-4270
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SWA MANAGER 5752-SCl-B5
Contains SCP prograiilIistings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-44l0
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 COMMUNICAT TASK 5752-SCl-CK
COntains SCP program listings ~OS/VSl and/or OS/Vs2 as
sp ecif ied in the ti tie.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4280
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 INCTIATOR 5752-SCl-B6
Contains sCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
MICROFICHE
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4420
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TASK MAN 5752-SCl-CL
Contains SCP program listings for as/VSl and/or OS/Vs2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4300
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 MSTR SCHLOR CMDS 5752-SC1-B8
Contains SCP program listings fOrOS~ and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4430

SJD2-4310
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 CONVT/INTERPRETER 5752-SCl-B9
contains scP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4440
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 EXT PREC FLT PT S 5752-sCl-CP
coiitiirns SCP prograiilIistingSforoS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4320
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 DASD ERP 5752-SC1-CA
Contains SCP program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4450
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 MF/l 5752-SCl-CQ
Contains SCP program-IIstings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4330
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 UNIT RECORD ERP 5752-SC1-CB
ContarnS-SCP program listings for-OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4460
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 REAL STORAGE MAN 5752-SCl-CR
ContainsscpprograiilITstings foros/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4340
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TAPE ERP/vES 5752-SC1-CC
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or Os/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDE~ NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4470
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 REG CONTROL TASK 5752-SCl-CU
contains SCP prograiilIistings for-as/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4350
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 OBR/EREP/RDE 5752-SC1-CD
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4480
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TIMER SUPER VISION 5752-Scl-CV
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4360
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 RMS 5752-SCl-CE
ContainSScPPrograiiilistings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4490

SJD2-4370
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 EXTEND sve ROUTER 5752-SCl-CF
containsscpprogram listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4500
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SYS RESRC MGR 5742-SCl-CX
Contains SCP prograiilIistingsfur as/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4380
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SVC 109 5752-SCl-CG
Contains SCP prograiiilistings for OS/VSl and/or Os/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-45l0
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 RASIX PART TREE S 5752-SCl-CY
contains SCP program listings ~oS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4390
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 VIRT STORAGE MAN 5752-SCl-CH
contains sCP program listings foros/VSl"and/or DS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4520
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 MP RECONFIG 5752-SCl-CZ
Contains SCP programlistings for as/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified ,in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4400
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 CONTENS SUPER VSR 5752-SC1-CJ
contains SCP program listings for -as/VSl and/or DS/VS2 as
specified in the title~
Microfiche
'
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4540
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 OVERLAY SUPER VSR 5752-SC1-C2
contaIns SCP program listings for OO/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ ~ Q£Q. RECOVERY TERMIN 5752-SCl-CM
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ RELEASE Q£Q. aIDf ~ MAN 5752-SCl-("'W
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

227

SJD2

SJD2

SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4550
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 lOS 5152-SC1-C3
Contains SCP program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OSIVS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4680
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020'VBP LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO. 5152-SCl-DG
contains SCP program-listlngs for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4560
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 DlDOCS 5152-SCl-C4
CODta-rn~rogram listings for OS/VSl and/or OSIVS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4690

~ ~ 020 CATALOG CONTROLLER 1. LISTINGS. COMPON~T
NO. 5752-SCl-DH
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4510
OS/VS2 ~ 020 SUPERVISOR ~ 5152-SC1-C5
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OSlVS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4100

ill ~ INTERCEPT LISTINGS.
COMPONENT NO. 5152-SC-DJ
Contains Sep-program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ ~

SJD2-4580
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 EXCP 5152-SCl-C6
Contains SCP program-rIstings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4710

~ ~ i l l ~ METHOD SERVICES COMPONENT ~
5152-SCl-DK
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4590
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 FETCH 5152-SC1-C1
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OSIVS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4720

~ ~ i l l 3886 2£R LISTINGS. COMPONENT NO.
5152-SC1-DL
contains SCP program listings :for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4600
Os/vS2 RELEASE 024 NIP 5152-SCl-C8
Contains SCP program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4130

~ ~ i l l §!M LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO. 5152-SC1-DO
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-46l0
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 IPL 5752-SCl-C9
contains sCP program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4740
OSIVS2 RELEASE 020 OPEN/CLOSE/EOV LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO.

SJD2-4620
OS/VS2 ~ 020 ~ PROCESSOR LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO.
5752-SCI-DA
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

51'52':sc~

-

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SJD2-4150

SJD2-4630
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SAM SUBSYS INTERFACE LISTINGS,
COMP'ONENT NO. 5ffi-scr-~
Contains Sep-program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ RELEASE 020 PAM LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO. 5152-SC1-D2
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4770
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 DADSM 5152-SC1D4
COntains SCP program listings for OSIVSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4640
OS/VS2 ~ 020 ~ ~ LISTINGS,
COMPONENT NO. 5152-SCl-DC
contains Sep-program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4180
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 OCR 5152-SClD5
Contains SCP program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4650
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 3505/3525 READER PUNCH SUPPORT LISTINGS

15752'="scr=i)[)") -

--- --- ----

contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OSlVS2 as
specified in the title.
Fiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4790
OSIVS2 RELEASE 020 MICR 5752-SC1D6
contains SCP program listings for OSIVSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4660
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 VSAMlVSAM CATALOG LISTINGS COMPONENT NO.
S'752-Sc~

--

---- ----

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or. OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4800
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 DAM 5152-SCl-D1
Contains SCP program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4670
os/VS2 ~ 020 3890 ~ ~R LISTINGS,
COMPONENT NO. 5752-SCl-DF
Contains sep-program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
228

SJD2

SJD2

SJD2-48l0
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 ISAM 5752-SC1D8
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER N0. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4940
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 IEHMOVE 5752-SC1-UC
Contains SCP program listings for OS/vSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4820
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 GAM 5752-SC1GO
Contains SCP program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4950

SJD2-4830
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 IBCDMPRS 5752-SC1IO
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4960
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 IEHSTATR 5752-SC1-UE
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
sl?ecified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4840
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 IBCDASDI 5752-SC1-Il
contarns sCP program list1ngs for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4970
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 IEHATLAS 5752-SC1-UF
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
sl?ecified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4850
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 ICAPRTBL 5752-SC1-I2
COntains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4980
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 IEBTCRIN 5752-SC1-UG
OOntaing-scp-program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
sl?ecified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4860
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TSO EDIT 5752-SC1-TO
contaIns SCP program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4990

SJD2-4870
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TSO TEST 5752-SC1-Tl
Contains SCP program-listIngs for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5000
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 IEBDG 5752-SC1-UJ
contarns SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4880
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TSO UTILITIES 5752-SC1T2
Contarns sCP program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-50l0
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 IEBCOMPR 5752-SC1-UK
COntains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
sl?ecified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4890
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TSO TIOC 5752-SC1-T3
Contains SCP program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5020
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 IEHUCAT 5752-SC1-UY
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4900
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TSO SCHEDULER 5752-SC1-T4
contarns sCP program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5030

SJD2-49l0
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 LINK LOADGO PROMP 5752-SC1-T5
contains SCP program listings for OS/VS'l"and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5040

SJD2-4920
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TSO TeAM SUBROUTINES
contarns sCP program-listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5050
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 IEHPROGM 5752-SC1-U3
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-4930
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 DEBPTPCH 5752-SC1-UA
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5060
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 IEBCOPY 5752-SC1-U6
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ ~ 020 IEHINITT 5752-SC1-UD
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ ~ i l l IEBISAM 5752-SC1-UH
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/vs2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ ~ 020 IEHDaSDR 5752-SC1-UO
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ ~ 020 IEHLIST 5752-SC1-U2
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD3

SJD2
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 IEBGENER 5752-SC1-U7
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5210
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 DSS 5752-SC1-10
contaIns SCP programlIistings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-50BO
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 IEBUPDTE 5752-SC1-UB
ContaIns sCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5220
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 GTF 5752-SC1-11
Contains SCP program-listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5090
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 IEBEDIT 5752-SC1U9
contains SCP program listings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5230

SJD2-51l0
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 POWR WARN FEATURE 5752-SC10E
contaIns sCP program-IIstings for OS/VSl and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5240
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 AMDPRDMP 5752-SCl-13
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5120
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SMF SCHEDULER 5752-SC1-00
contains SCP program-listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5250
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 AMBLIST 5752-SCl-14
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5130

SJD2-5260
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 AMDSADMP 5752-SCl-15
contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
s~ecified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5070

020 AMASPZAP 5752-SCl-12
contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS ~ ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ ~

OS/VS2 MAPPING MACROS 5752-SC1-01

08/\182 RELEASE

~

contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5270
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 AMAPTFLE 5752-SCl-16
Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5140
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SMF 5752-SC1-02

Contains SCP program-listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-52BO
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 AMDPRDMP/EDIT 5752-SC1-1B
contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5150
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 ASSEMBLER XF 5752-SC1-03
ContaIns sCP program listings~or OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5290
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 BTAM 5752-SCl-20
contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5160
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 LINKAGE EDITOR 5752-SC1-04
Contains SCP program listin9sfOr OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5300
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 TCAM 5752-SCl-21
contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5170
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 LOADER 5752-SC1-05
contains sCP program-IIStings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5320
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 VTCAM 5752-SCl-23
contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ~RDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-51BO
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 OLTEP 5752-SC1-06
ContaIns sCP program list1ngs for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5330
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 SMP 5752-SCl-30
Contains SCP program-listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD2-5190
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 GSP 5752-SC1-07

ContaIns sCP program-listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SJD3-0003
PTF NO. 5745-01555

SJD2-5200
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 CHK PT/RESTART 5752-SC1-09
containS-scp program-listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

PROGRAM NUMBER 5745-SC-EML
OF SBOF-6440
--

COMPONENT

Included are PTF's 5745-01555-A
Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.

230

SJ03

GL21

SJ03-1000
PTF NO. 5745-01403-3

SJ03-2004
DOS/VS PTF COMPONENT OF SBOF-6440 PROGRAM 10 5745
This group of microfiChe cards contains PTF's-:5745-02126-A
5745-02134-3
5745-02144-3
5745-02161-3
5745-02171-3
5745-02210-3
5745-02225- 3
5745-02230-3
5745-02248-3
5745-02250-3
5745-02251-3
5745-02262-3
5745-02265-3
5745-02268-3
5745-02274-3
5745-09028-3
5745-09029-3
5745-09031-3
5745-09034-3
5745-09035-3
5745-09036-3
5745-09037-3
Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.

PROGRAM NUMBER 5745-SC-ASM
COMPONENT OF SBOF 6440
This PTF is a fix generated by the group-having maintenance
control of the program component mentioned in the title.
Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.

SJ03-1001
PTF NO. 5745-00426-3

PROGRAM NUMBER 5745-SC-ASM
COMPoNENT'OFSBOF- 64 4f
This PTF is a fix generated by the group-having rna ntenance
control of the program component mentioned in the title.
Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.

SJ03-1002
PROGRAM NUMBER 5745-SC-ASM
~~ NO. 5745-00430-3
COMPONENT'OF:SBOF-6440
This PTF is a fix generated by the group-having maIntenance
control of the program component mentioned in the title.
Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.
SJ03-1003
PTF FOR SC-ASM/5745-01405-3 COMP OF SBOF-6440
This:p.rF is a fix generated by the-group having maintenance
control of the program component mentioned in the title.
Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.

SJ03-2005
DOS/VS PTF COMPONENT OF SBOF-6440 PROGRAM 10 5745
This group of microfiche contains PTF' s: - - 5745-2054-3
5745-1285-A
5745-3074-3
5745-2057-3
5745-1323-3
5745-3090-3
5745-2058-3
5745-1331-3
5745-3096-3
5745-2061-3
5745-1374-3
5745-3100-3
5745-2062-3
5745-1878-3
5745-3102-3
5745-2078-3
5745-1897-3
5745-3110-3
5745-2086-3
5745-1916-3
5745-3112-3
5745-2091-3
5745-1977-3
5745-3113-3
5745-2092-3
5745-1982-3
5745-3118-3
5745-2094-3
5745-1985-3
5745-3125-3
5745-2095-3
5745-1987-3
5745-3143-3
5745-2096-A
5745-1995-3
5745-3153-3
5745-2113- 3
5745- 3009- 3
5745- 3154-3
5745-2155-3
5745-3012-3
5745-3155-3
5745-3022-3
5745-3304-3
5745-2249-3
5745-2269-3
5745-3041-3
5745-3317-3
5745-9030-3
5745-3063-3
5745-3334-3
Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.

SJ03-1004
PTF FOR SC-ASM/5745-01406-3 COMP OF SBOF-644Q
Th!s-pfF is a fix generated by the-group having maintenance
control of the program component mentioned in the title.
Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.
SJD3-1006
PTF FOR SC-ASM/5745-01407-3 COMP OF SBOF-6440
Th!s-pfF is a fix generated by the-group having maintenance
control of the program component mentioned in the title.
Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.
SJ03-1009
OOS/VS PTF COMP OF SBOF-6440 PROGRAM IO 5745
Included is PTF number 5745-0~ - - Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.

SJ03-2006
DOS/VS PTF COMPONENT OF SBOF 6440 PROGRAM ID 5745
5745-02263-3 5745-03417::-r- 57ii5-~ - ~5745-03389-3 5745-02097-3
5745-03386-3
5745-09032-A 5745-02301-3
5745-03033-3
5745-01836-3 5745-01814-3
5745-03331-3 5745-02298-3
5745-03314-3 5745-03158-3
5745-02299-3 5745-03310-3
5745-02321-3 5745-03426-3
5745-03169-3 5745-03425-3
5745-00313-3 5745-03222-3
5745-02281-3 5745-01821-3
5745-01840-3
5745-03318-3 5745-03~78-3
5745-03377-3 5745-03048-3
Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.

SJ03-1011
DOS/VS PTF COMP OF SBOF-6440 PROGRAM ID 5745
InCIiidedls PTF number 5745-01412-3. - - Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.
SJD3-2001
DOS/VS PTF LISTINGS COMPONENT OF SBOF-6440 PROGRAM
InClUdediare PTF numbers:
5745-01334-3
5745-01216-3
5745-01379-3
5745-01203-3
5745-01265-3
5745-01367-3
5745-01957-3
5745-01348-3
5745-01381-3
5745-01388-3
5745-01382-3
5745-01811-3
5745-01352-3
Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.
SJ03-2002
DOS/VS PTF LISTINGS COMPONENT OF
Include~re PTF numbers:
5745-00257-3
5745-00272-3
5745-00279-3
5745-00295-3
5745-00315-3
5745-00321-3
5745-00322-3
5745-00323-3
5745-00329-3
5745-01237-A
5745-01245-3
5745-01994-3
Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.

~~ ~

~

lQ

5745

SJD3-2007
DOS/vS PTF COMPONENT OF SBOF 6440 PROG. ID 5745
CO'iitaInsPTF's:
- -- -- -- --5745-01986-3 5745-03422-3
5745-02006-3 5745-03424-3
5745-02139-3 5745-03439-3
5745-02218-3 5745-03441-3
5745-02295-3 5745-09039-3
5745-02331-3
5745-02342-3
5745-02346-3
5745-03397-3
5745-03414-3
Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.

~

SJD3-2751
DOS/vS PTF COMPONENT OF SBOF-6440 PROGRAM ID 5745-SC-BTM
MicrofiChe list1ng for-OOS/vs 5745-SC-BTM,-PTF No.
5745-01604.
Microfiche
Available via SLSS under BOF.
GL21-9071
IBM ~ ~ READER, ~ ~ ~ !! ~ ~
This publication aescribes two RPQ features; i.e. second
stacker and 51/80 column card features.
To use this publication effectively, the reader must
be familiar with the operations of the standard IBM 2501
Models Ai, A2, Bl, and B2. The operations of the 2501
Models A1 and A2 are described in the publication, IBM
SYSTEM/360 MODEL 20, 2501 CARD READER, Form A26-5892. The
231

SQC7

GL21
operations of the 2501 Models Bl and B2 are described in
the publication, IBM 2501 MODELS Bl AND B2, COMPONENl'
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES, Form A21-9026.
systems Reference Library Manual, 16 pages
360,370//14//2501/

GL22-7025

GL21-9225
IBM ~ STUB CARD ~ Rf2 ~ INSTALLATION
MANUAL-- PHYSICAL PLANNING
This manual provides the dimensions, Ifeight, power
requirements, operating and non-operating environment, heat
output, and a plan view for the IBM 7460 Model II Stub Card
Reader.
Manual, 4 pages
//15//7460/
GL22-6936
IBM 2914 SWITCHING UNIT ~ h ~ 880882, ~ FEATURE:
INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
This manual contains-physical planning data necessary to
install the IBM 2914 Switching Unit Modell. The planning
requirements of this unit are subject to modification by
engineering developments.
In any mUltiple-equipment installation, specifications
for the most critical unit must be met.
Manual, 22 pages
//15//2914/
GL22-6937
SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRU'TION:
~914-SwITCHlNG UNIT ~ ! ::. ~ 880882
This publication describes the organizational, functional,
and operational characteristics of the IBM 2914 Switching
Unit Modell, which attaches to the IBM Srsteml360 Models
25, 30, 40, 44, 50, 65, 67, 75, and 85. Attachment to
a Systeml360 is via the standard Systeml360 I/O interface
of a selector or multiplexer channel.
Manual, 19 pages
360,370//14//2914/
GL22-6979
IBM 2947 ~ ~ ~ COLLECTION CONTROLLER (RPQ lliill!.
FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS - REFERENCE MANUAL
This publication describes the overall ~ons,
organization, and operation of the IBM 2947 Model 4 Check
Collection Controller.
Information concerning reader-sorter
and printer operations with the re~ired definitions for
initialization data, sort control words, printe.r control and
formatting data, and sense and status data are provided.
Although generally the information is written to an
audience level of a systems engineer, it may be of interest
to anyone seeking information about the general
characteristics and operation of the 2947 Model 4. In
particular, the information required to supplement the
Assembly Facility User's Guide (LC28-6689) in writing
assembly language user programs for the 2947 Model 4 is
provided.
The reader is assumed to have an understanding of
banking data processing and a basic knowledge of the IBM
1419 Modell Magnetic Character Reader and the IBM 1403
Model N1 Printer as described in IBM 1219 Reader sorter, IBM
1419 Magnetic Character Reader (GA24-1499), and IBM 1403
Printer Component Description (GA24-3073).
This information is subject to engineering development
modi fica tion.
Systems Library Manual, 68 pages
360,370//14//2947/
GL22-6982

!~ 2947 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER MODE~ ! 1BE2 ~
INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING
This manual contains all physical planning data necessary to
install the IBM 2947-4 Check Collection Controller.
If a unit is to be installed in conj~nction Ifith a
computer system, specifications for the most critical unit
must be met. Similarly, units installed in conjunction with
the 2947-4 require specifications to be met for the most
critical unit in the installation.
Data follows the same format and uses the same
standardized symbols as IBM Systeml360 Installation Manual
Physical Planning (GC22-6820).
Manual, 6 pages
//15//2947/

~14 ~ ~ INTERFACE ~ ~ £ ~ 8P0290)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION AND PHYSICAL PLANNING
This publication proVides systems engineers with both
introductory and reference information about the IBM 2914.
It includes the characteristics, operation, and physical
planning information about the 29144, an operator-controlled
facility for switcning storage devices of the IBM Systeml360
Model 195 and System/370 Models 115 through 195.
Manual, 28 pages
360,370//14//2914/

GL24-3570
IBM 2946 TERMINAL CONTROL SUBSYSTEM
COMPONENT DESCRIPT~ OPERATING GUIDE
This reference pUblication describes the IBM 2946 Terminal
control Subsystem used with an IBM Programmed Airlines
Reservations System (PARS), or equivalent. Subsystem
components are: IBM 2946 Terminal Control Unit Model 1 and
2, and 4 (RPQ 810480, RPQ 810491, and RPQ 810555), IBM 4505
Model 22 Keyboard (RPQ 8G0019), IBM 4505 Model 23 Video
Display (RPQ 8G0016), and IBM 1980 Model C24 Printer (RPQ
888126). Presented for reservations system planners,
programmers, and terminal operators are: unit descriptions,
line control, message formats, operator controls, and
operating procedures.
For reservations system operation and terminology, refer
to PARS Terminal User's Guide A09-6160, available through
the local sales representative.
Manual, 32 pages
360,370//14//2946,4505/
GL24-3571
IBM 2946 TERMINAL CONTROL SUBSYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL
ffiSICAL ~ - - This publication provides physical planning information for
the IBM 2946 Terminal Control Unit Models 1, 2, and 4 (RP~
810480, RPQ 810491, and RPQ 810555), and associated
input/output units used in an IBM Programmed Airlines
Reservation System (PARS): IBM 4505 Model 22 Keyboard (RPQ
8G0019), IEM 4505 Model 23 Video Display (RPQ 8G0160, IBM
1980 Model C24 Printer (RPQ 888126), and IBM 7411 Model 1
Remote Terminal COntrol Unit (RPQ 8K0142).
Included are
physical specifications and cable, electrical, and
environmental requirements.
For related publications, see IBM Systeml360 and
Systeml370 Bibliography, GA22-6822.
Manual, 20 pages
//15//2946/
GL24-3618
2956 MODEL .§. ~ ~ ~ 810582 ~ UNIT
DESCRIPTION AND PHYSICAL PLANNING
The 2956 Moder-8 Card Reader is a punched card input
(manual) to the IBM 3270 information display system.
This Manual
describes the 2956 Model 8-its operation and phySical
planning. The reader should have a basic knowledge of
punched cards and the IBM 3277 Display Station.
Manual, 8 pages
//14//2956/
SQC7-1938
DOS/VS DISK ERP 5745-SC-DKE DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.9
This maii'tiiil I'Sequivalent to SYC7-1938-1.
--- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
SQC7-1948
DOS/VS JCL 5745-SC-JCL DOS/vS MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SYC7-1948-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

SQC7-1949
DOS/VS LIBRARIAN 5745-SC-LBR DOS/vS MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SYC7=I949-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

SQC7-1950
DOS/VS LINKAGE EDITOR 5745-SC-LNK DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE

2-.9-- - - - - - - -

GL22-7015
IBM 7441-1/1980-9 CUSTOM TERMINAL FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
OPERATINGP'ROCEDiJR:ESANi) PHYSICAL PLANNING
This manual describes~e operations, controls and special
features of the IBM 7441 Buffered Terminal Control (Modell)
and the IBM 1980 Buffered Terminal (Model 9). The
communciations facilities that can be used with the
teleprocessing terminal are described. Appendi.xes
containing the physical planning specifications, RPQ
numbers, a glossary of terms, terminal service procedures, a
problem identification chart and character coding are
provided.
Manual, 52 pages
360,370/114//7441,1980/

232

This manual is equivalent to SYC7-1950-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
SQC7-1954
DOS/VS PDAIDS 5745-SC-PDA DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SYC7-1954-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
SQC7-1956
DOs/VS POWER 5745-SC-PWR DOS/vS MICROFICHE
This manual is equivalent~C7 1956-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

RELEAS~ ~

SQC7

SQD2

SQC7-l958
DOS/VS RMSR 5745-RMS DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.9
This-manual is equivaIei'itto SYC7-l958-l-.--- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2020
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SCI-B6 - INITIATOR
This manuar-IS equivalent to SJ02-2020-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQC7-l963
DOS/VS VSAM 5745-SC-VSM DOS/VS MICROFICHE
This manual is equivalent to SYC7-1963-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2021
~ ~

~

RELEASE ~ 5741-SC1-B7 - TERMINATION
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2021-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQC7-1964
~~~~~~E~:9DISTRIBUTION PROG. 5745-SC-DIS ~ MICROFICHE

This manual is equivalent to SYC7-l964-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQD2-2023
OS/vS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-B9 - INTERPRETER
TfiISimanual is equivalent to SJ02-2023-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQC7-l965
~OS/VB

MICROFICHE INDEX DOS/VS MICROFICHE
This manual is equivalen~YC7-l965-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2022
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-B8 - COMMANDS
This manual is equivalent to SJ02-2022-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ ~

SQD2-2024
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-BD - RESTART PROCESS
This manual is equivalent to SJ02-2024--1-.--Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQD2-2000
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 574l-SCl-Cl - IPL
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2000-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQD2-2025
OS/vS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-BE - SYST LOG
ThISmaiiiiilIS eqUivalent to SJD2-2025-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQD2-2001
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-C3 - lOS
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2001-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2027
OS/vS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-BF - MSI
This manual 1S eqUivalent to SJD2=2027-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2002
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-C5 - SUPERVISOR
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2002-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQD2-2028
SQ02-2009
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 574l-SCI-00 - SCHEDULER
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2009-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ ~ ~ 5741-SC1-17 ~ IMCJOBQO
This manual is equivalent to SJ02-2028-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2030
OS/vS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-C4 - DIDoeS
This manuar-rs equivalent to SJO~0-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2010
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-CB - UNIT RECORD
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2010-1.Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2031
OS/vS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-GO - GAM
This manual is eqUivalent to SJD2=2031-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2014
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-BO - JECS
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2014-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQD2-2032
OS/vS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-07 - GSP
This manuar-rs equivalent to SJ02-2032-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2015
OS/VB1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-B1 - INPUT STREAM CTL,.
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2015-1. -- ---Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2033
OS/vS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-CE - RMS
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2033-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2016
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-B2 - OUTPUT STREAM CTL.
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2016=r.-- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2034
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-5C1-03 - ASSEMB XF
This maiiilaI'"TS equivalent to SJ02-2034=I.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQD2-2017
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-B3 - SYS RESTART
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2017-1. Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

5Q02-2038
OS/vS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-CO - OBR/ERP/RDE
This manual is equivalent to SJ02-2038-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQD2-2018
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SCI-B4 - ALLOCATION
~nual is equivalent to SJ02-2018-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2041
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 5741-SCl-11 - GTF
ThISlmanual is equivalent to SJ52=2041-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQD2-2019
~ ~ ~

5741-SC1-B5 ~ ~ ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2019-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

233

SQD2

SQD2
SQD2-2042
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SCl-12 - HMASPZAP
This manual is eqUivalent to SJD2-2042-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2061
OS/vS1 RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-D6 - MICR
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2061-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2043
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 574l-SCl-13 - HMDPRDMP
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2043-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2062
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-D4 - DAM
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2062-l.
MicrOfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQD2-2044
OS/vSl RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-l5 - HMDSADMP
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2044-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2063
OS/vSl RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-D8 - ISAM
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2063-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2045
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 574l-SCl-16 - HMAPTFLE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2045-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2064
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-D9 - JAM
ThISlffianual is equivalent to SJ02-2064-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2046
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-06 - OLTEP
This-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2046-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2068
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-04 - LINK EOITOR
This manual is equivalent to SJi52=2068-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQD2-2047
OS/vSl RELEASE 574l-SC1-CF - EXTENDED SVC
Thrs-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2047-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2069
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-05 - LOADER
Th1iImanual is equ1valent to SJD2-2069-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2048
OS/VSl RELEASE 5741-SC1-U2 - IEHLIST
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2048-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE U~OER SLSS

SQ02-2074
OS/vS2 RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-SC1-DB - INTERFACE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2=2074-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2049
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 574l-SCl-20 - BTAM
This manual is equivalent to SJi52=2049-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2076
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 574l-SCl-14 - HMBLIST
ThIS'iiianual is equivalent to S~-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2054
OS/VS2 RELEASE 5741-SC1-09 - CHECK POINT
This-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2054-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2080
OS/vS1 RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-UO - IEHOASOR
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2080-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2055
OS/VS2 RELEASE 5741-SC1-C7 - FETCH
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2055-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2084
OS/vS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-OA - CRJE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2084-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

S1202-2056
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-C2 - OVERLAY SUPER
This-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2056-r:-Microfiche
NOT AVAlIABLE UNDER SLSS

SQD2-2085
OS/vS1 RELEASE 574l-SC1-U6 - IEBCOPY
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2085-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2057
OS/VSl RELEASE 574l-SC1-00 - SAM
Thrs-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2057-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQD2-2086
OS/vSl RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-U7 - IEBGENER
Th1S manual is equivalent to SJD2-2086-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2058
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-D1 - EOV
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2058-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2087
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-U8 - IEBUPOTE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2'Oii"f.:"1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2059
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-D2 - PAM
ThiSimanual is equivalent to SJD2-2059-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2088
OS/vSl RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-UA - IEBPTPCH
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2088-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQD2-2060
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-D4 - DADSM
This-manual is equivalent to SJ02=2060-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ02-2089
OS/vSl RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-UK - IEBCOMPR
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2089-l..
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

234

GQ33

SQD2

SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SQD2-2090
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 5741-SCI-UA - IEBISAM
TilISmanual is eqUivalent to SJD2-2090-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GQ28-0604
OS/VS2 ~ ESTIMATES OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
This manual is equivalent to GC28-0604-2.
Manual, 220 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SQD2-2091
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-U5 - IEBDG
This manual is equivalent to SJD2=2091-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GQ28-0617
OS/VS ICL SERVICES
This ma-nual is equivalent to GC28-0617-01 and is for use
with OS/vSl Release 1 and VS2 Release 1.
Manual, 96 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SQD2-2092
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-UC - IEHMOVE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2092-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GQ28-0632
OS/vS2 DEBUGGING GUIDE OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
This manual is equivaleiit"'"tO"GC28-0632=I:"
ManUal, 708 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SQD2-2096
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SCI-U3 - IEHPROGM
Tia:s-iiianual is equivalent to SJD2-2096-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GQ28-0638
OS/vS2 LOGREC ERROR RECORDING
OS/VS2 RELEASE L..2..L L.§. ~ OS/VSl ~ b..9..L hl
This manual is equivalent to GC28-0638-1.
Manual, 37 pages
//37///5742

SQD2-2097
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-UD - IEHINITT
This-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2097-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GQ28-0645
OS/VS2 TSO TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
This manual is equivalent to"GC28-0645-1-.- - - - Manual, 180 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SQD2-2099
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 5741-SCI-D3 - CATALOG
This-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2099-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GQ28-0646
OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
This manual is equivalent to GC28-0646=r:-- - - - Manual, 380 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SQD2-2101
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 5741-SCI-CC - TAPE ERP/VES
This-manual is equivalent to SJii2=21or::r.-Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GQ28-0666
OS/vS1 OLTEP (COMPONENT NO. 5741-SCI-06) OS/VSl RELEASE
GQ24-5090
OS/VS1 ~ ~ USE ~ ~ 2.0,Back issue of Gc24-5090-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GQ24-5093
OS/VSl DEBUGGING GUIDE, ~ b..9.&.
Back issue of Gc24-5093-1.
Manual
SLSS ~ ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

- - - -----

Th1S manual is equivalent to GC28-0666-01.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GQ28-6878
OS/VS1 RES SYSTEM PROGRAMMERS GUIDE OS/VSl
TiiISiiianual is equivalent to GC'2ij'::6878-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

M

GQ24-5094
OS/VS1 ~ ESTIMATES
~ b.h
Back issue of GC24-5094-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

3.0;3.1--

hl

~

b.Q.

GQ30-2034
OS/VS TCAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5742-SCl-21
This manual is equlvalen~GC30=2034=1 and is for use with
OS/VS2 Release 1.0.
Manual, 635 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

M

GQ24-5095
DOS i illlliLY§. ~ OS/VSl IMPLEMENTATION ~ OS/VS1 RELEASE
2:0 i 2.6
This-ma-nllal is equivalent to GC24-5095-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GQ33-5370
INTRODUCTION TO DOS/vS DOS/VS RELEASE 29 i 30
This manual isequivaleiit'tOGC3'3-'5370=2'. - Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GQ26-3784
OS/VS CHECKPOINT/RESTART OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0 i 3.1 OS/VS2

GQ33-5373
DOS/VS SUPERVISOR i I/O MACROS DOS/VS RELEASE 29 .. 30
This manual is equ1vaIenttO'Gc3"3=5373::Y:-- - - Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

RELEASE 2.0

---- ---- -- -

-

---

This manual is equivalent to GC26-3784-4.
Manual, 88 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPT!ON ONLY

GQ33-5376
DOS/VS SYSTEM CONTROL STATEMENTS DOS/vS RELEASE 29 .. 30
This manual is equivalent to GC33-5376-1-.---- - - Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GQ26-3791
OS/VSl SYSTEM GENERATOR REFERENCE
ThIS-publication is equivalent to GC26-3791-1 and with
TNL's GN26-0762 and GN26-0764 is for use with OS/vSl
Release 2.0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GQ33-5378
DOS/VS OPERATING PROCEDURES DOS/VS RELEASE 29 & 30
This manual is equivalent to GC33-5378-1. - - Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GQ26-3792
OS/VS2 SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6
This manual is equivalent to GC26-3~ - - - Manual, 34 pages
//34///5742
GQ26-3819
OS/VS VSAM OPTIONS FOR ADVANCED APPLICATIONS
3:0-& 3.1- - - - This-manual is equivalent to GC26-3819-1.
Manual

GQ33-5379
DOS/VS MESSAGES DOS/VS RELEASE 29 i 30
TiiISiiianual is equivaleiittO'Gc33-5379-2.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ ~

235

SQ68

GQ33
GQ33-5380
DOS/VS SERVICEABILITY AIDS DEBUGGING PROCEDUru~S ~
RELEASE 29 , 30
DOs/VS ::.SERVIcEABILITY SERVICEABILITY DEBUG :: 5/370 ~
DOS/VS - DEBUGGING
This manual is equivalent to GC33-5380-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GQ61-0013
OS/vSl DATA MANAGEMENT MACRO LOGIC FOR 1285/1287/1288
OS/VS2 RELEASE b...!h. 1. 6 AND OS/VS1 1.0,2. 0 ~ hl
This manual is equivalent to GY21-0013-1, GN21-5169
GN21-7659.
Manual, 30 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SQ64-5155

GQ33-5382
~O~VS

~:~~Sts:~~¥I~~~4~~r~~_r.~ bJk. M

UTILITIES ACCESS METHOD SERVICES Q2§.Cl§. RELEASE 29

Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ThiS manual is equivalent to GC33-5382-2.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SQ64-5156
GQ33-5403
DOS/VS POWER/VS INSTALLATION , OPERATIONS
This manual is eqUivalent to Gc33-5403-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Q2fl§! I/O SUPERVISOR
~ ~

~::. ~

Back issue of SY24-5156-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

30

b..Q... hl

SQ64-5159
CHECKPOINT/RESTART ~ ::. ~ b..Q...
Back issue of SY24-5159-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

GQ38-0110
OPERATORS LIBRARY, OS/VS1 (RES) REFERENCE,
Back issue of GC24-0110-2.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

h.2.L hl

SQ64-5160
OS/vS1 ~ !!ll! NIP !&§1£ ::. RELEASE
Back issue of SY24-5160-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GQ38-0120
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS CONSOLE CONFIGURATIONS
This manual--rseqUI"valent to GC38-0120-00 andis for use
with OS/VS1 Release 1 and VS2 Release 1.
Manual, 28 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GQ38-0210
OPERATORS LIBRARY: OS/VS2 REFERENCE (JESll.
RELE!l.SE 2 . 0 - - - This manual is equivalent to GC38-0210-1.
Manual, 176 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GQ38-1001
OS/VS MESSAGE ~ VS1 SYSTEM MESSAGE L
Back issue of GC38-1001-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SQ64-5161
OS/vS1 JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC ::. ~
Back issue of SY24-5161-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Q.~

~~

i l l SYSTEM MESSAGES

h.2.L hl

~

~

~

hl

SQ66-3787
OS/VS ~ ~ ::. 2§LYg RELEASE !.&L b..§.
OS/VS1 ~ ~ h§.
This manual is equivalent to SY26-3787-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

This manual is equivalent to GC38-1002-2.
Manual, 187 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GQ38-1003
OS/VSl MESSAGE LIBRARY: SYSTEM CODES, RELEASE
Back issue of GC38-1003-2.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

M

SQ66-3785
OS/VS OPEN/CLOSE/EOV LOGIC
This manual is equivalent to SY26-3785-01 and is for use
with OS/vS1 Release 1 and VS2 Release 1.
Manual, 242 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GQ38-1002
~~~:~~~GE LIBRARY:

~

~~

SQ66-3820
OS/vS2 CHECKPOINT RESTART LOGIC - OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6
This manual is equivalent to SY26-3820-1.--- Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

hl

SQ66- 38 23
OS/VS2 I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC - OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6
This manual is equivalentto-SY26-382~ Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GQ38-1004
OS/VS MESS!l.GE LIBRARY: ROUTING AND DESCRIPTOR CODES
This manual is equivaleiittciGc38-1004-01 and is for use
with OS/VS1 Release 1 and VS2 Release 1.
Manual, 32 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SQ66-3839
OS/VS1 OPEN/CLOSE EOV LOGIC - COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-D1
OS/vS1 RELEASE 3.1-- - - - This manual is equivalent to SY26-3839-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GQ38-1005
OS/VS MESS!l.GE LIBRARY UTILITIES MESSAGES
This manual is equivalent to GC3~ and is for
use with OS/VS Release 1.0/1.6.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SQ67-7239
OS/VS RECOVERY MANAGEMENT SUPPORT LOGIC
OS/VS1 RELEASE ~ hl OS/vS2 RELEASE b..2
This manual is equivalent to SY27-7239-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GQ38-1006
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: SERVICE AIDS AND OLTEP MESSAGES
This manual is equivaleiit"tOGc38-10l)'6:"01 and' is for use
with OS/VS1 Release 1 and VS2 Release 1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SQ68-0605
OS/vS1 ~ DATA ~ ::. RELEASE b..9..L M
Back issue of SY28-0605-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GQ38-1008
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS2 SYSTEM CODES OS/VS RELEASE 2.0
This manual is equivalenttoGc3a::1~. - - - - - Manual, 187 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SQ68-0637
OS/VS2 OLTEP LOGIC ::. ~ ~ ~ b..§. AND OS/VS1
RELEASE 1.0
This manual is equivalent to SY28-0637-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GQ38-1010
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS1 RES ~ ~ ACCOUNT MESSAGES
OS/VSl "RELEAsE-3-.-0-This manual is equivalent to GC38-1010-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
236

GR29

SQ68
SQ68-0639
OS/VS2 SYSl LOGREC ERROR RECORDING LOGIC
OS/VS£ RELEASE 1.0, 1. 6 AND OS/VSl RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SY28-0639-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

The student is defined as a typist, secretary or card
punch operator.
Upon completion of the text and having successfully
performed the terminal exercises the student, depending upon
the modules selected, should be able to use the TSO Commanj
Language at a 2741 terminal to perform at least one or more
of the following jobs:
o
Enter, save, and list coded source program
statements. Modify the program after it has neen
entered.
o
Enter, save, and list data, (Names, Addresses, Part
Numbers, etc.) Modify the data after it has been
entered.
o
Enter, save, and list text. Modify the text after
it has been entered.
o
Produce a formatted output of an unformatted text
entry.
Terminal Oriented Self-study Text, 170 pages
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLBS

hl

SQ68-0643
OS/VS2 SERVICE AIDS LOGIC OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
This manual is equivalent t:O'"SY'28~.-­
Manual, 314 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SQ68-0650
OS/VS2 TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM i SERVICE ROUTINES LOGIC
0s/VS2 RELEASE 2-.0--- - - - - - - - This manual is equivalent to SY28-0650-1.
Manual, 187 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO.' SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GR20-4260
INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUAL
TSO ~ PROCESSOR ~ Y2!! !l!
This manual is equivalent to SY28-0652-1.
Manual, 187 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
~

~

RELEASE .£.&

SQ68-6849
OS/VSl RES RTAM AND WORKSTATION SUPPORT LOGIC - COMPONENT
NO. 574l-Scr:Bii OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0,3.1 - - This manual is equivalent to SY28-6849-01.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SQ73-8548
~if~~ET~~ O~ PROCESSOR !fm.£ Y2!! ~
This manual is equivalent to SY33-8548-1.
Manual, 92 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

IN SYSTEM/370 STUDENT TEXT

~F~U~~o;:~~m~s

~ OS/VS2

DOSIVS IPL i JOB CONTROL LOGIC. DOS/VS RELEASE 29 i 30
This manual-isequivalenttosY33-8555=r:-- - - Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

gQ£2 VOL.

h

~ ~

QQ§LY§. !§LEASE 29

This manual is equivalent to SY33-8562-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ ~

(VM/370) TERMINAL-ORIENTED

SR20-4460
IBM SYSTEM/370 OPERATOR'S REFERENCE GUIDE
ThIs manual is intended for System 370 operators of all
levels and models.
TOpics include: problem determination chart, S/370
general information, CPU manual procedures for Models 115 to
195, operator commands (for OS/VSl and VS2, DOS/VS and
POWER, VM 370, RES, etc.), IPL procedures for DOSIVS and
OS/VSl and VS2, 1/0 deVices information (status and sense
bytes, restart procedures, operating hints), and utilities
information. Also provided are a glossary, bibliography,
and index.
Manual, 268 pages

!. II

SQ75-0003
OS/VS CATALOGUE MANAGEMENT LOGIC - COMPONENT NOS.
5741-AND 5742-SCI-D3 - OS/VS2RELEAsE 1.0 AND OSIVSl .hQ
This manual is equivaleiittci"""SY35-0003=I:"
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

370/140/11

SR20-4193
I2Q ~ ~ FOR APPLICATION RSQgRAMMERS ::. ~ PRIMER
TERMINAL-ORIENTED SELF-STUDY TEXT
A subset of the TSO Command Language related to an
applications programmer is presented in this text for uSe at
a terminal by a student having a basic kno~ledge of FORTRAN,
COBOL, or PLIl. The non-professional programmer (problemsolver) should use the ITF:PLll, ITF:BASIC, or Code-and-Go
FORTRAN texts. The teaching strategy is to guide the
student through the entire task ~hich he generally performs
(create test data, write programs, compile and execute
programs, and re-cycle as necessary). Provided for an
application programmer who has used at least one progr~ing
language. He mayor may not be familiar ~ith the Operating
System. Prerequisites:
1.
A knowledge of how to use the type of terminal that
will be used in conjunction with this text.
2.
A general knowledge of the higher-level programming
language which will be used (FORTRAN, COBOL, or
PLIl) •
3.
Availability of a terminal on-line to a TSO system.
Terminal Oriented Self-study Text, 60 pages
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
SR20-4194
TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE FOR ADMINISTRATIVE ~PPLICATIONS
APR~TERMINAL-OmNTED SELF-STUDY TEXT
The objective of this self-study modular~minal oriented
text is to teach the student how to use the TSO Command
Language, at an IBM 2741 terminal, for data entry and text
editing.

=

This terminar-Qriented self-study text is intended to be an
introduction to CMS the Conversational Monitor System for
the programmer who performs the function of coding, testing,
debugging, and documenting applications for data processing.
It is assumed that the individual using this text already
has a knowledge of a programming language (Assembler, COBJL,
FORTRAN, or PL/I), an operating familiarity with the
terminal to be used, and a VM/370 system with the terminal
attached.
The text is divided into 5 major areas:
Gaining Access to VM/370
Creating and Maintaining Data Files
Program Development and Execution
Program Debugging
Program Documentation
The sections on Program Development and Program Debugging
are futther divided according to the programming language
selected.
Manual, 128 pages
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SQ73-8555

SQ73-8562

--

relocation, dynamiC address translation and virtual storage
and it defines all related terminology. The student text
describes a theoretical virgual storage system that is
closely related to the implementation of OS/VS and DOS/VS,
and it then describes how virtual storage is implemented in
the OS/VS and DOS/VS systems on Systeml370.
Sudent Text, 96 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SR2D-4438

SQ73-8551
DOS/VS SUPERVISOR LOGIC DOS/VS RELEASE 29 i 30
Thisliianual is equivalenttOSY33-8551-L - Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

STOR~GE

This student text explai~concepts of dynamic

SQ68-0652

SR20-4461
INTRODUCTION TO DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS STUDENT TEXT
This text proVides introductory level information conce-rning
data communications systems. Topics Include:
Need for a communication based system, Elements and
resources of TP systems, concepts of information flow,
communication based applications, communication fundamentals
and terminology (data link) control, modems, terminals,
communication control units, 370x fami~y of programmable
communications controllers, concept of communication based
programming consideration and techniques, system control
programs and communication based access methods, and
communication based system planning.
Manual, 152 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GR29-0296
IBM 3705 EMULATION - REFERENCE CARD
This:reterence summary will be updated from time to time;
however, the basic documentation is the authoritative source
and will be the first to reflect changes. Information
herein is extracted from the Guide to Using the IBM 3704
Communications Controller Control Panel (GA27-3086), Guide
to Using the IBM 3705 Communications Controller Control
Panel (GA27-3087), IBM 3704 and 3705 Communications
Controller principles of Operation (GC30-3004), and the IBM
3704 and 3705 Program Reference Handbook (GY30-3012).
Reference card, 8 pages
1109113704,37051

237

STD2

STB8
STB8-0606
OS/VS2 DATA AREAS PROG. NO. 5152 0s/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
This manual is equivalentto SYB8-0606-0-1.--- - Microfiche
NOT A,VAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1956
DOS/VS POWER 5145-SC-PWR
This manual is equivalent to SYC1-1956-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1932
DOS/VS ATTENTION ROUTINES 5145-SC-AIT DOS/VS MICROFICHE
RELEASE 2.8
This manual is equivalent to SYC1-1932-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1958
DOS/VS RMSR 5145-SC-RMS DOS/vS MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manuaI is equivalen~YC1-1958-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1962
DOS/VS SYSTEM UTILITY PROG. 5145-SC-UTL DOS/VS MICROFICHE
RELEASE~ - - - - - - This manual is equivalent to SYC1-1962-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1933
~~~:~EA~~~SS METHOD SERVICES 5145-SC-AMS QQl3/VS MICROFICHE

This manual is equivalent to SYC1-1933-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1963
DOS/VS VSAM 5145-SC-VSM DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SYC1-1963-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1934
OOS/VS ASSEMBLER 5145-SC-ASM
This manual is eqUivalent to SYC1-1934-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1965
DOS/vS MICROFICHE INDEX DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalen~YC1-1965-0.
Microficoo
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1938
DOS/VS DISK ERP 5145-SC-DKE DOs/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.8
This manual is equivalent to SYC7-1938-0.
- ---- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2000
os/vSl RELEASE 1 5141-SC1-C1 - IPL
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2000-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1939
DOS/VS DISPLAY OPERATOR CONSOLE 5145-SC-DOC DOS/vS
MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.8 - - This manual is equivalent to SYC1-1939-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2001
OS/vS1 RELEASE 5141-SC1-C3 - lOS
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2001-.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1943
DOS/VS MODEL 20 EMULATOR 5145-SC-E20 DOS/VS MICROFICHE
RELEASE~ ---ThIs-manual is equivalent to 9YC1-1943-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2002
OS/vS1 RELEASE 5141-SC1-C5 - SUPERVISOR
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2002-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1944
DOS/VS COMPILER I/O MODULES 5145-SC-IOM DOS/VS MICROFICHE
-- ----

This manual is equivalent to SYC1-1944-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2009
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5141-SC1-00 - SCHEDULER
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2009-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1946
DOS/VS IPL AND BUFFER 5145-SC-IPL DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE

:2-.8-- - - - - - - -

S'1'02-2010
OS/VSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-CB - UNIT REC E R
This manual is equivalent to
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

This manual is equivalent to SYC1-1946-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

s:Jo2-mo=o:-

STC1-1948
DOS/VS JCL 5145-SC-JCL DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.8
This manual is equivalent to SYC7-1948-0.---- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

S'1'02-2014
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5141-SC1-BO - JECS
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2014-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1949
DOS/VS LIBRARIAN 5145-SC-LBR DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.8
This manual is equivalent to SYC1-1949-0. - - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

S'1'02-2015
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 514l-SC1-Bl - INPUT STREAM CTRL
This manual is equivalent to SJi52=2'OlS=O:-- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1950
DOS/VS LINKAGE EDITOR 5145-SC-LNK DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE

2:a--- ---- - - -

STD2-2016
OS/VSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-B2 - OUTPUT STR CTBL
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2016-0-.Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

This manual is equivalent to SYC1-1950-0
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STC1-1954
DOS/VS PDAIDS 5145-SC-PDA DOS/vS MICROFICHE
This manual is equivalent to SYC1-1954-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

STC1-1964
DOS/VS DOS DISTRIBUTION PROG. 5145-SC-DIS DOS/VS MICROFICHE
RELEASE"2:"8
This manual is equivalent to SYC1-1964-0.
Microficoo
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STC1-1931
DOS/VS DIRECT ACCESS METHOD 5145-SC-DAM DOS/VS MICROFICHE
RELEASE~ - - - - - - This manual is equivalent to SYC1-1931-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

RELEl-\.SE 2.8

~

STD2-2011
OS/vSl RELEASE 1 5141-SC1-B3 - SYS RESTART
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2011-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ELEASE ~

238

~

STD2

STD2

STD2-2018
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-B4 - ALLOCATION
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2018-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2034
OS/vS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-03 - ASSEMB XF
ThIs manual is eq~lvalent to SJD2-2034=Q.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2019

STD2-2038

Q§L~~! ~ ! 5741-SC1-B5 ~ ~ ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2019-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

RELEASE 5741-SC1-CD ~ OBRIEREP/RDE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2038-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~'

STD2-2020
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-B6 - INITIATOR
This manuar-rs equivalent to SJD2-2020-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2041

STD2-2021
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-B7 - TERMINATION
This-manual is equIvalent to SJD2-2021-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2042

STD2-2022
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-B8 - COMMANDS
T~manual is equivalent to SJD2-2022-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2043
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1~13 - HMDPRDMP
This manual is equivalent to SJi52=2Oii3=O.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2023
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-B9 - INTERPRETER
Thrs-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2023-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2044

STD2-2024
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-BD - RESTART PROCESS
This'liianual is equ1valent to SJD2-202~
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2045
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SCl-16 - HMAPTFLE
ThIs manual is equivalent to SJD2-2045-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2025
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-BE - SYST LOG
This-manual is equivalent to SJD2-20i5=0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2046
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-06 - OLTEP
This manual is equivalent to SJD2=2046-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2026
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-BF - WTP
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2026-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER gLSS

STD2-2047
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-sC1-CF - EXT SVC
This manual is equivalent to SJD2=2047-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2027
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-BG - MS1
ThIS-manual 1S equIvalent to SJD2-2027-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2048
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-U2 - IEHLI~T
Th1s manual is equivalent to SJD2- 048-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2028
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-17 - IMCJOBQD
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2028-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2049
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-20 - BRAM
This manuar-IS equivalent to SJDi=2049-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2030
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-C4 - DIDOCS
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2030-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2051
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-D5 - OCR
This manuar-IS equivalent to SJD2-2051-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2031
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 '5741-SC1-GO - GAM
ThIS-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2031-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2053

! 5741-SC1-ii - GTF
This manual is equivalent to SJD2=2041-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ R~

~ RELEASE ! 5741-SCl-12 ~ ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2042-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ ~ ! 5741-SCl-15 ~ ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2044-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ R~ 5741-SC1-UG ~ IEBTCRIN
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2053-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2053-0.

STD2-2032
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-07 - GSP
This manual is equivalent to SJD2=2032-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2054
OS/vS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-09 - CHKPT RESTART
This manual is equivalent to sJii2=205~
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2033
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-CE - RMS
This-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2033-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2055
OS/vS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-C7 - FETCH
ThIs manuarIS eqUivalent to SJD2-2055-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

239

STD2

STD2

STD2-2056
OS/vSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-C2 - OVERLAY SUPER
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-205~
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2018
OS/vSl RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-I1 - IBCDASDI
Tii'Iiliianual Is equIvalent to SJD2-2078-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2051
OS/vSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-DO - SAM
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2051-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2019
OS/vSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-12 - ICAPRTBL
This manual is equivalent to ~9-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2058
OS/vSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-Dl - OPEN/CLOSE EOV
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2058-0-.Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2080
OS/vSl RELEASE 5741-SC1-UO - IEHDASDR
This manual is equIvalent to ~O-O.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2059
OS/vSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-D2 - PAM
ThIS-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2059-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2081
OS/vSl RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-Ul - IEH~OSUP
Th1S manual is equIvalent to SJD2- 081-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2060
OS/vSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-D4 - DADSM
T~manual is equivalent to SJD2-2060-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2082
OS/vSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-UF - IEHATLAS
TiiISiiianual is equivalent to SJD2-2082-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2061
OS/VSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-D6 - MICR
This maiiiial is equivalent to SJD2-2061-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2084
OS/vSl RELEASE 5741-SC1-OA - CRJE
ThIs manual is equIvalent to SJ52-2084-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2062
OS/VSl RELEASE 1 5141-SC1-D1 - DAM
Thrs-manual IS equivalent to SJD2-2062-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2085
OS/vSl RELEASE 5741-SC1-U6 - IEBCOPY
This manual Is equIvalent to SJD2-2085-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2063
OS/vSl RELEASE 1 5141-SC1-D8 - ISAM
Thislmanual is equivalent to SJD2-2063-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2086
OS/vSl RELEASE 5741-SC1-U7 - IEBGENER
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2086-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2064
OS/vSl RELEASE 1 5141-SC1-D9 - JAM
ThIs-manuar-rs equivalent to SJD2-2064-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

S'l'D2-2081
OS/VSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-U8 - IEBUPDATE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2087-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2061
OS/VSl RELEASE 1 5141-SC1-CA - DASD/ERP
This-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2061-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2088
OS/vSl RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-UA - IEBPTCH
This manual is equivalent to SJD~-O.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2068
OS/VSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-04 - LINK EDITOR
This-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2068-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2089
OS/vSl RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-UK - IEBCOMPR
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2089-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2069
OS/VSl RELEASE 1 5141-SC1-05 - LOADER
This-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2069-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2090
OS/vSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-UH - IEBISAM
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2090-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STD2-2091
OS/vSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-U5 - IEBDG
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2091-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2014
OS/VSl RELEASE 5741-SC1-DB - JES COMPAT INT
This manual is equivalent to SJD2=2ii7ii"=0:-Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLBS

STD2-2092
OS/vSl RELEASE 5141-SC1-UC - IEHMOVE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2092-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2016
OS/VSl RELEASE 5141-SCl-14 - HMBLIST
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2016-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLBS

STD2-2094
OS/vSl RELEASE 1 5141-SC1-02 - SMF
This manual is equivalent to SJ02=2094-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STD2-2011
OS/VSl RELEASE 1 5141-SC1-10 - IBCDMPRS
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2011-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLBS

240

GTOO

STD2
GTOo-0130

STD2-2096
OS/VSl RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-U3 - IEHPROGM
ThIs-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2096-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ LIBRARY: UTILITIES MESSAGES
Q2LY2! ~ 1.:.4 hl ~ yg ~ .t:.&.
This manual is eqU1valent to GC38-1005-2.
Manual
//32///5742

Q2LY2

STD2-2097
OS/VSl RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-UD - IEHINITT
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2097-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GTOO-0131
OS/vSl SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE

STD2-2098
OS/VSl RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-UE - IEHSTATR
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2098-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLBS

GTOO-0132

0s/VsI

R'EL'EAsE 2. 6

This manual is equivalent to GC26-3791-2.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ ~ MANAGEMENT ~ INSTRUCTION
VB1 ~
2.0,2.6 ~
~

h2L

ill

This manual is equivalent to GC26-3793-2.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

STD2-2099
OS/VSl RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-D3 - CATALOG
This manual is equivalent to SJ~-O.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

L..2.L b.!

GTOO-0133
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: ROUTING AND DESCRIPTOR CODES
OS/vSl RELEASE 1:..4 hl OS/VS2 RELEASE L..2.L 1.~
This manual is equ1valent to GC38-1004-2.
Manual
//40///5742

STD2-2100
OS/VSl RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-DC - PASSWORD PROTECT
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2100-0-.----Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLBS

GTOO-0134
~ ~ MANAGEMENT FACILITIES SMF
OS/VSl RELEASE 2.6 OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6
This manual Is equivaIeiit to GC35-0004-4.
Manual
/ /34// /5742

STD2-2101
OS/vS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-CC - TAPE ERP/VES
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-~
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GTOO-0135
OS/VS SERVICE AIDS REFERENCE SUMMARY
OS/vS2 RELEASE 1.0,1.6 ~ OS/VSl RELEASE 1.0,2.0,2.6
This manaul is equivalent to GX28-0634-1.
Manual
//37///5742

STD2-2105
OS/VSl ~ ! 5741-SC1-BB - RES
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2105-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLBS

GTOO-0136
OS/vS2 COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY
OS/VS2 RELEASE I:O:"I:6,l.7
This manual is equivalent to GX28-0647-0
Manual
//39///5742

STD2-2108
OS/vSl RELEASE 5741-SC1-DD - 3505/3525 RDR
~nuar-rs equivalent to SJD2-2108-07Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GTOO-0137

STD2-2111
OS/VSl RELEASE 5741-SC1-C8 - NIP
ThIS-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2111-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLBS

l2§2 COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE ~
OS/vS2 RELEASE 1.0, .t:.&. ~ ~ ~ ~ hl
This manaul is equivalent to GX28-0690-0.
Manual
//37///5742
~

GTOO-0042

STOO-0138
OS/VS OPEN/CLOSE/EOV LOGIC
OS/vS2 RELEASE ~ 1.6 OS/VSl ~ ~ hl
This manual is equivalent to SY26-3785-2.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Q.§. ~ ~ ~ ~ S/370 ~ 155, ~

(PRIOR EDITION)
This publication is a prior edition of p~blication
order number GY27-7198'and is used with OS Release 20.1
and Release 20.0.
Manual
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLBS

GTOO-0140
GTOO-0045

~ SYNTAX REFERENCE SUMMARY
RELEASE ~ h§. OS/VSl ~ 1.0, bJ!.L hl
This card is equivalent to GX28-0619-1.
Reference summary
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Q2..Cl2

Q§. ~ ~ ~ ~

S/370

~

135, AND 145

~

PLM (PRIOR EDITION)
ThIs publication is a prior edition of p~blication order
number GY27-7237 and is used with OS Release 20.1.
Manual
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLBS

GTOO-0141
Q2..Cl2 ~ SERVICES
~ RELEASE 1.0,1.6,1.7, ~

GTOO-0118
OS/VS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILITIES (SMF)
This manual is equivalent to GC35-0004-2 and is for use
with OS/VS Release 1.0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GTOO-0119
OS/360 ~ ~ ~ ~ S/370 ~ 155, 165 ~
This manual is equivalent to GY27-7198-1 and is for use with
OS Release 21.0.
Manual
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
GTOO-0129
OS/VS MESSAGE

~ ~

Q§LY§!. ~ ~

l:..h

b.il!li

~ ~

~ ~

=

1.0,2.0,2.6
This manual is equivalent to GC28-0617-2.
Manual
//36///5742

GTOo-0144
OP PATOR' S ~ OS/vSl REFERENCE ~ RELEASE hl
Th1S manual is equivalent to GC38-0110-3.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

MESSAGES

GTOO-0147
Q2LY2! ~ ! ~ GUIDE ~ ~ M
This manual is equivalent to GC24-5090-2.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

1& .t:.&.

This manual is equivalent to GC38-1006-2.
Manual
//37///5742

GTOO-0148
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VSl SYSTEM MESSAGES
ThIs manual Is eqUivalentto GC38-1001-2.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
241

~

l.:.Q

STOO

GTOO
GTOO-0149
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY VSl SYSTEM CODES OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent t:OGC38-1003--3.-- . _ - - Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GTOO-0150
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: ~! DESCRIPTOR CODES
RELEAS~ ------This manual is equivalent to GC38-1004-3.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

STOO-0151
OS/VSl SUPERVISOR LOGIC OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalenttoSY24-5155-2."Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GTOO-0168

! POWER/RJE REFERENCE SUMMARY
RELEASE 29 i 30
This manual-is:equivalent to GX33-9004-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ ~

GTOO-0154
OS/VSl STORAGE ESTIMATES OSIVSl RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to GC24-5094-2-.Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GTOO-0156
OS/VSl PLANNING AND USE GUIDE PROG. NO. 5741 OSIVSl RELEASE

3:r-- ------ -- -- --- --- -- - - --- ----

This manual is equivalent to GC24-5090-03,.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GTOO-0158
OS/VSl ~ ESTIMATES ~ NO. 5741 Q2lY§!. RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to GC24-5094-03.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GTOO-0159
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VSl REFERENCE ~ NO.
OSNSrRELEASE 3. 1
ThIs-manual is equivalent to GC38-0110-04.
ManUal
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

1.4

~

~~

!!Q.:.

~

DESCRIPTOR CODES OSIVSl

COMPONENT NO.

GTOO-0171
COS/VS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT GUIDE DOS/VS RELEASE 30
This manual is equivalent""tOGC33-'5'371~ Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GTOO-Ol72
~i"Sl

~

PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE ~

Q2LY!ll.

~

hl

~

GTOO-0173
OSIVSl DEBUGGING GUIDE COMPONENT NO. 5741 OSIVSl RELEASE
3.0,3.1
- - ---- - - This manual is equivalent to GC24-5093-02.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GTOO-0174
OSIVS MESSAGE LIBRARY: UTILITIES MESSAGES OS/VS2 RELEASE
2.0 , Os/VSlRELFASE3.o '3.1
----- --- - - ThIs-manual is eqUivaIeDt-tOlGC38-1005-3.
Manual, 108 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

- - ----

This-manual is equivaIeiitto GC38-1004-4.
Manual, 214 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

DATA

GTOO-0170
OSIVS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILITIES OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
Os7VSl""1iELEASE 3.0 , 3.1
--- ---- This manual 'is equivalent to GC35-0004-5.
Manual, 180 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

This manual is equivalent to GC24-5091-3.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GTOO-0161

~

~

GTOo-0169
OOS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT GUIDE DOSIVS RELEASE 29 i lQ.
TiiIS'iiianual is equivaleiittO' GC33-53~ Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

STOO-0155
OS/VSl JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SY24-5i6'1-2."- - Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

STOO-0162
OS/VSl

STOO-0165
OSIVSl JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC COMPONENT NUMBERS 5741-SCI-B6,
B4:B7;Oo;c4,BD, OSIVS1lRELEASE 3.0
--This manual 1S eqUIvaleiittO'SY2'4=5161-03.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GTOO-0167
OSIVS2 TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY OS/VS2
R.E"i':EASE2.0----- --This manUiI is eqUivalent to GX28-0647-1.
Manual, 187 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GTOO-0153
OS/VSl SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0
ThISliianual is equivalent to GC26-3791-3. - - - - Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

OSIVS MESSAGE LIBRARY:
ROUTING i
RELEASE 3 . . 1 , OS/VS2 RELEASE 2 . . 0 -

~ ill M!!! !E LOGIC COMPONENT ~ 5741-SCI-C8
5741-SCI-Cl OS/VSl ~ 3.0,3.1
This manual is equivalent to SY24-5160-02.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GTOO-0166
OSIVS SERVICE AIDS REFERENCE SUMMARY OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
This manual is equivalent to GX28=O'63~ - - - - Manual, 201 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

STOO-0152
OS/VSl I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalenttoSY'24'='5156-2. Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GTOO-0160
Os/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VSl ~ MESSAGES
OS/VSl RELEASE hi
This manual is equivalent to GC38-1001-03.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

STOO-0164

ill!

OS/VSl RELEASE

GTOO-0175
OS/VS2 SYS. PROGRAMMING LIBRARY: SYS. GEN. REF. COMPONENT
NO. 575'2'=Scl-BH, UX OSIVS2 RELEASE 2.0 - - - This manual is equivalent to GC26-3792-03.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

3~0,3.1

This manual is equivalent to SY28-0605-02 .•
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
STOO-0163
OS/VSl SUPERVISOR LOGIC COMPONENT NO. 5741-SCI-C5
OSIVS1 RELEASE 3 . 1 - This manual is equivalent to SY24-5155-03,.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GTOO-0116
OSIVS MESSAGE LIBRARY: LINKAGE EDITOR i LOADER MESSAGES
OSl\1S2RELEAsE2':"ii0S7VSlRELEASET.'O i -3-.1-- - - - - This manual is equivalent to GC38-100i=3-.ManUal, 28 pages
'
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
STOO-0179
OSIVS2 I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
This manual is equivalentto~3~ Manual, 192 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
242

STOO

GTOO
GTOO-0180

~~~rS O:~~~~G:E~:a~j~ 1
~ ~ COMPONENT
This manual is equivalent to GC38-1003-04,.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

m

~

STOG-S007
JECS S741-SC1-BO ~/Vfl MICROF§EHE RELEASE
ThIs manual is eq va ent to S 2-2014-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

STOO-S008
STOO-0181
OS/VSl CATALOG MANAGEMENT LOGIC ~ ~:.. S741-SCl-D3.
S742-SC1-D3. OS/VS2 REL. 1.0,1.6,1.7 OS/V§! ~ ~
2.6,3.0,3.1
This manual is equivalent to SY3S-0003-02.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GTOO-0182
OS/VS1 SYSM GEN. COMPONENT NO. S741-SC1-Sl
3.1
---This manual is equivalent to GC26-3791-04,.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

RELEASE

STOO-0183
OS/VS2 CHECKPOINT/RESTART LOGIC ~ ~ £.:.Q.
This manual is equivalent to SY26-3820-2.
Manual, 116 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GTOO-0184
OS/VS UTILITIES OS/VS2 ~ b.Q ! ~ RELEASE 1.& !
3.1
This manual is equivalent to GC3S-000S-4.
Manual, 484 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
STOO-018S
OS/VS1 CHECKPOINT/RESTART ~ COMPONENr llih S741-SC2-09
OS/VS1 ~ 3.0,3.1
This I\liinual is equivalent to SY24-SlS9-02,.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GTOO-Ol87
DOS/VS SYSTEM GENERATION DOS/VS RELEASE 30
This manual is equivalenttoGc33-S377-2:Manq.al
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
STOO-SOOO
IPL S741-SC1-Cl OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2000-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ ~ £!:!!. S741-SCl-Bl 2§LY§! MICROFICHE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-201S-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

hl

STOG-S009
O/P STREAM CTL 5741-SC1-B2 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This-manual-rs equivalent to SJD2-2016-2.
------ - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-S010
SYSTEM RESTART 5741-SCl-B3 Os/VSl MICROFICHE
This maiiiilIiS eqUivalent to"'SJD2-20l7-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

hl.

STOO-SOll
ALLOCATION S74l-SCl-B4 QS/vSl MICROFICHE ~ 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2018-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5012
SWAnS MANAGER S74l-SCl-BS OS/vSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent tOS'J'D2-2019-2.
--- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-S013
INITIATOR S741-SCl-B6 ~ MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2020-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

STOO-S014
TERMINATION S74l-SC1-B7 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE hl
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-202l-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

STOO-S001 .
105 S7.41-SCl-C3 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This-manual is equivalent to SJD2-200l-2. - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-S002
SUPERVISOR S741-SCl-CS OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivale~SJD2-2002-2.------ - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-SOlS
COMMANDS 574l-SC1-B8 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2022--2-.- - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-50l6
INTERPRETER S741-SCl-B9 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE hl
This manual is equivalen~JD2-2023-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5017
RESTART ~ PROCESSING S741-SC1-BD Q§LY§1 MICROFICHE
RELEASE 2~6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2024-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-S003
MAPPING MACROS S741-SC1-0l OS/vSl ~£!!! RELEASE h.!
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2003-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLBS

STOO-5018

STOO-S004
INDEX OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This ma-nuar-is equivalent to SJD2-2004-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLBS

STOO-50l9

STOO-SOOS
SCHEDULER - SMF S741-SC1-00 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2~-- - - - - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5020

STOO-S006
UNIT/RCD/ERP S741-SC1-CB Q2LY2! MICROFICH~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2010-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

!!Q§. S741-SCI-BE OS(VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-202S-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

,
574l-SCI-BF OS/VSl MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2026-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

~

~

Mal 574l-SCl-BG OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-~ --Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ ~

STOO-5021
!M£ JOBQD S741-SCl-17 OS/vSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2028-2-.- - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLsS

243

STOO

STOO

STOO-5022
DlDOCS 514l-SC1-C4 OS/vSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2030-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOo-5038
CBK/RSTRT 514l-SC1-09 ~ MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2054-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

STOo-5039

STOO-5023
514l-SC1-GO OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-203l-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
~

~

~ 514l-SC1-C1 OS/vSl MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2055-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

~

STOO-5024
GSP 514l-SC1-01 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2032-2. - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5040
OVERLAY SUPERVISOR 514l-SC1-C2 OS/vSl MICROFICHE RELEASE. 2.6
This manual Is equivalent to SJD2-2056-2.
- - - - --M!crofiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5025
RMS 514l-SC1-CE OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2O'3"3=2."
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-504l
~ 514l-SC1-DO OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2051-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

STOo-5042
OPEN/CLOSE/DOV 514l-SC1-Dl OS/vSl MICROFICHE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-20 58-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5026
~ ASSEMBLER 514l-SC1-03 OS/vSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2034-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5021
ORBIEREP/RDE 514l-SC1-CD Q§LY§! MICROFICB§ RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2038-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5028
GTF 514l-SC1-ll OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-204l-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

~

~ ~

STOo-5043
~ 514l-SCl-D2 ~ MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2059-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

~

STOo-5044
~ 514l-SC1-D4 OS/VSl MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2060-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

~

STOO-5029
HMASPZAP 514l-SCl-12 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equiva~o SJD2-2042--2-.------Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5045

STOO-5030
HMDPRDMP 514l-SCl-13 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2043--2.----- --Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5046
DAM 574l-SC1-D1 OS/VSl MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2062-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5031
HMDSADMP 514l-SCl-15 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivaIeiit"to SJD2-2044--2.----- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5041
ISAM 514l-SC1-D8 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is eqiiI"WiIent to SJD2-2063-2. Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5032
HMAPTFLE 514l-SCl-16 Q§LY§! MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2045-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5048
JAM 514l-SC1-D9 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-~ Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

H!£B 514l-SC1-D6 OS/VSl MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2061-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

~

STOO-5033
OLTEP 514l-SC1-06 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2046-2. - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5049
DASD-ERP - 514l-SC1-CA OS/vSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is eqUIvaleiittO"SJD2-2061-1.----- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5034
IEHLIST 514l-SC1-U2 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalentto SJD2-2048=r.- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5050
LINKAGE EDITOR 514l-SC1-04 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6.
This manuarTs eqUivalent to SJD2-2068-2.
--- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5035
BTAM 514l-SCl-20 OS/vSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2049-2. - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-505l

STOO-5036
OCR 514l-SC1-D5 OS/VSl MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2051-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5052
JESCOMPATINT 514l-SC1-DB OS/vSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2014-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

514l-SC1-05 ~ MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2069-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

244

~

~

STOO

STOO
STOO-5053
HMBLIST 574l-SCl-l4 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2076::r.- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-506S
IEHPROGM 5741-SCl-U3 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2096--2-.- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5054
IBCDMPRS 574l-SCl-IO OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2077-~---- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5069
IEHINITT 574l-SCI-UD ~ MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2097-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5055
IBCDASDI 574l-SCl-Il OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manua-r-is equivarentt'o SJD2-207S-~--- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5070
IEHSTATR 574l-SCI-UE OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equi vaIentto SJD2-209S--1-.- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5056
IEMDASDR 574l-SCl-UO OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivarentt'o SJD2-20S0-2."'--- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5072
TAPE ERP/VES 5741-SCl-CC OS/vSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manualis equivalentto'SJD2-2101-2. - - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5057
IEHATLAS 574l-SCl-UF OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-20S2--l.---- --Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5073
RES 574l-SCl-BB ~ MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2I05=f:" Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-505S
CRJE 574l-SCI-OA OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-20S4-2. - --Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5074
HMDPRDMP EDIT 574l-SCl-l8 Q§LY§1 MICROFICHE RELEASE

!

This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2l06-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5075
RES ACCT. FACILITY 574l-SCl-BC OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
ThisliiaiiUa.l is equivalent to SJD2-2107-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5076
3505/3525

1&

~

=5741-SCI-DD OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE

This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2l0S-l.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-506l
IEBUPDTE 5741-SCl-US OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-20S7--2.--- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLBS

STOO-5077
EX F/P SIMULATOR 574l-SCI-CP OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
2."0-'-2.6
This-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2l10-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5062
IEBPTCH 574l-SCI-UA OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivarenr-to SJD2-20SS~ --Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-507S
NIP 574l-SCl-CS OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
ThIs manual is equivalent to SJD2-21ll-1. Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5063
IEBCOMPR 574l-SCI-UK OS/vSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equiva~o SJD2-20S9-2."'--- --Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-50S0
IDCAMS 574l-SCl-DK OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-21l~ Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5064
IEBISAM 574l-SCI-UH OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2090-2.-- --Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-50Sl
STATUS 5741-SCI-DL OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equiVaIeilt to SJD2-2l1~ Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5065
IEBDG 574l-SCl-UJ OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equIVaIent to SJD2-209l-2.----Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-50S2
VSAM 574l-SCl-DE MICROFICHE OS/vSl RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-211S-0. Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5066
IEHMOVE 5741-SCI-UC OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2092-2.-- --Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5067
SMF 5741-SCl-02 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-~
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

1&

STOO-5059
IEBCOPY 574l-SCl-U6 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-20S5~ Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5060
IEBGENER 5741-SCl-U7 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-20S6-2."'---- --Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

STOO-5100
lOS 574l-SCl-C3 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2 2001-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

STOO-5101
SUPERVISOR 5741-SCI-C5 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
'Ibis manual is equivale'iittc:>SJD2-2002-3.--- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

245

~~~

STOO

STOO
STOO-S102
MAPPING MACROS S741-SC1-Ol OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual i s eqUivalent to SJD2-2003-1.
- - - -Microfiche
NOT AVAIIABLE UNDER SLSS

S'1'OO-S117
SYSTEM LOG 574l-SC1-BE OS/VSl MICROFICHE ~
T6rs-manual 1S equivalent to SJD2-2025-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-S103
INDEX OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This maliilalis equivalent:t:"OSJD2-2004-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAIIABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5ll8

STOO-S104
SCHEDULER - SMF S741-SC1-00 OSIVSl MICROFICHf: RELEASE 3.0
This manual Ii3"equivalent to SJD2-2009-3. - - - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5ll9
DIDOCS 574l-SC1-C4 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
This manual is equiVaTeiit to SJD2-203~ Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-S10S
UNIT/RCD/ERP S741-SC1-CB OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2010-3. - - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5l20
GAM 574l-SC1-GO OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
ThIs manual is eqUivalent to SJD2-203i-3. Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-Sl06
JECS S741-SC1-BO OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2014-3. - - Microfiche
NOT AVAIIABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-S12l
GSP 5741-SC1-07 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-~ Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-S107
I/P STREAM CTL S741-SC1-Bl OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manualls equivalent to SJD2-201S-3.
--- Microfiche
NOT AVAIIABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5l22

STOO-Sl08
O/P STREAM CTL S741-SC1-B2 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
This-manualls equivalent to SJD2-2016-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5l23

~ S74l-SC1-BF OS/VSl MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2026-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

~

~

574l-SC1-CE ~ MICROFICHE RELEASE·~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2033-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ ASSEMBLER 5741-SC1-03 ~ MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2034-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

STOO-S109
SYSTEM RESTART S741-SC1-B3 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2017-3.
- - - -Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5l24
ORBIEREP/RDE S74l-SC1-CD ~ MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2038-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-Sll0
ALLOCATION S741-SC1-B4 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2018-3. - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-512S
GTF 5741-SC1-ll OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2Oii'i"='3." Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-Slll
SWADS MANAGER S741-SC1-BS OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2019-3. -- - - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5126
HMASPZAP 5741-SCl-12 ~ MICROFICHE ~
This manua 1 is equi valent to SJD2-20 42-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-S112
INITIATOR S74l-SC1-B6 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2020-3:---- - Microfiche
NOT AVAIIABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5127
HMDPRDMP S74l-SCl-13 ~ MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2043-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-S113
TERMINATION S74l-SC1-B7 OS/VSl MICROFICHE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-202l-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAIIABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-S128
OLTEP 574l-SC1-06 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-20~ Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ ~

STOO-S114
COMMANDS S74l-SC1-B8 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELE~~E 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2022--3.--- - Microfiche
NOT AVAIIABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5129

STOO-SllS
INTERPRETER S74l-SC1-B9 OS/VSl MICROFICHE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2023-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAIIABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5130

~ S741-SCi-U2 OSIVSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2048-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ S741-SCl-20 ~ MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2049-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ ~

STOO-5131
Q£B S741-SCi-D5 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is eqUivalent to SJD2-2051-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-S116
RESTART RDR/DSDR PROCESSING S74l-SC1-BD Q~~ MICROFICHE
RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2024-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

246

~

~

~

~

~

~

1~

STOO

STOO
STOO-5132
CHKlRSTRT 5741-SC1-09 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2054-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5147

STOO-5133
FETCH 5741-SC1-C7 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2055-3. - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5148
IBC DMPRS 5741-SC1-IO OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
ThisliiaiiUal is equivaleiit"tO SJD2-2077-2-.---- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5134
OVERLAY SUPERVISOR 5741-SC1-C2 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJ~6-3.
------ - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5149
IBCDASDI 5741-SC1-11 ~ MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2078-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5135
SAM 5741-SC1-DO OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2057-3. - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5150
IEMDASDR 5741-SC1-UO ~ MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2080-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5136
OPEN/CLOSE/EOV 5741-SC1-D1 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2058-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5151
IEHATLAS 5741-SC1-UF 2§LY2! MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2082-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5137
PAM 5741-SC1-D2 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2059-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ 5741-SCl-14 ~ MICROFICHE RELEASE .hQ.
Th1S manual is equivalent to SJD2-2076-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ ~

STOO-5152
CRJE 5741-SC1-0A 2§LY§1 MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2084-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

~

~

~

~

STOO-5138
DADSM 5741-SC1-D4 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-20~ - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5153
IEBCOPY 5741-SC1-U6 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE .hQ.
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2085-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5139
MICR 5741-SC1-D6 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2061-3. - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5154
IEBGENER 5741-SC1-U7 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2086--3-.- - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5140
DAM 5741-SC1-D7 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2062-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5155
IEBUPDTE 5741-SC1-U8 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivaleii'tto SJD2-2087--3-.- - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

STOO-5141
ISAM 5741-SC1-D8 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2~- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5156
IEBPTCH 5741-SC1-UA OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2 2088::r.--- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5142
JAM 5741-SC1-D9 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2064-3. - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5157
IEBCOMPR 5741-SC1-UK OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equi valeii'tto SJD2-2089--3-.- - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5143

STOO-5158

~ ~

5741-SC1-CA OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2067-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

5741-SC1-UH 2§LY21 MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2090-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

~

~

STOO-5144
LINKAGE EDITOR 5741-SC1-04 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent t0SJD2-2068-3. ----- -Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5159
IEBDG 5741-SC1-UJ OS/vS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-20~ Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5145
LOADER 5741-SC1-05 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2069='3":"- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5160
IEHMOVE 5741-SC1-UC OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equi valent to SJD2-2092::r.--Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5146
JESCOMPATINT 5741-SC1-DB OS/VS1 MICROFICHE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2074-3.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5161
IEHPROGM 5741-SC1-U3 OS/vS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.6
This manual is equivaleiit'to SJD2-2096--3-.- - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ ~

247

STOO

STOO
STOO-5162
IEHINITT 5141-SC1-UD OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2091--3.--- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5111
VSAM 5141-SC1-DE MICROFICHE OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent toSJD'2=2118-1. Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5163
IEHSTATR 5141-SC1-UE OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2098--2.--- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5118

STOO-5164
CATALOG 5141-SC1-D3 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2099~ - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5119

STOO-5165
PASSWORD PROTECT 5141-SC1-DC OS/VS1

STOO-S180
ISSP 5141-SCI-BK MICROFICHE OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0
TiiIS manual Is equivalent to SJD2-2122-0. Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

2:6T'3':"0---

M!£BQ~tl!

m.2. 5141-SC1-10 MICROFICHE OS/vS1 RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2119-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ ~ ICR S741-SC1-0E MICROFICHE ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2121-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

RELEASE

This-ma:nual is equivalent to SJD2-2100-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5166
TAPE ERP/VES 5741-SC1-CC OS/VS1 MICROFICHE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2 2101-3.Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

.hQ.

STOG-S182
(IMCOSJQD) S141-SC1-19 MICROFICHE OS/vSl RELEASE 3.0
ThIs manual Is equivalent to SJD2-2129-0.--- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5161
IEBEDIT 5741-SC1-U9 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6 , 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2102=O:--- - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-S184
JOB LIST MGR 5741-SCI-BJ MICROFICHE OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0
T'hls""'iiiaiiuaris eqUivalent to SJD2-2140-0. - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5168
RES 5741-SC1-BB OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2105-2. - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5200
IPL COMPONENT 5741-SCl-C1 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
Thisliianual Is eqUivalent toSJi52~3-.­
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

STOO-5170
RES ACCT. FACILITY 5741-SC1-BC OS/VS1 ~ICHE RELEASE'hQ.
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2107-1.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5171
3505/3525 RDR/PCH 5741-SC1-DD OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2108-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5172
NIP 5141-SC1-C8 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2111-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

STOO-S181
TeAM 5 5741-SCl-21 MICROFICHE OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-212~ Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ ~

STOO-5169
HMDPRDMP EDIT 5741-SCl-18 0s/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2106-2.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

~

STOG-S201
lOS COMPONENT NO. S741-SCI-C3 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
'Ibis manual isfi(iuivalent to SJD2-200~ Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-S202
SUPERVISOR COMPONENT NO. S141-SC1-CS OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivaIeiit to SJD2-200~ - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-S203
MAPPING MACROS COMPONENT NO. S741-SC1-01 OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalentto SJD2-2003-03-.- - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~

STOO-5204
SCHEDULER SMF COMPONENT NO. S741-SC1-00 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
ThIs manuaIis equivalentto SJD2-2009-0-4-.- - - - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5173
IDCAMS 5741-SC1-DK OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-211~ Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOG-S205
JECS COMPONENT NO. S141-SCI-BO OS/vS1 RELEASE 3.1
'Ibis manual is equivalent to SJD2-2014~ Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5174
3890 - DOC PROC 5741-SC1-DF OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This iiianual is equivalent to SJD2-2m=o.-- - - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-S206
INPUT STREAM CTL COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B1 OS/VS1 RELEAS§

STOO-5175
3886 OCR 5741-SC1-DL OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2116-O:--- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

3."1----

This manual is equivalent to SJD2-201S-04.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5176
STATUS 5741-SC1-DL MICROFICHE OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-211~ - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-S207
OUTPUT STREAM CTL COMPONENT NO. S741-SCI-B2 OS/vS1 RELEAS§
~-----

'Ibis manual is equivalent to SJD2-2016-02.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
248

STOO

STOO

STOO-5208
SYSTEM RESTART COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B3 OS/VSl RELEASE

STOO-5223
PAM COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-D2 OS/vS1 RELEASE 3.1
This manual isequivalent to sJD2-2i)59-04.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~---

This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2017-04.
Microfiche
NOT AVAIIABLE UNDER SISS

STOO-5224
LINK EDITOR COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-04 OS/vS1 RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2068~ - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5209
ALLOCATION COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B4 OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-201~ - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5225
IBCDMPRS COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-IO OS/vSl RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2077-03.--Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5210
QUEUE MGR. SWADS COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B5 OS/vSl RELEASE
3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2019-04.
Microfiche
NOT AVAIIABLE UNDER SISS

STOO-5226
IBCDASDI COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-I1 OS/VS1 RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-20'7ii=0"3. - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5211
INITIATOR COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B6 OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
TiiIS-iiiaiiiial is equivalent to SJD2-2020-04,. - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5229
IEHSTATR COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-UE OS/VSl RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2098-03.--Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5212
TERMINATION COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B7 OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
ThiS-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2021.-04. - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5213
COMMANDS COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B8 ~ RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2022-04.
Microfiche
NOT AVAIIABLE UNDER SISS

STOO-5230
PASSWORD PROTECT COMPONENT ~ 5741-SC1-DC OS/VSl
3.1
--ThIs manual is equivalent to SJD2-2100-02.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

hl

~

hl

~

STOO-5231
RES COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-CC OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
This manual isequivalent to SJD2-2101-04.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5214
INTERPRETER COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B9 OS/VS1 RELEi\.SE 3.1
This manual is equivalent' to SJD2-2023-04-.- - - - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5232
IEBEDIT COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-U9 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-~1-.- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5215
RESTART RDR/DASDR PROCESS COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BD
OS/VS1 RELEASE 3 . 1 - - , .
This manual is equivalent to SJD2~2024-04.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SISS

STOO-5233
RES COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BB OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
This manual is-equivalent to, SJD2-210~ Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5216
WTP COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC2-BF OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
This manual isEi'quivalent to SJD2-2026-03.
-Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOo-5234
~1~

STOO-5217
~

COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BG OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2027-03.
-Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SISS

STOO-5218
HMASPZAP COMPONl::NT NO. 5741-SCl-12 OS/VS1 ~
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2042-04,.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SIMULATOR COMPONENT

~

574l-SC1-CP OS/VS1

~

This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2110-02.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5235
NIP COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-C8 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
This manual Is equivalent to SJD2-211l~ Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

hl

STOo-5236
VTAM COMPONENT NO. 574l-SCl-23 OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2113=OO:--- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5219
OCR COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-D5 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
T.his manual isEi'quivalent to SJD2-2051-03~
-Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SISS

STOO-5237
IOCAMS COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-DK OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
This manual is eqUIValent to SJD2-2114-0-2-.- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5220
IEBTCRIN COMPONENT NO. 5741-SCl-UG OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2053-02,.--- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5221
CHK/RSTRT COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-09 Q§!Y2i RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2054-04.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SISS

STOo-5238
3890 DOC PROC COMPONENT NO. 574l-SC1-DG OS/vS1 RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalentto SJD2-2115-0-1.-- - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

hl

STOO-5239
3886 OCR COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-DL OB/VSl RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2116-01.--- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5222
FETCH COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-C7 OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2055-0ii'.-- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SISS
249

STOO

STOO

STOO-5240
VSAM COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-DE Os/VSl RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2118::OO:---- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5279
LIBRARIAN LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
- COMPONENT NO. 5745-sc=LBR - - - This manual rs-equivalent to SYC7-1949-02.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5241
HMASMP COMPONENT NO. 5741-SCl-30 OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
This -manual is equivalent to SJD2-2120-0r:--- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5280
LINKAGE EDITOR LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
=-coMPONENT'NO.~-LNK--- - - - - -This manual rs-equivalent to SYC7-1950-02.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5242

rssp COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BK OS/VSl

RELEAS1~ 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2122~- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5281
P D AIDS LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30 - COMPONENT NO.
5iii5=sC-P-DA--- - - - - - - - - -- This manual is equivalent to SYC7-1954-02.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5243
TCAM COMPONENT NO. 5741-SCl-21 OS/VSl RE~EASE 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJ"i52"=2I24-01-.- - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5244
SYS. GEN. COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-Sl OS/VBl ru~LEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2128-00:- - - - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5282
~_~

= DOS/VS

RELEASE 30

= COMPONENT

NO.

This manual is equivalent to SYC7-1958-02.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5245
!~OSJQD COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-19 OS/VBl RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2129-01.--- Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5283
SYSTEM UTILITY PROGRAM LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
=-OOMPoNENTNo. 571i'5-'Sc-UTL
- - - - - - - - -This manual rs-equivalent to SYC7-1962-02.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5246
SSS aOST SUPPORT COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-SS OS/VSl RELEASE
3.1 - - - - - This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2133-0.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOQ-5284
VSAM LISTINGS - DOS/vS RELEASE 30 - COMPONENT NO.
571i'5-SC-VSM

STOO-5247
JOB LIST MGR. COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BJ OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
This:manual is equivalen~o SJD2-2140-0r:----- - - - --Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5286

~Ig~~~~~TI:~X5~~~TINGS

STOO-5288
TOLTEP LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
=-coMPoNENT'No:" 57ii"5'='SC-'Tm--- This manual rs-equivalent to SYC7-1969-00.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

RELEASE 30

This manuaI:is equivalent to SYC7-1933-01~
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5289
SUBSYSTEM SUPPORT SERVICES LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
- COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-SSS----- - - - - - - - - This manual rs-equivalent to SYC7-1970-01.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5276
DISK ERP LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30 - COMPONENT NO.
5745-SC=DK-E--- - - - - - - - - This manual is equivalent to SYC7-1938-02.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
STOO-5277
DISPLAY OPERATOR CONSOLE LISTINGS - DOS/VS
-

COMPONENT NO.

5~DOC

~;LEASE

RELEASE lQ.

STOO-5287
VTAM LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
=-a:iMPONENT NO:- 5'fii'5=Sc~ -This manual rs-eqUivalent to SYC7-1968-00.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5250
SYSTEM STATUS COMPONENT NO. 5741 OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalen~o SJD2-2117-0-3.--- - Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

=DOS/VS

=DOS/VS

This manual rs-equivalent to SYC7-1965-03.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5249
SYSTEM LOG. COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BE OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
This manual is equivalent to SJD2-2025~ - - - --Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~;~~~~~~T:g~ ~;:~~~~~iM~ISTINGS

- - - - - - - -- -

STOO-5285
DOS DISTRIBUTION PROGRAM LISTINGS - DOS/vS RELEASE 30
=-COMPONENT NO. 5"fii'5-'SC='D-IS--- - - - - - - - - -This manual rs-equivalent to SYC7-1964-02
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5248
MODULE/MACRO TOTAL SYSTEM INDEX (5741-SCl COMPONENTS>
OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1 - - - - - This-manual is equivalent to SJD2-2004-04.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5275

-

This manual is equivalent to SYC7-1963-02.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5290
3600 FINANCE COMM. SYSTEM LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
=-CO~NO. 574s:sc:r24------ - - - - - - - - This manual rs-equivalent to SYC7-1971-00.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

30

- - - - - - - - - --

Thrs-manual rs-equivalent to SYC7-1939-01.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5291
POWER/VS LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
- COMPONE~745=SC=PWR----- -This manual rs-equivalent to SYC7-1976-01.
Microfiche
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

STOO-5278
JOB CONTROL LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
=COMPONiNT NO:57'45-SC=:rcr:- - - - This manual is equivalent to SYC7-1948-02.
250

GT28

GT21
GT21-5097
Q§ !!!Q ~ PROGRAMMING ~ !Qg nt! 3505 gag ~
AND 3525 CARD PUNCH ~ RELEASE ~ 2.6, 3.0, hl
OS/VS2 ~ h2..&. hL. 1.7, b..Q.
This manual is equivalent to GC21-5097-00 .•
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT24-5090
OS/VSl PLANNING AND USE GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741
This manual is equivalent to GC24-5090-ooaDcris for use
with OS/vSl Release 1.
Manual, 240 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT24-5091
OS/VS PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE ~ OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0,
~ AND ~ RELEASE bL. M
Back issue of GC24-5091-2.
Reference Digest
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT26-3790
Q2LY§ ~ GENERATION INTROQUCTION Q2LY2.!
, 2.6
Titre-manual is equivalent to GC26-3790-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

1.:J!.L

~

GT26-3791
OS/VSl SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE
This publication is equivalent to GC26-3791-00 and is for
use with OS/VSl Release 1.
Manual, 236 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT26-3792
OS/vS2 SYSTEM GENERATOR REFERENCE
ThIs manual Is eqUivalent to GC26-3792-0 and is for use
wi th OS/VS Release 1. 0/1. 6.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT26-3795

=. RELEASE LJ!.,. bJk. hl
Back issue of GC26-3795-1.
Manual
//30///5742

GT24-5093
OS/VSl DEBUGGING GUIDE
This manual is equivalent to GC24-5093-00 and is for use
with OS/VSl Release 1.
Manual, 168 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT24-5094
OS/VSl STORAGE ESTIMATES
This manual is equivalent to GC24-5094-00 and is for use
with OS/VSl Release 1.
Manual, 168 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT24-5095
DOS TO OS/VSl IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE
This:manual is equivalent to GC24=5095-00 and is for use
with OS/VSl Release 1.
Manual, 309 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT24-5099
OS/VSl JCL REFERENCE COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-DK OS/VSl
RELEASE 3.0,3.1
This manual is equivalent to GC24-5099-00.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

-

GT26-3813
OS/VS ~ ~ AND LOADER
OS/VSl RELEASE 1.:.!!.&. ~ hl QS/vS2 ~ .L.§.
This manual is equivalent to GC26-3813-1.
Manual
//31///5742
GT26-3818
OS/VS VSAM PROGRAMMERwS GUIDE
Os/VslRELEASE 1.6 - OS/vS2 RELEASE 2. 6
This manual is equivaIeii'tto GC26-3818-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT26-3819
OS/vSl ACCESS METHOD (VSAM) OPTION FOR ADVANCED APPLICATIONS
RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
--- --- Back issue of GC26-3819-0.
Manual
//30///5742
GT26-3830
OS/vS2 DATA MANAGEMENT OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
This ma'iiilaI is equivaleiit"tOGC26=3830::o.Manual, 124 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT24-5100
OS/VSl JCL SERVICES COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-DK
as/VS! RELEASE 3.0,3.1

Q§LY§! ~ ~

-----

This manual is equivalent to GC24-5100-00.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT26-3837
~~~VSl

GT24-5103
OS/VSl SUPERVISOR SERVICES , MICRO INSTRUCTIONS
RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalent to GC24-5103.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

GT24-5106
OS/VSl 3540 PROGRAMMER'S REF. COMPONENT NO. 5741-SCl-DN
§SIV§! RELEASE 1.0,2.0,3.~1
This manual is equivalent to GC24-5106-00 .•
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT24-5107
OS/VS2 3540 PROGRAMMER' S ~ OS/VS2 RELEASE 1 .• 0, 1. 6, 1. 7 ,
2.0
This manual is equivalent to GC24-5107-00.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT26-3783
OS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT SERVICE GUIDE
OS/VSl RELEASE ~ Mz. 2.6, OS/VS2 ~
This manual is equivalent to GC26-3783-2.
Manual
//30///5742
GT26-3784
OS/VS CHECKPOINT/RESTART
OS/VSl ~ ~ hl OS/VS2 ~ !:J!.&.
This manual is equivalent to GC26-3784-2.
Manual
//36///5742'

DATA MANAGEMENT FOR

~

PROGRAMMERS OS/VSl

~

ThIs manual is equivalent to GC26-3837-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT26-3838
OS/VS VSAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE OS/vS2 RELEASE 2. 0
OS/VSlImLEASE 3.0 , 3 . 1 - - - - - - - - - - This manual is equivalent to GC26-3838-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT27-6979
OS/VS2 SUPERVISOR SERVICES AND MACRO INSTRUCTIONS
OS/VS2 ~!&. ~ ~ RELEASE 1.0,2.0,2.6
This manual is equivalent to GC27-6972-2.
Manual, 36 pages
//36///5742
GT27-6980
OS/VS BTAM
This manual is equivalent to GC27-6980-0, GN27-1397-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

.!.&L. 1.6

GT28-0601
OS/vS2 RELEASE 1 GUIDE
This manual is equivalent to GC28-0601-0 and is for use
with OS/VS Release 1.0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

GT28-0604
OS/vS2 STORAGE ESTIMATES ~ ~ 1.0,1.6
This manual is eqUivalent to GC28-0604-0.
Manual
//34///5742
251

GT33

GT28
GT28-0618
OS/VS JCL REFERENCES
QS/vS2 RELEASE 1.0,1.6,1.7 Q§LY.§!.:: 1.0,2.0,2.6,
This manual is equivalent to GC28-0618-2.
Manual
//36///5742

GT28-0677

GT28-0631

GT28-0681
OS/VS2 INITIALIZATION' TUNING GUIDE OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
TiiISiiianual is equivalenttock2"H68r=o:-- - - - Manual, 187 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~r:~S~~v~§Oi=~:G 2~~BRARY:

2!h1. ~ ERROR

This manual is equivalent-r,Q GC28-0677-0.
Manual, 124 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ MANAGEMENT !QS ~ PROGRAMMERS
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6,1.7 ~ .:: 1.0,2.0,2.6
This manual is equivalent to GC28-0631-2.
Manual
//30///5742

Q.§!Y2

GT28-0682

ilQJ! MANAGEMENT, SUPERVISOR, ! !2Q ~ RELEASE b.Q.
This manual is equivalent to GC28-0682-0.
Manual, 187 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT28-0632
OS/VS2 DEBUGGING GUIDE
OS/VS2 ~ 1.0;r:6,1.7
This manual is equivalent to GC28-0632-1,TNL GN28-256Q-0.
Manual
//37///5742

~

GT28-0691
OS/VS2 TSO ENHANCEMENTS
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1. 6,1. 7
This manual is equivalent to GC28-0619-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT28-0633
OS/VS2 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING LIBRARY SERVICE AIDS
OS/VS2 RELEASE !...:...!k. 1.6 AND OS/VSl RELEASE""T.O,2.0,2.6
This manaul is equivalent to GC28-0633-1, GN28-- 2540.
Manual
//37///5742

GT28-0692
OS/VS2 JCL OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
This manual is equivalent t:O"GC28-0692-0.
Manual, 187 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT28-0636
OS/VS OLTEP
This manual is equivilant to GC28-0636-00 and :Ls for use
with OS/VSl Release 1.
Manual, 76 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT28-6762
OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 TSO TERMINALS MANUAL
This manual is equivalent to GC28-6762-0 and is for use with
os Release 20.1 and 21.
Manual, 60 pages
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GT28-0638
oS/VS, SYS1.LOGREC ~ RECORDING
This manual is equivalent to GC28-0638-00 and is for use
with OS/VS1 Release 1.
Manual, 84 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT28-6878
OS/vSl RES SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE VSl RELEASE 2.0 AND:2.6
This manual is equivalent to GC28-6878-0.--- --Manual, 173 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT28-0640
OS/VS DYNAMIC SUPPORT SYSTEM
OS/vS2 RELEASE bJ!.L 1. 6 OS/VSl ~ ~ ~
This manual is equivalent to GC28-0640.
Manual
//37///5742

GT28-6879
OS/VSl ~ WORKSTATION ~ GUIDE,
Back issue of GC28-6879-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT28-0644
OS/VS2 TSO ~ ~ ~ bJ!.L !.:.!
This manual is equivalent to GC28-0644-0
Manual
//39///5742

Q§, !£lll1 USER'S ill:!ill :: EBQ!h !:!Q.:.. 360S-CQ-548
OS/vS2 RELEASE 1.0 and Q2Llli ~ .h.2.L b.Q.
This manual is equivalent to GC30-2025-0.
Manual, 238 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT28-0646
~ !2Q. COMMAND ~ REFERENCE ~ ~ 1.0,1.6
This manual is equivalent to GC28-0646-0,GN28-2537.
Manual
//39///5742

GT33-4010
OS/VS2, .QQ2LY2 ~ ~ ASSEMBLER ~
OS/VS2 ~ 1.0,1.6,1.7, OS/VSl :: 1.0,2.0,2.6
~::. 28,29
This manual is equivalent to GC33-4010-1 and
TNLS GN33-8166-0 GN33-8168-0.
Manual
//21// /5742
GT33-4021
OS/VS AND VM/370 ASSEMBER PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1,6,1.7 OS/VSl 1.0,2.0,2-.6-This manual is equivalent to GC33-4021-1.
Manual
//21///5742

GT28-0648
OS/VS2 TSO GUIDE TO WRITING A TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM OR
~ COMMAND PRoC'ESSOR OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0,1.6
- ---This manual is equivalent to GC28-0648-0.
Manual
//39///5742

GT33-4024
GUIDE

GT28-0666

TO

THE DOS/VS ASSEMBLER - RELEASE 28

Ba'Ckissue-ofGC33-'4024-0.

~~::~bJl.Lhl

Back issue of GC28-0666-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

- --- -

Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

GT33-5370
INTRODUCTION TO DOS/VS - RELEASE 28
Back issue ofGc33=5'3'iO=l-.- - - Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

GT33-5371
DOS/VS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT GUIDE - RELEASE 28
B'iiCkTssue of GC33-5371-1-.- - - - - - Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT28-0667
~ ~!!2 M!Q Qg; ~ ~ ~~

b...lh. hl

GT30-2025

GT28-0645
OS/VS2 TSO TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
Q~~~ RELEASE 1. 0,1.6
-This manaul is equivalent to GC28-0645-0.
Manual
//39///5742

This manual is equivalent to GC20-0667-0.
Manual, 34 pages
//34///5742

~

1.0,

GT28-0668
OS/VSl SYS1.LOGREC ERROR RECORDING OS/VS1 RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to GC28-066B=07
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

252

GT33

ST64
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT33-5372
DOS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT GUIDE - RELEASE 28
Bac~issue-of GC33-5312~ - ------ -Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT38-0120
OPERATORS LIBRARY OS/VS CONSOLE CONFIGURATIONS
OS/VSl RELEASE 2.0, 2.6 OS/VS2 RELEASE ~ !.:..§.
This manual is equivalent to GC38-0120-2.
Manual
//40///5142

GT33-5313
DOS/VS SUPERVISOR AND I/O MACR0S - RELEASE 28
Back issue of GC33-5313-1.--- - - - - - - -Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT38-0210
OS/VS2 REFERENCE =- OS/VS2 ~ 1.0,1.6
This manual is equivalent to GX38-0210-0
Manual
//40///5142

GT33-5315
DOS/VS DASD LABELS - RELEASE 28
Backissueof GC3305315-0.
-Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT38-0255
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS1 DISPLAY CONSOLES
This manual is equiv~to GC38-0255-00 and is for use
with OS/VS1 Release 1.
Manual, 80 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT33-5316
DOS/VS SYSTEM CONTROL STATEMENTS - RELEASE 28
Back issue of GC33-5376-0.
- - - - - - - -Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT38-0260
OS/VS2 OPERATOR'S GUIDE DISPIAY CONSOLES - OS/VS2 RELEASE
170,1.6
- - - - - - - - - ------- - - - - - - - - - - This manual is equivalent to GC38-0260-0,GN21-1431
Manual
//30///5142

GT33-5311
DOS/VS SYSTEM GENERATION - RELEASE 28
Back-issue of GC33-5311-0~ ------ -Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT38-1001
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VSl SYSTEM MESSAGES
ThISmanual is equivale~to GC38-1001-00 and is for use
with OS/VSl Release 1.
Manual, 260 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT33-5318
DOS/VS OPERATING PROCEDURES - RELEASE 28
Back-issue of GC33-5378-0. - - - - - - - -Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT33-5319

GT38-1002
OS/VS2 MESSAGE LIBRARY:VS2 SYSTEM MESSAGES - OS/VS2
RELEASE~
- - ------- - - - - - This manual is equivalent to GC38-1002-1
Manual
//40///5142

Q~~Y§' MESSAGE =- RELEASE ~
Back issue of GC33-5319-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT33-5380
DOS/VS SERVICEABILITY AIDS DEBUGGING PROCEDURES
RELEASE 28
Back issue of GC33-5380-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT38-1003
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: SYSTEM CODES
This manual is equivale~GC38=1001-00 and is for use
with OS/VS1 Release 1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT33-5381
DOS/VS SYSTEM UTILITIES - RELEASE 28
Back issue of GC33-5381-0.------ -Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT38-1001
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: LINKAGE EDITOR AND LOADER MESSAGES
OS/VS1 RELEASE b.h b! OS/VS2 RELEASE ~ 1. 6 - - - This manual is equivalent to GC38-1001-2.
Manual
//31///5142

GT33-5382

~~~'V~s~~~L~iI~3~:~~~~-~THOD SERVICES
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT33-5388
~~~S~2~S/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEMl310

=- ~ ~

=-

GT38-1008
OS/VS2 MESSAGE LIBRARY:VS2 SYSTEM CODES - OS/VS2 RELEASE
1.0,1.6---------- - - - - ----- - - - - This manual is equivalent to GC38-1008-0,GN28-2558
Manual
//40///5142

REFERENCE

Back:iSsue of GC33-5388-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT33-5403
DOS/VS PLANNING GUIDE TO POWER/VS RELEASE
This manual is equivalent to GC33-5403-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GT35-0005
OS/VS UTILITIES =- OS/VSl RELEASE ~ 2~ 0,
OS/VS2 RELEASE h.2..L 1. 6
This manual is equivalent to GC35-0005-1.
Manual
//32///5142

GT38-1010
OS/VS1 MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS1 RES BTAM AND ACCOUNT MESSAGES
RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
--- - - - - ----Back issue of GC38-1010.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
~

ST63-8041
OS/VS AND VM/310 ASSEMBLER LOGIC
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0,1.6,1.1 OS/VSl =- 1.0,2.0.2.6
This manual is equivalent to SY33-8041-0, TNLS SN33-8152-0
SN33-8158.
Logic Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

b!

ST64-5155
OS/VSl SUPERVISOR LOGIC
This manual is equivalent to SY24-5155-00 and is for use
with OS/vSl Release 1.
Manual, 300 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT35-0009

as/vs

ACCESS METHOD SERVICES
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1. 6 ,1. 1 OS/VSl =- 2.0,2.6
This manual is equivalent to GC35-0009-0.
Manual, 20 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST64-5156
OS/VS I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC
This ma-oual is equiva~to SY24-5156-00 and is for use
with OS/VS1 Release 1.
Manual, 184 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GT38-0110
OPERATORS LIBRARY: OS/VSl REFERENCE MANUAL
ThIS-document is equivalent to GC38-oIIO-ih and is for use
with OS/VSl Release 1.
Manual
253

ST64

ST68
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST64-5159
OS/VS CATALOG MANAGEMENT LOGIC
This-manual is equivalent to SY24-5159-00 and is for use
with OS/VSl Release 1.
Manual, 36 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST66-3839
OS/VSl OPENICLOSE/EOV LOGIC OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0
This manual is equivalentto SY26-3839-0. Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST64-5160
OS/VSl IPL AND NIP LOGIC
This manualis equivalent to SY24-5160-00 and is for use
with OS/VSl Release 1.
Manual, 152 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST66-3840
OS/vSl SAM LOGIC COMPONENT NO. 5141-SC1-DO
OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0,3.1
This manual is equivalent to SY26-3840-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST64-5161
OS/VSl JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC
This maOOal is equivalent to SY24-5161-00 and i.s for use
with OS/VSl Release 1.
Manual, 450 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST66-3841
OS/vSl VSAM LOGIC COMPONENT NO. 5141-SC1-DE OS/vSl
3.0,3.1-- - - - This manual is equivalent to SY26-3841-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST66-3186
OS/VS ISAM !&§!£ OS/VS 2 ~ !..:..JU !..:.!.
OS/VSl RELEASE !..&.L hlL hl
This manual is equivalent to SY26-3186-2.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST61-1239
OS/VS RECOVERY MANAGEMENT SUPPORT LOGIC
Cc5'MPONENTNOs:'" 5141-SC1-CE"ANi5574 2=Sc1-CE
This manuar-IS equIvalent to-5Y21-1239 00 and is for use
wi th Os/VSl Release 1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST66-3181
OS/VS DADSM LOGIC
THis-manual is equivalent to SY26-3181-00 and is for use
with OS/VSl Release 1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST61-1246

Q2LY.2 ~ !&§!£ ::. Q2LY2! ~ L..h b.h hl
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0 1.6
This manuar-IS ~valent to SY21-1246-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST66-3188
OS/VS SAM LOGIC ::. ~ ~ !..:Jh. 1 .• 6
Os/VSl ~ L.9..L hlL hl
This manual is equivalent to SY26-3188-2.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST68-0605
Q§LY2! ~ ~ AREAS
This manual is equivalent to SY28-0605-00 and is for use
with OS/VSl Release 1.
Manual, 260 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST66-3189
OS/VS BDAM !&§!£ ::. Q2LY§l RELEASE b..Jh. h§.
Q§LY§!. ~ !..&.L hlL hl
This manual is equivalent to SY26-3189-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
ST66-3811
OS/VS2 ACCESS METHOD (VSAM) LOGIC COMPONENT
~C~

----- ----- ----

~

ST68-0635

Q2.Cl2! ~ ~ !&§!£ ::. ~
Back issue of SY28-0635-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
~

L..h b.h M

5141-SC1-DE,
ST68-0639
OS/VS SYS1.LOGREC ERROR RECORDING LOGIC
This manual is equivalent to SY28-0639-00 and is for use
with Os/VS1 Release 1.
Manual, 148 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6 and OS/VSl 2.6 RELEASE
This manual is equivaleiit't()SY26-~
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
ST66-3820
OS/VS2 CHECKPOINT/RESTART PLM
ThIslmanual is eqUivalent ~SY26-3820-0 and is for use with
OS/VS2 Release 1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

S'1'68-0641
OS/vS2 DYNAMIC SUPPORT SYSTEM LOGIC COMPONENT
NOS. 51iiI="Sc'l-10:-51'ii2-ScI=lO ::. OS/vS2 RELEASE 1..:.Q h§. AND
~~bJk.M
This manual is equivalent to ST28-0641-0
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST66-3823
OS/vS2 I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC
This manual is equivalent to SY26-3823-0 and is for use
with OS/VS2 Release 1.0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST68- 06 43
OS/VS2 ~ ~ ~ ::. ~ ~
This manual is equivalent to SY28-0643-0
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

L..h

1.6

ST66-3826
~ ~ MANAGEMENT LOGIC Q§LY§l RELEASE 1..:...Q.
This manual is equivalent to SY26-3826-0.
Manual, 224 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST66-3828
OS/VS2 DADSM LOGIC OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
This manual is equivalent to SY26-3828-0.
Manual, 156 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST68-0649
~!2Q ~

~ ~

h9..L

~

ST68-0650
OS/vS2 TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM AND SERVICE ROUTINES LOGIC
0S7VS2 RELEASE ~ 1.6 - - - ---- ---- --This manual is equivalent to SY28-0650-0
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST66-3832
OS/VS2 SAM LOGIC OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
This maOOal is equivalen~26-3832-0.
Manual, 224 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
ST66-3831
OS/VSl DADSM LOGIC COMPONENT NO. 5141-SC1-D4 Q§LY2! RELEASE
3.0,3.1---- - - - This manual is equivalent to SY26-3831-0.
Manual

E.Y1

This manual is equivalent to SY28-0649-0
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST68-0651
OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME 1: ACCOUNT
OS/VS2 R'ELEiSET:O 1.6
--- --- --ThIs manuarT'i ~valent to SY28-0651-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

254

ST75

ST68
ST68-0652

Q§!Y2~ ~

1.0,

L..!!.

PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME

~

:. Os/VS2

ST73-8557
DOSI'VS LIBWAN ~OW~C ::. ~ 28
BaCk:rssue 0 SYJ - 57-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPT~ON ONLY

~

This manual is equivalent to SY28-0652-0
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST73-8559
ST68-0654
OSI'VS2 TERMINAL MESSAGES DIRECTORY OSI'VS2 RELEASE 1..:..Q.
This manual is equivalent to SY28-0654-0.
Manual, 187 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~ !!!QS§ YOLil ~
~::.~8

INFORMATION! IMPERATIVE

~

Back issue of SY33-8559-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST68-0662

ST73-8560

ST68-0669
OSI'VSl SYS1.LOGREC ERROR RECORDING LOGIC OS/VSl RELEASE 1.:..2.
This manual is equivalent to SY28-0669-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST73-8562
OOSl'VS LIOCS VOL. 4 VSAM LOGIC - RELEASE 28
iiaCk"Issue oC'SY33=8562-0-.- - - - - - - - -Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST68-0678

ST7J-8564

~ ~ VOL. 1 §M! LOGIC :. RELEASE 28
Back issue of-si33-8560-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Q~ OLTEP ~ :. ~ bJ!..L. hl
Back issue of SY28-0662-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SYS. ! ~ ~ RECORDING LOGIC OSI'VS2
This manual is equivalent to SY28-0678-0.
Manual, 258 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
~

~

1..&

!l2.§!.Y2 UTILITIES ACCESS METHOD

~

!:&ill

RELEASE l l i 29 i 30
This manual IS equivalent to SY33-8564-1.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

ST68-6849
Q§LY2!.

~ ~

ST7J-8565

AND WORRSTATION SUPPORT !!Q§1£

SI'370 SUBSYSTEM SUPPORT SERVICES

!&2I£

ST73-8570
DOSI'VS POWERI'VS LOGIC DOSI'¥S RELEASE 30
This manual is equivalent 0 ~7O=O.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

RELEASE hl

~

OSI'VS2 REL. 2.0
This manual is equivalent to SY30-3017-01.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST73-8571
ST73-8548
QSI'VS£

~ ~~

~

!&2!£

~

!!.t ECLIS ::.

1.0,1.6

RELEASE~

------- -

=

~ HANDBOOK
RELEASE ~
Back issue of SY33-8571-0.
Reference Summary
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

This manual is equivalent to SY35-8548-0
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
ST73-8551
DOSI'VS SUPERVISOR LOGIC - RELEASE 28
Back issue of sY33-8551-0.------ -Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
ST73-8552
DOSI'VS ERROR RECOVERY i RECORDING

~

ST73-8566
OOSl'VS POWER RJE PROGRAM LOGIC - RELEASE 28
BaCk"Issue ofSY33-8566-0-.- - -Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST70-2039
OSI'VS TCAM LOGIC
This-manual is equivalent to SY30-2039-1 and is for
use with OSI'VS Release 1.0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
ST70-3017

=

~ ~ PROGRAM LOGIC
~
Back issue of SY33-8565-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~~L.§.

Back issue of SY28-6849-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST75-0004
~ I§Q COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC ~ III:
OSI'VS2 ~ !.Jl.L hl
This manual is equivalent to SYJ5-0004
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST75-0005
~~

LOGIC

Q2Cl2! UTILITIES LOGIC :. RELEASE

~

~

b..h hl

Back issue of SY35-0005-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Back issue of SY33-8552-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST75-0008
OSI'VS ACCESS METHOD SERVIC~ LOGIC COMPONENT NOS.
S'7"5'2-scr=i5K," S'7ii1-SC1-DK, 742=SC1-DK, OSI'VS2 REL~ ~
2.0 OSI'VSl RELEASE

ST73-8553

~~~~Vis~~:I~~s;~~:~~~:~.!&2!£::. ~ ~

2.0, 2.6,"3.'" O~

Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

This manual is equivalent to SY35-0008-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST73-8554
Q.Q§LY§. SYSTEM SERVICEABILITY :. ~
Back issue of SY33-8554-0.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

ST75-0010
OSI'VS2 ~ METHOD SERVICES l!Q§!£ OSI'VS2 RELEASE L:.Q.
ThIs manual is equIvalent to SY35-0010-0.
Manual, 624 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST73-8555
DOSI'VS IPL AND JOB CONTROL LOGIC - RELEASE 28
Back isS'\ie Of"SYJ3-8555-0. - - - ------ -Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
ST73-8556
DOSI'VS LINKAGE EDITOR LOGIC - RELEASE 28
Back issue-or-SY33-8556-0. - ------ -Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

ST75-0011
Q§LYg £YQ!! PROCESSOR

~ ~ ~

This manual is equivalent to SY35-0011-1.
Manual, 224 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

255

hQ

GX20

GX09

GX2o-1761
MA THEMATICAL PROGRAMMIOO ~ ~
SYSTEM/360 - 1130
This is a Mathematical Programming Input Form 25 sheets
to a pad. 8 1/2 x 11. 3 hole punch.
Padded Form. 25 sheets. 8 1/2- x 11NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GX09-1000
IBM 129-3270 OPERATOR'S REFERENCE SUMMARY
This Operator's Reference Summary is a handy compendium of
the most frequently needed information for operating the
129-3270 attachment. This summary is for the use of 1293270 operators; also IBM FE and Marketing personnel.
Fanfold Card 3-2/3 x 8-1/2 inches
//14//3270.3271.3272.3275.3277.3284.3286.3288.0129/
GX09-1001
IBM 129-3270 !ID:Q 8T0105) OPERATOR'S REFERENCE SUMMARY
This Operator's Reference Summary is a handy compendium of
the information needed for operating the key entry
attachment to the 129-3270. This summary is for the use of
129-3270 operators; also IBM FE and Marketing personnel.
Fanfold Card. 3-2/3 x 8-1/2 inches
//14//3270.3271.3272.3275.3277.3284.3286.3288.0129/
GX20-1701
GENERAL PURPOSE SYSTEMS SIMULATOR CODING FORM
PROG. NOs:51'3ii"-~ 5736-XS1. ~ '3"6"O'A-CS-17X. 19X
This form is used in conjunction with the construction of
models with the GPSS III Simulator. It provides the field
formats required by the program as input.
Padded Form. 25 sheets. 8 1/2 x 11
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
GX20-1702
PROPORTIONAL RECORD LAYOUT FORM
ThefrontSide of this form--cOnsists of the Proportional
Record Layout Form. It is suitable for card. tape. and
disk records. Positional markings are 00-99 and 01-100 in
decimal notation. and 00-63 and 01-64 in hexadecimal
notation. The back side of the form is the record format
form.
This form permits record layouts to be prepared
without the space limitations of positional markings. Space
is also provided for reference data. These are generalpurpose forms and may be used for all systems.
Padded Form. 25 Sheets. 11 by 16 1/2
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
GX20-1705
2311 MODEL 1 DISK STORAGE DRIVE CAPACITY AND TRANSMISSION

GX20-1787
DEBUGGING AID
DIRECT EVALUATION OF FLOATING POINT NUMBERS IN HEXADECIMAL
The following tables can be used to evaruateia floating
point number represented in hexadecimal form. The technique
uses a table lookup in the hexadecimal integer table. and a
table lookup in the hexadecimal fraction table. The user
unites the integer from the first table with the fraction
from the second table. to form one number. and then performs
a calculation to obtain the value of the floating point
number.
Pocket-size Booklet
360//01///
GX20-1850
SYSTEM/370 REFERENCE SUMMARY ~
This reference card is intended primarily for use by S/370
assembly language programmers.
It contains basic machine
information summarized from the System/370 Principles of
Operation (GA22-7000). frequently used information from
OS/vS and DOS/VS Assembler Language (GC33-4010). command
codes for various I/O devices. and a multi-code translation
table.
Reference card. accordion-folded
370//01///
GX20-1878
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM REFERENCE SUMMARY
This publication is intended for planning purposes-oDly. It
will be updated to reflect system changes.
The reader is
cautioned that the authoritative source for this booklet is
the IBM 3270 Information Display System Component
Description Manual (GA27-2749).
Reference summary. 48 pages
//09//3270.3271.3272.3275.3277.3284.3286.3288/

TIME: ~ERENCEsUMMARy' - - - - - - - -

A-capacity and transmission time reference card arranged
in a tabular format.
Formulas and examples of how to use
the card are included.
Reference Card. 3 folds
360.370//07//2311/

GX20-1920
IBM 3330 SERIES DISK STORAGE (3333 MODELS ! AND !h 3330
MODELS h 1 AND 11): REFERENCE SUMMARY
This reference summay summarizes device characteristics and
provides a capacity table for records with and without keys.
Summary. 2 folds
370//07//3330.3333/

GX20-1710
IBM 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILITY CAPACITY AND

TRANSMISsroNTIME-mER'ENcECARD

---- -

GX20-1924
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370: BASIC LANGUAGE

This reference-card provides-a-convenient reference and
several informative examples for planning and programming
purposes. Tables include timing and capacity with and
without keys.
Reference Card. 3 folds
360.370//07//2314/

SUMMARY -

PROO"RA'MPROD 5749

REFERENC~

- - ----

The Basic Language~erence Summary. Order No. GX20-1924.
gives essential details of the IBM VM/370 BASIC language
including brief examples of VM/370 BASIC commands. program
execution. correction statements. and lists the various
elements of the language.
For a complete description of
VM/370 BASIC refer to the publication IBM Virtual Machine
Facility/370: BASIC Language Reference Manual. Order No.
GC20-1803.
Summary. 8 cards
//23///5749

GX20-1711
IBM SYSTEM/360 RECORD LAYOUT WORKSHEET
Padded forms showing double word. word. halfword and byte
boundaries. Bytes marked to accommodate packed-decimal
digits.
Provides for two records of 256 positions each.
both in hexadecimal and decimal numbering.
Padded form. 11 x 6-1/2 inches. 50 sheets per pad
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GX20-1926

.!!!!:!

GX20-1741
IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER DOCUMENT TRACING GUIDE
This Card is a forms-design guide for assistin'g' the 1287
user in the physical layout of input documents.
Card. 6 1/4 x 9 1/4
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GX20-1751
IBM 2260 DISPLAY FORMAT
This coding sheet is used in designing displays for the
2260. The form provides space for a display to be
transmitted from System/360 to a 2260. and expected operator
response.
Padded Form. 25 sheets. 8 1/2" xli"
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
GX20-1759
IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER DESIGN FORMATS
This-Sheet contains formats for laying out forms to be
read by the 1287. The form includes standard mark-read
column designs. hand-print blocks from two to seven digits.
and optical reference marks.
Padded Form. 25 sheets. 8 1/2" xli"
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370: QUICK GUIDE FOR USERS
REFERENCE SUMMARY - PROG. PROD. 5749
This publication describes the essential VM/370 operations
for the new user.
It also provides a brief description of
all VM/370 commands for the experienced user. Only a
limited amount of prior VM/370 knowledge is assumed for the
section on VM/370 operations. See the "Preface" for
prerequisite publications.
The user of the command
descriptions section should have a thorough understanding of
VM/370 command syntax and usage.
Summary booklet. 200 pages
//20///5749
GX20-1927
ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM:
OPERATQRS:REFERENCE BOOKLET - PROG. NO. 36OA=CX=15X
This publication is a pocket=size reference summary of all
commands and dynamic support programs (DSP) names.
descriptions and commands.
Handbook. 14 pages
360. 370//36/0ASP//
GX20-1961
SUMMARY OF VM/370 CP AND CMS COMMANDS
A reference"Sliiiiiiiarysupplement"tOtile Quick Guide
(GX20-1926) that gives command descriptions-as well as
command formats for the CP and CMS environment within the
Virtual Machine.
Pocket size fanfold
//20///5749

256

GX20

GX22

GX20-1972
IBM 3890 DOCUMENT PROCESSOR REFERENCE ~
This-SUmmary card is intended for 3890 ~3ers and progra~
mers. Information in this publication is extracted from the
3890 Document Processor Machine and Programming Description
(GA24-3612), which is the authoritive reference source and
will be the first to reflect changes.
Reference Card, 3-5/8 x 8-1/2 inches, 8 panels
370//04//3890/

GX21-9155

.!!rn 3140

~ ENTRY ~ ~ ~ TEMPLATE
This template is for those people responsible for the
physical planning layout of a 3740 Data Entry System
installa tion.
Template
//15//3740,3741,3142,3747,3113/

GX21-9111
IBM 3147 DATA CONVERTER REFERENCE CARD
ThIs reference card is proVided as-an-aid to the operation
when an error occurs on the 3747 Data Converter. It
contains the message codes for the messages which will occur
most often.
card, 4 pages
//08//3747/

GX20-8020
FLOWCHARTING ~
This plastic template provides cut-out shapes for drawing
standard symbols used frequently in flowcharting computer
systems and programs. It is enclosed in an envelope
outlining definitions of symbols and use of the template,.
More details are given in the Data processing Techniques
manual on FLOWCHARTING TECHNIQUES (GC20-8152).
Template, 10 to a set
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GX21-9172
IBM 3741/3142 REFERENCE ~
This reference card is provided as an aid to the operator
using the 3141 Data Station or 3742 Dual Data Station. It
contains error codes, program codes, required data set label
fields, and status line.
Card, 4 pages
//08//3741,3142/

GX21-9011
IBM 1062 PROGRAM TAPE LAYOUT SHEET
SheetUsed to codeI062 Program Tape.
Padded Form, 8 1/2 x 11, one side, 50 sheets
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GX21-9185
IBM 3141 DATA CONVERTER RUN SHEET
The ~3747 Data Converter Run Sheet is used to provide the
operator with the necessary information for running a job on
the 3147 data converter. It contains a description of the
job (disk to tape, etc.), disk ID numbers, and job
statistics.
Padded form, 50 per pad
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GX21-9017
IBM 1062 ~ ~ TAPE, DOCUMENT ~~
PRINTER PLANNING CHART
Form used for planning terminal record tape, document feed
and printer output.
Padded Form
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
GX21-9030
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE, 1030 DAT~ COLLECTION SYSTEM
This template gives a scaled representation of the physical
planning specifications of the IBM 1030 Data Collection
System.
Template, 8 1/2 x 11, 1 page
//15//1030,1031,1032/
GX21-9090
RPG QUTPUT-FORMAT SPECIFICATIONS (FORM)
This is a form for coding RPG output-format specifications
for the IBM System/3, System/360, and 1130. It is printed
in reproduceable green ink.
Padded Form, 50 sheets
NOT AVAILABLE U~DER SLSS

GX21-9186
IBM 3740 JOB INSTRUCTIONS FORM
The ~3740 Job Instructions-sheet is a two-sided form
which is used to provide the operator with the necessary
information for running a job on the 3140 System. The front
side is used for explaining how to run the job, disposition
of documents, what fields are included. The reverse side
lists the program codes for the 3740 System and explains
their function.
Padded form, 1 page, printed on both sides
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
GX21-9187
IBM 3740 SYSTEM PRINT CHART
The IBM 3140 Sys~rint chart is used by the operator for
specifying how printing is to be performed on the 3740
System.
Padded form, 1 page
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GX21-9091
g~ EXTENSIONS AND ~ ~ SPECIFIC~TIONS SHEET
This form is provided as an aid to the programmer writing
an RPG program for the IBM System/3, System/360, and 1130.
It is printed in reproducible green ink.
Padded Form, 50 sheets
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

GX21-9204

ll!! 3141 PROGRAMMABLE WORK STATION MODELS 1=!!.

GX21-9092
RPG ~ ~ ~ FILE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATIONS ~
This form is provided as an aid to the programmer writing an
RPG program for the IBM System/3, System/360, and 1130. It
is printed in reproduceable green ink.
Padded form, 25 sheets
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

REFERENCE CARD
The reference-card is intended to provide a q~ick look up of
correct coding in an ACL (Application Control Language)
program. The control statements in ACL are described on the
card. The card is intended for ACL programmers.
Reference card, 1 page, both sides, 7 x 9 inches
//08//3141/

GX22-6834
GX21-9093
RPG CALCULATION SPECIFICATIONS SHEET
This is a form for coding RPG calculation specifications for
the IBM System/3, System/360, and 1130. It is printed in
reproduceable green ink.
Padded Form, 50 sheets
NOT ~VAILABLE UNDER SLSS
GX21-9094
RPG INPUT SPECIFICAXIONS FORM
This form is provided as an-iid to the programmer writing
an RPG program for the IBM System/3. It is printed in
reproduce able green ink.
Padded Form, 50 sheets
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

~ £!!ill !lli2 ~ JLQ ~ PRINTERS, FOR SYSTEM/360 AND
SYSTEM/370: ~ PHYSICM ~ Tfr!PLATE
Equipment templates on 8-1/2 by 11 nch acetate sheets, four
pages, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch
equals one foot. Includes one 1017, one 1018, three 14032,3,1's, three 1403-Nl's, one 1404-2, one 1442-Nl,N2, one
1442 abutted to one 1443, one 1443-Nl or 1445-Nl, one 2501B1,B2, one 2520-Bl,B2,B3, three 2540-1's, one 2560-Al,
one2611, two 2821-1,2,4,6's, two 2821-3,5's, one 2822, one
2826-1, two 3211's, two 3505-Bl,B2's, two 3525-P1,P2,P3's,
and two 3811's.
8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate templates, 4 pages
360,310//15///

GX22-6837
2401 - 2404 AND 2415 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS
This pocket-BIZe-reference folder i~assist
in estimating tape processing times and block (record)
capacity per full reel.
Reference card, 7-1/4 x 14, 3 folds
360,310//05//2401,2404,2415/

GX21-9106
IBM 1288 DOCUMENT GAUGE FOR MACHINE SETUP
inillustrated and descriptive document - alignment
and machine-setup instruction folder.
Reference Card, 2 pages
360,370//04//1288/
GX21-9129
RPG DEBUGGING TEMPLATE
This template is a quick tool for programmers debugging RPG.
Template
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
257

GX22-6855
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS AND CONTROLS
Equipment template on-I-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page
for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes all models of following magnetic tape units/
controls 7 2402, 2403, 2404, 3410, 3411.
8-1/2" x 11" acetate template, 4 pages
//15//2402,2403,2404/

GX22

GX22

GX22-7005
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEMl370 ~ 145
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 2 pages
for planning machine room layout. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes 3145 Processing Unit Models GE, GFD, H, Hcr,
I, H2, HG2, 12, IH2 and J2. Also includes 3046 Power Unit
Modell, 3047 Power Unit Modell, 3210 Console PrinterKeyboard Model 2, and 3345 Storage and Control from Models 1
to 5.
Template, 2 pages

GX22-6857
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEMl360 AND SYSTEMl370
£OMMU~ICATION~NT
.
Equipment templates on 8-1/2 by 11 inch acetate sheets, two
pages, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch
equals one foot. Includes four 2701's, t~o 2702's, one
2703, one 2711, one 2715-1,2, two 7770-3's, and one 7772-3.
8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate templates, 2 pages
11151/2701,2702,2703,2711,7770,7772,3704,37051

31451/15//1

GX22-6858
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEMl360 ~ SYSTEMl370
QATA STORAGE DEVICES
Equipment templates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheets, six
pages, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch
equals one foot. Includes four 2301-1's, two 2302-3,4's,
four 2303-1's, two 2305-1,2's (shown on two facilities),
eight 2311-1's, one 2312-A1, two 2313-Al's, one 2314-Al,
one2314-Bl, one 2314-1, two 2319-Al's, two 2319-A2's, one
2319-Bl, two 2319-B2's, four 2321-1's (with two shown
abutted), one 2820-1, two 2835-1,2's, four 2841-1's, two
2844's, six 3330's (two on one facility and four on
another), and two 3830's.
8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate templates, six pages

GX22-7006
tBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155
Equipment templates on--s=t72X 11 inch ac;etate sheets,
2 pages, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4
inch equals 1 foot. Includes one 3155 composite of Models
H-J, one 3155 composite of Models JI and K, and one 32102. Positioning is also shown for 3210-1 and 3215.
Acetate Template, 2 pages
31551/15//1

GX22-7007
~

PHYSICAL ~ TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165
Equipment templates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheets, three
pages, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch
equals one foot. Includes one composite 3165 ~odels I and J
with 3360's, one composite 3165 Models JI and K with 3360's,
one composite 3165 Model KJ with 3360's, one 3066-1, and one
3067.
8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate templates, three pages

11151/2301,2302,2303,2305,2311,2314,2321,33331

GX22-6859
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEMl360 AND SYSTEMl370

CONSOLESANI> TERMINALs

Equipment~mplates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheets, two
pages, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch
equals one foot. Includes two 2150's, two 2250-1's, two
2250-3's, two 2260's with keyboards, two 2260's without
keyboards, one 2285, two 2840-2's, four 2848's (two of both
types), one 3210-1, one 3210-2, and one 3215-1.
8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate templates, two pages

31651/15//1

GX22-7008
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch aceta~eet, 1 page,
for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals
one foot. Includes one 3135 with five attached disk storage
drives and one 3046-1.
Acetate template, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 1 page

1/15//2250,21501

GX22-6860
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEMl370
MAGNETICAND ~CHARACTER READERS
Equipment~mplates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheets, two
pages, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch
Includes:
1231 Model N1
1255 Models 1, 2, and 3
1.259 Model 2
1285 Model 1
1287 Models 1 to 5
1288 Models 1 to 5
1412 Models 1
1418 Models 1 to 3
1419 Model 1
1428 Models 1 to 3
8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate templates, two pages

31351/15//1

GX22-7018
3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM: PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
Equipment templates-onB-I72X11 inch acet:a:teSilee~
page, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch
equals one foot.
Includes all models of system:
3271 MODELS 1, 2, 11, 12
3272 MODELS 1, 2
3275 MODELS 1, 2, 11, 12
3277 MODELS 1, 2
3284 MODELS 1, 2, 3
3286 MODELS 1, 2, 3
3288 MODEL 2
Template, 1 page

11151/1285,1231,1418,1428,1287,1288,1412,1255,12591

GX22-6925
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEMl360 AND SYSTEMl370
!IELQE;~INEERING FURNITURE AND TEST EQUIPMEm
Furni ture and test equipment templates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch
acetate sheet, for planning FE room layoGts. Scale: 1/4
inch equals one foot. .Includes one desk, one ilorkbench, one
study table, one bookcase, one card file, one microfiche
viewer, one tool .and test equipment cart, one BSM cart, one
FEiDAU, one BSM analyzer, and two shelf cabinets, two parts
cabinets, two book carts, and three file cabinets.
8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate templates, one page

11151/3270,3271,3272,3275,3277,3284,3286,32881

GX22-7021

.!.!lli

~ PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEMl370 MODEL 125
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page
for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals
1 foot. Includes configurations of 3125 with 5425 and
3203 and 3125 with 3203.
8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate template

31251/15//1

360,3701/151/1

GX22-7022
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168
~ 168 MULTIPROCESSING
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page
for planning machine room layout. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes 3168 Processing Unit, 3168 Multiprocessing
Unit, 3066 System Console Model 2, 3067 Power and Coolant
Distribution Unit Model 2 (SN Below 61000), 3067 Power and
COolant Distribution Unit Model 2 (SN 61000 and above>, and
3068 Multisystem Communication Unit Model 1Acetate template, 3 pages

rum

GX22-6981
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 195
Equipment templates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch ace~sheets,
5 pages, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4
inch equals 1 foot. Includes one composite 3195 Model
J and K, one composite 3195 Model KJ and L, one 3060-1,
one 3085, one 3086, three 3080s, two 28605, two 2870s,
and four 2880s.
Acetate Template, 5 pages
31951/15//1

31681/151/1

GX22-6984
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 OPERATORS REFERENCE CARD
ThIs reference card highlights necessary operating
procedures and abbreviated step-by-step instructions for
operating the System/370 Model 165. The information is
condensed from the IBM System/370 Model 165 Operating
Procedures (GA22-6969).
Reference card

GX22-7023
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEMl370 MODEL 158
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch aceta~eet, 2 pages
for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes 3158 Processing Unit and 3158
MultiproceSSing Units.
Acetate template, 2 pages
31581/15//1

31651101/11

GX22-7029

GX22-6985

llli

~ ~ ~ &
!ll.c. Am! EL !QR SYSTEM/370:
mM ~ PLANNING ~E;
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page
for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes 3340 Disk Storage Modes Al, Bl, and B2.
Template, 1 page

!!!!1 ~ PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEMl36Q ~ SYSTEM/370
CHANNELS: 2860, 2870, AND 2880
Equi?ment templates on two 8-1/2 x ii-inch acetate sheets,
for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals
one foot. Includes three 2860's, three 2870's, and four
2880-1,2's.
Acetate Templates, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 2 pages

1/151/33401

1115//2860,2870,28801

258

GX24

GX22
GX22-7045

GX22-7031

DISJ(ETTE INPUT/OUTPUT llli!! ~ B1 AND ~ ~
SYSTEM/370: ~ PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page
for planning machine room layout. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes 3540 Models B1 and B2.
Template, 1 page
//15//3540/

!!!M ~~ PLANNING TEMPLATE 3890 DOCUMENT
PROCESSOR
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet (2
pages) for planning machine room layouts.
Scale:
1/4 inch equals one foot
Includes:
Models A1-A6 and B1-B6
Microfilm Frame
8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate template, 2 pages
//15//3890/

~

GX22-7046
3830

~ ~ MODELS h
1 AND 1:EQB SYSTEM/370
~ TEMPLATE
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet (1 page)
for planning machine room layouts.
SCale:
1/4 inch equals one foot.
Includes:
All models (1,2, and 3)
8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate template, 1 page
//15//3830/

!ru! PHYSICAL

GX22-7032
3704 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER FOR SYSTEM/370:
IBM-PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page
for planning machine room layout. Sale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes 3704 Communications Controller Model 1.
Acetate template, 1 page
//15//3704/

GX22-7047
GX22-7035
3410 MAGNETIC TAPE !:lli!!

~

1 TO 1

!ru! PHYSICAL

&:!Q 3411

~

TAPE
!lli!1. liliQ. ~ ~ 1 !..Q 1 EQB SYSTEK/3'7'O'i" !!!!. PHYSICAL
PLANNING TEMPLATE
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page
for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes 3410 Magnetic Tape Unit Models 1,2, and 3,
and 3411 Magnetic Tape Unit and COntrol Models 1,2, and 3.
Acetate template, 1 page
//15//3410,3411/

GX22-7037
2401 ~ TAPE .!llill ~ 1 !O ! &:!Q !!.L !QS SYSTEK/370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
Equipment template ori 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page
for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes 2401 Magnetic Tape Unit Models 1 to 6 and 8.
Acetate template, 1 page
//15//2401/
GX22-7038
2415 ~ ~ !lli!!
~ ~§. 1 !Q .!&.. fQR
SYSTEM/370: IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING ~
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page
for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes 2415 Magnetic Tape Unit and Control Models 1
to 6.
Acetate template, 1 page
//15//2415/

rum

GX22-7039
2420

~ ~

!ill!! MODELS .? AND 1L FOR SYSTEM/370:

L. b.

~

rum ltemplate
l i 3333

TEMPLATE: 3330

Q!2! ~

!

~ ~

~ ~

1

MODELS
~ 11

on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet (2
pages) for planning machine room layouts.
SCale:
1/4 inch equals one foot.
Includes:
3330 Models 1,2 and 11
3333 Models 1 and 11
8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate template, 2 pages
//15//3330/
~uipment

GX22-7051
3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER FOR SYSTEM/370:
PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetete sheet for
planning machine layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals one foot;
includes 3705 Communications Controller and 3705 Expansion
Module.
8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate template, 1 page
//15//3705/
GX22-7052
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE EQB 3881 ~ ~ ~g
~ ! TO 1
~ ~ CHARACTER READER MODEI.S 1·~-f!
2

rum

Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate page for planning machine room layouts.
Scale:
1/4 inch equals one foot.
Includes: 3881 Models 1 to 3
3886 Models 1 and 2
Acetate Template, 1 page
//15//3881,3886/
GX22-7053

!1Y1~~~

Equipment ~~mplate on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page
for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes 2420 Magnetic Tape Unit Models 5 and 7.
Acetate template, 1 page
//15//2420/

~ ~ llll ~ ~ FACILITY
FOR S/370
Equipment template for planning machine room layouts.
Scale: 1/4 inch equals one foot
Includes: 3851 Models A1 to A4 and B1 to B4.
Acetate TemplateI' 1 page
//15//3850,3851/

!ru! PHYSICAL

GX22-7041

~ ~ CARTRIDGE READER ~ h
FOR SYSTEM/370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page
for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes 2495 Tape Cartridge Reader Modell.
Acetate template, 1 page
//15//2495/

GX22-7042
2803 ~ CONTROL ~ 1 TO h EQB §X§!EM/370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page
for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes 2803 Tape Control Models 1 to 3.
Acetate template~ 1 page
//15//2803/
GX22-7043
2804 ~ ~ ~ 1!Q h FOR §X§!EM/370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
Equipment template on 8~1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page
for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes· 2804 Tape control Models 1 to 3,.
Acetate template, 1 page
//15//2804/
GX22-7044

~ll~ ~~ !lliTI ~ h
FOR SYSTEM/370 :
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page
for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1
foot. Includes 2816 Switching Unit Modell.
Acetate template, 1 page
//15//2816/

259

GX24-3092

!ru! 1050

~ COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
TRANSMISSION
LIMITED MAXlMUM-MESSAGE-RATE GRAPH
Graph used to plot message rate of system.
Padded Form, 8 1/2 x 11, 1 side, 25 sheets
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

=

GX24-3124
PLANNlOO CHART, ~ !.Q2Q ~ COMMUNICATION ~
This chart provides space for the planning of problems on
the IBM 1050 Data Communication System.
Padded· Form, 17 x 11, 2 sides, 25 sheets
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
GX24-3139
IBM 1050 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM,
OPERATOR INSTRUCTION SHEET
This chart provides space for entering data for operating
instructions for the IBM 1050 Data Communication System.
Padded Form, 8 1/2 x 11, 2 sides, 25 sheets
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
GX24-3285
IBM 1030 ~ COLLECTION SYSTEM, IBM ill! ~ CHART
This chart provides space for entering data on the IBM 1031
Program for the IBM 1030 Data Collection System.
Padded Form, 11 x 17, 1-1/2 sides, 25 sheets
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
GX24-3381

!ru!

~ PLANNING TEMPLATlh
1050 ~ COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
This template gives a scaled representation of the physical
planning specifications for the IBM 1050 Data Communication
System.
Template, 8 1/2 xli, 1 page

GX28

GX24
Padded Form, 25 per pad
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

11151/1050,1051,1052,1053,1054,1055,1056,10581

GX26-1587
DECIMAL/HEXADECIMAL ~ CONVERSION ~
This chart is used to convert decimal numbers.to hexadecimal
and hexadecimal numbers to decimal.
The chart covers the range of integers from 0000 to
4095. Additional instructions are provided to convert
decimal and hexadecimal numbers beyond this range.
Reference Summary, 8-1/2 x 3-5/8- folded, 7 folds, 2 sides
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GX26-1588
DECIMAL/HEXADECIMAL FRACTION CONVERSION CHART
This chart is used to-convert decimal fractions to
hexadecimal and hexadecimal fractions to decimal.
The chart covers the range of fractions from 0.00000000
to 0.00075586. Additional instructions are provIded to
convert decimal and hexadecimal fractions beyond this
range.
Reference Summary, 8-112 x 3-5/8- folded, 7 folds, 2 sides
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GX26-1618
IBM 2730 TRANSACTION VALIDATION TERMINAL - REFERENCE CARD
Inexperienced operators and maintenance personnel wilr-IInd
easy reference to installation, operation and problem
determination material for the 2730 Transaction Validation
Terminal. Functional checks are also included.. Experienced
operators will find the summary an easy reference source
under operating conditions. Packaging and shipping
information is included.
'
Operators and maintenance personnel should be familiar
with the Credit Card System component Description: IBM 2730
Model 1 Transaction Validation Terminal, IBM 2968 Model 9
Receiver Terminal Control Unit, Order No. GA26-1599.
Reference Card, 8 pages
360,3701/141/27301

SX26-3700
CICS/VS REFERENCE SUMMARY: MASTER TERMINAL OPERATOR
This card is intended primarily for users OfCICS/OS/VS and
CICSIDOSIVS Version 1, Modification Level 0, however some
portions may be used by pre-VS users of CICS.
The information presented here is extracted from the
customer Information Control SystemlVirtl1al stox'age
(CICS/VS) System Administrator's Guide (S820-9006-0). This
reference summary will be updated from time to t:ime i
however, the basic documentation is the al1thorit.ative source
and will be the first to reflect changes.
Examples of transactions CSMT, CSST, and CS(~ are shown,
indicating the minimum input needed. Where appropriate,
longer forms of the input are indicated to conform with
earlier releases of CICS.
Fanfold Card, 15 sections
111115740-XX1, 5746-XX3
GX27-0024
VTAM REFERENCE SUMMARY
This reference summary contains information elCtracted from
other VTAM publications. It describes macro instructions,
operator commands RPL return codes, and the VTAM
publications series. Primary users will be application
programmers, network operators, and system programmers.
16 Panel Cards, 8-1/2 x 3-5/8 inches

11Ml

~ ~ (REGISTRATION PUNCHING-ACME)
This is a transparent layout guide for 2760 - Acme.
Plastic Sheet, 14 x 11
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GX27-2904
2760 ~ ~ 10XBERRY)
This layout guide is for registration punching - OlCberry
Type.
Transparent Layout Guide
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GX27-2905
IBM 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE LIMIT AUXILIARY SCREEN OVERLAY GUIDE
This form is used by the 2760 operator for Auxiliary Screen
Overlay.
FOrm, 7-1/2 x 9-114, 1 sheet
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GX27-2909
PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE IBM 2770 DATA COMMUNICATION
SYsTF.ir"
-- -This equipment template on acetate sheet is for the 2770
Data Communication System. Its scale is 1/4 inch equals 1
inch.
Template
11151/2770,2772/

GX27-2917
3770 ~ COMMUNICATION ~ ~ ~ ~
This template contains plan views for the machines that make
up the 3770 Data Communication System. Included are:
o
3771-3773-3774-3775 Communication Terminals
o
3782 Card Attachment Unit
o
3784 Line Printer
o
3501 Card Reader
Template
11151/3770,3771,3773,3774,37751

GX27-2950
2250 DISPLAY LAYOUT SHEET
Shiet-usea-to plan locations, on 2250 Display screen, of
output areas.
Padded Form, 17 x 18 1/2, 1 side, 25 sheets
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
GX27-2951
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM LAYOUT SHEET
Card layout sheet for the 3270 Information Display System.
Pad, 25 sheets per pad
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
GX28-0647
OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY
This ca~is-rntended for reference use-ar-a-terminal. It
outlines the syntax of TSO commands and is based on the
publication OS/VS2 TSO Command Language Reference, GC28-0646
Since the command descriptions are brief and only the syntalC
is presented, the user should have an understanding of the
TSO commands and of using a terminal.
card, 12 sides

ITP/301115741,5745,5752

GX27-2900
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: COMMUNICATIONS TERMINALS
This template gives a scaled representation of the phySical
planning specifications for the IBM Communications
Terminals.
Template, 8 1/2 xli, 1 page

1139//15752

11151/2790,2791,2798,2715,2792,2793,2795,2796,27971

GX27-2901
CHART :. 2760 ~ ~ UNIT, REGISTRATION
PUNCHING ACME
This form-rs-one of two charts that are I1sed to define
the response positions for the IBM 2760 Optical Image
Unit.
o
GX27-2901 ACME
o
GX27-2902 OXBERRY
They are for use in the preparation of prelimin;ary sketches
and final artwork. Instruction for use of this form is
included in manual, GA27-3011.
Padded Form, 25 per pad
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
~ ~

GX27-2902
IMAGE PLANNING CHART - 2760 OPTICAL
PUNCHINGOXiiERRY-- - - - - - This form is one of two charts that
response positions for the IBM 2760
o
GX27-2901 ACME
o
GX27-2902 OXBERRY
They are for use in the preparation
and final artwork. Instruction for
included in manual GA27-3011.

GX27-2903

IMAGE UNIT REGISTRATION
-- -are used to define the
Optical Image Unit.

GX28-0684
OS AND OS/VS SMP REFERENCE SUMMARY - PROG. NO. 3605-DN-611
AN D Y2 CoMPONENT ~ 5741-SCI=3O; 57ii2-SCl =30'
ThIs reference card provides information about the System
Modification Program (SMP). This information is intended
for use by IEM personnel and system programmers responsible
for changing and redesigning the installation's operating
system.
This card contains formats and descriptions of the SMP
control statements, the update control language (UCL) statements, and the modification format control statements. It
also has an SMP data set requirements chart plus sample JCL
statements for the SMP data sets.
.
Reference Summary, 14 pages
1137//15741,5752

GX28-0690
OSIVS DSS COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY CARD
Ttiisreferen:CeCard summarizes Dynamic Support System
command syntax, the purposes of DSS commands, the uses of
DSS keyword operands, and the use of the· RESTART key. The
card is intended for maintenance personnel who are
authorized to use DSS and have read OSIVS Dynamic Support
System, GC28-0640.
Reference Card

1/37//15741,5752

of preliminary sketches
use of this form is
260

GX28

GX38

GX28-111611
COBOL CODING FORM
This form is used for COBOL coding.
Form, 8-1/2 x 11, one side, one sheet
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SX28-81911
~:~Dg~TC~~~~_~~~ERACTIVE DEBUG REFERENCE CARD

GX28-1520
IBM REFERENCE CARD - COBOL
This reference card-is used for COBOL.
Reference card, 7-1/2 x 3-1/11, 2 folds
360,370//211/0S,OTSO,OSAP,CALL//
GX28-63811
IBM FORTRAN IV REFERENCE CARD
This-reference card contains FORTRAN IV information for IBM
1130 System and IBM 1800 System (1130/1800), IBM System/3,
IBM System/360 Disk Operating System (DOS), IBM System/360
Operating System (G, H, Gl, H Extended, and Code and Go),
IBM System/360 Time Sharing System (TSS/360), IBM
Call/360-0S (CALL/360), American National Standard FORTRAN,
X3.9-1966, and American National Stan dar a Basic FORTRAN,
X3.10-1966. This card is intended to be used as a secondary
reference. The basic program documentation is the authoritative source and will be the first to reflect any changes
and improvements to the FORTRAN IV language.
Fanfold Card, 8 panels, 3-3/11 x 8-1/2 folded size
3,1130,1800,360,370//25///
SX28-6385
SYSTEM/370 VS BASIC (TSO REFERENCE SUMMARY)
PROG. NO. 57118-XXl - This is-i digest of the vs BASIC language and the
requirements for its use under the TSO system. It
assumes the reader is familiar with the language and
system details described in System/370 VS BASIC Language,
Order No. GC28-8303, and System/370 BASIC TSO Terminal
User's Guide, Order No. SC28-8301l, respectively.
Reference Summary, 111 panels
/////57118-XXl

GX28-8195
IBM GUIDE TO AMERICAN NATIONAL ~ ~ REFERENCE CARD
This reference summary provides a condensed version of
essential information concerning American National Standard
COBOL Program Products: DOS Subset, DOS Full, OS Full
versions 3 and II, System/3, 1130, TSO Prompter, and
Interactive Debug. For each, it includes operation system
core requirements for compiler, data set compatibility,
device support, preogram number, monthly fee, debugging
aids, availability, particular audience, documentation
numbers and other important details.
Fanfold card, five panels, pocket size
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SX33-6001
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 REFERENCE CARD PL/I OPTIMIZING
CO'MPlLER KEYWORDS

-- --

This reference card contains information to readily assist
the user of the DOS PL/I Optimizing Compiler. Keywords,
their use and examples are included. The information is
extracted from the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System PL/I
o?timizing compiler Language Reference Manual, Order Number
SC33-0005.
Reference Card
// // /57311-PLl
SX33-6002
OS PL/I CHECKOUT AND OPTIMIZING COMPILERS: KEYWORDS
REFERENCE SUMMARY, PROG. NOS. 57311-PLl, -PL2, -PL3
Contains a full list of the PL/I keywords implemented
by the OS PL/I checkout and optimizing compilers.
The keywords are arranged in alphabetical order and each
has a Brief Description of its use.
Reference card, 16 sides
/////57311-PL1, 57311-PL2, 57311-PL3

GX28-6506
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER SHORT CODING FORM
This-form is designed to assist programmers in coding
programs in the IBM System/360 special support basic
assembler language, as described in (GC28-6503)
Padded Form, 25 to a Pad, 8-1/2 x 11
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SX33-6005
OS PL/I CHECKOUT AND OPTIMIZING COMPILERS: TERMINAL
COMMANDS AND COMPILER OPTIONS REFERENCE SUMMARY-PROG. NOS.
57 34-PLl, !'!!b. PL3
--Contains the CMS (Conversational Monitor System) and TSO
(Time Sharing option) commands and subcommands most likely
to be used by a PL/l programmer when using the OS PL/l
checkout and optimizing compilers in conversational mode.
It also contains a full list of the options applicable to
both compilers. The commands, subscommands, and options are
arranged in alphabetical order, and each has a brief
description of its use, and in the case of the commands and
subcommands, examples.
Reference Summary (Card), 3-5/8 x 8-1/2, 10 slides
/////57311-PL1,5734-PL2,57311-PL3

GX28-6507
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER LONG CODING FORM
This form is designed to assist programmers-rn-coding
programs in the IBM System/360 special support basic
assembler language, as described in (GC28-6503)
Padded Forms, 25 to a Pad
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
GX28-6509
IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM
Coding form for entry of source data to be keypunched for
Assembler programs.
Padded Form, 25 sheets, 8 1/2 x 111, one side
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS

SX33- 80 01
OS/VS SORT/MERGE REFERENCE SUMMARY PROG. PROD. 57110-SMl
Provides a summary of the informatiOii'lieeded to prepare
program and job control statements for the OS/VS Sort/Merge
program product. The information is summarized from the
Programmer's Guide, SC33-1I035 which is the authoritative
source.
Fanfold card
/////57110-SMl

SX28-6813
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF: PLI REFERENCE CARD
~goGRAM NUMBERS51"3ii'=R~5ill-RCl
A 12-page folder contaiD1ng the keys to symbols in formats,
system information and ITF:PL/I Language.
Program Product Reference Card
/////5734-RC1,5736-RCl
SX28-6814
IBM SYSTEM/360 ~ ITF: BASIC, REFERENCE CARD, ~
57311-RC3 AND 5736-RC2
Reference-card containing information on system and
ITF: BASIC.
Reference Card
/////57311-RC2,57311-RCII

= PROGR~

This card contains reference information for using COBOL
Interactive Debug.
Card, 12 pages
// ///57311-CBII

~

GX28-7327
FORTRAN CODING E'ORM
This is a form for coding FORTRAN statements.
Padded Form, 8 1/2 x 14, one side, 25 sheets
NOT AVAILABLE UNDER SLSS
SX28-8193
IBM FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) AND VM/370 (CMS)
REFERENCECARD - PROGRAM NUMBER5734-:ros- - - - - - - - This reference card contains:
Notation conventions for TESTFORT Subcommands. Instructions
for compiling a program for FORTRAN Interactive debug.
Requirements for programs used as input to TESTFORT.
Instructions for invoking TESTFORT under CMS or TSO.
TESTFORT subcommands and their formats.
Reference Summary, 12 panels, fanfold
/////57311-F05
261

GX33-90011
SYSTEM/370 DOS/VS POWER AND POWER RJE
OO~No:-m5=SC:PWRREFERENCE SUMMARY
Intended as quick reference for programmers and operators
using POWER and/or POWER RJE. Shows the formats and
summarizes the functions of all POWER JECL statements and of
all POWER and POWER RJE commands.
Reference card, 12 panels, 3-5/8 x 8-1/2
//38///57115
GX35-5001
IBM SYSTEM/360/370 REFERENCE DATA 21101-211011, 21115, 21120,
AND 31120 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS
This pocket-size reterence-card assists in estimating tape
processing times and block capacities per full reel for all
IBM tape systems currently in production. This card
obsoletes X22-6837.
Reference Card, 5 folds; pocket size
360,370//05//21101,211011,21115,21120,31120/
GX38-0227
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/vS2 (JES2) COMMAND LANGUAGE
REFERENCE S~ - - - - - - - - - - - - This reference-card shows the syntax of operator commands
for a system console operator running a System/370 under
OS/VS2 with JES2. Before using this card, the reader must
be familiar with Operator's Library: OS/VS2 Reference
(JES2), GC38-0210.
Reference card

LYBO

GX38
//40///5752

Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LYBO-0626
!l.PL/360 ::. DOS ~ LISTINGS,
~ NUMBER 5736-XM6, ~ CODE 806~
FE SERVICE NUMBER 200157
This set of microfiche cards contains the assembly listings
of the APL/360 - DOS Program.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LYBO-0631
INFORM!l.TION M!l.ro\.GEMENT SYSTEM (lMS/360) VERSo 2
D!l.T!I. BASE LISTINGS, VOL. h PROG. ~ 573ii="XX6
MAINTENANCE RELEASE OF IMS/360 TO 2.4.1
One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LYBO-0864
GENERALIZED INFORM!l.TION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) BASIC
RETRIEVAL SYSTEM MICROFI~P~NijMBER 5734=xxi"
One microf~isting of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
Lyso-0865
GENERALIZED INFORM!l.TION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) ARIrHMErIC
STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFICHi:= PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
i5ii'eiiiICrofiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LYBO-0632

MANAGEMENT SYSTEW360, VERSION b. ~ !!L.
COMMUNICATION LISTINGS, MICROFICHE
~ 5734-XX6, ~ CODE 8083
M!l.INTENANCE RELEASE OF IMS/360 TO 2.4.1
One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LYBO-0866
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
TELEPROCESSING SUPPORT FEATURE MiCROFICHE - PROORAM NUMBER
5734-XX1
------ ------ ------ ----One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LYBO-0724
CUSTOMER INFORM!l.TION CONTROL SYSTEM/DOS - ENTRY (CICS/DQSENTRyrLISTINGS, PROO. PROD. 5736-XX6
One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LYBo-0867
GENERALIZED INFORM!l.TION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) CONTROL
STATEMENT FEATURE MICROF~ PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
one microfiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LYBO-0735
CUSTOMER INFORM!l.TION CONTROL SYSTEM/DOS STANDARD (CICS/DQSSTANDARD) LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. lli.2::m
One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LYBO-0868
GENERALIZED INFORM!l.TION ~ ~ l (GIS/2) PROCESSING
STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
one microfiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMerson a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LYBO-0781
CUSTOMER INFORM!l.TION ~ SYSTEM/OPER!l.rING ~
§TANDARD (CICS/OS-STANDARD) ~ £ ~ LISTINGS
MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX7
This microfIche publication contains the assembly listings
for Version 2 of the CICS/OS - Standard Program.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LYBo-0869
GENERALI ZED INFORM!l.TION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) FORMAL
REPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE='PROGRAM"NUMBER 5734-XX~
One microfIChe listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

!.~~
Q~~
~ROG.

LYBO-0834
!.NTEg~y! QUERY ~ (lQF) TO IMS/360: !Y£!~
LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6
Maintenance Release of IMS/360 TO 2.4.6
One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement.
This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-need
basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LYBO-0839
DATA LANGUAGE/I DOS/VS LISTING - PROO. NO~ 5746-XX1
One microfiche listing of this Iicensedprogram is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IaMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GYBO-0854
IBM S/360, 370 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSIN3
(ASP VERSION 3): LISTINGS MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBER-:360A-CX-15X
~bstract available.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GYBO-0856
S/370 HASP II VERSION 4 MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER
370H=TX-001-- ------ -

GEN~IZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
HIERARCHICAL FILE SUPPORTFE'ATuRE"'"MICROFI~ROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-xn- - - - - - - - - ---one microfiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LYBO-0871
GENERALIZED INFORM!l.TION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) UPDATE AND
CREATE FEATURE MICROFICH~O~MBE~Xxr---- --One mlcrof1che lIsting of Bus licensed program 1S available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LYBO-0872
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) UTILITY
FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-00- - - - - one mIcrofiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

- ------ -----

Contains SCP program listings for OS/VS1 and/or OS/VS2 as
specified in the title.

LYBO-0870

262

SYCO

LYBO
. LYBO-0873
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) EDIt AND
ENCODE ~ MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBEif5'73'1i"=XXl
One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IEMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

LYBO-0874
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) ~ MODIFY
FEATURE MICROFICHE - PRO~UMBER 5734-xxr-------One mICrofiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LYBO-0875

INFORMATION SYSTEM ~ £ .!..2l2.m ~
LANGUAGE/l QUERY ~ ~ MICROFICHE
PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XXl
One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

§~~~M:!~

LYBO-0876
GENERALIZED INFORMATION ~ ~ 1. (GISn) EXTENDED
MULTI-FILE ~ FEATURE MICROFICHE
~ NUMBER
5734-XXl .
One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IEMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

LYBO-8016
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMB/VS)
DATA BASE LISTINGS - SYSTEM MANUAL VOL~ - - - PROG.PRoD~XX2 - - - - - - - one-microfiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IEMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LYBO-8017
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VS (IMS/VS)
DATA COMMUNICATION LISTINGS FEATURE ~ ~ VOL. IV
pROG. PROp. 5740-XX2
One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LYSO-8018
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VS (IMS/VS)
INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (I~F) SYSTEM ~
VOL. VI - PROG. PROD. 574o-xx
one-mrcrof~listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LYBO-8023
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
LISTINGS !QB BASIC QUERY FEATURE ~ PROD. 5740-XX7
This microfiche publication contains the assembly listings
for the Basic Query Feature of the GIS/vS.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SYBO-0900
IBM 1/M/370: ~ MICROFICHE
~ NUMBEli 5749-010
This publication is the microfiche of the VM/370 Control
Program. It is divided into four sections:
1.
The table of contents and index
2.
The assembler listings of the Control Program
modules
3.
The label cross reference for CP
4.
The PT.fs
For convenience, OS/VSl EREP Assembler Listings are also
included.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

LYSO-8024
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/vIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/YS)
LISTINGS !QB ADVANCED QUERY ~ PROG. PROD. 5740-XX7
This microfiche pUblications contains the assembly listings
for the Advanced Query Feature of GIS/VS.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SYBO-0901
IBM W/370: CMS MICROFICHE
~ NUMB§B 5749-010
This publication is the VMl370 CMS microfiche. It is
divided into six sections:
1.
The Table of Contents and Index
2.
The Assembler Listings of the CMS Modules
3.
The Assembler Listings of the System Assembler
4.
The Assembler Listings of VM/370 BASIC
5.
The Label Cross-reference for CMS
6.
The PTFs
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

LYBo-8025
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
LISTINGS FOR MODIFY FEATURE PROG. PROD.-s74O=XX7
This microfiche publication contains the assembly listings
for the Modify feature of GIS/VS.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LYBO-2010
~ PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE ~ VARIABLE LISTINGS (APL§V)
~~ 5799-AJF
One ~icrofiche listing of this licensed program is available
from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing
agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a
need-to-know basis.
Microfiche
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LYBO-2046
~ LANGUAGE ~ ~!.:..Q. (FLF/CICS/VS):
PROG. ~ 5740-XX1 (OS). 5746-XX3 (OOS)

LYSO-8009
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
E-=IUP'""NUMiiER 5796-PBB
--- --~manUit contaIns information about the internal logic
an d or gani za tion of the DBPROTOTYPE prog rams. It is

LY20-0712
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM FEATURE NUMBER 8030
1DOs=ENTRY) LOGIC MANUAL='PRo:GRAM"NU'MBER5736=XX6' - The IBM Customer-InformatIon-control System (eICS) is a
270

LY20

SY20

intended to help people involved in program maintenance and
alteration.
Manual, 180 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-0172
PROGRAMMING LAl'GUAGE !QB IMS-PLIMS ~ GUIDE::. !!If.
NUMBER 5796-PBF
This document is intended as an aid to systems programmers
in making modifications, diagnosing error situations, and
performing maintenance work. It describes the components of
PLlMS, and it discusses the PLIMS utility program.
Manual, 44 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-0173

~~~~~ ~7~:::B~ASE ~ ~ ~ ~ ::. i l l
The IMS~a Base Mapping Programs, DBMAP and PSBMAP,
build and print maps of IMS physical and logical data bases
from information contained in the data base description
(DBD) and program specification block (PSB), respectively.
This manual describes the internal logic of the DBMAP and
PSBMAP programs.
Guide, 16 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-0174
m6~ ~ SIMULATOR) ~ ~ ::.

!!!E. NUMBER

This publication describes in detail the Batch Terminal
Simulator (BTS), its mode of execution ana its component
modules. The publication also includes a aescription of,
for example: how to change BTS default values, how to add
user-written edit modules, and BTS queues and tables.
Manual, 122 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY20-0842
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ~ S,TEM (TCS) ~ MANUAL ~
NUMBER 8112 - PROGRAM NUMBER 734-F31
This manual, describes the internal program logic and
operation fo the Telecommunications Control System (TCS).
The general description section contains the functional and
logical concepts of TCS and places the program in
perspective relative to the Operating System (OS) and the
Telecommunications Access Method (TeAM). This section also
defines the audience for which this manual was intended and
the background knowledge required.
Additional sections are included on method of operation,
program organization, and the edit application program. The
last section contains program flowcharts.
Manual. 590 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-0870
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II (OMS II) OS/VS LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734=iC4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - This manual contains the flowchart narrative and flowcharts
for Display Management System II Programs. It is intended
for system analysts ana programmers charged with maintaining
the system.
Manual, 240 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY20-0880
~:~G~T~~I~CHINE FACILITY/370 ~ PROGRAM (CP)

LY20-0175
TEST IMS UTILITIES PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER

5796-PBE

the analysis. Options are provided for enhanced operating
convenience and flexibility.
This manual provides the logic description, functional
flowchart, and program listings for each routine included
in the package.
Manual, 208 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

- - - - - - - - - -- ---

~ IMS utilities include programs to create a test
data base, compare an old and a new version of the same data
base, list and/or unload all or part of a data base, and
format the fields in a data base segment for printing. This
manual describes the internal logic of these programs as
well as the program used to create and print the segment
description module, which contains a physical description of
every segment and field in a data base.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY20-0804
MATH/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 MODEL !L ITF, AND VM/370-CMS: LOGIC
H~!!~h PROG. NOS. 5703-XM2'(SYSTEM/3) AND 5734-XM8 (ITF AND
VM/370-CMS); ~ NOS. 8017, 8153
This manual contains the source code listings and the
description of the computational blocks ~hich are the
basis of the MATH/BASIC routines for System/3, Model 6
and System/360 or System/370.
Manual, 268 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-0809
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
!1~UAL £!,!PPLEMENT !:QS THE PL/I QUERY SUPPORT FEATURE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl
The following pages provide design and internal logic
documentation for the above-named feature~ These pages
replace correspondingly numbered wreserved w pages in
the System Manual provided with the Basic Retrieval
System package.
Manual, 34 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-0829

!NTER~ QUERY FACILITY (lQF) FOR IMS/360 ~ .£
SYSTEM MANUAL ~ Y.t. ~ PROD. 5'f3'ii"=XX'6
This manual includes a description of each module of the
IQP/IMS program. It also contains information on macros
used, interfaces and module sizes, error codes and handling.
ABENDs and flowcharts. Volume I contains similar
information on the IMS/360 program. Vol~me III contains
listings of the data base (batch) portion of the IMS/360
program, furnished as microfiche. Volume IV contains
listings of the data communications portion of the program.
also furnished as microfiche.
Manual, 494 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY20-0840
BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5703-XM3
TS'YSTEW3 ~ tl ~ 5734-XMB UTF-oS7D5SiToo, VM73'7i>=CMS)
Business Analysis/BASIC contains 30 routines which permit
the user to interact with the computer. All routines are
written in the BASIC language for implementation on the
System/3 Model 6, ITF (OS, DOS, TSO), ani VM/370-CMS. The
routines are designed to ask the user to enter his problem
parameters and data and to make decisions at key points in
271

This publication describes the internal logic of the VM/370
control program. Major sections discuss:
o
The functions of the control program
o
The control program's modules
o
The control program's data areas
Diagnostic information is also included.
This publication is intended for IBM personnel responsible
for program maintenance.
Prerequisites for a thorough understanding and for the
effective use of this publication are:
IBM System/360 principles of Operation, GA22-6821
IBM System/370 Principles of Operation, GA22-7000
OS Assembler Language, GC28-6514
FOr titles and abstracts of other associated publications,
see the IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography,
GA22-6822.
Manual, 845 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY20-0881
~ VIRTUAL ~ FACILITY/370 CONVERSATIONAL ~
SYSTEM(CMS)PROGRAM LOGIC
This publication descrIbes the internal logiC of the
Conversational Monitor System (CMS). Major sections
discussed:
o
The functions of CMS
o
CMS method of operation
o
CMS data areas
prerequisites for a thorough understanding and for the
effective use of this publication are:
IBM System/360 principles of Operation, GA22-6821
IBM System/370 Principles of Operation, GA22-7000
OS Assembler Language, GC28-6514
FOr titles and abstracts of other associated publications,
see the IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography,
GA22-6822.
Manual, 865 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY2o-0882
~:~G~T~~I~CHINE FACILITY/370 ~ ROUTINES

This publication describes the program logic for the nine
VM/370 service routines. Each service routine is described
in its own chapter and each chapter contains an
introduction, a method of operation section, a program
organization section, a directory, a data areas section, and
a diagnostic aids section.
The nine service aids that are described in this
publication are: EREP (the ENVIRONMENTAL Recording, Editing
and Printing Program), the 2780 Spool Remote Program, the
Minidisk Initialization program, the VDUMP (Virtual Dump)
program, the Directory Program, the Format program, the DASD
DUMP Restore Program, the IVP (Installation Verification
Procedure) and the maintenance procedures.
In this publication, the term w3330 series w is used in
reference to both the IBM 3330-1 Disk Storage Facility and
the IBM 3333-1 Disk Storage Facility.
Refer to the following publications for related
material:
o
IBM Virtual Machine Facility/370, Command
Language User's Guide, GC20-1804
o
IEM Virtual Machine Facility/370, OTSEP and
Error Recording Guide, GC20-1809

SY20

LY20

o

IBM Virtual Machine Facility/370. Operator's
Guide. GC20-1806
o
IBM Virtual Machine Facility/370. Planning and
System Generation Guide. GC20-1801
o
IBM Virtual Machine Facility/370. Sys"tem
Messages. GC20-1808
Manual. 347 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-0931
3270 FORMATTING ~ FOR BTS, ill 5796-PBD, ~
3UIDE (FEATURE 8073)
This publication describes in detail the BTS 3270 formatting
feature. Its mode of operation and its modular interfaces
are described. as well as the queues. tables. directories.
and control blocks used specifically by the 3270 formatter.
It is assumed that the reader of this publication is
familiar with the functions and names of BTS modules.
IMS/360 application program calls. and the IMS/360 Message
Formatting Service. The reader should also be familiar with
the publication BTS Batch Terminal Simulator Systems Guide.
Order No. LY20-0774.
The 3270 Formatting Feature is an expansion of the Batch
Terminal Simulator IUP (5796-PBD); which is described in
Availability Notice G320-1523. BTS allows IMS batch. batch
message and message processing programs to be tested without
having teleprocessing hardware installed. The addition of
the 3270 Formatting Feature provides the ability to test
applications using the IMS Message Formatting Service (MFS)
without the use of 3270 hardware. This means that
development of new online applications. or conversion of
batch programs for online use. can proceed whi.le still in
the batch only test/development mode.
Manual. 89 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-0932
TEST DATA GENERATOR SYSTEMS GUIDE PROGRAM NO. 5796-PBP
FEATURE NUMBER 8064 - - - - - - - - - -

This manual contains information about the internal logic
and organization of the Test Data Generator.
It is intended to assist in the maintenance and
alteration of the program.
Manual. 220 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-0937
DATA COMMUNICATIONS ANALYZER (DCANALYZER)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-~The-Data Communication Analyzer (DCANALYZER) program is
designed to assist the user in evaluating design
alternatives for IMS data base/data communication systems.
It produces relative data on service times and throughput of
transactions processed on iterative runs of DCANALYZER under
varying design combinations. The user can analyze and
compare this data to select the design best suited to his
needs.
This manual contains information about the internal
logic and organization of the DCANALYZER program. It is
intended to assist in program maintenance and alteration.
Manual. 56 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-0946
3270 SCREEN IMAGE PROCESSOR FOR IMS AND IMS/VB - IUP
5ffi-AF'C;SYSTEM GUIDE

-

-

-

--- -

-

The Screen Image Preprocessor is a productivity aid which
simplifies the design and implementation of IMS/3270
applications. Each 3270 screen format added to an IMS
system necessitates the preparation of many detailed control
statements as input to the Message Format Language Utility.
Using a Single control statement and onl~ one card image for
each line to be represented on the screen. the Preprocessor
generates the required IMS input statements. Each line of
the screen image is coded exactly as it is to appear on the
3270 screen. Field control information (attribute bytes).
which do not appear on the actual screen but occupy one
screen character position at the beginning of each field.
must also be coded to specify the desired field types. The
Preprocessor output includes a printed representation of the
screen layout in addition to generated control statements
which may be printed or passed to the Utility.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

functions of DBPROTOTYPE. DBPROTOTYPE is a prerequisite for
DBPROTOTYP ElVS.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY2o-2043
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II -- DOS/VS (OMS II) LOGIC
MANUAL, ~ PROD. 5736-xCii - - - - - - -OMS II is a set of programs to simplify the implementation
of online operations using the 3270 Information Display
System. Application specification is simplified by means of
OMS II forms. Preprogrammed facilities are provided to
perform paging and panel selection. file operations. and
data routing. This manual is intended primarily for those
responsible for maintaining the programs product. It is
designed to be used in conjunction with program listings and
flowcharts to understand program logic.
Manual, 230 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-2045
FASTER LANGUAGE FACILITY FOR THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION
CONTROL ~ (CICS/VS). LOGIC PROG. NOS. 5746-XX3
(eICS/DOS/VS), 5740-XX1 (CICS/OS/VS):
~ 6019. 6020,6021,6022.6023,6024
The FASTER Language Facility (F.L.F.) feature of CICS/DOS/VS
and CICS/OS/VS makes it possible to run most FASTER
Transaction ProceSSing Descriptions (TPDs) under CICS/VS.
The F.L.F. consists of a set of language macros and
proceSSing routines designed as a conversion aid for users
of the five FASTER systems. All language macros present in
the FASTER programs are also present in the language
facility and are designed in the Program Reference Manual.
The logic manual primarily describes the functions and
the interworking of F.L.F. processing routines. A knowledge
of those internal details is not ordinarily needed for dayto-day use of the language facility.
Manual, 70 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-2050
IMSMAP/VS
ill 5796-PCY, ~ GUIDE
The Installed User Program IMSMAP/VS is a documentation aid
which produces pictorial representations of data base
structures. These maps. which are produced on a line
printer. graphically represent the many characteristics of
an IMS/VS data base. In addition to producing maps.
IMSMAPIVS can print a detailed report describing the
characteristics of each data base description (DBD).
IMSMAP/vS is an extension of the currently available
IUP. IMSMAP (5796-PBC). IMSMAP is a prerequisite for
IMSMAP/VS. IMSMAP/VS provides both support for IMS/VS data
bases and additional features not available in the original
IMSMAP IUP.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

LY20-2051

~ ~ !!!E. 5796-PCZ, ~ ~
BTs/VS is a terminal simulator which allows IMS/VS application programs to be tested without the use of teleprocessing
hardware or the IMS DC feature. Extensive de-bugging
facilities enable the BTS/vS user to test batch
applications. as well as those intended to run in a
teleprocessing environment. BTS/vS provides information
about each transaction and message as it progresses through
the IMS/vS system.
The BTS lOP (5796-PBD) is a prerequisite for the use of
BTS/VS. The 3270 Formatting Feature. offered as a feature
of BTS. extends 3270 simulation capability to both BTS and
to BTS/VS.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY20-2052
TEST IMS/vS UTILITIES PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROG.~796-PDA

This publication describes the IMS/VS support product for
the Test IMS Utilities. The prerequisite for the use of
this product is the Test IMS Utilities (Program Number 5796PBE) and the associated Systems Guide (LY20-0775).
The Test IMS utilities include programs to create a test
data base. compare an old and a new version of the same data
base. list and/or unload all or part of a data base.
restructure a data base segment for printing. This
publication describes the internal logic of these programs
as well as the program used to create and print the segment
description module. which contains a physical description of
every segment and field in a data base.
Manual. 28 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY20-0947
DB PROTOTYPE/VS ~ !Qf 5796-PCX, SYSTEM ~
DBPROTOTYPE/VS is a design evaluation tool which enables the
IMS/VS user to create model data bases and skeletal
application programs to run against these data bases. By
analyzing the performance data obtained from successive runs
utilizing different design parameters. the user can select
the system deSign best suited to his needs.
The value of this prototype approach to design is that
LY20- 20 53
it enables the user to study the effects of various design
DOSMAP - DLiI DATA BASE MAPPING PROGRAMS SYSTEMS GUIDE
~NO.~6=Pc:w - - - ------ ------- ------ ---alternatives prior to expending resources in implementation.
Programming for new or changing applications and data bases
The'DL~d~ mapping programs. DBDMAP and PSBMAP.
can follow with a higher level of confidence for success
build and print maps of DL/I data bases from information
without costly rework caused by poor design.
contained in the data base descriptiOns (DBOS) and program
DBPROTOTYPE/VS operates with IMS/VS. It extends the
specification blocks (PSBs). This manual describes the
capabilities of DBPROTOTYFE (IUP 5796-PBB) to support IMS/VS
internal logic of the DBDMAP and PSBMAP programs.
features and incorporates improvements in the existing
Manual. 16 pages
272

LY20

LY20

SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Manual, 758 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY20-2064
JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE EDITOR IUP 5796-PDC SISTEMS GUIDE
This manual contains inform~tron on the des gn and"COiffng of
the Job Control Language Editor. It contains information
about the program logic and techniques ~3ed.
Manual, 14 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-2080
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) PROGRAMMING
RPQEF0378, ::. ~ NO. 5799~LOGIC
This manual describes the internal program logic and operation of the Telecommunications Control System (TCS), whether
or not the TeS programming RPQ (PRPQ) EF0378 is used. This
programming RPQ is available on special quotation only (see
inside front cover).
The basic TCS concepts section contains the functional
and logical concepts of TeS and places the program in perspective relative to the Operating System (OS/VS) and the
Telecommunications Access Method (TeAM).
The method of operating section describes functional
flows of programs in the TeS environment and also points out
those features that are major additions to the TCAM facilities or are deviations from it.
The program organization section describes the TCS modules in the form of a table with the information necessary
for an understanding of the function of each module and its
place relative to other related modules. This section also
discusses each TCS macro in great detail, with a fi~re of
any created parameter list.
Manual, 154 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-2094
VMI'370 ~ !:QB ~ ~ ~ !!!2!S LIBRARIES::.
5796-AGN, ~ ~
The VMl370 System for Tape and Disk Libraries is an IUP for
the control of user tape and disk libraries. It works
online under CMB with commands to control the assignment and
accounting for user volumes. The system operator can add,
delete, and modify a record associated with a particular
mountable volume. It can make a large pool of tapes and
disks accessible to a large number of time sharing users by
providing the storage location and accounting information
available online. The benefits are improved data security,
quicker location of volumes, quicker response to mount
commands, automatic bookkeeping and impro~ed system control.
This systems guide provides the Systems Analyst with the
necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the
system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program
errors and perform program maintenance.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

m.

LY20-8004
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMB/VS)
SYST~AL - VOLUME I - NARRATIVE -~No. 5740-XX2
TiiIs-publlcationisTntended for programming sup~
representatives and system programmers who maintain the IBM
Information Management System/Virtual Storage (IMB/VS). It
describes each module of the IMS/VS program. It also
describes macros used and control blocks. This information
is to assist persons who wish to alter the design of these
modules. Before reading this manual, yoo should be familiar
with OS/VS and its system generation, telecommunications,
and the access mthods used by IMS/VS.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-8005
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMB/VS)
SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS P~. 5740-XX2
This manual contains lIoWcharts for all modules of the
IMS/VS control program. The f1CMcharts ;rere coded using the
IBM program OSFLOW. The only symbol on these flowcharts
which requires explanation is the # (pound sign). This
symbol signifies, ·See note at bottom of flowchart page."
Other abbreviations and symbols (for example, GU, meaning
Get Unique) are conventional with IMS/VS. This manual
follows the outline of Volume I.
Manual, 594 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY20-8007
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL S~TEMlVIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS DOS/VS) PROGRAM LOGIC MA AL - PROG. NO. 5746-XX3
The IBMCii'StOmer:-iii'fOriiii'tionControl System/Virtual Storage
(CICs/VS) is a transaction oriented, multiapplication data
base/data communication interface between a System/370
operating system and user-written application programs.
Applicable to most online systems, CICS/vS provides many of
the facilities necessary for standard terminal applications:
message switching, inquiry, data collection, order entry,
and conversational and batched data entry.
CICS/vS is available as two program products:
CICS/OS/VS, which runs in an OS/VS1 or OS/VS2 environment;
and CICS/DOS/VS, which runs under DOS/vS. Because the
CICS/DOS/vS system is compatible with the CICS/OS/VS system,
it is possible to start with a small DOS/vS data base/data
communication configuration and more up through DOS/VS into
OS/VS.
The information contained in this manual is of interest
to persons maintaining and modifying the operation of
CICS/DOS/VS.
Manual, 670 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-8010
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/vIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL VOLUME 1 - PROG. PROD. 5740-XX7
This publication is Volume 1-of atii'ree-vo1u~1.
Volume 2 is LY20-8011; Volume 3 is LY20-8012.
This manual outlines and details the internal logic of
GIS/VS. The organization of the manual reflects the design
structure of interfaCing program units of the system.
When applicable, the manual includes diagnostic comments to
assist in isolating faulty operation and also contains
modification aids to assist the user in making minor changes
to the system.
Manual, 494 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-8011
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/vIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
~ !&ili MANUAL ~ ~ ::. ~ NO. 5749-XX7
This publication is Volume 2 of a three-volume manual.
Volume 1 is LY20-8010; Volume 3 is LY20-8012.
This manual outlines and details the internal logiC
of GIS/VS. The organization of the manual reflects the
design structure of interfaCing program units of the
system. When applicable, the manual includes diagnostic
comments to assit in isolating faulty operation and
also contains modification aids to assist the user in
making minor changes to the system.
Manual, 436 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY29-8012
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL VOLUME 3 - PROG. No:-5'7iiO-xx=rThis pubUcation-rs-v0I'Uiii'e"3-of ii'fiiree-volume Manual.
Volume 1 is LY20-8010; Volume 2 is LY29-8911.
This manual outlines and details the internal logic
of GIS/VS. The organization of the manual reflects the
design structure of interfacing program units of the
system. When applicable, the manual includes diagnostic
comments to assist in isolating faulty operation and also
contains modification aids to assist the user in making
minor changes to the system.
Manual, 419 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY29-8013
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
~!&lli ~ SUPPLEMENT FOR THEADVANCED QUERY
FEATURE PROG. NO. 5749-XX7
This manuar-Bupp1ements the three volume Program Logic
Manual (LY20-8010, LY20-8011, LY20-8012).
It is intended for users of the Advanced Query Feature.
Manual, 80 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY20-80111
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE"MOi5IFY FEATURE
PRoG:'"NO:-mO~
--- ---This manual supplements the three volume Program Logic
Manual (LY20-8010, LY20-8911, LY20-8012).
It is intended for users of the Modify Feature.
Manual, 27 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY20-8006
CICS/OS/VS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, ~ ~ 5740-XXl
The IBM Customer Information CoD:.rol System/Virtual Storage,
(CICS/VS) is a transaction-oriented, multiapplication data
base/data communication interface between a system/370
operating system and user-written application programs. It
is available as two program products: CICS/OS/VS, which runs
in an OS/VSl or OS/VS2 environment; and CICS/DOS/vS, which
LY29-8915
runs under DOS/VS. Applicable to most online systems,
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
CICS/VS provides many of the facilities necessary for
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE "UPi5ATE/~
standard terminal application: message switching, inquiry,
~ =PR5G~5740-XX7
data collection, order entry, and conversational and batch
This manual supplements the three volume Program Logic
data entry.
Manual (LY20-8919, LY29-8911, LY20-8012).
The information contained in this manual is of interest
It is intended for users of the Update/Create Feature.
to persons maintaining and modifying the operation of
Manual, 119 pages
CleS/OS/vS.
273

LY20

SY24
program Logic Manual, 88 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY20-8500
IBM SYSTEW370 DISTRIBUTED ~ PROGRAM ::. ~ LOGIC
MANU/\'L - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-TX-032
This publICitIOn is intended for system programmers and
people who want to understand Systeml310 DSP internal
operations. It describes the units of processing
(functions) and units of code (modules) of System/310 DSP.
Systeml370 DSP, enables a Systeml310 or Systeml360 and
multiple Systeml1s, interconnected via a start-stop TP link,
to function as an integrated system with distributed
facilities. Systeml370 DSP provides Systeml310 or
SysteIril360 users of OS MFT or MVT systems with 'twenty
external functions. The functions are invoked ~ subrouting
calls which can be made from any region or partition by
programs written with os Assembler, FORTRAN, or PLll
languages.
SysteIril310 DSP provides System/7 users with nine
external functions. They are invoked by executing macro
statements as supported by the Systeml1 Host Preparation
Facility II (HPPFII).
This publication is divided into the following sections:
Introduction, Method of Operation, program Organization,
Directory, Data Areas, and Diagnostic Aids. The last
section dicusses how to find the causes of errors that are
detected during Systeml370 DSP processing.
The System/370 or System/360 reader is expected to be
familiar with OS MVT or MFT processing with multiple
subtasking capabilities using the STAM, BDAM, and BSAM
access methods. The Systeml7 reader is expected to be
familiar with Systeml1 MSP/7 processing, using the $COMM and
#COMM MSP/7 support of the Asynchronous CommUnication
Control Adapter (ACCA) feature.
Manual, 465 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY21-0012
OS BSAM LOGIC FOR IBM 1419/1215
This-publication-describes the logic of the basic sequential
access method (BSAM) routines required to use the IBM 1419
Magnetic Char. Reader and the IBM 1275 Optical Char. Reader
with the MFT, MVT, and VS optiOns of the operating system
(OS). It is intended for IBM customer engineers and for
programmers who must understand or modify 1419/1215 BSAM
routines.
/\. general understanding of os and data management and an
understanding of how to write 1419/1215 programs is required
to use this publication. See OS Data Management Services i
Macro Instructions for IBM 1419/1215, GC21-5006 for information on how to write programs for the 1419 and 1275.
Manual, 74 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY2l-0013
OS DATA MANAGEMENT MACRO LOGIC FOR IBM 1285/1287/1288
ThiS-publication describes the internal program logic for
the MFT, MVT, VSl and VS2 support of the IBM 1285, the
IBM 1287, and the IBM 1288. The support includes modules
to read documents with BSAM and journal tapes with QSAM.
This publication is intended for use by IBM programming
systems representatives involved in program ma:lntenance and
by programmers needing information on the logic of the
1285/128111288 data management routines~
Manual, 91 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY21-0014
IBM DOS ~ !! LANGUAGE ~ ~ ~
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RG1
ThisJPUblication describes the internal logic of the RPG II
compiler, object program, and formatted dump program. It is
intended as a recall mechanism and a debugging aid. As a
debugging aid, this manual serves best as a guide to
sequences of instructions found in the coding of the
program.
This manual is divided into three parts describing the
internal logic of the RPG II program. The first part
describes the RPG II compiler, the second part describes the
object'program, and the third part the RPG II formatted dump
program. Each part includes the following areas:
o
Introduction.
o
Method of Operation.
o
program Organization.
o
Directory.
o
Data Areas.
The information necessary to implement the program is not
included in this publication.
Manual, 240' pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY21-0021
IBM SYSTEM/360 IBM 1288 BASIC UNFORMATTED READ SYSTEM
PROGRAM LOGIC "MAN'UALP'ROGRAMNUMBER 5136-U~ - - Thispublication describes the internal logic of the data
capture program. This includes the follo~ing areas:
Method of operation
Program organization
Data area formats
This manual is intended as a recall mechanism and a
debugging aid. It does not include information necessary
to implement the program.

LY21-0022

!!H

~ BASIC UNFORMATTED ~ ~ (MFT/MVT/VS1/VS2):
LOGIC MANUAL. PROG. NO. 5734-UT3
This PLM is written primarIly for persons responsible for
the maintenance of the program. It is intended as a recall
mechanism and a debugging aid. As a debugging aid, this
manual serves best as a guide to sequences of instructions
found in the coding of the program.
This publication describes the internal logic of the
IBM 1288 Basic Unformatted Read system and includes the
following items:
-Method of Operation
-Program Organization
-Data Area Formats
The information necessary to implement the program is not
included in this publication.
program Logic Manual, 88 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY21-9203
APPLICATION CONTROL LANGUAGE SUPPORT LOGIC MANUAL
(FOR IBM 374'f"'M5DELs 3 i 4 PROGRAMMINGWORK STATION)
This publica tiOilI'Sintended for IBM programming support
representives when servicing an IBM 3741 MODEL 3 or 4 Programmable Work Station for microcode defects. This
publication discusses the application control language (ACL)
used on the work station and contains theory on how the work
station's microcode works, source to object code conversion,
information on the operation of each ACL instruction, a
storage map and description of the system controlled
storage. information for using the diagnostic aids, and information on some debugging aids that were not in the customer publications.
The reader should be familiar with the contents of the
IBM 3141 Models 3 and 4 Programmable Work Station programr
ming Reference Manual, GA21-9194.
Manual, 240 page s
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY24-3606
IBM EMULATOR FOR HONEYWELL SERIES 200 ON SYSTEM/370 USING
!!2§ ! OOS/vS: LOGIC, PROG. NO. 5799=Ai5T
-This publication describes the internal logic of the
Honeywell Series 200 Emulator Program, an integrated
emulator program, for the IBM System/310 Models 135 and 145.
The emulator is a problem program that is executed under
control of the IBM Disk Operating System (OOS). The
emulator program, together with the appropriate
compatibility feature (RPQ S00120 for the Model 135, RPQ
S00121 for RPQ S00122 for the Model 145), executes most
HOneywell series 200 object programs without modification on
a Bystem/370.
FOr additional information, refer to IBM Emulator for
Honeywell Series 200 on Systeml370 Using DOS, GA24-3604.
Manual, 375 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY24-3601
EMULAXOR FOR RCA 301 ON SYSTEM/370 USING DOS i DOS/VS:
-- - --LO'GI'CPROG. No. ffi9=ioR
ThIs Logic Manual describes the internal logic of the RCA
301 Emulator Program, an integrated emulator program, for
the IBM Systeml310 Model 135 or 145. The emulator program
isa problem program that is executed under control of the
System/360 Disk Operating System. The emulator program,
together with the appropriate compatibility feature (RPQ
SOOl18 for the Model 135, RPQ S00119 for the Model 145),
executes most RCA 201 object programs without modification
on a System/370.
FOr additional information, refer to IBM Emulator for
RCA 301 on Systeml370 Using DOS, GA24-3605.
Manual, 315 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY24-5154
OOS OLTEP LOGIC
This reference publication describes the internal logic of
the IBM Systeml360 Disk Operating 2system On-Line Test
Executive program (OLTEP). It is for persons involved in
program maintenance and programmers who are altering the
program design.
,
For titles and abstracts of associated publications,
see the IBM SYSTEW360 AND SYSTEW370 BIBLIOGRAPHY
(GA22- 6822).
Manual, 172 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY24-5155
OS/vS1 SUPERVISOR LOGIC
ThIs manual describes the purpose and function of the VSl
supervisor and its relationship to the control program. The
major areas of the supervisor are identified as interrupt
management, task management, contents management, virtual
storage management, page management, timer management, and
overlay management. Each of the routines related to these
fUnctions, the data areas used by the supervisor~ and the
diagnostic aids for maintaining the system are described in
detail. Two appendixes provide information on program'
274

SY24

LY26

Fetch, time slicing, shared DASD, extended precision
floating point decimal simulator, generalized trace
facility, and system management facility.
This manual does not discuss 1/0 supervision,
checkpointlrestart, or recovery management services.
Persons interested in determining sources of errors
within or making changes to the internal logic of the VS1
supervisor should .read this manual. This manual is also
written as a reference tool for educational purposes.
Readers must be familiar with programming techniques and the
operating principles of VS1.
Prerequisite reading: IBM System/370 System Summary.
Manual, 384 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Knowledge of the information in the following
publication is required for an understanding of this
publication:
OS/VSl Planning and Use Guide, GC24-5090
OS/VSl JCL Services, GC24-5100
OS/VSl JCL Reference. GC24-5099
OS/VS1 Supervisor services and Macro
Instructions, GC24-5103
Manual. 800 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY24-5162
OS/VS IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER MODEL 1 LOGIC
roMi?ONENT NOS. mI=Scl-, 5742 SCI=:--s152=S'C1--D-L-This publication, when used With program listings, meets the
documentation requirements of support personnel who maintain
the Operating System/Virtual Storage (OS/VS) support for the
~M 3886 Model 1 under the Basic Sequential Access Method
(BSAM). The publication describes the modules that form the
IBM Systeml370 OS/VS support for the IBM 3886.
Manual, 56 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY24-5156
.
OS/vSl 1/0 SUPERVISOR LOGIC MANUAL
This manual describes. the Internal logic or the OS/VS 1/0
supervisor. It is intended to be us ed bi" program support
customer engineers and system programmers who alter program
design.
The 1/0 supervisor starts, monitors, and, when
necessary, restarts 1/0 operations.
This manual is comprised of 7 sections:
Introductiom InforIlB yO\1 of the 1/0 supervisor's
services and overall operation.
2.
Method of Operation: Provides high level RIPO
(Hierarchy plus Input-Process-output) diagrams that
describe the operation of the I/O supervisor and
guide you into the program listing.
3.
Program Organization: Contains functional
organization charts of the 1/0 supervisor, and
flowcharts of new or particularly complex routines.
4.
Directories: Provides cross-reference lists.
5.
Data Areas: Contains descriptions of the data areas
that are used primarily by the I/O supervisor.
6.
Diagnostic Aids: Contains information to help you
interpret the program listing.
7.
Appendixes: Supplements both this manual and the
program listing. Included are descriptions of SVC
routines and optional features, error recording
information, error recovery routines, list of
abbreviations, and a glossary.
Manual, 184 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
L.

SY24-Sl59
~ CHECKPOINT/RESTART LOGIC
Provides a reference to the checkpoint and restart routines
For persons involved in program maintenance, and for system
programmers who are altering the program design .•
Sections included give a brief introuduction, major
functions, control flow, pointers to the listings, data
areas used, and messages issued by the checkpoint and
restart routines.
prerequisite publications:
o
OS/VS Checkpoint/Restart, GC26-3784
o
OS/vSl JCL Services, GC24-5100
Manual, 44 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY24-5163
OS/VS IBM 3890 DOCUMENT PROCESSOR LOGIC
ThIs publication when used with the program listings,
provides the documentation reqUirements of support
personnel who service the Operating System/Virtual
Storage (OS/VS) support for the IBM 3890 Document Processor
under the Queued Sequential Access Method (QSAM).
This publication describes the following modules that
form the IBM system/370 OS/VS support for the IBM 3890:
o
OPEN. Executor for the IBM 3890
o
SETDEV module
o
GET Module
o
SYNCH Module
o
CNTRL Module
o
ERP (error recovery procedure) module
Manual. 40 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY24-5164
OS/VSl MASTER INDEX OF LOGIC
The Master Index of Logic 1S a consolidation of the indexes
of the system logic publications of OS/VS1.
Items are listed alphabetically and refer to the manual
that contains the ori~inal index entry. By going to the
referenced manual's index the page number of the item can be
found.
Index, 400 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY24-5165
OS/VS DISKETTE COpy PROGRAMMING SUPPORT PROGRAM LOGIC
MANUAL,. PROG NOS. 5744-BJ1,BLl

SY24-5160
OS/VS1 IPL ~
~
COMPONENT ~ 5741-SC1-Cl. -C8
Describes the internal logic of the OS/vsl Initial Program
Loader (IPL) and Nucleus Initialization program (NIP) for
persons involved in program maintenance, and for system
programmers who are altering the program design .•
Sections included in this reference manual provide the
reader with introductory information abo~t IPL and NIP,
their functions, their routLles, cross-references to the
listings, data areas used, messages issued, and possible
wait state codes.
Prerequisite Publications:
o
IBM System/370 System summary, GA22-700l.
o
OS/VSl Planning and Use Guide, GC24-5090.
Program Logic Manual, 152 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

m

--- --- --

A program logic Manual describes the internal deSign or
logic of the sUbject program. The~e manuals are intended
for persons involved in program maintenance and system
programmers who are altering the program design. Program
logic information is not necessary for the operation of the
program~ therefore, distribution of these publications
should be limited to persons with maintenance and alteration
requirements.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

SY24-5166

22LY2!

!!Q§1£ EQB !!lli ~ DISKETTE INPUT/OUTPUT .!lli.ll:
This publication documents the internal operation of the
programs that support operation of the IBM 3540 Diskette Input/Output Unit un~er OS/VS1. It helps the programmer
follow the internal operation of the programs to determine
the location of a program malfunction.
Manual, 100 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY24-5161
OSIVSl JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC V3
ThIs-publication supplements-rhe program listings and makes
the information in the listings easier to access. It is for
persons involved in program maintenance, providing them
with:
o
hierachal overview of the job management
functions to show how they operate.
o
functional system flow to illustrate the
functions performed by the various job management
modules.
The user of this publication should be familiar with OS/VSl
concepts and terminology, which can be found in the
prerequisite publications listed here.
An appendix, Dictionary of Abbreviations, is also
included.
This publication assumes a knowledge of the OSIVSl job
management functions. The section Method of Operation
presents a hierarchical view of the job management functions
and serves as a directory to the more detailed figures in
the section Program Organization. The Program Organization
section can be used alone or with the figures in the section
Method of Operation to follow the functions performed by the
modules.

275

SY24-5l67
OSIVS2 LOGIC FOR IBM 3540 DISKETTE INPUT/OUTPUT UNIT
This publication dOCum~tstheiiiternal operation of the
prog~ams that support operation of the IBM 3540 Diskette Input/output Unit under OS/vS2. It helps the programmer
follow the internal operation of the programs to determine
the location of a program malfunction.
Manual, 150 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY26-3737
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARIOO OPTION
ASSEMBLER PROMPTER PROGRAM LOGIC'MAN~ - - 'PROGRAM"NUMBER 5734~ - - - - This man~scribes the assembler prompter, a program
product that operates only under the Time Sharing Option
(TSO) of the IBM Systeml360 Operating System.
The assembler prompter consists of two modules that
interact with the TSO terminal monitor program (TMP), the
parse service routine (IKJPARS), the dynamic allocation
interface routine (IKJDAIR), the PUTLINE service routine,
and the stack service routine. This manual discusses how
the assembler prompter interacts with these routines to

SY26

LY26
analyze the ASM command and to allocate data sets required
by the assembler. It also discusses how the prompter passes
control to the assembler.
The manual assumes that the reader knows the ASM
command, its operands, and how to use the command as
described in the IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME
SHARING OPTION ASSEMBLER PROMPTER USER'S GUIDE (SC26-3740).
The book also assumes that the reader is fami.liar with the
assembler language and the concepts of TSO as described in I
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE
(GC28-6514)
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION GUIDE
(GC2 8-6698)
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION COMMAND
LANGUAGE REFERENCE (GC28-6732)
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION GUIDE
TO WRITING A TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM OR A COMMAND PROCESSOR
(GC28-6764)
This manual is intended for people imrolved in program
maintenance, and its distribution is limited to licencees
doing maintenance work. Program logic inforp~tion is not
necessary to use the program.
Manual, 56 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY26-3760
as ASSEMBLER H LOGIC PROG. NO. 5734-ASl
This publicatIon describes the internal logic and operation
of Assembler H running under the IBM System/360 Operating
System. In addition to descriptive text, this publication
contains detailed flowcharts, figures showing the formats of
internal tables and data areas, a microfiche directory, and
a number of appendixes containing related reference
documenta tion.
Program Logic Manuals are intended for IBM CUstomer
Engineers concerned with program maintenance or alteration,
and system programmers concerned with system design.
The reader should be familiar with the IBM System/360
Operating system and with the functions of an assembler.
Program Logic Manual, 320 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY26-3814
OS/VS LOADER LOGIC
T~publication describes the internal logic and
organization of the OS/VS Loader program. It is
intended for persons involved in maintaining or
modifying the loader. It is not required for normal
use and operation of the program described.
Before using this publication, the reader must
be familiar with OS/VS Linkage Editor and Loader,
GC26-3813, and OS/VS and DOS/VS Assembler Language,
GC33-4010.
corequisite publications include OS/VSl Storage
Estimates, GC24-5094, or OS/VS2 Storage Estimates,
GC28-0604, and OS/VSl System Data Areas, SY28-0605,
or OS/VS2 System Data Areas, SY28-0606.
Manual, 167 pages
SLSS ~ ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

OS/VS
OS/VS
OS/VS
OS/VS

SY26-3826
OS/VS2 ~ MANAGEMENT ~
This manual is intended for maintenance personnel and
development programmers who require an in-depth knowledge of
OS/vS2 Catalog Management's design, organization, data
areas. and diagnostic information.
The manual describes the internal logic of OS/VS Catalog
management and contains diagnostic information, data area
descriptions, and figures and tables that show the
relationship between various parts of the program.
OS/VS Virtual Storage Access Method (VSAM) Programmer's
Guide. GC26-3838, and OS/VS Access Method Services, GC263836, are prerequisites.
Manual, 320 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Linkage Editor and Loader, GC26- 3813
Data Management Services Guide, GC26-3783
ata Management Macro Instructions. GC26-3793
JCL Reference, GC28-0618

OS/VSl System Data Areas, SY28-0605, or OS/VS2 System Data
Areas, SY28-0606, describes data areas used by the linkage
editor.
Manual, 232 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY26-3820
OS/VS2 CHECKPOINT/RESTART LOGIC
This book describes the logic of the OS/VS2 routines that
take a checkpoint and restart a job at a checkpoint.
The major parts of this book and the information in
them are as follows:
o
IntrodUction - describes the checkpoint/restart
routines in general terms and briefly tells
what they do.
o
Method of Operation - describes the operations
performed by checkpoint/restart routines and
the input to and output from those operation.
o
Program Organization - shows the flow of control
between the modules of checkpoint/restart and

SY26-3823
OS/VS2 I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC
rntefidea-as an aid in troubleshooting the OS/vS2 I/O
supervisor, the component responsible for communicating with
the system's I/O devices. Contains two paths to the
microfiche listings: a tutorial path, to make the listings
meaningful to the reader lacking a basic understanding of
the I/O supervisor's function and design, and a diagnostic
path, to get the knowledgeable reader from a dump, a
message, or an error code as near the source of error as
possible.
The chapters that make up the tutorial path name and
classify the collars of the I/O supervisor, tell how the
callers ask for services, and describe how the I/O
supervisor performs the services. The chapters that make up
the diagnostic path show the diagnostic output of I/O
supervisor procedures and give the flow-of-control between
the procedures.
Contains two appendixes: the first describes the logic
of the OS/vS2 EXCP processor, a component that communicates
the requests of some IBM access methods to the IBM access
methods to the I/O supervisor, the second gives an overview
of the error recovery processing that is done following an
I/O error.
Related Publication: OS/VS2 Scheduler and Supervisor Logic,
SY28-0621
listings, this publication allows the reader to
maintain or make changes to the I/O supervisor when
necessary.
Related publications include OS/VS2 Supervisor
Manual, 140 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY26-3825
OS/VS2 VIRTUAL STORAGE ACCESS METHOD (VSAM) LOGIC
ThIs manual Is Intended'""lOrliiaIntenance personnel and
development programmers who require an in-depth knowledge of
OS/VS2 VSAMl2 design, organization, and data areas. The
virtual Storage Access Method (VSAM) is an access method for
use with OS/VS for data stored on direct-access storage
devices.
The manual describes the internal logic of VSAM and
contains module directories and diagnostic information. It
should be used with the program listings and with the VSAM
microfiche cross-reference tables that show which program
m~dules reference the fields of data areas, which modules
issue the macros used by VSAM, and how control flows between
program procedures.
OS/VS Virtual Storage Access Method (VSAM) Programmer's
Guide. GC26-3838, is a prerequisite.
Manual, 300 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY26-3815
OS/VS LINKAGE EDITOR LOGIC
This publication describes the internal organization and
logic of the OS/VS linkage editor. The linkage editor, a
processing program, combines and edits modules to produce
a load module that can be loaded into virtual storage by
the control program.
This publication is intended for persons involved in
the maintenance and modification of the linkage editor,
it is not required for the normal use and operation of
the programs described.
The following publications are required for an
understanding of the linkage editor:
o
o
o
o

describes the major operations performed by each
module.
o
Data Areas - shows the data areas used by
checkpoint/restart routines.
o
Diagnostic Aids - Lists the messages, message
codes, and return codes generated by checkpoint/
restart modules.
o
Modules Directory - lists each checkpoint/restart
modules and refers to a figure in "Program
Organization" or "Method of Operation" that
describes each module.
This book is intended for use by programming systems
representatives and system programmers maintaining
checkpoint/restart routines.
A general understanding of how the user requests
that a checkpoint be taken and restarts his job is
prerequisite knowledge for understanding the information
in this book. see OS/VS Checkpoint/Restart, GC26-3784, for
this type of information.
Manual, 115 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

276

SY26-3827
OS/vS2 OPEN/CL SE/EOV LOGIC
This publ cation s intended for system programmers and
people who want to understand the Open/Close/End-of-Volume
(EOV) (fUnctions).
Open opens a data set by linking system control blocks
so that the access methods can perform the input/output
operations. EOV applies these linkages when the end of
a volume of a multivolume data set is reached and performs
end-of-data processing. Close closes a data set by
restoring the system control blocks to the contents they
had before the data set was opened.

SY26

SY26
The book is divided into the following sections~
Introduction, Method of Operation, Program organization,
Directory, Data Areas, and diagnostic Aids. The latter
section discusses how to use a set of routines called
Problem Determination to find the causes of errors that
occur during Open/Close/EOV processing.
Te reader is expected to be familiar with os Data
Management, as described in OS/VS Data Management Services
3uide, GC26-3783.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY26-3828
Q~~g DADSM LOGIC, COMPONENT NO. 5742-SC!=QI!
AND 5752-SC1-D4
This:manual provides detailed information about the directaccess device space management (DADSM) routines. The DADSM
routines allocate and release space on a direct-access
volume by altering the volume table of contents. This
publication describes how these routines operate and how
they relate to each other and to the control program
(OS/VS); it also describes data set control blocks, which
make up the volume table of contents.
The intended audience is persons who support the DADSM
routines and system programmers who wish to alter the design
of these routines. Cross-references to module names and to
labels, within each module of the DADSM routines are
provided, as are descriptions of data areas, and methods of
diagnOSing DADSM problems. Prerequisite Publications:
For how-to and reference information on allocating,
extending, and releasing space as direct-access volumes:
OS/VS1 JCL, GC28-0692
For reference information on space allocation:
OS/VS Data Management Services Guide, GC26-3783.
For reference and how-to information on deleting data
sets (SCRATCH macro), renaming data sets (RENAME macro),
obtaining access to DSCBs (OBTAIN macro) and providing
passwork protection for data sets (PROTECK macro):
OS/VS2 System Programming Library: Data Management
GC26-3830
Manual, 150 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY26-3831
~ ~ LOGIC, COMPONENT NO. 5742-SC1~
AND 5752-SC1-D7
This book describes the internal logic of the Basic Direct
Access Method (BDAM) for OS/VS2. It is intended as a
reference book for IBM Programming Support Representatives
and system programmers who maintain or alter BDAM routines.
A general knowledge of data management is required for
understanding the information in this book. See OS/VS Data
Management Services Guide, GC26-3783, for background
information on data management.
Manual, 140 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

their execution by moving data between a user's buffer ana
the VIO buffer. VIO uses paging I/O to cause the pages in
the VIO buffer to be intermittently paged in or out of main
storage as required.
To thoroughly understand the logic involved in VIO
proceSSing, this book should be used with either listings,
or microfiche of compiled VIO source code.
The following are prerequisite publications:
o
For information about ASM processing in support of VIO,
see OS/VS2 Auxiliary Storage Management (ASM) Logic,
SY35-0009
o
For an orientation to the os/vs2 system, see OS/Vs2
Planning Guide for Release 2, GC28-0667
o
FOr information about job management, task management,
real storage management (RSM), virtual storage
management (VSM), and recovery/termination management
(RTM) and their support of VIO proceSSing, see OS/VS2
Scheduler and Supervisor Logic, SY28-0621
o
FOr information about I/O appendages, see OS/VS2 System
Programming Library: Data Management, GC26-3830.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY26-3836
Q§/VS1 ~ ~ ::. ~ ~ 5741-SC1-P7
This book describes the internal logic of the Basic Direct
Access Method (BDAM). It is intended as a reference book
for IBM programming support representatives and system
programmers maintaining BDAM routines and for customer
system programmers modifying BDAM routines.
A general knowledge of data management and OS/VS is
required for understanding the information in this book.
See OS/VS Data Management Services Guide, GC26-3783, for
backrground information about data management and OS/vS1
Planning and Use Guide, GC24-5090, for information about
OS/vS1.
Manual, 110 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY26-3837
OS/VSl DADSM LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741-SCl-D4
This manual provides detailed-rnformation about the direct
access device space management (DADSM) routines. The DAD5M
routines allocate and release space on a direct access
volume by alterin;J the volume table of contents. rhis
publication describes how these routines operate and how
they relate to each other and the the system control program
OS/VS1); it also describes data set control blocks which
make up the volume table of contents.
The intended audience is persons who support the DADSM
routines and system programmers who wish to alter the design
of these routines. Cross-references to module names and to
labels within each module of the DADSM routines are
provided, as are descriptions of data areas, and methods of
diagnosing DADSM problems.
Prerequisite publications:
o

SY26-3832

OS/VS2 SAM LOGIC

ThIs-manual-contains a general description of the Get, Put,
Write and associated modules for QSAM, BSAM, and BPAM. SAM
executors and appendages are also described.
The manual is intended for use by persons involved in
programming support and system programmers who are altering
the program design.
The SAM routines used for optical character readers, and
magnetic character readers are discussed in separate
publications, in the IBM Systern/360 and System/370
Bibliography, GA22-6822. These publications are prequisites
for this publication:
o
OS/vS2 Planning Guide, for OS/VS2, GC28-0667.
o
OS/VS Data Management Services Guide, GC26-3783.
Manual, 283 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY26-3833
OS/VS2 ISAM LOGIC-COMPONENT NO. 5742-SC1-D8
Thrs-publication describes t~program logic of the two
index sequential access methods: the queue indexed
sequential access method (QISAM) and the basic indexed
sequential access method (BISAM). It also discusses the
relationship of indexed sequential access method routines to
other parts of the control program.
This publication is intended for personnel supporting or
modifying ISAM.
These publications are prerequisite to this publication:
o
OS/VS Data Management Services 3uide, Gc26-3783
o
OS/VS Data Management Macro Instructions, GC26-3793
Manual, 288 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY26-3834

OS/VS2 VIO LOGIC

ThIS-bo~describes what the VIO processor does and how it
operates. It is intended for IBM programming support
representatives and system programmers who are learning
about, supporting, or modifying the VIO logic. They should
be thoroughly familiar with the OS/vS2 environment and with
channel programming.
VIO enables system-named temporary data sets to reside
in external page storage and to be processed using paging
I/O. VIO interprets regular I/O reqllests and simulates

For how to and reference information on allocating
extending and releasing space on direct-access
volumes: OS/vS1 JCL services, GC24-5100, and
OS/VS1 JCL Reference, GC24-5099.
o
For reference information on space allocation:
OS/VS Data Management Services Guide, GC26-3783.
o
For reference and how-to information on deleting
data sets (SCRATCH macro), renaming data sets
(RENAME macro), obtaining access to DSCBs (OBTAIN
macro) and providing password protection for data
sets (PROTECT macro):
o
For general information about the operating system:
OS/VSl Planning and Use Guide, GC24-5090
o
For details about the system Management Facilities
(SMF) records:
OS/VS System Management Facilities (SMF), GC35-0004
o
For reference and how-to information on using
IEHLIST, OS/VS utilities, Gc35-0005
OS/vSl Data Management for System Programmers, GC26-3837.
~op shipped to major users; minimal supply available at IBM
Distribution Center to meet other requirements.
Manual, 147 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY26-3838
OS/VS1 ISAM LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741-SC1-D8
This publIcation describes the program logic of the two
indexed sequential access methods: the queued indexed
sequential access method (QISAM) and the basic indexed
sequential access method (BISAM). It also discusses the
relationship of indexed sequential access method routines to
other parts of the control program.
This publication is intended for personnel supporting or
modifying ISAM. These publications are prerequisite to this
publication.
o
OS/VS Data Management Services Guide, GC26-3783
OS/VS Data Management Macro Instructions, GC26-3793
o
Manual, 288 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY26-3839
OS/vSl OPEN/CLOSE/EO V LOGIC
This publication describes the functions (units of
processing) and modules (unit of code) of the
Open/Close/End-of Volume portion of the operating system.
277

SY26
It also describes the relationship of Open/Close/EOV to the
portions of the operating system that give control to and
receive control from it.. Open/Close/EOV modifies system
control blocks, and mounts and verifies volumes so that 1/0
operations can be performed. This publication is divided
into seven sections: Introduction, Methoa of Operation,
Program Organization, Module Directory, Data Areas,
Diagnostic Aids, and Appendix.
This book uses DCB and ACB as interchangeable terms.
Where is is necessary to refer to both control blocks, they
are referred to as DCB/ACB or DCB or ACB. DCB is used as
the prefix for all fields within these control blocks (for
example, DCBMACRF). The ACB is used by the job entry
subsystem (JES) and by the virtual storage access method
(VSAM) to logically connect the system program or a user's
program to a data set, in the same way that a DCB is used.
Manual, 240 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY26-3840
OS/VSl SAM LOGIC

The inforamtion is this manual is intended for programming
support customer engineers and programmers who require
specific information about (QSAM) queued sequential access
method, (BASAM) basic sequential access method, and (BPAM)
basic partitioned access method routines.
A general understanding of data management is
prerequisite knowledge for understanding the information in
this book. See OS/VS Data Management Services Guide, GC263783, for baCkground information on data management.
The manual is organized into six sections: Introduction,
Method of Operation, Directory, Data Areas, Program
Organization and Flow of Control, and Appendixes.
Manual, 232 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY26-3841
OS/vS1 VIRTUAL STORAGE ACCESS METHOD (VSAM) LOGIC
This-boOkisTntended for maintenaiiCe personnel and
development programmers who require an in-depth knowledge
of OS/VS1 VSAM's design, organization, data areas, and
diagnostic information.
The book describes the internal logic of the OS/VS1
Virtual Storage Access Method (VSAM) and contains diagnostiC
information, data area descriptions, and figures and tables
that show the relationship between various parts of the
program.
OS/VS Virtual Storage Access Method (VSAM) Programmmer's
Guide, GC26-3838, and OS/VS Access Methoa Services,
GC26-3836, are prerequisite books.
Manual, 453 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY27-7198
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING ~ ~~ ~
FOR SYSTEMl370 ~ ~ ~ 168 (LOGIC), PIN 360S-DN-539
This manual describes the internal operations of the
Machine-Check Handler (MCH) for the IBM Systeml370 Models
155 and 165. MCH is a standard component of the MFT and
MVT versions of Systeml360 Operating System when used with
the Models 155 and 165.
This manual is written for persons ;,rho maintain the
program or who are altering the program's design. Its
primary purpose is to serve as a guide to the program
listings.
Program Logic Manual, 192 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY27-7228
7074 OS EMULATOR ON MODELS 165/168 - LOGIC
FROG. NOS":"3'6OC-EU-"739 (OS), 5744-AK1 (VS!.&. YS2)
This publication describes the internal logic of the IBM
7074 Emulator Program for the IBM Systeml370 Models 165 and
168. The emulator program is a problem program that
executes under the MFT, MVT, VS1, or VS2 configuration of
the Operating System. The IBM Compatibility Feature #7117
must be installed on the model you use.
The emulator program executes object programs written
for the IBM 7074 Data Processing System. Major topics in
this publication are the logic of the emulator program; the
relationships among the emulator program, the compatibility
feature, and the operating system; and the logic of tape
formatting programs used in conjunction with the emulator.
This publication is a reference manual for persons
responsible for emulator program maintenance.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY27
used in conjunction wi th the emulator.
This publication is a reference manual for persons
responsible for emulator program maintenance. Readers
should be experienced with the IBM 7080 Data Processing
System and have a working knowledge of the MFT or MVT
configuration of the IBM System/360 Operating System.
Systems Library, 204 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY27-7230
VIDEO/370 !&2!£ MANUAL
~ ~ 5734-RC5, 5736-Rq
This manual presents the logic of VIDEO/370, which allows
direct data entry through the use of IBM 3270 display
stations. It describes the functions of VIDEO/370, the
r~utines that perform the functions, and the data areas used
by the routines.
Information for diagnosing problems with
the VIDEO/370 sample program is also included.
This book is intended for use by IBM program service
representatives, Field Engineering education, SDD product
programmers, DPD system engineers, or customers performing
similar functions.
Manual, 224 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

GY27-7237
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: MACHINE-CHECK HANDLER FOR
8Y~370 MODELS 135 AND 145 (LOGIC), PIN 360s=nN=539 Th:s:manual describeS the Internal operations of the
Machine-Check Handler (MCH) for the IBM Systeml370 Models
135 and 145. MCH is a standard component of the MFT version
of the Systeml360 Operating System when used with the
Model 135 or the Model 145.
This manual is written for persons who maintain the
program or who are altering the program's design. Its
primary purpose is to serve as a guide to the program
listings.
program logic manual, 128 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY27-7238
7074 OS EMULATOR ON MODELS 155/158 LOGIC
PROG. Nos:--3"6oC-EU-"741 (OS); 5744-AJ1 (VS1, VS2)
This manual describes the internal logic of the IBM 7074
Emulator Program for the IBM Systeml370 Model 155. The
emulator program is a problem program that executes under
the MFT or MVT configuration of the IBM System/360 Operating
System. The IBM Compatibility Feature #7117 must be
installed on the Model 155.
This manual describes how the emulator program executes
object programs written for the IBM 7074 Data Processing
System. Major topics are the logic of the emulator program;
the relationship among the emulator programs, the
c~mpatibility feature, and the operating system; the logic
of the tape formatting programs used in conjunction with the
emulator and the logic of the compatibility feature.
This publica tion is a reference manual for persons
responsible for maintenance of the emulator program, tape
formatting programs, and compatibility feature. Readers
should be experienced with the IBM 7074 Data Processing
System and have a working knowledge of the MFT or MVT
configuration of the IBM Systeml360 Operating System.
Manual, 228 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
S'127-7239
OSIVS RECOVERY MANAGEMENT
5741=S~742-SC1-CE

~

LOGIC

=COMPONENT NOS.

This publication aescribes three recovery management
programs that are part of OS/VS:
o
The Machine-Check Handler, a program that processes
machine-check interruptions. Depending on the
serverity of the malfunction, the Machine-Check
Handler (1) restores the system to normal
operation, (2) terminates tasks associated with the
malfunction so the system can resume processing, or
(3) places the system in a wait state. In all
caseS, the Machine-Check Handler writes diagnostic
messages and error records.
o
The Channel-Check Handler, a program that receives
control after the detection of a channel data
check, channel control check, or interface control
check. The Channel-Check Handler analyzes the
channel error and provides the results of this
analysis to the appropriate error recovery
proceaure and to the operator and system
maintenance personnel.
o
Dynamic Device Reconfiguration, a program that
permits a demountable volume to be moved from one
device to another and repositioned. This method is
used to bypass I/O errors and avoid abnormally
terminating the affected job or reloading the
system.
Manual, 164 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GY27-7229
7080 Q§. ~ ill! MODELS 165/168: ~L ~ ~
360C-EU-737 (MFT/MVT), 5744-AL1 (VS1/VS2)
This manual describes the internal logic of the IBM 7080
Emulator Program for the IBM Systeml370 Model 165. The
emulator program is a problem program that executes under
the MFT and MVT configuration of the IBM Sys·teml360
operating System. The IBM Compatibility Feature #7118 must
S'127-7240
be installed on the Model 165.
Q2Cl2 GRAPHICS ~ METHOD !&§!£ ~
The emulator program executes object programs written
Describes the internal logic of the Graphics Access Method
for the IBM 7080 Data Processing System. Major topics are
(GAM) for the IBM 2250 Display Unit, Models 1 and 3, and the
the logic of the emulator program; the relationships among
IBM 2260 Display Station (Local Attachment). Areas of the
the emulator program, the compatibility feature, and the
program that perform specific functions are identified and
operating system; and the logic of tape formatting programs
related to the program listings.
278

SY27

GY27

GAM consists of input/output and control routines that
are part of the graphic programming services for the 2250
display unit and the 2260 display statio~ The GAM routines
perform three major functionsl
o
Graphic data management (including buffer
management)
Input/output control
o
o
Attention handling (bot;h basic and express)
This program logic manual is directed to the IBM customer
engineer, who maintains the program, and to the system
programmer, who may wish to alter the program design. It
should be used in conjunction with, and as a guide to,
appropriate program listings. Program logic information is
not necessary for program operation and use.
Manual, 104 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY27-7241
OS/VS GRAPHICS PROB~ORIENTED ROUTINES LOGIC
This manual describes the internal logic of the problem
oriented routines (PORs) for the IBM 2250 Display Unit,
Models 1 and 3. Areas of the program that perform specific
functions are identified and related to the program
listings.
PORs, which are part of the gzaphic programming services
for the 2250 display unit, are generalized routines that
generate graphic orders for displaying various images and
alphmeric information on the 2250 display unit.. Each POR is
described in detail to show its internal structure and
logic.
This program logic manual is directed the the IBM
customer engineer, who maintains the program, and to the
system programmer, who may wish to alter the program design.
It should be used in conjunction with, and as a guide to,
the appropriate program listings. Program logic information
is not necessary for program operation and use.
Manual, 52 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY27-7242
OS/VS GRAPHIC SUBROUTINE ~ (GSP) FOR ~ l l i
COBOL. AND &! !&§!£ ~
This manual describes the internal logic of the graphic
subroutine package (GSP), a program that enables a FORTRAN,
COBOL, or PLiI programmer to write graphic programs for the
IBM 2250 Display Unit under the control of OS/VS. GSP may
also be used in an assembler language program.
This program logic manual is directei to the IBM
customer engineer, who maintains the program, and to the
system programmer, who may wish to alter the program design.
It should be used in conjunction with, and as a guide to,
the appropriate program listings. Program logic information
is not necessary for program operation and use"
Manual, 136 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY27-7243
OS/VS2 IPL AND NIP LOGIC - COMPONENT NOS. 5742-SC1-Cl -C8
This-publicationdescribes the logic Ofthe IPL (initial
program loader) and NIP (nucleus initialization program)
support for OS/VS2. The information is intended for use
by personnel involved in program maintenance. IPL loads
the nucleus designated by the user and prepares the system
for initialization. NIP initializes the nucleus and the
remainder of real storage in preparation for system
execution.
Readers of this publication should be familiar with
the following publications:
o

OS/VS Supervisor Services and Macro Instructions,
GC27-6979.

o

OS/VS2 Supervisor Logic, SY27-7244.

GY27-7245

~ .! ~ LOGIC. ~ llih 370N-CQ-469
This publication describes the internal logic of the Basic
Telecommunications Access Method (BTAM) in Version 4
(Release 27) of the Disk Operating System (DOS). It is
intended for persons involved in program maintenance and for
systems programmers who are altering the program design. It
can be used to help locate BTAM application program errors.
This publication contains I
o
An overview of BTAM logic
o
A guide to specific BTAM routines by alphabetical
name of the routine and by function
o
Routine descriptions and flowcharts
This information is designed to be used with the program
listings.
The user should be familiar with how BTAM is used:
this is described in the SRL publication, DOS Version 4
Basic Telecommunications Access Method, GC27-6978.
Manual, 436 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

m2

SY27-7246
OS/VS BTAM LOGIC MANUAL
This publication describes the internal logic of the Basic
Telecommunications Access Method (BTAM). It is intended for
use by persons involved in program maintenance and by system
programmers who are altering the program design. program
logic information is not necessary for the use and operation
of the program, therefore, distribution of this publication
is limited to those with maintenance and alteration
requirements.
Manual, 339 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY27-7249
~ QTAM LOGIC MANUAL ::. COMPONENT ~ 5745-SC-QTM
This reference publication describes the internal logic of
the Queued Telecommunications Access Method (QTAM) under
DOS/VS (Disk Operating System with Virtual Storage).
It is intended for persons involved in program
maintenance and by systems programmers who are altering the
program design. Program logic information is not necessary
for the operation of the program; therefore, the
distribution of this publication is limited to those with
maintenance and alteration requirements.
Manual, 369 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY27-7250
OS/vS2 RECOVERY MANAGEMENT SUPPORT LOGIC
Describes the logic of the Machine-C'iieCit Handler, The
Channel Check Handler, Dynamic Device Reconfiguration,
and the Missing Interruption Handler. The intended
audience is system maintenance personnel, including
customer engineers, programming support representatives,
and system programmers. An understanding of OS/VS2,
including paging and I/O operation, is assumed.
Manual, 132 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Te following publications may be helpful in understanding
IPL and NIP:
o

OS/VS Message Library: VS2 System Mssages,
GC38-1002.

o

OS/VS Message Library: VS2 System Codes, Ge38-1008.

o

Operator's Library: OS/VS2 Reference, Ge38-0210.

o
OS/VS2 System Data Areas, SY28-0606.
Manual, 208 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY27-7244
OS/VS2 SUPERVISOR LOGIC VOLUME I
T~publication describes the logic of the OS/vS2
supervisor, its relationship to the other portions of the
control program, and the interaction between supervisor
modules.
The information in this manual is intended for
personnel who are responsible for determining sources
of error within or making modifications to the VS2
supervisor.
The supervisor support for the communications task and
checkpoint/restart are not documented in this publication.
The communications task which is documented in OS/VS2
Job Management Logic, SY28-0620, checkpoint/restart logic
is documented in OS/VS2 Checkpoint/Restart Logic,

SY26-3820.
To understand the information in this publication,
you must be familiar with the basic concepts of and
services provided by the VS2 supervisor as described
in OS/VS Supervisor Services and Macro Instruction,
GC27-6979.
Manual, 1,012 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY27-7251
DOS/VS BTAM LOGIC MANUAL - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-BTM
This publication lie scribes the internal logic of the Basic
Telecommunications Access Method (BTAM) in DOS/VS (Disk
Operating System with Virtual Storage). It is intended for
persons involved in program maintenance and for systems
programmers who are altering the program design. It can be
used to help locate BTAM application program errors. This
publication contains:
o
An overview of BTAM logic
o
A guide to specific BTAM routines by alphabetic
name of the routine and by function
o
Routine descriptions and flowcharts
This information is designed to be used with the program
listings.
The user should be familiar with how BTAM is used: this
is described in the SRL publication DOS/VS BTAM, GC27-6989.
Manual, 456 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY27-7255
OS/VS2 HASP I I VERSION 4 LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM

370ii=Tx=ooi -

--- -

~-

NU~,BER

--- - --- ---

This manual describes the purpose and function of HASP and
its relationship to OS/VS2 Release 1. It does not replace
the program listings, it supplements them and makes the
information in them more accessible.
This publication contains seven sections:
279

section 1 Introduction - describes the general

GY21
characteristics and functions of HASP II Version 4.
section 2 Method of Operation - contains HIPO (Hierarchy
plus Input-Process-Output) diagrams that describe the
operation of HASP II Version 4. The diagrams are high
level and are designed to guide the reader to a
particular area of the program listing.
section 3 Program Organization - describes the HASP
general program organization and each of the HASP
processors.
section 4 Directory - provides 'cross-reference lists.
section 5 Data Areas - contains descriptions of the
interrelationship and content of HASP data areas and
control blocks.
section 6 Diagnostic Aids - contains information
necessary for interpreting the program listing and
diagnosing program failures.
section 1 Appendix A HASP Programmer Macros - describes
HASP macro instructions and their use.
Glossary - defines HASP terms.
Related OS/VS publications are listed in the IBM System/360
and System/310 Bibliography, GA22-6822.
Manual, 484 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY21-1256
INTRODUCTION TO VTAM LOGIC

Thrs-publication~cribes the general way that the Virtual
Telecommunications Access Method (VTAM) #orks, the interfaces that exist between major groups of VTAM routines, and
the control blocks that VTAM uses. The VTAM routines are
grouped into six major categories: initialization and
termination services configuration services1 system
services1 and reliability, availability, and serviceability.
This publication is one of a set of publications that
describe the logic of VTAM. It describes the high-level
logic, which is similar in the DOS/VS, OS/VS1, and OS/VS2
versions of VTAM. The VTAM logic manuals for each system
describe the lower-level, system-dependent VTAM logic.
Manual, 116 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY21-1251
OS/VS1 VTAM LOGIC
ThiS-manual is the second part of a two-part description of
the logic of the Virtual Telecommunications Access Method
(VTAM) for OS/vSl. The first part is the Introduction to
VTAM Logic, SY21-1256, which describes the high-level logic.
The two manuals are intended primarily for IBM Programming
Support Representatives, to enable them to quickly locate
failures in the access method. USing OS/VS1 VTAM Logic, the
PSR can determine the module that performs a particular
function; pertinent information about each module is
provided and control flow diagrams show how control passes
between modules.
The data areas for Os/VS1 VTAM Logic are contained in a
separate publication, VTAM Data Areas, SY21-1263.
Prerequisite Publications: DOS/VTAM Logic, SY21-1262
Manual, 992 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY21-1259
1094 Q.§ EMULATOR Q!! MODELS 165/168: ~L PROG. ~
360C-EU-140 (MFT/MVT) i 5144-AM1 (VS1/VS2)
This manua-r describes the internal logic of the IBM
109/1090/709~ II Emulator Program for the IBM System/310
Model 165. The emulator program is a problem program that
executes under the MFT and MVT configurations of the IBM
System/360 Operating System. The IBM Compati.bility Feature
#1119 must be installed on the Model 165.
The emulator program executes object programs written
for the IBM 109, 1090, 1094, or 1094 II Data ProceSSing
System. Major topics are the logic of the emUlator program;
the relationship among the emulator program, the
compatibility feature, and the operating syst;em1 and the
logic of tape formatting programs used in conjunction with
the emulator.
This publication is a reference manual for persons
responsible for emulator program maintenance. Readers
should be experienced with the IBM 109, 1090, 1094, or 1094
II Data processing System, and have a working knowledge of
the MFT or MVT configuration of the IBM System/360 Operating
System.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY28
perform three major functions:
o
Graphic data management (including buffer
management)
o
Input/Output control
o
Attention handling (both basic and express)
This program logic manual is directed to the IBM customer
engineer, who maintains the program, and to the system
programmer, who may wish to alter the program design. It
should be used in conjunction with, and as a g:uide to,
appropriate program listings. Program logic i:nformation
is not necessary for program operation and use.
Manual, 108 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY21-1262
DOS/vS VTAM LOGIC
This manual is the 2nd part of a 2 part description of the
logic of the virtual Telecommunications Access Method (VTAM)
for DOS/VS. The 1st part is the Introduction to VTAM Logic,
SY21-1256, which describes the high-level logic.
The two manuals are intended primarily for IBM Programming Support Representatives to enable them to quickly locate
failures in the access method. Using DOs/VS VTAM Logic, the
PSR can determine the module that performs a particular
function 1 pertinent information about each module is
provided and control flow diagrams show how control passes
between modules.
The data area for DOS/VS VTAM Logic are contained in a
separate publication, VTAM DATA AREAS, SY21-1263.
Manual, 154 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY21-1263
VTAM DATA AREAS (OS/VSl AND DOS/VS) LOGIC MANUAL
Intended t~used in conjunction with DOS/VSVTAM Logic,
SY21-1262 or OS/VSl VTAM Logic, SY21-1251, this manual provides diagrams of each VTAM data area, together with lists
of fields (alphabetically and by displacement) and lists of
flags, masks, and constants for each data base area.
Prerequisite publications - NONE
Manual, 216 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY21-1266
OS/VSl VTAM DATA AREAS
This edition replaces-and makes obsolete the publication
VTAM DATA AREAS SY21-1263-0 and Technical Newsletter SN211453. This manual provides data maps for OS/vSl V'l'AM.
Included are lists of fields by displacement and in
alphabetical order, a list of flags and masks, and a list of
constants for each data area.
The primary users of this manual are IBM PSR's and
customer system programmers.
prerequisites: VTAM Concepts and Planning GC21-6998 and
OS/VSl VTAM Logic SY21-1251.
Manual, 305 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY21-1261
OS/vS2 VTAM DATA AREAS
This manual proviJeSlIata maps for OS/VS2 VTAM. Included
are a list of fields by displacement and in alphabetical
order, a list of flags and masks, and a list of constants
for each data area. The primary users of this manual are
IBM PSR's and customer system programmers.
PREREQUISITES:
VTAM Concepts and Planning GC21-6998
OS/vS2 VTAM Logic SY28-0621
Manual, 240 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY28-0603
OS/VS MASTER INDEX OF LOGIC
This publication consolidates the indexes of program logic
manuals for OS/VSi it applies to both VS1 and VS2.
The master index lists topics alphabetically, and refers
to manuals where these topics are discussed. The indexes of
these manuals list the same topics and refer to specific
pages.
Index, 320 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-0605
OS/vSl SYSTEM DATA AREAS
This pubIICationtlescribes the contents and format of the
major control blocks used by more than one component of the
OS/VSl control program. This publication is to be used by
IBM software support personnel and by system programmers who
require information about the individual fields contained in
the system's major control blocks.
Manual, 600 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY21-1260
OS/VS2 GRAPHIC ACCESS METHOD LOGIC
Describes the internal logic of the Graphics Access
SY28-0620
Method (GAM) for the IBM 2250 Display Unit, Models 1
OS/vS2 JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC MANUAL
and 3, and the IBM 2260 Display Station (Local Attachment).
This publicat10n provides the information necessary to trace
Areas of the program that perform specific functions are
function and program organization through the job management
identified and related to the program listings.
part of the control program. The intended audience is
GAM consists of input/output and control routines that
primarily involved with system maintenance but may possibly
are part of the graphic programming services for the 2250
be altering system design.
display unit and the 2260 display station.. The GAM routines
The major functions described are master scheduler
280

SY28

SY28

initialization, system input/output processing, initiating
and terminating tasks, allocating and freeing devices,
processing commands, managing work queues, communicating
with the system operator and console, recovering from
errors, and recording system information.
The program organization necessary to accomplish the
functions provided is described, and local data areas, a
module directori, an introductory overview of job
management, and a section tying message IDs to the issuing
and detecting modules, are provided.
Manual, 640 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

o
o
o
o
o
o
o

SY28-0622
OS/VS2 JES 2 LOGIC

T~manual-describes the purpose and functions of JES2 and
its relationship to OS/VS2 Release 2. It does not replace
the program listings; it supplements them and makes the
information in them more accessible. This publication
contains the following sections:
Section 1 Introduction - describes the general
characteristics and functions of JES2.
Section 2 Method of Operation - contains HIPO
(Hierachy plus Input-Process-Output) diagrams that
describe the operation of JES2.
The diagrams are high level and are iesigned to guide
the reader to a particular area of the program listings.
Section 3 Program Organization - describes the JES2
general program organization and each of the JES2
processors.
Section 4 Directory - provides cross-reference lists.
Section 5 Data Areas - contains descriptions of the
interrelationship and content of data areas and control
blocks.
Section 6 Diagnostic Aids - contains information
necessary for interpreting the program listing and
diagnosing program failures.
Se9tion 1 Appendixes:
A - JES2 Programmer Macros - describes JES 2 macro
and their use.
B - MULTI-LEAVING. - describes the basic
principles of MULTI-LEAVING.
C - Remote Terminal Bootstrap - describes the
RTPBOOT bootstrap program.
D - External Writer - describes the External
Writer program which is used for producing
SYSOUT data sets on magnetic tape or
direct-access devices.
Manual, 828 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY28-0623
OS/VS2 SYSTEM INITIALIZATION LOGIC
This publication describes the IUDctions and internal logic
of the system initialization process for the OS/vS2 Release
2 System. This publication is intended for the IBM
programming systems representative who is involved in
modifying system initialization programs.
systems publication, 260 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

o
o
o
o
o
o
o

To order Scheduler and Supervisor Logic Volumes 1,2, and 3
(SY28-0624-0, SY28-0625-0, SY28-0626-0) use order number
SBOF-8210.
Manual, 868 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-0626
OS/VS2 SCHEDULER AND SUPERVISOR LOGIC VOLUME 3 OF 3
This publication dOCuments the internal logic-ordie
following scheduler and supervisor functions:
o
Communications Task
o
Command Processing (including Reconfiguration
Commands
o
LOGON Scheduling
o
System Resources Manager
o
System Activity Measurement Facility (MF/I)
o
Region Control Task
o
Started Task Control (including START/LOGON/MOUNr)
o
Job Scheduler:
Subsystem Interface
Master Subsystem
Initiator/Terminator
SWA Create Interface
Converter/Interpreter
SWA Manager
Allocation Unallocation
System Management Facilities (SMF)
system Log
Checkpoint/Restart
o
Timer Supervision
o
Supervisor Control
o
Task Management
o
Program Management
o
Real Storage Management
o
Virtual storage Management
Recovery/Termination Management (R/TM)
o

SY28-0624
OS/VS2 SCHEDULER AND SUPERVISOR LOGIC VOLUME 1 OF 3
This publication dOCuments the internal logic-or-the
following scheduler and supervisor functions:
o
Communications Task
o
Command Processing (including Reconfiguration
Commands
LOGON Scheduling
o
o
System Resources Manager
o
System Activity Measurement Facility eMF/i)
o
Region Control Task
o
Started Task Control (including START/LOGON/MOUNT)
o
Job Scheduler:
Subsystem Interface
Master Subsystem
Initiator/Terminator
SWA Create Interface
Converter/Interpreter
SWA Manager
Allocation Unallocation
System Management Facilities (SMF)
System Log
Checkpoint/Restart
o
Timer Supervision
o
Supervisor Control
o
Task Management
Program Management
o
o
Real Storage Management
Virtual Storage Management
o
o
Recovery/Termination Management (R/TM)

To order Scheduler and Supervisor Logic Volumes 1,2, and
(SY28-0624-0, SY28-0625-0, SY28-0626-0) use order number
SBOF-8210.
Manual, 692 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-0635
OS/VSl SERVICE AIDS LOGIC
This publlcatlo~scrIEes the functions and internal logic
of eight service aid programs provided for use in servicing
OS/VS1. These service aid programs are: Generalized Trace
Facility, HMAPTFLE, HMASPZAP, HMBLIST, HMDPR~P, HMDSADMP,
IMCJOBQD, IMOOSJQD.
This publication is intended for the IBM Programming
systems representative who is involved in maintaining
service aid programs. This publication should be used in
conjunction with OS/VSl Service Aids, GC28-0665.
Systems Publication
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-0643
OS/vS2 SERVICE AIDS LOGIC
This publicatlo~scribes the functions and internal logic
of the service aid programs provided for use in servicing
OS/vS2. The service aid programs are: Generalized rrace
Facility, AMBLIST, AMDPRDMP, AMAPTFLE, AMDSA~P, and
AMASPZAP.
This publication i 8 intended for the IBM programming
systems representative who i8 involved in maintaining
service aid programs. This publication should be used
in conjunction with OS/vS2 Service Aids, GC28-0614, which
tells how to use the service aid programs.
Manual, 408 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

To order Scheduler and Supervisor Logic Volumes 1,2, and 3
(SY28-0624-0, SY28-0625-0, SY28-0626-0) use order number
SBOF-8210.
Manual, 800 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-0625
OS/VS2 SCHEDULER !!m SUPERVISOR !&2!£ ::. ~ 1. Q.! 1
This publication documents the internal logic of the
following scheduler and supervisor functions:
o
communications Task

command processing (including Reconfiguration
Commands
LOGON scheduling
System Resources Manager
System Activity Measurement Facility eMF/i)
Region Control Task
Started Task Control (including START/LOGON/MOUNT)
Job Scheduler:
Subsystem Interface
Master Subsystem
Initiator/Terminator
SWA Create Interface
Converter/Interpreter
SWA Manager
Allocation Unallocation
System Management Facilities (SMF)
system Log
Checkpoint/Restart
Timer supervision
Supervisor Control
Task Management
Program Management
Real Storage Management
Virtual Storage Management
Recovery/Termination Management (R/TM)

SY28-0650

!2Q TERMINAL ~ PROGRAM AND ~ ROUTINES
LOGIC
This publication describes the internal logic of the TSO
Terminal Monitor Program (TMP) and the TSO Service Routines:

~

281

SY28

SY28
STACK; GETLlNE: PUTLINE; PUTGET, Command Scan; Parse;
Dynamic Allocation Interface Routine (DAIR): Default and
catalog Information routines; and DAIR/S\1C99 Brror Code
Analyzer.
The TMP accepts commands from the terminal and gives
control to the TSO Command Processors named ~r the commands.
The TSO service routines perform common functions needed by
both· the TMP and the command processors.
This publication is written for persons who maintain or
modify TSO, it is not necessary for persons who use TSO to
process programs or for those who write programs that are
processed by TSO.
Manual, 416 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-0651
OS/\1S2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME I: ACCOUNT
This publIcation describes the internal logic of the
programs that handle the ACCOUNT command and its ADD,
CHANGE, DELETE, LIST, and SYNC subcommands. It also
describes the internal logic of the ACCOUNT subroutines
and the ACCOUNT BROADCAST interface.
The command processors are describes with method of
operation diagrams and supporting text. Directories for
routines are provided.
This manual is intended for persons involved in program
debugging; it is not intended for normal use or operation
of the programs described.
Manual, 542 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

OS/vS2 TSO:
Command Processor Logic, vol. I, Order No. SY28-0651
Command Processor Logic, vol. II, Order No. SY33-8548
Command Processor Logic, vol. IV, Order No. SY33-0652
Terminal Monitor Program and Service Routines Logic,
Order No. SY28-0650
This publication is intended for persons involved in program
maintenance, or system programmers who are altering the
program design; it is not intended for normal use of
operation of the programs described.
Only changes resulting from the enhancements are
documented. For complete logic documentation of the subject
commands and routines, consult the appropriate prerequisite
publications.
Manual, 62 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-0660
OS/VS RES ACCOUNT FACILITY LOGIC - COMPONENT NO.
574I=SCI=B-C----The OSIVS1 Remote Entry Services (RES) Account Facility
provides background users the ability to update the user
attribute data set (SYS1.UADS) and the broadcast data set
(SYS1.BRODCAST) from a remote work station other than a
conversational terminal.
This publication describes the internal logic of the
Account Facility whose routines establish and administer the
background environment for batch, or non-interactive, users
of the OS/VS1 RES ACCOUNT command processor.
This publication is for people who maintain or modify
the routines in the Account Facility; it is not necessary
for people who wish to use the facility to update the GADS
or broadcase data set. For that type of explanatory
information, refer to the OS/VS1 RES System Programmers'
Guide.
Systems Publication, 384 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY28-0652
OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME IV
This publication describes the internarTogic of the
programs that handle the following TSO commands:
ALLOCATE
LISTDS
ATTRIB
OPERATOR
CALL
OUTPUT
CANCEL/STATUS PROFILE
DELETE
PROTECT
EXEC
RENAME
FREE
RUN
HELP
SEND
LINK/LOADGO
SUBMIT
LISTALC
TERMINAL
LISTBC
TIME
The manual is intended for persons involved in program
debugging, or systems programmers who are altering the
design; it is not necessary for normal use or operation
of the programs described.
Manual, 380 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY28-0662
OS/vS1 OLTEP LOGIC
This puEIICatron-aescribes the fUnctions and internal logic
of the Online Test Executive Program (OLTEP) which performs
online testing of input/output devices under control of
OSIVS1This publication is intended for the IBM programming
systems representative who is responsible for program
maintenance. It can be,used to supply an overview of OLTEP
logic or to locate specific areas of the program and to
relate them to the corresponding program listings.
Prerequisite information is pontained in OS/V81 ODTEP,
GC28-0666, which tells how to use OLTEP to test input/output
devices. For information on OLTEP messages refer tOI
OSIVS Message Library: Service Aids and OLTEP Messages,
GC38-1006.
Systems Publication
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY28-0653
OS/VS2 TSO ENHANCEMENTS NO. 2 LOGIC - COMPONENT NOS.
~Cr=T0,Tl,T2,T3,T4,TS;T7,TS;T9 This publication describes the logic that supports TSO
Enhancements No.2. Only logic changes reSUlting from
enhancements are documented in this publication. The
logic documentation of the following TSO command processors
and facilities are changes: ACCOUNT
EDIT
EXEC
PROFILE
I/O Service Routines
Systems Publication, 88 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-0654
~ !§Q TERMINAL MESSAGES !!!RECTORY
This publication contains a directory of rso Terminal
Messages. The terminal message descriptions include the
message text, brief description of why the me,ssage was
issued, the modules associated with the messa.ge, and the
external name of the program that issued the message.
This manual is intended for persons involved in program
debugging and is not intended for normal use or operation of
the programs referenced.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY28-0655
OS/\1S2 TSO SUPPORT FOR VSBASIC LOGIC - RELEASE 1.6
This publication describes the logic that supports VSBASIC
or an equivalent in the TSO command processors. Only
changes resulting from VSBASIC are documented in this
publica tion.
This publication is intended for persons involved in
program debugging, or system programmers who are altering
the program design, it is not intended for normal use of the
commands described.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-0659
OS/VS2 TSO ENHANCEMENTS LOGIC - COMPONENr NU1U3ERS
~r=T0 AND 5742-SC1=T4 This publication describes the internal logic that supports
Program Number 5742-010, Feature Number 5005. The logic of
the following commands and routines is affected:
ALLOCATE

Dynamic Allocation
EDIT
OPERATOR
Parse routine
PROFILE
RUN
SEND
The information in this publication supplements the
information in the following prerequisite publications:

282

SY28-0664
DOs/VS AND OS/VS TOLTEP LOGIC
This seven section program-IOgic manual describes the
internal logic of the Teleprocessing Online Test Executive
Program (TOLTEP). TOLTEP operates as a subtaskof VTAM and
is the interface between VTAM and the online test programs
(OLTS> that test the hardware characteristics of various
terminals supported by VTAM that use the basic mode of data
transfer. Information in this manual is intended for IBM
representatives who are responsible for program maintenance.
Manual, 100 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-0669
OS/vS1, SYS1.LOGREC ~ RECORDING LOGIC
This publication describes the internal logic and
organization of SYS1.LOGREC Error Recording under the 06/~31
system control program. This publication is intended for
the IBM programming systems representative and installation
programmer involved in maintaining or using the SYS1.LOGREC
data set.
This publication should be used in conjunction with
OS/vS1 SYS1.LOGREC Error Recording, GC28-0668, which tells
how to use the IFCDIPOO and IFCEREPO service aid programs.
Publication, 148 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-0672
OS/vS1 DYNAMIC SUPPORT SYSTEM LOGIC
05MPoNENT NO. 51ii'I='SCI-~ - Provides ailIntroduction to the Dynamic Support System (085)
Logic to guide the IBM programming system representative and
system programmers who need to debug DSS.
DSS is a debugging tool used to diagnose and temporarily
repair OSIVS in the field. DSS operates as a standalone

LY28

SY28
system that can stop os/vs operation, for problem diagnosis
or repair, or allow OS/VS to run in a monitored condition,
so that DSS gains control when program events occur or when
execution reaches a specified breakpoint.
Although there are no mandatory prerequisite
publications, before using DSS the reader must have a
working knowledge of the internal logic of OS/VS.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY28-6406
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING ~ TIME ~ Qmm!
COBOL PROMPTER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CP1
A Program Logic~ d'e"S'Cribes th~ internal d'!sign or
logic of the subject program. These manuals are intended for
persons involved in program maintenance and system
programmers who are altering the program design. Program
logic information is not necessary for the operation of the
program; therefore, distribution of these publications
should be limited to persons with maintenance and alteration
requiremen ts.
Manual, 86 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY28-0676
OS/VS2 OLTEP LOGIC

ThIs-publicatron-describes the functions and internal logic
of the Online Test Executive Program (OLrEP) which performs
online testing of input/output devices unaer control of
OS/VS.
This publication is intended for the IBM. programming
systems representative who is responsible for program
maintenance. It can be used to supply an overview of OLTEP
logic or to locate specific areas of the program and to
relate them to the corresponding program listings.
Prerequisite information is contained in OS/VS2 System
Programming LibrarYI OLTEP, GC28-0675-0, which tells how to
use OLTEP to test input/output devices. For information on
OLTEP messages refer to: OS/VS Message Library: Service Aids
and OLTEP Messages, GC38-1006.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-0678
OS/VS2 SYSl.LOGREC ERROR RECORDING LOGIC
This publication describes the internal logic and
organization of SYSl.LOGREC Error Recording under the OS/VS2
system control program. This publication is intended for
the IBM programming systems representative and installation
programmer involved in maintaining or using the SYSl.LOGREC
data set.
This publication should be used in conjunction with
OS/VS2 System Programming Library: SYSLLOGREC Error
Recording, GC28-0677, which tell how to use the IFCDIPOO and
IFCEREPO service aid programs.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-0679
OS/VS2 DYNAMIC SUPPORT SYSTEM LOGIC
COMPONENT NO. 5'i"42'=ScI"- ro- - Provides an-Introduction to the Dynamic Support System (DSS)
Logic to guide the IBM programming system representative and
system programmers who need to debug DSS.
DSS is a debugging tool used to diagnose and temporarily
repair OS/VS in the field. DSS operates as a standalone
system that can stop OS/VS operation for problem diagnosis
or repair, or allow OS/VS to run in a monitored conditio~,
so that DSS gains control when program events occur or when
execution reaches a specified breakpoint.
The only prerequisite publication for using this
publication is the OS/VS Dynamic Support System, GC28-0640.
The reader should also have a working knowledge of the
internal logic of os/VS.
Manual, 176 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY28-6407
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM
FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL ~ ~ ~ ~ Y:BRARY,
VERSION ~ ~ LOGIC ~ ~ ~ 5734-CB1
This publication describes the internal design of the IBM
System/360 Operating system Full American National Standard
COBOL, X3.23-1968 Compiler and Library, Version 3. Program
logic manuals are intended for persons involved in program
maintenance, or for system programmers who are altering the
program deSign for installations that require a special
purpose COBOL compiler. It is not needed for normal use or
operation of the compiler described.
Manual, 8-1/2 x II, 400 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6408
FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD I> FOR OS & VW370 (CMS):
PROGRAM LOG'iCMANUALPROGRAMNUMBER 5734-LmThis dociiiDeiit descri~es the internal design of the IBM
System/360 Operating System FORTRAN IV Library (Modell), a
program product.
The modules of the Model 1 library are designed to be
combined a s needed wi th the ob ject code produced by the Code
and Go FORTRAN or FORTRAN IV (Gl) compilers to form
executable load modules.
This document is intended for use by persons involved in
program maintenance. Program logic information is not
necessary for the use and operation of the Modell library.
Distribution of this document is limited to licensees of
the IBM program product it describes.
Program Logic Manual, 154 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6409
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV
LIBRARY MOD II PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL! PROGRAM NUMBER 5734:-LM3
This documentdescribes the interna design of the I~­
System/360 Operating System FORTRAN IV library (Model 11), a
program product.
The modules of the Model II library are designed to be
combined as needed with the object code produced by the
FORTRAN IV (8 Extended) compiler to form executable load
modules.
This document is intended for person involved in program
maintenance; program logic information is not necessary for
the use and operation of the Model II library.
Distribution of this document is limited to licensees of
the IBM program product it describes.
program Product Manual, 176 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY28-0685

OS/VS SYSTEM MODIFICATION PROGRAM (SMP) LOGIC

LY28-6412
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD £~ COMPILER VERSION lL PROGRAM ~ MANUAL
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-CB2
This publication describes the internal design of the IBM
system/360 Disk Operating System Full American National
Standard COBOL Compiler, Version 3. It is intended for use
by persons involved in program maintenance and by system
programmers involVed in altering the program design for
installations requiring such alteration. This publication
supplements the compiler listing and its comments, but is
not a substitute for them.
Effective use of this manual requires an Understanding
of IBM System/360 operation and of the IBM System/360 Disk
Operating System service programs and macro instructions.
Knowledge of both IBM Full American National Standard COBOL
and the IBM System/360 Assembler Language is a prerequisite.
Reference publications for this information are listed in
the preface of this manual.
Manual, 532 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Thrs-pUblication contains information about internal logic
of the system Modification Program (SMP). This information
is intended for use by IBM personnel and system programmers
responsible for changing and redesigning the installation's
operating system. The reader should be experienced in
using and modifying VS operating systems.
This document contains the internal logic that includes
the method of operation diagrams, the module directory,
the program organization, the data areas, and the
diagnostic aids.
Manual, 64 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-0687
Q.s/V§ POW~ WARNING FEATURE (PWF) ~ LOGIC-ICR GUID£:
This pUblication introduces and provides the information
necessary for those who must maintain the Power Warning
Feature Support.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6403
IBM SYSTEW360 OPERATING ~ ~ !Y. 1!! EXTENDED)
COMPILER, PROGRAM !&2!£ MANUAL, PROGRAM !i~ 5734-F03
A Program Logic Manual despribes the internal design or
logiC of the subject program. These manuals are intended for
persons involved in program maintenance and system
programmers who are altering the program design. Program
logic information is not necessary for the operation of the
program; therefore, distribution of these publications
should be limited to persons with maintenance and alteration
requirements.
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11, 634 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
283

LY28-6413

!!lli SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING

~ !Qg AMERICAN ~
~ SUBROUTINE LIBRARY « ~ 1
LOGIC ~
PROGRAM ~ 5736-LM2
This publication describes the object-time subroutine library used by the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System Full
American National Standard COBOL Compiler, Version 3. It is
intended for use by persons involved in library maintenance
and by system programmers involved in altering the library
for installations requiring such alteration. This
publication supplements the subroutine listings and their
comments, but it is not a substitute for them.
Effective use of this manual requires an understanding
of IBM System/360 operation and of the IBM System/360 Disk
Operating System service programs and macro instructions as

STANDARD

~

=

LY28

LY28
well as the IBM Systeml360 Disk Operating System Full American National Standard COBOL COmpiler, Version 3. Knowledge
of both American National Standard COBOL and the IBM
Systeml360 Assembler Language is a prere~uisite. Reference
publications for this information are listed in the Preface
of this manual.
Program Product Manual, 168 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6414
IBM SYSTEM/360 ~ OPERATING ~ ~ AMERICAN
NATIONAL STANDARD £Q!ill!! COMPILER .rum LIBRARY ~ !:&!il£
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CBl
This publication describes the internal logic of the Subset
COBOL compiler and COBOL Library object time subroutines.
It is intended for use by persons responsible for program
maintenance, and for systems programmers who must alter
program design. Therefore, distribution of this publication
is limited to licensees with the aforementioned
requirements.
Program Product Manual, 876 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6415
IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED PLUS)
COMPILER AND LIBRARY PROGRA'MLOG~LEMEN.r
1PROGRiiMMffi REl.!y~ST FOR PRICEQUoTATION)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5 9-AAW
This-pUblication is a supplement to IBM Systeml360 Operating
System: Fortran IV (A Extended) Compiler Program Logic
Manual, Order No. LY28-6403. Together these publications
provide customer engineers and other technical personnel
with information describing the internal organization and
operation of the FORTRAN IV (H Extended Plus) compiler.
Supplementary Manual, 112 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6419
IBM S/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NA'rIONAL STANDARD
COBoL-SUBROUTINE LIBRARY V4 PLM
PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-CB2.
5734-LM2
The Program Logic Manual describes the internal design or
logic of the subject program. This manual is intended for
persons involved in program maintenance and .for system
programmers who are altering the program design. Program
logic information is not necessary for the operation of the
program; therefore, distribution of this publication is
limited to persons with maintenance and alte:cation
requirements.
Manual, 252 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

LY28-6424
IBM DOS/vS COBOL SUBROUTINE LIBRARY PROGRAM LOGIC - PROGRAM
NUMa~6~

- - - - - - - ---- - - - - -

This publication describes the object-time subroutine
library used by the IBM DOS/vs COBOL Compiler. It is
intended for use by persons involved in library maintenance
and by system programmers involved in altering the library
for installations requiring such alteration. This
publication supplements the subroutine listings and their
comments, but it is not a substitute for them.
Effective use of this manual requires an understanding
of the IBM operating system and the DOS/VS Operating System
service programs and macro instructions, as well as the IBM
DOS/VS COBOL Compiler. Knowledge of both DOS/VS COBOL and
IBM Assembler Lan~uage is a prerequisite. Reference
publications for this information are listed in the preface
of this manual.
Manual, 192 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6425
IBM OS/VS COBOL SUBROUTINE LIBRARY PROGRAM LOGIC
This publication describes the internal design of the IBM
OS/VS COBOL library. The manual is intended for use by
persons involved in program support and by systems
pcogrammers involved in altering the program design for
installations requiring such alteration. It supplements the
library listing and its comments but is not a substitute for
them.
Manual, 304 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6486

!!!!::!.

~ ~ ~ ~ LOGIC PROGRAM NUMBERS:
5740-CB1
ThIs publication describes the IBM OS/VS COBOL Compiler.
The internal deSign of the compiler and the object program
it produces are discussed. This publication is intended for
use by persons involved in program support and by system
programmers involved in altering the compilers for
installations requiring such alteration. It supplements the
compiler listings and its comments, but it is not a
substitute for them.
Effective use of this manual requires an understanding
of the IBM operating system. Knowledge of both IBM 03/VS
COBOL and the IBM Assembler Language is a prerequisite.
Reference publications for this information are listed in
the preface of this manual.
Manual, 584 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GY28-6688
LOGIC MANUAL FOR THE IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION
PROORAM SUPPORT
888264
~ NUMBERS 5799-WAF 5799-WAG
This publication describes the internal logic of the Check
COllection sequential Access Method (CSAM) program, which
contains the data-mar.agemen·t macro instructions and services
for the IBM 2947 Model 4 Cneck Collection Controller. CSAM
can be used with either the IBM Operating System/360 or the
Disk Operating Systeml360.
To explain their differences and similarities, this
publication has text introudctions, method of operation
diagrams, flowcharts, data-area formats, program
organization and descriptions.
Program Logic Manual, 66 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
I~TERNAL

LY28-6420
IBM S/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD
COBOL COMPILER V4 - PRoGRAM LOGIC~- PROORAM ~
5734-ci32-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The-program Logic Manual describes the internal design or
logic of the subject program. This manual is intended for
persons involved in program maintenance and for system
programmers who are altering the program design. Program
logic information is not necessary for the operation of the
program; therefore, distribution of this publication is
limited to persons with maintenance and alteration
requirements.
Manual, 540 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6422

~YST~M/370 Y§. ~ ~ LOOIC, fSQh E.li2!h 5748-XX1
This publication describes the internal logic and
specifications of the IBM System/370 VS BASIC Processor. It
is primarily intended for customer engineers and other
technical personnel involved in program maintenance.
Program logic is not necessary for the use and operation of
the Systeml370 VS BASIC processor; therefore, distribution
of this publication is limited to licensees who have the
aforementioned reqUirement.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY28-6423
IBM DOS/VS COBOL COMPILER PROGRAM LOOIC - PROGRAM NUMBER
5146-CBl - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - This publication describes the internal design of the IBM
DOS/VS COBOL Compiler. It is intended for use by persons
involved in program support and by system programmers
involved in altering the program design for installations
requiring such alteration. This publication supplements the
compiler listing and its comments, but is not a substitute
for them.
Bffective use of this manual requires an understanding
of the IBM Operating System and of the IBM DOS/VS service
programs and macro instructions. Knowledge of both IBM
DOS/VS COBOL and the IBM Assembler Language is a
prerequisite. Reference publications for this information
are listed in the preface of this manual.
Manual, 542 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

284

ooNTROLi::ER'SEQu'ENT'I'iiL ACCESS METHOD

~

=

=

LY28-6761
OS/MFT. OS/MVT. MiQ OS/VS DATA SET UTILITIES SUPPORT FOR
~ ~ MANUAL. ~ NO. 5734-UT2
This publication describes the internal logic of the
Systeml360 Operating System data set utilities that support
the American National Standard Code for Information
Interchange (ASCII). This support is a program product
that permits users to create and maintain both ASCII and
EBCDIC data sets even through all System/360 internal
operations are in EBCDIC mode.
This publication is intended for persons inVOlved in
pcogram maintenance, and for system programmers who are
altering the program design. The information in this
manual is not necessary for the use and operation of the
utility programs.
Program Product Logic Manual, 252 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6766
AND ~ ~ UTILITIES: COPY, FORMAT, LIST,
LOGIC MANUAL. PROG.. NO. 5734-UTl
The Program Logic Manual describes the internal design or
logic of the subject program. This manual is intended for
persons involved in program maintenance and for system
programmers who are altering the program design. Program
logic information is not necessary for the operation of the
program; therefore, distribution of this publication is
limited to persons with maintenance and alteration
requiremen ts.
Manual, 394 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
~
~

LY28

SY28

LY28-6832
IBM SYSTEMV360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC INTRODUCTION ~
METHOD Q!: OPERA~ --- -- PROGRAM ~ 5734-RC1, 5734-RC3, ~B£1L 5736-RC2
This publication describes the internal logic of the
Interactive Terminal Facility (ITF) that operates under
System/360 Operating System (OS) or System/360 Disk
Operating system (DOS). It is intended for use by persons
involved in program maintenance. Program logic information
is not necessary for the use and operation of the ITF;
therefore, distribution of this publication is limited
to licensees who have the aforementioned requirement.
This publication is one section of the ITF program
logic manual. Please refer to the Preface for a list of
other sections that, together with this one, form the ITF
program logic manual.
Program Product Logic Manual, 66 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6833
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC
!~!t!Ar.IZATION SYSTEM CON'.I'ROL,l\ND SYSTEM ~
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1,
~3;-m6~5736-RC2
--This publication describes the internal logic of the
Interactive Terminal Facility (ITF) that operates under
System/360 Operating System (OS) or System/360 Disk
Operating System (DOS). It is intended for use by persons
involved in program maintenance. Program logic information
is not necessary for the use and operation of the ITF,
therefore, distribution of this publication is limited
to licensees who have the aforementioned requirement.
This publication is one section of the ITF program
logic manual. Please refer to the Preface for a list of
other sections that, together with this one, form the ITF
program logic manual.
Program Product Logic Manual, 270 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6834
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC
LAN3 UAGE COMPONE"'"NTCONT"ROLL~ - PROGRAM !&2!£ ~ ~ ~ 5734-RC1, 5734-RC3,
5736-RC1, 5736-RC2
This publication describes the internal logic of
the ITF under OS or DOS for persons involved
in program maintenance. It is only one section of the PLM.
This third section of the PLM for DOS or OS ITF users
should be preceded by LY28-6832 Introduction and Method of
Operation, and LY28-6833 Initialization, System Control
and System Support Components. For PL/I-only users
it should be followed by LY28-6835 and LY28-6837 Language
Component and LY28-6840 Index. For BASIC users only
substitute LY28-6836 for LY28-6835. Users of both
PL/I and BASIC should refer to all four.
Program Product Logic Manual, 10 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

System/360 Operating system (OS) or System/360 Disk
Operating System (DOS). It is intended for use by persons
involved in program maintenance. Program logic information
is not necessary for the use and operation of the ITF,
therefore, distribution of this publication is limited
to licensees who have the aforementioned requirement.
This publication is one section of the ITF program
logic manual. Please refer to the Preface for a list of
other sections that, together with this one, form the ITF
program logic manual.
Program Product Logic Manual, 138 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6840

FOR THE Q2L!2Q§ .!If ~ PROG. ~ 5734-RC1 AND lL
5736-RC1 AND 2
This publicatIon is the last section of the OS/DOS ITF
program logic manual. Its preface lists the other sections
that will complete the form of PLM required.
Index, 16 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~

LY28-6842
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION)
INTERACTIVE ~ FACILI'TYPROGRAM LOGIC INITiAL'IzATION,
~ CONTROL, ~ ~ ~
~ ~ 5734-RC2, 5734-RC4
This publication describes the internal logic of ITF
(Interactive Terminal Facility) that operates under
System/360 Operating System with TSO (Time Sharing Option).
It is intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance. Program logic information is not necessary for the
use and operation of ITF, therefore, distribution of this
publication is limited to licensees who have the aforementioned requirement.
This publication is one section of the ITF program logic
manual. Please refer to the preface for a list of other
sections that, together with this one, form the ITF program
logic IIBnual.
Manual, 98 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLy
LY28-6845
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME ~ OPTION)
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY PROGRAM LOGIC INDEX
PROGRAM NUMB'ERS5"73ii-Rc2 5734~ - - - This publication descriii;;s the internal logic of ITF
(Interactive Terminal Facility) that operates under
System/360 Operating System with TSO (Time Sharing Option).
It is intended for use by persons involved in program
maintenance. Program logic information is not necessary for
the use and operation of ITF; therefore, distribution of
this publication is limited to licensees who have the
aforementioned requirement.
This publication is one section of the ITF program logic
manual. Please refer to the Preface for a list of other
sections that, together with this one, form the ITF program
logiC IIBnaul.
Program Product, 26 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY28-6835
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PL/I PROGRAM LOGIC
LANGUAGE COMPONENT:"PL/IROuTrN~ - ~ ~ 5734=RCl, 5736-RC1
This publication describes the internal logic of the
Interactive Terminal Facility (ITF) that operates under
System/360 Operating System (OS) or System/360 Disk
Operating System (DOS). It is intended for use by persons
involved in program maintenance. program logic informa·tion
is not necessary for the use and operation of the ITF,
therefore, distribution of this publication is limited
to licensees who have the aforementioned requirement.
This publication is one section of the ITF program
logic manual. Please refer to the Preface for a list o·f
other sections that, together with this one, form the ITF
program logic manual.
Program Product Logic Manual, 102 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6836
IBM SYSTEMV360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC
LAN3UAGE COMPONE"NTi"BASIC Rc5iiT'i'NEs-~ ~ 5736=RC2; 5734-RC3
This publication describes the internal logic of the
Interactive Terminal Facility (ITF) that operates under
System/360 Operating Systm (OS) or System/360 Disk Operating
System (DOS). It is intended for use by persons involved
in program maintenance. Program logic information is not
necessary for the use and operation of the ITF; therefore,
distribution of this publication is limited to licensees
who have the aforementioned requirement.
This publication is one section of the ITF program
logic manual. Please refer to the Preface for a list of
other sections that, together with this one, form the ITF
program logic manual.
Program Product Logic Manual, 170 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6837
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC
LANGUAGE COMPONEN'T":'COMMONRoUTINES ~ REFERENCE DATA
PROGRAM ~ 5734-RC1, RC3, 5736-RC1, Rc2
This publication describes the internal logic of the
Interactive Terminal Facility (ITF) that operates under
285

LY28-6846
CODE AND GO FORTRAN PROCESSOR FOR OS , VMV370 (CMS):
RBOGRAM LOGIC, PROG. ~ 5734-Fol - - - - - - - This publication describes the internal logic of the Code
and Go FORTRAN IV compiler.
Program LogiC Manuals are intended for use by IBM
customer engineers involved in program maintenance, and by
systems programmers involved in altering the program design.
Program logic information is not necessary for program
operation and use, therefore, distribution of this manual is
limited to persons with program maintenance or modification
responsibilities.
The Code and Go FORTRAN IV compiler is a processing
program of the IBM System/360 Operating System. It
translates one or more source programs written in the
FORTRAN language into System/360 executable machine code and
then initiates execution of that code under the Time Sharing
Option of the operating system.
Program Product, 364 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY28-6849
OS/VS1 RES RTAM AND WORKSTATION SUPPORT LOGIC - PROGRAM

NiJMiiER

ml=scI-~

--- -- - ---

This logic manual is written for customer engineers and
others who require information regarding the internal
operation of RTAM (Remote Terminal Access Method), which is
the access method used by RES (Remote Entry Services); RTAM
is the major component of RES. Other components of RES are
described when such information is needed for understanding
RES.
The functions are presented in diagram form (HIPO
diagrams) at a relatively high level. The diagrams include
reference to labels in the program listing, which is to be
used in conjunction with this logic manual. The manual
includes description of data areas used by more than one
module. Also included are such diagnostic aids as cross
references of messages and modules, contents of control
bytes for record compression and/or interleaving, and the
storage layout of RES components.
Manual, 164 pates

SY30

SY28
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY28-6856
FORTRAN IV (G1) COMPILER FOR OS i VMl310 (CMS): ~
LOGIC;-PROG. NO. 5134-F02-- - - - - - - - - This publication describes the internal logic of the FORTRAN
IV (G1) compiler.
The FORTRAN IV (G1) compiler, an extended version of
FORTRAN IV (G), is adapted to a time sharing as well as a
batch environment. It is a program product that operates
under the IBM Systeml360 Operating System. It provides the
ability to store object programs and to produce source and
object listings storage maps and object decks. In addition,
the FORTRAN IV (G1) compiler produces a tense form of output
comprised of error messages and compiler statistics,
suitable for terminal display.
This program logic manual is intended for lise by persons
involved in program maintenance. Program logic information
is not necessary for the use and operation of the FORTRAN
(G1) compiler; therefore, distribution of this publication
is limited to licensees who have the aforementioned requirement.
Program Logic Manual, 248 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY30-2011
QS/M~~ OS/MVT, AND OS/VS1: CRJE ~
~g~~ NO. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5141-SCI-OA

(VS1)
This publication describes the internal logic of the
Conversational Remote Job Entry (CRJE) facility of
OS/MFT, OS/MVT, and OS/VS1. CRJE provides Remote Job
Entry capability for users at remote keyboard -terminals
that are connected to an IBM Systeml360 or IBM System/310
via communications lines.
This manual is intended for use by personnel involved
in program maintenance and by system programmers who are
altering the program design. Program logiC information is
not necessary for the operation of the programs described.
Program Logic Manual, 350 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY30-2039
OS/VS TCAM LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5141-SC1-21
ThiS-publication describes the internal logic of the OS/VS
Telecommunications Access Method (TCAM). The book is
intended for IBM programming systems representatives and
system engineers who provide program maintenance and who
need information on the internal organization and logic of
TCAM.
In order to understand the logic of rCAM, the reader
must have a general knowledge of OS/VS. In addition, the
following prerequisite publications are applicable:
o
OS TCAM Concepts and Facilities, GC30-2022, to gain
familiarity with the overall concepts and structure
of TCAM.
o
OS/VS TCAM Programmer's Guide, GC30-2034, to learn
how to construct and modify a TCAM MCP and a
TCAM-compatibile application program.
The OS/VS1 System Data Areas publication, SY28-0605, and the
OS/VS2 System Data Areas publication, SY28-0606, provide
corequisite information on system data areas that are used
by TCAM.
Manual, 410 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY30-2049
OS/VS TeAM LOGIC - PROGRAM NOS. 5141-SC1-21, 5142-SCl-21
5144-Awr- - - - - - - - This p-ublication describes the internal logic of the OS/vS
Telecommunications Access Method (TCAM). The book is
intended for IBM programming systems represent:atives and
system engineers who provide program maintenMlce and who
need information on the internal organization and logic of
TCAM.
In order to understand the logic of rCAM, the reader
must have a general knowledge of OS/VS. In addition the
following prerequisite publications are applicable:
o
OS Te~l Concepts and Facilities, GC30-2022, to
gain familiarity with the overall concepts and
structure of TCAM.
o
OS/VS TCAM Programmer's Guide, GC30-2044, to
construct and modify a TCAM message control
program and a TeAM compatible application
program.
The OS/VSl System Data Areas publication, SY28-0605, and the
OS/VS2 Data Areas publications, SB28-0606, provide
corequisite information on System data areas that
are used by TCAM.
Manual, 800 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

OS TCAM Concepts and Facilities, GC30-2022, to gain
familiarity with the overall concepts and structure
of TCAM.
OS/VS TeAM Programmer's Guide, GC30-2044, to construct
and modify a TCAM message control program and a TCAM
compatible application program.
The OS/vS1 System Data Areas publication, SY28-0605, and the
OS/vS2 Data Areas publication, SY28-0606, provide
corequisite information on system data areas used by TCAM.
Manual, 814 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY30-2069

ruM LOGIC, ~.ll
The Level 8 OS/VS1 TCAM PLM consists of Level 5 OS/VS TCA."1
plus the changes necessary to incorporate VTAM (Level 1) and
the 3600 Finance Communication System (Level 8). Most of
the data areas included in the OS/VS PLMs have been omitted,
and data area indexes have been added. System libraries
have been omitted from Appendix A except for the SYS1.MACLIB
library. New HIPO diagrams and new message information have
been added.
Manual, 668 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

Q2LYg

GY30-3000
IBM 3135 PROGRAMMABLE BUFFERED TERMINAL FORM DESCRIPTION
~CRo-rNSTRUCTIONS AND FORM DESC~UTILfTY
PROGRAM !&ill MANUAL iQ2.c. ~ AND Y.2 SYSTEMS)
This publication describes the internal logic of the OS
and DOS pro~rammin~ support for the IBM 3135 Programmable
Buffered Terminal. The 3135 programming support includes
both Form Description (FD) macro instructions and Form
Description utility programs to provide the operating
environment for applications using preprinted (fixed-format)
forms and batch processing.
This publication is intended for IBM programming systems
representatives who maintain the 3135 programming support
and for customer system programmers who modify that support.
To understand the logic of the 3135 programming support,
the reader must have a general understanding of OS or DOS
and of the macro language facility of the assembler.
Program LogiC Manual, 180 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY30-3004
GENERATION !!iQ ~ ~ FOR PROGRAMMING ~ P85001
SPECIAL START-STOP LINE CONTROL FOR IBM 3104 i 3105
EMULATION PROGRAM, PROG. NO. 5199-AGK - - - - This document contains information reflection changes to the
current version of the Emulation Program, VIM2, required for
support of special start-stop devices.
Documentation is divided into three sections:
Section 1 - General description of the Special
Stop Line Control PRPQ (P85001).
Section 2 - Information relating to areas of the
Emulation Program Generation Manual, GC30-3002-1, that
are affected by SpeCial Start-Stop Line Control support.
Section 3 - Information relating to areas of the
Emulation Program PLM, SY30-3001-0, that are affected by
Special Start-stop Line Control Support.
Manual, 30 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY30-3005
GENERATION !!iQ ~ ~ FOR PROGRAMMING ~ P85004,
SIX BIT TRANSCODE FOR IBM 3105 EMULATION PROGRAM
PROGRAM' NO. 5199-AGA ----~cument contains information reflecting changes to the
current version of the Emulation Program, V1M2, required for
support of Six Bit Transcode, PRPQ P85004. The document is
intended for analysts and programmers responsible for the
generation and maintenance of the Emulation Program, and for
IBM system engineers and field engineers.
These changes affect only the method employed in
converting transmitted or received data, rather than the
actual functions performed by the Emulation Program.
Consequently, only a few changes to the EP PLM, SY30-3001,
and EP Generation Manual, GC30-3002, are necessitated by
this PRPQ. Only tne areas affected by the changes are
included in this document.
Documentation is divided into three section:
section 1. General description of the Six Bit Transcode
PRPQ (P58004)
Section 2. Information relating to areas of the Emulation
Program Generation Manual, GC30-3002, that are
affected by Six Bit Transcode support.
Section 3. Information relating to areas of the Emulation
Program PLM, SY30-3001, that are affected by
Six Bit Transcode support.
Manual, 20 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY30-2059
OS/VS TCAM LOGIC
This publication describes the internal logic of the OS/VS
Telecommunications Access Method (TeAM). It is intended for
IBM programming systems representatives and system engineers
SY30-3006
who provide program maintenance and who need information on
IBM 3105 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR
the internal organization and logic of a -rCAM system
PROG'RMrSUPPORT roR~E ~ M26099SABRELrNE CONl'ROL
operating in a multiple virtual memory environment.
COnta1ns information reflecting changes to the Cu'rrenr-In order to understand the logic of rCAM, the reader
version of the Emulation Program, V1M2, required for support
must have a genral knowledge of OS/VS. In addition, the
of airlines (SABRE) line control PSHRPQ P85000. It is
following prerequisite publications are applicable:
286

LY33

SY30
intended for analysts and programmers responsible for the
generation and maintenance of the Emulation Program, and for
IBM systems engineers and field engineers. It is assumed
that the reader has a conceptual knowledge of the current
Emulation Program and of the Airlines Line Control supported
by RPQs for the 2703 Transmission COntrol Unit.
Documentation is divided into three sections:
Section 1 - General description of the Airlines Line
Control (ALC) PSHRPQ P85000.
section 2 - Information relating to areas of the
Emulation Program Generation and Utilities Guide and
Reference Manual, GC30-3002, that are affected by
Airlines Line Control support.
section 3 - Information relating to areas of the
Emulation Program PLM, SY30-3001, that are affected by
Airlines Program PLM, SY30-3001, that are affected by
Airlines Line Control support.
Manual, 74 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY30-3007
IBM 3704 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS NETWORK CONl'ROL
PROG/va-LOGIC MANUAL

·A

------ ---- ----

Program Logic-ManUal describes the internal design or
logiC of the subject program. These manuals are intended for
persons involved in program maintenance and system
programmers who are altering the program design. Program
logic information is not necessary for the operation of the
program~ therefore, distribution of these publications
should be limited to persons with maintenance and alteration
requirements.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY30-3009
IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR
fROGRAMMING ~ P85005, SPECIAL SYNCHRONOUS LlNE CONTROL
PROGRAM NO. 5799-AFY
This document describes the changes made to the IBM 3705
Emulation Program for programming RPQ P85005, Special
Synchronous Line Control. This PRPQ emulates the InterProcessor Communications Adapter (IPCA) feature of the IBM
2701 (RPQ M24802) and the cyclic checking feature for the
2701 with IPCA (RPQ M25697).
The document gives general information about the PRPQ
and specific information about specifying the PRPQ during EP
generation and about the internal logic of the PRPQ. It
also summarizes the functions of a har~are RPQ required if
certain features of the PRPQ are selectea and describes in
detail the commands and control characters used with the
PRPQ.
This document supplements the information in the IBM
3704 and 3705 Communications Controllers Emulation Program
Generation and utilities, Controller Emulation progr~,
Program LogiC Manual (SY30-3001). It is intended for
analysts and programmers responsible for the generation and
maintenance of the Emulation Program, and for IBM systems
engineers and customer engineers.
Manual, 50 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

~R~~ ;~P~~~~~I G~::~~N~Y ~~\~~~~~~L

PR03RAM NUMBER 5799-AFZ
This doc~reflects the changes made to the IBM 3705
Emulation Programs for support of PRPQ P85003, USASCII
Transparency BSC Line Control. It is intended for analysts
and programmers responsible for the generation and
maintenance of the Emulation Program and for IBM systems
engineers and customer engineers.
The document contains three types of information; (1) a
general description of the PRPQ's functions; (2) information
necessary to generate the PRPQ into an Emulation Pr09ram~
and (3) modifications to the internal logic of the Emulation
Program required by the PRPQ.
Manual, 20 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

!~ n.Q.i llliQ 3705 ~ REFERENCE ~OOK
This handbook was formerly titled IBM 3704 and 3705 Data
Areas SY30-3008. The handbook contains detailed information
about the Network Control Program and Emulation Program data
areas. It also contains debug and reference information
such as command codes, abend codes, responses, MDR record
formats, etc.
Manual, 3-3/4 x 6-3/4 inches, 200 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY30-3013
IBM 3704 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER NETWORK CONTROL
PROORAWVTAM PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL----- - - - - - This publication covers-the-rntirnal logic of the IBM 3704
and 3705 Communications Controllers, Network Control Program/VS (NCP/VS), Version 3. Version 3 of the NCP operates
under OS/VS VTAM and DOS VTAM. This PLM is designed to
supplement the program listings for the NCP and to make
access to the information in the listings easier.
The NCP/VS PLM is directed to the IBM program support

SY3Q-3014
IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND LOGIC
MANUAL FOR ~ 858663, PLOTTER ADAPTER=PSHRPQ P85008
PROG. NO. 5799-WFA
This dOCUm~ains information necessary to generate and
use the Plotter Adapter program (PSHRPQ P85008) for the IBM
3705 Emulation Program. This program, for use with RPQ
858663, provides for the attachment of IBM 1627 and/or
CALCOMP 500,600, and 700 series plotters to the 3705.
This manual is intended for analysis and programmers
responsible for generation and maintenance of the Emulation
Program and for IBM system engineers and IBM customer
engineers.
This document is intended to be used with the IBM 3704
and 3705 Communication Controllers Emulation Program
Generation and Utilities, Guide and Reference Manual (GC303002) and the IBM 3704 and 3705 Communications Controllers
Emulation Program Generation and Utilities, Guide and
Reference Manual (GC30-3002) and the IBM 3704 and 3705
communications controllers Emulation Program, Program Logic
Manual (SY30-3001).
egPRL7-6N-17

=

Manual, 30 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY30-3016
IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR
PROGRAMMING ~ P85015, VIRTUAL 50 LINE SUPPORT
PROG.~ 5799-AKQ
This document contains information reflecting changes to the
IBM 3705 Emulation Program, version 2 modification 2,
required for Virtual 50 Line Support, PRPQ P85015 (Program
Number 5799-AKQ). This PRPQ allows the attachment of up to
six high-speed Binary Synchronous Communication lines to the
IBM 3705 Communications Controller.
This document is intended for analysts and programmers
responsible for the generation and maintenance of the
Emulation Program, and for IBM systems engineers and fielj
engineers. The reader should have a conceptual knowledge of
the current Emulation Program.
The document is divided into three sections:
o
Section 1 is a general description of Virtual 50
concepts.
o
Section 2 contains the information needed to
generate the Virtual 50 PRPQ into the Emulation
Program.
Section 3 describes the program logiC of the
o
Virtual 50 PRPQ.
Logic Manual, 20 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

LY30-3023
IBM 3704 AND 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND LOGIC
MANUAL FOR PROORAMMIR3 ~ P85010, TELEGRAPH FULL
DUPLEX
~ ~
~ !!2:.. 5799-AGN
This document describes the Telegraph Full-Duplex Line
COntrol Programming RPQ for the IBM 3704 and 3705
Communications Controllers Emulation Program. The PRPQ
provides support of duplex line control for four telegraph
Terminals: The manual is intended for analysts and
programmers responsible for generation and maintenance of
the Emulation Program and for IBM system engineers and IBM
customer engineers.
This document contains three types of information:
o
Information needed to generate the PRPQ into an
Emulation Program.
o
Information about the internal logic of the PRPQ.
o
Information about the line control used for each of
four terminal types supported by the PRPQ.
prerequisites for this manual are:
IBM 3704 and 3705 Communications Controllers Emulation
program Generation and Utilities. Guide and Reference Manual
(GC30-3002) •
IBM 3704 and 3705 Communications Controllers Emulation
Program, Program Logic Manual (SY30-3001).
Manual, 30 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

LY30-3010

GY30-3012

representatives and system engineers who provide program
maintenance and who need information on the internal organiz ation and logic of the NCP.
Manual, 600 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

GY33-6003
PL/I LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS
This publication is the IBM description of the PL/I
language. It does not describe any implementation; nor
does it imply that any of the language described has been
implemented or will be implemented by IBM. The publication
is intended for the use of implementers and programming
language designers.
Language Specifications Manual, 243 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY33-6007
~ OPTIMIZING £OMPILER: PROGRAM ~ ~
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL1
The internal design of the OS PL/I Optimizing Compiler is
described in this manual, which is written for use by

Q§.

287

LY33
programmers responsible for maintenance of the compiler.
The manual is intended primarily as a guide to analysis of
the program listings by people who are generally familiar
with the compiler. However, overall and component
descriptions are provided for use by readers who have no
prior knowledge of the compiler design.
Program Logic Manual, 752 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY33-6008
SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY:
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMiiE:R'5"734-LM4
The OS PL/IResident Library consists of standard
subroutines that are link-edited with object programs
generated by the OS Optimizing Compiler. The library is
used in program management, input/output, conversion, and
inter language communication, and also incl~des many
computational subroutines.
This publication is intended primarily for use by
programmers concerned with the maintenance of the resident
library. It summarizes, under fUnctional headings, the
internal logic of the library SUbroutines, and gives brief
details of the relationships between them.
Manual, 388 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY33-6009
OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 573~ - - - - - - - TheOSPL/I Transient Library consists of standard
subroutines that are loaded during execution of programs
compiled by the OS PL/I Optimizing compiler or the OS PL/I
Checkout Compiler. These subroutines are used in error
handling, program management, and input/output to provide
storage dumps.
This publication is intended primarily for use by
programmers concerned with maintenance of the ·transient
library. It summarizes, under functional headings, the
internal logic of the library subroutines and gives brief
details of the relationships between them.
Manual, 328 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY33-6010
DOS PL/1 OPTIMIZING COMPILER: ~ ~ PROGRAM ~

5736=PLl

Theinternal design of the DOS PL/1 Optimizing Compiler is
described in this manual, which is written for use by
programmers responsible for maintenance of the compiler.
The manual is intended primarily as a guide to analysis of
the program listings by people who are generally familiar
with the compiler. However, overall and component
descriptions are provided for use by readers who have no
prior knowledge of the compiler design.
Manual, 736 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY33-6011

~~~~1 N~:i~~~3~:~~Y:

~ LOGIC ~
Thei5OS/p!J:""Resident Library consists of standard
subroutines that are link-edited with object programs
generated by t.he DOS Optimizing Compiler. The library is
used in program management, input/output, conversion, and
inter language communication, and also includes many
computational subroutines.
This publication is intended primarily for use by
programmers concerned with the maintenance of the resident
library. It summarizes, under functional headings, the
internal logic of the library SUbroutines, and gives brief
details of the relationships between them.
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 310 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY33-6012
DOS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROG~NUMBER 5736-LM5
- - - - --- --Thei50S PL7f'Transient Library consists of standard
subroutines that are loaded during execution of programs
compiled by the DOS PL/1 Optimizing Compiler. These
subroutines are used in error handling, program management,
and input/output, and to provide storage dumps.
This publication is intended primarily for use by
programmers concerned with the maintenance of the transient
library. It summarizes, under functional headings, the
internal logic of the library subroutines, and gives brief
details of the relationships between them.
Manual, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 152 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY33
translation and the logic of the interpretation process. It
does not describe the dynamiC aspects of interpretation
(which are discussed in OS PL/I Checkout Compiler:
Execution Logic, order No. SC33-0032), or the internal logic
of the library subroutines (which are discussed in Volume 2
of this manual, Order No. LY33-6014).
It is primarily intended for use by programmers who are
responsible for maintenance of the compiler, or who wish to
understand program design.
SRL Manual, 764 pages
SLSS - .ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY33-6014
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER
~ LOGIC, VOLUME 1 OF 1
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2
This volume summarizes, under functional headings, the
internal logic of the library subroutines, and gives brief
details of the relationships between them.
The library is used in program management, input/output,
conversion, and interlanguage communications, and also
includes many computational subroutines.
Manual, 380 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

SY33-7008
1401/1440/1460 DOS EMULATOR ON SYSTEMl370: LOGIC, PROG. ~~~
370N-EU-490 (DOS), 5745~SC-EML (DOS/VS)
This publication describes the organization and logic of
the program that emulates the 1401, 1440, and 1460 on the
System/370 Models 135, 145, 155.
Manual, 342 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY33-7009
1410/7010 DOS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 LOGIC, PROG. NOS.
370N-EU-490 (DOS), 5745=5C-EML (DOS/VS)
-- -This publication aescribes the internal logic of the
1410/7010 Emulator Program for the SystenV370 Models 145 and
155, using the System/360 Disk Operating System. The
emulator program is a problem program executed under control
of the System/360 Disk Operating System. The emulator
program and the appropriate compatibility feature (#4458 for
Model 145, #3950 for Model 155) execute 1410/7010 programs
on these System/370 models.
Major topics in this publication are the logic of the
emulator program, the fUnctions of the compatibility
features, and the logic of the tape formatting programs used
with the emulator.
The publication is written to meet the needs of the IBM
customer engineer who must maintain the program.
Manual. 292 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY33-7010
MODEL 20 EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 USING DOS AND DOS/VS
LOGIC =-PROG. NOS.~70N-IC-002 ~ND 574s=-SC=E20----Volume-1 of this manual describe-S-the internal logic of the
IBM System/360 Model 20 Emulator Program on the IBM
System/370 Models 115, 125, and 135. The emulator is a
problem program that operates under the control of DOS or
DOS/VS. IBM Compatibility Feature #7520 must be installed
on the System/370.
Volume 2 of this manual describes the internal logic of
the data interchange program. The data interchange program
converts files in Model 20 emulator format to files
accessible by DOS/VS programs, and vice versa. It does not
use the compatibility feature, and can therefore run on any
System/370 model.
This publication is intended to be a reference manual
for those responsible for emulator program maintenance.
Assumed is familiarity with the System/360 Model 20 and DOS
or DOS/vS.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY33-7015
DOS TO OS/VS EMULATOR: LOGIC, ~ NO. ~
This publication describes the internal logic of the DOS
Emulator Program under OS/VS1 and OS/vS2. The emulator is a
combination of a software program and the DOS Compatibility
Feature. The relationship of the program logic to that of
the Compatibility Feature is described.
This publication has been written to serve as a guide to
and for use with the program listing. It is intended for
programmers involved in program maintenance and system
programmers who are altering the program design. Note:
(DOS to OS Emulator-Logic, GY26-3741 is now obsolete)
use GY33-7018 for DOS Emulator under OS.
Manual, 576 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY33-6013
SY33-7016
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: ~!&§!£ ~! OF It.
PROORAM NUMBER5734-PL2
1401/1440/1460 OS/VS ~ ~ SYSTEM/370, LOGIC
PROG.
NO. 5744-AH1
This two-volume manual describes the internal logic of the
This manual describes the internal logic of the IBM
OS PL/I Checkout compiler.
1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program for the IBM System/370
The checkout compiler consists of a translator program
and an interpreter program. The translator converts PL/I
Models 135/145/155/155-11/158. The emulator program runs as
source programs into instructions in an intermediate code.
a problem program under the OS/VS1 and OS/VS2 control
programs, and executes objec·t programs wri tten for the rBM
The interpreter achieves the effect of object-time execution
1401, 1440 ana 1460 Data Processing Systems (the Model 135
of the coded instructions.
This volume contains a functional description of
must be equipped with IBM Compatibility Feature #4457; the
288

=

SY33

GY33

Model 145 with IBM Compatibility Feature #4457 or #4458~ the
Model 155 with IBM Compatibility Feature #3950}.
Described in this. manual are the logic of the emulator
program, the inter-relationships of the emulator program,
the compatibility feature, and the operating system, and the
logic of the tape and disk formatting programs used in conjunction with the emulator.
This manual is intended to be a reference manual for
those responsible for emulator program maintenance. Assumed
is familiarity with the IBM 1401/1440/1460 Data Processing
Systems and with the appropriate os control program.
Manual, 320 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY33-7017
141017010 OS/VS ~ ON SYSTEW370 :. LOGIC, ~ NO.
5744-AG1
This-manual describes the internal logic of the IBM
1410/7010 Emulator Program for the IBM System/370 Models
145, 155-11 and 158. The emulator runs as a problem program
under the OS/VSl and OS/VS2 control programs, and executes
object programs written for the IBM 1410 and 7010 Data
Processing Systems (the Model 145 must be equipped with IBM
Compatibility Feature #4457 or #4458~ the Models 155-11 and
158 with IBM Compatibility Feature #3950) '"
Described in this manual are the logic of the emulator
program, the inter-relationships of the emulator program,
the compatibility feature, and the operating system, and the
logic of the tape and disk formatting programs used in conjunction with the emulator.
This manual is intended to be reference manual for those
responsible for emulator program maintenance. Assumed is
familiarity with the IBM 1410/7010 Data Processing Systems
and with the appropriate OS control program.
Manual, 312 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY33-7018
DOS TO OS EMULATOR - LOGIC PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-738
TiiIspuhlication describes the internaTTogic of the OOS
.Emulator Program under OS/MFT and OS/MVT. The emulator is a
combination of a software program and the DOS Compatibility
Feature. The relationship of the program logic to that of
the Compatibility Feature is described.
This publication has been written to serve as a guide to
and for use with program listing. It is intended for
programmers involved in program maintenance and system
programmers who are altering the program design. (OOS to OS
Emulator-Logic, GY20-3741 is now obsolete) Use SY33-7015 for
DOS Emulation under OS/VS.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY33-7019
1401/1440/1460 OS/MFT AND OS/MVT EMULATOR ON SYSTEW370 !!Q~!£L PROG. No:-36OC-Eu=i3S-- - - - - This manual describes the internal logic of the IBM
1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program for the IBM System/370
Models 135/145/155. The emulator program runs as a problem
program under the OS/MFT and OS/MVT control programs, and
executes object programs written for the IBM 1401, 1440 and
1460 Data Processing systems (the Model 135 must be equipped
with IBM Compatibility Feature #4457~ the Model 145 with IBM
Compatibility Feature #4457 or #4458~ the Model 155 with IBM
Compatibility Feature #3950).
Described in this manual are the logic of the emulator
program, the inter-relationships of the emulator program,
the compatibility feature, and the operating system, and the
logic of the tape and disk formatting programs used in conjunction with the emulator.
This manual is intended to be a reference manual for
those responsible for emulator program maintenance. Assumed
is familiarity with the IBM 1401/1440/1460 Data Processing
Systems and with the appropriate OS control program.
Manual, 300 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY33-7020
1410/7010 OS/MFT AND OS/MVT EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 LOGIC
PROG. NO. 3'6O'C=EU=n6--This ma-nual describes the internal logic of the IBM
1410/7010 Emulator Program for the IBM System/370 Models
145, 155 155-11 and 158. The emulator runs as a problem
program under the OS/MFT and OS/MVT control programs, and
executes object programs written for the IBM 1410 and 7010
Data Processing Systems (the Model 145 must be equipped with
IBM Compatibility Feature #4457 for #4458~ the Models 155,
155-11 and 158 with IBM compatibility Feature #3950).
Described in this manual are the logic of the emulator
program~ the interrelationships of the emulator program, the
compatibility feature, and the operating system, and the
logic of the tape and disk formatting programs used in
conjunction with the emulator.
this manual is intended to be a reference manual for
t.hose responsible for emulator program maintenance. Assumed
is familiarity with the IBM 1410/7010 Data ProceSSing
Systems and with the appropriate OS control program.
Manual, 312 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

LY33-8038
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-SM1
This manua 1 aU s ProgramIiiing SysteIiiS"rePresentatIves and
system programmers involved in maintenance circumvent and/or
fix faults in the oos/vS Sort/Merge (5746-SM1). It
describes the structure, logic and operation of the
sort/merge by means of method-of-operation diagrams, module
descriptions, data area descriptions, and various crossreference tables.
Manual, 135 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY33-8039
OOS SORT/MERGE PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 57ii3='SM1-- - - This manuar-IS a guide to the internal organization and
logic of program no. 5743-SM1, intended for customer
engineers. Describes program capabilities and system
environment, techniques used by the program, and specific
program components (using flowcharts). Also includes such
aids as:
o
Microfiche directory
o
Table Layouts
o
Register contents at entry to modules
o
Error-message module cross-reference tables
o
control statement formats
o
Summary of program exits
The user should be familiar with the Disk Operating System
service programs, assembler language, macro instructions,
and sort/merge program specifications.
Manual, 316 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY33-8041
OS/VS - VM/370 ASSEMBLER LOGIC COMPONENT NOS
5749-, -5741-, 5742-, and '5"7'5'2'=SC1-03
This program logic manual is written for customer engineers
and programmers maintaining the OS/VS - VM/370 assembler.
The manual describes the structure, logic, and operation
of the assembler. Method of operation diagrams highlight
the inputs, processing, and outputs of the assembler
functions. The diagrams are accompanied by text describing
the functions in more detail and cross-references to the
program elements that perform the functions. Detailed
charts show how the assembler phases use main storage and
the flow of control and data between the assembler phases.
The manual also contains layouts of data areas, information
designed to be helpful in debugging and information about
error message origin, macro and copy code usage, meta text
flags, internal operation codes, entry points and EXTRN
symbols, record formats, and the internal character set.
Prerequisite Publications:
OS/VS - DOS/VS - VM/370 Assembler Language,
Order No. GC33-4010
IBM System/370 Principles of Operation,
Order No. GA22-7000
IBM·system/360Principles of Operation,
Order No. GA22-6821
OS/VS - VM/370 Assembler Programmer's Guide,
Order No. GC33-4021
Manual, 276 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
LY33-8042
OS/VS SORT/MERGE ~ ~ ~ ~ 574Q-SM1
Describes the functions of the OS/VS Sort/Merge Program
Product, including ~ethod of operation, program organization
directories of program components, data areas, and
techniques used by the program. Diagnostic aids include
tables showing the origin of program messages, a description
of the program's debugging aids and formatted dumps, and
some Simple bypasses.
Manual, 226 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY33- 85 32
DOS ~ ~ ~ TRANSIEN~ !!Qill ~ PROG. 370N-CL-453
This reference publication describes the internal logic of
the IBM Disk Operating System, Logical Transient Programs.
It is for persons involved in program maintenance and for
system programmers who .are altering the program design.
Program logic information is not needed for normal operation
of these programs. This publication is a supplement to the
program listing.
Effective use of this manual requires an understanding
of IBM System/370 operation and of IBM Disk Operating System
Version 4 control and service programs, macro instructions,
and operating procedures. Reference publications for this
information are listed in the preface.
Manual, 260 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GY33-8533
INTRODUCTION TO DOS ~ ~ LOGIC ~ ~
NUMBER 370N-CL-453
This reference publication gives an overall view of the Disk
Operating system (DOS), and it briefly describes the
associated control and service programs.
It is intended for persons who are involved in program
maintenance and for system programmers who are altering the
289

GY33

GY33

program design. Program logic information is not needed for
normal use or operation of the system control program.
This manual is designed to introduce and to crossreference the six companion PLMs of the Disk Operating
System. These associated PLMs are liste:1 in the Preface of
this manual.
For titles and abstracts of other associated
publications, see the IBM Systeml360 and System/370
Bibliography, GA22-6822.
Manual, 52 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY33-8534
DOS VERSION 4 SUPERVISOR AND RELATED TRANSIENTS - PROGRAM
LoGIC MANUAL-:- PROGRAM NUMBER~L-453

-

---

ThIS-reference publication describes the internal logic of
the IBM Disk operating System, supervisor and Physical and
Recovery Transients Programs. It is for persons involved in
program maintenance and for system programmers altering the
program design. Program logic information is not needed for
normal operation of these programs. This publication is a
supplement to the program listing.
Effective use of this manual requires an understanding
of IBM Systeml370 operation and of IBM Disk Operating system
Version 4 control and service programs, macro :Lnstructions,
and operating procedures. Reference publications for this
information are listed in the Preface of this manual.
Manual, 472 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY33-8537
DOS VERSION 4 SYSTEM SERVICE PROGRAMS - PROGRAM
~OGI~ PROCh.-N6:"370N=cr;=m - - - - - - - This reference publication describes the internal logic of
supervisor-interrelated service programs of the IBM Disk
Operating System.
This manual is intended for persons involved in program
maintenance and for system programmers altering the program
design. Program logic information is not needed for normal
use or operation of the system control program. It is
designed as a supplement to the program listing.
Its effective use requires an understanding of the IBM
Systeml370 operation and of the IBM Disk Operating System
control and service programs, macro instructions, and
operating procedures. Reference publications for this
information are listed in the preface of this manual.
Manual, 208 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

operating procedures. Reference publications for this
information are.listed in the Preface of this manual.
For titles and abstracts of other associated
publications, see the IBM Systeml360 and Systeml370
Bibliography, GA22-6822.
Manual, 268 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY33-8543
DOS VERSION 4 LIOCS INTRODUCTION VOLUME 1 - PROGRAM LOGIC
MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 370N-CL-'ii"53";"3"ioN=Io:m:-370N-IO~ - 456, -457,-458. -477, -478
This reference publication is one of four Program Logic
Manuals that describe the internal logic of the Logical IOCS
(Input-Output Control System) programs for the IBM Disk
Operating System. The four related Program Logic Manuals
are:
Volume 1: Introduction, GY33-8543.
Volume 2: SAM for Unit Record, Magnetic Tape, and
Device Independent Files, GY33-8544.
Volume 3: SAM and DAM for DASD, GY33-8545.
Volume 4: ISAM, GY33-8546.
This manual is intended for persons involved in program
maintenance and for system programmers who are altering
the program design.
Program logic information is not necessary for the
operation of the programs described.
Effective use of this publication requires an Understanding of IBM System/370 operation and the Disk Operating
System Assembler language and its associated macro
definition language. R
definition language.
Reference publications for this information are listed
in the Preface.
For a list of associated publications and their
abstrancts, see IBM System/360 and Systeml370
Bibliography, GA22-6822.
Manual, 360 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

GY33-8544

GY33-8538
DOS VERSION 4 LINKAGE EDITOR MANUAL - PROGRAM
LOGIC, PROG. -N~-cr;::il53 - - - - - - This publication describes the internal logic of the IBM
Disk Operating System linkage editor program. It is
intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance
and by system. programmers who are altering the program
design. Program logic information is not needed for normal
operation of the linkage editor program. It is a supplement
to the program listing.
Effective use of this manual requires an understanding
of IBM Systeml370 operation and of IBM Disk Operating System
control and service programs, macro instructions, and
operating procedures.
For titles and abstracts of other associates
publications, see the IBM Systeml360 and Systeml370
Bibliography, GA22-6822.
Manual, 96 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY33-8539

=

§X§!~t1!TIQ. DOS VERSION ~ LIBRARIAN-PROGRAM ~ MANUM
PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CL-453
This-reference publication describes the internal logic of
the IBM Disk Operating System, Librarian Maint.enance and
Service Programs. Persons involved in program maintenance
and system programmers should use this manual when altering
the program design. Program logic information is not needed
for normal operation of the librarian programs, but is to be
used as a supplement to the program listing. Effective use
of this manual requires an understanding of IBM System/370
operation and of IBM Disk Operating System control and
service programs, macro instructions, and operating
procedures. Reference publications for this i.nformation are
listed in the Preface of this manual. Titles and abstrancts
of other related publications are listed in the IBM
Systeml360 and Systeml370 Bibliography, GA22-6822.
Manual, 316 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

=

b. ~ ~ NO. 370N-CL-453
370N-IO-477. 370N-IO-456. 370N-IO-478. 370N-IO-458
This reference publication is one of four Program Logic
Manuals that describe the internal logic of the Logical IOCS
(Input/Output Control System) programs for the IBM Disk
Operating System. The four related Program Logic Manuals
are:
Volume 1:
Introduction, GY33-8543.
Volume 2:
SAM for Unit Record, Magnetic Tape, Device
Independent Files, GY33-8544.
Volume 3:
SAM and DAM for DASD, GY33-8545.
Volume 4:
ISAM, GY33-8546.
This manual is intended for persons involved in program
maintenance and for system programmers who are altering the
program design. Program logic information is not necessary
for the operation of the Programs described. Therefore,
distribution is limited to those with maintenance and
alteration responsibilities.
Effective use of this publication requires an
understanding of IBM System/370 operation and the Disk
Operating System Assembler language and its associate macro
definition language. Reference publication for this
information are listed in the preface.
For the titles and abstracts of other related
publications, refer to the IBM Systeml360 and System/370
Bibliography, GA22-6822.
Manual, 380 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

!&§. ~ ~!4Q£2 VOL.

GY33-8545
DOS VERSION 4 LIOCS VOLUME 3-SAM AND DAM FOR DASDPROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 37ON-Io:m.
370N-Io-454
This reference publication is one of four Program Logic
Manuals that describe the internal logic of the Logical IOCS
(Input/Output Control System) programs for the IBM Disk
Operating System. The four related Program Logic Manuals
are:
Volume 1: Introduction, GY33-8543.
Volume 2: SAM for Unit Record, Magnetic Tape, and
Device Independent Files, GY33-8544.
Volume 3: SAM and DAM for DASD, GY33-8545.
Volume 4: ISAM, GY33-8546.
This manual is intended for use by persons involved
in progx:am maintenance. and by system programmers who are
altering the program design.
Program logic information is not necessary for the
o~eration of the programs described.
Effective use of this publication requires an understanding of IBM System/370 operation and the Disk Operating
System Assembler language and its associated macro
definition language.
Reference publications for this information are listed
in the Preface.
FOr the titles and abstracts of other related
publications, refer to the IBM Systeml360 and System/370
Bibliography, GA22-6822.
Program Logic Manual, 420 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

GY33-8542
DOS VER. 4 IPL AND JCL LOGIC - PROG. NO. 370N-Crr 453
This --reference publication describes the Internal logic of
the IBM Operating System, Initial Program Load (IPL) and Job
Conrol Programs. It is intended for use by persons involved
in program maintenance and by system programmers who are
altering the program design. Program logic information is
not needed for normal operation of the IPL and Job Control
Programs. It is designed to be used as a supplement to the
program listing.
Effective use of this manual requires an understanding
of IBM Systeml370 operation and of the IBM Disk Operating
system control and service programs, macro instructions, and
290

=

GY33
GY33-8546
DOS VERSION 4 LIOCS VOLUME 4 - ISAM - PROGRAM LOGIC
MANU~oGRiM""NUMBER 370N-Io=457 - - - - - This reference publICation is one of four Program Logic
Manuals that describe the internal logic of the Logical IOCS
programs for the IBM Disk Operatin~ System. The four
related Program Logic Manuals are:
Volume 1: Introduction, GY33-8543.
Volume 2: SAM for Unit Record, Magnetic Tape, Device
Independent Files, GY33-8544.
Volume 3: SAM and DAM for DASD, GY33-8545.
Volume 4: ISAM, GY33-8546.
This manual is intended for use by persons involved in
program maintenance and by system programmers who are
altering the program design.
Program logic information is not necessary for the
operation of the programs described.
Effective use of this publication re~~ires an understanding of system operation, assembler language, and its
associated macros.
Reference publications for this inforamtion are listed
in the Preface.
For the titles and abstracts of other related
publications. refer to the IBM System/360 and System/370
Bibliography, GA22-6822.
Program Logic Manual, 400 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
GY33-8547

QQ2 VERSIQ!'! !!. ~ UTILITIES ::. ~ NUMBER 370N-UT-491
This publication describes the internal logic of the IBM DOS
System Version 4 Utility programs. It is intended for use
by persons involved in program maintenance and by system
programmers who are altering the program design. program
logic information is not necessary for the operation of the
program.
Manual, 170 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY33-8548
OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME II: EDIT
This -pubHca.tIOiidescribes the internal logic Ofthe TSO
EDIT Command Processor program. Included in this manual are
discussions of the organization and method of operation of
the program. tables of data layouts.
The EDIT program processes the EDIT command and
subcommands, which are a part of the TSO command language.
The EDIT command. and its subcommands create and modify data
sets.
The subcommands are:
ALLOCATE
END
INSERT
RENUM
SUBMIT
BOTTOM
FIND
Insert/Replace/Delete RUN
TABSET
CHANGE
FORMAT
LIST
SAVE
TOP
DELETE
HELP
MERGE
SCAN
UP
DOWN
INPUT
PROFILE
SEND
VERIFY
This manual is intended for use by persons debugging the
EDIT Command Processor program, or b¥ sysems programmers
who are altering the program design. It is not intended,
nor is it needed for normal operation of the program.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY33-8551
DOS/VS SUPERVISOR LOGIC
This reference publication describes the internal logic of
the IBM Disk Operating System Virtual Storage (DOS/VB)
Supervisor and the Attention Transients. It is for persons
involved· in program maintenance and for system programmers
altering the program design. Program logiC information is
not needed for normal operation of these programs. This
publication is a supplement to the program listing.
Manual. 490 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY33-8552
DOS/VS ERROR RECOVERY AND RECORDING TRANSIENTS LOGIC
COMPONENT NUMBERS 5734=5C-DKE, 5745-sc=I5/k 574'S-'S'C-"RMS, AND
5745-SC-TPE
This reference publication provides general information and
detail flowcharts of the Recovery and Recording Transient
Programs of the IBM Disk Operation System/Virtual Storage.
The· transient programs discussed handle the recovery from
and recording of device errors, machine checks and channel
checks. This publication, which is a supplement to the
program listing~ is intended for persons involved in program
maintenance· and for system programmers who are altering the
program design. Program logic information is not needed for
normal operation of these programs.
Manual
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY33
altering the program design. Program logic information is
not needed for normal operation of these programs.
Manual. 280 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY33-8554
DOS/VS SYSTEM SERVICEABILITY AIDS LOGIC
This reference publication describes the internal logic of
supervisor-interrelated serviceability aid programs of the
IBM Disk Operating system (DOSIVS).
This manual is intended for persons involved in program
maintenance and for system programmers altering the program
design. Program logic information is not needed for normal
use or operation of the system control program. It is
designed as a supplement to the program listing.
It·s effective use requires an understanding of the IBM
System/370 operation and of the serviceability aid programs
provided with the DOS/VS system. Reference publications for
this information are listed in the preface of this manual.
Manual, 332 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY33-8555
DOS/VS ll!!. ~ ~ ~ PROGRAM &Q§!£ ::. COMPONENT ~
5745-SC-IPL AND 5745-SC-JCL
This reference-publication describes the internal logic of
Version 5 of the IBM Disk operating SystemlVirtual Storage,
DOS/VS, Initial Program Load (IPL) and Job Control Programs.
It is intended for use by persons involved in program
maintenance and by system programmers who are altering the
program design. Program logic information is not needed for
normal operation of the IPL and Job Control Programs. It is
designed to be used as a supplement to the program listing.
Effective use of this manual requires an understanding
of IBM System/370 operation and of DOS/VS control and
service programs, macro instructions, and operating
procedures. Reference publications for this information are
listed in the preface of this manual.
FOr titles and abstracts of other associated
publications, see the IBM System/360 and Systeml370
Bibliography, GA22-6822, and IBM System/370 Advanced
Function Bibliography, GC20-1763, for the editions that are
applicable and current.
Manual, 336 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY33-8556
DOS/VS LINKAGE EDITOR LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER
~C~

------- ---- -

------ - - - -

This publication describes the internal logic of the IBM
Disk Operating SystemlVirtual' Storage linkage editor
program. It is intended for use by persons involved in
program maintenance and by system programmers who are
altering the program design. Program logic information is
not needed for normal operation of the linkage editor
program. It is a supplement to the program listing.
Effective use of this manual requires an understanding
of IBM System/370 operating and of IBM DOSIVS control and
service programs, macro instructions, and operating
procedures.
Manual, 104 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY33-8557
DOS/VS LIBRARIAN LOGIC .- COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-LBR
This reference publicatIon describes-the internal logic of
the IBM Disk Operating SystemlVirtual Storage (DOS/VS),
Librarian Maintenance and Service Programs. Persons
involved in program maintenance and system programmers
should use this manual when altering the program design.
Program logic information is not needed for normal operation
of the librarian programs, but is to·be used as a supplement
to the program listing.
Effective use of this manual requires an understanding
of IBM Systeml370 operation and of IBM DOSIVS control and
service programs, macro instructions, and operating
procedures. Reference publications for this information are
listed in the Preface of this manual.
Titles and abstracts of other related publications are
listed in the IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography,
GA22-6822, and the IBM System/370 Advanced Function
Bibliography, GC20-1763.
Manual, 340 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY
SY33-8558
DOs/VS SYSTEM UTILITIES LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER

571i5=Sc=tiTL

- - - - - - - - - - - -----

This publication describes the internal 19oic of the IBM
DOs/VS System Utility programs. It is intended for use by
persons involved in program maintenance and by system
programmers who are altering the program design. Program
logic information is not necessary for the operation of the
programs.
Manual, 338 pages
SLSS - ORDER NO. SUBSCRIPTION ONLY

SY33-8553
DOS/VS LOGICAL TRANSIENTS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS
5745=SC-AIT AND 5745-SC-DOC--- - - - - - - - Thrs-reference-publication provides general information and
detail flowcharts of the Logical Transient Programs of the
IBM Disk Operating SystemlVirtual Storqage. The transient
programs discussed are the Attention Routines. the
Terminator·Routines, the CRT Transients and some special
SY33-8559
service programs. This publication, vhich is a supplement
DOS/VS LIOCS VOL. I GENERAL INFORMATION AND IMPERATIVE
to the program listing, is intended for persons involved in
MACROs LOGIC ::-cDMPoNEN'TiWMBER 5745-SC-CKR
program maintenance and for system programmers who are
ThIs reference publication-rs-the first of four Logic
291

SY33

SY33
Manuals that describe the internal logic of the Logical IOCS
: INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL, PROG.
NOS. 5734-F02, 5734-CP3
FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD I) FOR OS & VM/370 (CMS):
INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LMl
CODE AND GO FORTRAN PROCESSOR FOR OS & VM/370 (CMS):
INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL, PROG. NO. 5734-FOl
FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED> COMPILER AND FORTRAN LIBRARY
(MOD II) FOR OS , VM/370 (CMS): INSTALLATION REFERENCE
MATERIAL, PROG. NOS. 5734-F03, 5734-LM3
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED)
COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F03
OS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD II) - PPS - PROG. NO. 5734-LM3
FORTRAN IV MATHEMATICAL AND SERVICE SUBPROGRAMS: SUPPLEMENT
FOR MOD I & MOD II LIBRARIES, PROG. NOS. 5734-LM1, 5734-LM3
IBM OS FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED) COMPILER AND LIBRARY (MOD II)
MESSAGES, PROG. NOS. 5734-F03, 5734-LM3
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED
PLUS COMPILER & LIBRARY USER SUPPLEMENT - PROGRAM NUMBER
5799-AAW
SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY,
OPTION 1 - PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-LM3
OS/VSl RES SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
OS/VSl RES WORKSTATION USER'S GUIDE
FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS(TSO) AND VM/370(CMS)
PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES, PROG. NO. 5734-F05
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION 1 - PROGRAM
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-LM3
DOS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION/PROGRAMMERS'S GUIDE
SUPPLEMENT - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746-LM3
IBM FORTRAN PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR OS AND THE CMS COMPONENT OF
VM/370: GENERAL INFORMATION, PROG. NOS. 5734-F01,2,3,5
-LMl,3,-CP3
FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) & VM/370 (CMS>:
TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5734-F05
FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) & VM/370 (CMS):
INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL, PROG. NO. 5734-F05
FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO> & VM/370 (CMS):
PROG. PROD. 5734-F05 SPECIFICATIONS
IBM VM/370 (CMS) TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE FOR FORTRAN IV
PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-F01, -F02, -F03, -LM1, & -LM3
CODE AND GO FORTRAN FOR OS AND VM/370 (CMS)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-FOl - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD I) FOR OS & VM/370 (CMS), PROG.
PROD. 5734-LMl FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
OS (TSO) INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY: PL/I AND BASIC,
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROG NOS. 5734-RC2i 5734-RC4
OS INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY: PL/I AND BASIC - PROG.
NOS. 5734-RC1, 5734-RC3, - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM/370 PROGRAM PRODUCTS: LANGUAGE AND SORT PROCESSORS
-OS, DOS, VM/370-CMS (CATALOG)
B IS FOR BASIC: AN INTRODUCTION TO VS BASIC UNDER CMS
PROG. NO. 5748-XXl
IBM SYSTEM/370 VS BASIC GENERAL INFORMATION - PROGRAM NUMBER
5748-XXl
SYSTEM/370 VS BASIC LANGUAGE
SYSTEM/370 VS BASIC TSO TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE PROGRAM
NUMBER 5748-XXl
SYSTEM/370 VS BASIC O1S TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
PROG. NO. 5748-XXl
SYSTEM/370 VS BASIC DOS/VS AND OS/VS PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
PROG. NO. 5748-XXl
SYSTEM/370 VS BASIC INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5748-XXl
B IS FOR BASIC AN INTRODUCTION TO VS BASIC UNDER CMS
PROG. NO. 5748-XXl
SYSTEM/370 VS BASIC, PROG. PROD. 5748-XXl SPECIFICATIONS
VIDEO/370 INCLUDING THE CICS FEATURE GENERAL INFORMATION
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC5 AND 5736-RC3
OS/MFT, OS/MVT AND OS/VS1: CRJE CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES
PROG. NO. 360S-RC-55l (MFT/MVT), 574l-SC1-OA (VS1)
OS/MFT, OS/MVT AND OS/VS1: CRJE TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
PROG. NO. 360S-RC-55l (MFT/MVT), 574l-SC1-OA (VS1)
OS/MFT, OS/MVT AND Os/VS1: CRJE SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
PROG. NO. 360S-RC-55l (MFT/MVT>, 574l-SC1-OA (VS1)
OS TCAM CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES, PROG. NO. 360S-CQ-548
OS TCAM USER'S GUIDE (OS/MFT, /MVT: OS/VS1, /VS2)
PROG. NO. 360S-CQ-548i VS COMPONENTS 574l(&2)-SCl-2l
OS/VS TeAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5744-AWl

GN30-5554
OS/VSl TCAM LEVEL 2 COMPONENT RELEASE GUIDE
OS/VS TCAM LEVEL 4 COMPONENT RELEASE GUIDE
**GN30-30l7

**GN30-30l9

OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS TCAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 5744-AW2
COMPONENT NUMBERS 574l-SCl-2l AND 5742-SCl-2l

309

30
30
30
30

GC30-2038-0
**GC30-2041-0
**GC30-2042-0
GC30-2044-0

30
30
30
30
30

**GC30-2045-0
GC30-2047-0
GC30-2054-0
GC30-3001-4
**GC30-3002-5 II

30
09

GC30-3003-l
*.GC30-3004-3

30

**GN30-5558

GC30-3005-4#

30

•• GC30-3006-2

30

GC30-3008-l

30

OS/VS TCAM LEVEL 5 COMPONENT RELEASE GUIDE
OS/VS2 TCAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
OS/VS TCAM CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES
OS/VS TCAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NOS. 5744-AWZ,
574l-SCl-2l, AND 5742-SCl-2l
Os/VS TCAM USER'S GUIDE
OPERATORS LIBRARY: OS/VSl TCAM
OS/VSl TCAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
IBM 3735 PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE (OS, DOS, AND VS SYSTEMS)
3704 , 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS, EMULATION PROGRAM
GENERATION AND UTILITIES, GUIDE AND REFERENCE MANUAL
PROG. NOS. 360H-TX-033,35,36; 5735-SCl; 5744-ANl, 5747-AGl
3704 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE
IBM 3704 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS PRINCIPLES OF
OPERATION
3704 , 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS, EMULATION PROGRAM
STORAGE , PERFORMANCE REFERENCE MANUAL
3704 , 3705 NCP STORAGE , PERFORMANCE ESTIMATES (FOR
OS/TCAM, OS/VS TCAM, , OS/VS , DOS/VS VTAM USERS), PROG.
NOS. 360H-TX-034 (OS), 5744-BAl (OS/VS)
IBM 3704 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER NETWORK
CONTROL PROGRAM/VS GENERATION AND UTILITIES GUIDE AND
REFERENCE MANUAL (FOR OS/VS AND roS/VS VTAM USER'S) - PROG.
NOS. 5744-BA2, 5747-AJ2
NCP/TCAM NETWORK USER'S GUIDE - PROG. NO. 5735-SC2

**GN30-3020

09

**GC30-3009-l#
GC30-3009-0#
*.GC30-3020-1

09

**GC30-3021-1

09
29

•• GC30-3026-1
•• GC33-000l-2

29

*.GC33-0003-3

29

.*GC33-0004-5

29

**GC33-0005-4

29

.*SC33-0006-3

29

**SC33-0007-2t

29
29

•• SC33-0008-3#
SC33-0008-2#
SC33-0008-l#
**GC33-0009-3

29

**GC33-00l0-l

29

•• GC33-0016-6

29

•• GC33-00l7-6

29

.*GC33-00l8-6

29

•• SC33-00l9-l

*.GN33-6085

**GN33-6095

29

**SC33-0020-3

•• SN33-6l14

··SN'33-6124

29

.*SC33-0021-2

**SN33-61l6

*·SN33-6l25

29

.*GC33-0022-5

29

.*GC33-0023-5

25

**GC33-0024-5

29

•• SC33-0025-2

29

**SC33-0026-4

29

**SC33-0027-311

29

**SC33-0029-2

29

.*GC33-0030-3

29

.*SC33-0031-3

29

•• SC33-0032-1

29

.*SC33-0033-2

29

*.SC33-0034-l

*.SN33-6106

**SN33-6128

29
29

.*SC33-0035-l
.*GC33-0036-0

**SN33-6l20

**SN33-6126

•• SN33-6127

TELEPROCESSING PREINSTALLATION GUIDE FOR IBM 3704 AND 3705
COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS
TELEPROCESSING INSTALLATION RECORD FOR IBM 3704 AND 3705
COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS
IBM 3767 COMMUNICATION TERMINAL SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PLl
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION
PROG. NOS. 5734-PL2, 5734-LM5
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROG. PROD. 5736-PLl
DOS PL/I OPT IMIZ ING COMP ILER: LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NOS. 5736-PLl, AND 5736-PL3
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER - PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL1, 5734-LM4, 5734-LM5
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER
PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2, 5734-LM5
DOS PL/I OPT IMIZ ING COMP ILER: PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM
PRODUCTS 5736-PLl, 5736-LM4 AND 5736-LM5
OS PL/I CHECKOUT AND OPTIMIZING COMPILERS: LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5734-PLl-2, LM4-5 (ALL - 5734-PL3)
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN
OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-PLl
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-PLl
DOS PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-LM4 (5736-PL3)
DOS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY: PROG. PROD. 5736-LM5 (5736-PL3)
SPECIFICATIONS
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER:
EXECUTION LOGIC PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-PL1, 5736-LM4,
5736-LM5
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: INSTALLATION
PROGRAM NOS. 5736-PL1,LM4,LM5
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: MESSAGES MANUAL, PROG. PROD.
5736-PLl, 5736-LM5
SYSTEM/360 OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER
PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PLl
OS PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM4
OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM5
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: EXECUTION LOGIC PROGRAM NOS.
5734-PLl, 5734-LM4 AND 5734-LM5
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: INSTALLATION - PROGRAM NUMBERS
5734-PL1, 5734-LM4, AND 5734-LM5 NOTE: THESE PRODUCTS ARE
ALSO DISTRIBUTED AS COMPLETE PACKAGE 5734-PL3
OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: MESSAGES
PROG. NOS. 5734-PLl, 5734-LM5
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: TSO USER'S GUIDE
PROG. NOS. 5734-PLl, -LM4, -LM5 (ALL = 5734-PL3)
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: INSTALLATION - PROGRAM PRODUCTS
5734-PL2 AND 5734-LM5
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER
EXECUTION LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2
5734-LM5
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: TSO USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER
5734-PL2, 5734-LM5
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER:
MESSAGES MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2, 5734-LM5
DOS PL/I TRANSIENT' LIBRARY MESSAGES, PROG. PROD. 5736-LM5
PL/I UNDER CMS - PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES:
PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER, PROG. NO. 5734-PLl
PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY, PROG. NO. 5734-LM4
PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY, PROG. NO. 5734-LM5

310

29

**SC33-0037-1

29

**GC33-0041-0

29

**GC33-0046-0

29

**SC33-0047-0

29

**GC33-0048-0

os PLII OPTIMIZING COMPILER:

**SN33-6100

**SN33-6131

35

**GC33-2004-3

**GN33-7058

**GN33-7045

35

**GC33-2005-2#

**GN33-7032

**GN33-7 0 59

35
35

**GC33-2006-3
GC33-2010-0

35
35

**GC33-2017-0
GC33-2018-0

35

**GC33-2019-0

35
35

**GC33-2020-0
**GC33-2021-0

35

**GC33-2022-0

21

**GC33-4010-4#
GC33-4010-3#
GC33-4010-2#
**GC33-4015-0

33

**GN33-7072

GN33-8185
GN33-8179

33

**GC33-4017-1

33
33
33

**S~33-4018-2

**GC33-4019-2
**GC33-4020-4

21

GC33-4021-2

**GN33-8186

33

**SC33-4023-1

**SN33-8196

21

33

GC33-4024-2#
GC33-4 024 -1 #
**GC33-4025-1#
GC33-4025-0#
**SC33-4026-0

33

**GC33-4027-1

33

**SC33-4028-1

33

GN33-8181

~S USERS GUIDE - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-PL1
OS/ PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER, VERSION 1 RELEASE 2: PROGRAM
PRODUCT 5734-PL2 DESIGN OBJECTIVES
DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER, RESIDENT LIBRARY , TRANSIENT
LIBRARY: PROG. PRODS. 5736-PL1, LM4, LM5, DESIGN OBJECTIVES
OS PLII CHECKOUT COMPILER: CMS USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM
NUMBERS: 5734-PL2,5734-LM5
OS PLII CHECKOUT COMPILER, VERSION 1 RELEASE 2
MODIFICATION 1: PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-PL2 DESIGN OBJECTIVES
1401/1440/1460/00S EMULATOR ON MODELS 135/145/155 REFERENCE
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-EU-490
1410/7010 DOS EMULATOR ON MODELS 145/155 REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-EU-490
MODEL 20 DOS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 REFERENCE (370N-IC-002)
MODEL 20 EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 USING DOS AND DOS/VS
PLANNING - PROG. NO. 360N-IC-002, COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-E20
DOS TO OS/VS EMULATOR - REFERENCE, PROG. NO. 5744-AS1
1401/1440/1460 OS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 - REFERENCE
( 5744-AH1)
1410/7010 OS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370, REFERENCE - PROG.
NO. 5744-AG1
DOS TO OS EMULATOR - REFERENCE PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-738
1401/1440/1460 OS/MFT AND OS/MVT EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370
(360S-EU-735) REFERENCE
1410/7010 OS/MFT AND Os/MVT EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 REFERENCE, PROG. NO. 360C-EU-736
OS/VS - DOS/VS - VM/370 ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE
COMPONENT NOS. 5749-SC1-03, 5752-SC1-03, 5741-SC1-03, AND
5745-SC-ASM
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 SORT/MERGE TIMING ESTIMATES
PLANNING GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-SM-023
IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS SORT MERGE DESIGN OBJECTIVES
PROG. NO. 5743-SM1
DOS SORT/MERGE PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5743-SM1
DOS SORT/MERGE SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5743-SM1
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SORT/MERGE
. GENERAL INFORMATION, PROGRlIM NUMBER 5743-SM1
OS/VS - VM/370 ASSEMBLER PROGR1IMMER'S GUIDE
COMPONENT NO. 5749-SC1-03
DOS SORT/MERGE INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5743-SM1
GUIDE TO THE DOS/VS ASSEMBLER - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-ASM

GN33-8177
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-SM1
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE INSTALLATI ON REFERENCE MANUAL
PROG. PROD. 5746-SM1
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT
5746-SM1
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM PRODUCT
5746-SMl
OS TSO ASSEMBLER PROMPTER INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CP2
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE GENERAL INFORMATION - PROGRAM NUMBER
5746-SMl

21

**SC33-4029-0

**SN33-8163

33
33
33
33

**GC33-4030-2#
GC33-4030-1#
GC33-4030-0#
**GC33-4031-1
**GC33-4032-3
**GC33-4033-1

**GN33-8184

33

**SC33-4034-1

**SN33-8190

33

**SC33-4035-2

30

**GC33-5004-0

20

40
20

**GC33-5007-1#
GC33-5007-0#
**GC33-5008-1#
GC33-5008-0#
**GC33-5009-1
GC33-5370-3

34
30

GC33-5371-4
GC33-5372-3

30
30
30
36

GC33-5373-3
GC33-5374-0
GC33-5375-1
GC33-5376-2

34

GC33-5377-3

40

GC33-5378-2

40

GC33-5379-3

37

GC33-5380-2

DOS/VS SERVICEABILITY AIDS AND DEBUGGING PROCEDURES

32

GC33-5381-1

DOS/VS SYSTEM UTILITIES - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-UTL

34

**GN33-8191

OS/VS SORT/MERGE PROGRAM PRODUCT 5740-SM1 DESIGN OBJECTIVES
OS/VS SORT/MERGE: PROG. PROD. 5740-SM1 SPECIFICATIONS
OS/VS SORT/MERGE GENERAL INFORMATION - PROGRAM PRODUCT
5740-SM1
OS/VS SORT/MERGE INS~LLATION REFERENCE MANUAL - PROG. PROD.
5740-SMl
OS/VS SORT/MERGE PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5740-SM1
SYSTEM/360 DOS PLANNING GUIDE FOR PROGRAMMING THE 3330
DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILITY
SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM VERSION 4 - MANUAL
DOS VERSION 4 SYSTEM GENERATION
DOS VERSION 4 MESSAGES, PROG. NO. 370N-CL-453
INTRODUCTION TO DOS/VS - MANUAL
DOS/VS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT GUIDE
DOS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT GUIDE

**GN33-9178
**GN33-8778
**GN33-8781

DOS/VS
DOS/VS
DOS/VS
DOS/VS

SUPERVISOR AND I/O MACROS SRL MANUAL
TAPE LABELS MANUAL
DASD LABELS RELEASE 29
SYSTEM CONTROL STATEMENTS

DOS/VS SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE MANUAL
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY
**GN33-9176
GN33-9176

~OS/VB

OPERATING PROCEDURES

SYSTEMS DOS/VS MESSAGES

311

30

GC33-53 82-3

37

GC33-5383-0

35

GC33-5384-0

35

GC33-5385-0

35

GC33-5388-2

30

GC33-5400-0

DOS/VS ACCESS METHOD SERVICES USER'S GUIDE
**GN28-2566
**GN25-0117
**GN33-7049
**GN33-7066
**GN33-7050

**GN25-0115

DOS/VS OLTEP - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-OLT

**GN33-7065
**GN33-7062
**GN33-7067

**GN33-7068
**GN33-7063

**GN33-7071

1401/1440/1460 DOS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 REFERENCE
MANUAL - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-EML
1410/7010 DOS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5745-SC-EML
MODEL 20 DOS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370, REFERENCE-COMPONENT
NO. 5745-E20

20

**GC34-0006-3

20

**GC34-0056-0

36

**GC34-0057-0

36

**GC34-0058-0

34

GC35-0004-6

DOS/VS PROGRAMMING GUIDE FOR IBM 3340 DASD, ROTATIONAL
POSITION SENSING (RPS) AND BLOCK MULTIPLEX CHANNEL SUPPORT
SYSTEM/7 LINKAGE EDITORS PROG. NOS. 360A-TX-015,025,
5744-AC1, 5747-AC1, AND 5707-AF1
DISTRIBUTED INTELLIGENCE SYSTEM: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
5744-BK1
DISTRIBUTED INTELLIGENCE SYSTEM PROGRAM REFERENCE GUIDE PROG. PROD. 5744-BK1
DISTRIBUTED INTELLIGENCE SYSTEM OPERATIONS MANUAL PROG.
NO.5744-BK1
OS/VS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILITIES (SMF)

32

GC35-0005-4

OS/VS UTILITIES

30

GC35-0010-0

30
30

**GC35-0011-0
**GC35-0012-0

30
01
01
01
01
40

**GC35-0013-0
**GC38-0005-5
**GC38-0015-4#
GC38-0015-3#
**GC38-0025-2
**GC38-0030-0
GC38-0110-5

40
40

GC38-0120-3
GC38-0210-2

39
38
30
30
30
38
38
40

GC38-0220-0
GC38-0225-0
**GC38-0255-211
GC38-0260-1
GC38-0305-0
GC38-0330-0
GC38-0335-0
GC38-1001-4

**GN34-0220

OS/VS2 USING OS CATALOG MANAGEMENT WITH THE MASTER CATALOG:
CVOL PROCESSOR
OS/VS MASS STORAGE SYSTEM (MSS) PLANNING GUIDE
OS/VS MASS STORAGE SYSTEM (MSS) SERVICES FOR SPACE
MANAGEMENT
OS/VS MASS STOR!!.GE CONTROL TABLE CREATE
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 PROCEDURES
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 OPERATING PROCEDURES

**GN35-0017

**GN24-0711
**GN24-0692
GN24-0633

GN24-0645
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158 OPERATING PROCEDURES
SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168 OPERATING PROCEDURES
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/vS1 REFERENCE
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS CONSOLE CONFIGURATIONS
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS2 REFERENCE
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS2 TSO
OPERATORS LIBRARY: OS/VS 2 REMOTE TERMINALS
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/vS1 DISPLAY CONSOLES
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS2 DISPLAY CONSOLES
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS TCAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741-SCl-21
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY OS/VS1 RES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741-SC1-BB
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VSl CRJE
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS1 SYSTEM MESSAGES

**GN27-1480
**GN27-1446
**GN24-5465

40

GC38-1002-3

OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS2 SYSTEM MESSAGES

40

GC38-1003-5

OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS1 SYSTEM CODES

40

GC38-1004-5

OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: ROUTING AND DESCRIPTOR CODES

32

GC38-1005-4

37
31

GC38-1006-3
GC38-1007-4

40

GC38-1008-2

39
30
40

GC38-1009-1#
GC38-1009-0#
GC38-1010-2
**GC38-1011-0

85
00
50

**GE20-0312-2#
**GF20-8172-9
**GH12-5115-0

50

**SH12-5411-1

**SN12-5061

50

**SH12-5412-1

**SN12-5065

50

**SH12-5413-1

**SN12-5063

50

**SH12-5414-1

**SN12-5064

50

**SH12-5415-0

39

**SH18-0007-0*

50

**GH19-0082-0

50

**GH19-0084-0

14

**GH19-7024-0

22
50

**GH20-0689-2#
**GH20-0765-4#

OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: UTILITIES MESSAGES
**GN25-0104

**GN25-0106

OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: SERVICE AIDS AND OLTEP MESSAGES
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: LINKAGE EDITOR AND LOADER MESSAGES
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS2 SYSTEM CODES
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS2 TSO MESSAGES

GN28-2559
**GN24-5498

**SN18-1103

**SN12-5062

OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS1 RES RTAM AND ACCOUNT MESSAGES
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY SUBSYSTEM SUPPORT SERVICES MESSAGES
VS/1 RELEASE 4 ~ VS/2 RELEASE 3
PREFACE TO PL/I PROGRAMMING IN SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF DATA PROCESSING TECHNIQUES
DATA LANGUAGE/I-ENTRY DOS/VS (DL/I-ENTRY DOS/VS)
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. PROD. 5746-XX7
DL/1 DOS/VS APPLICATION PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746-XXl
DL/1 DOS/VS UTILITIES AND GUIDE FOR THE SYSTEM PROGRAMMER
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746-XX1
DL/I DOS/VS SYSTEM/APPLICATION DESIGN GUIDE
PROGRAM NO. 5746-XXl
DL/I DOS/VS OPERATOR'S REFERENCE MANUAL & MESSAGES AND
CODES, PROG. PROD. 5746-XX1
DATA LANGUAGE/I-ENTRY DOS/VS (DL/I-ENTRY DOS/VS)
APPLICATION PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL PROG. PROD.
5746-XX7
TSO 3270 PRINTER SUPPORT PROGRAMMING RPQ U946866
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ALB
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM DOS/VS, GENERAL INFORMATION
PROG. NO. 5799-ALX, PRPQ 8T0139
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM DOS/VS EXECUTIVE QUERY,
REFERENCE - PROG. NO. 5799-ALX, PRPQ 8T0139
IBM 3277 DISPL~ STATION CUSTOM FEATURE DESC. 1980-C24
PRINTER ATTACHMENT RPQ U58950
APL/360 PRIMER, STUDENT TEXT
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSION 2, GENERAL
INFORMATION MANUAL: PROG. PROD. 5734-XX6

312

22

**3H20-0850-1 #

50

**G82 0-0892-1 #
G820-0892-0#
**G820-0906-1

22
50

**S820-0910-4#
S820-0910-3#

50

**SH20-0911-4 fI

50

**S82 0-0912-4 #
SH2 0-0912-3 #

50

**SH20-0913-4*

50

**S820-0914-3

50

**SH20-0915-3

22

**S820-0938-1

50

**SH20-1007-2

**GN20-3014

*
**SN20-9017

79

**GH20-1027-3

50

**G820-1028-4

50

**S820-1030-2#
S820-1030-1#

50

**SH20-1032-1

50

**SH20-1033-2

**SN20-9076

50

**SH20-1034-21

**SN20-9043

50

**S820-1040-1

50

**S820-1043-5

50

**SH20-1044-4

, 50

**S820-1047-5

50

**Sa20-1048-3#
S820-1048-2#

79

**SH20-1069-2

79

**SH20-1070-2

50
39

**GH20-1074-2#
GH20-1074-1#
**S820-1103-2

39

**SH20-1104-1

82

**G820-1128-3

**SN20-9045

**SN20-3180

35

**GH20-1152-1

**GN33-7027

35

**GH20-1153-1

**GN33-7028

82

**S820-1157-2

82

**SH20-1158-2

36

**GH20-1171-1

36

**GH20-1173-1

82

**GH20-1175-2

50

**S82 0-1171-1

**GN20-3146

**GN20-9035

APLl360 - OS C5734-XM6) AND APL/360 - DOS C5736-XM6)
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 CGIS/2)
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NO. 5734-XXI
APLl360-0S C5734-XM6), APL/360-DOS C5736-XM6),
USER'S MANUAL
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSION 2
SYSTEM/APPLICATION DESIGN GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSION 2
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 573.4-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSION 2
APPLICATION PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSION 2,
OPERATOR'S REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-xX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSION 2,
MESSAGES AND CODES REFERENCE MANUAL,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2
UTILITIES REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5734-XX6
APL/360 - DOS OPERATIONS AND INSTALLATION MANUAL,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 MASTER INDEX
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6
STAT/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 MODEL 6, ITF, AND VM/370-CMS:
GENERAL INFORMATION, PROG. NOS. 5703-XA1, 5734-XA3
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM CCICS) DOS-ENTRY
CCICS/DOSE) DOS-STANDARD (CICS/DOSS) OS-STANDARD V2
CCICS/OS) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XX7, 5736~XX6, 5736-XX7
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMAT ION SYSTEM VERSION 2 CGIS/2)
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, VOLUME 1: SYSTEM OVERVIEW
AND CONTROL, PROG. PROD. 5734-XX1
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM, VERSION 2 CGIS/2)
OPERAXIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 CGIS/2)
VOLUME 3, PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM CCICS) OPERATIONS
GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS DOS-ENTRY 5736-XX6 DOS-STANDARD
5736-XX7
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) VOLUME 2:
DATA DESCRIPTION LANGUAGE - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) SYSTEM
PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS
DOS-ENTRY 5736-XX6, DOS-STANDARD 5736-XX7,
OS-STANDARD V2 5734-XX7
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) TERMINAL
OPERAXOR'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS DOS-ENTRY 5736-XX6,
DOS-STANDARD 5736-XX7, OS-STANDARD V2 5734-XX7
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) APPLICATION PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-XX6
(DOS-ENTRY) 5736-XX7 CDOS-STANDARD~ 5734-XX7
(OS-STANDARD V2)
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OPERATING SYSTEM
STANDARD VERSION 2 OPERATIONS GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX7
STAT/BASIC FOR SYSTEMl3 MODEL 6, ITF, AND VM/370-CMS:
PROGRAM REFERENCE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5703-XA1, 5734-XA3
STAT/BASIC FOR ITF AND VM/370-CMS: OPERATIONS GUIDE,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XA3
INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (IQF) FOR IMS/360 VERSION 2
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 - GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
S/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING
MUSIC RELEASE II PROGRAM DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP
NUMBER 5796-AAT
S/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING
MUSIC RELEASE II USER'S GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-AAT
MATH/BASIC FOR SYSTEMl3 MODEL 6, ITF, AND VM/370-CMS GENERAL
INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5703-XM2 (SYSTEM/3) AND
5734-XM8 (ITF AND VMl370-CMS)
RCA 301 EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 USING DOS AND DOS/VS (PRPQ) TRANSITION GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5799-ADR
HONEYWELL SERIES 200 EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 USING DOS AND
DOS/VS (PRPQ) - TRANSITION GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5799-ADT
MATH/BASIC FOR ITF AND VM/370-CMS: OPERATIONS GUIDE,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM8
MATH/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 MODEL 6. ITF AND VM/370-CMS PROGRAM
REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5703-XM2 CS/3) AND 5734-XM8
(ITF-OS/DOS/TSO AND VMl370-CMS)
SYSTEM/370 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM PROGRAM (S/370 DSP) GENERAL
INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-TX-032
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRIC MULTI
PROCESSING SYSTEM: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. NO.
360A-CX-15X
BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG.
NOS. 5703-XM3 (SYSTEM/3 MODEL 6) AND 5734-XMB (ITF-OS/DOS/
TSO AND VM/370-CMS)
PLANNING GUIDE FOR THE PL/l QUERY SUPPORT FEATURE OF
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
313

30

•• GH20-1207-1#

30

•• SH20-1208-1

30

•• SH20-1209-0

50

•• GH20-1222-0

•• GN20-3129
·.GN20-3260
•• SN20-3248
··SN20-3449
•• SN20-3011
.·SN20-3249

50

•• GH20-1223-0

•• GN20-2872

50

•• GH20-1246-2

•• GN20-9490

50

•• GH20-1251-3

•• GN20-3341

50

•• GH20-1260-2#
GH20-1260-1#

82

•• SH20-1262-1

82

•• SH20-1264-2

50

•• GH20-1272-0

50

•• GH20-1273-0

50

•• GH20-1280-4

36

•• GH20-1289-1

36

•• GH20-1290-1

36

•• GH20-1291-1

36

•• GH20-1292-1

50

•• SH20-1296-0

50

•• SH20-1303-1

50

•• SH20-1304-1#
SH20-1304-0#
•• S820-1305-0

50

SN20-2702
•• SN20-2707

50

•• S820-1306-0

50

•• SH20-1307-1#

•• SN20-3172

50

•• S~20-1358-1

•• SN20-3182

50

•• SH20-1359-1

50

•• SH20-1360-0

37

•• SN20-3409

50

•• SH20-1361-1#
S820-1361-0#
•• SH20-1368-0

50

•• SH20-1390-1

36

•• GH20-1403-0

50

•• SH20-1456-1

50

•• SH20-1457-1

•• SN20-3303

22

•• SN20-9083

22

•• SH20-1460-1#
S820-1460-0#
•• SH20-1461-0

50

•• GH20-1502-1

50
50
50
50
50

•• GH20-1514-0
•• S820-1539-0
•• SH20-1540-0
··SH20-1541-0
•• SH20-1542-0

36

•• SH20-1552-0

32

•• SH20-1558-1

32

•• S820-1564-0

31

•• SH20-1568-1

50

•• SH20-1572-0

•• GN20-3147

•• SN20-9085

•• SN20-3193
·.SN20-3184

•• SN20-3351

··GN20-3203
**GN20-3434
··SN20-3262
··SN20-3204
**SN20-3261

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) CONCEPTS AND
FACILITIES MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-F31
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
AND REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-F31
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) OPERATIONS GUIDE,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F31
INTERACTIVE QUERY F~CILITY (IQF) INTRODUCTION LANGUAGE GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6
IQF TERMINAL USERS REFERENCE GUIDE (INTERACTIVE QUERY
FACILITY) (IMS/360) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6
DATA LANGUAGE/I DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(DL/I DOS/VS) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER
5746-XX1
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II (DMS II) GENERAL INFORMATION
MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-XC4 AND 5736-XC4
INFORMATION MAN~GEMENT SYSTEM VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS)
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5740-XX2
BUSINESS ANALYSIS/~IC FOR ITF AND VM/370-CMS OPERATIONS
GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5734-XMB
BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. NOS.
5703-XM4 (S/3 MOD 6), 5734-XMB (ITF-OS/DOS/TSO 6 VM/370-CMS)
DATA BASE DESIGN EVALUATION (DBPROTOTYPE) GENERAL
INFORMATION M~NUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBB
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE FOR IMS-PLIMS GENERAL INFORMATION
MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBF
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS/VS)
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBERS CICS/OS/VS 5740-XX1 AND CICS/DOS/VS 5746-XX3
ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S MANUAL,
PROG. NO. 360A-CX-15X
ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM: MESSAGES 6 CODES MANUAL,
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X
ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - APPLICATION PROGRAMMER'S
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X
IBM S/360 AND S/370 ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING
SYSTEM - SYSTEM PROGRAMMR'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER
360A-CX-15X
FASTER LANGUAGE FACILITY PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL AND
OPERATIONS GUIDE PROG. NOS. 5740-XX1 (CICS/OS/VS), 5746-XX3
(CICS/DOS/VS)
DBPROTOTYPE PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP
NUMBER 5796-PBB
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE FOR IMS - PLIMS PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBF
IMSMAP - DATA BASE MAPPING PROGRAMS - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/
OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBC
BTS (BATCH TERMINAL SIMULATOR) PROGRAM
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBD
TEST IMS UTILITIES PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL
IUP NUMBER 5796-PBE
S/370 CICS ON LINE TEST/DEBUG CON EDISON - IUP 5796-AEF
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
S/370 CICS/COBOL CALL INTERFACE NATIONAL BANK OF DETROIT
5796-AEG DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
3270 FORMATTING FEATURE FOR BATCH TERMINAL SIMULATOR (BTS)
IUP 5796-PBD DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
TEST DATA GENERATOR: IUP 5796-PBP DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
DATA COMMUNICATION ANALYZER (DCANALYZER) IUP 5796-PCA
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
3270 SCREEN IMAGE PROCESSOR FOR IMS AND IMS/VS - IUP
5796-AFC, DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRIC
MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER
360A-CX-15X
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II (OMS II) OS/VS OPERATIONS GUIDE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XC4
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II (OMS II) OS/VS PROGRAM
REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XC4
APL SHARED VARIABLES (APLSV) USER'S GUIDE (PRPQ WE1191)
PROG. NO. 5799-AJF
APL SHARED VARIABLES (APLSV) PROGRAMMING RPQ WEl191
OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AJF
FASTER LANGUAGE FACILITY FOR THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION
CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS/VS) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL,
PROG. PROD. 5740-XXl 6 5746-XX3
FASTER TO CICS/VS MIGRATION TECHNIQUES GUIDE
IMSMAP/VS - IUP 5796-PCY, DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
BTS/VS - IUP 5796-PCZ, DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
TEST IMS/VS UTILITIES - IUP 5796-P~. DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
DOSMAP - DL/I DATA BASE MAPPING PROGRAMS 5796-PCW,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE EDITOR - IUP 5796-PDC,
DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
OOS DBDUMP UTILITY PROGRAM FOR VANDL/I AND DL/I - PROG. NO.
5796-AFY DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS
3525 GENERAL PURPOSE UTILITIES - lUP 5796-AGE, DESCRIPTION/
OPERATIONS
AUDIT SOURCE CODE COMPARE OS/VS - IUP 5796-PDH, DESCRIPTION/
OPERATIONS
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II DOS/VS (DMS II)
OPERATIONS GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5736-XC4

314

50

**S1l2 0-1573-0

38

**GH20-1574-0

38

**SH20-1589-0

38

**SIl20-1590-0

38

**SH20-1592-0

50

**GH20-1597-0

40

**SH20-1606-0

34

**SH20-1618-0

85
39

**GH20-1628-0
**GH20-1638-0

37

**GH20-1639-0

22
22
50

**GH20-4046-2
**GH20-4047-2
•• GH20-4106-5

50

**GH20-4124-3

50
50
79
50

**GH20-4131-4
**GH20-4134-4
**GH20-4139-1
**GH20-4140-4

50

.·GH20-4170-1

50

**GH20-4256-2

50

**GH20-4267-2

50

**GH20-4270-0

39

•• GH20-4279-0

37

**GH20-4281-0

30

**GH20-4283-0

50

**GH20-4285-0

82

.·GH20-4308-1

50

·.GH20-4316-2

50

**GH20-4320-2

30

·.GH20-4324-1

82

··GH20-4326-1

50

·.GH20-4344-0

22

**GH20-4347-0

50

•• GH20-4350-2

50

**GH20-4354-1

50

**GH20-4355-1

50

·.GH20-4359-2

50

**GH20-4366-0

50

**GH20-4367-0

22
50

•• GH20-4370-0
**GH20-4373-0

38

**GH20-4374-0

30

**GH2Q-4376-0

50

··GH20-4380-0

50

··GH20-9001-1

50

**SIl20-9002-1

**SN20-3352

DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II -- DOS/VS (DMS II)
PRCGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. PRCD. 5736-XC4
DOS/vS REMOTE JCB ENTRY WCRKSTATICN PRCGRAM (PRCG~NG
RPQ WF0358) GENERAL INFCRMATICN MANUAL PROG. NO.. 5799-WHX
DCS/VS REMCTE JCB ENTRY WORKSTATICN PROGRAM - PROGRAMMING
RPQ WF0358 CPERATICN , INSTALLATICN GUIDE, PRCG. NO..
5799-WHX
DOS/VS REMOTE JCB ENTRY WCRKSTATICN PRCGRAM (PRCGRAMMING
RPQWF0358) REFERENCE - PROG. NO.. 5799-WHX
DOS/VS REMOTE JCB ENTRY WCRKSTATICN PRCGRAM, LCGIC,
PROGRAMMING RPQ WF0358, PRCG. NO.. 5799-WHX
EXTENDED TELECOMMUNlCATICNS MCDULES FOR CICS/DOS/VS:
GENERAL INFCRMATICN MANUAL, PROG. PRCD. 5746-XXB
VM/370 SYSTEM FCR CNLINE TAPE AND DISK LIBRARIES - IUP
5796-AGN, DESCRIPTICN/CPERATICNS
PECPLES GAS LIGHT AND COKE COMPANY SMF GRAPHICAL ANALYSIS
IUP 5796-AFP, DESCRIPTICN/CPERATICNS
A GUIDE TO.· TESTING IN A CCMPLEX SYSTEM ENVIRCNMENT
TSC - 3270 STRUCTURED PRCGRAMMING FACILITY (SPF),
GENERAL INFCRMATICN - PRCGRAM NO.. 5740-XT2
DB/DC DRIVER SYSTEM: GENERAL INFCRMATICN MANUAL, PRCG.
PRCD. 5740-XXA
APL/360 DCS: SPECIFICATICNS, PROG. NO.. 5736-XM6'
APL/360 OS SPECIFIcATICNS - PRCGRAM PRCDUCT 5734-XM6
INFORMATICN MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 (IMS/360) VERSICN 2
SPECIFICATIONS - PRCGRAM PRCDUCT 5734-XX6
GENERALIZED INFCRMATICN SYSTEM, VERSICN 2 (GIs/2)
SPECIFICATICNS SHEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl
CICS/DOS ENTRY, PROG. PRCD. 5736-XX6 SPECIFICATICNS
CICS/DCS STANpARD, PROG. PRCD. 5736-XX7 SPECIFICATICNS
STAT/BASIC,PROG. PRCD. 5734-XA3 SPECIFICATICNS
CUSTCMER INFORMATICN CCNTRCL SYSTEM/CS - STANDARD V2
(CICS/CS - STANDARD V2) SPECIFICATICNS - PRCGRAM PRCDUCT
5734-XX7
GENERALIZED INFCRMATICN SYSTEM, VERSICN 2 (GIS/2)
DESIGN CBJECTlVES -PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl
FASTER LANGUAGE FACILITY FOR CICS/DOS/VS 5746-XX3) AND FCR
CICS/CS/vS (5740-XXl): PROG. PRCD. DESIGN CBJECTIVES
INFCRMATICN MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STCRAGE (IMS/VS
VERSICN 1 MCDIFICATICN LEVEL 1 DESIGN CBJECTIVES
PROG. NO.. 5740-XX2
IBM SYSTEM/370 DATA LANGUAGE/I ENTRY DOS/vS
(DL/I ENTRY DCS/VS), PROG. PRCD. 5746-XX7 DESIGN CBJECTIVES
TSC-3270 STRUCTURED PROGRAMMING FACILITY - PROG. NO..
5740-XT2, DESIGN CBJECTIVES
THE DATA BASE/DATA CCMMUNICATICN DRIVER SYSTEM PRCG. PRCD.
5740-XXA; DESIGN CBJECTIVES
DATA BASE DESIGN AID (DBDA) DESIGN CBJECTIVES - PRCG. NO..
5748-XX4
EXTENDED TELECOMMUNICATICN MCDULES FEATURES CF CICS/DCS/VS PROG. NO.. 5746-XXB, DESIGN CBJECTlVES
MATH/BASIC FCR SYSTEM/3 MCDEL 6, ITF (CS, DOS, TSC), AND
VW370-CMS: SPECIFICATICNS, PRCG. NCS. 5703-XM2 AND 5734-XM8
INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (IQF) FOR IMS (5734-XX6) AND
IMS/VS (5740-XX2): PROG. PRCD. SPECIFICATICNS
VANCCUVER DATA LANGUAGE-CNE (VANDL-1) SPECIFICATICNS PRCG~AM NO.. 5799-AEY
IBM TELECCMMUNICATIONS CCNTRCL SYSTEM (TCS) SPECIFICATICNS
PRCGRAM PRCDUCT 5734~F31
BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 MCDEL 6, ITF (CS, DCS,
TSC), AND VM/370-CMS: SPECIFICATIONS, PROG. NCS. 5703-XM3
AND 5734-XMB
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II (DMS II CS/VS) SPECIFICATICNS
PROGRAM PRCDUCT 5734-XC4
APL SHARED VARIABLES (APLSV) - PROGRAM NO.. 5799-AJF
(PRPQ NUMBER WE1191) - SPECIFICATICNS SHEET
DL/I DOS/VS, PRCG. PRCD. 5746-XXl SPECIFICATICNS, VERSICN 1
MCD 1
CUSTOMER INFCRMATICN CCNTRCL SYSTEM CS/VS PROGRAM PRCDUCT
(5740-XX1) SPECIFICATICNS (VERSICN 1, MCDIFICATICN LEVEL 0)
INFCRMATICN MANAGEMENT SYSTEM VIRTUAL STCRAGE (IMS/VS)
SPECIFICATICNS VERSICN 1 MCDIFICATICN LEVEL 0
PROG. NO.. 5740-XX2
CUSTOMER INFCRMATICN CCNTRCL SYSTEM/DCS/VS
VERSICN 1, MCDIFICATICN LEVEL 0, SPECIFICATICNS
PROGRAM PRCDUCT 5746-XX3
DISPLAY f'mNAGEMENT SYSTEM II (OMS II DCS/vS)
PROGRAM PRCDUCT 5736-XC4 SPECIFlCATICNS
GENERALIZED INFORMATICN SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STCRAGE (GIS/VS)
PROG. PRCD. 5740-XX7 SPECIFICATIONS
APL/CMS SPECIFICATICNS - PROG. NO.. 5799-ALK, PRPQ MF2608
FASTER LANGUAGE FACILITY SPECIFlCATICNS: FCR CICS/DCS/VS
PROG. NO.. 5746-XX3; FCR CICS/CS/VS PROG. NO.. 5740-XXl
DOS/VS REMOTE JCB ENTRY WCRKSTATICN PROGRAM (PRCGRAMMING RPQ
WF0358) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-WHX, SPECIFICATICNS
3333/3330 DISK STORAGE SERIES MCDEL 11 SUPPCRT FCR DCS/VS
PRCGRAM NUMBER 5799-WHZ PRPQ EF4346
IBM SYSTEM/370 DATA LANGUAGE/I ENTRY DCS/vS (DL/I-ENTRY
DOS/VS), SPECIFlCATICNS - PROG. PROD. 5746-XX7
CICS/vS CCNVERSION PLANNING GUIDE PROG. NCS. 5740-XX1,
5746-XX3
CUSTOMER INFCRMATICN CCNTRCL SYSTEM (CICS/VS)
SYSTEM/APPLlCATICN DESIGN GUIDE PROG. NO..
CICS/OS/vS 5740-XX1, CICS/DOS/VS 5746-XX3

315

50

**5820-9003-2

50

**5820-9004-2

50

**5H20-9005-1

50

**5820-9006-2

50

**5820- 9008-2

50

**5H20-9011-2

50

**5H20-9012-1

50

**5820-9025-2

50

**5820-9026-2#
5820-9026-1#
**SH20-9027-2#
5H20-9027-1#
**5H20-9028-1#
5820-9028-0#
**SH20-9029-2

50
50
50
50
50

**SH20-9030-2#
5820-9030-1#
**GH20-9033-0

50

**G820-9034-0

50

**GH20-9035-1#
GH20-9035-0#
**S820-9036-0

50
50

**5H20-9037-1

50

**5H20-9038-1

50

**5H20-9039-1

50

**5820-9040-1

50

**GH20-9043-0

50

**5H20-9046-0

50

**5820-9049-0

50

**SH20-9050-0

50

**5H20-9051-0

36

**GH20-9500-0

36

**GH20-9501-0

99

**GJD1-0001-0

99

3JD1-1.100-0

99

**GJDl-1480-2

99

**GJDl-1640-0

99

**GJD1-1641-1

99

**GJD1-1642-0

99

**GJD1-1643-0

99

**GJD1-1795-0

99

**GJD1-2063-1#

99

**GJD1-2100-3

99

**GJD1-2150-2

99

**GJD1-4601-1

35

**GJD1-4602-2#
GJD1-4602-1 #

CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS/VS APPLICATION PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL
PROG. NOS. 574Q-XX1,5746-XX3
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS/VS) S~STEM PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5740-XX1, 5746-XX3
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS/VS) TERMINAL OPERATOR'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS
(5740-XX1) AND (5746-XX3)
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS/VS) SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR'S GUIDE PROG. NO.'S 5740-XX1,
5746-XX3
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS/VS) MESSAGES AND CODES MANUAL
PROG. NOS. 574Q-XX1, 5746-XX3
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(OS) CICS/VS) OPERATIONS GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5740-XX1
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS/VS) OPERATIONS GUIDE (DOS) PROG. NO. CICS/DOS/VS
5746-XX3
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS)
SYSTEM/APPLICATION DESIGN GUIDE, PROG. PROD. 5740-XX2
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMSIVS)
APPLICATION PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL PROG. NO. 5740-XX2
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMSIVS)
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING REFERENCE - PROG, NO. 5740-XX2
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS)
OPERATOR'S REFERENCE - PROG. NO. 5740-XX2
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS)
UTILITIES REFERENCE MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5740-XX2

**5N20-9075

**5N20-5051

**GSCO-3050

**GSCO-4261

**GSCO-3051

INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IMS/VS) MESSAGES AND CODES
REFERENCE MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5740-XX2
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM, VERSION 2 (GIS/2) EXECUTIVE
QUERY REFERENCE (BASIC INTRODUCTION), PROG. NO. 5734-XX1
INFORMATION MANAqEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS)
CONVERSION PLANNING GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5740-XX2
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5740-XX7
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
USER'S GUIDE, PROG. PROD. 5740-XX7
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL 5740-XX7
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL - 5740-XX7
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
MESSAGES AND CODES, PROG. PROD. 5740-XX7
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
PLANNING AND OPERATION GUIDE FOR THE ADVANCED QUERY FEATURE
PROG. PROD. 5740-XX7
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
EXECUTIVE QUERY REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5740-XX7
IBM SYSTEM/370 LOW-LEVEL CODE/CONTINUITY CHECK IN DATA
LANGUAGE/I DOS/VS PROGRAM REFERENCE AND OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-XX1
CU5TOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS/VS) ADVANCED COMMUNICATION GUIDE, PROG. PROD5.
5740-XX1, 5746-XX3
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS)
PLANNING FOR THE IBM 3600 FINANCIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PROG. PROD. 5740-XX2
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS/VS) INSTALLATION GUIDE (DOS) - PROG. PROD. 5746-XX3
IBM SYSTEMl370 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-TX-032
SYSTEM/370 DISTRBUTED SYSTEM PROGRAM OPERATIONS GUIDE,
PROG. NO. 360A-TX-032
SYSTEM/370 MODELS 158/168 SYSGEN ICR OS RELEASE 21.6
PROGRAM NO. 360S-0S-609
OS21.0-21.7, VSI/1.0-3.0, VS2/1.0-1.6
SYSTEM MODIFICATION PROGRAM LISTINGS, 360S-DN-611
IBM OPERATING SYSTEM/360 DOS EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR
SYSTEM/370 MODELS 145 AND 155 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-738
OPERATING SYSTEM 370/165 OS-7094 INTEGRATED EMULATOR
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-740
OS/360/370 OS/360 M16X/7074 EMULATOR LISTINGS PROG. NO. 360C-EU-739
7080 EMULATOR FOR S~STEM/370 MODEL 165 UNDER OPERATING
SYSTEM/360 - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-737
EMULATOR FOR 7074 ON S/370 MODEL 155 UNDER OS
MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-741
IBM DISTRIBUTED INTELLIGENCE SYSTEM (DIS) LISTINGS - PROG.
PROD. 5744-BK1
DISK OPERATING SYTEM MODEL 155 EMULATOR
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-EU-490
EMULATOR FOR 1401/1440/1460 ON THE SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155
UNDER OS MICROFICHE LISTING - PROG. NO. 360C-EU-735
EMULATOR FOR THE IBM 1410/7010 ON THE SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155
UNDER OS - PROG. 360C-EU-736, LISTINGS
MODEL 20 EMULATOR ON S/370 USING DOS (V4) - PROGRAM NUMBER
370N-IC-002
S/370 USING DOS/VS IBM EMULATOR FOR HW S200, LISTINGS
PROG. NO. 5799-ADT

316

35
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

**GJDl-4603-2#
GJDl-4603-1#
SJD2-0001-0
SJD2-0010-0
SJD2-0020-1#
SJD2-0020-0#
SJD2-0030-0
SJD2-0040-1#
SJD2-0040-0#
SJD2-0050-0
SJD2-0060-1#
SJD2-0060-0#
SJD2-0070-1
SJD2-0080-1
SJD2-0090-1#
SJD2-0090-0#
SJD2-0100-0
SJD2-0110-1
SJD2-0120-1
SJD2-0130-1
SJD2-0140-0
SJD2-0160-1
SJD2-0170-1
SJD2-0180-1#
SJD2-0180-0#
SJD2-0190-1
SJD2-0200-1
SJD2-0210-1
SJD2-0220-1
SJD2-0230-1
SJD2-0240-1#
SJD2-0240-0#
SJD2-0250-0
SJD2-0260-1#
SJD2-0260-0#
SJD2-0270-1
SJD2-0280-1
SJD2-0290-1
SJD2-0300-1
SJD2-0310-1
SJD2-0320-1#
SJD2-0320-0#
SJD2-0330-1
SJD2-0350-1#
SJD2-0350-0#
SJD2-0360-1
SJD2-0370-1
SJD2-0380-1
SJD2-0390-1#
SJD2-0390-0#
SJD2-0400-1
SJD2-0410-1#
SJD2-0410-0#
SJD2-0420-1#
SJD2-0420-0#
SJD2-0430-1
SJD2-0440-1
SJD2-0450-1
SJD2-0460-1
SJD2-0470-1
SJD2-0480-1
SJD2-0490-0
SJD2-0530-0
SJD2-0540-1
SJD2-0550-1
SJD2-0560-1#
SJD2-0560-0#
SJD2-0570-1#
SJD2-0570-0#
SJD2-0580-0
SJD2-0590-0
SJD2.-0600-1
SJD2-0640-1#
SJD2-0640-0#
SJD2-0650-1
SJD2-0660-1#
SJD2-0660-0#
SJD2-0670-1
SJD2-0680-1
SJD2-0690-1#
SJD2-0690-0#
SJD2-0700-1
SJD2-0710-1
SJD2-0720-1#
SJD2-0720-0#
SJD2-0730-1
SJD2-0740-1
SJD2-0750-1
SJD2-0760-1
SJD2-0770-1
SJD2-0780-1#
SJD2-0780-0#
SJD2-0790-1

S/370 USING DOS/VS IBM EMULATOR FOR RCA 301, LISTINGS
PROG. NO. 5799-ADR
MICROFICHE FOR OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6 REFERENCE LISTINGS
OS/VS2 SMF (5742-SCl-02)
OS/VS2 IEHINITT (5742-SC1-UD)
SSCO-S025
OS/VS2 IEHSTATR (5742-SC1-UE)
OS/VS2 TAPE ERP/VES (5742-SC1-CC)
SSCO-5040

SSCO-5042
OS/VS2 IEBEDIT (5742-SC1-U9)
OS/VS2 IEHLIST (5742-SC1-U2)

SSCO-S062
OS/VS2 IEHPROGM (5742-SC1-U3)
OS/VS2 CATALOG (5742-SC1-D3)
OS/VS2 SMF SCHEDULER (5742-SC1-00)
SSCO-5092
OS/vS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2

TSO TRACE (5742-SC1-T9)
PASS~ORD PROTECT (5742-SC1-DC)
TSO UTILITIES (5742-SC1-T2)
TSO TEST (5742-SC1-T1)
EXT/PREC/FLT PT SIM (5742-SC1-CP)
IEHMOVE (S742-SC1-UC)
IEBCOPY (5742-SC1-U6)
IEB~NER (S742-SC1-U7)

OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2

IEBUPDTE (5742-SC1-U8)
IEBPTPCH (5742-SC1-UA)
IEBCOMPR (5742-SC1-UK)
IEBISAM (S742-SC1-UH)
IEBDG (S742-SC1-UJ)
TSO EDIT (5742-SC1-TO)

SSCO-5182

SSCO-S240

SSCO-S242
OS/VS2 IPL (S742-SC1-C1)
OS/VS2 SUPERVISOR (5742-SC1-C5)
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
as/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2

SSCO-S320

SSCO-5323

SSCO-5350

SSCO-5353

RMS (5742-SC1-CE)
GSP (S742-SC1-07)
GAM (5742-SC1-GO)
DlDOCS (5742-SC1-C4)
DSS (S742-SC1-10)
TSO SUPERVISaR (5742-SC1-T7)

OS/VS2 SYSTEM RESTART (5742-SC1-B3)
OS/vS2 ALLOCATION (5742-SC1-B4)
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
SSCO-S390

SSCO-5392

SSCO-S410

SSCO-5412

SSCO-5420

SSCO-5422

Q MANAGER (5742-SC1-BS)
INITIATOR (5742-SC1-B6)
TERMINATION (5742-SC1-B7)
COMMANDS (5742-SC1-B8)

OS/VS2 READER/INTERPRETER (5742-SC1-B9)
OS/VS2 TSO SCHEDULER (5742-SC1-T4)
as/VS2 OBR/SDR/EREP (5742-SC1-CD)
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
as/VS2
as/VS2
as/VS2
as/VS2
OS/VS2
as/VS2
OS/VS2
as/VS2
OS/VS2
SSCO-5560

SSCO-5563

SSCO-S575

SSCO-5571

GTF (5742-SC1-11)
AMASPZAP (5742-SCl-12)
AMDPRDMP (5742-SCl-13)
AMDSADMP (5742-SC1-1S)
AMAPTFLE (5742-SCl-16)
AMDPRDMP/EDIT (5742-SCl-18)
3735 MACROS/UTILITY (5742-SCl-22)
EXTENDED sve ROUTER (5742-SC1-CF)
MAPPING MACRaS (5742-SC1-01)
aLTEP (5742-SC1-06)
BTAM (5742-SCl-20)

as/VS2 TCAM (5742-SCl-21)
as/VS2
OS/vS2
as/VS2
OS/VS2
SSCO-5640

SSCO-5642

SSCO-5660

SSCO-5662

IEBTCRIN (5742-SC1-UG)
3505/3525 (5742-SC1-DD)
aCR (5742-SC1-D5)
OVERLAY SUPERVISOR (5742-SC1-C2)

OS/VS2 FETCH (S742-SC1-C7)
as/VS2 SAM (5742-SC1-DO)
OS/VS2 PAM (5742-SCl-D2)
OS/VS2 MICR (5742-SC1-D6)
OS/VS2 DAM (5742-SCl-D7)
OS/VS2 lOS (5742-SC1-C3)
OS/VS2 DASD ERP (5742-SC1-CA)
OS/VS2 UNIT RECORD ERP (5742-SC1-CB)
SSCO-5720

SSCO-5722
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
as/VS2
OS/VS2
as/VS2
OS/VS2

TSO SUBRTN TCAM (5742-SC1-T8)
TSO DATA MANAGEMENT (5742-SC1-T3)
IBCDMPRS (5742-SC1-IO)
IBCDASDI (5742-SC1-I1)
IEHDASDR (5742-SC1-UO)
IEHAXLAS (5742-SC1-UF)

SSCO-5785
OS/VS2 SYSOUT WRITER (S742-SC1-B2)

317

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

SJ02-0800-1
SJD2-0810-1
5J02-0820-1
5J02-0830-1
5J02-0840-1#
SJ02-0840-0#
5JD2-0850-1#
5J02-0850-0#
SJD2-0860-1#
5J02-0860-0#
SJD2-0870-1#
5J02-0870-0#
SJD2-0880-1
SJ02-0890-1
SJD2-1190-0
SJ02-2000-4#
5JD2-2000-3#
5J02-2000-2#
SJD2-2001-5#
SJ02-2001-4#
SJD2-2001-3#
SJD2-2002-5#
SJ02-2002-4#
SJD2-2002-3#
SJ02-2003-2#
SJ02-2003-2#
**SJD2-2004-5#
SJ02-2004-4#
SJD2-2004-2#
**5J02-2009-5#
5JD2-2009-4#
5J02-2009-3#
**5JD2-2010-4
5JD2-2014-5#
SJ02-2014-4#
SJ02-2014-3#
**SJD2-2015-5#
8J02-2015-4#
8JD2-2015-3#
**8J02-2016-5#
SJD2-2016-4#
SJ02-2016-3#
**SJ02-2017-5#
SJ02-2017-4#
SJD2-2017-3#
**SJ02-2018-5#
SJD2-2018-4#
SJ02-2018-3#
**SJD2-2019-5#
SJ02-2019-4#

OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/vS2
OS/VS2
SSCO-5840

ICAPRTBL (5742-SC1-12)
ISAM (5742-SC1-D8)
CHECKPOINT/RESTART (5742-SC1-09)
OPEN/CLOSE/IDV (5742-SC1-Dl)
DADSM (5742-SC1-D4)

SSCO-5842
OS/VS2 LINK LOADGO PROMPTER (5742-SC1-T5)

SSCO-5850
OS/VS2 LINKAGE EDITOR (5742-SC1-04)
SSCO-5860

SSCO-5863

SSCO-5870

SSCO-5872

OS/VS2 LOADER (5742-SC1-05)
OS/VS2 AMBLIST (5742-SCl-14)
OS/VS2 ASSEMBLER XF (5742-SC1-03)
3330/3333 MODEL #11 SUPPORT LISTINGS
COMPONENT NO. 5742-SC1-S1
IPL OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-Cl
REL. 2.6
IOS/OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-C3
REL. 2.6

"SSCO-6055
SSCO-6055
SSCO-7381
"SSCO-6056
SSCO-6056

SUPERVISOR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
5741-SC1-C5
MAPPING MACROS OS/VSl COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-Ol
MODULE/MACRO TOTAL SYSTEM INDEX OS/VSl
(5741-SC1 COMPONENTS)
SCHEDULER SMF OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
5741-SC1-00
UNIT RCD ERP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
5741-SC1-CB
JECS OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
NO. 5741-SC1-BO - REL. 2.6

**SSCO-6014

SSCO-6922
**SSCO-6049
SSCO-6049
SSCO-6942
"SSCO-6087
SSCO-6087

O/P STREAM CTL OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM
5741-SC1-B2

"SSCO-6052
SSCO-6052

SYSTEM RESTART OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B3

**SSCO-6053
SSCO-6053
SSCO-7002

ALLOCATION OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B4

I/P STREAM CTL OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
5741-SC1-B1

Q MANAGER OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B5

SJD~-2019-3#

99

99

**SJ02-2020-5#
SJD2-2020-4#
SJ02-2020-3#
**SJD2-2021-5#
SJ02-2021-4#
SJD2-2021-3#
**SJ02-2022-5#
SJD2-2022-4#
SJ02-2022-3#
**SJD2-2023-5#
SJ02-2023-4#
SJD2-2023-3#
**SJ02-2024-5#
SJD2-2024-4#
**SJ02-2025-5#
SJD2-2025-4#
SJ02-2025-3#
**SJD2-2026-4#
SJ02-2026-3#
SJD2-2027-4#
SJ02-2027-3#
SJ02-2027-2#
SJD2-2028-3

99
99
99
99
99

**SJ02-2031-4
**SJD2-2032-4
**SJ02-2033-4
**SJD2-2034-4
**SJ02-2038-4

99
99

99
99
99
99
99
99
99

99

**SJD2-2041-4
**SJ02-2042-5#
SJD2-2042-4#
SJ02-2042-3#
**SJD2-2043-4

99

SJD2-2044-3

99

SJ02-2045-3

INITIATOR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B6
TERMINATION OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B7
SSCO-7062
**SSCO-6054
SSCO-6054

COMMANDS OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B8
INTERPRETER OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-B9
OS/vSl RESTART RDR/DSDR PROCESSING (5741-SC1-BD)
SYSTEM LOG OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-BE

**SSCO-6047
SSCO-6047

WTP OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-BF
MSI OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-BG
REL. 2.6

"SSCO-6003
**SSCO-6086
"SSCO-6722
**SSCO-6002
**SSCO-6042
**SSCO-6038
SSCO-6038
**SSCO-6008

**SSCO-6036
**SSCO-6007

IMCJOBQD OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SCl-17 - REL. 2.6
GAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-GO
GSP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-07
RMS OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-CE
OS/VS1 SYSTEM ASSEMBLER COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-03
OBR/EREP/RDE OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-CD
GTF OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-11
HMASPZAP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SCl-12
HMDPRDMP OS/VSl
5741-SCl-13
HMDSADMP OS/VS1
5741-SCl-15 HMAPTFLE OS/VSl
5741-SCl-16 -

318

MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
REL. 2.6
MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
REL. 2.6

99

**SJD2-2046-4

99

SJD2-2047-2

99
99

**SJD2-2048-4
SJD2-2049-4

99

99

**SJD2-205l-4#
SJD2-2051-3#
SJD2-2053-3#
SJD2-2053-2#
SJD2-2053-l#
**SJD2-2054-5#
SJD2-2054-4#
SJD2-2054-3#
**SJD2-2055-5#
SJD2-2055-4#
SJD2-2055-3#
**SJD2-2057-4

99

**SJD2-2058-4

99
99

**SJD2-2059-5#
SJD2-2059-4#
**SJD2-2060-4

99

**SJD2-206l-4

99

**SJD2-2062-4

99

**SJD2-2063-4

99

**SJD2-2064-4

99

**SJD2-2067-3

99

**SJD2-2068-5#
SJD2-2068-4#
SJD2-2068-3#
**SJD2-2069-4

** SSCO -6033
SSCO-6033
SSCO-6021

99
99
99

99

**SSCO-6761
**SSCO-6005
+*SSCO-6028
**SSCO-6065

**SSCO-6066
SSCO-6066

**SSCO-6462
**SSCO-6015
**SSCO-6482
**SSCO-6074
**SSCO-6075
SSCO-6075
**SSCO-6541
**SSCO-6076
**SSCO-6077

99

SJD2-2077-4#
SJD2-2077-3#
SJD2-2077-2#
**SJD2-2078-4#
SJD2-2078-3#
SJD2-2079-l
**SJD2-2080-4

++SSCO-6121
**SSCO-6035

SJD2-2081-1

99

**SJD2-2082-3

++SSCO-6062

99

**SJD2-2084-4

99

**SJD2-2085-4

**SSCO-7501
++SSCO-6006
++SSCO-6029

99
99

**SJD2-2086-4
**SJD2-2087-4

**SSCO-6084

99

SJD2-2088-4

99
99

**SJD2-2089-4
**SJD2-2090-4

**SSCO-6026

99

**SJD2-2091-4

++SSCO-6083

99

**SJD2-2092-4

++SSCO-6202
**SSCO-6061

99
99
99

*+SSCO-60l8

DADSM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-D4
MICR OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-D6
DAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-D7

++SSCO-60l9

++SSCO-6023

DASD ERP OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-CA
OS/vSl LINKAGE EDITOR MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-04

**SSCO-6071

*+SSCO-6027

**SSCO-6039

**SSCO-6025

SJD2-2094-2
**SJD2-2096-4
**SJD2-2097-4
SJD2-2098-4#
SJD2-2098-3#
**SJD2-2099-4
SJD2-2100-3#
SJD2-2100-2#
SJD2-2100-1#
+*SJD2-2101-5#
SJD2-2101-4#
SJD2-2101-3#
**SJD2-2102-2#
SJD2-2102-l#
SJD2-2105-4#
SJD2-2105-3#
SJD2-2105-2#
**SJD2-2106-3#
SJD2-2106-2#

ISAM OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-D8
JAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-D9

LOADER OS/vS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-05
OS/VSl JES COMPATIBILITY INTERFACE (574l-SC1-DB)
5741-SC1-DB
HMBLIST OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SCl-14
IBCDMPRS OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-IO - REL. 2.6
IBCDASDI MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-Il

99

99

OPEN/CLOSE/EOV OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-DL
PAM OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-D2

++SSCO -6 024

**SSCO-6030

99

++SSCO-6016

**SSCO-7422
*+SSCO-6060

**SSCO-7142

99

SAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-DO

*+SSCO-6022

**SJD2-2074-4

99
99
99

++SSCO-6073

**SSCO-6601
**SSCO-6078
**SSCO-6079

**SJD2-2076-3

99

CHECKPOINT RESTART OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT
5741-SC1-09
FETCH OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-C7

99

99
99

+*SSCO-6011

OLTEP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-06
EXTENDED SVC ROUTER OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENr
NUMBER 574l-SC1-CF
IEHLIST MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-U2
BTAM OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
REL. 2.6
OCR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-D5
IEBTCRIN OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-UG - REL. 2.6

99

99

++SSCO-6037

**SSCO-6181

++SSCO-6521

ICAPRTBL MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-I2
IEHDASDR OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-UO
IEHIOSUP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-U1
IEHATLAS OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
5741-SC1-UF
CRJE OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-OA
OS/VSl COMPONENT NO. 574l-SC1-U6, IEBCOPY, LISTINGS
5741-SC1-U6
OS/VSl COMPONENT NO. 574l-SC1-U7, IEBGENER, LISTINGS
IEBUPDTE OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-U8
IEBPTPCH OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-UA
OS/VSl COMPONENT NO. 574l-SC1-UK, IEBCOMPR LISTINGS
IEBISAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER
574l-SC1-UH
IEBDG OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING
574l-SC1-UJ
IEHMOVE OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING
574l-SC1-UC
SMF OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING
COMPONENT NUMBER - 574l-SC1-02
OS/VSl COMPONENT, NO. 574l-SC1-U3, IEHPROGM LISTINGS
OS/VSl COMPONENT NO. 574l-SC1-UD IEHINITT, LISTINGS
OS/VSl COMPONENT NO. 574l-SC1-UE, IEHSTATR LISTINGS

**SSCO-6072
SSCO-6072

CATALOG OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING
574l-SC1-D3
PASSWORD PROTECT OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING
COMPONENT NUMBER - 574l-SC1-DC

**SSCO-6085
SSCO-6085

TAPE ERP/VES OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING
574l-SC1-CC REL. 3.1

**SSCO-6017

IEBEDIT OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING
++SSCO-6046
SSCO-6046

RES (REMOTE ENTRY SYSTH<1) RELEASE 2 - PROGRAM NUMBER
574l-SC1-BB - REL. 2.6

++SSCO-6009

Os/VSl 574l-SC1-l8 MDPRPDMP (EDIT-UTILITY PRINT DUMP)

319

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

SJD2-2107-1#
SJ02-2107-0#
•• SJ02-2108-3#
SJD2-2108-2#
SJ02-2108-1#
SJD2-2110-3#
SJ02-2110-2#
SJD2-2111-4#
SJ02-2111-3#
SJD2-2112-0#
SJ02- 2112-0 #
•• SJD2-2113-1#
SJ02-2113-0#
•• SJD2-2114-3#
SJ02-2114-2#
SJD2-2114-1#
.*SJD2-2115-2#
SJ02-2115-1#
SJD2-2115-0#
•• SJ02-2116-2#
SJD2-2116-1#
SJ02-2116-0#
•• SJD2-2117-4#
SJ02-2117-3#
.*SJD2-2118-3#
SJ02-2118-2#
•• SJD2-2119-2
•• SJ02-2121-1
**SJ02-2122-2#
SJ02-2122-1#
.*SJD2-2124-1

··SSCO-6013

OS/VS1 5741-SC1-CP EX F/P SIMULATOR - REL. 2.6
NO. 5741-SC1-C8 - REL. 2.6

··SSCO-6057
SSCO-6057

OS/VS1 DSS MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER
5741-SC1-10
OS/VS2 REL. 03.1 PROG. LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO. 5741-SCl-23

·*SSCO-6081
SSCO-6081
··SSCO-6034
SSCO-6034
SSCO-7010

OS/VS1 IDCAMS MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS,
5741-SC1-0K
OS/VS1 5741-SC1-DF SENECA-3890 DOC. PROCESSOR
PROGRAM LISTINGS

SSCO-7616
OS/VS1 5741-SC1-DL SHARKS-3886 OCR
PROG. LISTINGS
SSCO-7620
OS/VS1 SYSTEM MODULE STATUS PROGRAM LISTINGS
··SSCO-6068
SSCO-6068
··SSCO-7630

OS/VS1 VSAM, COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-DE LISTINGS
··SSCO-6010

··SSCO-6048
SSCO-6048
·*SSCO-7310
*·SSCO-6059
*·SSCO-6058
SSCO-6058

OS/VS1 DSS, COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-10 LISTINGS
OS/VSl POWER WARNING FEATURE, COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC10-E
OS/VS1 ISSP, COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BK LISTINGS

··SSCO-7311
··SSCO-7312

OS/VS1 TCAM, COMPONENT NO. 5741-SCl-21 LISTINGS

··SSCO-7250
*·SSCO-6031

·*SSCO-7251
··SSCO-6044

99

.*SJD2-2128-1#
SJ02-2128-0#
•• SJD2-2129-2#
SJ02-2129-1#
•• SJD2-2134-0

99
99

SJD2-2135-0
.*SJ02-2419-0

99
30

.*GJD2-4002-0
•• LJ02-4106-0

30

•• LJ02-4107-0

30

•• GJ02-4112-0

99
99
99
99

•• SJ02-4120-0
•• SJ02-4121-0
**SJ02-4122-0
SJ02-4200-0

.·SSCO-8024
··SSCO-8023
.·SNCl-4200

99

SJ02-4201-0

·*SNCl-4201

99
99
99

SJ02-4230-0
SJ02-4240-0
SJD2-4250-0

99

SJD2-4260-0

99
99
99

SJD2-4270-0
SJ02-4280-0
SJD2-4300-0

99
99
99
99
99
99

SJ02-4310-0
SJD2-4320-0
SJ02-4330-0
SJD2-4340-0
SJ02-4350-0
SJD2-4360-0

99
99
99
99

SJD2-4370-0
SJ02-4380-0
SJ02-4390-0
SJD2-4400-0

99
99

SJ02-4410-0
SJ02-4420-0

99
99
99
99

SJ02-4430-0
SJD2-4440-0
SJ02-4450-0
SJD2-4460-0

99
99

SJD2-4470-0
SJD2-4480-0

99

SJD2-4490-0

99
99
99

SJD2-4500-0
SJ02-4510-0
SJD2-4520-0

99

REMOTE ENTRY SERVICE ACCOUNT FACILITY RELEASE 2 - PROGRAM
NO. 5741-SC1-BC - REL. 2.6
3505/3525 RDR/PCH (READER/PUNCH) - PROGRAM NUMBER
5741-SC1-DO

OS/VS1 REL. 03.1 PROG. LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-S1
OS/VS1 5741-SCl-19 IMCOSJQD - ASSEMBLER PROG. LISTINGS

··SNCl-4240
··SNCl-4250
.*SNCl-4251
··SNCl-4260
·*SNCl-4262
·*SNCl-4270
**SNCl-4280
··SNCl-4300
··SNCl-4302
·*SNCl-4310
··SNCl-4321
··SNCl-4330
··SNCl-4340
·*SNCl-4350
··SNCl-4360
··SNCl-4362
··SNCl-4370
··SNCl-4380
··SNCl-4390
.*SNCl-4400
··SNCl-4402
·*SNCl-4411
··SNCl-4420
··SNCl-4422
··SNCl-4431

OS/VS1 REL. 03.1 PROG. LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-0C

·*SNCl-4252

OS/VS1 5741-SC1-BL JOB LIST MGR ASSEMBLER PROG. LISTINGS
SSP MOOULES FOR OS/VS - RELEASE 3.1 LISTINGS - PROG. NO.
5744-BA2
370 DOS BTAM, MICROFICHE LISTING, PROG. NO. 370N-CQ-469
3704/5 EMULATOR PRPQ P85004 SIX BIT TRANSCODE - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5799-AGA
3705/4 EP PRPQ P85007 SPECIAL START-STOP - PROGRAM NUMBER
5799-AGK
3705 USASCII TRNASPARENCY (PRPQ P85003) MICROFICHE,
PROG. NO. 5799-AFZ
DOS/VS SSP MOOULES, LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 5747-AJ2
NCP MODULES FOR OS/VS - LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 5744-BA2
DOS/VS NCP LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 5747-AJ2
TOOLS LIST OS/VS2
OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/VS2 RELEASE 02.0 SYSTEM CROSS REFERENCE SAMPLE
SYSGEN INDEX
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 JES2 5752-SC1-BH
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 EXTERNAL WRITER 5752-SC1-B2
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SCHEO RESTART 5752-SC1-B3

··SNCl-4261

OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 ALLOC/UNALLOCATE 5752-SC1-B4

··SNCl-4301

OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SWA MANAGER 5752-SC1-B5
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 INCTIATOR 5752-SC1-B6
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 MSTR SCHLOR CMOS 5752-SC1-B8

·*SSCO-8026
**SSCO-8025
·*SNCl-4202

·*SNCl-4351
·*SNCl-4361

OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/vS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2

RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE

020
020
020
020
020
020

CONVT/INTERPRETER 5752-SC1-B9
OASD ERP 5752-SC1-CA
UNIT RECORD ERP 5752-SC1-CB
TAPE ERP/vES 5752-SC1-CC
OBR/EREP/RDE 5752-SC1-CD
RMS 5752-SC1-CE

·*SNCl-4401

OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2

RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE

020
020
020
020

EXTEND SVC ROUTER 5752-SC1-CF
SVC 109 5752-SC1-CG
VIRT STORAGE MAN 5752-SC1-CH
CONTENS SUPER VSR 5752-SC1-CJ

··SNCl-4410
·*SNCl-4421

OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 COMMUNICAT TASK 5752-SC1-CK
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TASK MAN 5752-SC1-CL

·*SNCl-4430

.·SNCl-4311
·*SNCl-4320
•• SNCl-4331

··SNCl-4450
··SNCl-4460
··SNCl-4462
··SNCl-4470
··SNCl-4480
··SNCl-4482
··SNCl-4490
.·SNCl-4491
··SNCl-4500

·*SNCl-4451
•• SNCl-4461

OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2

·*SNCl-4481

OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 REG CONTROL TASK 5752-SC1-CU
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TIMER SUPER VISION 5752-SC1-CV

··SNCl-4492

OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 AUX STORAGE MAN 5752-SC1-CW

*·SNCl-4520

··SNCl-4521

OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SYS RESRC MGR 5742-SC1-CX
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 RASIX PART TREE S 5752-SC1-CY
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 MP RECONFIG 5752-SC1-CZ

320

RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE

020
020
020
020

RECOVERY TERMIN 5752-SC1-CM
EXT PREC FLT PT S 5752-SC1-CP
MF/1 5752-SC1-CQ
REAL STORAGE MAN 5752-SC1-CR

**SNCl-4551

OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 OVERLAY SUPER VSR 5752-SC1-C2
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 lOS 5752-SC1-C3

**SNCl-4561
**SNCl-4571

OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 OIDOCS 5752-SC1-C4
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SUPERVISOR CONTROL 5752-SC1-C5

99
99

SJ02-4540-0
SJD2-4550-0

99
99

SJD2-4560-0
6J02-4570-0

99
99
99
99
99

SJD2-4580-0
6J02-4590-0
SJD2 -4 600-0
6J02-4610-0
6JD2-4620-0

**SNC1- 4540
**6NCl-4550
**6NCl-4552
**6NCl-4560
**6NCl-4570
**6NCl-4572
**SNCl-4580
**SNCl-4590
**SNCl-4600
**SNCl-4610
**SNCl-4620·

99

SJD2-4630-0

**SNCl-4630

**SNCl-4631

99

SJ02-4640-0
6JD2-4650-0

**SNCl-4640
**SNCl-4642
**SNCl-4650

**SNCl-4641

99
99

6JD2-4660-0

**SNCl-4661

**SNCl-4771

OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 EXCP 5752-SC1-C6
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 FETCH 5752-SC1-C7
OS/VS2 RELEASE 024 NIP 5752-SC1-C8
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 IPL 5752-SC1-C9
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 BLOCK PROCESSOR LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO.
5752-SC1-OA
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SAM SUBSYS INTERFACE LISTINGS,
COMPONENT NO. 5752-SC1-0B
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 PASSWORO PROTECT LISTINGS,
COMPONENT NO. 5752-SC1-0C
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 3505/3525 READER PUNCH SUPPORT LISTINGS
(5752-SC1-00)
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 VSAM/VSAM CATALOG LISTINGS COMPONENT NO.
5752-SC1-0E
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 3890 OOCUMENT PROCESSOR LISTINGS,
COMPONENT NO. 5752-SC1-0F
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 VBP LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO. 5752-SC1-0G
OS/vS2 RELEAS.E 020 CATALOG CONTROLLER 3 LISTINGS, COMPONENT
NO. 5752-SCl-OH
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 WINDOW INTERCEPT LISTINGS,
COMPONENT NO. 5752-SC-DJ
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 ACCESS METHOD SERVICES COMPONENT NO.
5752-SC1-OK
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 3886 OCR LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO.
5752-SC1-0L
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SAM LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO. 5752-SC1-00
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 OPEN/CLOSE/EQV LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO.
5752-SC1-0l
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 PAM LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO. 5752-SC1-02
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 OADSM 5752-SC104

**SNCl-4791
**SNCl-4800
**SNCl-4811
**SNCl-4822

OS/vS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2

RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELE!ASE
RELEASE

020
020
020
020
020

OCR 5752-SC105
MICR 5752-SC106
OAM 5752-SC1-07
I6AM 5752-SCl08
GAM 5752-SC1GO

**SNCl-4861

OS/VS2
OS/vS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2

RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE

020
02Q
020
020

IBCOMPRS
IBCDASDI
ICAPRTBL
TSO EOIT

**SNCl-4871

OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TSO TEST 5752-SC1-Tl

**SNCl-4881
**SNCl-4890
**SNCl-4901

OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TSO UTILITIES 5752-SC1T2
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TSO TIOC 5752-SCl-T3
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 TSO SCHEDULER 5752-SC1-T4

**SNCl-4911
**SNCl-4921

OS/VS2
OS/vS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2

RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE

020
020
020
020

LINK LOADGO PROMP 5752-SC1-T5
TSO TCAM SUBROUTINES
DEBPTPCH 57,52-SC1-UA
IEHMOVE 5752-SC1-UC

OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2

RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE

020
020
020
020
020
020
020
020
020

IEHINITT 5752-SC1-UD
IEHSTATR 5152-SCl-UE
IEHATLAS 5752-SC1-UF
IEBTCRIN 5752-SC1-UG
IEBISAM 5752-SC1-UH
IEBDG 5752-SC1-UJ
IEBCOMPR 5752-SC1-UK
IEHUCAT 5752-SC1-UY
IEHDASDR 5752-SC1-UO

**SNCl-4621

99

6J02-4670-0

**SNCl-4660
**SNCl-4662
**SNCl-4670

99
99

6J02-4680-0
6J02-4690-0

**SNCl-4680
**SNCl-4690

**SNCl-4691

99

6J02-4700-0

99

SJD2-4710-0

**SNCl-4710

**SNCl-4711

99

6JD2-4720-0

**SNCl-4720

**SNCl-4721

99
99

SJD2-4730-0
6J02-4740-0

**SNCl-4731
**SNCl-4742

99
99

SJD2-4750-0
SJ02-4770-0

99
99
99
99
99

6J02-4780-0
6J02-4790-0
6J02-4800-0
6JD2 -4 81 0-0
6J02-4820-0

99
99
99
99

SJD2-4830-0
SJ02-4840-0
SJD2-4850-0
6J02-4860-0

**SNCl-4730
**SNCl-4740
**SNCl-4741
**SNCl-4750
**SNCl-4770
**SNCl-4772
**SNCl-4780
**SNCl-4790
**SNCl-4801
**SNCl-4810
**SNCl-4820
**SNCl-4821
**6NCl-4830
**SNCl-4840

99

6J02-4870-0

99
99
99

6J02-4880-0
SJD2 -4 890-0
SJ02-4900-0

99
99
99
99

6J02-4910-0
6J02-4920-0
6JD2-4930-0
6J02-4940-0

**SNCl-4860
**SNCl-4862
**SNCl-4870
**SNCl-4872
**SNCl-4880
**SNCl-4891
**SNCl-4900
**SNCl-4902
**SNCl-4910
**SNCl-4920

**SNCl-4941

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

6J02-4950-0
6JD2-4960-0
6J02-4970-0
6JD2-4980-0
6J02-4990-0
6J02-5000-0
6JD2-5010-0
6J02-5020-0
6JD2 -5 030-0

**SNCl-4940
**SNCl-4942
**SNCl-4950
**SNCl-4970

**SNCl-4971

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

6JD2 -5 040-0
6J02-5050-0
6JD2-5060-0
6J02-5070-0
6J02-5080-0
6JD2-5090-0
6J02-5110-0
6JD2-5120-0
6J02-5130-0

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

6J02-5140-0
6JD2-5150-0
6J02-5160-0
6J02-5170-0
6JD2-5180-0
6J02-5190-0
6JD2-52 00-0
6J02-5210-0
6JD2 -52 20-0

99
99
99
99

6JD2-5230-0
6JD2-5240-0
6J02-5250-0
SJD2-5260-0

**SNCl-4671

**SNCl-4841

**SNCl-5010
**SNCl-5030
**SNCl-5032
**SNCl-5040
**SNCl-5051
**SNCl-5060
**SNCl-5080
**SNCl-5090
**SNCl-5110
**SNCl-5120
**SNCl-5130
**SNCl-5140
**SNCl-5150
**SNCl-5161
**SNCl-5170
**SNCl-5180
**SNCl-5201
**SNCl-5210
**SNCl-5220
**SNCl-5222
**SNCl-5230
**SNCl-5240
**SNCl-5250
**SNCl-5260

**SNCl-50 31
**SNCl-5050
**SNCl-5061
**SNCl-5081
**SNCl-5091
**SNCl-5111
**SNCl-5121

**SNCl-5160
**SNCl-5181
**SNCl-5200
**SNCl-5211
**SNCl-5221
**SNCl-5241
**SNCl-5261

5752-SC1IO
5752-SC1-Il
5752-SC1-I2
5752-SC1-TO

OS/VS2 RELEA6E 020 IEHLIST 5752-SC1-U2
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 IEHPROGM 5752-SC1-U3
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 IEBCOPY 5752-6Cl-U6
OS/VS2 RELEA6E 020 IEBGENER 5752-6C1-U7
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 IEBUPDTE 5752-SC1-U8
OS/VS2 RELEA6E 020 IEBEDIT 5752-SC1U9
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 POWR WARN FEATURE 5752-SC10E
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SMF SCHEOULER 5752-SC1-00
OS/VS2 MAPPING MACROS 5752-SC1-01
OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
06/VS2 RELEASE 020 SMF 5752-6C1-02
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 ASSEMBLER XF 5752-SC1-03
06/VS2 RELEASE 020 LINKAGE EOITOR 5752-SC1-04
OS/V62 RELEASE 020 LOAOER 5752-SC1-05
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 OLTEP 5752-SC1-06
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 GSP 5752-SC1-07
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 CHK PT/RESTART 5752-SC1-09
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 OSS 5752-SC1-10
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 GTF 5752-SC1-11
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/vS2
OS/VS2

321

RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE
RELEASE

020
020
020
020

AMASPZAP 5752-SCl-12
AMDPROMP 5752-SCl-13
AMBLIST 5752-SC1-14
AMD6ADMP 5752-SCl-15

99
99
99

SJ02-5270-0
SJ02-5280-0
SJ02-5290-0

99

SJ02-5300-0

99
99

SJ02-5320-0
SJ02 -5330-0

97

SJ03-0003-0

97

SJ03 -1000-0

97

SJ03-1001-0

97

SJ03-1002-0

97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
14
15

SJ03-1003-0
SJ03-1004-0
SJ03-1006-0
*·SJ03-1009-0
SJ03-2Q01-0
**SJ03-2004-0
.*S303-2006-0
**SJ03-2007-0
.·SJ03-2751-0
·*GL21-9071-0
**GL21-9225-0

15

**GL22-6936-1

14

·*GL22-6937-1#

14

**GL22-6979-2 t

15

**GL22-6982-0

14

**GL22-7015-0

14

*·GL22-7025-0

14

**GL24-3570-0

15

.*GL24-3571-3

14

**GL24-3618-1

99
99
99
99

"'*SQC7-1938-1
.*SQC7-1948-1
**SQC7-19 49-1
**SQC7-1950-1

99
99
99
99
99

**SQC7-1954-1
**SQC7-1956-1
**SQC7-1958-1
**S::lC7-1963-1
•• SQC7-1964-1

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

**SQC7-:J,.965-2
SQ02-2000-l.
SQ02-2001-1
SQ02-2002-1
SQ02-2009-1
SQ02-2Q10-1
SQ02-2014-1
SQ02-2015-1
SQ02-2016-f
8Q02-2017-1
SQ02-2018-1
SQ02-2019-1
SQ02-2020-1
SQ02-2021-1
SQ02-2022-1
SQP2-2023-1
SQ02-2024-1
SQ02-2025-1
SQ1)2-2027-1
SQ02-2028-1
SQ02-2030-1
SQ02-2031-1
8Q02- 2032-1
8Q02-2033-1
8QD2-2034-1
8Q02-2038-1
8Q02-2041-1
8Q02-20112-1
8Q02-2043-1
8Q02-2044-1
SQ02-20115-1
8Q02-2046-1
SQ02-2047-1
8;202-2048-1
SQ02-2049-1

**SNCl-5280
**SNC1-5290
**SNC1-5292
**SNC1-5300
**SNC1-5301
**SNCl-5320
**SNC1-5330
**SNC1-5331

**SNC1-5281
**SNC1-5291

OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 AMAPTFLE 5752-SC1-16
OS/VS2 RELEA8E 020 AMDPROMP/EDIT 5752-SC1-18
OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 BTAM 5752-SC1-20

.*SNCl-5302

OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 TCAM 5752-SC1-21,

**SNC1-5321
**8NC1-5332

OS/vS2 RELEASE 020 VTCAM 5752-SC1-23
OS/VS2 RELEASE 020 SMP 5752-SC1-30,
PROGRAM NUMBE~ S745~SC-EML
, COMPONENT OF SBOF-6440
PROGRAM NUMBER 5745-SC-ASM
COMPONENT OF SBOF-6440
PTF NO. 5745-00426-3
PROGRAM NuMB~R 5745-SC-ASM
COMPONENT OF SBOF-6440
PTF NO. 5745-00430-3
PROGRAM NUMBER 5745-SC-ASM
COMPONENT OF,SBOF-6440
PTF FOR S~-ASM/5745~01405-3 COMP OF 8BOF-6440
PTF FOR SC-ASM/5745-01406-3 COMP OF SBOF~6440
PTF FOR SC-ASM/5745-01407-3 COMP OF SBOF-6440
DOS/VS PTF COMP OF SBOF-6440 PROGRAM ID 5745
DOS/VS PTF LISTINGS COMPONENT OF.SBOF-6440 PROGRAM ID 5745
DOS/VS PTF COMPONENT OF SBOF-6440 PROGRAM ID 5745
DOS/VS PTF COMPONENT OF SBOF 6440 PROGRAM ID5745
DOS/VS PTF COMPON~NT OF SBOF 6446 PROG.' ID 5745
DOS/VS PTF COMPONENT OF SBOF-6440 PROGRAM ID 5745-SC-BTM
IBM 2501 CARD READER, MODELS A AND B RPQ FEAT9RES
IBM 7460-4 STUB CARD READER RPQ EE7595 INSTALLATION
MANUAL-- PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 2914 SWITCHING UNIT MODEL 1, RPQ880882, CUSTOM FEATURE:
INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING
8YSTEM/360AND SYSTEM/37Q GUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION:
2914 SWITCHING VNIT MODEL 1 - RPQ 880882
IBM 2947 MODEL 4 CHECK CO~CTION CONTROLLER (RPQ 888264)
FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS - REFERENCE MANUAL
IBM 2947 CHECK CO~LECTIONCONTROLLER MODEL 4 (RPQ 888264)
INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING
IBM 7441~1/l980-9 CUSTOM TERMINAL FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
OPERATING PROCEDURES AND PHYSICAL PLANNING
2914 STORAGE CONTROL INTERFACE SWITCH MODEL 2 (RPQ 8P0290)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ANP PHY~ICAL PLAN~ING
IBM 2946 TERMINAL CONTROL SUBSYSTEM
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING. GO IDE
IBM 2946 TERMIN~L CONTROL SUBSYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL
PHYSICAL PLANNING
2956 MOD~L 8 CARD READERRPQ 810582 CUSTOM UNIT
DESCRIPTION AND PHYSICAL PLANNING
DOS/VS DiSK ERP 5745-SC-DKE DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.9
DOS/VS JCL 5745-SC-JCL PCS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.9
DOS/vS LIBRARIAN 5745-SC-LBR DOS/V8 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.9
DOS/VS L~NKAGE EDITOR 5745-SC-LNK DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE
2.9
'
'
DOS/VS PDAIDS 5745-SC-PDA DOS/VS MICROFICHE'RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS POWER 5745-sc-PWR DOS/V8,.,MICROFICHE REJ"EASE 2.9
DOS/VS RMSR 5745-RMS DOS/VS. MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.9
DOS/VS VSAM 5745-SC-VSM DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS D08 DISTRIBUTION PROG. 5745-SC-DIS DOS/VS MICROFICHE
RELEASE 2.9
DOS/VS MICROFICHE INDEXDOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.8
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 5141-SCl-Cl - IPL
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 574l-sCl-C3 - lOS
OS/vSl RELEAS~ 2 5741-SC1-C5 - SUPERVISOR
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SCl-00 - SCHEDULER
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 574l-SCl-CB - UNIT RECORD
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-BO - JECS
OS/VS1 RELE~SE 2 5741-SC1-B1 - INPUT STREAM CTL.
OS/vS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-~2 - OUTPUT STREAM CTL.
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-B3 - SYS RESTART
OS/VS1 RELE~SE 2 5741-SCl-B4 - ALLOCATION
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC~-B5 - Q MANAGER
OS/VS1 RELE~SE 2 5741-SC1-B6 - INITIATOR
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-B7 - TERMINATION
OS/VS1 RE~SE 2 5741-Sci-B8 - COMMANDS
OS/VS1 RELE~SE 2 574l-SC1-B9 - INTERPRETER
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SCl-BD - RESTART PROCESS
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-BE - SY8T LOG
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 574l-SCl-BF - MSI
as/VSl RELE~8E 2 574l-SC1-l7 - IMCJOBQD
OS/VSl RELEASE 2 574l-SCl-C4 - DIDOCS
OS/VS1 RELE~SE 2 5141-SC1-GO - GAM
OS/VS1 RELEASE 574l-SC1-07 - GSP
OS/VS1 RELE~SE 2 5741-SC1-CE - RMS
OS/VS1 RELE~SE 2 5741-SC1-03 - ASSEMB XF
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-CD - OBR/ERP/RDE
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-11 - GTF
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SCl-12 - HMASPZAP
OS/VS1 RELE~SE 2 5741-SCl-13 - HMDPRDMP
OS/vS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SCl-15 - HMDSADMP
OS/VSl RELE~SE 2 574l-SC1-16 - HMAPTFLE
OS/vS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-06 - OLTEP
OS/VS1 RE~ASE 5741-SC1-CF - EXTENDED SVC
OS/VS1 RELE~SE 5741-SC1-U2 - IEHLIST
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-20 - BTAM
PTF NO. 5745-01555

PTF NO. 5745-01403-3

**GN21-0131
*.GN22-0493

**GN24-0477

**SNC7-1962

322

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
34
37
34

8Q02-2054-1
8Q02-2055-1
8Q02-2056-1
8Q02-2057-1
8Q02-2058-1
8Q02-2059-1
8Q02-2060-1
8Q02-2061-1
SQ02-2062-1
SQ02-2063-1
SQ02-2064-1
8Q02-2068-1
SQ02-2069-1
SQD2-2074-1
8Q02-2076-1
SQ02-2080-1
SQ02-2084-l
SQ02-2085-1
SQ02-2086-1
SQ02-2087-1
SQ02-2088-1
SQ02-2089-1
SQ02-2090-1
5Q02-2091-1
SQ02-2092-1
SQ02-2096-1
SQ02-2097-1
SQ02-2099-1
SQ02-2101-1
GQ24-5090-1
GQ24-5093-1
GQ24-5094-1

**GN24-5475,
**GN24-5463

34

**GQ24-5095-1

36

**GQ26-3784-4

34
34
30

GQ26-3791-1
GQ26-3792-1
**GQ26-3819-1

34
36
37
37

**GQ28-0604-2
GQ28-0617-1
**GQ28-0632-1
GQ28-0638-1

39
39
37

**GQ28-0645-1
.*GQ28-0646-1
**GQ28-0666-1

38
30
20
30

**GQ28-6878-1
GQ30-2034-1
**GQ33-5370-2
**GQ33-5373-2

36
40

**GQ33-5376-1
**GQ33-5378-1

40

**GQ33-5379-2

37

**GQ33-5380-1

**GN33-8768
**GN33-9159
**GN33-9155
**GN33-8767
**GN33-9157
**GN33-9161
**GN33-9173
**GN33-9162
**GN33-8793

30

**GQ33-5382-2

**GN26-0178

36
40
40
40

**GQ33-5403-1
GQ38-0110-2
GQ38-0120-1
*~GQ38-0210-1

**GN28-2575

40
40

GQ38-1001-1
**GQ38-1~02-2

**GN24-5472
**GN28-2574

40
40
32
37
40
30

GQ38-1003-2
GQ38-1004-1
GQ38-1005-1
GQ38-1006-1
**GQ38-1008-1

**GN28-2577

30

GQ61-0013-1

**GN21-7659

36
30
36
36
36
30
30

SQ64-5155-1
SQ64-5156-1

**SN24-5464

36
30

8Q66-3820-1
8Q66-3823-1

**GN26-0762

**GN24-5469

**GN26-0764

**GN28-2582

**GN28-2572
**GN25-0101

**GN33-8777
**GN33-9171
**GN33-8179
**GN33-9158
**GN33-9172
**(;N33-9156
**GN33-8780

**GQ38-10~0-1

SQ64-5159~1

5Q64-5160-1
SQ64-5161-1
SQ66-3785-1
SQ66-3787-1

**GN21-5169

OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VSl
OS/VSl
OS/VSl
OS/VSl
OS/VSl
OS/VS1
OS/VSl
OS/VSl
OS/VSl
OS/VS1
OS/VSl
OS/VS2
OS/VSl
OS/VSl
OS/VSl
OS/VS1
OS/VS1
OS/VSl
OS/VSl
OS/VSl
OS/VS1
OS/VSl
OS/VS1
OS/VSl
OS/VS1
OS/VS1
OS/VS1
OS/VS1
OS/VS1
OS/VSl

RELEASE 5741-8Cl-09 - CHECK POINT
RELEASE 5741-SC1-C7 - FETCH
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-C2 - OVERLAY SUPER
RELEASE 5741-SC1-DO - SAM
RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-01 - EOV
RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-02 - PAM
RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-04 - DADSM
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-D6 - MICR
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-D4 - DAM
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-D8 - ISAM
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-D9 - JAM
RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-04 - LINK EDITOR
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-05 - LOADER
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-SC1-DB - INTERFACE
RELEASE 2 5741-SCl-14 - HMBLIST
RELEASE 2 574l-sc1-uo - IEHOASDR
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-0A - CRJE
RELEASE 5741-SC1-U6 - IEBCOPY
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-U7 - IEBGENER
RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-U8 - IEBUPDTE
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-UA - IEBPTPCH
RELEASE 2 574l-SC1-UK - IEBCOMPR
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-UA - IEBISAM
RELEASE 2 5741-sC1-U5 - IEBDG
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-UC - IEHMOVE
RELEASE 5741-SC1-U3 - IEHPROGM
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-UD - IEHINITT
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-D3 - CATALOG
RELEASE 2 5741-SC1-CC - TAPE ERP/VES
PLANNING AND USE GUIDE RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OEBUGGING GUIDE, RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
STORAGE ESTIMATES - RELEASE 2.0, 2.6

DOS , DOS/vS TO OS/VSl IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE OS/VS1 RELEASE
2.0 , 2.6
'
OS/VS CHECKPOINT/RESTART OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0 , 3.1 OS/VS2
RELEASE 2.0
OS/VS1 SYSTEM GENERA TOR REFERENCE
OS/VS2 SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6
OS/VS VSAMOPTIONS FOR ADVANCED APPLICATIONS OS/VS1 RELEASE
3.0 , 3.1
OS/vS2 STORAGE ESTIMATES OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
os/VS ICL SERVICES
OS/VS2 DEBUGGING'GUIDE OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/VS2 LOGREC ERROR RECORDING
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6 AND OS/VSl RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS2 TSO TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/vS2 TSO COMMAND'LANGUAGE REFERENCE OS/vS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/vS1 OLTEP (COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-06) OS/vS1 RELEASE
3.0,3.1
OS/VS1 RES SYSTEM PROGRAMMERS GUIDE OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
OS/VS TCAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5742-SCl-21
INTRODUCTION TO DOS/VS DOS/vS RELEASE 29 i 30
DOS/VS SUPERVISOR' ¥O MACROS DOS/VS RELEASE 29 , 30
DOS/VS SYSTEM CONTROL STATEMENTS DOS/VS RELEASE 29 , 30
DOS/VS OPERATING PROCEDURES DOS/VS RELEASE 29 , 30
DOS/VS MESSAGES DOS/VS RELEASE 29 , 30
DOS/VS SERVICEABILITY AIDS DEBUGGING PROCEDURES OOS/VS
RELEASE 29 , 30
DOS/VS - SERVICEABILITY SERVICEABILITY DEBUG - S/370 DOS/vS
DOS/VS - DEBUGGING
DOS/VS UTILITIES ACCESS METHOD SERVICES DOS/vS RELEASE 29
, 30
DOS/VS POWER/VS INSTALLATION , OPERATIONS DOS/VS RELEASE 30
OPERATORS LIBRARY, OS/VSl (RES) REFERENCE, RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS CONSOLE CONFIGURATIONS
OPERATORS LIBRARY: OS/vS2 REFERENCE (JES2) OS/VS2
RELEASE 2.0
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VSl SYSTEM MESSAGE, RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS2 SYSTEM MESSAGES OS/VS2
RELEASE 2.0
OS/VS1 MESSAGE LIBRARY: SYSTEM CODES, RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS MESSAG:F; LIBRARY: ROUTING AND DESCRIPTOR CODES
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY UTILITIES MESSAGES
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: SERVICE AIDS AND OLTEP MESSAGES
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS2 SYSTEM CODES OS/VS RELEASE 2.0
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VSl RES RTAM AND ACCOUNT MESSAGES
OS/VS1 RELEAS~ 3.0 '
OS/VSl DATA MANAGEMENT MACRO LOGIC FOR 1285/1287/1288
OS/vS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6 AND OS/VS1 1.0,2.0 RELEASE 2.6
OS/VSl SUPERVISOR LOGIC - RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/vSl I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC - RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VSl CHECKPOINT/RESTART LOGIC - RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/vSl IPL AND NIP 'LOGIC - RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/vS1 JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC - RELEASE 2.0, 2. 6
OS/VS OPEN/CLOSE/EQV LOGIC
'
OS/VS DADSM LOGIC - OS/vS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/vS1 RELEASE 2.0,2.6
OS/VS2 CHECKPOINT RESTART LOGIC - OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6
OS/vS2 I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC - OS/VS2 RELEASE 1. 6

323

30

**SQ66-3839-1

37

SQ67-7239-1

36
37

SQ68-0605-1
SQ68-0637-1

37

SQ68-0639-1

37
39

**SQ68-0643-1
**SQ68-0650-1

39
30

**SQ68-0652-1
**SQ68-6849-1

39

**SQ73-8548-1

36

**SQ73-8551-1

36
30
30

**SQ73-8555-1
**SQ73-8562-1
SQ75-0003-1

85

**SR20-4193-0

85
85
85

**SR20-4194-0#
SR20-4194-0#
**GR20-4260-1
**SR20-4438-0

40
85
09
99
99

**SR20-4460-0
**SR20-4461-0
**GR29-0296-1
**STB8-0606-1
STC7-l932-0

99

STC7-1933-0

99
99

STC7-1934-0
STc1-1937-0

99
99

STC7-1938-0
STC7-1939-0

99

STC7-1943-0

**SNC7-1932

99

STC7-1944-0

**SNC7-1933

99

STC7-l946-0

**SNC7-1935

99
99
99

STC7-1948-0
STC7-l949-0
STC7-l950-0

**SNC7-l937
**SNC7-1938
**SNC7-1939

99
99
99
99

STC7-l954-0
STC7-1956-0
STC7-1958-0
STC7-l962-0

**SNC7-1941
**SNC7-1942
**SNC7-1943
**SNC7-1945

99
99

STC7-1963-0
STC7-l964-0

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

STC7-l965-0
STD2-2000-0
STD2-2001-0
STD2-2002-0
STD2-2009-0
STD2-20l0-0
STD2-2014-0
STD2-2015-0
STD2-2016-0
STD2-2017-0
STD2-20l8-0
STD2-2019-0
STD2-2020-0
STD2-202l-0
STD2-2022-0
STD2-2023-0
STD2-2024-0
STD2-2025-0
STD2-2026-0
STD2-2027-0
STD2-2028-0
STD2-2030-0
STD2-203l-0
STD2-2032-0
STD2-2033-0
STD2-2034-0
STD2-2038-0
STD2-2041-0
STD2-2042-0
STD2-2043-0
STD2-2044-0

**SN27-1407

**SN24-5495

**SN33- 8769
**SN33-8790
**SN33-8774
**SN33-9l63

**SN33-8770
**SN33-8792
**SN26-0772

**SNC7-l925

**SNC7-1926
**SNC7-l928

**SSCO-6720

**SSCO-6735

OS/VS1 OPEN/CLOSE EOV LOGIC - COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-D1
OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
OS/VS RECOVERY MANAGEMENT SUPPORT LOGIC
OS/VSl RELEASE 2.0, 2.6 OS/vS2 RELEASE 1.6
OS/VS1 SYSTEM DATA AREAS - RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS2 OLTEP LOGIC - OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0,1.6 AND OS/VS1
RELEASE 1.0
OS/VS2 SYSl LOGREC ERROR RECORDING LOGIC
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6 AND OS/VS1 RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS2 SERVICE AIDS LOGIC OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/VS2 TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM 6 SERVICE ROUTINES LOGIC
OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/VS2 TSO C~~D PROCESSOR LOGIC VOL IV OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/VSl RES RTAM AND WORKSTATION SUPPORT LOGIC - COMPONENT
NO. 5741-SC1-BB OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0,3.1
OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOL 2: EDIT OS/VS2
RELEASE 2.0
DOS/VS SUPERVISOR LOGIC DOS/VS RELEASE 29 6 30
DOS/VS IPL , JOB CONTROL LOGIC DOS/VS RELEASE 29 , 30
DOS/VS LIOCS VOL. 4, VSAM LOGIC DOS/VS RELEASE 29 6 30
OS/VS CATALOGUE MAN~GEMENT LOGIC - COMPONENT NOS.
5741 AND 5742-SC1-D3 - OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0 AND OS/VS1 1.0
TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE FOR APPLICATION PROGRAMMERS - A PRIMER
TERMINAL-ORIENTED SELF-STUDY TEXT
TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE FOR ADMINISTRATIVE APPLICATIONS
A PRIMER: TERMINAL-ORIENTED SELF-STUDY TEXT
INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUAL STORAGE IN SYSTEM/370 STUDENT TEXT
CMS FOR PROGRAMMERS -- A PRIMER:
(VM/370) TERMINAL-ORIENTED
SELF-STUDY TEXT
IBM SYSTEM/370 OPERATOR'S REFERENCE GUIDE
INTRODUCTION TO DAT~ COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS STUDENT TEXT
IBM 3705 EMULATION - REFERENCE CARD
OS/VS2 DATA AREAS PROG. NO. 5752 OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
DOS/VS ATTENTION ROUTINES 5745-SC-AIT DOS/VS MICROFICHE
RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS ACCESS METHOD SERVICES 5745-SC-AMS DOS/VS MICROFICHE
RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS ASSEMBLER 5745-SC-ASM
DOS/VS DIRECT ACCESS METHOD 5745-SC-DAM DOS/VS MICROFICHE
RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS DISK ERP 5745-SC-DKE DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS DISPLAY OPERATOR CONSOLE 5745-SC-DOC DOS/VS
MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS MODEL 20 EMULATOR 5745-SC-E20 DOS/vS MICROFICHE
RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS COMPILER I/O MODULES 5745-SC-IOM DOS/VS MICROFICHE
RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS IPL AND BUFFER 5745-SC-IPL DOS/vS MICROFICHE RELEASE
2.8
DOS/VS JCL 5745-SC-JCL DOS/vS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS LIBRARIAN 5745-SC-LBR DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS LINKAGE EDITOR 5745-SC-LNK DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE
2.8
DOS/VS PDAIDS 5745-SC-PDA DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.9
DOS/VS POWER 5745-SC-PWR
DOS/VS RMSR 5745-SC-RMS DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS SYSTEM UTILITY PROG. 5745-SC-UTL DOS/VB MICROFICHE
RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS VSAM 5745-SC-VSM DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS DOS DISTRIBUTION PROG. 5745-SC-DIS DOS/VS MICROFICHE
RELEASE 2.8
DOS/VS MICROFICHE INDEX DOS/VS MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.8
OS/vS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-C1 - IPL
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741- SC1-C3 - lOS
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-C5 - SUPERVISOR
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-00 - SCHEDULER
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-CB - UNIT REC E R
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-BO - JECS
OS/VSl RELEASE 1 574l-SC1-Bl - INPUT STREAM CTRL
OS/VS1 RELEASE 574l-SC1-B2 - OUTPUT STR CTBL
OS/VSl RELEASE 1 574l-SCl~B3 - SYS RESTART
OS/vSl RELEASE 574l-SCl-B4 - ALLOCATION
OS/VSl RELEASE 1 574l-SC1-B5 - Q MANAGER
OS/vSl RELEASE 5741-SC1-B6 - INITIATOR
OS/VSl RELEASE 1 5741-SCl-B7 - TERMINATION
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-B8 - COMMANDS
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 574l-SC1-B9 - INTERPRETER
OS/VSl RELEASE 574l-SC1-BD - RESTART PROCESS
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-BE - SYST LOG
OS/VS1 RELEASE 574l-Sc1-BF - WTP
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-BG - MS1
OS/VSl RELEASE 5741-SCl-l7 - IMCJOBQD
OS/vS1 RELEASE 1 574l-SC1-C4 - DlDOCS
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 574l-SC1-GO - GAM
OS/vS1 RELEASE 1 574l-SC1-07 - GSP
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-CE - RMS
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2 574l-SCl-03 - ASSEMB XF
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SCl-CD - OBR/EREP/RDE
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 574l-SC1-ii - GTF
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 574l-SCl-12 - HMASPZAP
OS/VSl RELEASE 1 574l-SCl-13 - HMDPRDMP
OS/vS1 RELEASE 1 574l-SC1-l5 - HMDSADMP

324

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
37

STD2-2045-0
STD2-2046-0
STD2-2047-0
STD2-204S-0
STD2-2049-0
STD2-2051-0
STD2-2054-0
STD2-2055-0
STD2-2056-0
STD2-2057-0
STD2-205S-0
STD2-2059-0
STD2-2060-0
STD2-2061-0
STD2-2062-0
STD2-2063-0
STD2-2064-0
STD2-2067-0
STD2-206S-0
STD2-2069-0
STD2-2074-0
STD2-2076-0
STD2-2077-0
STD2-207S-0
STD2-2079-0
STD2-20S0-0
STD2-20S1-0
STD2-20S2-0
STD2-20S4-0
STD2-20S5-0
STD2-20S6-0
STD2-20S7-0
STD2-20SS-0
STD2-20S9-0
STD2-2090-0
STD2-2091-0
STD2-2092-0
STD2-2094-0
STD2-2096-0
STD2-2097-0
STD2-209S-0
STD2-2099-0
STD2-2100-0
STD2-2101-0
STD2-2105-0
STD2-210S-0
STD2-2111-1
**GTOO-0042-0

STD2-2053~0

37

**GTOO-0045-0

34
37
37

GTOO-011S-2
**GTOO-0119-0
GTOO-0129-2

32

GTOO-0130-2

34

GTOO-0131-2

30

GTOO-0132-2

40

GTOO-0133-2

34

GTOO-0134-4

37

GTOO-0135-1

39

GTOO-0136-0

37

GTOO-0137-0

30

STOO-013S-2

36

GTOO-0140-1

36

GTOO-0141-2

40
34
40
40
40

**GTOO-0144-3
**GTOO-0147-2
**GTOO-014S-2
**GTOO-0149-3
**GTOO-0150-3

36
30
34
34
36
34

**STCO-0151-2
**STOO-0152-2
**GTOO-0153-3
**GTOO-0154-2
**STOO-0155-2
**GTOO-0156-3

34
40

**GTOO-015S-3
**GTOO-0159-4

**SSCO-74S0
**SSCO-7360
**SSCO-6460
**SSCO-64S0

**SSCO-6700
**SSCO-7420

**SSCO-7140

**SSCO-6220

**GN24-5477

OS/VSl RELEASE 1 5741-SCl-16 - HMAPTFLE
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-06 - OLTEP
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-CF - EXT SVC
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-U2 - IEHLIST
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SCl-20 - BRAM
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-D5 - OCR
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-UG - IEBTCRIN
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-09 - CHKPT RESTART
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-C7 - FETCH
OS/VSl RELEASE 5741-SC1-C2 - OVERLAY SUPER
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-DO - SAM
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-D1 - OPEN/CLOSE EOV
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-D2 - PAM
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-D4 - DADSM
OS/vS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-D6 - MICR
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-D7 - DAM
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-DS - ISAM
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-D9 - JAM
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-CA - DASD/ERP
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-04 - LINK EDITOR
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-05 - LOADER
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-DB - JES COMPAT INT
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SCl-14 - HMBLIST
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-10 - IBCDMPRS
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-I1 - IBCDASDI
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-12 - lCAPRTBL
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-UO - IEHDASDR
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-U1 - IEHIOSUP
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-UF - IEHATLAS
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-0A - CRJE
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-U6 - IEBCOPY
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-U7 - IEBGENER
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-US - IEBUPDATE
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-UA - IEBPTCH
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-UK - IEBCOMPR
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-UB - IEBISAM
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-U5 - IEBDG
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-UC - IEHMOVE
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-02 - SMF
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-U3 - IEHPROGM
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-UD - IEHINITT
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-UE - IEHSTATR
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-D3 - CATALOG
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-DC - PASSWORD PROTECT
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-CC - TAPE ERP/vES
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1 5741-SC1-BB - RES
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-DD - 3505/3525 RDR
OS/VS1 RELEASE 5741-SC1-CS - NIP
OS MACHINE CHECK HANDLER FOR S/370 MODEL 155, 165-PLM
(PRIOR EDITION)
OS MACHINE CHECK HANDLER FOR S/370 MODELS 135, AND 145
PLM (PRIOR EDITION)
OS/VS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILITIES (SMF)
OS/360 MACHINE CHECK HANDLER FOR S/370 MODEL 155, 165 PLM
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: SERVICE AIDS AND OLTEP MESSAGES
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2.0, 2.6, OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: UTILITIES MESSAGES
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2.0, 2.6 AND VS2 RELEASE 1.6
OS/VS1 SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2.6
OS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT MACRO INSTRUCTION
VS1 RELEASE 1.0, 2.0,2.6 AND VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: ROUTING AND DESCRIPTOR CODES
OS/VS1 RELEASE ,2.0, 2.6 OS/vS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILITIES SMF
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2.6 OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6
OS/VS SERVICE AIDS REFERENCE SUMMARY
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0,1.6 AND OS/VS1 RELEASE 1.0,2.0,2.6
OS/VS2 COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0,1.6,1.7
OS/VS2 DSS COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6 AND OS/VS1 RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS OPEN/CLOSE/EQV LOGIC
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6 OS/vS1 RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS JCL SYNTAX REFERENCE SUMMARY
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6 OS/vS1 RELEASE 1.0, 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS JCL SERVICES
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1,.0,1.6,1.7, OS/VS1 - 1.0,2.0,2.6
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS1 REFERENCE OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
OS/VS1 PLANNING' USER GUIDE OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS1 SYSTEM MESSAGES RELEASE 3.0
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY VS1 SYSTEM CODES OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: ROUTING & DESCRIPTOR CODES OS/VSl
RELEASE 3.0
OS/VSl SUPERVISOR LOGIC OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0
OS/VS1 I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
OS/VS1 SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
OS/vSl STORAGE ESTIMATES OS/VS1 RELEASE 3. 0
OS/vS1 JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC OS/VSl RELEASE 3. 0
OS/vS1 PLANNING AND USE GUIDE PROG. NO. 5741 OS/VSl RELEASE
3.1
OS/VS1 STORAGE ESTIMATES PROG. NO. 5741 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS1 REFERENCE PROG. NO. 5741
OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1

325

40

**GTOO-0160-3

40

**GTOO-0161-4

36

**STOO-0162-2

**SN24-5482

36

**STOO-0163-3

36

**STOO-0164-2

36

**STOO-0165-3

37
39

**GTOO-0166-2
**GTOO-0167-1

36

**GTOO-0168-0

30

**GTOO-0169-2

34

**GTOO-0170-5

**GN33-9160
**GN33-9175
**GN28-2568

34
36

**GTOO-0171-3
**GTOO-0172-3

**GN24-5492

37

**GTOO-0173-2

**GN24-5505

32

**GTOO-0174-3

34

**GTOO-0175-3

31

**GTOO-0176-3

30
40

**STOO-0179-2
**GTOO-0180-4

30

**STOO-0181-2

34

**GTOO-0182-4

36
32

** STO 0- 0183- 2
**Gl'OO-0184-3

36

**5TOO-0"185-2

34
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

**GTOO-0187-2
**5TOO-5000-2
**STOO-5001-2
**STOO-5002-2
STOO-5003-0
**STOO-5004-1
**STOO-5005-2
**STOO-5006-2
**5TOO-5007-2
**STOO-5008-2
**STOO-5009-2
**5TOO-5010-2
**STOO-5011-2
**5TOO-5012-2
**STOO-5013-2
**STOO-5014-2
**STOO-5015-2
**STOO-5016-2
**STOO-5017-2

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

**STOO-5018-2
**STOO-5019-1
**STOO-5020-2
**STOO-5021-2
**STOO-5022-2
**STOO-5023-2
**STOO-5024-2
**STOO-5025-2
**STOO-5026-2
**STOO-5027-2
**STOO-5028-2
**STOO-5029-2
**STOO-5030-2
**STOO-5031-2
**STOO-5032-2
**STOO-5033-2
**STOO-5034-2
**STOO-5035-2
**STOO-5036-1
**STOO-5038-2
**STOO-5039-2
**STOO-5040-2
**STOO-5041-2
**STOO-5042-2
**STOO-5043-2
**STOO-5044-2
**STOO-5045-2
**STOO-5046-2

**5N24-5481

**5N35-0011

**GN33-9170

**GN24-5491

OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS1 SYSTEM MESSAGES PROG. NO. 5741
OS/vS1 RELEASE 3.1
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: ROUTING' DESCRIPTOR CODES OS/VS1
RELEASE 3.1 , OS/\7S2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/vS1 SYSTEM DATA AREA COMPONENT NO. 5741 05/VS1 RELEASE
3.0,3.1
OS/vS1 SUPER\7ISOR LOGIC COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-C5
OS/\7S1 RELEASE 3.1
OS/vS1 IPL AND NIP LOGIC COMPONENT NOS. 5741-SC1-C8
5741-SC1-C1 OS/\7S1 RELEASE 3.0,3.1
OS/vS1 JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC COMPONENT NUMBERS 5741-SC1-B6,
B4,B7,OO,C4,BD, OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
OS/VS SERVICE AIDS REFERENCE SUMMARY OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/vS2 TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY OS/VS2
RELEASE 2.0
DOS/VS POWER , POWER/RJE REFERENCE SUMMARY DOS/vS
RELEASE 29 , 30
DOS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT GUIDE DOS/VS RELEASE 29 , 30
OS/VS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILITIES OS/VS 2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/vS1 RELEASE 3.0 , 3.1
DOS/VS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT GUIDE DOS/VS RELEASE 30
OS/vS1 PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE DIGEST OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0 ,
3.1
OS/VS1 DEBUGGING GUIDE COMPONENT NO. 5741 OS/VS1 RELEASE
3.0,3.1
OS/vS MESSAGE LIBRARY: UTILITIES MESSAGES OS/VS2 RELEASE
2.0 , OS/vS1 RELEASE 3.0 , 3.1
OS/VS2 SYS. PROGRAMMING LIBRARY: SYS. GEN. REF. COMPONENT
NO. 5752-SCl-BH, UX OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/vS MESSAGE LIBRARY: LINKAGE EDITOR' LOADER MESSAGES
OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0 OS/\7S1 RELEASE 3.0 , 3.1
OS/VS2 I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS1 SYSTEMS CODES COMPONENT NO.
5741 OS/vS1 RELEASE 3.1
OS/VS1 CATALOG MANAGEMENT LOGIC PROG. NOS. 5741-SC1-D3,
5742-SC1-D3, OS/V52 REL. 1.0,1.6,1.7 OS/VS1 RELEASE 2.0,
2.6,3.0,3.1
OS/VS1 SYSM GEN. COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-S1 OS/vs1 RELEASE
3.1
OS/VS2 CHECKPOINT/RESTART LOGIC OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/VS UTILITIES OS/\7S2 RELEASE 2.0 , OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0 ,
3.1
OS/VS1 CHECKPOINT/RESTART LOGIC COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC2-09
OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0,3.1
DOS/VS SYSTEM GENERATION DOS/VS RELEASE 30
IPL 5741-SC1-C1 OS/\7S1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
lOS 5741-SC1-C3 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
SUPERVISOR 5741-SC1-C5 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
MAPPING MACROS 5741-SC1-01 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
INDEX OS/\7S1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
SCHEDULER - SMF 5741-SC1-00 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
UNIT/RCD/ERP 5741-SC1-CB OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEA5E 2.6
JECS 5741-SC1-BO OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
I/P STREAM CTL 5741-SC1-B1 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
O/P STREAM CTL 5741-SCI-B2 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
SYSTEM RESTART 5741-SC1-B3 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
ALLOCATION 5741-SC1-B4 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
SWADS MANAGER 5741-SC1-B5 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
INITIATOR 5741-SC1-B6 OS/\7S1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
TERMINATION 5741-SCl-B7 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
COMMANDS 5741-SC1-BB OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
INTERPRETER 5741-SCl-B9 OS/\7S1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
RESTART RDR/DSDR PROCESSING 5741-SC1-BD OS/VS1 MICROFICHE
RELEASE 2.6
SYSTEM LOG 5741-SC1-BE OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
WTP 5741-SC1-BF OS/\7S1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
MSI 5741-SC1-BG OS/\7S1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IMC JOBQD 5741-SC1-17 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
DIDOCS 5741-SC1-C4 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
GAM 5741-SC1-GO OS/\7S1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
GSP 5741-SC1-07 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
RMS 5741-SC1-CE OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
SYSTEM ASSEMBLER 5741-SC1-03 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
ORB/EREP/RDE 5741-SC1-CD OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
GTF 5741-SC1-11 OS/\7S1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
HMASPZAP 5741-SC1-12 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
HMDPRDMP 5741-SC1-13 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
HMDSADMP 5741-SC1-15 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
HMAPTFLE 5741-SC1-16 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
OLTEP 5741-SC1-06 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IEHLIST 5741-SCl-U2 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
BTAM 5741-SC1-20 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
OCR 5741-SC1-D5 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
CHK/RSTRT 5741-SC1-09 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
FETCH 5741-SCl-C7 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
OVERLAY SUPER\7ISOR 5741-SC1-C2 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
SAM 5741-SC1-DO OS/\7S1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
OPEN/CLOSE/DOV 5741-SC1-D1 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
PAM 5741-SC1-D2 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
DADSM 5741-SC1-D4 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
MICR 5741-SC1-D6 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
DAM 5741-SC1-D7 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6

326

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

**STOO-5047-2
**STOO-504S-2
**STOO-5049-l
**STOO-5050-2
**STOO-50Sl-2
**STOO-50S2-2
**STOO-5053-2
**STOO-50S4-l
**STOO-5055-l
**STOO-50S6-2
**STOO-SOS7-l
**STOO-50SS-2
**STOO-5059-2
**STOO-5060-2
**STOO-506l-2
**STOO-S062-2
**STOO-S063-2
**STOO-5064-2
**STOO-S06S-2
**STOO-5066-2
**STOO-5067-l
**STOO-506S-2
**STOO-5069-2
**STOO-S070-l
**STOO-S072-2
**STOO-S073-l
STOO-S074-0

99
99

STOO-507S-0
**STOO-5076-l

99

STOO-S077-0

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

**STOO-507S-l
STOO-50S0-0
STOO-SOS1-O
STOO-5082-0
**STOO-S10O-3
**STOO-S1Ol-3
**STOO-S102-l
**STOO-S103-2
**STOO-S104-3
**STOO-5l0S-3
**STOO-5l06-3
**STOO-5l07-3
**STOO-5l08-3
**STOO-5l09-3
**STOO-5110-3
**STOO-Slll-3
**STOO-5112-3
**STOO-S113-3
**STOO-5114-3
**STOO-5ll5-3
**STOO-5ll6-3

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

**STOO-5ll7-3
**STOO-5llS-2
**STOO-5119-3
**STOO-5l20-3
**STOO-5l2l-3
**STOO-5l22-3
**STOO-5l23-3
**STOO-5l24-3
**STOO-5l25-3
**STOO-S126-3
**STOO-S127-3
**STOO-5l2S-3
**STOO-5l29-3
**STOO-5l30-3
**STOO-5l3l-2
**STOO-S132-3
**STOO-5l33-3
**STOO-5l34-3
**STOO-5l35-3
**STOO-5l36-3
**STOO-5l37-3
**STOO-5l3S-3
**STOO-5l39-3
**STOO-5l40-3
**STOO-5l4l-3
**STOO-5l42-3
**STOO-5l43-2
**STOO-5l44-3
**STOO-5l45-3
**STOO-5l46-3
**STOO-5l47-2
**STOO-5l48-2
**STOO-5l49-2
**STOO-5l50-3
**STOO-5l5l-2
**STOO-5l52-3
**STOO-5l53-3
**STOO-5l54-3

**SSCO-7S9S

**SSCO-674l

ISAM 574l-SC1-D8 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
JAM 574l-SC1-D9 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
DASD-ERP - 574l-SC1-CA OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
LINKAGE EDITOR 574l-SC1-04 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
LOADER 574l-SC1-05 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
JESCOMPATINT 574l-SC1-DB OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
HMBLIST 574l-SCl-14 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IBCDMPRS 574l-SC1-IO OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IBCDASDI 574l-SC1-Il OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IEMDASDR 574l-SC1-UO OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IEHATLAS 574l-SC1-UF OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
CRJE 574l-SC1-OA OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IEBCOPY 574l-SCl-U6 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IEBGENER 574l-SC1-U7 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IEBUPDTE 574l-SC1-US OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IEBPTCH 574l-SC1-UA OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IEBCOMPR 574l-SC1-UK OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IEBISAM 574l-SCl-UH OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IEBDG 574l-SCl-UJ OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IEHMOVE 574l-SC1-UC OS/vSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
SMF 574l-SC1-02 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IEHPROGM 574l-SC1-U3 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IEHINITT 574l-SC1-UD OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IEHSTATR 574l-SC1-UE OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
TAPE ERP/VES 574l-SC1-CC OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
RES 574l-SCl-BB OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
HMDPRDMP EDIT 574l-SCl-18 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.0 ,
2.6
RES ACCT. FACILITY 574l-SC1-BC OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
3505/3525 RDR/PCH - 574l-SC1-DD OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
2.6
EX F/P SIMULATOR 5741-SC1-CP OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE
2.0 , 2.6
NIP 574l-SC1-C8 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
IDCAMS 574l-SC1-DK OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
STATUS 574l-SC1-DL OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
VSAM 574l-SC1-DE MICROFICHE OS/VSl RELEASE 2.6
lOS 574l-SC1-C3 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
SUPERVISOR 574l-SC1-C5 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
MAPPING MACROS 574l-SC1-Ol OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
INDEX OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
SCHEDULER - SMF 574l-SC1-00 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
UNIT/RCD/ERP 574l-SC1-CB OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
JECS 574l-SC1-BO OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
I/P STREAM CTL S74l-SC1-Bl OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
O/P STREAM CTL S74l-SC1-B2 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
SYSTEM RESTART 574l-SC1-B3 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
ALLOCATION 574l-SC1-B4 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
SWADS MANAGER 574l-SC1-B5 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
INITIATOR S74l-SC1-B6 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
TERMINATION 574l-SCl-B7 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
COMMANDS 574l-SC1-BS OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
INTERPRETER S74l-SCl-B9 OS/vSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
RESTART RDR/DSDR PROCESSING 574l-SC1-BD OS/vSl MICROFICHE
RELEASE 3.0
SYSTEM LOG S74l-sCl-BE OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
WTP 574l-SC1-BF OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
DIDOes 574l-SC1-C4 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6
GAM 574l-SC1-GO OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
GSP 574l-SC1-07 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
RMS S74l-SC1-CE OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
SYSTEM ASSEMBLER 574l-SC1-03 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
ORB/EREP/RDE 574l-SC1-CD OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
GTF 574l-SC1-ll OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
HMASPZAP 574l-SCl-12 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
HMDPRDMP 574l-SCl-13 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
OLTEP 574l-SCl-06 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IEHLIST 574l-SCl-U2 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
BTAM 574l-SCl-20 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
OCR 574l-SC1-D5 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
CHK/RSTRT 574l-SC1-09 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
FETCH 574l-SCl-C7 OS/vSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
OVERLAY SUPERVISOR 574l-SC1-C2 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
SAM 574l-SC1-DO OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
OPEN/CLOSE/EOV 574l-SC1-Dl OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
PAM 574l-SC1-D2 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
DADSM 574l-SCl-D4 OS/vSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
MICR 574l-SC1-D6 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
DAM 574l-SC1-D7 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
ISAM 574l-SC1-D8 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
JAM 574l-SC1-D9 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
DASD-ERP - 574l-SC1-CA OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
LINKAGE EDITOR 574l-SC1-04 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
LOADER 574l-SCl-05 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
JESCOMPATINT 574l-SC1-DB OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
HMBLIST 574l-SCl-14 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IBC DMPRS 574l-SC1-IO OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IBCDASDI 574l-SC1-Il OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IEMDASDR S74l-SC1-UO OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IEHATLAS 574l-SC1-UF OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
CRJE 574l-SC1-OA OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IEBCOPY 574l-SCl-U6 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IEBGENER 574l-SC1-U7 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0

327

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

**STOO-5155-3
**STOO-5156-3
**STOO-5157-3
**STOO-5158-3
**STOO-5159-3
**STOO-5160-3
**STOO-5161-3
**STOO-5162-3
**STOO-5163-2
**STOO-5164-3
**STOO-5165-1

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

**STOO-5166-3
STOO-5167-0
**STOO-5168-2
**STOO-5169-2
**STOO-5110-1
**STOO-5111-2
** STOO-5112-2
**STOO-5113-1
STOO-5114-0
STOO-5115-0
**STOO-5116-1
**STOO-5117-1
**STOO-5178-1
STOO-5179-0
STOO-5180-0
STOO-5181-0
STOO-5182-0
STOO-5184-0
**STOO-5200-3
**STOO-5201-4
**STOO-5202-4
**STOO-5203
**STOO-5204-4
**STOO-5205-4
**STOO-5206-4

**SSCO-1615

**SSCO-7553

**SSCO-7381

**SSCO-6922
**SSCO-6942

99

**STOO-5207-4

99

**STOO-5208-4

99
99

**STOO-5209-4
**STOO-5210-4

99
99
99
99
99

**STOO-5211-4
**STOO-5212-4
**STOO-5213-4
**STOO-5214-4
**STOO-5215-4

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

**STOO-5216-3
**STOO-5217-3
**STOO-5218-4
**STOO-5219-3
**STOO-5220-2
**STOO-5221-4
**STOO-5222-4
**STOO-5223-4
**STOO-5224-4
**STOO-5225-3
**STOO-5226-3
**STOO-5229-3
**STOO-5230-2

99
99
99
99

**STOO-5231-4
**STOO-5232-1
**STOO-5233-3
**STOO-5234-2

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99

**STOO-5235-3
STOO-5236-0
**STOO-5237-2
**STOO-5238-1
**STOO-5239-1
**STOO-5240-2
STOO-5241-0
**STOO-5242-1
**STOO-5243
STOO-5244-0
**STOO-5245-1
**STOO-5246-1

**SSCO-7410
**SSCO-6050
**SSCO-7010
**SSCO-7616
**SSCO-7620
**SSCO-7597
**SSCO-7230

99
99

**STOO-5247-1
**STOO-5248-4

**SSCO-1450

99
99
99

**STOO-5249-4
**STOO-5250-3
**STOO-5275-1

99

**STOO-5216-2

99

**STOO-5217-1

**SSCO-7002

**SSCO-7062

**SSCO-6561

**SSCO-6021

**SSCO-1282

**SNC7-1985

**SNC7-1969

**SSCO-6051

IEBUPDTE 5741-SC1-U8 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IEBPTCH 5741-SC1-UA OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IEBCOMPR 5741-SC1-UK OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IERISAM 5741-SC1-UH OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IEBDG 5741-SC1-UJ OS/vS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IEHMOVE 5741-SCl-UC OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE
IEHPROGM 5741- SC1- U3 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.6
IEHINITT 5741-SC1-UD OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IEHSTATR 5741-SC1-UE OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
CATALOG 5741-SC1-D3 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
PASSWORD PROTECT 5741-SC1-DC OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE
2.6 , 3.0
TAPE ERP/VES 5741-SC1-CC OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IEBEDIT 5741-SC1-U9 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 2.6 , 3.0
RES 5741-SC1-BB OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
HMDPRDMP EDIT 5741-SCl-18 OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
RES ACCT. FACILITY 5141-SC1-BC OS/VS1 MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
3505/3525 RDR/PCH 5741-SC1-DD OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
NIP 5741-SC1-C8 OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
IDCAMS 5741-SC1-DK OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
3890 - DOC PROC 5741-SC1-DF OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
3886 OCR 5741-SC1-DL OS/VSl MICROFICHE RELEASE 3.0
STATUS 5741-SC1-DL MICROFICHE OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
VSAM 5741-SC1-DE MICROFICHE OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
DSS 5741-SC1-10 MICROFICHE OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
POWER WARNING ICR 5141-SC1-0E MICROFICHE OS/vS1 RELEASE 3.0
ISSP 5741-SC1-BK MICROFICHE OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
TCAM 5 5741-SCl-21 MICROFICHE OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
(IMCOSJQD) 5741-SCl-19 MICROFICHE OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.0
JOB LIST MGR 5741-SC1-BJ MICROFICHE OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0
IPL COMPONENT 5741-SC1-C1 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
lOS COMPONENT NO. 5141-SC1-C3 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
SUPERVISOR COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-C5 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
MAPPING MACROS COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-01 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
SCHEDULER SMF COMPONENT NO. 5141-SC1-00 OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
JECS COMPONENT NO. 5141-SC1-BO OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
INPUT STREAM CTL COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-Bl OS/VS1 RELEASE
3.1
OUTPUT STREAM CTL COMPONENT NO. 5141-SC1-B2 OS/VS1 RELEASE
3.1
SYSTEM RESTART COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B3 OS/VS1 RELEASE
3.1
ALLOCATION COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B4 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
QUEUE MGR. SWADS COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B5 OS/VS1 RELEASE
3.1
INITIATOR COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B6 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
TERMINATION COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B7 OS/vS1 RELEASE 3.1
COMMANDS COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B8 OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
INTERPRETER COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-B9 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
RESTART RDR/DASDR PROCESS COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BD
OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
WTP COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC2-BF OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
MSI COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BG OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
HMASPZAP COMPONENT NO. 5141-SCl-12 OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
OCR COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-D5 OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
IEBTCRIN COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-UG OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
CHK/RSTRT COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-09 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
FETCH COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-C7 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
PAM COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-D2 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
LINK EDITOR COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-04 OS/vSl RELEASE 3.1
IBCDMPRS COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-IO OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
IBCDASDI COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-I1 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
IEHSTATR COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-UE OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
PASSWORD PROTECT COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-DC OS/VS1 RELEASE
3.1
RES COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-CC OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
IEBEDIT COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-U9 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
RES COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BB OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
EX F/P SIMULATOR COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-CP OS/VS1 RELEASE
3.1
NIP COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-C8 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
VTAM COMPONENT NO. 5141-SCl-23 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
IDCAMS COMPONENT NO. 5141-SC1-DK OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
3890 DOC PROC COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-DG OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
3886 OCR COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-DL OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
VSAM COMPONENT NO. 5141-SC1-DE OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
HMASMP COMPONENT NO. 5741-SCl-30 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
ISSP COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BK OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
TCAM COMPONENT NO. 5741-SCl-21 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
SYS. GEN. COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-S1 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
IMCOSJQD COMPONENT NO. 5741-SCl-19 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
SSS HOST SUPPORT COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-SS OS/VS1 RELEASE
3.1
JOB LIST MGR. COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BJ OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
MODULE/MACRO TOTAL SYSTEM INDEX (5741-SC1 COMPONENTS)
OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
SYSTEM LOG. COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BE OS/vS1 RELEASE 3.1
SYSTEM STATUS COMPONENT NO. 5741 OS/VS1 RELEASE 3.1
ACCESS METHOD SERVICES, LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-AMS
DISK ERP LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30 - COMPONENT NO.
5745-SC-DKE
DISPLAY OPERATOR CONSOLE LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
- COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-DOC

.328

99

**STOO-5278-2

99

**STOO-5279-2

99

**STOO-5280-2

99

**STOO-5281-2

99

**STOO-5282-2

99

**STOO-5283-2

99

**STOO-5284-2

99

**STOO-5285-2

99

**STOO-5286-3

"SNC7-1986

99

STOO-5287-0

99

STOO-5288-0

99

**STOO-5289-1

99

STOO-5290-0

99

**STOO-5291-1

30

**GT21-5097-0

34
36

GT24-5090-0
GT24-5091-2

37
34
34
36

GT24-5093-0
GT24-5094-0
GT24-5095-0
**GT24-5099-0

36

**GT24-5100-0

36

**GT24-5103-0

30

**GT24-5106-0

30

**GT24-5107-0

**GN24-5478

30

GT26-3783-2

**GN26-0763

36

GT26-3784-2

34

**GT26-3790-1

34
34
30
31

GT26-3791-0
GT26-3792-0
GT26-3795-1
GT26-3813-1

30

GT26-3818-0

30

GT26-3819-0

30
30

**GT26-3830-0
**GT26-3837-0

**SNC7-1989

**SNC7-1990

**GN;24-5454

**GN26-0760

30

**GT26-3838-0

36

GT27-6979-2

30
34
34
36

GT27-6980-0
GT28-0601-0
GT28-0604-0
GT28-0618-2

30

GT28-0631-2

37

GT28-0632-0

**GN28-2560

37

GT28-0633-1

**GN28-2540

37
37
37

GT28-0636-0
GT28-0638-0
GT28-0640-0

39
39

GT28-0644-0
GT28-0645-0

39
39

GT28-0646-0
GT28-0648-0

**GN28-2537

37
34
37

GT28-0666-0
GT28-0667-0
GT28-0668-0

**GN28-2556

**GN27-1397

JOB CONTROL LISTINGS - DOS/vS RELEASE 30
- COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-JCL
LIBRARIAN LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
- COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-LBR
LINKAGE EDITOR LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
- COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-LNK
P D AIDS LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30 - COMPONENT NO.
5745-SC-PDA
RMSR LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30 - COMPONENt' NO.
5745-SC-RMS
SYSTEM UTILITY PROGRAM LISTINGS - DOS/vS RELEASE 30
- COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-UTL
VSAM LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30 - COMPONENT NO.
5745-SC-VSM
DDS DISTRIBUTION PROGRAM LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
- COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-DIS
MICROFICHE INDEX LISTINGS - DDS/VS RELEASE 30
- COMPONENT NO. 5745
VTAM LISTINGS - DOs/VS RELEASE 30
- COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-VTM
TOLTEP LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
- COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-TLT
SUBSYSTEM SUPPORT SERVICES LISTINGS - DOS/VS RELEASE 30
- COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-SSS
3600 FINANCE CDMM. SYSTEM LISTINGS - DOS/vS RELEASE 30
- COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-124
POWER/VS LISTINGS - DDs/VS RELEASE 30.
- COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-PWR
OS AND OS/VS PROGRAMMING SUPPORT FOR IBM 3505 CARD READER
AND 3525 CARD PUNCH OS/vS1 RELEASE 2.0, 2.6, 3.0, 3.1
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6, 1.7, 2.0
OS/VSl PLANNING AND USE GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741
OS/VS PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE DIGEST OS/vS2 RELEASE 1.0,
1.6 AND OS/VS1 RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VSl DEBUGGING GUIDE
OS/VSl STORAGE ESTIMATES
DDS TO OS/VSl IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE
OS/VSl JCL REFERENCE COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-DK OS/VSl
RELEASE 3.0,3.1
OS/VSl JCL SERVICES COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-DK
OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0,3.1
OS/VSl SUPERVISOR SERVICES , MICRO INSTRUCTIONS OS/VSl
RELEASE 3.0
OS/VSl 3540 PROGRAMMER'S REF. COMPONENt' NO. 5741-SC1-DN
OS/VSl RELEASE 1.0,2.0,3.0,3.1
OS/VS2 3540 PROGRAMMER'S REF. OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6, 1.7,
2.0
OS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT SERVICE GUIDE
OS/VSl RELEASE 1.0, 2.0, 2.6, OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VS CHECKPOINT/RESTART
OS/VSl RELEASE 2.0, 2.6 OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VS SYSTEM GENERATION INTRODUCTION OS/VSl RELEASE 1.0, 2.0
&' 2.6
OS/VSl SYSTEM GENER~TION REFERENCE
OS/VS2 SYSTEM GENERATOR REFERENCE
OS/VSl TAPE LABELS - RELEASE 1.0, 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS LINKAGE EDITOR AND LOADER
OS/VSl RELEASE 1.0, 2.0, 2.6 OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6
OS/VS VSAM PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE
OS/VSl RELEASE 1.6 - OS/vS2 RELEASE 2.6
OS/VSl ACCESS METHOD (VSAM) OPTION FOR ADVANCED APPLICATIONS
RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS2 DATA MANAGEMENT OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/VSl DATA MANAGEMENT FOR SYSTEM PROGRAMMERS OS/VSl RELEASE
3.0
OS/VS VSAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0 & 3.1
OS/VS2 SUPERVISOR SERVICES AND MACRO INSTRUCTIONS
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6 AND OS/VSl RELEASE 1.0,2.0,2.6
OS/VS BTAM
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1 GUIDE
OS/VS2 STORAGE ESTIMATES OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0,1.6,
OS/VS JCL REFERENCES
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0,1.6,1.7 OS/VSl - 1.0,2.0,2.6
OS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT FOR SYSTEM PROGRAMMERS
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6,1.7 OS/vSl - 1.0,2.0,2.6
OS/VS2 DEBUGGING GUIDE
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0,1.6,1.7
OS/VS2 SYSTEM PROGR~MMING LIBRARY SERVICE AIDS
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6 AND OS/VSl RELEASE 1.0,2.0,2.6
OS/VS OLT EP
.
OS/VS, SYS1.LOGREC ERROR RECORDING
OS/VS DYNAMIC SUPPORT SYSTEM
OS/VS2 RELE~SE 1.0, 1.6 OS/vSl RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS2 TSO GUIDE 0s/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VS2 TSO TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE
os/vs2 RELEASE 1.0,1.6
OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0,1. 6
OS/VS2 TSO GUIDE TO WRITING A TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM OR
A COMMAND PROCESSOR OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0,1.6
OS/VSl OLTEP - RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS2 PLANNING AND USE GUIDE OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VS1 SYS1.LOGREC ERROR RECORDING OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0

329

37

**GT28-0677-0

34
36
39

**GT28-0681-0
**GT28-0682-0
GT28-0691-0

**GN28-2586

36
39
38
38
30

**GT28-0692-0
**GT28-6762-0
GT28-6878-0
GT28-6879-0
GT30-2025-0

**GN28-2576
**GN28-2487
**GN24-5466
**GN24- 5467

21

GT33-4010-1

**GN33-8166

21

GT33-4021-1

21
20
34
30
30
30
36
34
40
40
37

GT33-4024-0
GT33-5370-1
GT33-5371-1
GT33-5372-1
GT33-5373-1
GT33-5375-0
GT33-5376-0
GT33-5377-0
GT33-5378-0
GT33-5379-1
GT33-5380-0

32
30
35

GT33-5381-0
GT33-5382-0
GT33-5388-0

36
32

GT33-5403-0
GT35-0005-1

30

GT35-0009-0

40
40

GT38-0110-0
GT38-0120-2

40
30
30

GT38-0210-0
GT38-0255-0
GT38-0260-0

40
40

GT38-1001-0
GT38-1002-1

40
31

GT38-1003-0
GT38-1007-2

40

GT38-1008-0

**GN33- 8762
**GN33-8763

**GN33-8764

**GN35-0010

**GN27 -1431

**GN28-2558

30

GT38-1010-0

**GN24-5462

21

ST63-8041-0

**SN33-8152

36
30
36
36
36
30

ST64-5155-0
ST64-5156-0
ST64-5159-0
ST64-5160-0
ST64-5161-0
ST66-3786-2

30
30

ST66-3787-0
ST66-3788-2

**SN26-8023

30

ST66-3789-1

**SN26-8029

30

ST66-3817-0

36
30
30
30
30
30

ST66-3820-0
ST66-3823-0
**ST66-3826-0
**ST66-3828-0
**ST66-3832-0
**ST66-3837-0

30
30

ST66-3839-0
**ST66-3840-0

30

**ST66-3841-0

37

ST67-7239-0

**SN27-1399

30

ST67-7246-0

**SN27-1398

36
37
" 37
37

ST68-0605-0
ST68-0635-0
ST68-0639-0
ST68-0641-0

**SN28-2541

**SN33-8158

**SN27-1401

OS/VS2 SYSTEM PROGR~MMING LIBRARY: SYS. 1 LOGREC ERROR
RECORDING OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/vS2 INITIALIZATION' TUNING GUIDE OS/VS2 RELE~E 2.0
OS/vS2 JOB MANAGEMENT, SUPERVISOR, , TSO OS/vS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/VS2 TSO ENHANCEMENTS
OS/VS2 REL~SE 1.6,1.7
OS/VS2 JCL OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 TSO TERMINALS MANUAL
OS/VSl RES SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE VSl RELEASE 2.0 AND 2.6
OS/VSl RES WORKSTATION USERS GUIDE, RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS TCAM USER'S GUIDE - PROG. NO. 360S-CQ-548
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0 and OS/VS1 RELE~E 1.0, 2.0
OS/VS2, DOS/VS AMD VW370 ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0,1.6,1.7, OS/VS1 - 1.0,2.0,2.6
DOS/VS - 28,29
OS/VS AND VW370 ASS EMBER PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE
OS/VS2 REL~SE 1,6,1.7 OS/VSl 1.0,2.0,2.6
GUIDE TO THE DOS/VS ASSEMBLER - RELEASE 28
INTRODUCTION TO DOS/VS - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT GUIDE - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT GUIDE - REL~SE 28
DOS/VS SUPERVISOR AND I/O MACROS - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS DASD LABELS - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS SYSTEM CONTROL STATEMENTS - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS SYSTEM GENERATION - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS OPERATING PROCEDURES - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS MESSAGE - REL~E 28
DOS/VS SERVICEABILITY AIDS DEBUGGING PROCEDURES
RELEASE 28
DOS/VS SYSTEM UTILITIES - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS UTILITIES ACCESS METHOD SERVICES - RELEASE 28
MODEL 20 DOS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEW370 - REFERENCE
RELEASE 28
DOS/VS PLANNING GUIDE TO POWER/VS RELEASE 2.9
OS/vS UTILITIES - OS/vSl RELEASE 1.0, 2.0, 2.6
OS/vS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1. 6
OS/vS ACCESS METHOD SERVICES
OS/VS2 REL~SE 1.6,1.7 OS/VS1 - 2.0,2.6
OPERATORS LIBRARY: Os/VSl REFERENCE MANUAL
OPERATORS LIBRARYOS/vS CONSOLE CONFIGURATIONS
OS/VSl REL~SE 2.0, 2.6 OS/vS2 RELEASE"l.0, 1.6
OS/VS2 REFERENCE - OS/VS2 REL~E 1.0,1.6
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS1 DISPLAY CONSOLES
OS/VS2 OPER~T6R'S GUIDE DISPLAY CONSOLES - OS/VS2 RELEASE
1. 0,1.6
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VSl SYSTEM MESSAGES
OS/VS2 MESS~GE LIB~RY:VS2 SYSTEM MESSAGES - OS/VS2
RELEASE 1.6
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: SYSTEM CODES
OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: LINKAGE EDITOR AND LOADER MESSAGES
OS/VS1 RELEASE 2.0, 2.6 OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VS2 MESSAGE LIBRARY:VS2 SYSTEM CODES - os/Vs2 RELEASE
1.0,1.6
'
OS/VS1 MESSAGE LIBRARY: VSl RES BTAM AND ACCOUNT MESSAGES
RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS AND VM/370 ASSEMBLER LOGIC
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0,1.6,1.7 OS/VSl - 1.0,2.0,2.6
OS/VS1 SUPERVISOR LOGIC
OS/VS I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC
OS/VS CATALOG M~NAGEMENT LOGIC
OS/VSl IPL AND NIP LOGIC
OS/VSl JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC
OS/VS ISAM LOGIC OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VSl RELEASE 1.0, 2.0, 2.6
OSIVS DADSM LOGIC
OS/VS SAM LOGIC -OSIVS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VS1 RELEASE 1.0, 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS BDAM LOGIC - OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VSl RELEASE 1.0, 2.0, 2.6
OSIVS2 ACCESS METHOD (VSAM) LOGIC COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-DE,
5742-SCI-DF
OS/VS2 REL~SE 1.6 and OS/VSl 2.6 RELEASE
OS/vS2 CHECKPOINT/RESTART PLM
OS/VS2 I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC
OS/VS2 CATALOG "MANAGEMENT LOGIC OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/VS2 DADSM LOGIC OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OSIVS2 SAM LOGICOS/VS2 "RELEASE 2.0
OSIVS1 DADSM LOGIC COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-D4 OSIVSl RELEASE
3.0,3.1
,
OS/VSl OPEN/CLOSE/EDV LOGIC OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0
OS/VSl SAM LOGIC HCOMPONENT NO. 5741-SCI-DO
OSIVSl RELEASE 3.0,3.1
OS/VS1 VSAM LOGIC COMPONENT NO. 5741-SCI-DE OSIVSl RELEASE
3.0,3.1
OS/VS RECOVERY MANAGEMENT SUPPORT LOGIC
COMPONENT NOS. 5741-SCI-CE AND 5742-SCi-CE
OS/VS BTAM LOGIC - OS/VS1 RELEASE 1.0, 2.0. 2,6
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/vSl SYSTEM DATA AREAS
OS/VSl SERVICE AIDS LOGIC - RELEASE 1.0, 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS SYS1.LOGREC ERROR RECORDING LOGIC
OS/VS2 DYNAMIC SUPPORT SYSTEM LOGIC COMPONENT
NOS. 5741-SCI-I0, 5742-SCI-10 - OS/VS2 RELE~SE 1.0 1.6 AND
OS/VS1 REL~SE 2.0, 2.6

330

37
39
39

ST68-0643-0
ST68-0649-0
ST68-0650-0

39

ST68-0651-0

39

ST68-0652-0

39
37
37
37
30

**ST68-0654-0
ST68-0662-0
ST68-0669-0
**ST68-0678-0
S'l'68-6849-0

30
30

ST70-2039-1
**ST70-3017-1

39

ST73-8548-0

36
37

ST73-8551-0
ST73-8552-0

36
37
36
31
31
30

ST73-8553-0
ST73-8554-0

30
30
30

ST73-8560-0
ST73-8562-0
**ST7~-8564-1

36
38
36
20
39

ST73-8565-0
ST73-8566-0
**ST73-8570-0
ST73-8571-0
ST75-0004-0

32
30

ST75-0005-0
**ST75-0008-0

30
30
14
14
89

**ST75-0010-0
**ST75-0011-0
**GX09-1000-0
**GX09-1001-0
**GX20-1701-1

89
07

**GX20-1702-11
**GX20-1705-2

07

**GX20-1710-2

89
04
89
04
89

**GX20-1711-1#
**GX20-1741-3
**GX20-1751-0
**GX20-1759-3#
**GX2Q-1761-0

01

**GX20-1787-0

01
09
07

**GX20-1850-2
**GX20-1878-1
**GX20-1920-1

S'l'7~-8555-0

ST73-8556-0
s1'73-8557-0
ST73-8559-0

23

GX20-1924-1

20

**GX20-1926-2

36

**GX20-1927-1

20
04
89
89
89

GX20-1961-0
**GX20-1972-0
**GX20-8020-1
**GX21-9011-0
**GX21-9017-0

15
89
89
89
89
89
04
89

**GX21-9030-0
**GX21-9090-2
**GX21-9091-2
**GX21-9092-4
*.GX21-9093-2
**GX21-9094-2
**GX21-9106-0
**GX21-9129-41
GX21-9129-3#
**GX21-9155-0
**GX21-9171-2
**GX2i-9172-1
**GX21-9185-0
**GX21-9186-0

15
08
08
89
89

**SN24-5468

**SN35-0008
**SN35-0012

OS/VS2 SERVICE AIDS LOGIC - OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VS2 TSO CONTROL PLM OS/vS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VS2 TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM AND SERVICE ROUTINES LOGIC
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME 1: ACCOUNT
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VS2 COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME IV - OS/VS2 RELEASE
1.0~ 1.6
OS/VS2 TERMINAL MESSAGES DIRECTORY OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/VSl OLTEP LOGIC - RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VSl SYS1.LOGREC ERROR RECORDING LOGIC OS/VSl RELEASE 3.0
OS/VS SYS. 1 LOGREC ERROR RECORDING LOGIC OS/vS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/VSl RES RTAM AND WORKSTATION SUPPORT LOGIC
RELEASE 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS TCAM LOGIC
S/370 SUBSYSTEM SUPPORT SERVICES LOGIC OS/VSl RELEASE 3.1
OS/VS2 REL. 2.0
OS/VS2 COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME II: ECLIS - OS/VS2
RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
DOS/VS SUPERVISOR LOGIC - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS ERROR RECOVERY & RECORDING TRANSIENTS LOGIC
RELEASE 28
DOS/VS LOGICAL TRANS IENTS LOGIC - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS SYSTEM SERVICEABILITY - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS IPL AND JOB CONTROL LOGIC - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS LINKAGE EDITOR LOGIC - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS LIBRARIAN LOGIC - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS LIOCS VOL. I GENERAL INFORMATION & IMPERATIVE MACROS
LOGIC - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS LIOCq VOL. 2 SAM LOGIC - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS LIOCS VOL. 4 VSAM LOGIC - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS UTILITIES ACCESS METHOD SERVICES LOGIC DOS/VS
RELEASE 28, 29 & 30
DOS/VS POWER PROGRAM LOGIC - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS POWER RJE PROGRAM LOGIC - RELEASE 28
DOS/VS POWER/VS LOGIC DOS/VS RELEASE 30
DOS/VS HANDBOOK - RELEASE 28
OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME III: TEST
OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.0, 1.6
OS/VS1 UTILITIES LOGIC - RELEASE 1 .. 0, 2.0, 2.6
OS/VS ACCESS METHOD SERVICES LOGIC COMPONENT NOS.
5752-SCI-DK, 5741-SCI-DK, 5742-SCI-DK, OS/vS2 REL. 1.6,1.7,
2.0 OS/VSl RELEASE
2.0,2.6,3.0,3.1
OS/VS2 ACCESS METHOD SERVICES LOGIC OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
OS/VS2 CVOL PROCESSOR LOGIC OS/VS2 RELEASE 2.0
IBM 129-3270 OPERATOR'S REFERENCE SUMMARY
IBM 129-3270 (RPQ 8TOI05) OPERATOR'S REFERENCE SUMMARY
GENERAL PURPOSE SYSTEMS SIMULATOR CODING FORM
PROG~ NOS.' 5734-XS1, XS2, 5736-XS1, XS3, 360A-CS-17X, 19X
PROPORTIONAL RECORD LAYOUT FORM
2311 MODEL 1 DISK STORAGE DRIVE CAPACITY AND TRANSMISSION
TIME: REFERENCE SUMMARY
IBM 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILITY CAPACITY AND'
TRANSMISS~ON TIME REFERENCE CARD
IBM SYSTEM/360 RECORD LAYOUT WORKSHEET
IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER DOCUMENT TRACING GUIDE
IBM 2260 DISPLAY FORMAT
IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER DESIGN FORMATS
MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING INPUT FORM
SYSTEM/360 - 1130
DEBUGGING AID
DIRECT EVALUATION OF FLOATING POINT NUMBERS IN HEXADECIMAL
SYSTEM/370REFERENCE SUMMARY CARD
IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM REFERENCE SUMMARY
IBM 3330 SERIES DISK STORAGE (3333 MODELS 1 AND 11, 3330
MODELS 1, 2 AND 11): REFERENCE SUMMARY
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370: BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE
SUMMARY - PROGRAM PROD 5749
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370: QUICK GUIDE FOR USERS
REFERENCE SUMMARY - PROG. PROD. 5749
ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRI~ MULTIPROCESSING tYSTEM:
OPERATORS REFERENCE BOOKLET - PROG. NO. 360A-CX-15X
SUMMARY OF VM/370 CP AND CMS COMMANDS
IBM 3890 DOCUMENT PROCESSOR REFERENCE SUMMARY
FLOWCHARTING TEMPLATE
IBM 1062 PROGRAM TAPE LAYOUT SHEET
IBM 1062 TERMINAL RECORD TAPE, DOCUMENT FEED,
PRINTER PLANNING CHART
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE, 1030 DATA COLLECTION SYSTEM
RPG OUTPUT-FORMAT SPECIFICATIONS (FORM)
RPG EXTENSIONS AND LINE COUNTER SPECIFICATIONS SHEET
RPG CONTROL CARD AND FILE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATIONS FORM
RPG CALCULATION SPECIFICATIONS SHEET
RPG INPUT SPECIFICATIONS FORM
IBM 1288 DOCUMENT GAUGE FOR MACHINE SETUP
RPG DEBUGGING TEMPIA TE
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM
IBM

331

3740 DATA ENTRY SYSTEM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
3747 DATA CONVERTER REFERENCE CARD
3741/3742 REFERENCE CARD
3747 DATA CONVERTER RUN SHEET
3740 JOB INSTRt£TIONS FORM

89
08

**GX21-9187-0
**GX21-9204-2

15

**GX22-6834-7

05
15

**GX22-6837-5
**GX22-6855-9

15

**GX22-6857-8

15

**GX22-6858-7

15

**GX22-6859-5

15

**GX22-6860-6

15

**GX22-6925-1 #

15
01
15

**GX22-6981-0
**GX22-6984-2
**GX22-6985-1

15
15
15
15
15
15
15

**GX22-7005-1
**GX22-7006-1#
GX22-7006-0#
**GX22-7007-2
**GX22-7008-1
**GX22-7018-1
**GX22-7021-1
**GX22-7022-2

15
15

**GX22-7023-2
**GX22-7029-0

15

**GX22-7031-2

15

**GX22-7032-2

15

**GX22-7035-0

15

**GX22-7037-0

15

**GX22-7038-0

15

**GX22-7039-0

15

**GX22-7041-0

15

**GX22-7042-0

15

**GX22-7043-0

15

**GX22-7044-0

15

**GX22-7045-0

15

**GX22-7046-1

15

**GX22-7047-0

15

**GX22-7051-0

15

**GX22-7052-0

15

**GX22-7053-0

89

**GX24-3092-0

89
89

**GX24-3124-2
**GX24-3139-3

89
15

**GX24-3285-1
**GX24-3381-1

01
01
14
50
30
15
89

**GX26-1587-0
**GX26-1588-0
**GX26-1618-0
**SX26-3700-0
**GX27-0024-0
**GX27-2900-1
**GX27-2901-0

89

**GX27-2902-0

89
89
89
15

**GX27-2903-1#
**GX27-2904-1#
**GX27-2905-0
**GX27-2909-0

15
89

**GX27-2917-0
**GX27-2950-0

IBM 3740 SYSTEM PRINT CHART
IBM 3741 PROGRAMMABLE WORK STATION MODELS 3-4
REFERENCE CARD
PUNCHED CARD AND TAPE I/O AND PRINTERS, FOR SYSTEM/360 AND
SYSTEM/370: IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
2401 - 2404 ~ND 2415 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS AND CONTROLS
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
DATA STORAGE DEVICES
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
CONSOLES AND TERMINALS
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
MAGNETIC ~ND OPTICAL CHARACTER READERS
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
FIELD ENGINEERING FURNITURE AND TEST EQUIPMENT
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 195
IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 OPERATORS REFERENCE CARD
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370
CHANNELS: 2860, 2870, AND 2880
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEW370 MODEL 135
3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM: PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
IBM PHYSICAL PL~NNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 125
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168 AND
MODEL 168 MULTIPROCESSING
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158
3340 DISK STORAGE MODELS A2, B1, AND B2, FOR SYSTEW370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE 3890 DOCUMENT
PROCESSOR
'
3704 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER FOR SYSTEW370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
3410 MAGNETIC ~PE UNIT MODELS 1 TO 3 AND 3411 MAGNETIC TAPE
UNIT AND CONTROL MODELS 1 TO 3 FOR SYSTEM/370: IBM PHYSICAL
PLANNING TEMPL~TE
2401 MAGNEl'IC TAPE UNIT MODELS 1 TO 6 AND 8, FOR SYSTEM/370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
2415 MAGNETIC ~PE UNIT AND CONTROL MODELS 1 TO 6, FOR
SYSTEW370: IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
2420 MAGNETIC ~PE UNIT MODELS 5 AND 7, FOR SYSTEW370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
2495 TAPE CARTRIDGE READER MODEL 1, FOR SYSTEW370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
2803 TAPE CONTROL MODELS 1 TO 3,. FOR SYSTEM/370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
2804 TAPE CONTROL MODELS 1 TO 3, FOR SYSTEM/370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
2816 SWITCHING UNIT MODEL 1, FOR SYSTEW370:
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
3540 DISKETTE INPUT/OUTPUT UNIT MODELS B1 AND B2 FOR
SYSTEM/370: IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
3830 STORAGE CONTROL MODELS 1, 2 AND 3 FOR SYSTEW370
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
IBM PHYSICAL PL~NNING TEMPLATE: 3330 DISK STORAGE MODELS
1, 2, AND 111 3333 DISK STORAGE i CONTROL MODELS 1 and 11
3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER FOR SYSTEW370:
PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE FOR 3881 OPTICAL MARK READER
MODELS 1 TO 3 AND 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER MODELS 1 ~ND
2

IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE 3851 MASS STORAGE FACILITY
FOR S/370
IBM 1050 DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
TRANSMISSION - LIMITED MAXIMUM-MESSAGE-RATE GRAPH
PLANNING CHART, IBM 1050 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
IBM 1050 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM,
OPERATOR INSTRUCTION SHEET
IBM 1030 DATA COLLECTION SYSTEM, IBM 1031 PROGRAM CHART
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE,
1050 DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
DEClMAL/HE~DEClMAL INTEGER CONVERSION CHART
DECIMAL/HEXADECIMAL FRACTION CONVERSION CHART
IBM 2730 TRANSACTION VALIDATION TERMINAL - REFERENCE CARD
CICS/vS REFERENCE SUMMARY: MASTER TERMINAL OPERATOR
VTAM REFERENCE SUMMARY
IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: COMMUNICATIONS TERMINALS
IMAGE PLANNING CHART - 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT, REGISTRATION
PUNCHING ACME
IMAGE PLANNING CHART - 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT REGISTRATION
PUNCHING OXBERRY
2760 LAYOUT GUIDE (REGISTRATION PUNCHING-ACME)
2760 LAYOUT GUIDE (OXBERRY)
IBM 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE LIMIT AUXILIARY SCREEN OVERLAY GUIDE
PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE IBM 2770 DATA COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
3770 DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE
2250 DISPLAY LAYOUT SHEET

332

89
39
37
37

**GX27-2951-0
GX28-0647-2#
GX28-0647-1#
**GX28-0684-1

89
24
25
23

GX28-0690-1#
GX28-0690-0#
**GX28-1464-5#
**GX28-1520-0
**GX28-6384-0
**SX28-6385-0

89
89
89
29

**GX28-6506-4
**GX28-6507-4
**GX28-6509-6#
**SX28-6813-1

23

** SX2 8-6814-1

89
25

**GX28-7327-6
**SX28-8193-0

24
24
29

**SX28-8194-2#
SX28-8194-1#
**GX28-8195-0
**SX33-6001-0

29

**SX33-6002-1

29

**SX33-6005-0

33
36
05

**SX33-8001-0
GX33-9004-1#
GX33-9004-0#
**GX35-5001-0

40

GX38-0227-0

22

**LYBO-0626-1

50

**LYBO-0631-6

50

**LYBO-0632-6

50

**LYBO-0724-2

50

*.LYBO-0735-2

50

*·LYBO-0781-3

50

*·LYBO-0834-2

IBM 3270 INFORMATION. DISPLAY SYSTEM LAYOUT SHEET
OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY
OS AND OS/VS SMP REFERENCE SUMMARY - PROG. NO. 3605-DN-611
AND VS COMPONENT NOS. 5741-SC1-30, 5742-SC1-30
OS/VS DSS COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY CARD

50

**LYBO-0839-2

**LNBO-9491

99

**GYBO-0854-2

**GNBO-9093

99

**GYBO-0856-0

50

**LYBO-0864-1

50

**LYBO-0865-0

50

**LYBO-0866-1

50

**LYBO-0867-1

50

**LYBO-0868-0

50

**LYBO-0869-1

50

**LYBO-0870-1

50

*·LYBO-0871-1

50

**LYBO-0872-1

50

*·LYBO-0873-1

50

**LYBO-0874-1

50

**LYBO-0875-1

50

**LYBO-0876-0

COBOL CODING FORM
IBM REFERENCE CARD - COBOL
IBM FORTRAN IV REFERENCE CARD
SYSTEM/370 VS BASIC (TSO REFERENCE SUMMARY>
PROG. NO. 5748-XXl
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER SHORT CODING FORM
IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER LONG CODING FORM
IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/OOS ITF: PLI REFERENCE CARD
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5736-RC1
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/OOS ITF: BASIC, REFERENCE CARD, PROG. NOS.
5734-RC3 AND 5736-RC2
FORTRAN CODING FORM
IBM FORTRAN INTERAcrIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) AND VM/370 (CMS)
REFERENCE CARD - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-FOS
IBM OS COBOL INTERACTIVE DEBUG REFERENCE CARD - PROGRAM
PRODUCT 5734-CB4
IBM GUIDE TO AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL REFERENCE CARD
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 REFERENCE CARD PL/I OPTIMIZING
COMPILER KEYWORDS
OS PL/I CHECKOUT AND OPTIMIZING COMPILERS: KEYWORDS
REFERENCE SUMMARY, PROG. NOS. 5734-PLl, -PL2, -PL3
OS PL/I CHECKOUT AND OPTIMIZING COMPILERS: TERMINAL
COMMANDS AND COMPILER OPTIONS REFERENCE SUMMARY-PROG. NOS.
5734-PL1, PL2, PL3
OS/VS SORT/MERGE REFERENCE SUMMARY PROG. PROD. 5740-SM1
SYSTEM/370 DOS/VS POWER AND POWER RJE
COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-PWR REFERENCE SUMMARY
IBM SYSTEM/360/370 REFERENCE DATA 2401-2404, 2415, 2420,
AND 3420 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS
OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/vS2 (JES2) COMMAND LANGUAGE
REFERENCE SUMMARY
APL/360 - DOS ASSEMBLY LISTINGS,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM6, FEATURE CODE 8065,
FE SERVICE NUMBER 200157
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IMS/360) VERS. 2
DATA BASE LISTINGS, VOL. 3. PROG. PROD. 5734-XX6
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360. VERSION 2, VOLUME 4,
DATA COMMUNICATION LISTINGS, MICROFICHE
PROG. PROD. 5734-XX6, FEATURE CODE 8083
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DOS - ENTRY (CICS/DOSENTRY) LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5736-XX6
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DOS STANDARD (CICS/DOSSTANDARD) LISTINGS. PROG. PROD. 5736-XX7
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/OPERATING SYSTEM
STANDARD (CICS/OS-STANDARD) VERSION 2 PROGRAM LISTINGS
MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX7
INTERACTIVE QUERY FEATURE (IQF) TO IMS/360: MICROFICHE
LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6
DATA LANGUAGE/I DOS/VS LISTING - PROG. NO. 5746-XX1
IBM S/360, 370 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM
(ASP VERSION 3): LISTINGS MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X
S/370 HASP II VERSION 4 MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER
370H-TX-001
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) BASIC
RETRIEVAL SYSTEM MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) ARITHMETIC
STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
TELEPROCESSING SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER
5734-XXl
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) CONTROL
STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) PROCESSING
STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) FORMAL
REPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
HIERARCHICAL FILE SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - ·PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XX1
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) UPDATE AND
CREATE FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) UTILITY
FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) EDIT AND
ENCODE FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) FILE MODIFY
FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) DATA
LANGUAGE/1 QUERY SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XX1
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) EXTENDED
MULTI-FILE SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER
5734-XX1

333

99

SYBO-0900-5#

99

SYBO-0901-5#

22

**LYBO-2010-0

50

**LYBO-2046-0

50

**LYBO-8008-2

50

**LYBO-8009-2

50

**LYBO-8016-2#
LYBO-8016-0#

50

**LYBO-8017-2#
LYBO-8017-0#

50

**LYBO-8018-2#
LYBO-8018-0#

50

**LYBO-8023-0

50

**LYBO-8024-0

50

**LYBO-8025-0

50

**LYBO-8026-0

99

**GYBO-8501-0

28
99
33
33
33
99

**LYB1-0450-6
SYCO-9000-0
**LYC7-0901-1
**LYC7-0903-2
**LYC7-0904-1
**SYC7-1117-0

99

**SYC7-1118-0

99

**SYC7-1119-0

99

SYC7-1120-0

28

**LYC7-1317-2

**SNBO-2975
**SNBO-2979
**SNBO-2976
**SNBO-2980

**LSCO-5311

**GYC7-1900-0

**GNC7-1903

**GYC7-1901-1#
GYC7-1901-0#

**GNC7-1924
GNC7-1901
GNC7-1922

99

**GYC7-1902-1#

99

**GYC7-1903-0

**GNC7-1905

99

**GYC7-1904-0

**GNC7-1906

99
99

**GYC7-1905-0
**GYC7-1906-0

**GNC7-1907

99

**GYC7-1907-0

**GNC7-1908

99

**GYC7-1908-0

**GNC7-1909

99

**GYC7-1909-0

**GNC7-1910

99

**GYC7-1910-0

**GNC7-1911

99

**GYC7-1911-0

**GNC7-1900

99

**GYC7-1912-0

99

**GYC7-1913-0

**GNC7-1912

99

**GYC7-1914-0

**GNC7-1913

99
99

**GYC7-1915-1#
GYC7-1915-0#
**GYC7-1916-0

**GNC7-1915

99

**GYC7-1917-1
**GYC7-1918-0
**GYC7-1919-0

99

**GYC7-1920-0

99

**GYC7-1921-0

**GNC7-1916

99

**GYC7-1922-0

**GNC7-1917

IBM VM/370: CP MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010
IBM VM/370: CMS MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010
A PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE SHARED VARIABLE LISTINGS (APLSV)
PRPQ 5799-AJF
EASTER LANGUAGE FACILITY VERSION 1.0 (FLF/CICS/VS): LISTINGS
PROG. NOS. 5740-XX1 (OS), 5746-XX3 (DOS)
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS/VS) LISTINGS (OS) PROG. PROD. 5740-XXl

**SNB5-0202
**LSCO-5304

99

99

"SNBO-2978

**LNBO-3369

99

99

"SNBO-2977

GNC7-1904

**GNC7-1923

**GNC7-5119

CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS/VS) LISTINGS (DOS) PROG. PROD. 5746-XX3
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS)
DATA BASE LISTINGS - SYSTEM MANUAL VOL III
PROG. PROD. 5740-XX2
.
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VS (IMS/VS)
DATA COMMUNICATION LISTINGS FEATURE SYSTEM MANUAL VOL. IV
PROG. PROD. 5740-XX2
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VS (IMS/VS)
INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (IQF) SYSTEM MANUAL
VOL. VI - PROG. PROD. 5740-XX2
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
LISTINGS FOR BASIC QUERY FEATURE PROG. PROD. 5740-XX7
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
LISTINGS FOR ADVANCED QUERY FEATURE PROG. PROD. 5740-XX7
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
LISTINGS FOR MODIFY FEATURE PROG. PROD. 5740-XX7
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
LISTINGS FOR THE UPDATE/CREATE FEATURE PROG. NO. 5740-XX7
MICROFICHE FOR IBM SYSTEM/370 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM - PROGRAM
NUMBER 360A-TX-032
S/360 DOS RPG II COMPILER, LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5736-RG1
IBM VM/370 RSCS LISTINGS, PROGRAM NO. 5749-010
DOS 01-0 SORT/MERGE LISTINGS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5743-SM1
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE 1.0 LISTING - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746-SMl
OS/VS SORT/MERGE, LISTING - PROG. PROD. 5740-SM1
SYSTEM/370 OS MULTIFONT PREPROCESSOR SUPPORT LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-TX-031
SYSTEM/370 OS/VS MULTI FONT PREPROCESSOR SUPPORT LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 5744-AE1
SYSTEM/370 DOS MULTI FONT PREPROCESSOR SUPPORT LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-TX-031
SYSTEM/370 DOS/VS PREPROCESSOR SUPPORT LISTINGS - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5747-AAl
IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR II
AUTO REPORT FEATURE - PROGRAM LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER
5736-RG1
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER D ASSEMBLY LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-AS-465
SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERAXING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY
LISTINGS - SYSTEM CONTROL/BASIC IOCS - PROGRAM
NUMBER 370N-CL-453
DOS 27.1 DIRECT ACCESS METHOD, ASSEMBLY LISTINGS,
PROG. NO. 370N-IO-454
DOS 27 SEQUENTIAL DISK IOCS MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM
NUMBER 370N-IO-455
DOS 27 MAGNETIC TAPE IOCS MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM
NUMBER 370N-IO-456
DOS 27 ISFMS MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-457
DOS-27 PAPER TAPE IOes - MICROFICHE LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-458
DOS 27 SYSTEM UTILITY PROGRAMS, 370N-UT-491 MICROFICHE
LISTING
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDING AND
EDITING PROGRAM 370N-UT-492
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM BASIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS
METHOD ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CQ-469
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS
METHOD ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CQ-470
SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY
LISTINGS 3735 TERMINAL SUPPORT - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CQ-493
SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY
LISTINGS OLTEP - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-DN-481
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM/370 EMULATOR ASSEMBLY
LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-EU-490
SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY
LISTINGS COMPILER I/O MODULES - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-476
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER IOCS
370N-IO-477
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM OPTICAL CHARACTER READER IOCS
ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-478
SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY
LISTINGS MICROFICHE INDEX
DOS 27 ASSEMBLER F - MICROFICHE LISTING
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-466
DOS 27 COBOL D - MICROFICHE LISTING
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-452
DOS 27 ANS COBOL - MICROFICHE LISTING
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-482
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM
ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CV-489
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV
ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - PROGRAM NO. 360N-Fo-479

334

99

•• GYC7-1923-0

.·GNC7-5120

99

•• GYC7-1924-0

.·GNC7-1918

99

•• GYC7-1925-0

99

•• GYC7-1926-0

.·GNC7-1919

99

•• GYC7-1927-0

•• GNC7-1920

99

•• GYC7-1928-0

··GNC7-1921

99

•• GYC7-1930-0

99

•• GYC7-1931-0

99

99

SYC7-1932-1#
SYC7-1932-0#
SYC7-1933-2#
SYC7-1933-1#
SYC7-1933-0#
SYC7-1934-1#

99

99

SYC7-1935-0

99

SYC7-1936-0

99

SYC7-1937-1#
SYC7-1937-0#
SYC7-1938-3

99
99
99

SYC7-1939-2#
SYC7-1939-1#
SYC7-1939-0#
SYC7-1940-0

99

SYC7-1941-0

99

99

SYC7-1942-1#
SYC7-1942-0#
SYC7-1943-1#
SYC7-1943-0#
SYC7-1944-1#

99

SYC7-1944-0#
SYC7-1945-0

99

99
99

SYC7-1946-1#
SYC7-1946-0#
SYC7-1947-0

99

SYC7-1948-3

99

SYC7-1949-3

99

SYC7-1950-3

99

SYC7-1951-0

99

SYC7-1952-0

99

SYC7-1953-0

99

SYC7-1954-3

99

SYC7-1955-0

99
99

SYC7-1956-2#
SYC7-1956-1#
SYC7-1956-0#
SYC7-1957-0

99

SYC7-1958-3

99

SYC7-1959-0

99

SYC7-1960-0

99

SYC7-1961-0

99

SYC7-1962-3

99

SYC7-1963-3

99

SYC7-1964-3

99

SYC7-1965-4#
SYC7-1965-3#
SYC7-1965-2#
•• SYC7-1968-1#
SYC7-1968-0#

99

DOS 27 FORTRAN LIBRARY SUB PROGRAM MICROFICHE LISTINGS
PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-LM-480
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM PL/1 ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM
NUMBER 360N-PL-464
DOS 27 DISK SORT/MERGE-MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM
NUMBER 360N-SM-450
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MODULAR SORT/MERGE ASSEMBLY
LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-483
DOS 27 UTILITIES GROUP I - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM
NUMBER 360N-UT-461
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM GROUP 2 UTILITIES TAPE
360N-UT-462
DOS 27.1 UTILITIES GROUP 3 MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM
NUMBER 360N-UT-463
S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MPS UTILITY MACROS MICROFICHE
ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROG. NO. 360N-UT-471
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE ATTENTION ROUTINES
LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-AIT
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE ACCESS METHOD SERVICES
PROG PROD 5745-SC-AMS

"SNC7-1966

•• SNC7-2011

··SNC7-1963
.·SNC7-2012
.·SNC7-1927
.·SNC7-1964
.·SNC7-1947
"SNC7-1998
··SNC7-1968

·.SNC7-1987

DOS/VS ASSEMBLER LISTINGS, COMPONENT NO.

·.SNC7-1946
··SNC7-1992
•• SNC7-1967
··SNC7-1999

DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE BTAM LISTINGS
COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-BTM
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE CHECKPOINT/RESTART
LISTINGS - COMPONENT NU~~ER 5745-SC-CKR
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE DIRECT ACCESS METHOD
LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-DAM
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE DISK ERP LISTINGS
COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-DKE
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE DISPLAY OPERATOR
CONSOLE LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-DOC

•• SNC7-1929
"SNC7-1982
•• SNC7-1930
··SNC7-1970

"SNC7-1948
··SNC7-2000
·.SNC7-1949
"SNC7-1993

.·SNC7-2001
.·SNC7-1971

··SNC7-1997

.·SNC7-1961
··SNC7-2002

**SNC7-1981

··SNC7-1934
•• SNC7-1972
•• SNC7-1983

··SNC7-1951
•• SNC7-2003
•• SNC7-2004

.·SNC7-1936
.·SNC7-1973

•• SNC7-1952
•• SNC7-2005

.·SNC7-1940
•• SNC7-1974
.·SNc7-1954
··SNC7-1996
.·SNC7-1955
•• SNC7-1994

··SNC7-1953
•• SNC7-2006
•• SNC7-1975

•• SNC7-1956
.·SNC7-2007

··SNC7-1977

**SNC7-1976

SNC7-1984
.·SNc7-1957
•• SNC7-1991

"SNC7-1965

•• SNC7-1944
•• SNC7-1978
.·SNC7-1959
•• SNC7-2009
··SNC7-1960
··SNC7-2010

··SNC7-1958
·.SNC7-2008
··SNC7-1979

•• SNc7-2013

.·SNC7-2014
SNC7-2014

•• SNC7-1980

5745-SC-ASM

DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE SEQUENTIAL DISK loeS
LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-DSK
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE EMULATOR
1401/1440/1460/1410/7010 LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER
5745-SC-EML
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE EREP LISTINGS
COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-ERP
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE MODEL 20 EMULATOR
LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-E20
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE COMPILER I/O MODULES
LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-IOM
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE IOCS AND DEVICE
INDEPENDENCE LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-IOX
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE IPL AND BUFFER LOAD
LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-IPL
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE ISAM LISTINGS
COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-ISM
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE JOB CONTROL LIST1NGS
COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-JCL
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE LIBRARIAN LISTINGS
COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-LBR
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE LINKAGE EDITOR
LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-LNK
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE MAGNETIC CHARACTER
READER IOCS LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-MCR
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE OPTICAL CHARACTER
READER IOCS LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-OCR
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE OLTEP LISTINGS
COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-OLT
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE PDAIDS LISTINGS
COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-PDA
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE PAPER TAPE IOCS
LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-PTP
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE POWER LISTINGS
COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-PWR
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE QTAM LISTINGS
COMPONENT NUMBER 745-SC-QTM
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE RMSR LISTINGS
COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-RMS
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE SUPERVISOR LISTINGS
COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-SUP
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE MAGNETIC TAPE IoeS
LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-TAP
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE TAPE ERP LISTINGS
COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-TPE
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE SYSTEM UTILITY
PROGRAMS LISTINGS - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-UTL
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE VSAM LISTINGS
COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-VSM
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM VIRTUAL STORAGE
DOS DISTRIBUTION PROGRAM LISTINGS COMPONENT NO.
5F45-SC-DIS
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE MICROFICHE MASTER
INDEX
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE VTAM 574S-SC-VTM

335

99

99
99

**SYC7-1969-1#
SYC7-1969-0#
**SYC7-1972-0
**SYC7-1976-2#
SYC7-1976-1#
** LYC7-21 01-1
**GYC7-2102-0

32

**LYC7-2300-3

32

**LYC7-2301-0

99
99

DOS/VS TOLTEP
VTAM i 3600 SYSTEM INDEX
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE POWER/VS 5745-SC-PWR

29

**LYC7-2500-1

**LNC7-2531

29

**LYC7-2501-3#
LYC7-2501-2#

**LNC7 -2529
LNC7-2520

**LNC7-2534
LNC7-2524

29

**LYC7-2502-3#
LYC7-2502-2#
**LYC7-2503-6

**LNC7-2530

**LNC7-2535

**LNC7-2532

29

**LYC7-2504-1I"
LYC7-2504-0#
**LYC7-2505-1#
LYC7-2505-0#
**LYC7-2506-4

29
36
23

**LYC7-5013-0
**LYC7-5014-0
**LYC7-5015-0

**LNC7-5013-1
**LNC7-5014-1
**LNC7-5015-1

29
36
23

**LYC7-5016-1
**LYC7-5017-1
**LYC7-5018-1

29
29
29

25

**LYC7-5019-2

25

**LYC7-5020-1#
LYC7-5020-0#
**LYC7-5021-1

25
25
24

**LYC7-5022-1#
LYC7-5022-0#
**LYC7-5023-0

24
24
39
39

**LYC7-5030-3
**LYC7-5031-3
**LYC7-5033-0
**LYC7-5034-0

39
25

**LYC7-5035-0
**LYC7-5036-2i

21
24

**LYC7-5037-2
**LYC7-5038-3

24

**LYC7-5039-0

24

**LYC7-5040-2#

24
25

**LYC7-5041-6
**LYC7-5042-1

25
24
30
30
24

**LYC7-5044-1
**LYC7-5045-2
**LYC7-5048-3
**LYC7-5049-3
**LYC7-5050-3

24

**LYC7-5052-0

30
50

**LY09-0012-0
**LY12-5016-1

39

**LY18-1101-0*

23
50

GY20-0530-1
**LY20-0629-4#
LY20-0629-3#

50

50

**LY20-0630-3#
LY20-0630-2#
**LY2 0- 0678-2#
LY20-0678-1#
LY20-0678-0#
**LY20-0696-0

50

**LY20-0697-0

22

**LNC7-2533

DOS EMULATOR VERSION 2 - LEVEL 2
1410/7010 OS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 LISTINGS, PROG. NO.
5744-AG1
ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE FOR TSO DATA UTILITIES - PROGRAM
PRODUCT 5734-UT1
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASCII UTILITIES ASSEMBLY LISTING
MICROFICHE - PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-UT2
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER
PROGRAM LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360
PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY - ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM4
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY
ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-LM5
DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER
ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-PL1
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY
MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM4
OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - MICROFICHE, PROG. NO. 5734-LM5
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER
MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL1
IBM DOS/360 ITF PL/I, LISTINGS - PROG. PROD. 5736-RC1
DOS ITF RELEASE II - SHARED ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - MICROFICHE
DOS ITF RELEASE II - BASIC ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - MICROFICHE
PROG. PROD. 5736-RC2
IBM OS/360 ITF PL/I LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5734-RC1
IBM OS/360 ITF SHARED - PROG. PROD. 5734-RC1/RC3
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY BASIC MODULES - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER
5734-RC3
rBM SYSTEM/360/370 FORTRAN IV H EXTENDED COMPILER LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5734-F03
IBM SYSTEM/360/370 FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD II - LISTINGS
PROG. PROD. 5734-LM3
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (G1) COMPILER
MICROFICHE LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5734-F02
OS 360/370 FORTRAN IV LIBR. MOD I LISTING, P.P. NO. 5734-LMl

**LNC7-5141

**LNC7-5033-1
**LNC7-5034-1
**LNC7-5035-2

**LNC7-5142

**LN12-5058

**LN20-2599
**LN20-9028

**LN20-2898

**LN20-2598
**LN20-9024

**LN20-2894

SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD
(ANS) COBOL VERSION 3 LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CB1
DOS ANS COBOL COMPILER V3 LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 5736-CB2
DOS FULL ANS COBOL LIBRARY V3, LISTINGS, PROG. NO. 5736-LM2
TSO ITF (PL/I) LISTINGS, PROG. NOS. 5734-RC2, RC4
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY (BASIC ONLY)
PROGRAM PRODUCT LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-RC4
TSO ITF (SHARED) LISTINGS, PROG. NOS. 5734-RC2, RC4
IBM SYSTEM/360/370 CODE AND GO FORTRAN COMPILER - LISTINGS,
PROG. PROD. 5734-F01
ASSEMBLER F PROMPTER MICROFICHE LISTING, PROG PROD 5734-CP2
IBM SYSTEM/360/370 OS FULL ANS COBOL VERSION 3
COMPILER AND LIBRARY - LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5734-CB1
OS FULL COBOL COMPILER VERSION 3 AND TSO COBOL PROMPTER:
PROGRAM LISTINGS, PROG. NOS. 5734-CP1, 5734-CB3
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM - TIME SHARING OPTION
COBOL PROMPTER - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-CP1, 5734-CB3
DOS SUBSET COMPILER i LIBRARY LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 5736-CB1
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN H EXTENDED PLUS
MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAW
DOS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPT 1, LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 5746-LM3
OS ANS COBOL COMPILER i LIBRARY LISTINGS, PROG. 5734-CB2
OS VIDEO/370 LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5734-RC5
DOS VIDEO/370 LISTINGS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-RC3
DOS/VS COBOL COMPILER LIBRARY LISTINGS PROG PROD 5746-CB1,
5746-LM4
OS/VS COBOL COMPILER , LIBRARY LISTINGS - PROG NOS.
5740-CB1,LMl
VANDL-l LOGIC MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5799-AEY
DATA LANGUAGE/l DISK OPERATING SYSTEMIVIRTUAL
STORAGE (DL/1 DOS/VS) LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM
PRODUCT 5746-XXl
TSO 3270 PRINTER SUPPORT PROGRAMMING RPQ U94866 SYSTEMS
AND LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ALB FEATURE NUMBER 8831
CALL-OS BASIC, SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-CX-44X
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSION 2
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-xx6
SYSTEM MANUAL - LOGIC VOLUME I, FEATURE CODE 8080
IMS/360, VERSION 2, SYSTEM MANUAL VOL. 2 - FLOWCHARTS,
PROG. PROD. 5734-XX6
APLI 360- OS AND APL/3 60-DOS SYSTEM MANUAL
FEATURE NUMBERS 8091, 8034
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XM6, 5736-XM6
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL VOLUME 1 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl FEATURE NUMBER
8115
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL VOLUME 2 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl FEATURE NUMBER
8116

336

50

**LY20-0698-0

50

**LY20-0699-0

50

**LY20-0700-0

50

**LY20-0701-0

50

**LY20-0702-0

50

**LY20-0703-0

**LN20-2596

50

**LY20-0704-0

**LN20-2595

50

**LY20-0705-0

**LN20-2593

50

**LY20-0706-0

50

**LY20-0707-0

**LN20-2892

50

**LY20-0708-0

**LN20-2594

50

**LY20-0712-2

**LN20-9039
**LN20-9041

50

**LY20-0713-2

50

**LY20-0714-4#

19

**LY20-0728-1

39

**LY20-0751-2

50

**LY20-0111-0

50

**LY20-0712-0

50

**LY20-0713-0

50

**LY20-0114-0

50

**LY20-0115-0

82

**LY20-0804-0

50

**LY20-0809-1#
LY20-0809-0#

**LN20-2597
**LN20-9029

**LN20-3015

50

**LY20-0829-0

**LN20-2815

**LY20-0840-0

**LN20- 3073

30

**LY20-0842-1

50

**LY20-0810-0

**LN20 -320 6
**LN20-3263
**LN20-3304

36

**SY20-0880-4

**SN20-2667

36

SY20-0881-1

**SN20-2650
**SN20-2668
**SN20-2647
**SN20-2669

SY20-0882-1

50

**LY20-0931-0

31

**LY20-0932-0

50

**LY20-0931-0

50

**LY20-0946-1

50
50

**LY20-0941-0
**LY20-2043-0

50

**LY20-2045-0

50
50
50

**LY20-2050-0
**LY20-2051-0
**LY20-2052-0

**LN20-9026

**LN20-2849

LN20-9027

82

31

**LN20-2897

**LN20-3350

**LN20-3247

**SN20-2653
**SN20-2654

GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL VOLUME 3 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER
8117
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE ARITHMETIC STATEMENT FEATURE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8125
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE TELEPROCESSING SUPPORT FEATURE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl FEATURE NUMBER 8123
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE CONTROL STATEMENT FEATURE PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8124
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE PROCESSING STATEMENT FEATURE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8126
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE FORMAL REPORT FEATURE PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8119
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2)
SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE HIERARCHIC FILE
SUPPORT FEATURE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8120
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE FILE UPDATE AND CREATE FEATURE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl FEATURE NUMBER 8118
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE UTILITY FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER
5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8121
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE EDIT AND ENCODE FEATURE PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XXl FEATURE NUMBER 8122
IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE FILE MODIFY FEATURE PROGRAM
NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8127
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM FEATURE NUMBER 8030
(DOS-ENTRY) LOGIC MANUAL- PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-XX6
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX7 (DOS-STANDARD) FEATURE NUMBER 8031
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OPERATING SYSTEM
STANDARD VERSION 2 - FEATURE NUMBER 8142 - LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX7
STAT/BASIC FOR ITF AND VM/370 - CMS: LOGIC MANUAL,
FEATURE NUMBER 8100 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XA3
S/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING
MUSIC RELEASE II SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-AAT
DATA BASE DESIGN EVALUATION (DBPROTOTYPE) PROGRAM SYSTEM
GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBB
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE FOR IMS-PLIMS SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP
NUMBER 5796-PBF
IMSMAP - DATA BASE MAPPING PROGRAMS SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP
NUMBER 5196-PBC
BTS (BATCH TERMINAL SIMULATOR) SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER
5796-PBD
TEST IMS UTILITIES PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER
5796-PBE
MATH/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 MODEL 6, ITF, AND VM/370-CMS: LOGIC
MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5703-XM2 (SYSTEM/3) AND 5734-XM8 (ITF AND
VM/370-CMS)1 FEATURE NOS. 8017, 8153
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM
MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE PL/I QUERY SUPPORT FEATURE
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl
INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (IQF) FOR IMS/360 VERSION 2
SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME V, PROG. PROD. 5734-XX6
BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5703-XM3
(SYSTEM/3 MODEL 6) AND 5734-XMB (ITF-OS/DOS/TSO, VM/370-CMS)
TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) LOGIC MANUAL FEATURE
NUMBER 8112 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-F31
DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II (OMS II) OS/VS LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XC4
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 CONTROL PROGRAM (CP)
PROGRAM LOGIC
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 CONVERSATIONAL MONITOR
SYSTEM(CMS)PROGRAM LOGIC
IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 SERVICE ROUTINES
PROGRAM LOGIC
3270 FORMATTING FEATURE FOR BTS, IUP 5796-PBD, SYSTEM
GUIDE (FEATURE 8073)
TEST DATA GENERATOR SYSTEMS GUIDE PROGRAM NO. 5196-PBP
FEATURE NUMBER 8064
DATA COMMUNICATIONS ANALYZER (DCANALYZER)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5196-PCA
3270 SCREEN IMAGE PROCESSOR FOR 1MS AND IMS/VS - IUP
5796-AFC, SYSTEM GUIDE
DB PROTOTYPE/VS - IUP 5796-PCX, SYSTEM GUIDE
DISPLAY 'MANAGEMENT SYSTEM II -- DOS/VS (DMS II) LOGIC
MANUAL, PROG. PROD. 5736-XC4
FASTER LANGUAGE FACILITY FOR THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION
CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS/VS), LOGIC PROG. NOS. 5746-XX3
(CICS/DOS/VS), 5740-XXl (CICS/OS/VS):
FEATURES 6019, 6020,6021,6022,6023,6024
IMSMAP/vS - IUP 5796-PCY, SYSTEM GUIDE
BTS/VS - IUP 5796-PCZ, SYSTEM GUIDE
TEST IMS/VS UTILITIES PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL
PROG. NO. 5796-PDA

331

DOSMAP - DL/I DATA BASE MAPPING PROGRAMS SYSTEMS GUIDE
PROG. NO. 5796-PCW
JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE EDITOR, IUP 5796-PDC SYSTEMS GUIDE
TELECOMMUNIC~IONS CONTROL SYSTEM (TCSl PROGRAMMING
RPQEF0378, - PROG. NO. 5799-AKL, LOGIC
YM/370 SYSTEM FOR ONLINE TAPE AND DIS~'LIBRARIES - IUP
5796-AGN, SYSTEM GUIDE
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/vS)
SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME I - NARRATIVE - PROG. No. 5740-XX2

50

**LY20-2053-0

36
30

**LY20-2064-0
**LY20-2080-0

40

**LY20-2094-0

50

**LY20-8004-2

50
50
50

**LY20-8005-1#
LY20-8005-0#
*·LY20-'8006-1
**LY20-8007-1

**LN20-9087
*.LN20-9078
"LN20-9074

50

**LY20-8010-0

50

**LY20-8011-0

50

**LY20-8012-0

50

**LY20-8013-0

50

**LY20-8014-0

50

**LY20-8015-0

36

*·GY20-8500-0

30
30
28
32

GY21-0012-2
GY21-0013-2
**LY21-0014-2#
LY21-0014-1#
**LY21-0021-0

32

**LY21-0022-0

30

**SY21-9203-0

35

**LY24-3606-0

INFO~ION

**LN20-9088

**LN21-5126
**LN21-5199
**LN21-5167

**LN21-5179

**LN33-7043

**LN33-7056
**LN33-7057

35

**LY24-3607-0

*·LN33-7044

37
36

**GY24-5154-3
SY24-5155-4

·*GN28-2565

30

SY24-5156-3

**SN24-5500

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS)
SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS PROG. NO. 5740-XX2
CICS/OS/VS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. PROD. 5740-XXl
CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE
(CICS DOS/VS) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5746-XX3
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL VOLUME 1 - PROG. PROD. 5740-XX7
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL VOLUME 2 - PROG. NO. 5740-XX7
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/vIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL VOLUME 3 -PROG. NO. 5740-XX7
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL SUPPLm-1ENT FOR THE Al;>VANCED 'QUERY
'
FEATURE PROG. NO. 5740-XX7
GENERALIZED INFO~ION SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE MODIFY 'FEATURE
PROG. NO. 5740-XX7
. '"
GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTm-1/VIRTUAL STORAGE (GIS/VS)
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE UPDATE/CREATE
FEATURE - PROG. NO. 5740-XX7
.
IBM SYSTEM/370 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM PROGRAM - PROGRAM LOGIC
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-TX-032
OS BSAM LOGIC FOR IBM 1419/1275
OS D~A MANAGEMENT MACRO LOGIC FOR IBM 1285/1287/1288
IBM DOS RPG I I LANGUAGE PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RG1
.
IBM SYSTEM/360 IBM 1288 BASIC UNFORMATTED READ SYSTEM
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-UT1
IBM 1288 BASIC UNFORMATTED READ SYSTEM (MFT/MVT/VS1/VS2):
LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5734-UT3
APPLIC~ION CONTROL LANGUAGE SUPPORT LOGIC MANUAL
(FOR IBM 3741 MODELS 3 , 4 PROGRAMMING WORK STATION)
IBM EMULATOR FOR HONEYWELL SERIES ·200 ON SYSTEM/370 USING
DOS 'DOS/VS: LOGIC, PROG. NO~ 5799-ADT
'
m-1ULATOR FOR RCA 301 ON SYSTEM/370 USlliG DOS' DOS/vS:
LOGIC, PROG. NO. 5799-ADR
OOS OLTEP LOGIC
OS/VS1 SUPERVISOR LOGIC
OS/VS1 I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC MANUAL

36

SY24-5159-3

OS/VS1 CHECKPOINT/RESTART LOGIC

36

SY24-5160-3

OS/vS1 IPL AND NIP LOGIC - COMPONENT NOS. 5741-SC1-C1, -C8

36

SY24-5161-4

OS/VS1 JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC V3

30

SY24-5162-0

30
20
30

SY24-5163-0
GY24-5164-0
SY24-5165-0

30
30
21

**SY24-5166-0
**SY24-5167-0
*·LY26-3737-1

21
31

*·LY26-3760-2#
LY26-3760-1#
SY26-3814-0

OS/VS IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER MODEL 1 LOGIC
COMPONENT NOS. 5741-SC1-, 5742-SC1-, 5752-SC1- DL
OS/VS IBM 3890 DOCUMENT PROCESSOR LOGIC
OS/VSl MASTER INDEX OF LOGIC
OS/VS DISKETTE COpy PROGRAMMING SUPPORT PROGRAM LOGIC
MANUAL, PROG NOS. 5744-BJ1,BL1
OS/VS1 LOGIC FOR IBM 3540 DISKETTE INPUT/OUTPUT UNIT
OS/VS2 LOGIC FOR IBM 3540 DISKETTE INPUT/OUTPUT UNlT
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION
ASSEMBLER PROMPTER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CP2
OS ASSEMBLER
H LOGIC-PROG.
,
. NO. 5734-AS1

31

SY26-3815-0

36

SY26-3820-3

·*SN24-5502
**SN24-5493

LN33-8161
**SN26-8022
**SN26-0771
**SN26-8020
**SN26-0770

**SN26-8032

OS/VS LOADER LOGIC

**SN26-8033

OS/VS LINKAGE EDITOR LOGIC
OS/VS2 CHECKPOINT/RESTART LOGIC
OS/VS2 I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC

30

SY26-3823-3

30
30

SY26-3825-0
SY26-3826-1

30

SY26-3827-1

30

SY26-3828-1

30

SY26-3831-0

30

SY26-3832-1

OS/VS2 DADSM LOGIC, COMPONENT NO. 5742-SC1-D4
AND 5752-SC1-D4
OS/VS2 BDAM LOGIC, COMPONENT NO. 5742-SC1-D7
AND 5752-SCl-D7
OS/VS2 SAM LOGIC

30
30
30
30

SY26-3833-0
SY26-3834-1
SY26-3836-0
SY26-3837-1

OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS1
OS/VS1

**SN26-0782

OS/VS2 VIRTUAL STORAGE ACCESS METHOD (VSAM) LOGIC
OS/VS2 CATALOG MANAGEMENT LOGIC
OS/VS 2 OPEN/CLOSE/EDV LOGIC

*"'SN26-0786

*"'SN26-0788

338

ISAM LOGIC-COMPONENT NO. 5742-SCl-D8
VIO LOGIC
BDAM LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741-SC1-D7
DADSM LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER S741-SC1-D4

30
30

SY2 6-3 83 8-0
SY26-3839-2

OS/VS1 ISAM LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741-SCI-D8
OS/VS1 OPEN/CLOSE/EOV LOGIC

30

SY26-3840-1

OS/VSl SAM LOGIC

30

SY26-3841-1

OS/VS1 VIRTUAL STORAGE ACCESS METHOD (VSAM) LOGIC

37

**GY27-7198-2

35

GY27-7228-1

35

GY27-7229-1

30
37

**LY27-7230-2
**GY27-7237-1

35

GY27-7238-0

37

sy27-7239-2

30
30
30

l3Y27-7240-0
SY27-7241-0
SY27-7242-0

36
36

~BM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: MACHINE-CHECK HANDLER
FOR SYSTEM/370 MODELS 155 THRU 168 (LOGIC), P/N 360S-DN-539
7074 OS EMULATOR ON MODELS 165/168 - LOGIC
PROG. NOS. 360C-EU-739 (OS), 5744-AKl (VS1, VS2)
7080 OS EMULATOR ON MODELS 165/168: LOGIC, PROG. NOS.
360C-EU-737 (MFT/MVT), 5744-AL1 (VS1/VS2)
VIDEO/370 LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC5, 5736-RC3
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: MACHINE-CHECK HANDLER FOR
SYSTEM/370 MODELS 135 AND 145 (LOGIC), P/N 360S-DN-539
7074 OS EMULATOR ON MODELS 155/158 LOGIC
PROG. NOS. 360C-EU-741 (OS); 5744-AJ1 (VS1, VS2)
OS/VS RECOVERY MANAGEMENT SUPPORT LOGIC - COMPONENT NOS.
5741-SC1-CE, 5742-SCI-CE
OS/VS GRAPHICS ACCESS METHOD LOGIC MANUAL
OS/VS GRAPHICS PROBLEM_ORIENTED , ROUTINES LOGIC
~/VS GRAPHIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (GSP) FOR FORTRAN IV,
COBOL, AND PL/I LOGIC MANUAL
OS/VS2 IPL AND NIP LOGIC - COMPONENT NOS. 5742-SC1-Cl, -C8
OS/VS2 SUPERVISOR LOGIC VOLUME I

**GN27-1409

*·SN27-1389
**SN27-1390

**SY27-7~43-1i

30
30
30
37
30
36

SY27-7244-1#
SY27-7244-0#
**GY27-7245-1
SY27-7246-1
SY27-7249-0
SY27-7250-1
SY27-7251-0
GY27-7255-0

30
30
35

**SY27-7256-1
SY27-7257-0
·GY27-7259-0

30
30
30
30
30
20
36

SY27-7260-0
SY27-7262-0
SY27-7263-0
**SY27-7266-0
**SY27-7267-0
GY28-0603-0
SY28-0605-3

36
37

SY28-0620-0
SY28-0622-1

36
36
36
36
37
37

SY28-0623-0
SY28-0624-0
SY28-0625-0
SY2S-0626-0
SY28-0635-1
SY28-0643-2

39

SY28-0650-2

39
39

SY28-0651-1
SY28-0652-2

39

SY28-0653-0

39

SY28-0654-1

39
39

SY28-0655-0
SY28-0659-0

SN27-1403
DOS VERSION 4 BTAM LOGIC, PROG. NO. 370N-CQ-469
OS/VS BTAM LOGIC ~UAL
DOS/VS QTAM LOGIC MANUA~ - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-QTM
OS/VS2 RECOVERY MANAGEMENT SUPPORT LOGIC
DOS/VS BTAM LOGIC MANUAL - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-BTM
OS/VS2 HASP II VERSION 4 LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER
370H-TX-00l
INTRODUCTION TO VTAM LOGIC
OS/VSl VTAM LOGIC
7094 OS EMULATOR ON MODELS 165/168: LOGIC, PROG. NOS.
360C-EU-740 (MFT/MVT) , 5744-AM1 (VS1/VS2)
OS/VS2 GRAPHIC ACCESS METHOD LOGIC
DOS/VS VTAM LOGIC
VTAM, DATA AREAS (OS/VS1 AND DOS/VS) LOGIC MANUAL
OS/VS1 VTAM DATA AREAS
OS/VS2 VTAM DATA AREAS
OS/VS MASTER INDEX OF LOGIC
OS/VS1 SYSTEM DATA AREAS

**SN27-1492
**SN27-1462

**SN27-1468
·*SN27-1465
.*SN27-1470
**SN27-1490
·*SN27-1483

OS/VS2 JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC MANUAL
OS/VS2 JES 2 LOGIC

**SN25-0116
·.SN28-2580
·.SN28-2583
·.SN28-2584
··SN28-2585
**SN25-0103

**SN25-0l14

OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS2
OS/VS1
OS/vS2

SYSTEM INITIALIZATION LOGIC
SCHEDULER AND SUPERVISOR LOGIC VOLUME 1 OF 3
SCHEDULER AND SUPERVISOR LOGIC - VOLUME 2 OF 3
SCHEDULER AND SUPERVISOR LOGIC VOLUME 3 OF 3
SERVICE AIDS LOGIC
SERVICE AIDS LOGIC

OS/VS2 TSO TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM AND SERVICE ROUTINES
LOGIC
OS/VS2 TSO CCMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME I: ACCOUNT
OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME IV

··SN28-2579

OS/VS2 TSO ENHANCEMENTS NO. 2 LOGIC - COMPONENT NOS.
5742-SCI-TO,T1,T2,T3,T4,T5,T7,T8,T9
OS/VS2 TSO TERMINAL MESSAGES DIREC'IDRY

38

SY28-0660-0

37
37
37
37

SY28-066~-1

**SN25-0110

SY28-0664-0
SY28-0669-1
SY28-0672-0

**SN25-0112

37
37

SY28-0676-0
SY28-0678-1

**SN25-0108

37

SY28-0679-0

37
36
25

**SY28-0685-1
SY28-0687-0
**LY28-6403-0

••LN28-0604

24
24

**LY28-6406-2#
LY28-6406-1#
**LY2 8-64 07-1

•• LN28-1005

25

**LY28-6408-1,

25

**LY28-6409-0

.*LN28-0606

OS/vS2 TSO SUPPORT FOR VSBASIC LOGIC - RELEASE 1.6
OS/vS2 TSO ENHANCEMENTS. LOGIC - COMPONENT NUMBERS
574~SC1-TO AND 5742-SC1-T4
OS/VS RES ACCOUNT F.ACILITY LOGIC - COMPONENT NO.
5741-SC1-BC
OS/VS1 OLTEP LOGIC
DOS/VS AND,OS/VS TOLTEP LOGIC
OS/VS1, SYS1.LOGREC ERROR RECORDING LOGIC
OS/VS1 DYNAMIC SUPPORT SYSTEM LOGIC
COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-10
OS/VS2 OLTEP LOGIC
OS/VS2 SYS1.LOGREC ERROR RECORDING LOGIC

**LN28-1044

OS/VS2 DYNAMIC SUPPORT SYSTEM LOGIC
COMPONENT NO. 5742-SC1-10
OS/VS SYSTEM MOPIFICATION PROGRAM (SMP) LOGIC
OS/VS POWER WARNING FEATURE (PWF) SUPPORT LOGIC-ICR GUIDE
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED)
COMPILER, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F03
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION
COBOL PROMPTER. PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CPl
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM
FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY,
VERSION 3 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CB1
FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD I) FOR OS , VM/370 (CMS):
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LMl
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV
LIBRARY MOD II PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM3

339

24

**LY28-6412-0

**LN28-0462
**LN28-1031

**LN28-0485

24

**LY28-6413-0

**LN28-0463
**LN28-1032

**LN28-0486

24

**LY28-6414-0

**LN28-0491
**LN26-0791

**LN28-10 33
**LN28-1055

25

**LY28-6415-0

24

**LY28-6419-0

**LN28-1007

**LN28-1042

24

**LY28-6420-0

**LN28-1008

**LN28-1043

23
24

**LY28-6422-0
**LY28-6423-0

**LN28-1060

24
24
24

**LY28-6424-1#
LY28-6424-0#
**LY28-6425-0
**LY28-6486-0

14

**GY28-6688-0

32

**LY28-6761-0

**LN33-8708

32

**LY28-6766-1

**LN33-8709
**LN28-0624

36

**LY28-6832-1

36

**LY28-6833-1

36

**LY28-6834-3

29

**LY28-6835-1

**LN28-0442

23

**LY28-6836-0

**LN28-0420
**LN28-0443

36

**LY28-6837-3

**LN28-0456

**LN28-0455

20

**LY28-6840-1

39

**LY28-6842-1#

39

**LY28-6845-0

25

**LY28-6846-1

30

SY28-6849-2

25

**LY28-6856-0

**LN28-1013

38

GY30-2011-1

**GN28-0599
**GN28-0617

30
30

SY30-2039-3i
SY30-2049-0

30
30
32

SY30-2059-0
**SY30-2069-0
GY30-3000-0

30

**LY30-3004-1

30

**LY30-3005-0

14

**SY30-3006-1

30

SY30-3007-0

30

**LY30-3009-0

**LN33-8720

**LN28-0429

**LN28-1014

**GN28-0614

**SN30-3018

**GY30-3500
**GY30-3504

**GY30-3501

IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD COBOL COMPILER VERSION 3, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-CB2
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD COBOL SUBROUTINE LIBRARY, VERSION 3
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 57~6-LM2
IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSXEM SUBSET AMERICAN
NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND .LIBRARY PROGRAM LOGIC
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CBl
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED PLUS)
COMPILER AND LIBRARY PROGRAM LOGIC SUPPLEMENT
(PROGRAMMING REQUEST FOR PRICE QUOTATION)
PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAW
IBM S/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD
COBOL SUBROUTINE LIBRARY V4 PLM - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-CB2,
5734-LM2
IBM S/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD
COBOL COMPILER V4 - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT
5734-CB2
SYSTEM/370 VS BASIC: PROGRAM LOGIC, PROG. PROD. 5748-XXl
IBM DOS/VS COBOL COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER
5746-CBl
IBM DOS/VS COBOL SUBROUTINE LIBRARY PROGRAM LOGIC - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5746-LM4
IBM OS/VS COBOL SUBROUTINE LIBRARY PROGRAM LOGIC
IBM OS/VS COBOL COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC PROGRAM NUMBERS:
5740-CBl
INTERNAL LOGIC MAN~L FOR THE IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION
CONTROLLER SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD - PROGRAM SUPPORT
RPQ 888264 - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5799-WAF 5799-WAG
OS/MFT, OS/MVT, AND OS/VS DATA SET UTILITIES SUPPORT FOR
ASCII: LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5734-UT2
OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 DATA UTILITIES: COPY, FORMAT, LIST,
MERGE: LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5734-UTl
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DDS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC INTRODUCTION AND
METHOD OF OPERATION
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5734-RC3, 5736-RC1, 5736-RC2
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DDS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC
INITIALIZATION SYSTEM CONTROL, AND SYSTEM SUPPORT
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1,
5734-RC3, 5736-RCl, 5736-RC2
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC
LANGUAGE COMPONENT CONTROLLER
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5734-RC3,
5736-RC1, 5736-RC2
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PL/I PROGRAM LOGIC
LANGUAGE COMPONENT: PL/I ROUTINES
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5736-RC1
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/OOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC
LANGUAGE COMPONENT: BASIC ROUTINES
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-RC2, 5734-RC3
IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DDS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC
LANGUAGE COMPONENT: COMMON ROUTINES AND REFERENCE DATA
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, RC3, 5736-RC1, RC2
INDEX FOR THE OS/DOS ITF PLM, PROG. NOS. 5734-RC1 AND 3,
5736-RCl AND 2
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION)
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY PROGRAM LOGIC INITIALIZATION,
SYSTEM CONTROL, AND SYSTEM SUPPORT
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC2, 5734-RC4
IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION)
INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY PROGRAM LOGIC INDEX
PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC2, 5734-RC4
CODE AND GO FORTRAN PROCESSOR FOR OS , VM/370 (CMS):
PROGRAM LOGIC, PROG. NO. 5734-F01
OS/VS1 RES RTAM AND WORKSTATION SUPPORT LOGIC - PROGRAM
NUMBER 5741-SCI-BB
FORTRAN IV (G1) COMPILER FOR OS , VM/370 (CMS): PROGRAM
LOGIC, PROG. NO. 5734-F02
OS/MFT, OS/MVT, AND OS/VS1: CRJE LOGIC
PROG. NO. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5741-SCI-OA (VS1)
OS/VS TCAM LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741-SC1-21
OS/VS TCAM LOGIC - PROGRAM NOS. 5741-SCl-21, 5742-SCl-21
5744-AW2
OS/VS TCAM LOGIC
OS/vSl TCAM LOGIC, LEVEL 8
IBM 3735 PROGRAMMABLE BUFFERED TERMINAL FORM DESCRIPTION
MACRO INSTRUCTIONS AND FORM DESCIPTION UTILITY
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL (OS, DOS, AND VS SYSTEMS)
GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR PROGRAMMING RPQ P85007
SPECIAL START-STOP LINE CONTROL FOR IBM 3704 , 3705
EMULATION PROGRAM, PROG. NO. 5799-AGK
GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR PROGRAMMING RPQ P85004,
SIX BIT TRANS CODE FOR IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM
PROGRAM NO. 5799-AGA
IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR
PROGRAM SUPPORT FOR HARDWARE RPQ M26099 SABRE LINE CONTROL
IBM 3704 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS NETWORK CONTROL
PROG/VS LOGIC MANUAL
IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR
PROGRAMMING RPQ P8500S, SPECIAL SYNCHRONOUS LINE CONTROL
PROGRAM NO. S799-AFY

340

3704 , 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION , LOGIC MANUAL FOR
PROGRAMMING RPQ P85003 USASCII TRANSPARENCY BSC LINE CONTROL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AFZ
IBM 3704 AND 3705 PROGRAM REFERENCE HANDBOOK

30

**LY30-3010-1

30

14

GY30-3012-2#
GY30-3012-1#
**SY30-3013-1#
SY30-3013-0#
**SY30-3014-0

30

**LY30-3016-0

30

**LY30-3023-0

29
29

**GY33-6003-2
**LY33-6007-1

29

LN33-6067

LN33-6090

29

**LY33-6008-1#
LY33-6008-0#
**LY33-6009-1#
LY33-6009-0#
**LY33-6010-1

**LN33- 6079

**LN33-6115

29

**LY33-6011-1

**LN33-6118

29

**LY33-6012-1

30

29

29

**LY33-6013-1

**LN33-6107

29

**LY33-6014-0

**LN33-6093

35

SY33-7008-0

35

SY33-7009-0

**SN33-7019
**SN33-7042
**SN33-7054
**SN33-7020
**SN33-7031
**SN33-7053
**SN33-7069

**SN33-7022
**SN33-7033
**SN33-70 23
**SN33-7055
**SN33-7064

35

**SY33-7010-1

35
35

SY33-7015-0
SY33-7016-0

35

**SY33-7017-0

35
35

**GY33-7018-0
**GY33-7019-0

35

**GY33-7020-0

33
33

**LY33-8038-0
**LY33-8039-0

21

SY33-8041-1

33
36
36

**LY33-8042-2
**GY33-8532-0
**GY33-8533-0

**GN33-8725

36

**GY33-8534-0

**GN33-8727

36

**GY33-8537-0

**GN33-8728

31

**GY33-8538-0

**GN33-8729

31

**GY33-8539-0

36
30

**GY33-8542-0
**GY33-8543-0

**GN33-8731
**GN33-8732

**GN33-8751

30

**GY33-8544-0

**GN33-8733

**GN33-8749

30

**GY33-8545-0

**GN33-8734

30

**GY33-8546-0

32
39

**GY33-8547-0
SY33-8548-2

36

SY33-8551-2

37

SY33-8552-1

**SN33- 8771
**SN33-8794

**SN33-8784

**SN33-8772
**SN33-8795
**SN33-8773

**SN33-8791

36

SY33-8553-1

37
36

SY33-8554-1
SY33-8555-2

31

SY33-8556-2

**LN33-8195

**GN33-8755

IBM 3704 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER NETWORK CONTROL
PROGRAM/VTAM PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND LOGIC
MANUAL FOR RPQ 858663, PLOTTER ADAPTER - PSHRPQ P85008 PROG. NO. 5799-WFA
IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR
PROGRAMMING RPQ P85015, VIRTUAL 50 LINE SUPPORT - PROG.
NO. 5799-AKQ
IBM 3704 AND 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND LOGIC
MANUAL FOR PROGRAMMING RPQ P85010, TELEGRAPH FULL - DUPLEX
LINE CONTROL - PROG. NO. 5799-AGN
PL/I LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS
OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL1
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY:
PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM4
OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM5
DOS PL/1 OPTIMIZ ING COMP ILER: PROGRAM LOGIC PROGRAM PRODUCT
5736-PL1
DOS PL/1 RESIDENT LIBRARY: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM4
DOS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM5
OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: PROGRAM LOGIC VOLUME 1 OF 2,
PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2
SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER
PROGRAM LOGIC, VOLUME 2 OF 2 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2
1401/1440/1460 DOS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370: LOGIC, PROG. NOS.
370N-EU-490 (DOS), 5745-SC-EML (DOS/VS)
1410/7010 DOS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 LOGIC, PROG. NOS.
370N-EU-490 (DOS), 5745-SC-EML (DOS/VS)
MODEL 20 EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 USING DOS AND DOS/VS
LOGIC - PROG. NOS. 370N-IC-002 AND 5745-SC-E20
DOS TO OS/VS EMULATOR: LOGIC, PROG. NO. 5744-AS1
1401/1440/1460 OS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370, LOGIC - PROG.
NO. 5744-AHl
1410/7010 OS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 - LOGIC, PROG. NO.
5744-AG1
DOS TO OS EMULATOR - LOGIC PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-738
1401/1440/1460 OS/MFT AND OS/MVT EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 LOGIC, PROG. NO. 360C-EU-735
1410/7010 OS/MFT AND OS/MVT EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 LOGIC
PROG. NO. 360C-EU-736
DOS/VS SORT/MERGE LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-SM1
DOS SORT/MERGE PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL
PROGRAM NUMBER 5743-SM1
OS/VS - VM/370 ASSEMBLER LOGIC COMPONENT NOS
5749-, 5741-, 5742-, and 5752-SC1-03
OS/VS SORT/MERGE LOGIC - PROG. PROD. 5740-SM1
DOS VERSION 4 LOGICAL TRANSIENTS, LOGIC - PROG. 370N-CL-453
INTRODUCTION TO DOS VERSION 4 LOGIC - PROGRAM
NUMBER 370N-CL-453
DOS VERSION 4 SUPERVISOR AND RELATED TRANSIENTS - PROGRAM
LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CL-453
DOS VERSION 4 SYSTEM SERVICE PROGRAMS - PROGRAM
LOGIC, PROG. NO. 370N-CL-453
DOS VERSION 4 LINKAGE EDITOR MANUAL - PROGRAM
LOGIC, PROG. NO. 370N-CL-453
SYSTEM/370 DOS VERSION 4 LIBRARIAN-PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CL-453
DOS VER. 4 IPL AND JCL LOGIC - PROG. NO. 370N-CL-453
DOS VERSION 4 LIOCS INTRODUCTION VOLUME 1 - PROGRAM LOGIC
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 370N-CL-453, 370N-IO-454, 370N-IO455, -456, -457, -458, -477, -478
DOS VER. 4 LIOCS VOL. 2, LOGIC - PROG. NO. 370N-CL-453
370N-IO-477, 370N-IO-456, 370N-IO-478, 370N-IO-458
DOS VERS ION 4 LIOCS VOLUME 3-SAM AND DAM FOR DASDPROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 370N-IO-455,
370N-IO-454
DOS VERSION 4 LIOCS VOLUME 4 - ISAM - PROGRAM LOGIC
MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-457
DOS VERSION 4 SYSTEM UTILITIES - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-UT-491
OS/vS2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME II: EDIT
DOS/VS SUPERVISOR LOGIC

**SN33-8785

**SN33-8796

DOS/VS ERROR RECOVERY AND RECORDING TRANSIENTS LOGIC
COMPONENT NUMBERS 5734-SC-DKE, 5745-SC-IOX, 5745-SC-RMS, AND
5745-SC-TPE
DOS/VS LOGICAL TRANSIENTS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS
5745-SC-AIT AND 5745-SC-DOC
DOS/VS SYSTEM SERVICEABILITY AIDS LOGIC
DOS/VS IPL AND JOB CONTROL PROGRAM LOGIC - COMPONENT NUMBERS
5745-SC-IPL AND 5745-SC-JCL
DOS/VS LINKAGE EDITOR LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER
5745-SC-LNK

341

31

SY33-8557-2

**SN33-8786

32

SY33-8558-0

**SN33-8765

**SN33-8 77 5

30

SY33-8559-1

**SN33-8776

**SN33-8798

30

SY33-8560-2

**SN33-8788

30
30
30

SY33-8561-1
SY33-8562-2
SY33-8564-2

**SN33-8789

36
38
21

SY33-8565-1
SY33-8566-1
SY33-8567-0

37
36

SY33-8568-0
**SY33-8570-1

**SN33-9164
**SN33-9165
**SN33-8165
**SN33-8178
**SN28-2567

20

SY33-8571-2

20

**SY33-8572-0

DOS/VS LIBRARIAN LOGIC - COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-LBR

**SN33-8169
**SN25-0118

DOS/VS SYSTEM UTILITIES LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER
5745-SC-UTL
DOS/VS LIOCS VOL. I GENERAL INFORMATION AND IMPERATIVE
MACROS LOGIC - COMPONENT NUMBER 5745-SC-CKR
DOS/VS LIOCS VOL. 2 SAM LOGIC - COMPONENT NOS.
5745-SC-DOC, -DSK, -lOX, -MCR, -OCR, -PTP, -TAP, -TPE
DOS/VS LIOCS VOL. 3 DAM AND ISAM LOGIC
DOS/VS LIOCS VOLUME 4: VSAM LOGIC
DOS/VS ACCESS METHOD SERVICES LOGIC
DOS/VS POWER PROGRAM LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5745-SC-PWR
DOS/VS POWER RJE - PROGRAM LOGIC - PROG. NO. 5745-SC-PWR
DOS/VS ASSEMBLER LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5745-SC-ASM
DOS/VS OLTEP LOGIC - COMPONENl' NUMBER 5745-SC-OLT
DOS/VS POWER/VS LOGIC, COMPONENT NO. 5745-SC-PWR
DOS/VS HANDBOOK

**SN33- 8797

30

SY35-0003-3

DOS/VS HANDBOOK (POWER/vS AND VTAM LOGIC VERSION) SUPPLEMENT
TO SY33-8571
1401/1410/1460 DOS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370-LOGIC
PROGRAM NUMBER 5745-SC-EML
1410/7010 DOS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370, LOGIC - COMPONENT
NO. 5745-SC-EML
MODEL 20 DOS/VS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 LOGIC - COMPONENT
NO. 5745-SC-E20
DISTRIBUTED INTELLIGENCE SYSTEM OS/VS1: LOGIC, PROG. NO.
5744-BK1
OS/VS CATALOG MANAGEMENT LOGIC

39

SY35-0004-1

OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME III: TEST

32
30

SY35-0005-2#
SY35-0005-1#
SY35-0005-0#
SY35-0008-1

36
00

SY35-0009-1
SY35-0010-1

OS/VS ACCESS METHOD SERVICES: LOGIC
VS1 RELEASE 2.0 AND VS2 RELEASE 1.6
OS/VS2 AUXILIARY STORAGE MANAGEMENT (ASM) LOGIC
OS/VS2 ACCESS METHOD SERVICES LOGIC

SY35-0011-1:

OS/VS2 CVOL PROCESSOR LOGIC

35

SY33-8573-0

30

SY33-8574-0

35

**SY33-8575-0

36

**GY34-0019-0

30
30
30
30
95

**SY35-0014-0
**SY35-0015-0
**SY35-0016-0
S2CO-0021-11

95

S2CO-0031-19

95

**S2CO-0051-1

95

**S2CO-0301-4

85
39

**G310-0012-8*
**G320-1238-1

87
39

**G320-1244-5
**G320-1408-2

50

**G320-1523-1

50

**G320-1529-0

37
50

**G320-1530-0
**G320-1532-0

50
50
50
50
36
85
50

**G320-1535-0
**G320-1538-0
**G320-1539-0
**G320-1540-0
**G320-1542-0
**G320-1621-31+
**G320-8088-0

50

**G320-8089-0

50

**G320-8099-1

32

**G320-8106-0

32

**G320-8107-0

34

**G320-8127-0

87

**G520-2467-1#

**SN33-7070

**SN26-0784
SN35-0014
SN35-0014

**S2CO-5281-1
**S2CO -5279-6
**S2CO-5237
**S2CO-5235-2
**S2CO-5061
**S2CO-5059-1
**S2CO-0050-53
**S2CO-5375
**S2CO-5373-1

OS/VS UTILITIES LOGIC COMPONENT NOS. 5741-SC1-, 5742-,
and 5752-SCl-IO, 11, 12, UA-U9 INCL.

**S2cO-5280-5
**S2CO-5278- 6
* *S2CO-52 36-1
**S2CO-5234-5
**S2CO-50 60- 2
**S2CO-0049-63
**S2CO-5374
**S2<:0-5372-1

OS/VS MASS STORAGE CONTROL (MSC) TRACE REPORTS LOGIC
OS/VS MASS STORAGE SYSTEM (MSS) SERVICES LOGIC
OS/VS MASS STORAGE CONTROL (MSC) TABLE CREATE LOGIC
DOS/VS EARLY WARNING MICROFICHE
EARLY WARNING MICROFICHE - OS/VIRTUAL SYSTEM
MICROFICHE - EARLY WARNING
2025 AND LARGER FILE CARD
MICROFICHE EARLY WARNING - PROGRAM PRODUCTS, CSP AND SCP
IBM WORLD TRADE MARKETING PUBLICATIONS KWIC INDEX
S/360 - S/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE
COMPUTING GENERAL INFORMATION MANUlI.L - PROGRAM NUMBER
5796-AAT
CUSTOMER EDUCATION COURSE CATALOG
S/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING
(MUSIC) RELEASE 2: IUP 5796-AAT NOTICE
DBPROTOTYPE (5796-PBB), IMSMAP (5796-PBC), PLIMS (5796-PBF),
BTS (5796-PBD), TEST IMS UTILITIES (5796-PBE) ARE NOW READY
FOR SHIPMENT AVAILABILITY NOTICE
3270 FORMATTING FEATURE FOR BATCH TERMINAL SIMULATOR
IUP 5796-PBD - NOTICE
TEST DATA GENERATOR FOR SYSTEM/370 - IUP 5796-PBP - NOTICE
DATA COMMUNICATION ANALYZER FOR IMS DB/DC (DCANALYZER):
IUP 5796-PCA NOTICE
DB PROTOTYPE/VS - IUP 5796-PCX, RELEASE NOTICE
IMBMAP/VS - IUP 5796-PCY, RELEASE NOTICE
BTS/VS - IUP 5796-PCZ, RELEASE NOTICE
TEST IMB/VS UTILITIES - !UP 5796-PDA, RELEASE NOTICE
JOB CONl'ROL LANGUAGE EDITOR - IUP 5796-PDC, NOTICE
IBM MARKETING PUBLICATIONS KWIC INDEX
CICS ON-LINE TEST/DEBUG FOR CICS/OSS, CICS/DOSS •
CICS/DOSE: CON EDISON, IUP 5796-AEF NOTICE
CICS/COBOL CALL INTERFACE FOR CICS/OSS CICS/DOSS •
CICS/DOSE: N!\.TIONAL BANK OF DETROIT, IUP 5796-AEG NOTICE
3270 SCREEN IMAGE PROCESSOR FOR 1MS AND 1MS/VS - IUP
5796-AFC, RELEASE NOTICE
2927 DUAL PRINTER UTILITY PROGRAM - IUP 5796-AFK, RELEASE
NOTICE
DOS DBDUMP UTILITY PROGRAM PRODUCTIVITY AID FOR DOS DATA
BASE APPLICATION PROGRAM TESTING (VANDL/I OR DL/I)
INSTALLED !\'T SAGNER INC., FREDERICK, MD.
SMF GRAPHICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM - IUP 5796-AFP, NOTICE
5796-AFP, NOTICE
COURSE SELECTION GUIDE - DP EDUCATION FOR MANAGERS

342

READER'S
COMMENT
FORM

IBM System/370 Bibliography
Order No. Ge20-000 1-1

Your views about this publication may help improve its usefulness; this form
will be sent to the persons responsible for appropriate action. Using this
form to request system assistance or additional publications will delay response,
however. For more direct handling of such request, please contact your
IBM representative or the IBM Branch Office serving your locality.
Possible topics for comment are:
Clarity

Accuracy

Completeness

Organiza tion

Coding

Retrieval

Legibility

o
S
~
."

o
0:

»

0'
:s

loCI

r

:;

What is your occupation? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Number of latest Newsletter associated with this Bibliography: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Please indicate in the space below if you wish a reply.

Thank you for your cooperation. No postage stamp necessary if mailed in the U.S.A. (Elsewhere, an IBM office
or representative will be happy to forward your comments.)

GC20·0001·1

Your comments, please ...
This publication is part of a library that serves as a reference source for systems analysts,
programmers, and operators of IBM systems. Your comments on the other side of this
form will be carefully reviewed by the persons responsible for compiling and publishing
this material. All comments and suggestions become the property of IBM.

Fold

Fold

First Class
Permit 40
Armonk
New York

!f
~
3

B
o

Business Reply Mail

to

:~,
i

No postage stamp necessary if mailed in the U.S.A.

.

~

ar.
z

International Business Machines Corporation
Documentation Services, Department 83H
1133 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, New York 10604

International Business Machines Corporation
Data Processing Division
1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, New York 10604
(U.S.A. only)
IBM World Trade Corporation
821 Uolted Nations Plaza, New York, New York 10017
(International)

~

~

'=ti

Postage wi II be paid by:

Fold

I

~

~
.;;..J


International Business Machines Corporation
Data Processing Division
1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, New York 10604
(U.S.A. only)
IBM World Trade Corporation
821 United Nations Plaza, New York, New York 10017
(International)
Source Exif Data: 
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37
Create Date                     : 2003:11:07 18:16:21-08:00
Modify Date                     : 2009:09:09 11:59:58-07:00
Metadata Date                   : 2009:09:09 11:59:58-07:00
Producer                        : Adobe Acrobat 9.13 Paper Capture Plug-in
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:03dc77b2-f1df-48e3-8790-ffd09a060281
Instance ID                     : uuid:1f949999-73f7-45ec-a456-36891ca2ce9c
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 351
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu